UNITED
STATES
SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington,
D.C. 20549
____________________________________________________________
FORM
8-K
CURRENT
REPORT
Pursuant
to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
___________________________________________________________________
Date of
Report (Date of earliest event reported): December 2,
2009
Pioneer Power Solutions,
Inc.
(Exact
Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)
Delaware
|
|
333-155375
|
|
26-3387077
|
(State
or other jurisdiction
of
incorporation)
|
|
(Commission
File Number)
|
|
(IRS
Employer
Identification
No.)
|
9
West 57
th
Street
, 26th Floor
New
York, New York
|
|
|
(Address
of principal executive offices)
|
|
(Zip
Code)
|
Registrant’s
telephone number, including area code:
(212)
867-0700
|
(Former
name or former address, if changed since last
report)
|
Check the appropriate box below if the
Form 8-K filing is intended to simultaneously satisfy the filing obligation of
the registrant under any of the following provisions:
o
|
Written
communications pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act (17 CFR
230.425)
|
o
|
Soliciting
material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR
240.14a-12)
|
o
|
Pre-commencement
communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR
240.14d-2(b))
|
o
|
Pre-commencement
communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4 (c) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR
240.13e-4(c))
|
CURRENT
REPORT ON FORM 8-K
PIONEER
POWER SOLUTIONS, INC.
TABLE
OF CONTENTS
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
Item
2.01
|
|
1
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
Item
3.02
|
|
35
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
Item
4.01
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
Item
5.01
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
Item
5.02
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
Item
5.03
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
Item
5.06
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
Item
9.01
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
Item
2
.01 Completion of
Acquisition or Disposition of Assets
On
November 30, 2009 Sierra Concepts, Inc. (“Sierra”), a Nevada corporation, was
merged with and into Pioneer Power Solutions, Inc., a Delaware corporation
(“Pioneer Power”), for the purpose of changing its state of incorporation to
Delaware from Nevada and changing its name, in each case pursuant to a
Certificate of Ownership and Merger and Articles of Merger, each dated November
30, 2009 and approved by stockholders on November 30, 2009.
The Share
Exchange.
On December 2, 2009, Pioneer Power entered into a
Share Exchange Agreement (the “Exchange Agreement”) by and among Pioneer Power,
Pioneer Transformers Ltd., a company incorporated under the Canada Business
Corporations Act (“Pioneer Transformers”), and Provident Pioneer Partners, L.P.,
a Delaware limited partnership and the holder of all of the outstanding capital
stock of Pioneer Transformers (the “PT Shareholder”). Pursuant to the
Exchange Agreement, on December 2, 2009, the PT Shareholder transferred all of
the issued and outstanding capital stock of Pioneer Transformers to Pioneer
Power in exchange for (i) 22,800,000
newly
issued shares of common stock of Pioneer Power, resulting in Pioneer
Transformers becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of Pioneer Power, and (ii) a
five-year warrant to purchase up to 1,000,000 shares of common stock of Pioneer
Power at an exercise price of $3.25 per share (the “$3.25
Warrant”).
Pursuant
to the terms and conditions of the Exchange Agreement:
●
|
At
the closing of the share exchange contemplated by the Exchange Agreement
(the “Share Exchange”), the PT Shareholder transferred 750,000 common
shares of Pioneer Transformers (which represented all of Pioneer
Transformers’ issued and outstanding capital stock immediately prior to
the closing of the Share Exchange) to Pioneer Power in exchange for (i)
22,800,000 shares of Pioneer Power’s common stock and (ii) the $3.25
Warrant.
|
●
|
In
connection with the closing of the Share Exchange, Pioneer Power sold
5,000,000 shares of its common stock at a purchase price of $1.00 per
share in a private placement to accredited investors, resulting in
aggregate gross proceeds of $5,000,000 (the “Private Placement”). Pioneer
Power intends to use the proceeds from the Private Placement for the
repayment of indebtedness, expansion of Pioneer Transformers’ plant in
Quebec, Canada, potential acquisitions and general corporate
purposes. Pioneer Power has agreed to use its best efforts to
file a registration statement in order to register the resale of these
shares within 60 days following the closing date of the Private Placement
and to cause such registration statement to be declared effective within
180 days following the closing date of the Private Placement. Pioneer
Power has further agreed to pay the investors in the Private Placement
liquidated damages in the event that Pioneer Power fails to meet either of
these deadlines, subject to certain
exemptions.
|
●
|
Upon
the closing of the Share Exchange, David Davis resigned as the sole
officer and director of Pioneer Power, and simultaneously with the Share
Exchange a new board of directors and new officers were appointed for
Pioneer Power. Pioneer Power’s new board of directors consists of Nathan
J. Mazurek, previously a director of Pioneer Transformers, Yossi
Cohn, David Tesler, David J. Landes and Jonathan Tulkoff. In addition,
immediately following the Share Exchange, Pioneer Power appointed Nathan
J. Mazurek as its chief executive officer, president, chairman of the
board, chief financial officer, secretary and
treasurer.
|
●
|
Immediately
following the closing of the Share Exchange and the Private Placement,
under the terms of an Agreement of Conveyance, Transfer and Assignment of
Assets and Assumption of Obligations (the “Conveyance Agreement”), Pioneer
Power transferred all of its pre-Share Exchange assets and liabilities to
its wholly owned subsidiary, Sierra Concepts Holdings, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (“SplitCo”). Thereafter, pursuant to a stock purchase
agreement (the “Stock Purchase Agreement”), Pioneer Power transferred all
of the outstanding capital stock of SplitCo to David Davis in exchange for
certain indemnifications, waivers and releases, along with the
cancellation of an aggregate of 7,200,000 shares of Pioneer Power’s common
stock (the “Split-Off”), leaving 1,200,000 shares of common stock
outstanding held by persons who were stockholders of Pioneer Power prior
to the Share Exchange.
|
The
foregoing description of the Share Exchange and related transactions does not
purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the
complete text of the (i) Exchange Agreement, which is filed as Exhibit 2.1
hereto, (ii) the Conveyance Agreement, which is filed as Exhibit 10.11 hereto,
and (iii) the Stock Purchase Agreement, which is filed as Exhibit 10.12 hereto,
each of which is incorporated herein by reference.
The
foregoing description of the Private Placement and related transactions does not
purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the
complete text of the form of Securities Purchase Agreement filed as Exhibit 10.1
hereto, which is incorporated herein by reference.
Neither
Pioneer Transformers nor Pioneer Power had any options or warrants to purchase
shares of its capital stock outstanding immediately prior to the closing of the
Share Exchange. Pioneer Power has adopted, and its stockholders have approved,
an equity incentive plan and reserved 1,600,000 shares of its common stock for
issuance as incentive awards to officers, directors, employees, consultants and
other qualified persons. In addition, at the close of the Share Exchange,
Pioneer Power sold a five-year warrant to purchase up to an aggregate of
1,000,000 shares of common stock of Pioneer Power at an exercise price of $2.00
per share for aggregate gross proceeds of $10,000 (the “$2.00
Warrant”).
Following
(i) the closing of the Share Exchange, (ii) the closing of the Private Placement
for $5,000,000 and (iii) the cancellation of 7,200,000 shares in the Split-Off,
there were 29,000,000 shares of common stock issued and
outstanding. Approximately
79%
of such issued and outstanding shares were held by the PT Shareholder and
approximately 17% were held by the investors in the Private Placement. The
foregoing percentages exclude the $2.00 Warrant, the $3.25 Warrant and 1,600,000
shares of common stock reserved for issuance under Pioneer Power’s equity
incentive plan.
The
shares of Pioneer Power’s common stock issued to the PT Shareholder in
connection with the Share Exchange, the shares of common stock issued to the
investors in the Private Placement, the $3.25 Warrant and the $2.00 Warrant were
not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities
Act”), in reliance upon the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2)
of the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated under that section, which
exempts transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering. These
securities may not be offered or sold in the U.S. absent registration or an
applicable exemption from the registration requirements. Certificates
representing these shares contain a legend stating the restrictions applicable
to such shares.
Changes to the
Business.
Pioneer Power intends to carry on Pioneer
Transformers’ business as its sole line of business. Pioneer Power
has relocated its executive offices to 9 West 57
th
Street,
26th Floor, New York, New York 10019 and its telephone number is (212)
867-0700.
Changes to the Board of Directors and
Executive Officers.
Upon the closing of the Share Exchange,
the size of Pioneer Power’s board of directors was increased from one director
to
five
directors, David
Davis resigned as the sole officer and director of Pioneer Power and Nathan J.
Mazurek, Yossi Cohn, David Tesler, David J. Landes and Jonathan Tulkoff were
appointed to Pioneer Power’s board of directors. Following the Share
Exchange, Nathan J. Mazurek was appointed as Pioneer Power’s chief executive
officer, president, chairman of the board, chief financial officer, treasurer
and secretary.
All
directors hold office for one-year terms until the election and qualification of
their successors. Officers are elected by the board of directors and
serve at the discretion of the board.
Accounting
Treatment
. The Share Exchange is being accounted for as a
recapitalization. Pioneer Transformers is the acquirer for accounting
purposes and, consequently, the assets and liabilities and the historical
operations that are reflected in the financial statements herein are those of
Pioneer Transformers and will be recorded at the historical cost basis of
Pioneer Transformers.
Tax
Treatment.
The Share
Exchange is intended to constitute a tax-deferred exchange of property governed
by Section 351 of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
(the “
Code
”), or such other tax free
reorganization or restructuring provisions as may be available under the Code.
Any gain required to be recognized will be subject to regular individual or
corporate federal income taxes, as the case may be.
Sierra
was incorporated on September 16, 2008 in the State of Nevada for the purpose of
providing individuals with financial counseling services through the Internet.
On November 30, 2009, Sierra merged with and into Pioneer Power solely for the
purpose of reincorporating in the State of Delaware and changing its name to
“Pioneer Power Solutions, Inc.” Immediately following the Share
Exchange, the assets and liabilities of Pioneer Power that existed prior to the
Share Exchange were disposed of pursuant to the Split-Off. In addition,
following the Share Exchange, Pioneer Power succeeded to the business of Pioneer
Transformers as its sole line of business.
Pioneer
Transformers was incorporated in 1995 under the Canadian Business Corporations
Act as a result of the acquisition of the business from a subsidiary of
Schneider Electric S.A. Pioneer Transformers has one
wholly-owned subsidiary, Barnard Granby Realty, Inc (“Granby
Realty”).
As
used in this Current Report on Form 8-K, all references to the “Company,” “we,”
“our” and “us” for periods prior to the closing of the Share Exchange refer to
Pioneer Transformers, and for periods subsequent to the closing of the Share
Exchange refer to Pioneer Power and its direct and indirect subsidiaries
(including Pioneer Transformers and Granby Realty).
Overview
We are a
leading North American designer, manufacturer and marketer of liquid-filled
electric power, distribution and specialty transformers. We have been in the
transformer business for over 50 years and distinguish ourselves by
manufacturing a wide range of customized, engineered-to-order equipment for our
customers. We serve Canadian and U.S. clients in a variety of industries with
particular emphasis on the electric utility, industrial and commercial
construction markets.
An
electric transformer is used to reduce or increase the voltage of electricity
traveling through a wire. This is accomplished by transferring electric energy
from one coil or winding to another coil through electromagnetic induction.
Electric power plants use generator transformers to "step-up," or increase,
voltage that is transferred through power lines in order to transmit the
electricity more efficiently and over long distances. When the high voltage
electricity reaches a community, a "step-down" transformer reduces its voltage.
A distribution transformer makes a final step-down in voltage by diminishing the
force of the electricity to a level usable in homes and businesses. Some
electrical devices, such as doorbells and small appliances, use additional
step-down transformers to decrease voltage even further.
Transformers
are integral to any electrical transmission and distribution (“T&D”) system.
Electric utilities use transformers for the construction and maintenance of
their power networks, industrial firms use transformers to supply factories with
electricity and to distribute power to production machinery and the construction
industry uses transformers to connect new homes and buildings to the electricity
grid.
The
Industry
Demand
for our electrical power and distribution transformers results primarily from
spending by electric utilities for replacements, expansions and efficiency
improvements. Demand is also sensitive to overall economic conditions,
particularly with respect to the level of industrial production and investment
in commercial and residential construction. Other market factors include voltage
conversion, voltage unit upgrades, electrical equipment failures, higher energy
costs and stricter environmental regulations.
According
to The Freedonia Group, a market research firm, U.S. demand for electrical
T&D equipment, which includes switchgear, transformers, pole/line hardware
and meters, was $20.8 billion in 2008. Of this amount, approximately 38%, or
$7.9 billion, was comprised of demand for transformers. Together with Canadian
demand for transformers, we believe that the North American market currently
exceeds $8.5 billion annually. The value of transformer shipments in the U.S.
has grown 10.6% per annum since 2003 due to capital spending increases by
utilities and due to recent price increases of key material inputs such as steel
and copper. Assuming more stable prices, The Freedonia Group expects transformer
demand to increase 2.3% annually through 2013, accelerating to 3.4% per annum
thereafter through 2018.
This
prediction of accelerating growth is consistent with the need to upgrade the
U.S. power grid and is supported by regulatory initiatives intended to improve
system stability and promote growth in electric power generation by independent
producers and in renewable energy sources such as wind power. For example,
according to The Brattle Group, a consulting firm, 70% of all power transformers
are currently over 25 years old. Including other major equipment components of
the U.S. power grid also operating at, close to or past their planned service
lives, The Brattle Group estimates $1.5 trillion of capital investment will be
required in the U.S. electrical infrastructure by 2030 in order to meet
growing demand and targets for efficiency, emissions and renewable sources. A
majority of these expenditures, or approximately $900 billion, is expected by
The Battle Group to be for T&D equipment, with the remainder being
spent on increasing generation capacity.
The
transformer market is very fragmented due to the range of sizes, voltages and
technological standards required by different categories of end-users. This
diversity of manufacturers also reflects the fact that many orders are
custom-engineered and tend to be very time-sensitive since other critical work
is frequently being coordinated around the customer’s transformer installation.
As a result of these and other factors, the vast majority of North American
demand for transformers is satisfied from producers in the U.S. and Canada.
According to the U.S. Census Bureau, there are over 250 transformer
manufacturers in the U.S. and at least 50 that manufacture larger power and
distribution transformers such as those produced by us.
Products
We
design, develop, manufacture and sell a wide range of liquid-filled electrical
power and distribution transformers. Power transformers are designed for utility
and industrial customers to be installed in substations or commercial electric
power centers for apartment complexes, shopping centers, factories and other
high load users of electrical power. Distribution transformers are used to
step-down high voltage electrical transmissions to usable levels (typically to
120 or 240 volts) for use in homes, offices and factories. Distribution
transformers may be mounted on utility poles, or increasingly, they are placed
at ground level on a concrete pad or in underground vaults.
Our
transformer products are manufactured in electrical power ranges from 25 kVA
(kilovolt amperes) to 10 MVA (megavolt amperes) and at up to 44 kV (kilovolts)
in voltage. In recent years, we have focused primarily on the small power
market, generally considered to include transformers between 1 MVA and 10 MVA,
as well as on specialty transformers such as network and other highly-engineered
models. We sell our products to electrical utilities, independent power
providers, electrical co-ops, industrial companies, commercial users and to
electric equipment wholesalers. Our primary product categories are as
follows:
Transformer Type
|
Range of Sizes
|
Applications
|
|
|
|
Small
Power
|
300
kVA to 10 MVA
|
Power
conversion for the utility and industrial/commercial market, typically
found in substations
|
|
|
|
Network
|
300
kVA to 3.75 MVA
|
Subway
and vault-type transformers designed to withstand harsh environments and
typically used by utilities and municipal power authorities to ensure
reliability of service
|
|
|
|
Pad-Mount
|
75
kVA to 10 MVA
|
Distribution
transformers commonly used in underground power or distribution
systems
|
Unitized
Pad-Mount
|
Up
to 5 MVA
|
Combines
pad-mounts with other equipment in a product that can be substituted for
conventional unit substations at apartment complexes, shopping centers,
hospitals and similar commercial facilities
|
|
|
|
Mini-Pad
|
25
kVA to 167 kVA
|
Single
phase, low profile pad-mounted distribution transformers for residential
and underground distribution
|
|
|
|
Platform-Mount
|
250
kVA to 2.5 MVA
|
Single
phase units from 250 kVA to 1,000 kVA, also supplied for substation
installation up to 2,500 kVA
|
The
transformers we manufacture are typically shell-type, composed of steel cores
surrounding wound coils and mounted inside tanks made of hot rolled steel that
are filled under vacuum with oil or another liquid with similar cooling and/or
dielectric properties such as silicone or FR3. We manufacture the cores from
non-aging, grain-oriented silicon steel strip. Stresses which develop in cutting
and forming the core are relieved by batch annealing in our nitrogen atmosphere
ovens. We wind the coils on thermally upgraded heavy board forms to provide high
mechanical strength and basic insulation to ground. Layer insulation consists of
adhesive coated thermally upgraded paper of several different thicknesses. Our
core/coil/frame mounting system is designed to assure a relatively stress free
assembly resulting in consistently low core loss (i.e., high efficiency) and low
sound level. Many of our products adhere to standards developed by
Underwriters Laboratories Inc., the American National Standards Institute and
the Canadian Standards Association.
Business
Strategy
The
foundation of our strategy is to build upon the core strengths that we
believe have led to our growth and increasing profitability in recent years --
our engineering and manufacturing capabilities, our product quality and our
highly flexible, individualized and responsive standards for customer service.
The combination of these strengths enables us to consistently deliver high
volumes of custom-engineered transformers. Our strategy is to continually seek
ways to broaden our capabilities to serve our customers more completely and
directly, an approach we believe will maximize our market penetration, increase
our revenues more profitably and we hope will create barriers to entry for our
competitors.
We intend
to expand rapidly over the next several years by adhering to this strategy in
the execution of our internal growth and acquisition plans.
Internal Growth
We intend
to build our revenue and profit margins at rates exceeding industry norms
primarily by continuing our sales and product mix migration towards more
highly-engineered, value-added products. We intend to accomplish this goal by
emphasizing the sale of more power, network and subsurface transformers to new
and existing utility customers, particularly in the U.S. To increase our
manufacturing capacity for these products, which are among the largest we
produce, in September 2009 we commenced a significant plant expansion. This
expansion will alleviate production scheduling conflicts and increase
utilization of our existing floor space, while establishing the potential to
produce still larger, more high-powered transformers in the future.
Acquisitions
We will
pursue opportunities to acquire businesses that increase our market share in
transformers or expand our geographic reach. We will also consider acquiring
manufacturers of other highly engineered and customized ancillary or
complementary products that will further our penetration of markets and
customers served. We favor candidates that have competencies and business
characteristics similar to our own, and those that we expect will benefit from
some of the major trends affecting our industry.
China Expansion
Our
management team places a high priority on entering the Chinese market for
T&D equipment, either by way of a plant or company acquisition. According to
The Freedonia Group, the 2008 market for T&D equipment in China was ¥179.1
billion ($25.8 billion), of which ¥53.2 billion ($7.7 billion) was for
transformers, a market segment that is expected to grow 10.5% annually through
2013. Based on reports by the China National Transformer Association and on our
management’s own knowledge and experience with respect to doing doing business
in China, we believe the Chinese market is far more fragmented than the North
American market and that there are many potential candidates for a business
combination that would benefit from our experience and access to the U.S. public
capital markets.
Customers
We sell
our products principally to Canadian customers, who presently account for more
than 80% of our sales. Our customers include a majority of Canada’s electrical
utilities, several U.S. utilities and municipal power systems, large industrial
companies, engineering and construction firms and a number of electrical
distributors. During the past five years approximately 70% of our sales have
been to utilities, with the remainder being sold primarily to industrial
companies and electrical distributors.
Approximately
26% and 40% of our sales in 2008 and during the first nine months of 2009,
respectively, were made to Hydro-Quebec Utility Company, a government-owned
utility in the Province of Quebec, Canada ("Hydro-Quebec"). The majority of our
sales to Hydro-Quebec are made pursuant to a long-term contract which expires in
2010. Hydro-Quebec has been a customer of Pioneer and its predecessors for
approximately 40 years, over which time we have been party to consecutive
long-term contracts for an uninterrupted period spanning several decades. We
believe the status of our business relationship with Hydro-Quebec to be good.
For the first nine months of 2009, no other customer accounted for 10% or more
of our sales. Aside from Hydro-Quebec, we do not believe that the loss of any
specific customer would have a material adverse effect on our
business.
Competition
We
experience competition from a large number of transformer manufacturers. The
number and size of our competitors varies considerably by product line, with
many of our competitors tending to be small, highly specialized or focused on a
certain geographic market area or customer. However, several of our competitors
have substantially greater financial and technical resources than us, including
some of the world's largest electrical products companies such as ABB Ltd.,
Cooper Industries plc, General Electric Company, Groupe Schneider and Siemens
AG.
We
believe that we compete primarily on the basis of product quality, product
innovation, service and price. We have established a niche in the manufacture
and design of small power and distribution electrical transformers and, in
particular, custom transformers requiring specialized and complex applications.
As a result of our long-time presence in the industry, we possess a number of
special transformer designs that we have engineered and developed specifically
for our customers. We believe these designs give us a competitive advantage and
that they are a major contributor to our high frequency of repeat customer
orders; repeat customers typically account for over 75% of our sales from year
to year.
Raw
Materials and Suppliers
The
principal raw materials purchased by us are core steel, copper wire, aluminum
strip and insulating materials including transformer oil.
We also purchase certain
electrical components from a variety of suppliers including bushings, switches,
fuses and protectors. These raw materials and components are available from and
supplied by numerous sources at competitive prices, although there are more
limited sources of supply for electrical core steel and transformer oil.
Unanticipated increases in raw material prices or disruptions in supply could
increase production costs and adversely affect our profitability. We anticipate
no significant difficulty fulfilling our raw material purchase requirements and
have not experienced any such difficulty in the past several
years. Our largest suppliers include Cogent Power, Inc., Itochu
Corporation and Rea Magnet Wire Company.
Marketing,
Sales and Distribution
A
substantial portion of the transformers manufactured by us are sold to customers
by our direct sales force of full-time sales personnel operating either from our
two offices in Canada or our office in the U.S. Our products are also sold
through our network of independent sales agents throughout North
America. Our direct sales force markets to end users and to third
parties, such as engineering firms, that prescribe the specifications and
parameters that control the applications of our
products.
Facilities
We have
one manufacturing facility located in Granby, Quebec, Canada, which was built in
1962 and consists of approximately 38,000 square feet. The facility
sits on approximately 25 acres in the town of Granby which is located
approximately 40 miles east of Montreal. We own both the facility and the land
through Granby Realty. We believe the facility has been well maintained and is
in proper condition necessary to operate at current levels. Our
primary lender has a senior secured mortgage on the facility and the land in
order to secure up to $9.3 million of indebtedness that we have the right to
draw down upon under our existing line of credit.
We lease
office space for our engineering and marketing office in Mississauga near
Toronto, Ontario, Canada. Our monthly rent is $3,065
and the lease expires in
2011. We also pay $6,500 per month for use of office space for our
executive management and sales office in New York City.
Sales
Backlog
Backlog
reflects the amount of revenue we expect to realize upon the shipment of
customer orders for products that are not yet complete or for which work has not
yet begun. Our sales backlog as of September 30, 2009 was
approximately $21.0 million, as compared to $22.8 million at September 30, 2008.
We anticipate that approximately half of our current backlog will be delivered
during the remainder of 2009. Orders included in our sales backlog are
represented by customer purchase orders and contracts that we believe to be
firm.
Employees
At
September 30, 2009, we had 61 employees consisting of 22 salaried staff and 39
hourly workers. We had no part-time employees. Our hourly
employees, all located at our plant in Granby, are covered by a collective
bargaining agreement with the United Steel Workers of America Local
5653 that expires in May 2010. We consider our relationship with our
employees to be good.
Environmental
We are
subject to numerous environmental laws and regulations concerning, among other
areas, air emissions, discharges into waterways and the generation, handling,
storing, transportation, treatment and disposal of waste materials. These laws
and regulations are constantly changing and it is impossible to predict with
accuracy the effect they may have on us in the future. Like many other
industrial enterprises, our manufacturing operations entail the risk of
noncompliance, which may result in fines, penalties and remediation costs, and
there can be no assurance that such costs will be insignificant. To our
knowledge, we are in substantial compliance with all federal, state, provincial
and local environmental protection provisions, and believe that the future cost
of fines, penalties and remediation protection provisions, if any, should not
have a material adverse effect on our capital expenditures, earnings or
competitive position. However, legal and regulatory requirements in these areas
have been increasing and there can be no assurance that significant costs and
liabilities will not be incurred in the future due to regulatory
noncompliance.
There are
currently no pending legal proceedings and, as far as we are aware, no
governmental authority is contemplating any proceeding to which we are a party
or to which any of our properties is subject.
Forward-Looking
Statements
Statements
in this Current Report on Form 8-K and other written reports made from time to
time by us that are not historical facts constitute so-called “forward-looking
statements,” all of which are subject to risks and uncertainties.
Forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of words such as
“expects,” “plans,” “will,” “forecasts,” “projects,” “intends,” “estimates,” and
other words of similar meaning. Forward-looking statements are likely to address
our growth strategy, financial results and product and development programs,
among other things. One must carefully consider any such statement and should
understand that many factors could cause actual results to differ from our
forward-looking statements. Such risks and uncertainties include but are not
limited to those outlined in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and other risks
detailed from time to time in our filings with the SEC or otherwise. These
factors may include inaccurate assumptions and a broad variety of other risks
and uncertainties, including some that are known and some that are not. No
forward-looking statement can be guaranteed and actual future results may vary
materially.
Information
regarding market and industry statistics contained in this Report is included
based on information available to us that we believe is accurate. It
is generally based on industry and other publications that are not produced for
purposes of securities offerings or economic analysis. We have not
reviewed or included data from all sources, and cannot assure investors of the
accuracy or completeness of the data included in this
Report. Forecasts and other forward-looking information obtained from
these sources are subject to the same qualifications and the additional
uncertainties accompanying any estimates of future market size, revenue and
market acceptance of products and services. We do not assume any
obligation to update any forward-looking statement. As a result,
investors should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking
statements.
Management’s
Discussion and Analysis
of Financial
Condition and Results of
Operations
This
discussion should be read in conjunction with the other sections of this Report,
including “Risk Factors,” “Description of Business” and the Financial Statements
attached hereto pursuant to Item 9.01 and the related exhibits. The
various sections of this discussion contain a number of forward-looking
statements, all of which are based on our current expectations and could be
affected by the uncertainties and risk factors described throughout this
Report. See “Forward-Looking Statements.” Our actual results may
differ materially.
Recent
Events
On
December 2, 2009, we completed a share exchange, pursuant to which we acquired
all of the capital stock of Pioneer Transformers and Pioneer Transformers became
our wholly owned subsidiary. In connection with this share exchange,
we discontinued our former business and succeeded to the business of Pioneer
Transformers as our sole line of business. The share exchange is
being accounted for as a recapitalization. Pioneer Transformers is
the acquirer for accounting purposes and Pioneer Power is the acquired
company. Accordingly, Pioneer Transformers’ historical financial
statements for periods prior to the acquisition have become those of the
registrant (Pioneer Power) retroactively restated for, and giving effect to, the
number of shares received in the share exchange. The accumulated
earnings of Pioneer Transformers were also carried forward after the
acquisition. Operations reported for periods prior to the share exchange are
those of Pioneer Transformers.
Overview
We
manufacture, design, develop, sell and distribute liquid-filled power,
distribution and specialty electric transformers for the utility, industrial and
commercial markets.
In
connection with the closing of the Share Exchange, we elected to report our
financial results in U.S. dollars. Accordingly, all comparative financial
information contained in this discussion has been recast
from Canadian dollars to U.S. dollars. We also elected to report our
financial results in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in
the U.S. (“U.S. GAAP”) to improve the comparability of our financial information
with our peer companies.
Although
we have elected to report our results in accordance with U.S. GAAP and in U.S.
dollars, our primary operating subsidiary, Pioneer Transformers, is a Canadian
entity and our functional currency is the Canadian dollar. Our financial
position, results of operations, cash flows and equity are initially
consolidated in Canadian dollars. Our assets and liabilities are then translated
from Canadian dollars to U.S. dollars by applying the foreign currency exchange
rate in effect at the balance sheet date, while the results of our operations
and cash flows are translated to U.S. dollars by applying the average foreign
currency exchange rate in effect during the reporting period. The resulting
translation adjustments are included in other comprehensive income or
loss.
Critical
Accounting Policies
Use of Estimates.
The
preparation of financial statements in accordance U.S. GAAP requires us to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
during the reporting period. The financial statements include estimates based on
currently available information and our judgment as to the outcome of future
conditions and circumstances. Significant estimates in these financial
statements include pension expense, inventory provisions, useful lives and
impairment of long-lived assets. Changes in the status of certain facts or
circumstances could result in material changes to the estimates used in the
preparation of the financial statements and actual results could differ from the
estimates and assumptions.
Revenue
Recognition
.
Revenue
is recognized when:
●
|
persuasive
evidence of an arrangement exists;
|
●
|
the
sales price is fixed or determinable; and
|
●
|
collectibility
is reasonably assured.
|
Revenue
is recognized on the sale of goods, when the significant risks and rewards of
ownership have been transferred to the buyer upon delivery, provided that we
maintain neither managerial involvement to the degree usually associated with
ownership, nor effective control over the goods sold.
Changes in Accounting
Principles
.
No
significant changes in accounting principles were adopted during fiscal 2007 and
2008, or during the first nine months ended September 30, 2009, except for the
following:
Fair Value Measurements.
SFAS 157,
Fair Value Measurements, (“SFAS 157”) is effective for financial assets and
liabilities in fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and for
non-financial assets and liabilities in fiscal years beginning after November
15, 2008. We adopted SFAS 157 for financial assets and liabilities in fiscal
2008 with no material impact to our financial statements. We are currently
evaluating the potential impact of the application of SFAS 157 on our
nonfinancial assets and liabilities.
SFAS 157
applies to all assets and liabilities that are being measured and reported on a
fair value basis. SFAS 157 requires new disclosure requirements that establish a
framework for measuring fair value in U.S. GAAP, and expands disclosure
requirements pertaining to fair value measurements. SFAS 157 enables the reader
of the financial statements to assess the inputs used to develop those
measurements by establishing a hierarchy for ranking the quality and reliability
of the information used to determine fair values. The statement requires that
assets and liabilities carried at fair value be classified and disclosed in one
of the following three categories:
Level 1:
Quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or
liabilities.
Level 2:
Observable market based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by
market data.
Level 3:
Unobservable inputs that are not corroborated by market data.
In
determining the appropriate levels, we perform a detailed analysis of the assets
and liabilities that are subject to SFAS 157. At each reporting period, all
assets and liabilities for which the fair value measurement is based on
significant unobservable inputs are classified as Level 3. There were no assets
or liabilities measured at fair value as at December 31, 2008.
Fair
Value of Financial Instruments.
Fair
value represents our best estimate based on a range of methodologies and
assumptions. Advances to companies controlled by shareholders and the advances
from ultimate shareholders are presumed to have a fair value measured by the
cash proceeds exchanged at issuance in accordance with APB-21, “Interest on
Receivables and Payables”.
Unre
cognized Tax Benefits.
On
January 1, 2007, we adopted the provisions of FIN 48, Accounting for Uncertainty
in Income Taxes, (“FIN 48”) which is an interpretation of SFAS 109, Accounting
for Income Taxes (“SFAS 109”). FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold that a
tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the financial
statements and provides guidance on de-recognition, measurement, classification,
interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition
issues. FIN 48 contains a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring
uncertain tax positions accounted for in accordance with SFAS 109. The first
step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the
weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the
position will be sustained upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority,
including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The
second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more
than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Prior to January 1,
2007 and the implementation of FIN 48, we recorded tax contingencies when the
exposure item became probable and reasonably estimable, in accordance with SFAS
5, Accounting for Contingencies. The adoption of FIN 48 has not had a material
effect on our financial position or results of operations for the years ended
December 31, 2008 and 2007.
We do not
expect our unrecognized tax benefits to change significantly over the next
twelve months.
Classification
of Interest and Penalties.
Additionally,
FIN 48 requires that we accrue interest and related penalties, if applicable, on
all tax positions for which reserves have been established consistent with
jurisdictional tax laws. Our policy to include interest and penalties
related to unrecognized tax benefits within the provision for income taxes did
not change as a result of adopting FIN 48.
Results
of Operations
Nine
Months Ended September 30, 2009 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30,
2008
Revenue
. For the
nine months ended September 30, 2009, revenue decreased 14.4% to $30.4 million
from $35.5 million during the same period in 2008. The decline in revenue was
primarily attributable to the translation effect of a strengthening in the U.S.
dollar against the Canadian dollar. This effect was more pronounced due to a
decrease in our U.S. dollar denominated revenue during 2009 as compared
to the same period in 2008, reflecting an increase in demand fulfilled for
products in the Canadian utility market. The remainder of our revenue decline
for the period was attributable to the net effect of decreases in transformer
unit volume and average selling prices, offset by an increase in the average
price per electrical unit of transformation capacity sold.
Gross Margin
. For
the nine months ended September 30, 2009, our gross margin percentage increased
to 27.4% of revenues, compared to 20.5% during the same period in
2008. The increase in our gross margin resulted primarily from
increases in the sales of larger units to the utility market, more efficient
manufacturing and lower material costs as a result of weakening in the U.S.
dollar against the Canadian dollar. These positive contributors to our gross
margin were partially offset by the translation effect of a strengthening in the
U.S. dollar against the Canadian dollar. While most of our operating revenues
are denominated in Canadian dollars, a portion of our expenses, including the
majority of our costs of goods sold, are denominated and disbursed in U.S.
dollars.
The
electrical transformer industry is highly competitive and requires that we
expend significant resources. Our profitability is dependent on a
number of factors including a favorable product mix, factory configuration,
manufacturing capacity and utilization and prices for various raw material
commodities. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that such or other factors
will not have a material effect on our gross margin in future
periods.
Selling, General and Administrative
Expense
. For the nine months ended September 30, 2009,
selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expense decreased 19.1% to
approximately $2.7 million from $3.4 million during the same period in 2008.
These cost savings resulted primarily from a large reduction in sales commission
expense, driven by the decision to service certain customer accounts in-house
rather than through external sales agents. SG&A expense as a percentage of
revenue decreased to 8.9% for the nine months ended September 30, 2009, compared
to 9.5% for the same period in 2008.
Foreign Exchange (Gain)
Loss
. Most of our operating revenues are denominated in
Canadian dollars and a material percentage of our expenses are denominated and
disbursed in U.S. dollars. Historically we have not engaged in currency hedging
activities. Accordingly, fluctuations in the relative value of the U.S. dollar
versus the Canadian dollar between the time we initiate and then settle
transactions with our customers and suppliers can have an impact on our
operating results. For the nine months ended September 30, 2009, the impact of
these fluctuations resulted in a loss of approximately $281,000 to operating
profit, compared to a gain of $37,000 during the same period of
2008.
Write-down of Advances to Companies
Controlled by Shareholders
. During the third quarter of 2008,
we wrote down the entire amount of advances we made to certain members of the PT
Shareholder, which advances were made to these members as reimbursement for
certain advances made by them to a switchgear manufacturing company formerly
controlled by the PT Shareholder. This write-down resulted in an operating loss
of $0.7 million being recognized for the nine months ended September 30, 2008,
as compared to no loss being recognized for the same period in
2009.
Interest and Factoring
Fees
. For the nine months ended September 30, 2009, interest
and factoring fees decreased 31.2% to approximately $282,000 from $410,000
during the same period in 2008. The decrease in interest and factoring fees was
primarily the result of lower average borrowings and interest rates during the
nine months ended September 30, 2009, as compared to the same period in
2008.
Provision for Income
Taxes
. Our provision for income taxes reflects an effective
tax rate on earnings before income taxes of 30.7% compared to 35.7% for the same
period in 2008. The decrease in our effective tax rate between 2008 and 2009 is
primarily attributable to the non-deductible write-down of advances described
earlier in this section that was recognized in the third quarter of
2008.
Net Earnings
. For
the nine months ended September 30, 2009, we generated net earnings of $3.4
million, a significant increase over our net earnings of $1.7 million for the
same period in 2008. During 2009, our net earnings have benefited from several
factors including a favorable product mix that has generated higher gross
margins, a weakening in the U.S. dollar as compared to the Canadian
dollar and reductions in our SG&A and debt service costs.
Backlog
. Our order
backlog at September 30, 2009 was $21.0 million, compared to $19.8 million at
December 31, 2008 and $22.7 million at September 30, 2008. New orders placed
during the nine months ended September 30, 2009 were $29.4 million, a decrease
of 7.0% (or an increase of 6.8% on a constant currency basis) compared to new
orders of $31.6 million that were placed during the nine months ended September
30, 2008.
Year
Ended December 31, 2008 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2007
Revenue
. Total
revenue decreased 4.6% to $43.9 million in 2008 from $46.0 million in 2007. The
decline in revenue during 2008 was primarily attributable to the net effect of a
decrease in transformer unit volume sold, offset by an increase in the average
price per unit sold. Our product sales mix during 2008 reflected our continuing
strategy to emphasize the sale of more highly-engineered transformers which
generally command higher selling prices and gross margins, but require longer
manufacturing times and thereby reduce overall unit volume.
Gross Margin
. Our
gross margin percentage for 2008 increased to 20.5% of revenues compared with
17.8% in 2007. The increase was primarily related to the change in product mix
associated with the sale of larger units into the utility market. The electrical
transformer industry is highly competitive and requires that we expend
significant resources. Our profitability is dependent on a number of
factors including a favorable product mix, factory configuration, manufacturing
capacity and utilization and prices for various raw material commodities.
Accordingly, there can be no assurance that such or other factors will not have
a material effect on our gross margin in future periods.
Selling, General and Administrative
Expense
. SG&A expenses increased 5.9% to $4.2 million in
2008, compared to $4.0 million in 2007. This net increase was the result of many
individual changes in our costs which included, among the larger changes,
increased engineering staff costs (associated with manufacturing larger and more
complex units) and lower external sales commission expense. SG&A expenses as
a percentage of revenue increased to 9.6% in 2008 from 8.6% in
2007.
Foreign Exchange (Gain)
Loss
. Most of our operating revenues are denominated in
Canadian dollars and a material percentage of our expenses are denominated and
disbursed in U.S. dollars. We have historically not engaged in currency hedging
activities. Accordingly, fluctuations in the relative value of the U.S. dollar
versus the Canadian dollar between the time we initiate and then settle
transactions with our customers and suppliers can have an impact on our
operating results. During 2008, the impact of these fluctuations resulted in a
gain of $0.1 million to operating profit, compared to a gain of approximately
$0.9 million in 2007.
Write-down of Advances to Companies
Controlled by Shareholders
. During the third quarter of 2008,
we wrote down the entire amount of advances we made to certain members of the PT
Shareholder, which advances were made to these members as reimbursement for
certain advances made by them to a switchgear manufacturing company formerly
controlled by the PT Shareholder. This write-down resulted in an operating loss
of $0.7 million being recognized in 2008, as compared to no operating loss being
recognized in 2007.
Interest and Factoring
Fees
. Interest and factoring fees were approximately $512,000
for 2008, down 21.7% from approximately $654,000 in 2007. The decrease was
primarily a result of lower average borrowings and interest rates during
2008.
Provision for Income
Taxes
. Our provision for income taxes reflects an effective
tax rate on earnings before income taxes of 38.8% in 2008 compared to 74.6% in
2007. Our effective tax rate in 2008 was primarily impacted by the
non-deductible write-down of advances described earlier in this section that was
recognized during the third quarter. The higher 2007 effective tax rate
primarily reflects tax provisions for prior years’ assessments.
Net Earnings
. We
generated net earnings of $2.1 million in 2008, compared to $1.1 million in
2007. During 2008 we generated higher gross profits despite lower overall
revenue, while leveraging our existing infrastructure to sell increasing volumes
of larger and more highly-engineered products.
Backlog
. The order
backlog at December 31, 2008 was $19.7 million, down 31.3% (or 15.6% on a
constant currency basis) compared to $28.8 million at December 31, 2007. New
orders placed during the year were $40.1 million, a decrease of 21.1% (or 21.6%
on a constant currency basis) compared to orders during 2007 of $50.9
million.
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
General.
At September 30, 2009, we had
cash and cash equivalents of approximately $201,000. We have historically met
our cash needs through a combination of cash flows from operating activities and
bank borrowings. Our cash requirements are generally for operating activities,
debt repayment and capital improvements. We believe that working capital, funds
available under our credit agreement, and funds generated from operations should
be sufficient to finance our cash requirements for anticipated operational
activities, capital improvements, repayment of debt and possible future
acquisitions through the next 12 months.
Our
operating activities generated cash flow of approximately $0.8 million for the
nine month period ended September 30, 2009, and used cash of $1.3 million during
the same period in the prior year. The principal elements of cash flow from
operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 included net income of
$3.4 million and depreciation of $0.2 million, offset by increased investment in
operating working capital elements of $2.8 million.
Cash used
in our financing activities was $0.9 million for the nine months ended September
30, 2009, compared to cash generated of approximately $1.5 million during the
comparable period of 2008. The principal reason for the decrease in cash from
financing activities during 2009 was that we repaid approximately $0.4 million
of our bank indebtedness during the nine months ended September 30, 2009,
whereas we had borrowed an additional $1.9 million under our credit facility
during the nine months ended September 30, 2008.
Cash used
in investing activities during the nine months ended September 30, 2009 was
approximately $94,000 for additions to property and equipment, compared to
$487,000 during the same period in 2008, which consisted of approximately
$144,000 in additions to property and equipment and $342,000 in dividend
payments to the PT Shareholder.
As of
September 30, 2009, current assets exceeded current liabilities by 1.6
times. Current assets increased $3.8 million during the nine months ended
September 30, 2009 while current liabilities increased by $0.2 million during
the same period. As a result, our working capital increased by $3.6 million to
$5.3 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2009.
Credit Facilities.
As of
September 30, 2009, we had a credit facility with our primary lender consisting
of a revolving loan of up to approximately $5.8 million bearing interest at the
lender’s prime rate plus 1.5% per annum. Our agreement with this lender provides
that we continually sell all of our accounts receivable to the lender. To the
extent that we draw funds prior to the collection of the accounts receivable
(the bank indebtedness), the funds bear interest at the lender’s prime rate plus
1.5% per annum. We are contingently liable for credit risk, merchandise disputes
and other claims on accounts receivable sold to the lender and, accordingly,
accounts receivable are therefore still presented on our balance sheet. As of
September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, the amount of the revolving credit
line outstanding was approximately $4.2 million and $4.1 million,
respectively.
Subsequent
to the end of our third quarter ended September 30, 2009, we entered into a
financing arrangement with a new primary lender that replaced the credit
facility described immediately above. The new credit facility consists
of an $8.8 million demand revolving credit facility and a $1.6 million term
loan facility. The demand revolving credit facility is subject to margin
criteria, and along with the term loan facility bears interest at the lender’s
prime lending rate plus 0.75% or the U.S. base rate plus 0.75%. The credit
facility is secured by a first-ranking lien in the amount of $9.3 million on all
of our assets, a collateral mortgage of $9.3 million on our land and
buildings as well as charges against our inventory.
Also
subsequent to the end of our third quarter ended September 30, 2009 and
in conjunction with the Share Exchange and Private Placement, we drew $2.0
million against our new credit facility to fund a cash dividend to the PT
Shareholder. A portion of the proceeds from the Private Placement were then used
to repay all amounts outstanding under our credit facility and, as a result, we
had no bank indebtedness outstanding as of the closing of the Share
Exchange.
Equipment
Loans.
As of September 30, 2009, we had equipment loans with
an aggregate principal amount outstanding of approximately $160,000, compared to
approximately $260,000 outstanding as of December 31, 2008. These equipment
loans bear interest at rates varying from 5.93% to 9.93% and are repayable in
monthly installments of approximately $15,000 including interest, with a final
payment due in December 2010.
Loans from Shareholder.
Certain limited partners of the PT Shareholder previously
advanced us an
aggregate $150,000 at the rate of 12% per annum with no specific
terms of repayment. These advances are not expected to be repaid prior to
October 1, 2010.
Factors
That May Affect Future Operations
We
believe that our future operating results will continue to be subject to
quarterly variations based upon a wide variety of factors, including the
cyclical nature of the transformer industry and the markets for our products.
Our operating results could also be impacted by a weakening of the Canadian
dollar, changing customer requirements and exposure to fluctuations in prices of
important raw supplies, such as copper, steel and aluminum. We
attempt to minimize these increases through the inclusion of escalation clauses
with respect to commodities in our customer contracts. In addition to these
measures, we attempt to recover other cost increases through improvements to our
manufacturing efficiency and through increases in prices where competitively
feasible. Lastly, other economic conditions we cannot foresee may affect
customer demand. We predominately sell to customers in the utility market.
Accordingly, changes in the condition of any of our customers may have a greater
impact than if our sales were more evenly distributed between different end
markets.
Off
Balance Sheet Transactions and Related Matters
We have
no off-balance sheet transactions, arrangements, obligations (including
contingent obligations), or other relationships with unconsolidated entities or
other persons that have, or may have, a material effect on our financial
condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of
operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
In
December 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS 141
(Revised 2007), Business Combinations (“SFAS 141R”). SFAS 141R will
significantly change the accounting for business combinations. Under SFAS 141R,
an acquiring entity will be required to recognize all the assets acquired and
liabilities assumed in a transaction at the acquisition-date fair value with
limited exceptions. SFAS 141R will change the accounting treatment for certain
specific acquisition related items including:
●
|
expensing
acquisition related costs as incurred;
|
●
|
valuing
non-controlling interests at fair value at the acquisition date;
and
|
●
|
expensing
restructuring costs associated with an acquired business.
|
SFAS 141R
also includes a substantial number of new disclosure requirements. SFAS 141R is
to be applied prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition
date is on or after January 1, 2009. We expect SFAS 141R will have an impact on
our accounting for future business combinations once adopted but the effect is
dependent upon the acquisitions that are made in the future.
In
December 2007, FASB issued SFAS 160, Non-controlling Interests in Consolidated
Financial Statements (“SFAS 160”). SFAS 160 establishes new accounting and
reporting standards for the non-controlling or minority interest in a subsidiary
and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. It clarifies that a non-controlling
interest in a subsidiary is an ownership interest in the consolidated entity
that should be reported as equity in the Consolidated Financial Statements and
separate from the parent company’s equity. Among other requirements, SFAS 160
requires consolidated net income to be reported at amounts that include the
amounts attributable to both the parent and the non-controlling interest. It
also requires disclosure, on the face of the Consolidated Statement of
Operations, of the amounts of consolidated net income attributable to the parent
and to the noncontrolling interest. We expect SFAS 160 will have an impact on
our accounting for future business combinations once adopted but the effect is
dependent upon the acquisitions that are made in the future.
In March
2008, FASB issued SFAS 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging
Activities (“SFAS 161”). This standard is intended to improve financial
reporting about derivative instruments and hedging activities by requiring
enhanced disclosures to enable investors to better understand their effects on
an entity's financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. It is
effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods
beginning after November 15, 2008, with early application encouraged. We are
currently evaluating the impact that this statement will have on our disclosures
related to derivative instruments and hedging activities.
In May
2008, FASB issued SFAS 162, The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting
Principles (“SFAS 162”). The new standard is intended to improve financial
reporting by identifying a consistent framework, or hierarchy, for selecting
accounting principles to be used in preparing financial statements that are
presented in conformity with U.S. GAAP for nongovernmental entities. SFAS 162
shall be effective 60 days following the SEC's approval of the Public Company
Accounting Oversight Board Auditing amendments to AU Section 411, The Meaning of
Present Fairly in Conformity with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. The
adoption of SFAS 162 will not have a material effect on our financial position
or results of operations.
In May
2008, FASB issued FSP APB-14-1, Accounting for Convertible Debt Instruments That
May Be Settled in Cash upon Conversion (Including Partial Cash Settlement)
(“APB-14-1”). APB 14-1 clarifies that convertible debt instruments that may be
settled in cash upon conversion (including partial cash settlement) are not
addressed by paragraph 12 of APB Opinion 14, Accounting for Convertible Debt and
Debt Issued with Stock Purchase Warrants. Additionally, APB-14-1 specifies that
issuers of such instruments should separately account for the liability and
equity components in a manner that will reflect the entity's nonconvertible debt
borrowing rate when interest cost is recognized in subsequent periods. APB-14-1
is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption
is not permitted. The adoption of APB-14-1 is not expected to have a material
effect on our financial position or results of operations.
In April
2008, FASB issued SFAS 142-3, Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible
Assets (“SFAS 142-3”). SFAS 142-3 amends the factors that should be considered
in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life
of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible
Assets. SFAS 142-3 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal
years. The adoption of SFAS 142-3 is not expected to have a material
effect on our financial position or results of operations.
In June
2008, FASB issued FSP EITF 03-6-1, Determining Whether Instruments Granted in
Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities (“EITF 03-6-1”).
EITF 03-6-1 states that unvested share-based payment awards that contain
non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or
unpaid) are participating securities and shall be included in the computation of
earnings per share pursuant to the two-class method. EITF 03-6-1 is effective
for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
2008, and interim periods within those years. The adoption of EITF 03-6-1 is not
expected to have a material effect on our financial position or results of
operations.
In June
2008, FASB issued EITF 07-5, Determining Whether an Instrument (or Embedded
Feature) Is Indexed to an Entity's Own Stock (“EITF 07-5”). EITF 07-5 addresses
the determination of whether an instrument (or an embedded feature) is indexed
to an entity's own stock. EITF 07-5 is effective for financial statements issued
for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within
those fiscal years. The adoption of EITF 07-5 is not expected to have a material
effect on our financial position or results of operations.
In June
2008, FASB issued EITF 08-3, Accounting by Lessees for Non-refundable
Maintenance Deposits (“EITF 08-3”). EITF 08-3 prescribes the accounting for all
non-refundable maintenance deposits. This EITF is effective for financial
statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and
interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of EITF 08-3 is not
expected to have a material effect on our financial position or results of
operations.
In
November 2008, FASB issued EITF 08-6, “Equity Method Investment Accounting
Considerations” (“EITF 08-6”). This EITF considers whether all of the provisions
of SFAS 141R and SFAS 160 should be applied when accounting for an equity method
investment. This EITF is effective on a prospective basis in fiscal years
beginning on or after December 15, 2008 and interim periods within those fiscal
years. The adoption of EITF 08-6 is not expected to have a material effect on
our financial position or results of operations.
In
November 2008, FASB issued EITF 08-8, Accounting for an Instrument (or an
Embedded Feature) with a Settlement Amount That Is Based on the Stock of an
Entity's Consolidated Subsidiary (“EITF 08-8”). EITF 08-8 addresses the
determination of whether a financial instrument for which the payoff to the
counterparty is based, in whole or in part, on the stock of an entity's
consolidated subsidiary is indexed to the reporting entity's own stock and
therefore should not be precluded from qualifying for the first part of the
scope exception in paragraph 11(a) of SFAS 133 or being within the scope of EITF
00-19, Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments Indexed to, and
Potentially Settled in, a Company’s Own Stock. EITF 08-8 is effective for fiscal
years beginning on or after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those
fiscal years. The adoption of EITF 08-8 is not expected to have a material
effect on our financial position or results of operations.
In
December 2008, FASB issued SFAS 132(R)-1, Employers' Disclosures about
Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets (“SFAS 132(R)-1”). SFAS 132(R)-1 provides
guidance on an employer’s disclosures about plan assets of a defined benefit
pension or other postretirement plan. SFAS 132(R)-1 also includes a technical
amendment to SFAS 132R, Employer Disclosures about Pensions and Other
Postretirement Benefits, that requires a nonpublic entity to disclose net
periodic benefit cost for each annual period for which a statement of income is
presented. SFAS 132(R)-1 is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15,
2008. The adoption of SFAS 132(R)-1 is not expected to have a
material effect on our financial position or results of operations.
There
are numerous and varied risks, known and unknown, that may prevent us from
achieving our goals. If any of these risks actually occur, our
business, financial condition or results of operation may be materially
adversely affected. In such case, the trading price of our common
stock could decline and investors could lose all or part of their
investment.
Risks
Relating to Our Business
Our industry is
highly competitive.
The
electrical transformer industry is highly competitive. Principal
competitors in our markets include Howard Industries, Inc., Carte
International, Inc., Partner Technologies, Inc., ABB Transformers, Cooper
Industries plc and General Electric Company. A number of these
competitors are significantly larger and have substantially greater resources
than we do and are able to achieve greater economies of scale and lower cost
structures than us and may, therefore, be able to provide their products to
customers at lower prices than we are able to. Moreover, we cannot be certain
that our competitors will not develop the expertise, experience and resources to
offer products that are superior in both price and quality to our products.
Similarly, we cannot be certain that we will be able to maintain or enhance our
competitive position within our industry, maintain our customer base at current
levels or increase our customer base.
Because
we currently derive a significant portion of our revenues from one customer, any
decrease in orders from this customer could have an adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and operating results.
We depend
on Hydro-Quebec for a large portion of our business, and any change in the level
of orders from Hydro-Quebec, has, in the past, had a significant impact on our
results of operations. In particular, Hydro-Quebec represented a substantial
portion of our sales, approximately 26.3% and 33.2% of net sales in the fiscal
years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. If Hydro-Quebec
were to significantly cancel, delay or reduce the amount of business it does
with us, there could be a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and operating results. Our long term supply agreement for the sale of
our products to Hydro-Quebec expires in 2010 and we therefore cannot assure you
that Hydro-Quebec will continue to purchase transformers from us in quantities
consistent with the past or at all. In addition, if
Hydro-Quebec were to become insolvent or otherwise unable to pay or were to
delay payment for services, our business, financial condition and operating
results could also be materially adversely affected.
Fluctuations
in the price and supply of raw materials used to manufacture our products may
reduce our profits.
Our raw
material costs represented approximately 70% and 74% of our revenues for the
fiscal years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The principal raw
materials purchased by us are core steel, copper wire, aluminum strip and
insulating materials including transformer oil. We also purchase certain
electrical components from a variety of suppliers including bushings, switches,
fuses and protectors. These raw materials and components are available from and
supplied by numerous sources at competitive prices, although there are more
limited sources of supply for electrical core steel and transformer oil.
Unanticipated increases in raw material prices or disruptions in supply could
increase production costs and adversely affect our profitability. While we do
not anticipate significant difficulty fulfilling our raw material purchase
requirements and have not experienced any such difficulty in the past three
years, we cannot provide any assurances that we will not experience such
difficulties in the future.
We may not be
able to fully realize the revenue value reported in our
backlog.
We have a
backlog of work to be completed on contracts. Orders included in our backlog are
represented by customer purchase orders and contracts that we believe to be
firm. Backlog develops as a result of new business taken, which represents the
revenue value of new customer orders received by us during a given period.
Backlog consists of customer orders which either (1) have not yet been
started or (2) are in progress and are not yet completed. In the latter
case, the revenue value reported in backlog is the remaining value associated
with work that has not yet been completed. From time to time, customer orders
are canceled that appeared to have a high certainty of going forward at the time
they were recorded as new business taken. In the event of a customer order
cancellation, we may be reimbursed for certain costs but typically have no
contractual right to the total revenue reflected in our backlog. In addition to
our being unable to recover certain direct costs, canceled customer orders may
also result in additional unrecoverable costs due to the resulting
underutilization of our assets.
We
are subject to pricing pressure from our larger customers.
We face
significant pricing pressures in all of our business segments from our larger
customers, including Hydro-Quebec. Because of their purchasing size, our larger
customers can influence market participants to compete on price terms. Such
customers also use their buying power to negotiate lower prices. If we are not
able to offset pricing reductions resulting from these pressures by improved
operating efficiencies and reduced expenditures, those price reductions may have
an adverse impact on our financial results.
Deterioration in
the credit quality of several major customers could have a material adverse
effect on our operating results and financial condition.
A significant asset included in our
working capital is accounts receivable from customers. If customers responsible
for a significant amount of accounts receivable become insolvent or otherwise
unable to pay for products and services, or become unwilling or unable to make
payments in a timely manner, our operating results and financial condition could
be adversely affected. A significant deterioration in the economy could have an
adverse effect on the servicing of these accounts receivable, which could result
in longer payment cycles, increased collection costs and defaults in excess of
management’s expectations. Deterioration in the credit quality of Hydro-Quebec,
or of any other major customers, could have a material adverse effect on our
operating results and financial condition.
We
may face additional impairment charges if economic environments in which our
business operates and key economic and business assumptions substantially
change.
Assessment
of the potential impairment of property, plant and equipment, goodwill and other
identifiable intangible assets is an integral part of our normal ongoing review
of operations. Testing for potential impairment of long-lived assets is
dependent on numerous assumptions and reflects our best estimates at a
particular point in time, which may vary from testing date to testing date. The
economic environments in which our business operates and key economic and
business assumptions with respect to projected product selling prices and
materials costs, market growth and inflation rates, can significantly affect the
outcome of impairment tests. Estimates based on these assumptions may differ
significantly from actual results. Changes in factors and assumptions used in
assessing potential impairments can have a significant impact on both the
existence and magnitude of impairments, as well as the time at which such
impairments are recognized. Future changes in the economic environment and the
economic outlook for the assets being evaluated could also result in additional
impairment charges. Any significant asset impairments would adversely impact our
financial results.
Our operating
results may vary significantly from quarter to
quarter.
Our
quarterly results may be materially and adversely affected
by:
●
|
the
timing and volume of work under new
agreements;
|
●
|
general
economic conditions;
|
●
|
the
spending patterns of customers;
|
●
|
customer
orders received;
|
●
|
losses
experienced in our operations not otherwise covered by
insurance;
|
●
|
a
change in the demand or production of our products caused by severe
weather conditions;
|
●
|
a
change in the mix of our customers, contracts and
business;
|
●
|
increases
in design and manufacturing costs;
and
|
●
|
the
ability of customers to pay their invoices owed to us and disagreements
with customers related to product performance on
delivery.
|
Accordingly,
our operating results in any particular quarter may not be indicative of the
results that you can expect for any other quarter or for an entire
year.
We
rely on third parties whose operations are outside our control.
We rely
on arrangements with third-party shippers and carriers such as independent
shipping companies for timely delivery of our products to our customers. As a
result, we may be subject to carrier disruptions and increased costs due to
factors that are beyond our control, including labor strikes, inclement weather,
natural disasters and rapidly increasing fuel costs. If the services of any of
these third parties become unsatisfactory, we may experience delays in meeting
our customers’ product demands and we may not be able to find a suitable
replacement on a timely basis or on commercially reasonable terms. Any failure
to deliver products to our customers in a timely and accurate manner may damage
our reputation and could cause us to lose customers.
We also
utilize third party distributors and manufacturer’s representatives to sell,
install and service certain of our products. While we are selective in whom we
choose to represent us, it is difficult for us to ensure that our distributors
and manufacturer’s representatives consistently act in accordance with the
standards we set for them. To the extent any of our end-customers have negative
experiences with any of our distributors or manufacturer’s representatives, it
could reflect poorly on us and damage our reputation, thereby negatively
impacting our financial results.
We
plan to engage in acquisitions and joint ventures, and may encounter unexpected
difficulties identifying, pricing or integrating those businesses.
We seek
to grow, in part, through strategic acquisitions that are intended to complement
or expand our business, and expect to continue to do so in the future. The
success of this strategy will depend on our ability to identify, price, finance
and complete these transactions or arrangements. Success will also depend on our
ability to integrate the businesses acquired in these transactions. We may
encounter unexpected difficulties in completing and integrating acquisitions
with our existing operations, and in managing strategic
investments. Furthermore, we may not realize the degree, or timing,
of benefits we anticipated when we first entered into a transaction. Any of the
foregoing could adversely affect our business and results of
operations.
We may be
unsuccessful at generating internal growth.
Our
ability to generate internal growth will be affected by, among other factors,
our ability to attract new customers, increase the number or size of orders
received by existing customers, hire and retain employees and increase volume
utilizing our existing facilities. In addition, our customers may
reduce the number or size of their orders. Many of the factors affecting our
ability to generate internal growth may be beyond our control, and we cannot be
certain that our strategies will be successful or that we will be able to
generate cash flow sufficient to fund our operations and to support internal
growth. If we are unsuccessful, we may not be able to achieve internal growth,
expand our operations or grow our business.
The departure of
key personnel could disrupt our business.
We depend
on the continued efforts of Nathan J. Mazurek, our sole executive
officer, and other senior management. We cannot be certain that any individual
will continue in such capacity for any particular period of time. The loss of
key personnel, or the inability to hire and retain qualified employees, could
negatively impact our ability to manage our business.
Our business
requires skilled labor, and we may be unable to attract and retain qualified
employees.
Our
ability to maintain our productivity and profitability will be limited by our
ability to employ, train and retain skilled personnel necessary to meet our
requirements. We may experience shortages of qualified personnel. We cannot be
certain that we will be able to maintain an adequate skilled labor force
necessary to operate efficiently and to support our growth strategy or that our
labor expenses will not increase as a result of a shortage in the supply of
skilled personnel. Labor shortages or increased labor costs could impair our
ability to maintain our business or grow our revenues, and may adversely impact
our profitability.
Our
business operations are dependent upon our ability to engage in successful
collective bargaining with our unionized workforce.
Currently,
approximately 68% of our workforce is unionized, and we engage in collective
bargaining negotiations with the union that represents them. If we are unable to
reach agreement with any of our unionized work groups in future negotiations
regarding the terms of their collective bargaining agreements, or if additional
segments of our workforce become unionized, we may be subject to work
interruptions or stoppages. Strikes or labor disputes with our employees may
adversely affect our ability to conduct our business.
We carry
insurance against many potential liabilities, and our risk management program
may leave us exposed to unidentified or unanticipated
risks.
Although
we maintain insurance policies with respect to our related exposures, these
policies contain deductibles and limits of coverage. We estimate our liabilities
for known claims and unpaid claims and expenses based on information available
as well as projections for claims incurred but not reported. However, insurance
liabilities are difficult to estimate due to various factors. If any of our
insurance policies or programs are not effective in mitigating our risks, we may
incur losses that are not covered by our insurance policies or that exceed our
accruals or that exceed our coverage limits and could adversely impact our
consolidated results of operations, cash flows and financial
position.
Unforeseen
adverse regulatory, environmental, monetary and other governmental policies
could have a material adverse effect on our profitability.
We are
subject to international, federal, provincial and local laws and regulations
governing environmental matters, including emissions to air, discharge to waters
and the generation and handling of waste. We are also subject to laws relating
to occupational health and safety. The operation of manufacturing plants
involves a high level of susceptibility in these areas, and there is no
assurance that we will not incur material environmental or occupational health
and safety liabilities in the future. Moreover, expectations of remediation
expenses could be affected by, and potentially significant expenditures could be
required to comply with, environmental regulations and health and safety laws
that may be adopted or imposed in the future. Future remediation technology
advances could adversely impact expectations of remediation
expenses.
Future
litigation could impact our financial results and condition.
Our
business, results of operations and financial condition could be affected by
significant future litigation or claims adverse to us. Types of potential
litigation cases include: product liability, contract, employment-related, labor
relations, personal injury or property damage, intellectual property,
stockholder claims and claims arising from any injury or damage to persons,
property or the environment from hazardous substances used, generated or
disposed of in the conduct of our business.
Market
disruptions caused by the worldwide financial crisis could affect our ability to
meet our liquidity needs at reasonable cost and our ability to meet long-term
commitments, which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of
operations.
We rely
on our credit facility with our primary lender, amongst other avenues, to
satisfy our liquidity needs. Further disruptions in the credit markets or
further deterioration of the banking industry’s financial condition, may
discourage or prevent our primary lender and other lenders from meeting their
existing lending commitments, extending the terms of such commitments or
agreeing to new commitments.
Market disruptions may
also limit our ability to issue debt securities in the capital
markets. We can provide no assurances that our primary lender or any
other lenders we may have will meet their existing commitments or that we will
be able to access the credit markets in the future on terms acceptable to us or
at all.
Longer
term disruptions in the capital and credit markets as a result of uncertainty,
reduced financing alternatives or failures of significant financial institutions
could adversely affect our access to the liquidity needed for our business. Any
disruption could require us to take measures to conserve cash until the market
stabilizes or until alternative financing can be arranged. Such measures could
include deferring capital expenditures and reducing other discretionary
expenditures.
Continued
market disruptions could cause a broad economic downturn which may lead to
increased incidence of customers’ failure to pay for services delivered, which
could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash
flow.
Continued capital
market disruptions could result in increased costs related to variable rate
debt. As a result, continuation of market disruptions could increase our
interest expense and adversely impact our results of operations.
Disruption
in the capital markets and its actual or perceived effects on particular
businesses and the greater economy also adversely affects the value of the
investments held within our pension plans. Significant declines in the value of
the investments held within our pension plans may require us to increase
contributions to those plans in order to meet future funding requirements if the
actual asset returns do not recover these declines in value in the foreseeable
future.
These
trends may also adversely impact our results of operations, net cash flows and
financial positions, including our shareholders’ equity.
Restrictive
loan covenants may impact our ability to operate our business and to pursue our
business strategies, and our failure to comply with these covenants could result
in an acceleration of our indebtedness.
Our credit facility with our
primary lender contains certain covenants that restrict our ability to, among
other things:
●
|
effect
an amalgamation, merger or consolidation with any legal
entity;
|
●
|
cause
our subsidiaries to wind up, liquidate or dissolve their
affairs;
|
●
|
change
the nature of our core business;
|
●
|
alter
our capital structure in a manner that would be materially adverse to our
primary lender, undergo a change of control and make investments or
advancements to affiliated or related companies without our primary
lender’s prior written consent.
|
The majority of the liquidity
derived from our credit facility is based on availability determined by a
borrowing base. Specifically, the availability of credit is dependent upon our
eligible receivables, inventory and certain liens. We may not be able to
maintain adequate levels of eligible assets to support our required
liquidity.
In addition, our credit facility
requires us to meet certain financial ratios. Our ability to meet these
financial provisions may be affected by events beyond our
control. If, as or when required, we are unable to repay, refinance
or restructure our indebtedness under, or amend the covenants contained in, our
credit facility, our primary lender could institute foreclosure proceedings
against the assets securing borrowings under those facilities for up to $9.3
million, which would harm our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
Our
revenue may be adversely affected by fluctuations in currency exchange
rates.
Most of our expenditures and
revenue will be spent or derived in Canada. However, we report our financial
condition and results of operations in U.S. dollars. As a result, fluctuations
between the U.S. dollar and the Canadian dollar will impact the amount of our
revenues. For example, if the Canadian dollar appreciates relative to the U.S.
dollar, the fluctuation will result in a positive impact on the revenues that we
report. However, if the Canadian dollar depreciates relative to the U.S. dollar,
there will be a negative impact on the revenues we report due to such
fluctuation. It is possible that the impact of currency fluctuations will result
in a decrease in reported sales even though we have experienced an increase in
sales when reported in the Canadian dollar. Conversely, the impact of currency
fluctuations may result in an increase in reported sales despite declining sales
when reported in the Canadian dollar. The exchange rate from the U.S.
dollar to the Canadian dollar has fluctuated substantially and may
continue to do so in the future.
Though
we may choose to hedge our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate changes in
the future, there is no guarantee such hedging, if undertaken, will be
successful.
Risks
Relating to Our Organization and Our Common Stock
As
of the Share Exchange, we became a consolidated subsidiary of a company that is
subject to the reporting requirements of federal securities laws, which can be
expensive and may divert resources from other projects, thus impairing our
ability to grow.
As a
result of the Share Exchange, we became a consolidated subsidiary of a public
reporting company and, accordingly, subject to the information and reporting
requirements of the Exchange Act and other federal securities laws, including
compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley
Act”). The costs of preparing and filing annual and quarterly
reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC (including
reporting of the Share Exchange) and furnishing audited reports to stockholders
will cause our expenses to be higher than they would have been if we remained
privately held and did not consummate the Share Exchange.
If
we fail to establish and maintain an effective system of internal control, we
may not be able to report our financial results accurately or to prevent
fraud. Any inability to report and file our financial results
accurately and timely could harm our reputation and adversely impact the trading
price of our common stock.
It may be
time consuming, difficult and costly for us to develop and implement the
internal controls and reporting procedures required by the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act. We may need to hire additional financial reporting, internal
controls and other finance personnel in order to develop and implement
appropriate internal controls and reporting procedures. Effective
internal control is necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and
prevent fraud. If we cannot provide reliable financial reports or
prevent fraud, we may not be able to manage our business as effectively as we
would if an effective control environment existed, and our business and
reputation with investors may be harmed. In addition, if we are
unable to comply with the internal controls requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act, then we may not be able to obtain the independent accountant certifications
required by such act, which may preclude us from keeping our filings with the
SEC current and may adversely affect any market for, and the liquidity of, our
common stock.
Public
company compliance may make it more difficult for us to attract and retain
officers and directors.
The
Sarbanes-Oxley Act and new rules subsequently implemented by the SEC have
required changes in corporate governance practices of public
companies. As a public company, we expect these new rules and
regulations to increase our compliance costs and to make certain activities more
time consuming and costly. As a public company, we also expect that
these new rules and regulations may make it more difficult and expensive for us
to obtain director and officer liability insurance in the future and we may be
required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially
higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it
may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on
our board of directors or as executive officers.
Because
we became public by means of a reverse acquisition, we may not be able to
attract the attention of major brokerage firms.
There may
be risks associated with us becoming public through a “reverse
acquisition.” Securities analysts of major brokerage firms may not
provide coverage of us since there is no incentive to brokerage firms to
recommend the purchase of our common stock. No assurance can be given
that brokerage firms will, in the future, want to conduct any secondary
offerings on behalf of our post-Share Exchange company.
Our
stock price may be volatile.
The
market price of our common stock is likely to be highly volatile and could
fluctuate widely in price in response to various factors, many of which are
beyond our control, including the following:
●
|
changes
in our industry;
|
●
|
competitive
pricing pressures;
|
●
|
our
ability to obtain working capital financing;
|
●
|
additions
or departures of key personnel;
|
●
|
limited
“public float” in the hands of a small number of persons whose sales or
lack of sales could result in positive or negative pricing pressure on the
market price for our common stock;
|
●
|
sales
of our common stock;
|
●
|
our
ability to execute our business plan;
|
●
|
operating
results that fall below expectations;
|
●
|
loss
of any strategic relationship;
|
●
|
regulatory
developments;
|
●
|
economic
and other external factors; and
|
●
|
period-to-period
fluctuations in our financial
results.
|
In
addition, the securities markets have from time to time experienced significant
price and volume fluctuations that are unrelated to the operating performance of
particular companies. These market fluctuations may also materially
and adversely affect the market price of our common stock.
We
may not pay dividends in the future. Any return on investment may be
limited to the value of our common stock.
We do not
anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The
payment of dividends on our common stock will depend on earnings, financial
condition and other business and economic factors affecting us at such time as
our board of directors may consider relevant. If we do not pay
dividends, our common stock may be less valuable because a return on your
investment will only occur if our stock price appreciates.
There
is currently no liquid trading market for our common stock and we cannot ensure
that one will ever develop or be sustained.
To date
there has not been a liquid trading market for our common
stock. We cannot predict how liquid the market for our common stock
might become. As soon as is practicable, we anticipate applying for
listing of our common stock on either the NYSE Amex Equities, The Nasdaq Capital
Market or other national securities exchange, assuming that we can satisfy the
initial listing standards for such exchange. We currently do not
satisfy the initial listing standards, and cannot ensure that we will be able to
satisfy such listing standards or that our common stock will be accepted for
listing on any such exchange. Should we fail to satisfy the initial
listing standards of such exchanges, or our common stock is otherwise rejected
for listing and remains quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board or is suspended from
the OTC Bulletin Board, the trading price of our common stock could suffer and
the trading market for our common stock may be less liquid and our common stock
price may be subject to increased volatility.
Furthermore,
for companies whose securities are quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board, it is more
difficult (i) to obtain accurate quotations, (ii) to obtain coverage for
significant news events because major wire services generally do not publish
press releases about such companies and (iii) to obtain needed
capital.
Offers
or availability for sale of a substantial number of shares of our common stock
may cause the price of our common stock to decline.
If our
stockholders sell substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market,
including shares issued in the Private Placement upon the effectiveness of a
registration statement with respect to such shares, or upon the expiration of
any statutory holding period under Rule 144, or issued upon the exercise of
outstanding options or warrants, it could create a circumstance commonly
referred to as an “overhang” and in anticipation of which the market price of
our common stock could fall. The existence of an overhang, whether or
not sales have occurred or are occurring, also could make more difficult our
ability to raise additional financing through the sale of equity or
equity-related securities in the future at a time and price that we deem
reasonable or appropriate. In addition, the shares of our common
stock sold in the Private Placement will be freely tradable upon the earlier of:
(i) effectiveness of a registration statement covering such shares and (ii) the
date on which such shares may be sold without registration pursuant to Rule 144
(or other applicable exemption) under the Securities Act.
We
may apply the proceeds of the Private Placement to uses that ultimately do not
improve our operating results or increase the price of our common
stock.
We intend
to use the net proceeds from the Private Placement for costs and expenses
incurred in connection with the repayment of indebtness, the expansion of our
plant in Quebec, Canada, potential acquisitions and general corporate
purposes. However, we do not have more specific plans for the net
proceeds from the Private Placement. Moreover, our management has
broad discretion in how we actually use these proceeds. These
proceeds could be applied in ways that do not ultimately improve our operating
results or otherwise increase the value of our common stock.
Nathan J. Mazurek, our president
a
nd
chairman of our board of directors,
beneficially owns a substantial portion of our outstanding common stock, which
enables him to influence many significant corporate actions and in certain
circumstances may prevent a change in control that would otherwise be beneficial
to our stockholders.
Nathan J.
Mazurek beneficially owns approximately 79.3% of our outstanding shares of
common stock. As such, he has a substantial impact on matters requiring the vote
of the stockholders, including the election of our directors and most of our
corporate actions. This control could delay, defer, or prevent others from
initiating a potential merger, takeover or other change in our control, even if
these actions would benefit our stockholders and us. This control could
adversely affect the voting and other rights of our other stockholders and could
depress the market price of our common stock.
Our
certificate of incorporation allows for our board to create new series of
preferred stock without further approval by holders of our common stock, which
could adversely affect the rights of the holders of our common
stock.
Our board
of directors has the authority to fix and determine the relative rights and
preferences of preferred stock. Our board of directors also has the authority to
issue preferred stock without further approval by holders of our common stock.
As a result, our board of directors could authorize the issuance of a series of
preferred stock that would grant to holders the preferred right to our assets
upon liquidation, the right to receive dividend payments before dividends are
distributed to the holders of common stock and the right to the redemption of
the shares, together with a premium, prior to the redemption of our common
stock. In addition, our board of directors could authorize the issuance of a
series of preferred stock that has greater voting power than our common stock or
that is convertible into our common stock, which could decrease the relative
voting power of our common stock or result in dilution to our existing
stockholders.
Security
Ownership of
Certain Beneficial Owners and
Management
The
following table sets forth certain information as of December 3, 2009 regarding
the beneficial ownership of our common stock, taking into account the
consummation of the Share Exchange and the closing of the Private Placement, by
(i) each person or entity who, to our knowledge, beneficially owns more than 5%
of our common stock; (ii) each executive officer and named officer; (iii) each
director; and (iv) all of our officers and directors as a
group. Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes to the following
table, each of the stockholders named in the table has sole voting and
investment power with respect to the shares of our common stock beneficially
owned. Except as otherwise indicated, the address of each of the stockholders
listed below is: c/o Pioneer Power Solutions, Inc., 9 West 57
th
Street, 26
th
Floor, New
York, New York 10019.
|
Number
of Shares
Beneficially
Owned (1)
|
Percentage
Beneficially Owned (2)
|
5%
Owners
|
|
|
Provident
Pioneer Partners, L.P.
|
23,800,000(3)(4)
|
79.3%
|
Officers
and Directors
|
|
|
Nathan
J. Mazurek
|
23,800,000(4)
|
79.3%
|
Raymond
Haddad
|
--
|
--
|
James
Wilkins
|
--
|
--
|
Yossi
Cohn
|
--
|
--
|
David
J. Landes
|
--
|
--
|
David
Tesler
|
--
|
--
|
Name
of Beneficial Owner
|
Number
of Shares
Beneficially
Owned (1)
|
Percentage
Beneficially Owned (2)
|
Jonathan
Tulkoff
|
--
|
--
|
All
officers and directors as a group (7 persons)
|
23,800,000(3)(4)
|
79.3%
|
________________
(1)
|
Unless
otherwise indicated, includes shares owned by a spouse, minor children,
and relatives sharing the same home, as well as entities owned or
controlled by the named beneficial
owner.
|
(2)
|
Based
on 29,000,000 shares of our common stock outstanding immediately following
the Share Exchange and Private
Placement.
|
(3)
|
Nathan
J. Mazurek is the majority shareholder and a control person of Provident
Canada Corp., the general partner of Provident Pioneer Partners, L.P.,
and, as such, has sole voting and investment power over the 22,800,000
shares of common stock and currently exercisable warrant to purchase up to
1,000,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $3.25 per share
held by Provident Pioneer Partners,
L.P.
|
(4)
|
Includes
(i) 22,800,000 shares of common stock held by Provident Pioneer Partners,
L.P. and (ii) a currently exercisable warrant to purchase up to 1,000,000
shares of common stock at an exercise price of $3.25 per share held
by Provident Pioneer Partners, L.P.
|
The
following persons became our executive officers and directors on December 2,
2009, upon effectiveness of the Share Exchange, and hold the positions set forth
opposite their respective names.
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Position
|
Nathan
J. Mazurek
|
|
47
|
|
Chief
Executive Officer, President, Chairman, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary
and Treasurer
|
Yossi
Cohn
|
|
31
|
|
Director
|
David
J. Landes
|
|
53
|
|
Director
|
David
Tesler
|
|
36
|
|
Director
|
Jonathan
Tulkoff
|
|
45
|
|
Director
|
Our
directors hold office until the earlier of their death, resignation or removal
by stockholders or until their successors have been qualified. Our
officers are elected annually by, and serve at the pleasure of, our board of
directors.
Biographies
Directors
and Officers
Nathan J. Mazurek
has served
as our chief executive officer, president, chairman, chief financial officer,
treasurer and secretary since the consummation of the Share Exchange
on December 2, 2009. Mr. Mazurek has over 20 years experience in the
electrical equipment and components industry. He has served as the
chief executive officer, vice president, sales and marketing and chairman of the
board of directors of Pioneer Transformers since 1995. Mr. Mazurek
has served as president of American Circuit Breaker Corp., a manufacturer and
distributor of circuit breakers, since 2008 and as president of Aerovox, Inc., a
manufacturer of AC film capacitors from 2002 through 2007. Mr.
Mazurek has served as a director of Empire Resources, Inc., a distributor of
semi-finished aluminum products, since 1999. Mr. Mazurek received his
BA from Yeshiva College in 1983 and his JD from Georgetown University Law Center
in 1986.
Yossi Cohn
has served as our
director since the consummation of the Share Exchange on December 2,
2009. Mr. Cohn founded YY Capital Partners, LLC, an investment firm,
in 2007 and has served as its co-managing partner since its
inception. He has served as a member of L3G Partners, LLC since June,
2009. He served as a director of investor relations at IDT
Corporation, a NYSE listed telecommunications company, from September 2005
through May 2007. Prior to joining IDT, Mr. Cohn was a director of
research at SAGEN Asset Management, an asset manager of funds of hedge funds,
from January 2005 through May 2005. Mr. Cohn started his career as an
analyst in the funds-of-funds investment group of Millburn Ridgefield
Corporation, where he worked from March 2004 through January
2005.
David J. Landes
has served as
our director since the consummation of the Share Exchange on December 2,
2009. Mr. Landes has served as President of Provident Sunnyside, LLC,
and as President of CYMA Investments LLC, for over the past five years and as
President of 516 Churchill Associates, LLC since 2005. Mr. Landes
received his BA from Columbia University and his JD from the University of
Chicago.
David Tesler
has served as our
director since the consummation of the Share Exchange on December 2,
2009. Mr. Tesler has served as chief executive officer of LeaseProbe,
LLC, a provider of lease abstracting services, since 2004 and as chief executive
officer of RealDiligence, LLC, a financial due diligence company, since 2007.
Prior to founding LeaseProbe, LLC, Mr. Tesler practiced law at Skadden Arps
Slate Meager & Flom LLP and at Jenkens & Gilchrist, Parker Chapin
LLP. Mr. Tesler received his BA from Yeshiva College, a Master’s
degree in Medieval History from Bernard Revel Graduate School and a JD from
Benjamin A. Cardozo School of Law.
Jonathan Tulkoff
has served as
our director since the consummation of the Share Exchange on December 2,
2009. Mr. Tulkoff has served as president of Uniwire International,
Ltd. a steel trading and marketing company, since 1995.
There are
no family relationships among any of our directors and executive
officers.
Summary
Compensation Table
The table
below sets forth, for our last two fiscal years, the compensation earned by (i)
Nathan J. Mazurek, our chief executive officer, president, chairman, chief
financial officer, treasurer and secretary, (ii) Raymond Haddad, the vice
president, operations, of Pioneer Transformers and (iii) James Wilkins, the vice
president, finance, of Pioneer Transformers.
Name
and Principal Position
|
Year
|
Salary
($)(1)
|
Bonus
($)(1)
|
All
Other Compensation
($)(1)
|
Total
($)(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nathan
J. Mazurek
Chief
Executive Officer, President
and
Chairman
|
2008
|
--
|
--
|
$274,511
(2)
|
$274,511
|
|
2007
|
--
|
--
|
$142,236
(3)
|
$142,236
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Raymond
Haddad
Vice
President, Operations
|
2008
|
$228,345
|
$38,422
|
$15,799
(4)
|
$282,566
|
|
2007
|
$206,394
|
$931
|
$18,696
(4)
|
$226,021
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James
Wilkins
Vice
President, Finance
|
2008
|
$100,194
|
$10,308
|
$16,835
(5)
|
$127,337
|
|
2007
|
$88,920
|
$931
|
$16,723
(5)
|
$106,574
|
(1)
|
Compensation
amounts received in non-U.S. currency have been converted into U.S.
dollars using the average exchange rate for the applicable
year.
|
(2)
|
Represents
fees earned for consulting services of $150,511 and reimbursement of
expenses for an administrative assistant, office space and travel and
entertainment of $124,000.
|
(3)
|
Represents
fees earned for consulting services of $69,236 and reimbursement of
expenses for an administrative assistant, office space and travel and
entertainment of $73,000.
|
(4)
|
Represents
car benefits.
|
(5)
|
Represents
vacation pay and car benefits.
|
Agreements
with Executive Officers
Nathan
J. Mazurek
We
have entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Mazurek to serve as our chief
executive officer and chief financial officer for a term of three years.
Pursuant to this employment agreement, Mr. Mazurek is entitled to receive an
annual base salary of $250,000, which shall be increased to $275,000 and
$300,000 on the first anniversary and second anniversary, respectively, of the
Share Exchange. Mr. Mazurek is entitled to receive an annual cash
bonus at the discretion of our board of directors, or a committee thereof, of up
to 50% of his annual base salary. The bonus shall be prorated for any
fiscal year that is less than 12 months due to a change in the fiscal
year. In the event that Mr. Mazurek is terminated without cause, Mr.
Mazurek shall be entitled to receive his base salary for the balance of the term
of this agreement (assuming Mr. Mazurek’s employment had not been
terminated). This agreement prohibits Mr. Mazurek from competing with
us for a period of four years following the date of termination; provided
however, that he is prohibited from competing with us for a period of two years
in the event he is terminated without cause or due to disability or he
voluntarily resigns following a breach by us of this agreement.
Outstanding
Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End
There
were no
outstanding
equity awards held by our officers as of December 31, 2008.
2009
Equity Incentive Plan
On
December 2, 2009, our board of directors and stockholders adopted the 2009 Stock
Incentive Plan (the “2009 Plan”), pursuant to which 1,600,000 shares of our
common stock are reserved for issuance as awards to employees, directors,
consultants and other service providers. The purpose of the 2009 Plan is to
provide an incentive to attract and retain directors, officers, consultants,
advisors and employees whose services are considered valuable, to encourage a
sense of proprietorship and to stimulate an active interest of such persons in
our development and financial success. Under the 2009 Plan, we are authorized to
issue incentive stock options intended to qualify under Section 422 of the Code,
non-qualified stock options, restricted stock, stock appreciation rights,
performance unit awards and stock bonus awards. The 2009 Plan will be
administered by our board of directors until such time as such authority has
been delegated to a committee of the board of directors. No awards have
been granted to date under the 2009 Plan.
Retirement
Savings Plan
We
provide retirement benefits to each of our salaried employees whom we
permit to participate in our Retirement Savings Plan (the “Retirement Plan”),
which is registered as a retirement savings plan, or RSP, under the Income Tax
Act (Canada). An employee must have been employed by us for a period
of at least one continuous year to be eligible to participate. An
employee may contribute up to 2.5% of his or her salary into an individual
retirement account and we contribute 3.6% of the employee’s salary into his or
her account. The employees invest the monies in their respective
accounts in one or more investment funds managed by The Standard Life Assurance
Company and its subsidiary, the Standard Life Assurance Company of
Canada. The monies in the retirement accounts are to be used to
purchase annuities or registered retirement income funds no later than the end
of the year of retirement. Employees may select annuities that
will continue for their lives only, for the lives of their spouses in the event
they die before the spouse, or for a specific period of time.
There is
no mandatory age of retirement and employees are entitled to receive their
pension benefits upon retirement, without reference to the number of years of
employment. If an employee dies before receiving pension benefits, a
refund of the value in his funds will be paid to the employee’s beneficiary or
estate.
Mr.
Haddad received pension benefits of approximately $9,410 and approximately
$8,761, respectively, in the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007,
respectively. Mr. Wilkins received pension benefits of approximately
$4,038 and approximately $3,778, respectively, in the fiscal years ended
December 31, 2008 and 2007.
Pension
Plan for Hourly Employees
Each of our hourly employees at our
manufacturing facility located in Granby, Quebec, Canada, participates in our
Pension Plan for Hourly Employees (the “Pension Plan”). They are
typically eligible to receive retirement benefits at age 65 as set forth
below:
Retirement
on or After
|
Amount
of Pension per Month of Credited Service
|
June
1, 2004
|
$24
|
June
1, 2007
|
$25
|
June
1, 2008
|
$26
|
June
1, 2009
|
$27
|
The maximum age of retirement is 69 and
employees who are employed past age 65 receive the actuarial equivalent of the
pension accrued to age 65. The pension is normally payable for the
lifetime of the employee. For employees who have a spouse at
retirement, the pension will continue from the date of death for the spouse’s
lifetime, at the rate of 60% of the employee’s pension.
Assets
held by the Pension Plan are invested in accordance with the provisions of our
approved investment policy. The Pension Plan’s strategic asset
allocation was structured to reduce volatility through diversification and
enhance return to approximate the amounts and timing of the expected benefit
payments.
Director
Compensation
In
addition to any compensation received for services performed as an executive
officer, we intend to pay each director $1,000 per meeting for each board
meeting attended and reimbursement for expenses incurred in connection with
their service as directors. We also grant annually to each director
options to purchase 2,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price per
share equal to the fair market value price per share of our common stock on the
grant date. The options shall vest on the one year anniversary of the
grant date. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007,
our directors did not receive any compensation from us for their services in
such capacity.
Directors’
and Officers’ Liability Insurance
We
currently have directors’ and officers’ liability insurance insuring our
directors and officers against liability for acts or omissions in their
capacities as directors or officers, subject to certain
exclusions. Such insurance also insures us against losses which we
may incur in indemnifying our officers and directors. In addition, we
have entered into indemnification agreements with key officers and directors and
such persons shall also have indemnification rights under applicable laws, and
our certificate of incorporation and bylaws.
Code
of Ethics
We intend
to adopt a code of ethics that applies to our officers, directors and employees,
including our principal executive officer and principal accounting officer, but
have not done so to date due to our relatively small size. We intend to adopt a
written code of ethics in the near future.
Board
Committees
We expect
our board of directors, in the future, to appoint an audit committee, nominating
committee and compensation committee, and to adopt charters relative to each
such committee. We intend to appoint such persons to committees of
the board of directors as are expected to be required to meet the corporate
governance requirements imposed by a national securities exchange, although we
are not required to comply with such requirements until we elect to seek a
listing on a national securities exchange.
Nathan J.
Mazurek, our chief executive officer, president, chairman, chief financial
officer, secretary and treasurer, is the control person of Provident Canada
Corp., the general partner of the PT Shareholder. In 2008 and 2009,
Pioneer Transformers paid the PT Shareholder cash dividends of $450,000 and
$2,342,000, respectively. In connection with the 2009 dividends,
immediately prior to the Share Exchange and Private Placement, Pioneer
Transformers paid the PT Shareholder a cash dividend of $2,000,000 with funds
obtained through its revolving credit facility. Immediately after the
closing of the Share Exchange, we repaid the obligations incurred under the
revolving credit facility using the proceeds from the Private Placement and, as
a result, had no bank indebtedness outstanding following the closing of the
Share Exchange.
Pioneer
Transformers paid Mr. Mazurek approximately $206,351 from January 1, 2009
through September 30, 2009 as compensation for consulting services and
reimbursement of expenses. Pioneer Transformers paid Mr. Mazurek
approximately $274,511 for consulting services and reimbursement of expenses in
the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.
Between
1996 and 2005, each of Mr. Mazurek and Stephen Landes, the brother of David J.
Landes, made cash advances to a switchgear company that was a wholly owned
subsidiary of the PT Shareholder in the aggregate principal amount of
approximately $800,000. These advances were made without any terms of repayment
or interest rate. Between 2006 and 2008, the PT Shareholder caused Pioneer
Transformers to advance an aggregate of $700,335 to Mr. Mazurek and Stephen
Landes as reimbursement for these advances to the switchgear company. In 2008,
Pioneer Transformers forgave these advances in full.
Item
3.02
Unregistered
Sales of Equity Securities
Sales
by Sierra
Sierra
completed an offering of 6,000,000 shares of its common stock at a price of
$0.001 per share on September 25, 2008 to David Davis, its president, chief
executive officer, chief financial officer and secretary-treasurer. The total
amount received from that offering was $6,000. These shares were
issued pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and corresponding
provisions of state securities laws, which exempt transactions by an issuer not
involving a public offering.
Sales
by Pioneer Power
On
December 2, 2009, we sold an aggregate of 5,000,000 shares of common stock to 18
investors in connection with the Private Placement for aggregate gross proceeds
of $5,000,000. The Private Placement was made solely to “accredited investors,”
as that term is defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act. The
securities sold in the Private Placement were not registered under the
Securities Act, or the securities laws of any state, and were offered and sold
in reliance on the exemption from registration afforded by Section 4(2) and
Regulation D (Rule 506) under the Securities Act and corresponding provisions of
state securities laws, which exempt transactions by an issuer not involving a
public offering.
On
December 2, 2009, pursuant to the Share Exchange, we issued 22,800,000 shares of
common stock and a warrant to purchase up to 1,000,000 shares of common stock at
an exercise price of $3.25 per share to the PT Shareholder in exchange for all
of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Pioneer Transformers. The PT
Shareholder was an “accredited investor,” as that term is defined in Regulation
D under the Securities Act at the time of the Share Exchange. The 22,800,000
shares of common stock and the $3.25 Warrant were not registered under the
Securities Act, or the securities laws of any state, and were offered and sold
in reliance on the exemption from registration afforded by Section 4(2) and
Regulation D (Rule 506) under the Securities Act and corresponding provisions of
state securities laws, which exempt transactions by an issuer not involving a
public offering.
On
December 2, 2009, we sold a five-year warrant to purchase up to an aggregate of
1,000,000 shares of common stock of Pioneer Power at an exercise price of $2.00
per share for aggregate gross proceeds of $10,000 to one of our
consultants. Such consultant was an “accredited investor,” as that
term is defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act. This
warrant was not registered under the Securities Act, or the securities laws of
any state, and was offered and sold in reliance on the exemption from
registration afforded by Section 4(2) and Regulation D (Rule 506) under the
Securities Act, and corresponding provisions of state securities laws, which
exempt transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering.
Information
set forth in Item 2.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K with respect to the
issuance of unregistered equity securities in connection with the Share Exchange
and Private Placement is incorporated by reference into this Item
3.02.
Authorized
Capital Stock
We have
authorized 80,000,000 shares of capital stock, par value $0.001 per share, of
which 75,000,000
are
shares of common stock and 5,000,000
are
shares of “blank check” preferred stock.
Capital
Stock Issued and Outstanding
After
giving effect to the Share Exchange, and the issuance of 5,000,000 shares of
common stock in the Private Placement and the Split-Off, we have issued and
outstanding securities on a fully diluted basis as follows:
●
|
29,000,000
shares of common stock;
|
●
|
no
shares of preferred stock;
|
●
|
a
five-year warrant to purchase up to an aggregate of 1,000,000 shares of
our common stock at an exercise price of $3.25 per share;
and
|
●
|
a
five-year warrant to purchase up to an aggregate of 1,000,000 shares of
our common stock at an exercise price of $2.00 per
share.
|
Common
Stock
The
holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share. Our Certificate
of Incorporation does not provide for cumulative voting. The holders of our
common stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends, if any, as may be
declared by our board of directors out of legally available funds; however, the
current policy of our board of directors is to retain earnings, if any, for
operations and growth. Upon liquidation, dissolution or winding-up,
the holders of our common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets that
are legally available for distribution. The holders of our common stock have no
preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. The rights,
preferences and privileges of holders of our common stock are subject to, and
may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of any series of
preferred stock, which may be designated solely by action of our board of
directors and issued in the future.
Preferred
Stock
Our board
of directors is authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law,
without further vote or action by our stockholders, to issue from time to time
shares of preferred stock in one or more series. Each series of
preferred stock will have such number of shares, designations, preferences,
voting powers, qualifications and special or relative rights or privileges as
shall be determined by our board of directors, which may include, among others,
dividend rights, voting rights, liquidation preferences, conversion rights and
preemptive rights.
Warrants
$2.00
Warrant
Immediately
following the Share Exchange, we sold a warrant to purchase up to an aggregate
of 1,000,000 shares of common stock for a price of $0.01 per warrant. Such
warrant provides for the purchase of shares of common stock for five years at an
exercise price of $2.00 per share. We are prohibited from effecting the exercise
of the warrant to the extent that as a result of such exercise the holder of the
exercised warrant beneficially owns more than 4.99% (or, if such limitation is
waived by the holder upon no less than 61 days prior notice to us, 9.99%) in the
aggregate of the issued and outstanding shares of our common stock calculated
immediately after giving effect to the issuance of shares of our common stock
upon the exercise of the warrant. The warrant contains provisions that
protect its holder against dilution by adjustment of the purchase price in
certain events such as stock dividends, stock splits and other similar events.
If at any time after the one year anniversary of the issuance date of such
warrant there is no effective registration statement registering, or no current
prospectus available for, the resale of the shares of common stock underlying
the warrant, then the holder of such warrant has the right to exercise the
warrant by means of a cashless exercise.
$3.25
Warrant
Pursuant
to the Share Exchange, we issued a warrant to purchase up to 1,000,000 shares of
common stock to the PT Shareholder. Such warrant provides for the purchase of
shares of common stock for five years at an exercise price of $3.25 per share.
This warrant contains provisions that protect its holder against dilution
by adjustment of the purchase price in certain events such as stock dividends,
stock splits and other similar events. If at any time after the one year
anniversary of the issuance date of such warrant there is no effective
registration statement registering, or no current prospectus available for, the
resale of the shares of common stock underlying such warrant, then the holder
shall have the right to exercise this warrant by means of a cashless
exercise.
This
summary description of the warrants is qualified in its entirety by reference to
the Form of $2.00
Warrant
attached hereto as Exhibit 10.2 and the Form of $3.25
Warrant
attached hereto as Exhibit 10.3.
Options
We have
adopted a stock incentive plan that provides for the granting of options to
purchase common stock, stock appreciation rights, performance unit awards,
restrictive stock awards, and stock bonus awards to designated employees,
consultants, officers and directors. 1,600,000 shares of common stock
have been reserved for awards under this plan, but no awards have been granted
to date.
Dividend
Policy
Pioneer
Transformers paid the PT Shareholder $2,342,000 in cash dividends in 2009, a
$450,000 cash dividend in 2008 and no cash dividend in 2007. We do
not anticipate or contemplate paying cash dividends on our common stock in the
foreseeable future. We currently intend to use all available funds to
develop our business. We can give no assurances that we will ever
have excess funds available to pay dividends.
Registration
Rights
We have
agreed to use our best efforts to file a registration statement with the SEC
within 60 days following the close of the Private Placement covering the resale
of the shares of common stock issued in the Private Placement, and to cause such
registration statement to be declared effective by the SEC on or before the
180th day following the closing of the Private Placement. If we fail to file a
registration statement registering the resale of such shares within the
prescribed 60 day period or fail to have such registration statement declared
effective within the prescribed 180 day period, then on each such event of
default, and on every monthly anniversary thereof, we shall pay to the
investors, in cash, a penalty equal to 1% of the dollar amount invested by each
investor; provided, however, that we shall not be liable for liquidated damages
as to any shares of common stock that (A) are not permitted by the SEC to be
included in a registration statement because of the SEC’s application of Rule
415 or (B) can be sold publicly under Rule 144.
We have
granted piggy-back registration rights to the 1,000,000 shares of common stock
underlying the $2.00 Warrant and the 1,000,000 shares of common stock underlying
the $3.25 Warrant.
Lock-up
Agreements
All of
the shares of common stock issued to the PT Shareholder in connection
with the Share Exchange are subject to a lock-up agreement. The
lock-up agreement provides that the PT Shareholder may not, subject to certain
exemptions, sell or transfer any of the shares it received in the Share Exchange
for a period of 18 months following the Share Exchange.
This
summary description of the lock-up agreement is qualified in its entirety by
reference to the Form of Lock-Up Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit
10.4.
Indemnification
of Directors and Officers
The
Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”) provides, in general, that a
corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware, such as us,
may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a
party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (other
than a derivative action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the
fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the
corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another enterprise, against expenses
(including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement
actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action,
suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such
person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no
reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. In
the case of a derivative action, a Delaware corporation may indemnify any such
person against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably
incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such
action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person
reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
corporation, except that no indemnification will be made in respect of any
claim, issue or matter as to which such person will have been adjudged to be
liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of
Chancery of the State of Delaware or any other court in which such action was
brought determines such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity
for such expenses.
Our
Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws provide that we will indemnify our
directors, officers, employees and agents to the extent and in the manner
permitted by the provisions of the DGCL, as amended from time to time, subject
to any permissible expansion or limitation of such indemnification, as may be
set forth in any stockholders’ or directors’ resolution or by
contract.
We also
have director and officer indemnification agreements with each of our executive
officers and directors that provide, among other things, for the indemnification
to the fullest extent permitted or required by Delaware law, provided that such
indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification in connection with any
“claim” (as such term is defined in the agreement) initiated by the indemnitee
against us or our directors or officers unless we join or consent to the
initiation of such claim, or the purchase and sale of securities by the
indemnitee in violation of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.
Any
repeal or modification of these provisions approved by our stockholders shall be
prospective only, and shall not adversely affect any limitation on the liability
of a director or officer of ours existing as of the time of such repeal or
modification.
We are
also permitted to apply for insurance on behalf of any director, officer,
employee or other agent for liability arising out of his actions, whether or not
the DGCL would permit indemnification.
Anti-Takeover
Effect of Delaware Law, Certain By-Law Provisions
Our certificate of
incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that could have the effect of
discouraging potential acquisition proposals or tender offers or delaying or
preventing a change of control of our company. These provisions are as
follows:
●
|
they
provide that special meetings of stockholders may be called only by our
chairman, our president or by a resolution adopted by a majority of our
board of directors;
|
●
|
they
do not include a provision for cumulative voting in the election of
directors. Under cumulative voting, a minority stockholder holding a
sufficient number of shares may be able to ensure the election of one or
more directors. The absence of cumulative voting may have the effect of
limiting the ability of minority stockholders to effect changes in our
board of directors; and
|
●
|
they
allow us to issue, without stockholder approval, up to 5,000,000 shares of
preferred stock that could adversely affect the rights and powers of the
holders of our common stock.
|
We are
subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL, an anti-takeover
law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware
corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested
stockholder” for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in
which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business
combination is approved in a prescribed manner. For purposes of
Section 203, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset sale or other
transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder, and
an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and
associates, owns, or within three years prior, did own, 15% or more of the
voting stock.
Trading
Information
Our
common stock is currently approved for quotation on the OTC Bulletin Board
maintained by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. under the symbol
SRRC and there is no active trading market for our stock. We have
notified the OTC Bulletin Board of our name change and will obtain a new
symbol. As soon as practicable, and assuming we satisfy all necessary
initial listing requirements, we intend to apply to have our common stock listed
for trading on the NYSE Amex Equities or The Nasdaq Stock Market, although we
cannot be certain that any of these applications will be approved
.
Transfer
Agent
The
transfer agent for our common stock is Empire Stock Transfer Inc.
We
will serve as warrant agent for the $3.25
Warrant
and the $2.00
Warrant.
Item
4.01
Changes in
Registrant’s Certifying Accountant.
On
December 2, 2009, in connection with the Share Exchange, we dismissed Maddox
Ungar Silberstein, PLLC (“Maddox”) as our independent registered public
accounting firm. Maddox had previously been engaged as the principal
accountant to audit Pioneer Power’s financial statements (when known as Sierra
Concepts, Inc.). The reason for the dismissal of Maddox is that,
following the consummation of the Share Exchange on December 2, 2009, our
primary business became the business conducted by Pioneer
Transformers. The independent registered public accountant of Pioneer
Transformers is the firm of RSM Richter LLP (“RSM”). We believe that
it is in our best interest to have RSM continue to work with our business, and
we therefore retained RSM as our new principal independent registered accounting
firm, effective as of December 2, 2009. RSM is located at 2, Place Alexis Nihon,
Montreal, Quebec H3Z 3C2, Canada. The decision to change accountants
was approved by our board of directors on December 2, 2009.
The
report of Maddox on Pioneer Power’s financial statements for the period from
September 16, 2008 (inception) through September 30, 2009 did not contain an
adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, nor was it qualified or modified as to
uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles, except that the report was
qualified as to Pioneer Power’s ability to continue as a going concern.
From
Pioneer Power’s inception through December 2, 2009, there were no disagreements
with Maddox on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial
statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure which, if not resolved to
the satisfaction of Maddox, would have caused it to make reference to the matter
in connection with its reports.
From
Pioneer Power’s inception through December 2, 2009, we did not
consult RSM
regarding
either: (i) the application of accounting principles to a specific completed or
contemplated transaction, or the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on
our financial statements; or (ii) any matter that was the subject of a
disagreement as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K.
We have
made the contents of this Current Report on Form 8-K available to Maddox and
requested that Maddox furnish us a letter addressed to the SEC as to whether
Maddox agrees or disagrees with, or wishes to clarify our expression of, our
views, or containing any additional information. A copy of Maddox’s
letter to the SEC is included as Exhibit 16.1 to this Current Report on Form
8-K.
Item
5.01
Changes in
Control of Registrant.
Reference
is made to the disclosure set forth under Item 2.01 of this Current Report on
Form 8-K, which disclosure is incorporated herein by reference.
Item
5.02
Departure of
Directors or Certain Officers; Election of Directors; Appointment of Certain
Officers; Compensatory Arrangements of Certain Officers.
Our sole
officer and director immediately prior to the Share Exchange resigned from all
positions with us as of December 2, 2009, effective upon the closing of the
Share Exchange. Pursuant to the terms of the Exchange Agreement, our
new directors and officers are as set forth therein. Reference is
made to the disclosure set forth under Item 2.01 of this Current Report on Form
8-K, which disclosure is incorporated herein by reference.
Item
5.03
Amendments
to Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws; Change in Fiscal
Year.
On
November 30, 2009, Pioneer Power’s board of directors approved the merger of
Sierra with and into Pioneer Power, for the purpose of changing our state of
incorporation to Delaware from Nevada and changing our name from “Sierra
Concepts, Inc.” to “Pioneer Power Solutions, Inc.” On November 30,
2009, stockholders representing the requisite number of votes necessary to
approve the merger and name change took action via written consent, approving
such actions. On November 30, 2009, Sierra was merged with and into
Pioneer Power by filing a Certificate of Ownership and Merger with the Secretary
of State of the State of Delaware and filing Articles of Merger with the
Secretary of State of the State of Nevada. As a result of the merger, the
certificate of incorporation and bylaws of Pioneer Power replaced Sierra's
articles of incorporation and bylaws.
On
December 2, 2009, Pioneer Power’s board of directors approved a change in fiscal
year to a fiscal year ending on December 31 from a fiscal year ending on
September 30
.
Our 2009
fiscal year will end on December 31, 2009.
Item
5.06
Change in Shell
Company Status.
Following
the consummation of the Share Exchange described in Item 2.01 of this Current
Report on Form 8-K, we believe that we are not a shell corporation as that term
is defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act and Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange
Act.
Item
9.01
Financial
Statements and Exhibits.
(a)
Financial
Statements of Businesses Acquired
. In accordance with Item
9.01(a), Pioneer Transformers’ audited financial statements for the fiscal years
ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 are filed in this Current Report on Form 8-K as
Exhibit 99.1 and Pioneer Transformers’ unaudited financial statements for the
nine months ended September 30, 2009 are filed in this Current Report on Form
8-K as Exhibit 99.2.
(b)
Pro
Forma Financial Information
. In accordance with Item 9.01(b),
our pro forma financial statements are filed in this Current Report on Form 8-K
as Exhibit 99.3.
(c)
Exhibits
.
The
exhibits listed in the following Exhibit Index are filed as part of this Current
Report on Form 8-K.
Exhibit No.
|
Description
|
|
|
2.1
|
Share
Exchange Agreement, dated December 2, 2009, by and among Pioneer Power
Solutions, Inc., Pioneer Transformers Ltd. and Provident Pioneer Partners,
L.P., the holder of all of the outstanding capital stock of Pioneer
Transformers Ltd.
|
|
|
3.1
|
Certificate
of Incorporation (Incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 3.1 to our
Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 2, 2009)
|
|
|
3.2
|
Bylaws
(Incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 3.2 to our Form 8-K filed
with the SEC on December 2, 2009)
|
|
|
10.1
|
Form
of Securities Purchase Agreement
|
|
|
10.2
|
Form
of $2.00 Warrant
|
Exhibit No.
|
Description
|
|
|
10.3
|
Form
of $3.25 Warrant
|
|
|
10.4
|
Form
of Lock-up Agreement
|
|
|
10.5
|
Resignation
Letter from David Davis, dated December 2, 2009
|
|
|
10.6
|
Form
of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement
|
|
|
10.7
|
Employment
Agreement, dated December 2, 2009, by and between Pioneer Power Solutions,
Inc. and Nathan J. Mazurek
|
|
|
10.8
|
Pioneer
Power Solutions, Inc. 2009 Equity Incentive Plan
|
|
|
10.9
|
Form
of 2009 Incentive Stock Option Agreement
|
|
|
10.10
|
Form
of 2009 Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement
|
|
|
10.11
|
Agreement
of Conveyance, Transfer and Assignment of Assets and Assumptions of
Obligations, dated December 2, 2009, by and between Pioneer Power
Solutions, Inc. and Sierra Concepts Holdings, Inc.
|
|
|
10.12
|
Stock
Purchase Agreement, dated December 2, 2009, by and between Pioneer Power
Solutions, Inc. and David Davis
|
|
|
10.13
|
Agreement
for Authorized Sales Representatives, dated March 1, 1995 by and between
Pioneer Transformers Ltd. and CHAZ Sales Corp.
|
|
|
10.14
|
Agreement
for Authorized Sales Representatives, dated April 1, 1996, by and between
Pioneer Transformers Ltd. and Virelli & Associates,
Inc.
|
|
|
10.15
|
Agreement
for Authorized Sales Representatives, dated September 19, 2003, by and
between Pioneer Transformers Ltd. and AESCO Associates
Ltd.
|
|
|
10.16
|
Collective
Labour Agreement, dated June 1, 2005, by and between Pioneer Transformers
Ltd. and The Steelworkers Union on behalf of Local 9414
|
|
|
10.17
|
Agreement
for Authorized Sales Representatives, dated May 11, 2006, by and between
Pioneer Transformers Ltd. and Techno-Contact, Inc.
|
|
|
10.18
|
Lease
Amending Agreement, dated August 1, 2006, by and between Pioneer
Transformers Ltd. and 2600 Skymark Investments Inc.
|
|
|
10.19*
|
Agreement
dated September 1, 2006, by and among Pioneer Transformers Ltd.,
Newfoundland Power, Inc., Maritime Electric Company, Limited,
Fortisalberta Inc. and Fortisbc Inc.
|
|
|
10.20
|
License
and Services Agreement, dated May 4, 2007, by and between Pioneer
Transformers Ltd. and Oracle Corporation Canada Inc.
|
|
|
10.21
|
ValuePlan
Lease, dated September 27, 2007, by and between Pioneer Transformers Ltd.
and IBM Canada Limited
|
Exhibit No.
|
Description
|
|
|
10.22
|
ValuePlan
Lease, dated November 22, 2007, by and between Pioneer Transformers Ltd.
and IBM Canada Limited
|
|
|
10.23
|
ValuePlan
Lease, dated December 11, 2007, by and between Pioneer Transformers Ltd.
and IBM Canada Limited
|
|
|
10.24
|
ValuePlan
Lease, dated December 19, 2007, by and between Pioneer Transformers Ltd.
and IBM Canada Limited
|
|
|
10.25*
|
Agreement
dated August 5, 2009, by and between Pioneer Transformers Ltd. and Toronto
Hydro-Electric System Limited
|
|
|
10.26*
|
Agreement
dated April 1, 2006
,
by
and between Pioneer Transformers Ltd. and Hydro-Quebec Utility
Company
|
|
|
10.27
|
Commitment
Letter, dated July 9, 2009, by and between Pioneer Transformers Ltd. and
the Bank of Montreal
|
|
|
16.1
|
Letter
from Maddox Ungar Silberstein, PLLC, dated December 4,
2009
|
|
|
99.1
|
Pioneer
Transformers Ltd. financial statements for the fiscal years ended December
31, 2008 and 2007
|
|
|
99.2
|
Pioneer
Transformers Ltd. unaudited financial statements for the nine months ended
September 30, 2009
|
|
|
99.3
|
Pro
forma unaudited consolidated financial statements as of September 30,
2009
|
|
|
*
|
Confidential
treatment has been requested for these exhibits and confidential portions
have been filed with the SEC
|
SIGNATURES
Pursuant
to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has
duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto
duly authorized.
Date: December
7, 2009
|
PIONEER POWER SOLUTIONS,
INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/
Nathan
J. Mazurek
|
|
|
|
Nathan
J. Mazurek
|
|
|
|
Chief
Executive Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
INDEX
TO EXHIBITS
Exhibit No.
|
Description
|
|
|
2.1
|
Share
Exchange Agreement, dated December 2, 2009, by and among Pioneer Power
Solutions, Inc., Pioneer Transformers Ltd. and Provident Pioneer Partners,
L.P., the holder of all of the outstanding capital stock of Pioneer
Transformers Ltd.
|
|
|
3.1
|
Certificate
of Incorporation (Incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 3.1 to our
Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 2, 2009)
|
|
|
3.2
|
Bylaws
(Incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 3.2 to our Form 8-K filed
with the SEC on December 2, 2009)
|
|
|
10.1
|
Form
of Securities Purchase Agreement
|
|
|
10.2
|
Form
of $2.00 Warrant
|
|
|
10.3
|
Form
of $3.25 Warrant
|
|
|
10.4
|
Form
of Lock-up Agreement
|
|
|
10.5
|
Resignation
Letter from David Davis, dated December 2, 2009
|
|
|
10.6
|
Form
of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement
|
|
|
10.7
|
Employment
Agreement, dated December 2, 2009, by and between Pioneer Power Solutions,
Inc. and Nathan J. Mazurek
|
|
|
10.8
|
Pioneer
Power Solutions, Inc. 2009 Equity Incentive Plan
|
|
|
10.9
|
Form
of 2009 Incentive Stock Option Agreement
|
|
|
10.10
|
Form
of 2009 Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement
|
|
|
10.11
|
Agreement
of Conveyance, Transfer and Assignment of Assets and Assumptions of
Obligations, dated December 2, 2009, by and between Pioneer Power
Solutions, Inc. and Sierra Concepts Holdings, Inc.
|
|
|
10.12
|
Stock
Purchase Agreement, dated December 2, 2009, by and between Pioneer Power
Solutions, Inc. and David Davis
|
|
|
10.13
|
Agreement
for Authorized Sales Representatives, dated March 1, 1995 by and between
Pioneer Transformers Ltd. and CHAZ Sales Corp.
|
|
|
10.14
|
Agreement
for Authorized Sales Representatives, dated April 1, 1996, by and between
Pioneer Transformers Ltd. and Virelli & Associates,
Inc.
|
Exhibit No.
|
Description
|
|
|
10.15
|
Agreement
for Authorized Sales Representatives, dated September 19, 2003, by and
between Pioneer Transformers Ltd. and AESCO Associates
Ltd.
|
|
|
10.16
|
Collective
Labour Agreement, dated June 1, 2005, by and between Pioneer Transformers
Ltd. and The Steelworkers Union on behalf of Local 9414
|
|
|
10.17
|
Agreement
for Authorized Sales Representatives, dated May 11, 2006, by and between
Pioneer Transformers Ltd. and Techno-Contact, Inc.
|
|
|
10.18
|
Lease
Amending Agreement, dated August 1, 2006, by and between Pioneer
Transformers Ltd. and 2600 Skymark Investments Inc.
|
|
|
10.19*
|
Agreement
dated September 1, 2006, by and among Pioneer Transformers Ltd.,
Newfoundland Power, Inc., Maritime Electric Company, Limited,
Fortisalberta Inc. and Fortisbc Inc.
|
|
|
10.20
|
License
and Services Agreement, dated May 4, 2007, by and between Pioneer
Transformers Ltd. and Oracle Corporation Canada Inc.
|
|
|
10.21
|
ValuePlan
Lease, dated September 27, 2007, by and between Pioneer Transformers Ltd.
and IBM Canada Limited
|
|
|
10.22
|
ValuePlan
Lease, dated November 22, 2007, by and between Pioneer Transformers Ltd.
and IBM Canada Limited
|
|
|
10.23
|
ValuePlan
Lease, dated December 11, 2007, by and between Pioneer Transformers Ltd.
and IBM Canada Limited
|
|
|
10.24
|
ValuePlan
Lease, dated December 19, 2007, by and between Pioneer Transformers Ltd.
and IBM Canada Limited
|
|
|
10.25*
|
Agreement
dated August 5, 2009, by and between Pioneer Transformers Ltd. and Toronto
Hydro-Electric System Limited
|
|
|
10.26*
|
Agreement
dated April 1, 2006
,
by
and between Pioneer Transformers Ltd. and Hydro-Quebec Utility
Company
|
|
|
10.27
|
Commitment
Letter, dated July 9, 2009, by and between Pioneer Transformers Ltd. and
the Bank of Montreal
|
|
|
16.1
|
Letter
from Maddox Ungar Silberstein, PLLC, dated December 4,
2009
|
|
|
99.1
|
Pioneer
Transformers Ltd. financial statements for the fiscal years ended December
31, 2008 and 2007
|
|
|
99.2
|
Pioneer
Transformers Ltd. unaudited financial statements for the nine months ended
September 30, 2009
|
|
|
99.3
|
Pro
forma unaudited consolidated financial statements as of September 30,
2009
|
|
|
*
|
Confidential
treatment has been requested for these exhibits and confidential portions
have been filed with the SEC
|
Exhibit
2.1
SHARE EXCHANGE
AGREEMENT
This
Share Exchange Agreement (this “
Agreement
”), dated as
of December 2, 2009, is by and among Pioneer Power Solutions, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the “
Parent
”), Pioneer
Transformers Ltd., a company incorporated under the Canada Business Corporations
Act (the “
Company
”), and
Provident Pioneer Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and the sole
stockholder of the Company (the “
Shareholder
”). Each
of the parties to this Agreement is individually referred to herein as a “
Party
” and
collectively as the “
Parties
.”
BACKGROUND
The
Company has 750,000 common shares (the “
Company Shares
”)
issued and outstanding, all of which are held by the Shareholder. The
Shareholder has agreed to transfer the Company Shares to the Parent in exchange
for an aggregate of 22,800,000 newly issued shares of common stock, par value
$0.001 per share, of the Parent (the “
Parent Stock
”), and a
five-year warrant to purchase up to 1,000,000 shares of Parent Stock at an
exercise price of $3.25 per share in the form attached hereto as
Exhibit A
(the “
Warrant
”).
The
exchange of the Company Shares for 22,800,000 shares of Parent Stock (the “
Parent Shares
”) and
the Warrant is intended to constitute a tax-deferred exchange of
property governed by Section 351 of the United States Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended (the “
Code
”), or such other
tax free reorganization or restructuring provisions as may be available under
the Code.
The Board
of Directors of each of the Parent and the Company has determined that it is
desirable to effect this plan of reorganization and share exchange.
AGREEMENT
NOW
THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective representations,
warranties, covenants and agreements set forth herein, and intending to be
legally bound hereby, the Parties agree as follows:
ARTICLE
I
Exchange of
Shares
SECTION
1.01.
Exchange by the
Shareholder
. At the Closing (as defined in Section 1.02), the Shareholder
shall sell, transfer, convey, assign and deliver to the Parent all of the
Company Shares free and clear of all Liens in exchange for the Parent Shares and
the Warrant.
SECTION
1.02.
Closing
. The
closing (the “
Closing
”) of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “
Transactions
”) shall
take place at the offices of Haynes and Boone, LLP at 1221 Avenue of the
Americas, 26
th
Floor, New York, New York 10020, commencing upon the satisfaction or waiver of
all conditions and obligations of the Parties to consummate the Transactions
contemplated hereby (other than conditions and obligations with respect to the
actions that the respective Parties will take at Closing) or such other date and
time as the Parties may mutually determine (the “
Closing
Date
”).
ARTICLE
II
Representations and
Warranties of the Shareholder
The
Shareholder hereby represents and warrants to the Parent, as
follows:
SECTION
2.01.
Good
Title
. The Shareholder is the record and beneficial owner, and
has good title to the Company Shares, with the right and authority to sell and
deliver the Company Shares to the Parent as provided herein. Upon delivery of
any certificate or certificates duly endorsed for transfer to the Parent,
representing the same as herein contemplated and/or upon registering of the
Parent as the new owner of the Company Shares in the share register of the
Company, the Parent will receive good title to the Company Shares, free and
clear of all liens, hypothecs security interests, pledges, equities and claims
of any kind, voting trusts, trust agreements, shareholder agreements, prete nom
agreements and other encumbrances (collectively, “
Liens
”).
SECTION
2.02.
Power and
Authority
. All acts required to be taken by the Shareholder to
enter into this Agreement and to carry out the Transactions have been properly
taken. This Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding
obligation of the Shareholder, enforceable against the Shareholder in accordance
with the terms hereof.
SECTION
2.03.
No
Conflicts
. The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the
Shareholder and the performance by the Shareholder of its obligations hereunder
in accordance with the terms hereof: (i) will not require the consent of any
third party or any federal, state, provincial, local or foreign government or
any court of competent jurisdiction, administrative agency or commission or
other governmental authority or instrumentality, domestic or foreign (“
Governmental Entity
”)
under any statutes, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, orders, writs,
injunctions, judgments, or decrees (collectively, “
Laws
”); (ii) will not
violate any Laws applicable to the Shareholder; and (iii) will not violate or
breach any contractual obligation to which the Shareholder is a
party.
SECTION
2.04.
No Finder’s
Fee
. The Shareholder has not created any obligation for any
finder’s, investment banker’s or broker’s fee in connection with the
Transactions that the Company or the Parent will be responsible
for.
SECTION
2.05.
Purchase Entirely for Own
Account.
The Parent Shares proposed to be acquired by the
Shareholder hereunder will be acquired for investment for its own account, and
not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof, and the
Shareholder has no present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the
Parent Shares, except in compliance with applicable securities
laws.
SECTION
2.06.
Available
Information
. The Shareholder has such knowledge and experience
in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits
and risks of an investment in the Parent.
SECTION
2.07.
Non-Registration
. The
Shareholder understands that the Parent Shares have not been registered under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “
Securities Act
”) and,
if issued in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, will be issued by
reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the
Securities Act that depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of
the investment intent and the accuracy of the Shareholder’s representations as
expressed herein. The non-registration shall have no prejudice with
respect to any rights, interests, benefits and entitlements attached to the
Parent Shares in accordance with the Parent charter documents or the laws of its
jurisdiction of incorporation.
SECTION
2.08.
Restricted
Securities
. The Shareholder understands that the Parent Shares are
characterized as “restricted securities” under the Securities Act inasmuch as
this Agreement contemplates that, if acquired by the Shareholder pursuant
hereto, the Parent Shares would be acquired in a transaction not involving a
public offering. The Shareholder further acknowledges that if the
Parent Shares are issued to the Shareholder in accordance with the provisions of
this Agreement, the Parent Shares may not be resold without registration under
the Securities Act or the existence of an exemption therefrom. The
Shareholder represents that it is familiar with Rule 144 promulgated under the
Securities Act, as presently in effect, and understands the resale limitations
imposed thereby and by the Securities Act.
SECTION
2.09.
Legends
. It
is understood that the Parent Shares will bear the following legend or another
legend that is similar to the following:
THESE
SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
OR THE SECURITIES COMMISSION OF ANY STATE IN RELIANCE UPON AN EXEMPTION FROM
REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES
ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN
EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR PURSUANT TO AN
AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION
REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE STATE
SECURITIES LAWS AS EVIDENCED BY A LEGAL OPINION OF COUNSEL TO THE TRANSFEROR TO
SUCH EFFECT, THE SUBSTANCE OF WHICH SHALL BE REASONABLY ACCEPTABLE TO THE
COMPANY. THESE SECURITIES MAY BE PLEDGED IN CONNECTION WITH A BONA
FIDE MARGIN ACCOUNT SECURED BY SUCH SECURITIES.
and any
legend required by the “blue sky” laws of any state to the extent such laws are
applicable to the securities represented by the certificate so
legended.
SECTION
2.10.
Accredited
Investor
. The Shareholder is an “accredited investor” within
the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act.
ARTICLE
III
Representations and
Warranties of the Company
The
Company has previously provided to the Parent a Disclosure Schedule and draft
Current Report on Form 8-K for filing with the Securities and Exchange
Commission (the “
SEC
”), including
financial statements and notes thereto (the “
Company Disclosure
Letter
”). The Company represents and warrants to the Parent that, except
as set forth in the
Company Disclosure
Letter
, regardless of whether or not the Company Disclosure Letter is
referenced below with respect to any particular representation or
warranty:
SECTION
3.01.
Organization, Standing and
Power
. Each of the Company and its subsidiaries (the “
Company
Subsidiaries
”) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing
under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is organized and in which it has
a place of business and has the corporate power and authority and possesses all
governmental franchises, licenses, permits, authorizations and approvals
necessary to enable it to own, lease or otherwise hold its properties and assets
and to conduct its businesses as presently conducted, other than such
franchises, licenses, permits, authorizations and approvals the lack of which,
individually or in the aggregate, has not had and would not reasonably be
expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company, a material adverse
effect on the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this
Agreement or on the ability of the Company to consummate the Transactions (a
“
Company Material
Adverse Effect
”). The Company is duly qualified to do business
in each jurisdiction where the nature of its business or its ownership or
leasing of its properties make such qualification necessary except where the
failure to so qualify would not reasonably be expected to have a Company
Material Adverse Effect. The Company has delivered to the Parent true
and complete copies of the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the
Company and such other constituent instruments of the Company as may exist, each
as amended to the date of this Agreement (as so amended, the “
Company Constituent
Instruments
”), and the comparable charter, organizational documents and
other constituent instruments of each Company Subsidiary, in each case as
amended through the date of this Agreement.
SECTION
3.02.
Company Subsidiaries; Equity
Interests
.
(a)
The
Company Disclosure Letter lists each Company Subsidiary and its jurisdiction of
organization. Except as specified in the Company Disclosure Letter,
all the outstanding shares of capital stock or equity investments of each
Company Subsidiary have been validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable
and are as of the date of this Agreement owned by the Company, by another
Company Subsidiary or by the Company and another Company Subsidiary, free and
clear of all Liens.
(b)
Except
for its interests in the Company Subsidiaries, the Company does not as of the
date of this Agreement own, directly or indirectly, any capital stock,
membership interest, partnership interest, joint venture interest or other
equity interest in any person.
SECTION
3.03.
Capital
Structure
. The Company has 750,000 ordinary shares issued and
outstanding. Except as set forth above, no shares of capital stock or
other voting securities of the Company are issued, reserved for issuance or
outstanding. Except as specified in the Company Disclosure Letter,
the Company is the sole record and beneficial owner of all of the issued and
outstanding capital stock of each Company Subsidiary. All outstanding shares of
the capital stock of the Company and each Company Subsidiary are duly
authorized, validly
issued,
fully paid and nonassessable and not subject to or issued in violation of any
purchase option, call option, right of first refusal, preemptive right,
subscription right or any similar right under any provision of the applicable
corporate laws of Canada, the Company Constituent Instruments or any Contract
(as defined in Section 3.05) to which the Company is a party or otherwise
bound. Except as set forth in this Section 3.03 and in the Company
Disclosure Letter, there are not any bonds, debentures, notes or other
indebtedness of the Company or any Company Subsidiary having the right to vote
(or convertible into, or exchangeable for, securities having the right to vote)
on any matters on which holders of Company Shares or the common stock of any
Company Subsidiary may vote (“
Voting Company
Debt
”). Except as set forth above, as of the date of this Agreement,
there are not any options, warrants, rights, convertible or exchangeable
securities, “phantom” stock rights, stock appreciation rights, stock-based
performance units, commitments, Contracts, arrangements or undertakings of any
kind to which the Company or any Company Subsidiary is a party or by which any
of them is bound (a) obligating the Company or any Company Subsidiary to issue,
deliver or sell, or cause to be issued, delivered or sold, additional shares of
capital stock or other equity interests in, or any security convertible or
exercisable for or exchangeable into any capital stock of or other equity
interest in, the Company or any Company Subsidiary or any Voting Company Debt,
(b) obligating the Company or any Company Subsidiary to issue, grant, extend or
enter into any such option, warrant, call, right, security, commitment,
Contract, arrangement or undertaking or (c) that give any person the right to
receive any economic benefit or right similar to or derived from the economic
benefits and rights occurring to holders of the capital stock of the Company or
of any Company Subsidiary.
SECTION
3.04.
Authority; Execution and
Delivery; Enforceability
. The Company has all requisite
corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to
consummate the Transactions. The execution and delivery by the
Company of this Agreement and the consummation by the Company of the
Transactions have been duly authorized and approved by the Board of Directors of
the Company and no other corporate proceedings on the part of the Company are
necessary to authorize this Agreement and the Transactions. When
executed and delivered, this Agreement will be enforceable against the Company
in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws
of general applicability as to which the Company is subject.
SECTION
3.05.
No Conflicts;
Consents
.
(a)
Except as
set forth in the Company Disclosure Letter, the execution and delivery by the
Company of this Agreement does not, and the consummation of the Transactions and
compliance with the terms hereof and thereof will not, conflict with, or result
in any violation of or default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or
both) under, or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation or
acceleration of any obligation or to loss of a material benefit under, or result
in the creation of any Lien upon any of the properties or assets of the Company
or any Company Subsidiary under any provision of (a) the Company Constituent
Instruments or the comparable charter or organizational documents of any Company
Subsidiary, (b) any material contract, lease, license, indenture, note, bond,
agreement, permit, concession, franchise or other instrument (a “
Contract
”) to which
the Company or any Company Subsidiary is a party or by which any of their
respective properties or assets is bound or (c) subject to the filings and other
matters referred to in Section 3.05(b), any material judgment, order or decree
(“
Judgment
”) or
material Law applicable to the Company or any Company Subsidiary or their
respective properties or assets, other than, in the case of clauses (b) and (c)
above, any such items that, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and
would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse
Effect.
(b)
Except as
set forth in the Company Disclosure Letter and except for required filings with
the Province of Quebec, the SEC and applicable “Blue Sky” or state securities
commissions, no material consent, approval, license, permit, order or
authorization (“
Consent
”) of, or
registration, declaration or filing with, or permit from, any Governmental
Entity is required to be obtained or made by or with respect to the Company or
any Company Subsidiary in connection with the execution, delivery and
performance of this Agreement or the consummation of the
Transactions.
SECTION
3.06.
Taxes
.
(a)
The
Company and each Company Subsidiary have timely filed, or have caused to be
timely filed on their behalf, all Tax Returns required to be filed by them, and
all such Tax Returns are true, complete and accurate, except to the extent any
failure to file or any inaccuracies in any filed Tax Returns, individually or in
the aggregate, have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a
Company Material Adverse Effect. All Taxes shown to be due on such
Tax Returns, or otherwise owed, have been timely paid, except to the extent that
any failure to pay, individually or in the aggregate, has not had and would not
reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse
Effect. There are no unpaid taxes in any material amount claimed to
be due by the taxing authority of any jurisdiction, and the officers of the
Company know of no basis for any such claim. No tax audit is in process or
threatened and the Company has not received a notice of assessment from any tax
authority indicating a tax assessment or recalculation of any taxes in any tax
return previously filed.
(b)
The
Company Financial Statements (as defined in Section 3.15) reflect an adequate
reserve for all Taxes payable by the Company and the Company Subsidiaries (in
addition to any reserve for deferred Taxes to reflect timing differences between
book and Tax items) for all Taxable periods and portions thereof through the
date of such financial statements. No deficiency with respect to any
Taxes has been proposed, asserted or assessed against the Company or any Company
Subsidiary, and no requests for waivers of the time to assess any such Taxes are
pending, except to the extent any such deficiency or request for waiver,
individually or in the aggregate, has not had and would not reasonably be
expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.
(c)
For
purposes of this Agreement:
“
Taxes
” includes all
forms of taxation, whenever created or imposed, and whether of the United States
or elsewhere, and whether imposed by a local, municipal, governmental, state,
provincial, foreign, federal or other Governmental Entity, or in connection with
any agreement with respect to Taxes, including all interest, penalties and
additions imposed with respect to such amounts.
“
Tax Return
” means all
federal, state, provincial, local, provincial and foreign Tax returns,
declarations, statements, reports, schedules, forms and information returns and
any amended Tax return relating to Taxes.
SECTION
3.07.
Benefit
Plans
. Except as set forth in the Company Disclosure Letter,
the Company does not have or maintain any collective bargaining agreement or any
bonus, pension, profit sharing, deferred compensation, incentive compensation,
share ownership, share purchase, share option, phantom stock, retirement,
vacation, severance, disability, death benefit, hospitalization, medical or
other plan, arrangement or understanding (whether or not legally binding)
providing benefits to any current or former employee, officer or director of the
Company or any Company Subsidiary (collectively, “
Company Benefit
Plans
”). Except as set forth in the Company Disclosure Letter,
as of the date of this Agreement there are not any severance or termination
agreements or arrangements between the Company or any Company Subsidiary and any
current or former employee, officer or director of the Company or any Company
Subsidiary, nor does the Company or any Company Subsidiary have any general
severance plan or policy.
SECTION
3.08.
Litigation
. There
is no action, suit, inquiry, notice of violation, proceeding (including any
partial proceeding such as a deposition) or investigation pending or threatened
in writing against or affecting the Company, any Company Subsidiary or any of
their respective properties before or by any court, arbitrator, governmental or
administrative agency, regulatory authority (federal, state, provincial, county,
local or foreign), stock market, stock exchange or trading facility (“
Action
”) that (i)
adversely affects or challenges the legality, validity or enforceability of any
of this Agreement or the Company Shares or (ii) could, if there were an
unfavorable decision, individually or in the aggregate, have or reasonably be
expected to result in a Company Material Adverse Effect. Neither the
Company nor any Company Subsidiary, nor any director or officer thereof (in his
or her capacity as such), is or has been the subject of any Action involving a
claim or violation of or liability under federal, state or provincial securities
laws or a claim of breach of fiduciary duty.
SECTION
3.09.
Compliance with Applicable
Laws
. The Company and the Company Subsidiaries are in
compliance with all applicable Laws, including those relating to occupational
health, labor and safety and the environment, except for instances of
noncompliance that, individually and in the aggregate, have not had and would
not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse
Effect. Except as set forth in the Company Disclosure Letter, the
Company has not received any written communication during the past two years
from a Governmental Entity that alleges that the Company is not in compliance in
any material respect with any applicable Law. This Section 3.09 does
not relate to matters with respect to Taxes, which are the subject of Section
3.06.
SECTION
3.10.
Brokers; Schedule of Fees
and Expenses
. Except for those brokers as to which the Company
and Parent shall be solely responsible, no broker, investment banker, financial
advisor or other person is entitled to any broker’s, finder’s, financial
advisor’s or other similar fee or commission in connection with the Transactions
based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of the Company.
SECTION
3.11.
Contracts
. Except
as disclosed in the Company Disclosure Letter, there are no Contracts that are
material to the business, properties, assets, condition (financial or
otherwise), results of operations or prospects of the Company and the Company
Subsidiaries taken as a whole. Neither the Company nor any Company
Subsidiary is in violation of or in default under (nor does there exist any
condition which upon the passage of time or the giving of notice would cause
such a violation of or default under) any Contract to which it is a party or by
which it or any of its properties or assets is bound, except for violations or
defaults that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be
expected to result in a Company Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION
3.12.
Title to Properties
.
Except as set forth in the Company Disclosure Letter, the Company and the
Company Subsidiaries do not own any real or immoveable property. Each
of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries has sufficient title to, or valid
leasehold interests in, all of its properties and assets used in the conduct of
its businesses. All such assets and properties, other than assets and
properties in which the Company or any of the Company Subsidiaries has leasehold
interests, are free and clear of all Liens other than those set forth in the
Company Disclosure Letter and except for Liens that, in the aggregate, do not
and will not materially interfere with the ability of the Company and the
Company Subsidiaries to conduct business as currently conducted.
SECTION
3.13.
Intellectual
Property
. The Company and the Company Subsidiaries own, or are validly
licensed or otherwise have the right to use, all patents, patent rights,
trademarks, trademark rights, trade names, trade name rights, service marks,
service mark rights, copyrights and other proprietary intellectual property
rights and computer programs (collectively, “
Intellectual Property
Rights
”) that are material to the conduct of the business of the Company
and the Company Subsidiaries taken as a whole. The Company Disclosure
Letter sets forth a description of all Intellectual Property Rights that are
material to the conduct of the business of the Company and the Company
Subsidiaries taken as a whole. There are no claims pending or, to the
knowledge of the Company, threatened that the Company or any of the Company
Subsidiaries is infringing or otherwise adversely affecting the rights of any
person with regard to any Intellectual Property Right. To the
knowledge of the Company, no person is infringing the rights of the Company or
any of the Company Subsidiaries with respect to any Intellectual Property
Right.
SECTION
3.14.
Labor
Matters
. Except as set forth in the Company Disclosure Letter,
there are no collective bargaining or other labor union agreements to which the
Company or any of the Company Subsidiaries is a party or by which any of them is
bound. No material labor dispute exists or, to the knowledge of the
Company, is imminent with respect to any of the employees of the
Company.
SECTION
3.15.
Financial
Statements
. The Company has delivered to the Parent its
audited consolidated financial statements for the fiscal years ended
December 31, 2007 and 2008
(collectively, the “
Company Financial
Statements
”). The Company Financial Statements have been
prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applied on
a consistent basis throughout the periods indicated. The Company
Financial Statements fairly present in all material respects the financial
condition and operating results of the Company, as of the dates, and for the
periods, indicated therein. The Company does not have any material
liabilities
or obligations, contingent or otherwise, other than (a) liabilities incurred in
the ordinary course of business subsequent to December 31, 2008, and (b)
obligations under contracts and commitments incurred in the ordinary course of
business and not required under generally accepted accounting principles to be
reflected in the Company Financial Statements, which, in both cases,
individually and in the aggregate would not be reasonably expected to result in
a Company Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION
3.16.
Insurance
. The
Company and the Company Subsidiaries are insured by insurers of recognized
financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as
are prudent and customary in the businesses in which the Company and the Company
Subsidiaries are engaged and in the geographic areas where they engage in such
businesses. The Company has no reason to believe that it will not be able to
renew its and the Company Subsidiaries’ existing insurance coverage as and when
such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may
be necessary to continue its business on terms consistent with market for the
Company’s and the Company Subsidiaries’ respective lines of
business.
SECTION
3.17.
Transactions With Affiliates
and Employees
. Except as set forth in the Company Disclosure
Letter and Company Financial Statements, none of the officers or directors of
the Company and, to the knowledge of the Company, none of the employees of the
Company is presently a party to any transaction with the Company or any Company
Subsidiary (other than for services as employees, officers and directors),
including any contract, agreement or other arrangement providing for the
furnishing of services to or by, providing for rental of real, immoveable,
personal or moveable property to or from, or otherwise requiring payments to or
from any officer, director or such employee or, to the knowledge of the Company,
any entity in which any officer, director, or any such employee has a
substantial interest or is an officer, director, trustee or
partner.
SECTION
3.18.
Internal Accounting
Controls
. The Company and the Company Subsidiaries maintain a
system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable
assurance that (a) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s
general or specific authorizations, (b) transactions are recorded as necessary
to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles and to maintain asset accountability, (c) access
to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific
authorization, and (d) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with
the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with
respect to any differences. The Company has established disclosure
controls and procedures for the Company and designed such disclosure controls
and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the Company,
including its subsidiaries, is made known to the officers by others within those
entities. The Company’s officers have evaluated the effectiveness of
the Company’s controls and procedures. Since December 31, 2008, there
have been no significant changes in the Company’s internal controls or, to the
Company’s knowledge, in other factors that could significantly affect the
Company’s internal controls.
SECTION
3.19.
Solvency
. Based
on the financial condition of the Company as of the Closing Date (and assuming
that the Closing shall have occurred), (a) the Company’s fair saleable value of
its assets exceeds the amount that will be required to be paid on or in respect
of the Company’s existing debts and other liabilities (including known
contingent liabilities) as they mature, (b) the Company’s assets do not
constitute unreasonably small capital to carry on its business for the current
fiscal year as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted including its
capital needs taking into account the particular capital requirements of the
business conducted by the Company, and projected capital requirements and
capital availability thereof, and (c) the current cash flow of the Company,
together with the proceeds the Company would receive, were it to liquidate all
of its assets, after taking into account all anticipated uses of the cash, would
be sufficient to pay all amounts on or in respect of its debt when such amounts
are required to be paid. The Company does not intend to incur debts
beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature (taking into account the
timing and amounts of cash to be payable on or in respect of its debt). The
Company is not insolvent or bankrupt and it has not filed for protection under
the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act of Canada or the Companies’ Creditors
Arrangement Act of Canada. Moreover, there has been no petition in bankruptcy
filed by the Company or against the Company.
SECTION
3.20.
Application of Takeover
Protections
. The Company has taken all necessary action, if
any, in order to render inapplicable any control share acquisition, business
combination, poison pill (including any distribution under a rights agreement)
or other similar anti-takeover provision under the Company’s charter documents
or the laws of its jurisdiction of formation that is or could become applicable
to the Shareholder as a result of the Shareholder and the Company fulfilling
their obligations or exercising their rights under this Agreement, including,
without limitation, the issuance of and the Shareholder’s ownership of the
Parent Shares.
SECTION
3.21.
No Additional
Agreements
. The Company does not have any agreement or
understanding with the Shareholder with respect to the transactions contemplated
by this Agreement other than as specified in this Agreement.
SECTION
3.22.
Investment
Company
. The Company is not, and is not an affiliate (as
defined in the Canadian Business Corporations Act) of, and immediately following
the Closing will not have become, an “investment company” within the meaning of
the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
SECTION
3.23.
Absence of Certain Changes
or Events
. Except as disclosed in the Company Financial
Statements or in the Company Disclosure Letter, from December 31, 2008 to the
date of this Agreement, the Company has conducted its business only in the
ordinary course, and during such period there has not been:
(a)
any
change in the assets, liabilities, financial condition or operating results of
the Company or any Company Subsidiary, except changes in the ordinary course of
business that have not caused, in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse
Effect;
(b)
any
damage, destruction or loss, whether or not covered by insurance, that would
have a Company Material Adverse Effect;
(c)
any
waiver or compromise by the Company or any Company Subsidiary of a valuable
right or of a material debt owed to it;
(d)
any
satisfaction or discharge of any lien, claim, or encumbrance or payment of any
obligation by the Company or any Company Subsidiary, except in the ordinary
course of business and the satisfaction or discharge of which would not have a
Company Material Adverse Effect;
(e)
any
material change to a material Contract by which the Company or any Company
Subsidiary or any of its respective assets is bound or subject;
(f)
any
mortgage, pledge, transfer of a security interest in, or lien, created by the
Company or any Company Subsidiary, with respect to any of its material
properties or assets, except liens for taxes not yet due or payable and liens
that arise in the ordinary course of business and do not materially impair the
Company’s or any Company Subsidiary’s ownership or use of such property or
assets;
(g)
any loans
or guarantees made by the Company or any Company Subsidiary to or for the
benefit of its employees, officers or directors, or any members of their
immediate families, other than travel advances and other advances made in the
ordinary course of its business;
(h)
any
alteration of the Company’s method of accounting or the identity of its
auditors;
(i)
any
declaration or payment of dividend or distribution of cash or other property to
the Shareholder or any purchase, redemption or agreements to purchase, redeem or
retract any Company Shares;
(j)
any
issuance of equity securities to any officer, director or affiliate (as defined
in the Canadian Business Corporations Act), except pursuant to existing Company
Shares option plans; or
(k)
any
arrangement or commitment by the Company or any Company Subsidiary to do any of
the things described in this Section 3.23.
SECTION
3.24.
Foreign Corrupt
Practices
. Neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary,
nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any director, officer, agent, employee or other
person acting on behalf of the Company or any Company Subsidiary has, in the
course of its actions for, or on behalf of, the Company (a) used any corporate
funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful
expenses relating to political activity; (b) made any direct or indirect
unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee from
corporate funds; (c) violated or is in violation of any provision of the U.S.
Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended; or (d) made any unlawful
bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment to
any foreign or domestic government official or employee.
ARTICLE
IV
Representations and
Warranties of the Parent
The
Parent represents and warrants as follows to the Shareholder and the Company,
that, except as set forth in the reports, schedules, forms, statements and other
documents filed by the Parent with the SEC and publicly available prior to the
date of this Agreement, or in the letter, dated as of the date of this
Agreement, from the Parent to the Company and the Shareholder (the “
Parent Disclosure
Letter
”):
SECTION
4.01.
Organization, Standing and
Power
. The Parent is duly organized, validly existing and in
good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has full corporate
power and authority and possesses all governmental franchises, licenses,
permits, authorizations and approvals necessary to enable it to own, lease or
otherwise hold its properties and assets and to conduct its businesses as
presently conducted, other than such franchises, licenses, permits,
authorizations and approvals the lack of which, individually or in the
aggregate, has not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a material
adverse effect on the Parent, a material adverse effect on the ability of the
Parent to perform its obligations under this Agreement or on the ability of the
Parent to consummate the Transactions (a “
Parent Material Adverse
Effect
”). The Parent is duly qualified to do business in each
jurisdiction where the nature of its business or the ownership or leasing of its
properties make such qualification necessary and where the failure to so qualify
would reasonably be expected to have a Parent Material Adverse
Effect. The Parent has delivered to the Company true and complete
copies of the certificate of incorporation of the Parent, as amended to the date
of this Agreement (as so amended, the “
Parent Charter
”), and
the Bylaws of the Parent, as amended to the date of this Agreement (as so
amended, the “
Parent
Bylaws
”).
SECTION
4.02.
Subsidiaries; Equity
Interests
. Except as set forth in the Parent Disclosure
Letter, the Parent does not own, directly or indirectly, any capital stock,
membership interest, partnership interest, joint venture interest or other
equity interest in any person.
SECTION
4.03.
Capital
Structure
. The authorized capital stock of the Parent consists
of 75,000,000 shares of Parent Stock, par value $0.001 per share, and
5,000,000 shares of
preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, of which (a) 8,400,000 shares of
Parent Stock are issued and outstanding (before giving effect to the issuances
to be made at Closing) (b) no shares of preferred stock are outstanding, and (c)
no shares of Parent Stock or preferred stock are held by the Parent in its
treasury. No other shares of capital stock or other voting securities
of the Parent are issued, reserved for issuance or outstanding. All
outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Parent are, and all such shares
that may be issued prior to the date hereof will be when issued, duly
authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and not subject to or
issued in violation of any purchase option, call option, right of first refusal,
preemptive right, subscription right or any similar right under any provision of
the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the Parent Charter, the
Parent Bylaws or any Contract to which the Parent is a party or otherwise
bound. There are not any bonds, debentures, notes or other
indebtedness of the Parent having the right to vote (or convertible into, or
exchangeable for, securities having the right to vote) on any matters on which
holders of the Parent Stock may vote (“
Voting Parent
Debt
”). Except as set forth above, as of the date of this
Agreement, there are no options, warrants, rights, convertible or exchangeable
securities, “phantom” stock rights, stock appreciation rights, stock-based
performance units, commitments, Contracts, arrangements or undertakings of any
kind to which the Parent is a party or by which it is bound (a) obligating the
Parent to issue, deliver or sell, or cause to be issued, delivered or sold,
additional shares of
capital
stock or other equity interests in, or any security convertible or exercisable
for or exchangeable into any capital stock of or other equity interest in, the
Parent or any Voting Parent Debt, (b) obligating the Parent to issue, grant,
extend or enter into any such option, warrant, call, right, security,
commitment, Contract, arrangement or undertaking or (c) that give any person the
right to receive any economic benefit or right similar to or derived from the
economic benefits and rights occurring to holders of the capital stock of the
Parent. As of the date of this Agreement, there are no outstanding
contractual obligations of the Parent to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire
any shares of capital stock of the Parent. The Parent is not a party to any
agreement granting any securityholder of the Parent the right to cause the
Parent to register shares of the capital stock or other securities of the Parent
held by such securityholder under the Securities Act. The stockholder
list provided to the Company is a current stockholder list generated by the
Parent’s stock transfer agent, and such list accurately reflects all of the
issued and outstanding shares of the Parent Stock as at the
Closing.
SECTION
4.04.
Authority; Execution and
Delivery; Enforceability
. The execution and delivery by the
Parent of this Agreement and the consummation by the Parent of the Transactions
have been duly authorized and approved by the Board of Directors of the Parent
and no other corporate proceedings on the part of the Parent are necessary to
authorize this Agreement and the Transactions. This Agreement constitutes a
legal, valid and binding obligation of the Parent, enforceable against the
Parent in accordance with the terms hereof.
SECTION
4.05.
No Conflicts;
Consents
.
(a)
Except as
set forth in the Parent Disclosure Letter, the execution and delivery by the
Parent of this Agreement, does not, and the consummation of the Transactions and
compliance with the terms hereof and thereof will not, conflict with, or result
in any violation of or default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or
both) under, or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation or
acceleration of any obligation or to loss of a material benefit under, or to
increased, additional, accelerated or guaranteed rights or entitlements of any
person under, or result in the creation of any Lien upon any of the properties
or assets of the Parent under, any provision of (a) the Parent Charter or Parent
Bylaws, (b) any material Contract to which the Parent is a party or by which any
of its properties or assets is bound or (c) subject to the filings and other
matters referred to in Section 4.05(b), any material Judgment or material Law
applicable to the Parent or its properties or assets, other than, in the case of
clauses (b) and (c) above, any such items that, individually or in the
aggregate, have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Parent
Material Adverse Effect.
(b)
No
Consent of, or registration, declaration or filing with, or permit from, any
Governmental Entity is required to be obtained or made by or with respect to the
Parent in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this
Agreement or the consummation of the Transactions, other than the (i) filing
with the SEC of reports under Sections 13 and 15 of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended (the “
Exchange Act
”), and
(ii) filings under state “blue sky” laws, as each may be required in connection
with this Agreement and the Transactions.
SECTION
4.06.
SEC Documents; Undisclosed
Liabilities
.
(a)
The
Parent has filed all reports, schedules, forms, statements and other documents
required to be filed by the Parent with the SEC since November 26, 2008,
pursuant to Sections 13 and 15 of the Exchange Act, as applicable (the “
Parent SEC
Documents
”).
(b)
As of its
respective filing date, each Parent SEC Document complied in all material
respects with the requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations
of the SEC promulgated thereunder applicable to such Parent SEC Document, and
did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the
statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made,
not misleading. Except to the extent that information contained in
any Parent SEC Document has been revised or superseded by a later filed Parent
SEC Document, none of the Parent SEC Documents contains any untrue statement of
a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated
therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The
consolidated financial statements of the Parent included in the Parent SEC
Documents comply as to form in all material respects with applicable accounting
requirements and the published rules and regulations of the SEC with respect
thereto, have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted
accounting principles (“
GAAP
”) (except, in
the case of unaudited statements, as permitted by the rules and regulations of
the SEC) applied on a consistent basis during the periods involved (except as
may be indicated in the notes thereto) and fairly present the consolidated
financial position of the Parent as of the dates thereof and the results of
operations and cash flows for the periods shown (subject, in the case of
unaudited statements, to normal year-end audit adjustments).
(c)
Except as
set forth in the filed Parent SEC Documents, the Parent has no liabilities or
obligations of any nature (whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise)
required by GAAP to be set forth on a balance sheet of the Parent or in the
notes thereto. The Parent Disclosure Letter sets forth all financial
and contractual obligations and liabilities (including any obligations to issue
capital stock or other securities of the parent) due after the date
hereof. As of the date hereof, all liabilities of the Parent have
been paid off and shall in no event remain liabilities of the Parent, the
Company or the Shareholder following the Closing.
SECTION
4.07.
Information
Supplied
. None of the information supplied or to be supplied
by the Parent for inclusion or incorporation by reference in any SEC filing of
report by the Company contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits
to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order
to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they
are made, not misleading.
SECTION
4.08.
Absence of Certain Changes
or Events
. Except as disclosed in the filed Parent SEC
Documents or in the Parent Disclosure Letter, from the date of the most recent
audited financial statements included in the filed Parent SEC Documents to the
date of this Agreement, the Parent has conducted its business only in the
ordinary course, and during such period there has not been:
(a)
any
change in the assets, liabilities, financial condition or operating results of
the Parent from that reflected in the Parent SEC Documents, except changes in
the ordinary course of business that have not caused, in the aggregate, a Parent
Material Adverse Effect;
(b)
any
damage, destruction or loss, whether or not covered by insurance, that would
have a Parent Material Adverse Effect;
(c)
any
waiver or compromise by the Parent of a valuable right or of a material debt
owed to it;
(d)
any
satisfaction or discharge of any lien, claim, or encumbrance or payment of any
obligation by the Parent, except in the ordinary course of business and the
satisfaction or discharge of which would not have a Parent Material Adverse
Effect;
(e)
any
material change to a material Contract by which the Parent or any of its assets
is bound or subject;
(f)
any
material change in any compensation arrangement or agreement with any employee,
officer, director or stockholder;
(g)
any
resignation or termination of employment of any officer of the
Parent;
(h)
any
mortgage, pledge, transfer of a security interest in, or lien, created by the
Parent, with respect to any of its material properties or assets, except liens
for taxes not yet due or payable and liens that arise in the ordinary course of
business and do not materially impair the Parent’s ownership or use of such
property or assets;
(i)
any loans
or guarantees made by the Parent to or for the benefit of its employees,
officers or directors, or any members of their immediate families, other than
travel advances and other advances made in the ordinary course of its
business;
(j)
any
declaration, setting aside or payment or other distribution in respect of any of
the Parent’s capital stock, or any direct or indirect redemption, purchase, or
other acquisition of any of such stock by the Parent;
(k)
any
alteration of the Parent’s method of accounting or the identity of its
auditors;
(l)
any
issuance of equity securities to any officer, director or affiliate (as defined
in the Securities Act), except pursuant to existing Parent stock option plans;
or
(m)
any
arrangement or commitment by the Parent to do any of the things described in
this Section 4.08.
SECTION
4.09.
Taxes
.
(a)
Except as
set forth in the Parent Disclosure Letter, the Parent has timely filed, or has
caused to be timely filed on its behalf, all Tax Returns required to be filed by
it, and all such Tax Returns are true, complete and accurate, except to the
extent any failure to file, any delinquency in filing or any inaccuracies in any
filed Tax Returns, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and would not
reasonably be expected to have a Parent Material Adverse Effect. All
Taxes shown to be due on such Tax Returns, or otherwise owed, have been timely
paid, except to the extent that any failure to pay, individually or in the
aggregate, has not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Parent
Material Adverse Effect.
(b)
The most
recent financial statements contained in the filed Parent SEC Documents reflect
an adequate reserve for all Taxes payable by the Parent (in addition to any
reserve for deferred Taxes to reflect timing differences between book and Tax
items) for all Taxable periods and portions thereof through the date of such
financial statements. No deficiency with respect to any Taxes has
been proposed, asserted or assessed against the Parent, and no requests for
waivers of the time to assess any such Taxes are pending, except to the extent
any such deficiency or request for waiver, individually or in the aggregate, has
not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Parent Material Adverse
Effect.
(c)
There are
no Liens for Taxes (other than for current Taxes not yet due and payable) on the
assets of the Parent. The Parent is not bound by any agreement with
respect to Taxes.
SECTION
4.10.
Absence of Changes in
Benefit Plans
. From the date of the most recent audited
financial statements included in the filed Parent SEC Documents to the date of
this Agreement, there has not been any adoption or amendment in any material
respect by the Parent of any collective bargaining agreement or any bonus,
pension, profit sharing, deferred compensation, incentive compensation, stock
ownership, stock purchase, stock option, phantom stock, retirement, vacation,
severance, disability, death benefit, hospitalization, medical or other plan,
arrangement or understanding (whether or not legally binding) providing benefits
to any current or former employee, officer or director of the Parent
(collectively, “
Parent
Benefit Plans
”). As of the date of this Agreement there are
not any employment, consulting, indemnification, severance or termination
agreements or arrangements between the Parent and any current or former
employee, officer or director of the Parent, nor does the Parent have any
general severance plan or policy.
SECTION
4.11.
ERISA Compliance; Excess
Parachute Payments
. The Parent does not, and since its
inception never has, maintained, or contributed to any “employee pension benefit
plans” (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), “employee welfare benefit plans”
(as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA) or any other Parent Benefit Plan for the
benefit of any current or former employees, consultants, officers or directors
of the Parent.
SECTION
4.12.
Litigation
. Except
as disclosed in the Parent SEC Documents or in the Parent Disclosure Letter,
there is no Action that (i) adversely affects or challenges the legality,
validity or enforceability of any of this Agreement or the Parent Shares or (ii)
could, if there were an unfavorable decision, individually or in the aggregate,
have or reasonably be expected to result in a Parent Material Adverse Effect.
Neither the Parent nor any subsidiary, nor any director or officer thereof (in
his or her capacity as such), is or has been the subject of any Action involving
a claim or violation of or liability under federal or state securities laws or a
claim of breach of fiduciary duty.
SECTION
4.13.
Compliance with Applicable
Laws
. Except as disclosed in the Parent SEC Documents or in
the Parent Disclosure Letter, the Parent is in compliance with all applicable
Laws, including those relating to occupational health and safety, the
environment, export controls, trade sanctions and embargoes, except for
instances of noncompliance that, individually and in the aggregate, have not had
and would not reasonably be expected to have a Parent Material Adverse
Effect. Except as set forth in the Parent SEC Documents or in the
Parent Disclosure Letter, the Parent has not received any written communication
during the past two years from a Governmental Entity that alleges that the
Parent is not in compliance in any material respect with any applicable
Law. The Parent is in compliance with all effective requirements of
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, and the rules and regulations
thereunder, that are applicable to it, except where such noncompliance could not
have or reasonably be expected to result in a Parent Material Adverse
Effect. This Section 4.13 does not relate to matters with respect to
Taxes, which are the subject of Section 4.09.
SECTION
4.14.
Contracts
. Except
as disclosed in the Parent SEC Documents, there are no Contracts that are
material to the business, properties, assets, condition (financial or
otherwise), results of operations or prospects of the Parent taken as a
whole. The Parent is not in violation of or in default under (nor
does there exist any condition which upon the passage of time or the giving of
notice would cause such a violation of or default under) any Contract to which
it is a party or by which it or any of its properties or assets is bound, except
for violations or defaults that would not, individually or in the aggregate,
reasonably be expected to result in a Parent Material Adverse
Effect.
SECTION
4.15.
Title to
Properties
. The Parent has good title to, or valid leasehold
interests in, all of its properties and assets used in the conduct of its
businesses. All such assets and properties, other than assets and
properties in which the Parent has leasehold interests, are free and clear of
all Liens other than those set forth in the Parent Disclosure Letter and except
for Liens that, in the aggregate, do not and will not materially interfere with
the ability of the Parent to conduct business as currently
conducted. The Parent has complied in all material respects with the
terms of all material leases to which it is a party and under which it is in
occupancy, and all such leases are in full force and effect. The
Parent enjoys peaceful and undisturbed possession under all such material
leases.
SECTION
4.16.
Intellectual
Property
. The Parent owns, or is validly licensed or otherwise
has the right to use, all Intellectual Property Rights that are material to the
conduct of the business of the Parent taken as a whole. The Parent
Disclosure Letter sets forth a description of all Intellectual Property Rights
that are material to the conduct of the business of the Parent taken as a
whole. Except as set forth in the Parent Disclosure Letter no claims
are pending or, to the knowledge of the Parent, threatened that the Parent is
infringing or otherwise adversely affecting the rights of any person with regard
to any Intellectual Property Right. To the knowledge of the Parent,
no person is infringing the rights of the Parent with respect to any
Intellectual Property Right.
SECTION
4.17.
Labor
Matters
. There are no collective bargaining or other labor
union agreements to which the Parent is a party or by which it is
bound. No material labor dispute exists or, to the knowledge of the
Parent, is imminent with respect to any of the employees of the
Parent.
SECTION
4.18.
Market
Makers
. The Parent has at least two (2) market makers for the
Parent Stock and such market makers have obtained all permits and made all
filings necessary in order for such market makers to continue as market makers
of the Parent.
SECTION
4.19.
Transactions With Affiliates
and Employees
. Except as set forth in the filed Parent SEC
Documents and Parent Disclosure Letter, none of the officers or directors of the
Parent and, to the knowledge of the Parent, none of the employees of the Parent
is presently a party to any transaction with the Parent or any subsidiary (other
than for services as employees, officers and directors), including any contract,
agreement or other arrangement providing for the furnishing of services to or
by, providing for rental of real or personal property to or from, or otherwise
requiring payments to or from any officer, director or such employee or, to the
knowledge of the Parent, any entity in which any officer, director, or any such
employee has a substantial interest or is an officer, director, trustee or
partner.
SECTION
4.20.
Internal Accounting
Controls
. The Parent maintains a system of internal accounting
controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (a) transactions are
executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations, (b)
transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial
statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to
maintain asset accountability, (c) access to assets is permitted only in
accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, and (d) the
recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at
reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any
differences. The Parent has established disclosure controls and
procedures for the Parent and designed such disclosure controls and procedures
to ensure that material information relating to the Parent is made known to the
officers by others within those entities. The Parent’s officers have
evaluated the effectiveness of the Parent’s controls and
procedures. Since September 30, 2009
,
there have been no
significant changes in the Parent’s internal controls or, to the Parent’s
knowledge, in other factors that could significantly affect the Parent’s
internal controls.
SECTION
4.21.
Solvency
. Based
on the financial condition of the Parent as of the Closing Date (and assuming
that the Closing shall have occurred), (a) the Parent’s fair saleable value of
its assets exceeds the amount that will be required to be paid on or in respect
of the Parent’s existing debts and other liabilities (including known contingent
liabilities) as they mature, (b) the Parent’s assets do not constitute
unreasonably small capital to carry on its business for the current fiscal year
as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted including its capital needs
taking into account the particular capital requirements of the business
conducted by the Parent, and projected capital requirements and capital
availability thereof, and (c) the current cash flow of the Parent, together with
the proceeds the Parent would receive, were it to liquidate all of its assets,
after taking into account all anticipated uses of the cash, would be sufficient
to pay all amounts on or in respect of its debt when such amounts are required
to be paid. The Parent does not intend to incur debts beyond its
ability to pay such debts as they mature (taking into account the timing and
amounts of cash to be payable on or in respect of its debt).
SECTION
4.22.
Application of Takeover
Protections
. The Parent has taken all necessary action, if
any, in order to render inapplicable any control share acquisition, business
combination, poison pill (including any distribution under a rights agreement)
or other similar anti-takeover provision under the Parent’s charter documents or
the laws of its state of incorporation that is or could become applicable to the
Shareholder as a result of the Shareholder and the Parent fulfilling their
obligations or exercising their rights under this Agreement, including, without
limitation, the issuance of the Parent Shares and the Shareholder’s ownership of
the Parent Shares.
SECTION
4.23.
No Additional
Agreements
. The Parent does not have any agreement or
understanding with the Shareholder with respect to the transactions contemplated
by this Agreement other than as specified in this Agreement.
SECTION
4.24.
Investment
Company
. The Parent is not, and is not an affiliate of, and
immediately following the Closing will not have become, an “investment company”
within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
amended.
SECTION
4.25.
Certain Registration
Matters
. Except as specified in the Parent Disclosure Letter
and Parent SEC Documents, the Parent has not granted or agreed to grant to any
person any rights (including “piggy-back” registration rights) to have any
securities of the Parent registered with the SEC or any other governmental
authority that have not been satisfied.
SECTION
4.26.
Listing and Maintenance
Requirements
. The Parent is, and has no reason to believe that
it will not in the foreseeable future continue to be, in compliance with the
listing and maintenance requirements for continued listing of the Parent Stock
on the trading market on which the Parent Stock as currently listed or
quoted. The issuance and sale of the Parent Shares under this
Agreement do not contravene the rules and regulations of the trading market on
which the Parent Stock is currently listed or quoted, and no approval of the
stockholders of the Parent is required for the Parent to issue and deliver to
the Shareholder the Parent Shares contemplated by this Agreement.
SECTION
4.27.
No Undisclosed Events,
Liabilities, Developments or Circumstances
. No event,
liability, development or circumstance has occurred or exists, or is
contemplated to occur with respect to the Parent, its subsidiaries or their
respective businesses, properties, prospects, operations or financial condition,
that would be required to be disclosed by the Parent under applicable securities
laws on a registration statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC relating to an
issuance and sale by the Parent of its Parent Stock and which has not been
publicly announced.
SECTION
4.28.
Foreign Corrupt
Practices
. Neither the Parent, nor to the Parent’s knowledge,
any director, officer, agent, employee or other person acting on behalf of the
Parent has, in the course of its actions for, or on behalf of, the Parent (a)
used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or
other unlawful expenses relating to political activity; (b) made any direct or
indirect unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or
employee from corporate funds; (c) violated or is in violation of any provision
of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended; or (d) made any
unlawful bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful
payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee.
ARTICLE
V
Deliveries
SECTION
5.01.
Deliveries of the
Shareholder
.
(a)
Concurrently
herewith the Shareholder is delivering to the Parent this Agreement executed by
the Shareholder.
(b)
At or
prior to the Closing, the Shareholder shall deliver to the Parent:
(i)
|
certificates
representing its Company Shares;
and
|
(ii)
|
a
duly executed share transfer power for transfer by the Shareholder of the
Company Shares to the Parent.
|
SECTION
5.02.
Deliveries of the
Parent
.
(a)
Concurrently
herewith, the Parent is delivering to the Shareholder and to the Company, a copy
of this Agreement executed by the Parent.
(b)
At or
prior to the Closing, the Parent shall deliver to the Company:
(i)
|
a
certificate from the Parent, signed by its Secretary or Assistant
Secretary certifying that the attached copies of the Parent Charter,
Parent Bylaws and resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Parent and
of the stockholders of the Parent approving this Agreement and the
transactions contemplated hereunder, are all true, complete and correct
and remain in full force and
effect;
|
(ii)
|
a
letter of resignation of David Davis from all offices he holds with the
Parent and as a director of the
Parent;
|
(iii)
|
evidence
of the election of Nathan J. Mazurek, Yossi Cohn, David Tesler, David J.
Landes and Jonathan Tulkoff as directors of the Parent effective upon the
Closing;
|
(iv)
|
evidence
of the election of Nathan J. Mazurek as the Chief Executive Officer,
President, Chairman of the Board, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and
Treasurer of the Parent effective upon the
Closing;
|
(v)
|
such
pay-off letters and releases relating to liabilities as the Company shall
require in order to result in the Company having no liabilities at Closing
and such pay-off letters and releases shall be in form and substance
satisfactory to the Company;
|
(vi)
|
if
requested, the results of UCC, judgment lien and tax lien searches with
respect to the Parent, the results of which indicate no liens on the
assets of the Parent; and
|
(vii)
|
a
duly executed release by the current director and officers of the Parent
in favor of the Parent, the Company and the
Shareholders.
|
(c)
At or
prior to the Closing, the Parent shall deliver to the Company and the
Shareholder an opinion from Parent’s legal counsel in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Shareholder.
(d)
Promptly
following the Closing, the Parent shall deliver:
(i)
|
to
the Shareholder, certificates representing the Parent Shares;
and
|
(ii)
|
to
the Company, a consent letter of the accounting firm of the Parent
confirming such firm’s respective consent to the use by the Parent of
reports prepared by such firm regarding the financial statements of the
Parent in all future registration statements filed with the
SEC.
|
SECTION
5.03.
Deliveries of the
Company
.
(a)
Concurrently
herewith, the Company is delivering to the Parent this Agreement executed by the
Company.
(b)
At or
prior to the Closing, the Company shall deliver to the Parent a certificate from
the Company, signed by its authorized officer certifying that the attached
copies of the Company Constituent Instruments and resolutions of the Board of
Directors of the Company approving the Agreement and the Transactions are all
true, complete and correct and remain in full force and effect.
ARTICLE
VI
Conditions to
Closing
SECTION
6.01.
Shareholder and Company
Conditions Precedent
. The obligations of the Shareholder and
the Company to enter into and complete the Closing is subject, at the option of
the Shareholder and the Company, to the fulfillment on or prior to the Closing
Date of the following conditions, any one or more of which may be waived by the
Shareholder and the Company in writing.
(a)
Representations and
Covenants
. The representations and warranties of the Parent contained in
this Agreement shall be true in all material respects on and as of the Closing
Date with the same force and effect as though made on and as of the Closing
Date. The Parent shall have performed and complied in all material
respects with all covenants and agreements required by this Agreement to be
performed or complied with by the Parent on or prior to the Closing
Date. The Parent shall have delivered to the Shareholder and the
Company, a certificate, dated the Closing Date, to the foregoing
effect.
(b)
Litigation
. No
action, suit or proceeding shall have been instituted before any court or
governmental or regulatory body or instituted or threatened by any governmental
or regulatory body to restrain, modify or prevent the carrying out of the
Transactions or to seek damages or a discovery order in connection with such
Transactions, or which has or may have, in the reasonable opinion of the Company
or the Shareholder, a materially adverse effect on the assets, properties,
business, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Parent or the
Company.
(c)
No Material Adverse
Change
. There shall not have been any occurrence, event,
incident, action, failure to act, or transaction since September 30, 2009 which
has had or is reasonably likely to cause a Parent Material Adverse
Effect.
(d)
SEC
Reports
. The Parent shall have filed all reports and other
documents required to be filed by Parent under the U.S. federal securities laws
through the Closing Date.
(e)
OTCBB
Quotation
. The Parent shall have maintained its status as a
company whose common stock is quoted on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board and
no reason shall exist as to why such status shall not continue immediately
following the Closing.
(f)
Deliveries
. The
deliveries specified in Section 5.02 shall have been made by the
Parent.
(g)
No Suspensions of Trading in
Parent Stock; Listing
. Trading in the Parent Stock shall not
have been suspended by the SEC or any trading market (except for any suspensions
of trading of not more than one trading day solely to permit dissemination of
material information regarding the Parent) at any time since the date of
execution of this Agreement, and the Parent Stock shall have been at all times
since such date listed for trading on a trading market.
(h)
Satisfactory Completion of
Due Diligence
. The Company and the Shareholder shall have
completed their legal, accounting and business due diligence of the Parent and
the results thereof shall be satisfactory to the Company and the Shareholder in
their sole and absolute discretion.
(i)
Delivery of Legal Opinion
from Parent’s Counsel
. The Company and the Shareholders shall
have received an opinion from the Parent’s legal counsel in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Shareholder.
SECTION
6.02.
Parent Conditions
Precedent
. The obligations of the Parent to enter into and
complete the Closing are subject, at the option of the Parent, to the
fulfillment on or prior to the Closing Date of the following conditions, any one
or more of which may be waived by the Parent in writing.
(a)
Representations and
Covenants
. The representations and warranties of the
Shareholder and the Company contained in this Agreement shall be true in all
material respects on and as of the Closing Date with the same force and effect
as though made on and as of the Closing Date. The Shareholder and the
Company shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all
covenants and agreements required by this Agreement to be performed or complied
with by the Shareholder and the Company on or prior to the Closing
Date. The Company shall have delivered to the Parent, if requested, a
certificate, dated the Closing Date, to the foregoing effect.
(b)
Litigation
. No
action, suit or proceeding shall have been instituted before any court or
governmental or regulatory body or instituted or threatened by any governmental
or regulatory body to restrain, modify or prevent the carrying out of the
Transactions or to seek damages or a discovery order in connection with such
Transactions, or which has or may have, in the reasonable opinion of the Parent,
a materially adverse effect on the assets, properties, business, operations or
condition (financial or otherwise) of the Parent.
(c)
No Material Adverse
Change
. There shall not have been any occurrence, event,
incident, action, failure to act, or transaction since December 31, 2008 which
has had or is reasonably likely to cause a Company Material Adverse
Effect.
(d)
Deliveries
. The
deliveries specified in Section 5.01 and Section 5.03 shall have been made by
the Shareholder and the Company, respectively.
(e)
Audited Financial Statements
and Form 10 Disclosure
. The Company shall have provided the
Parent and the Shareholder with reasonable assurances that the Parent will be
able to comply with its obligation to file a current report on Form 8-K no later
than four (4) business days following the Closing containing the requisite
audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and the requisite Form
10 disclosure regarding the Company.
(f)
Satisfactory Completion of
Due Diligence
. The Parent shall have completed its legal,
accounting and business due diligence of the Company and the Shareholder and the
results thereof shall be satisfactory to the Parent in its sole and absolute
discretion.
ARTICLE
VII
Covenants
SECTION
7.01.
Blue Sky Laws
. The
Parent shall take any action (other than qualifying to do business in any
jurisdiction in which it is not now so qualified) required to be taken under any
applicable state securities laws in connection with the issuance of the Parent
Shares in connection with this Agreement.
SECTION
7.02.
Public
Announcements
. Prior to the Closing, the Parent and the
Company will consult with each other before issuing, and provide each other the
opportunity to review and comment upon, any press releases or other public
statements with respect to the Agreement and the Transactions and shall not
issue any such press release or make any such public statement prior to such
consultation, except as may be required by applicable Law, court process or by
obligations pursuant to any listing agreement with any national securities
exchanges.
SECTION
7.03.
Fees and
Expenses
. All fees and expenses incurred in connection with
this Agreement shall be paid by the Party incurring such fees or expenses,
whether or not this Agreement is consummated.
SECTION
7.04.
Continued
Efforts
. Each Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts
to (a) take all action reasonably necessary to consummate the Transactions,
and (b) take such steps and do such acts as may be necessary to keep all of
its representations and warranties true and correct as of the Closing Date with
the same effect as if the same had been made, and this Agreement had been dated,
as of the Closing Date.
SECTION
7.05.
Exclusivity
. Each
of the Parent and the Company shall not (and shall not cause or permit any of
their affiliates to) engage in any discussions or negotiations with any person
or take any action that would be inconsistent with the Transactions and that has
the effect of avoiding the Closing contemplated hereby. Each of the
Parent and the Company shall notify each other immediately if any person makes
any proposal, offer, inquiry, or contact with respect to any of the
foregoing.
SECTION
7.06.
Filing of Form 8-K and Press
Release
. The Parent shall file, no later than four (4)
business days after the Closing Date, a current report on Form 8-K and attach as
exhibits all relevant agreements disclosing the terms of this Agreement and
other requisite disclosure regarding the Transactions and including the
requisite audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and the
requisite Form 10 disclosure regarding the Company.
SECTION
7.07.
Access
. Each
Party shall permit representatives of any other Party to have full access to all
premises, properties, personnel, books, records (including Tax records),
contracts, and documents of or pertaining to such Party.
SECTION
7.08.
Preservation of
Business
. From the date of this Agreement until the Closing
Date, the Company and the Parent shall operate only in the ordinary and usual
course of business consistent with their respective past practices (provided,
however, that Parent shall not issue any securities without the prior written
consent of the Company), and shall use reasonable commercial efforts to (a)
preserve intact their respective business organizations, (b) preserve the good
will and advantageous relationships with customers, suppliers, independent
contractors, employees and other persons material to the operation of their
respective businesses, and (c) not permit any action or omission that would
cause any of their respective representations or warranties contained
herein to become inaccurate or any of their respective covenants to be breached
in any material respect.
ARTICLE
VIII
Miscellaneous
SECTION
8.01.
Notices
. All
notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications under this Agreement
shall be in writing and shall be deemed given upon receipt by the Parties at the
following addresses (or at such other address for a Party as shall be specified
by like notice):
If to the
Parent, to:
Pioneer
Power Solutions, Inc.
6074
Citation Court
Reno,
Nevada 89523
Attention: David
Davis
With a
copy to:
Cane
Clark LLP
3273 E.
Warm Springs Road
Las
Vegas, Nevada 89120
Attention: Kyleen
E. Cane
Facsimile: (702)
944-7100
If to the
Company, to:
Pioneer
Transformers Ltd.
9 West
57
th
Street
New York,
New York 10019
Attention:
Nathan J. Mazurek
Facsimile.:
(212) 867-1325
with a
copy to:
Haynes
and Boone, LLP
1221
Avenue of the Americas
New York,
New York 10020
Attention: Rick
A. Werner, Esq.
Facsimile
(212) 884-8234
If to the
Shareholder, to:
Provident
Pioneer Partners, L.P.
9 West
57
th
Street
New York,
New York 10019
Attention:
Nathan J. Mazurek
Facsimile:
(212) 867-1325
SECTION
8.02.
Amendments; Waivers; No
Additional Consideration
. No provision of this Agreement may
be waived or amended except in a written instrument signed by the Company,
Parent and the Shareholder. No waiver of any default with respect to
any provision, condition or requirement of this Agreement shall be deemed to be
a continuing waiver in the future or a waiver of any subsequent default or a
waiver of any other provision, condition or requirement hereof, nor shall any
delay or omission of any Party to exercise any right hereunder in any manner
impair the exercise of any such right.
SECTION
8.03.
Replacement of
Securities
. If any certificate or instrument evidencing any
Parent Shares is mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, the Parent shall issue or
cause to be issued in exchange and substitution for and upon cancellation
thereof, or in lieu of and substitution therefore, a new certificate or
instrument, but only upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the
Parent of such loss, theft or destruction and customary and reasonable
indemnity, if requested. The applicants for a new certificate or
instrument under such circumstances shall also pay any reasonable third-party
costs associated with the issuance of such replacement Parent
Shares. If a replacement certificate or instrument evidencing any
Parent Shares is requested due to a mutilation thereof, the Parent may require
delivery of such mutilated certificate or instrument as a condition precedent to
any issuance of a replacement.
SECTION
8.04.
Remedies
. In
addition to being entitled to exercise all rights provided herein or granted by
law, including recovery of damages, the Shareholder, the Parent and the Company
will be entitled to specific performance under this Agreement. The
Parties agree that monetary damages may not be adequate compensation for any
loss incurred by reason of any breach of obligations described in the foregoing
sentence and hereby agree to waive in any action for specific performance of any
such obligation the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate.
SECTION
8.05.
Interpretation
. When
a reference is made in this Agreement to a Section, such reference shall be to a
Section of this Agreement unless otherwise indicated. Whenever the
words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they
shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.”
SECTION
8.06.
Severability
. If
any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable
of being enforced by any rule or Law, or public policy, all other conditions and
provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect
so long as the economic or legal substance of the Transactions contemplated
hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any
Party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is
invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the Parties shall negotiate in
good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the
Parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner to the end that
Transactions contemplated hereby are fulfilled to the extent
possible.
SECTION
8.07.
Counterparts; Facsimile
Execution
. This Agreement may be executed in one or more
counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and
shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of
the Parties and delivered to the other Parties. Facsimile execution
and delivery of this Agreement is legal, valid and binding for all
purposes.
SECTION
8.08.
Entire Agreement; Third
Party Beneficiaries
. This Agreement, taken together with the Company
Disclosure Letter and the Parent Disclosure Letter, (a) constitute the entire
agreement, and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, both written
and oral, among the Parties with respect to the Transactions and (b) are not
intended to confer upon any person other than the Parties any rights or
remedies.
SECTION
8.09.
Governing
Law
. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in
accordance with, the internal laws of the State of New York, without reference
to principles of conflicts of laws. Any action or proceeding brought
for the purpose of enforcement of any term or provision of this Agreement shall
be brought only in the federal or state courts sitting in New York, New York,
and the parties hereby waive any and all rights to trial by jury.
SECTION
8.10.
Assignment
. Neither
this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations under this
Agreement shall be assigned, in whole or in part, by operation of law or
otherwise by any of the Parties without the prior written consent of the other
Parties. Any purported assignment without such consent shall be
void. Subject to the preceding sentences, this Agreement will be
binding upon, inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Parties and
their respective successors and assigns.
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Share
Exchange Agreement as of the date first above written.
The
Parent:
PIONEER POWER SOLUTIONS,
INC.
By:
/s/ David
Davis
Name:
David Davis
Title:
President
The
Company:
PIONEER TRANSFORMERS
LTD.
By:
/s/ Nathan J.
Mazurek
Name:
Nathan J. Mazurek
Title:
Chief Executive
Officer
The
Shareholder:
PROVIDENT PIONEER PARTNERS,
L.P.
By:
Provident Canada Corp.
Its
General Partner
By:
/s/ Nathan J.
Mazurek
Name:
Nathan J. Mazurek
Title:
General Partner
[
Signature Page to Share Exchange
Agreement
]
Exhibit
10.1
SECURITIES
PURCHASE AGREEMENT
THIS SECURITIES PURCHASE
AGREEMENT
(this “
Agreement
”), dated as of
December 2, 2009, by and among Pioneer Power Solutions, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the “
Company
”), and each
investor identified on the signature pages hereto (individually, an
“
Investor
” and
collectively, the “
Investors
”).
BACKGROUND
A. The
Company and each Investor are executing and delivering this Agreement in
reliance upon the exemption from registration afforded by Section 4(2) of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “
Securities Act
”), and Rule 506
of Regulation D (“
Regulation
D
”) as
promulgated by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “
SEC
”) under the Securities
Act.
B. Each
Investor, severally and not jointly, wishes to purchase, and the Company wishes
to sell, upon the terms and conditions stated in this Agreement, that aggregate
number of shares of the common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company
(the “
Common Stock
”),
set forth on such Investor’s signature page to this Agreement (which aggregate
amount for all Investors together shall collectively be referred to herein as
the “
Shares
”).
NOW,
THEREFORE, IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual covenants contained in this Agreement,
and for other good and valuable consideration the receipt and adequacy of which
are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Investors agree as
follows:
ARTICLE
I
DEFINITIONS
1.1
Definitions
. In
addition to the terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, the following terms
have the meanings indicated:
“
Affiliate
” means any Person
that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is
controlled by or is under common control with a Person, as such terms are used
in and construed under Rule 144 under the Securities Act.
“
Agreement
” has the meaning set forth in the
Preamble.
“
Best Efforts
” means the
efforts that a prudent person desirous of achieving a result would use in
similar circumstances to ensure that such result is achieved as expeditiously as
practical;
provided,
however
, that an obligation to use Best Efforts under this Agreement does
not require the Company to dispose of or make any change to its business, expend
any material funds or incur any other material burden.
“
Business Day
” means any day
other than Saturday, Sunday, any day which shall be a federal legal holiday in
the United States or any day on which banking institutions in The State of New
York are authorized or required by law or other governmental action to
close.
“
Closing
” means the closing of
the purchase and sale of the Shares pursuant to
Section 2.1
.
“
Closing Date
” means the date
and time of the Closing and shall be on such date and time as is mutually agreed
to by the Company and each
Investor.
“
Closing Price
” means, for any
date, the closing price per share of the Common Stock for such date (or, if not
a Trading Day, the nearest preceding date that is a Trading Day) on the primary
Eligible Market or exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is
then listed or quoted.
“Company”
has the meaning set forth in the
Preamble.
“
Company Counsel
” means Haynes
and Boone, LLP, counsel to the Company.
“
Common Stock
”
has the meaning set forth in the
Preamble
.
“
Contingent Obligation
” has the meaning set forth in
Section 3.1(aa)
.
“
Convertible Securities
” means
any stock or securities (other than Options) convertible into or exercisable or
exchangeable for Common Stock.
“
Covering Shares
” has the
meaning set forth in
Section
4.1(b)
.
“
Disclosure Materials
” means
the Super 8-K, together with this Agreement and the Schedules to this
Agreement.
“
Effective Date
” means the date
that the Registration Statement is first declared effective by the
SEC.
“
Effectiveness Period
” has the
meaning set forth in
Section 6.1(b)
.
“
Eligible Market
” means any of
the New York Stock Exchange, the NYSE Amex Equities, the NASDAQ Global Select
Market, the NASDAQ Global Market, the NASDAQ Capital Market or OTC Bulletin
Board.
“
Environmental Laws
” has the meaning set forth in
Section 3.1(dd)
.
“
Escrow Account
” has the meaning set forth in
Section 2.2
.
“
Escrow Agent
” has the meaning set forth in
Section 2.2
.
“
Event
” has the meaning set
forth in
Section 6.1(d)
.
“
Event Payments
” has the
meaning set forth in
Section 6.1(d)
.
“
Exchange Act
” means the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
“
Excluded Events
” has the
meaning set forth in
Section 6.1(d)(iii)
.
“
Filing Date
” means the date
that is sixty (60) days after the Closing Date or, if such date is not a
Business Day, the next date that is a Business Day.
“
FINRA
” has the meaning set
forth in
Section
3.2(c)
.
“
GAAP
” has the meaning set forth in
Section 3.1(g)
.
“
Hazardous Materials
” has the meaning set forth in
Section 3.1(dd)
.
“
Indebtedness
” has the meaning set forth in
Section
3.1(aa).
“
Indemnified Party
” has the
meaning set forth in
Section 6.4(c)
.
“
Indemnifying Party
” has the
meaning set forth in
Section 6.4(c)
.
“
Insolvent
” has the meaning set forth in
Section
3.1(h).
“
Intellectual Property Rights
”
has the meaning set forth in
Section 3.1(t)
.
“
Investor
” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble
.
“
Lien
” means any lien, charge,
claim, security interest, encumbrance, right of first refusal or other
restriction.
“
Losses
” means any and all
losses, claims, damages, liabilities, settlement costs and expenses, including,
without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees.
“
Material Adverse Effect
” means
(i) a material adverse effect on the results of operations, assets, business,
prospects or financial condition of the Company and the Subsidiaries taken as a
whole on a consolidated basis or (ii) material and adverse impairment of
the Company's ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement, provided,
that none of the following alone shall be deemed, in and of itself, to
constitute a Material Adverse Effect: (i) a change in the market
price or trading volume of the Common Stock or (ii) changes in general economic
conditions or changes affecting the industry in which the Company operates
generally (as opposed to Company-specific changes) so long as such changes do
not have a disproportionate effect on the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as
a whole.
“
Material Permits
” has the
meaning set forth in
Section 3.1(v)
.
“
Options
” means any outstanding
rights, warrants or options to subscribe for or purchase Common Stock or
Convertible Securities.
“Person
” has the meaning set
forth in
Section 3.1(aa).
“
Pioneer
” means Pioneer Transformers Ltd., a Canadian
corporation.
“
Proceeding
” means an action,
claim, suit, investigation or proceeding (including, without limitation, a
partial proceeding, such as a deposition), whether commenced or threatened in
writing.
“
Prospectus
” means the
prospectus included in the Registration Statement (including, without
limitation, a prospectus that includes any information previously omitted from a
prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance upon
Rule 430A promulgated under the Securities Act), as amended or supplemented by
any prospectus supplement, with respect to the terms of the offering of any
portion of the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement, and
all other amendments and supplements to the Prospectus including post-effective
amendments, and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be
incorporated by reference in such Prospectus.
“
Registrable Securities
” means
the Shares issued or issuable pursuant to this Agreement, together with any
securities issued or issuable upon any stock split, dividend or other
distribution, recapitalization or similar event with respect to the
foregoing.
“
Registration Statement
” means
each registration statement required to be filed under Article VI,
including (in each case) the Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such
registration statement or Prospectus, including pre- and post-effective
amendments, all exhibits thereto, and all material incorporated by reference or
deemed to be incorporated by reference in such registration
statement.
“
Regulation D
” has the meaning set forth in the
Preamble.
“
Required Effectiveness Date
”
means one hundred and eighty (180) days after the Closing Date.
“
Rule
144
,” “
Rule
415
,” and “
Rule
424
” means Rule 144,
Rule 415 and Rule 424, respectively, promulgated by the SEC pursuant
to the Securities Act, as such Rules may be amended from time to time, or any
similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC having substantially the
same effect as such Rule.
“SEC”
has the meaning set
forth in the Preamble.
“
Super 8-K
” has the meaning set
forth in
Section 3.1(g)
.
“
Securities Act
” has the meaning set forth in the
Preamble.
“
Share Exchange
” means the closing of the acquisition of 100% of the
issued and outstanding capital stock of Pioneer, by the Company, pursuant to the
Share Exchange Agreement.
“
Share Exchange Agreement
” means that certain Share Exchange Agreement, of even
date herewith, by and among the Company, Pioneer and the shareholders of
Pioneer.
“
Shares
” has the meaning set
forth in the Preamble.
“
Short Sales
” has the meaning set forth in
Section
3.2(i).
“
Subsidiary
” means any
direct or indirect subsidiary of the
Company
.
“
Trading Day
” means (i) a day
on which the Common Stock is traded on a Trading Market (other than the OTC
Bulletin Board), or (ii) if the Common Stock is not listed or quoted on a
Trading Market (other than the OTC Bulletin Board), a day on which the Common
Stock is traded in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the OTC Bulletin
Board, or (iii) if the Common Stock is not listed or quoted on any Trading
Market, a day on which the Common Stock is quoted in the over-the-counter market
as reported by the Pink Sheets LLC (or any similar organization or agency
succeeding to its functions of reporting prices); provided, that in the event
that the Common Stock is not listed or quoted as set forth in (i), (ii) and
(iii) hereof, then Trading Day shall mean a Business Day.
“
Trading Market
” means
whichever of the New York Stock Exchange, the NYSE Amex Equities, the NASDAQ
Global Select Market, the NASDAQ Global Market, the NASDAQ Capital Market or OTC
Bulletin Board on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted for trading on the
date in question.
“
Transaction
” has the meaning set forth in
Section
3.2(i).
“
Transfer Agent
” means the
Company’s transfer agent at the time.
“
Transfer Agent Instructions
”
means, with respect to the Company, the Irrevocable Transfer Agent Instructions,
in the form of
Exhibit D
,
executed by the Company and delivered to and acknowledged in writing by the
Transfer Agent.
“
Variable Rate Transaction
”
means a transaction in which the Company issues or sells (i) any debt or equity
securities that are convertible into, exchangeable or exercisable for, or
include the right to receive additional shares of Common Stock either (A) at a
conversion, exercise or exchange rate or other price that is based upon and/or
varies with the trading prices of or quotations for the shares of Common Stock
at any time after the initial issuance of such debt or equity securities, or (B)
with a conversion, exercise or exchange price that is subject to being reset at
some future date after the initial issuance of such debt or equity security or
upon the occurrence of specified or contingent events directly or indirectly
related to the business of the Company or the market for the Common Stock or
(ii) enters into any agreement, including, but not limited to, an equity line of
credit, whereby the Company may sell securities at a future determined
price.
ARTICLE
II
PURCHASE
AND SALE
2.1
Closing
. Subject
to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, at the Closing the
Company shall issue and sell to each Investor, and each Investor shall,
severally and not jointly, purchase from the Company, such number of Shares for
the price set forth on such Investor’s signature page to this
Agreement. The date and time of the Closing and shall be 11:00 a.m.,
New York City Time, on the Closing Date. The Closing shall take place
at the offices of the Company’s Counsel.
2.2
Escrow
. Pending
the Closing, all funds paid hereunder shall be deposited by the Investors in a
separate account maintained by Signature Bank (the “
Escrow Agent
”) for the benefit
of Investors (the “
Escrow
Account
”).
2.3
Closing
Deliveries
.
(a)
At the
Closing, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to each Investor the
following:
(i)
a copy of
the Company’s irrevocable instructions to the Transfer Agent instructing the
Transfer Agent to deliver, on an expedited basis, one or more stock
certificates, free and clear of all restrictive and other legends (except as
expressly provided in
Section 4.1(b
)
hereof), evidencing such number of Shares set forth on such Investor’s signature
page to this Agreement, registered in the name of such Investor;
(ii)
duly
executed Transfer Agent Instructions acknowledged by the Company’s transfer
agent;
(iii)
a legal
opinion of Company Counsel, in the form of
Exhibit B
,
executed by such counsel and delivered to the Investors;
(iv) a
lock up agreement, in the form of
Exhibit F
attached
hereto, duly executed by all shareholders of Pioneer as of immediately prior to
the Share Exchange;
(v) a
certificate of the Secretary of the Company, dated as of the Closing Date,
(a) certifying the resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of the
Company approving the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the
issuance of the Shares, (b) certifying the current versions of the
certificate of incorporation, as amended and by-laws of the Company and
(c) certifying as to the signatures and authority of persons signing this
Agreement and all related documents on behalf of the Company; and
(vi) a
certificate of the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the
Company, dated as of the Closing Date, certifying to the fulfillment of the
conditions specified in
Section 5.1(a)
and
(b)
.
(b)
At the
Closing, each Investor shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the
Company:
(i)
this
Agreement duly executed by such Investor;
(ii)
Exhibits
A-1, A-2 and A-3, as appropriate, duly completed and executed by such Investor;
and
(iii)
the
purchase price set forth on such Investor’s signature page to this Agreement in
United States dollars and in immediately available funds, by wire transfer
pursuant to the release of the funds held in the Escrow Account to an account
designated in writing by the Company prior to the Closing.
ARTICLE
III
REPRESENTATIONS
AND WARRANTIES
(a)
Subsidiaries
. The
Company owns or controls, directly or indirectly, all of the capital stock or
comparable equity interests of each Subsidiary free and clear of any Lien, and
all issued and outstanding shares of capital stock or comparable equity interest
of each Subsidiary are validly issued and are fully paid, non-assessable and
free of preemptive and similar rights; and the Company owns or controls,
directly or indirectly, only the following corporations, partnerships, limited
liability partnerships, limited liability companies, associations or other
entities: (i) Pioneer and (ii) Bernard Granby Realty Inc., a Canadian
corporation (each, a “
Subsidiary
”).
(b)
Organization and
Qualification
. The Company and each Subsidiary is an entity duly
organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the
jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, with the requisite legal
authority to own and use its properties and assets and to carry on its business
as currently conducted. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is in
violation of any of the provisions of its respective certificate or articles of
incorporation, bylaws or other organizational or charter
documents. The Company and each Subsidiary is duly qualified to do
business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation or other entity in
each jurisdiction in which the nature of the business conducted or property
owned by it makes such qualification necessary, except where the failure to be
so qualified or in good standing, as the case may be, would not, individually or
in the aggregate, have or reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse
Effect.
(c)
Authorization;
Enforcement
. The Company has the requisite corporate authority to enter
into and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and
otherwise to carry out its obligations hereunder. The execution and delivery of
this Agreement by the Company and the consummation by it of the transactions
contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action
on the part of the Company and no further consent or action is required by the
Company, its Board of Directors or its stockholders. This Agreement
has been (or upon delivery will be) duly executed by the Company and is, or when
delivered in accordance with the terms hereof, will constitute, the valid and
binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance
with its terms, except (i) as limited by general equitable principles and
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of
general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, (ii)
as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance,
injunctive relief or other equitable remedies and (iii) insofar as
indemnification and contribution provisions may be limited by applicable
law.
(d)
No
Conflicts
. The execution, delivery and performance of this
Agreement by the Company and the consummation by the Company of the transactions
contemplated hereby do not, and will not, (i) conflict with or violate any
provision of the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s certificate or articles of
incorporation, bylaws or other organizational or charter documents,
(ii) conflict with, or constitute a default (or an event that with notice
or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or give to others any
rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation (with or without
notice, lapse of time or both) of, any agreement, credit facility, debt or other
instrument (evidencing a Company or Subsidiary debt or otherwise) or other
understanding to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party or by which any
property or asset of the Company or any Subsidiary is bound, or affected, except
to the extent that such conflict, default, termination, amendment, acceleration
or cancellation right would not reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect, or (iii) result in a violation of any law, rule, regulation,
order, judgment, injunction, decree or other restriction of any court or
governmental authority to which the Company or any Subsidiary is subject
(including, assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the
Investors set forth in
Section 3.2
hereof,
federal and state securities laws and regulations and the rules and regulations
of any self-regulatory organization to which the Company or its securities are
subject, including all applicable Trading Markets), or by which any property or
asset of the Company or any Subsidiary are bound or affected, except to the
extent that such violation would not reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect.
(e)
The
Shares
. The Shares are duly authorized and, when issued
and paid for in accordance with this Agreement, will be duly and validly issued,
fully paid and nonassessable, free and clear of all Liens and will not be
subject to preemptive or similar rights of stockholders (other than those
imposed by the Investors).
(f)
Capitalization
. The
aggregate number of shares and type of all authorized, issued and outstanding
classes of capital stock, options and other securities of the Company (whether
or not presently convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of
capital stock of the Company) is set forth in
Schedule 3.1(f
)
hereto. To the Company’s knowledge, all outstanding shares of capital stock are
duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and have been
issued in compliance in all material respects with all applicable securities
laws. Except as disclosed in
Schedule 3.1(f
)
hereto, to the Company’s knowledge, the Company does not have outstanding any
other Options, script rights to subscribe to, calls or commitments of any
character whatsoever relating to, or securities, rights or obligations
convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, or entered into any
agreement giving any Person any right to subscribe for or acquire, any shares of
Common Stock, or securities or rights convertible or exchangeable into shares of
Common Stock. Except as set forth on
Schedule 3.1(f
)
hereto, and except for customary adjustments as a result of stock dividends,
stock splits, combinations of shares, reorganizations, recapitalizations,
reclassifications or other similar events, to the Company’s knowledge, there are
no anti-dilution or price adjustment provisions contained in any security issued
by the Company (or in any agreement providing rights to security holders) and
the issuance and sale of the Shares will not obligate the Company to issue
shares of
Common Stock or other securities to any Person (other than the Investors) and
will not result in a right of any holder of securities to adjust the exercise,
conversion, exchange or reset price under such securities. To the
Company’s knowledge, except as disclosed in the Super 8-K and any Schedules 13D
or 13G filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 13d-1 of the Exchange Act by
reporting persons or in
Schedule 3.1(f
)
hereto, no Person or group of related Persons beneficially owns (as determined
pursuant to Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), or has the right to acquire, by
agreement with or by obligation binding upon the Company, beneficial ownership
of in excess of 5% of the outstanding Common Stock.
(g)
Super 8-K; Financial
Statements
. Attached hereto as
Schedule 3.1(g)
is a
copy of a substantially final Current Report on Form 8-K (the “
Super 8-K
”) that the Company
will file with the SEC in connection with the Share Exchange on or prior to the
4th Trading Day immediately following the date thereof (which Current Report
contains, among other information, risk factors concerning the Company and
financial statements required to be filed therewith). The Super 8-K,
upon its filing with the SEC, will comply, in all material respects with the
requirements of the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations of the SEC
promulgated thereunder and other federal, state and local laws applicable to the
Super 8-K, and the Super 8-K does not contain any untrue statement of a material
fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary
in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under
which they were made, not misleading. The financial statements of the Company
included in the Super 8-K comply as to form in all material respects with
applicable accounting requirements and the published rules and regulations of
the SEC or other applicable rules and regulations with respect thereto. Such
financial statements have been prepared in accordance with United States
generally accepted accounting principles (“
GAAP
”) applied on a consistent
basis during the periods involved (except (i) as may be otherwise indicated in
such financial statements or the notes thereto or (ii) in the case of unaudited
interim statements, to the extent they may not include footnotes or may be
condensed or summary statements), and fairly present in all material respects
the financial position of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the dates
thereof and the results of operations and cash flows for the periods then ended
(subject, in the case of unaudited statements, to normal year-end audit
adjustments). All material agreements to which the Company or any Subsidiary is
a party or to which the property or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary are
subject are included as part of or identified in the Super 8-K, to the extent
such agreements are required to be included or identified pursuant to the rules
and regulations of the SEC.
(h)
Material Changes;
Undisclosed Events, Liabilities or Developments;
Solvency.
Since the date of the latest audited financial
statements included within the Super 8-K, except as disclosed in the Super 8-K
or in
Schedule
3.1(h)
hereto, (i) there has been no event, occurrence or
development that, individually or in the aggregate, has had or that would result
in a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) the Company has not incurred any
material liabilities other than (A) trade payables and accrued expenses
incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and
(B) liabilities not required to be reflected in the Company's financial
statements pursuant to GAAP or required to be disclosed in filings made with the
SEC, (iii) the Company has not altered its method of accounting or changed
its auditors, except as disclosed in the Super 8-K, (iv) the Company has
not declared or made any dividend or distribution of cash or other property to
its stockholders, in their capacities as such, or purchased, redeemed or made
any
agreements to purchase or redeem any shares of its capital stock, and
(v) the Company has not issued any equity securities to any officer,
director or Affiliate, except pursuant to existing Company stock-based
plans. The Company has not taken any steps to seek protection
pursuant to any bankruptcy law nor does the Company have any knowledge or reason
to believe that its creditors intend to initiate involuntary bankruptcy
proceedings or any actual knowledge of any fact which would reasonably lead a
creditor to do so. The Company is not as of the date hereof, and
after giving effect to the transactions contemplated hereby to occur at the
Closing, will not be Insolvent (as defined below). For purposes of
this
Section
3.1(h)
,
“Insolvent”
means (i) the
present fair saleable value of the Company's assets is less than the amount
required to pay the Company's total Indebtedness (as defined in
Section 3.1(aa)
),
(ii) the Company is unable to pay its debts and liabilities, subordinated,
contingent or otherwise, as such debts and liabilities become absolute and
matured, (iii) the Company intends to incur or believes that it will incur debts
that would be beyond its ability to pay as such debts mature or (iv) the Company
has unreasonably small capital with which to conduct the business in which it is
engaged as such business is now conducted and is proposed to be conducted. The
representations and warranties in this Section 3.1(h) as they relate to the
Company prior to consummation of the Share Exchange are qualified to the extent
of the Company’s knowledge.
(i)
Absence of
Litigation
. Except as disclosed in the Super 8-K, there is no
action, suit, claim, or Proceeding, or, to the Company's knowledge, inquiry or
investigation, before or by any court, public board, government agency,
self-regulatory organization or body pending or, to the knowledge of the
Company, threatened against or affecting the Company or any Subsidiary that
could, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect. The
representations and warranties in this Section 3.1(i) as they relate to the
Company prior to consummation of the Share Exchange are qualified to the extent
of the Company’s knowledge.
(j)
Compliance
. Except
as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have
or result in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) neither the Company nor any
Subsidiary is in default under or in violation of (and no event has occurred
that has not been waived that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would
result in a default by the Company or any Subsidiary under), nor has the Company
or any Subsidiary received written notice of a claim that it is in default under
or that it is in violation of, any indenture, loan or credit agreement or any
other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of
its properties is bound (whether or not such default or violation has been
waived), (ii) neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is in violation of any
order of any court, arbitrator or governmental body, or (iii) neither the
Company nor any Subsidiary is or has been in violation of any statute, rule or
regulation of any governmental authority. The representations and warranties in
this Section 3.1(j) as they relate to the Company prior to consummation of the
Share Exchange are qualified to the extent of the Company’s
knowledge.
(k)
Title to
Assets
. The Company and the Subsidiaries have good and
marketable title in fee simple to all real property owned by them that is
material to the business of the Company and the Subsidiaries and good and
marketable title in all personal property owned by them that is material to the
business of the Company and each Subsidiary, in each case free and clear of all
Liens, except for Liens that do not, individually or in the aggregate, have or
result in a Material Adverse Effect. Any real property and facilities held under
lease by the Company or any Subsidiary is held by it under valid, subsisting and
enforceable leases of which the Company and each Subsidiary is in material
compliance. The representations and warranties in this Section 3.1(k) as they
relate to the Company prior to the consummation of the Share Exchange are
qualified to the extent of the Company’s knowledge.
(l)
No General Solicitation;
Placement Agent's Fees
. Neither the Company, nor any of its
Affiliates, nor any Person acting on its or their behalf, has engaged in any
form of general solicitation or general advertising (within the meaning of
Regulation D) in connection with the offer or sale of the Shares. The
Company shall be responsible for the payment of any placement agent’s fees,
financial advisory fees, or brokers’ commission (other than for persons engaged
by any Investor or its investment advisor) relating to or arising out of the
issuance of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement. The Company shall pay, and
hold each Investor harmless against, any liability, loss or expense (including,
without limitation, reasonable attorney's fees and out-of-pocket expenses)
arising in connection with any such claim for fees arising out of the issuance
of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
Company has not engaged any placement agent or other agent in connection with
the sale of the Shares.
(m)
Private Placement;
Investment Company; U.S. Real Property Holding
Corporation
. Neither the Company nor any of its Affiliates
nor, any Person acting on the Company’s behalf has, directly or indirectly, at
any time within the past six months, made any offer or sale of any security or
solicitation of any offer to buy any security under circumstances that would
(i) eliminate the availability of the exemption from registration under
Regulation D under the Securities Act in connection with the offer and sale
by the Company of the Shares as contemplated hereby or (ii) cause the
offering of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement to be integrated with prior
offerings by the Company for purposes of any applicable law, regulation or
stockholder approval provisions, including, without limitation, under the rules
and regulations of any Trading Market. Assuming the accuracy of the
representations and warranties of the Investors set forth in
Section 3.2
, no
registration under the Securities Act is required for the offer and sale of the
Shares by the Company to the Investors as contemplated hereby. The sale and
issuance of the Shares hereunder does not contravene the rules and regulations
of any Trading Market on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted. The Company
is not required to be registered as, and is not an Affiliate of, an “investment
company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
amended. The Company is not required to be registered as a United
States real property holding corporation within the meaning of the Foreign
Investment in Real Property Tax Act of 1980.
(n)
Form S-1
Eligibility
. The Company is eligible to register the Shares
for resale by the Investors using Form S-1 promulgated under the Securities
Act.
(o)
Listing and Maintenance
Requirements
. The Company has not, in the twelve months
preceding the date hereof, received notice (written or oral) from any Trading
Market on which the Common Stock is or has been listed or quoted to the effect
that the Company is not in compliance with the listing or maintenance
requirements of such Trading Market. The Company is, and has no
reason to believe that it will not in the foreseeable future continue to be, in
compliance with all such listing and maintenance requirements.
(p)
Registration
Rights
. Except as described in
Schedule 3.1(p)
, the
Company has not granted or agreed to grant to any Person any rights (including
“piggy-back” registration rights) to have any securities of the Company
registered with the SEC or any other governmental authority that have not
expired or been satisfied or waived.
(q)
Application of Takeover
Protections
. The Company and its Board of Directors have taken all
necessary action, if any, to render inapplicable any control share acquisition,
business combination, poison pill (including any distribution under a rights
agreement) or other similar anti-takeover provision under the Company’s charter
documents or the laws of its state of incorporation that is or could become
applicable to any of the Investors as a result of the Investors and the Company
fulfilling their obligations or exercising their rights under this Agreement,
including, without limitation, as a result of the Company’s issuance of the
Shares and the Investors’ ownership of the Shares.
(r)
Disclosure
. The
Company confirms that neither it nor any officers, directors or Affiliates, has
provided any of the Investors or their agents or counsel with any information
that constitutes or might constitute material, nonpublic information (other than
the existence and terms of the issuance of Shares, as contemplated by this
Agreement, and the information set forth in the Super 8-K). The Company
understands and confirms that each of the Investors will rely on the foregoing
representations in effecting transactions in securities of the Company. All
disclosure provided by the Company to the Investors regarding the Company, its
business and the transactions contemplated hereby, including the Schedules to
this Agreement furnished by or on behalf of the Company, are true and correct in
all material respects and do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact
or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements
made therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
misleading. To the Company’s knowledge, except for the transactions contemplated
by this Agreement and the Super 8-K, no event or circumstance has occurred or
information exists with respect to the Company or any Subsidiary or their
businesses, properties, operations or financial condition, which, under
applicable law, rule or regulation, requires public disclosure or announcement
by the Company but which has not been so publicly announced or disclosed. The
Company acknowledges and agrees that no Investor makes or has made any
representations or warranties with respect to the transactions contemplated
hereby other than those set forth in this Agreement.
(s)
Acknowledgment Regarding
Investors' Purchase of Securities
. Based upon the assumption
that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated in all
material respects in conformity with this Agreement, the Company acknowledges
and agrees that each of the Investors is acting solely in the capacity of an
arm's length purchaser with respect to this Agreement and the transactions
contemplated hereby. The Company further acknowledges that no Investor is acting
as a financial advisor or fiduciary of the Company (or in any similar capacity)
with respect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and any
advice given by any Investor or any of their respective representatives or
agents in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated
hereby is merely incidental to the Investors’ purchase of the Shares. The
Company further represents to each Investor that the Company’s decision to enter
into this Agreement has been based solely on the independent evaluation of the
transactions contemplated hereby by the Company and its advisors and
representatives.
(t)
Patents and
Trademarks
. The Company and each Subsidiary owns, or possesses
adequate rights or licenses to use, all trademarks, trade names, service marks,
service mark registrations, service names, patents, patent rights, copyrights,
inventions, licenses, approvals, governmental authorizations, trade secrets and
other intellectual property rights (“
Intellectual Property Rights
”)
necessary to conduct their respective businesses as now conducted. None of the
Company’s or any Subsidiary’s Intellectual Property Rights have expired or
terminated, or are expected to expire or terminate within three years from the
date of this Agreement. The Company does not have any knowledge of any
infringement by the Company or any Subsidiary of Intellectual Property Rights of
others. There is no claim, action or proceeding being made or
brought, or to the knowledge of the Company, being threatened, against the
Company or any Subsidiary regarding its Intellectual Property Rights. The
representations and warranties in this Section 3.1(t) as they relate to the
Company prior to the consummation of the Share Exchange are qualified to the
extent of the Company’s knowledge.
(u)
Insurance
. The
Company and each Subsidiary is insured by insurers of recognized financial
responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent
and customary in the businesses and locations in which the Company and each
Subsidiary is engaged.
(v)
Regulatory
Permits
. The Company and each Subsidiary possesses all
certificates, authorizations and permits issued by the appropriate federal,
state, local or foreign regulatory authorities necessary to conduct their
respective businesses as presently conducted and described in the Super 8-K
(“
Material Permits”
),
except where the failure to possess such permits does not, individually or in
the aggregate, have or reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse
Effect, and neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received any written
notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any Material
Permit. The representations and warranties in this Section 3.1(v) as they relate
to the Company prior to the consummation of the Share Exchange are qualified to
the extent of the Company’s knowledge.
(w)
Transactions With Affiliates
and Employees
. Except as disclosed in the Super 8-K, none of
the officers, directors or employees of the Company is presently a party to any
transaction with the Company that would be required to be reported on Form 10-K
by Item 13 thereof pursuant to Regulation S-K Item 404 (other than for ordinary
course services as employees, officers or directors), including any contract,
agreement or other arrangement providing for the furnishing of services to or
by, providing for rental of real or personal property to or from, or otherwise
requiring payments to or from any such officer, director or employee or, to the
Company's knowledge, any corporation, partnership, trust or other entity in
which any such officer, director, or employee has a substantial interest or is
an officer, director, trustee or partner. The representations and warranties in
this Section 3.1(w) as they relate to the Company prior to the consummation of
the Share Exchange are qualified to the extent of Company’s
knowledge.
(x)
Internal Accounting
Controls
. The Company and each Subsidiary maintains a system
of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that
(i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or
specific authorizations, (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to
permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to
maintain asset accountability, (iii) access to assets is permitted only in
accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, and
(iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing
assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to
any differences. The representations and warranties in this Section 3.1(x) as
they relate to the Company prior to the consummation of the Share Exchange are
qualified to the extent of the Company’s knowledge.
(y)
Sarbanes-Oxley Act
.
The Company is in compliance in all material respects with applicable
requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and applicable rules and
regulations promulgated by the SEC thereunder, except where such noncompliance
would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. The
representations and warranties in this Section 3.1(y) as they relate to the
Company prior to the consummation of the Share Exchange are qualified to the
extent of the Company’s knowledge.
(z)
Foreign Corrupt
Practices
. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary nor, to the
knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or other Person
acting on behalf of the Company or any Subsidiary has, in the course of its
actions for, or on behalf of, the Company (i) used any corporate funds for any
unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expenses relating
to political activity; (ii) made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any
foreign or domestic government official or employee or to any foreign or
domestic political parties or campaigns from corporate funds; (iii) violated or
is in violation in any material respect of any provision of the U.S. Foreign
Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended; or (iv) made any unlawful bribe,
rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment to any
foreign or domestic government official or employee. The representations and
warranties in this Section 3.1(z) as they relate to the Company prior to the
consummation of the Share Exchange are qualified to the extent of the Company’s
knowledge.
(aa)
Indebtedness
. Except
as disclosed in the Super 8-K, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary (i) has
any outstanding Indebtedness (as defined below), (ii) is in violation of any
term of or is in default under any contract, agreement or instrument relating to
any Indebtedness, except where such violations and defaults would not result,
individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect, and (iii) is a
party to any contract, agreement or instrument relating to any Indebtedness, the
performance of which, in the judgment of the Company's officers, has or is
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The representatives and
Warranties in this Section 3.1(aa) as they relate to the Company prior to the
Share Exchange are qualified to the extent of the Company’s
knowledge. For purposes of this Agreement: (x) “
Indebtedness
” of any Person
means, without duplication (A) all indebtedness for borrowed money, (B) all
obligations issued, undertaken or assumed as the deferred purchase price of
property or services (other than trade payables entered into in the ordinary
course of business), (C) all reimbursement or payment obligations with respect
to letters of credit, surety bonds and other similar instruments, (D) all
obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments,
including obligations so evidenced incurred in connection with the acquisition
of
property,
assets or businesses, (E) all indebtedness created or arising under any
conditional sale or other title retention agreement, or incurred as financing,
in either case with respect to any property or assets acquired with the proceeds
of such indebtedness (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or bank
under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale
of such property), (F) all monetary obligations under any leasing or similar
arrangement which, in connection with GAAP, consistently applied for the periods
covered thereby, is classified as a capital lease, (G) all indebtedness
referred to in clauses (A) through (F) above secured by (or for which the holder
of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be
secured by) any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or other
encumbrance upon or in any property or assets (including accounts and contract
rights) owned by any Person, even though the Person which owns such assets or
property has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such indebtedness,
and (H) all Contingent Obligations in respect of indebtedness or obligations of
others of the kinds referred to in clauses (A) through (G) above; (y)
“Contingent Obligation”
means,
as to any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or otherwise, of
that Person with respect to any indebtedness, lease, dividend or other
obligation of another Person if the primary purpose or intent of the Person
incurring such liability, or the primary effect thereof, is to provide assurance
to the obligee of such liability that such liability will be paid or discharged,
or that any agreements relating thereto will be complied with, or that the
holders of such liability will be protected (in whole or in part) against loss
with respect thereto; and (z)
“Person”
means an individual,
a limited liability company, a partnership, a joint venture, a corporation, a
trust, an unincorporated organization, a government or any department or agency
thereof and any other legal entity.
(bb)
Employee
Relations
. Except as disclosed in
Schedule 3.1(bb)
,
neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is a party to any collective bargaining
agreement or employs any member of a union. The Company believes that its
relations with its employees are as disclosed in the Super 8-K. No
executive officer of the Company or any Subsidiary has notified the Company or
any Subsidiary that such officer intends to leave the Company or a Subsidiary,
as applicable, or otherwise terminate such officer's employment with the Company
or a Subsidiary, as applicable. To the knowledge of the Company or any
Subsidiary, no executive officer of the Company or any Subsidiary is in
violation of any material term of any employment contract, confidentiality,
disclosure or proprietary information agreement, non-competition agreement, or
any other contract or agreement or any restrictive covenant, and the continued
employment of each such executive officer does not subject the Company or any
Subsidiary to any liability with respect to any of the foregoing matters. The
representations and warranties in this Section 3.1(bb) as they relate to the
Company prior to consummation of the Share Exchange are qualified to the extent
of the Company’s knowledge.
(cc)
Labor
Matters
. The Company and each Subsidiary is in
compliance in all material respects with all federal, state, local and foreign
laws and regulations respecting labor, employment and employment practices and
benefits, terms and conditions of employment and wages and hours, except where
failure to be in compliance would not, either individually or in the aggregate,
reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The
representations and warranties in this Section 3.1(cc) as they relate to the
Company prior to consummation of the Share Exchange are qualified to the extent
of the Company’s knowledge.
(dd)
Environmental
Laws
. The Company and each Subsidiary (i) is in compliance in
all material respects with any and all Environmental Laws (as hereinafter
defined), (ii) has received all permits, licenses or other approvals
required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective
businesses and (iii) is in compliance in all material respects with all terms
and conditions of any such permit, license or approval where, in each of the
foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), the failure to so comply would be
reasonably expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material
Adverse Effect. The term
“Environmental Laws”
means all
federal, state, local or foreign laws relating to pollution or protection of
human health or the environment (including, without limitation, ambient air,
surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata), including,
without limitation, laws relating to emissions, discharges, releases or
threatened releases of chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, or toxic or
hazardous substances or wastes (collectively,
“Hazardous Materials”
) into
the environment, or otherwise relating to the manufacture, processing,
distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of
Hazardous Materials, as well as all authorizations, codes, decrees, demands or
demand letters, injunctions, judgments, licenses, notices or notice letters,
orders, permits, plans or regulations issued, entered, promulgated or approved
thereunder. The representations and warranties in this Section 3.1(dd) as they
relate to the Company prior to consummation of the Share Exchange are qualified
to the extent of the Company’s knowledge.
(ee)
Subsidiary
Rights
. The Company or one of its Subsidiaries has the
unrestricted right to vote, and (subject to limitations imposed by applicable
law) to receive dividends and distributions on, all capital securities of its
Subsidiaries as owned by the Company or such Subsidiary.
(ff)
Tax
Status.
The Company and each Subsidiary (i) has made or filed
all foreign, federal and state income and all other tax returns, reports and
declarations required by any jurisdiction to which it is subject, (ii) has paid
all taxes and other governmental assessments and charges that are material in
amount, shown or determined to be due on such returns, reports and declarations,
except those being contested in good faith and (iii) has set aside on its books
provision reasonably adequate for the payment of all taxes for periods
subsequent to the periods to which such returns, reports or declarations
apply. There are no unpaid taxes in any material amount claimed to be
due by the taxing authority of any jurisdiction, and the officers of the Company
know of no basis for any such claim. The representations and warranties in this
Section 3.1(ff) as they relate to the Company prior to consummation of the Share
Exchange are qualified to the extent of the Company’s knowledge.
3.2
Representations and
Warranties of the Investors
. Each Investor hereby, as to
itself only and for no other Investor, represents and warrants to the Company as
follows:
(a)
Organization;
Authority
. If the Investor is an entity, such Investor is a
corporation, partnership, limited liability company or partnership, association,
joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or other entity duly
organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the
jurisdiction of its organization with the requisite corporate, partnership or
other power and authority to enter into and to consummate the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement and otherwise to carry out its obligations
hereunder.
The purchase by such Investor of the Shares hereunder has been, to the extent
such Investor is an entity, duly authorized by all necessary corporate,
partnership or other action on the part of such Investor. This Agreement has
been duly executed and delivered by such Investor and constitutes the valid and
binding obligation of such Investor, enforceable against it in accordance with
its terms, except (i) as limited by general equitable principles and applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general
application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, (ii) as
limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive
relief or other equitable remedies and (iii) insofar as indemnification and
contribution provisions may be limited by applicable law.
(b)
No Public Sale or
Distribution
. Such Investor is acquiring the Shares in the
ordinary course of business for its own account and not with a view towards, or
for resale in connection with, the public sale or distribution thereof, except
pursuant to sales registered under the Securities Act or under an exemption from
such registration and in compliance with applicable federal and state securities
laws, and such Investor does not have a present arrangement to effect any
distribution of the Shares to or through any person or entity;
provided
,
however
, that by
making the representations herein, such Investor does not agree to hold any of
the Shares for any minimum or other specific term and reserves the right to
dispose of the Shares at any time in accordance with or pursuant to a
registration statement or an exemption under the Securities Act.
(c)
Investor
Status
. At the time such Investor was offered the Shares, it
was, and at the date hereof it is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule
501(a) under the Securities Act or a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined
in Rule 144A(a) under the Securities Act. Such Investor is not a
registered broker dealer registered under Section 15(a) of the Exchange Act, or
a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“
FINRA
”) or an entity engaged
in the business of being a broker dealer. Except as otherwise
disclosed in writing to the Company on
Exhibit A-2
(attached
hereto) on or prior to the date of this Agreement, such Investor is not
affiliated with any broker dealer registered under Section 15(a) of the Exchange
Act, or a member of FINRA or an entity engaged in the business of being a broker
dealer.
(d)
General
Solicitation
. Such Investor is not purchasing the Shares as a
result of any advertisement, article, notice or other communication regarding
the Shares published in any newspaper, magazine or similar media, broadcast over
television or radio, disseminated over the Internet or presented at any seminar
or any other general solicitation or general advertisement.
(e)
Experience of Such
Investor
. Such Investor, either alone or together with its
representatives has such knowledge, sophistication and experience in business
and financial matters so as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of
the prospective investment in the Shares, and has so evaluated the merits and
risks of such investment. Such Investor understands that it must bear
the economic risk of this investment in the Shares indefinitely, and is able to
bear such risk and is able to afford a complete loss of such
investment.
(f)
Access to
Information
. Such Investor acknowledges that it has been
afforded: (i) the opportunity to ask such questions as it has deemed
necessary of, and to receive answers from, representatives of the Company
concerning the terms and conditions of the offering of the Shares and the merits
and risks of investing in the Shares; (ii) access to information about the
Company and each Subsidiary and their respective financial condition, results of
operations, business, properties, management and prospects sufficient to enable
it to evaluate its investment; and (iii) the opportunity to obtain such
additional information that the Company possesses or can acquire without
unreasonable effort or expense that is necessary to make an informed investment
decision with respect to the investment.
(g)
No Governmental
Review
. Such Investor understands that no United States
federal or state agency or any other government or governmental agency has
passed on or made any recommendation or endorsement of the Shares or the
fairness or suitability of the investment in the Shares nor have such
authorities passed upon or endorsed the merits of the offering of the
Shares.
(h)
No
Conflicts
. The execution, delivery and performance by such
Investor of this Agreement and the consummation by such Investor of the
transactions contemplated hereby will not (i) result in a violation of the
organizational documents of such Investor or (ii) conflict with, or
constitute a default (or an event which with notice or lapse of time or both
would become a default) under, or give to others any rights of termination,
amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, any agreement, indenture or
instrument to which such Investor is a party, or (iii) result in a
violation of any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree (including
federal and state securities laws) applicable to such Investor, except in the
case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, for such that are not material and do not
otherwise affect the ability of such Investor to consummate the transactions
contemplated hereby.
(i)
Prohibited Transactions;
Confidentiality
. No Investor, directly or indirectly, and no
Person acting on behalf of or pursuant to any understanding with any Investor,
has engaged in any purchases or sales in the securities, including derivatives,
of the Company (including, without limitation, any Short Sales (a “
Transaction
”) involving any of
the Company’s securities) since the time that such Investor was first contacted
by the Company or any other Person regarding an investment in the Company. Such
Investor covenants that neither it nor any Person acting on its behalf or
pursuant to any understanding with such Investor will engage, directly or
indirectly, in any Transactions in the securities of the Company (including
Short Sales) prior to the time the transactions contemplated by this Agreement
are publicly disclosed.
“Short Sales”
include, without
limitation, all “short sales” as defined in Rule 200 promulgated under
Regulation SHO under the Exchange Act and all types of direct and indirect stock
pledges, forward sale contracts, options, puts, calls, short sales, swaps,
derivatives and similar arrangements (including on a total return basis), and
sales and other transactions through non-U.S. broker-dealers or foreign
regulated brokers.
(j)
Restricted
Securities
. The Investors understand that the Shares are
characterized as “restricted securities” under the U.S. federal securities laws
inasmuch as they are being acquired from the Company in a transaction not
involving a public offering and that under such laws and applicable regulations
such securities may be resold without registration under the Securities Act only
in certain limited circumstances.
(k)
Legends
. It
is understood that, except as provided in
Section 4.1(b)
of
this Agreement, certificates evidencing such Shares may bear the legend set
forth in
Section
4.1(b).
(l)
No Legal, Tax or Investment
Advice
. Such Investor understands that nothing in this
Agreement or any other materials presented by or on behalf of the Company to the
Investor in connection with the purchase of the Shares constitutes legal, tax or
investment advice. Such Investor has consulted such legal, tax and
investment advisors as it, in its sole discretion, has deemed necessary or
appropriate in connection with its purchase of the Shares.
ARTICLE
IV
OTHER
AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES
4.1
Transfer
Restrictions
.
(a)
The
Investors covenant that the Shares will only be disposed of pursuant to an
effective registration statement under, and in compliance with the requirements
of, the Securities Act or pursuant to an available exemption from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act, and in compliance with any
applicable state securities laws. In connection with any transfer of
Securities other than pursuant to an effective registration statement or to the
Company, or at such time that the Shares may be sold without the requirement to
be in compliance with Rule 144(c)(1) and otherwise without restriction or
limitation pursuant to Rule 144, the Company may require the transferor to
provide to the Company an opinion of counsel selected by the transferor, the
form and substance of which opinion shall be reasonably satisfactory to the
Company, to the effect that such transfer does not require registration under
the Securities Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company hereby
consents to and agrees to register on the books of the Company and with its
Transfer Agent, without any such legal opinion, except to the extent that the
transfer agent requests such legal opinion, any transfer of Shares by an
Investor to an Affiliate of such Investor, provided that the transferee
certifies to the Company that it is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule
501(a) under the Securities Act and provided that such Affiliate does not
request any removal of any existing legends on any certificate evidencing the
Shares.
(b)
The
Investors agree to the imprinting, until no longer required by this
Section 4.1(b
),
of the following legend on any certificate evidencing any of the
Shares:
THESE
SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
OR THE SECURITIES COMMISSION OF ANY STATE IN RELIANCE UPON AN EXEMPTION FROM
REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “
SECURITIES ACT
”), OR ANY
APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD
EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT
OR PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO,
THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH
APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR BLUE SKY LAWS. THESE SECURITIES
MAY BE PLEDGED IN CONNECTION WITH A BONA FIDE MARGIN ACCOUNT WITH A REGISTERED
BROKER-DEALER OR OTHER LOAN WITH A FINANCIAL INSTITUTION THAT IS AN “ACCREDITED
INVESTOR” AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR OTHER LOAN
SECURED BY SUCH SECURITIES.
Certificates
evidencing the Shares shall not be required to contain such legend or any other
legend (i) while a registration statement (including the Registration Statement)
covering the resale of the Shares is effective under the Securities Act, (ii)
following any sale of such Shares pursuant to Rule 144
if the holder provides the Company with a legal opinion
(and the documents upon which the legal opinion is based) reasonably acceptable
to the Company to the effect that the Shares can be sold under Rule 144, (iii)
if the
Shares are eligible for sale
without the requirement to be in compliance with Rule 144(c)(1) and otherwise
without restriction or limitation pursuant to Rule 144, or (iv) if
the holder provides the Company with a legal opinion
(and the documents upon which the legal opinion is based) reasonably acceptable
to the Company to the effect that the
legend is not required under
applicable requirements of the Securities Act (including controlling judicial
interpretations and pronouncements issued by the Staff of the
SEC). The Company shall cause its counsel to issue the legal opinion
included in the Transfer Agent Instructions to the Transfer Agent on the
Effective Date. Following the Effective Date and provided the
registration statement referred to in clause (i) above is then in effect, or at
such earlier time as a legend is no longer required for certain Shares, the
Company will no later than
three
Trading
Days following the delivery by an Investor to the Company or the Transfer Agent
(if delivery is made to the Transfer Agent a copy shall be contemporaneously
delivered to the Company) of (i) a legended certificate representing such Shares
(and, in the case of a requested transfer, endorsed or with stock powers
attached, signatures guaranteed, and otherwise in form necessary to affect
transfer), and (ii) an opinion of counsel to the extent required by
Section 4.1(a)
,
deliver or cause to be delivered to such Investor a certificate representing
such Shares that is free from all restrictive and other legends. The Company may
not make any notation on its records or give instructions to the Transfer Agent
that enlarge the restrictions on transfer set forth in this
Section.
If within
three
Trading Days after receipt by the
Company or its Transfer Agent of a legended certificate and the other documents
as specified in Clauses (i) and (ii) of the paragraph immediately above, the
Company shall fail to cause to be issued and delivered to such Investor a
certificate representing such Shares that is free from all restrictive and other
legends, and if on or after such Trading Day the Investor purchases (in an open
market transaction or otherwise) shares of Common Stock to deliver in
satisfaction of a sale by the Investor of shares of Common Stock that the
Investor anticipated receiving from the Company without any restrictive legend
(the “
Covering Shares
”),
then the Company shall, within
three
Trading Days after the Investor
’
s
request
,
pay cash to the Investor in an amount equal to the
excess (if any) of the
Investor’
s total purchase price (including
brokerage commissions, if any) for the Covering Shares
,
over the product of (A) the number of Covering Shares, times (B) the closing bid
price on the date of delivery of such certificate and the other documents as
specified in Clauses (i) and (ii) of the paragraph immediately
above.
(c)
The
Company will not object to and shall permit (except as prohibited by law) an
Investor to pledge or grant a security interest in some or all of the Shares in
connection with a bona fide margin agreement with a registered broker-dealer or
grant a security interest in some or all of the Shares to a financial
institution that is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) under the
Securities Act and who agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement,
and if required under the terms of such arrangement, the Company will not object
to and shall permit (except as prohibited by law) such Investor to transfer
pledged or secured Shares to the pledgees or secured parties. Except
as required by law, such a pledge or transfer would not be subject to approval
of the Company, no legal opinion of the pledgee, secured party or pledgor shall
be required in connection therewith (but such legal opinion shall be required in
connection with a subsequent transfer or foreclosure following default by the
Investor transferee of the pledge), and no notice shall be required of such
pledge. Each Investor acknowledges that the Company shall not be
responsible for any pledges relating to, or the grant of any security interest
in, any of the Shares or for any agreement, understanding or arrangement between
any Investor and its pledgee or secured party. At the appropriate
Investor's expense, the Company will execute and deliver such reasonable
documentation as a pledgee or secured party of Shares may reasonably request in
connection with a pledge or transfer of the Shares, including the preparation
and filing of any required prospectus supplement under Rule 424(b)(3) of the
Securities Act or other applicable provision of the Securities Act to
appropriately amend the list of Selling Stockholders thereunder. Provided that
the Company is in compliance with the terms of this
Section 4.1(c)
, the
Company’s indemnification obligations pursuant to
Section 6.4
shall not
extend to any Proceeding or Losses arising out of or related to this
Section
4.1(c)
.
4.2
Furnishing of
Information
. Until the date that any Investor owning Shares
may sell all of them without the requirement to be in compliance with Rule
144(c)(1) and otherwise without restriction or limitation pursuant to Rule 144
(or any successor provision), the Company covenants to use its commercially
reasonable efforts to timely file (or obtain extensions in respect thereof and
file within the applicable grace period) all reports required to be filed by the
Company after the date hereof pursuant to the Exchange Act. The
Company further covenants that it will take such further action as any holder of
Shares may reasonably request to satisfy the provisions of this
Section
4.2
.
4.3
Integration
. The
Company shall not, and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to ensure
that no Affiliate thereof shall, sell, offer for sale or solicit offers to buy
or otherwise negotiate in respect of any security (as defined in Section 2
of the Securities Act) that would be integrated with the offer or sale of the
Shares in a manner that would require the registration under the Securities Act
of the sale of the Shares to the Investors or that would be integrated with the
offer or sale of the Shares for purposes of the rules and regulations of any
Trading Market.
4.4
Securities Laws Disclosure;
Publicity
. The Company shall, at or before 5:30 p.m., New York
time, on the fourth Trading Day following execution of this Agreement and the
Share Exchange Agreement, file the Super 8-K with the SEC, including as exhibits
to the Super 8-K this Agreement, in the form required by the Exchange
Act. Thereafter, the Company shall timely file any filings and
notices required by the SEC or applicable law with respect to the transactions
contemplated hereby and provide copies thereof to the Investors promptly after
filing. Except as herein provided, neither the Company nor any
Subsidiary shall publicly disclose the name of any Investor, or include the name
of any Investor in any press release without the prior written consent of such
Investor (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), unless
otherwise required by law, regulatory authority or Trading
Market. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary shall, nor shall any
of their respective officers, directors, employees and agents, provide any
Investor with any material nonpublic information regarding the Company or any
Subsidiary from and after the issuance of the above referenced press release
without the express written consent of such Investor.
4.5
Use of
Proceeds
. The Company intends to use the net proceeds from the
sale of the Shares for the repayment of indebtedness, working capital, expansion
of the Company’s plant in Quebec, Canada, potential acquisitions and general
corporate purposes. The Company also may use a portion of the net proceeds,
currently intended for general corporate purposes, to acquire or invest in
technologies, products or services that complement its business, although the
Company has no present plans or commitments and is not currently engaged in any
material negotiations with respect to these types of
transactions. Pending these uses, the Company intends to invest the
net proceeds from this offering in short-term, interest-bearing,
investment-grade securities, or as otherwise pursuant to the Company's customary
investment policies.
4.6
Variable Rate
Transactions
. From the date hereof until eighteen (18) months following
the Closing Date, the Company shall be prohibited from effecting or entering
into an agreement to effect the offer or sale to, or exchange with (or other
type of distribution to) any third party, of Common Stock or any debt or equity
securities convertible, exercisable or exchangeable into Common Stock involving
a Variable Rate Transaction.
ARTICLE
V
CONDITIONS
5.1
Conditions Precedent to the
Obligations of the Investors
. The obligation of each Investor
to acquire Shares at the Closing is subject to the satisfaction or waiver by
such Investor, at or before the Closing, of each of the following
conditions:
(a)
Representations and
Warranties
. The representations and warranties of the Company
contained herein shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the
date when made and as of the Closing as though made on and as of such date;
and
(b)
Performance
. The
Company and each other Investor shall have performed, satisfied and complied in
all material respects with all covenants, agreements and conditions required by
this Agreement to be performed, satisfied or complied with by it at or prior to
the Closing.
(c)
No Suspensions of Trading in
Common Stock; Listing
. Trading in the Common Stock shall not have been
suspended by the SEC or any Trading Market (except for any suspensions of
trading of not more than one Trading Day solely to permit dissemination of
material information regarding the Company) at any time since the date of
execution of this Agreement, and the Common Stock shall have been at all times
since such date listed for trading on a Trading Market.
(d)
Absence of
Litigation
. No action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or any
governmental body or authority, against the Company or any Subsidiary or
pertaining to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or their
consummation, shall have been instituted on or before the Closing Date, which
action, suit or proceeding would, if determined adversely, have a Material
Adverse Effect.
(e)
Closing of the Share
Exchange
. The Share Exchange shall have occurred and the
Company shall have (i) delivered to the Investors evidence thereof and (ii)
provided evidence that the Company is prepared to file the Super 8-K with the
SEC on or before the 4
th
Trading Day following the consummation of the Share Exchange.
(f)
Closing
Deliveries
. The Company shall have delivered the items set
forth in Section 2.3(a) of this Agreement.
(g)
Minimum Escrow
Deposit
. The Investors shall have deposited at least
$5,000,000 into the Escrow Account and shall have delivered executed signature
pages to this Agreement to the Company committing to purchase at least an
aggregate of $5,000,000 of Shares.
5.2
Conditions Precedent to the
Obligations of the Company
. The obligation of the Company to
sell the Shares at the Closing is subject to the satisfaction or waiver by the
Company, at or before the Closing, of each of the following
conditions:
(a)
Representations and
Warranties
. The representations and warranties of the
Investors contained herein shall be true and correct in all material respects as
of the date when made and as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of
such date; and
(b)
Performance
. The
Investors shall have performed, satisfied and complied in all material respects
with all covenants, agreements and conditions required by this Agreement to be
performed, satisfied or complied with by the Investors at or prior to the
Closing.
(c)
Disclosure Materials
Reconfirmation
. Each Investor shall have signed an
acknowledgement of receipt of the Disclosure Materials, in the form attached
hereto as
Exhibit
E
, and shall have reconfirmed such Investor’s desire to acquire the
Shares hereunder.
(d)
Closing
Deliverables
. Each Investor shall have delivered the items set
forth in Section 2.3(b) of this Agreement.
ARTICLE
VI
REGISTRATION
RIGHTS
6.1
Registration
Statement
.
(a)
As
promptly as possible, and in any event on or prior to the Filing Date, the
Company shall prepare and file with the SEC a Registration Statement covering
the resale of all Registrable Securities for an offering to be made on a
continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415. The Registration Statement
shall be on Form S-1 (except if the Company is not then eligible to register for
resale the Registrable Securities on Form S-1, in which case such registration
shall be on another appropriate form in accordance with the Securities Act and
the Exchange Act) and shall contain (except if otherwise directed by the
Investors or requested by the SEC) the “Plan of Distribution” in substantially
the form attached hereto as
Exhibit C
.
(b)
The
Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Registration
Statement to be declared effective by the SEC as promptly as possible after the
filing thereof, but in any event prior to the Required Effectiveness Date, and
shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Registration Statement
continuously effective under the Securities Act until the earlier of the date
that all Shares covered by such Registration Statement have been sold or can be
sold publicly under Rule 144 (the
“Effectiveness Period
”);
provided that, upon notification by the SEC that a Registration Statement will
not be reviewed or is no longer subject to further review and comments, the
Company shall request acceleration of such Registration Statement within
five (5) Trading Days after receipt of such notice and request that it
become effective on 4:00 p.m. New York City time on the Effective Date and file
a prospectus supplement for any Registration Statement, whether or not required
under Rule 424 (or otherwise), by 9:00 a.m. New York City time the day after the
Effective Date (unless the Company is required to update its financial
statements prior to requesting acceleration of the Registration Statement, which
will require the Company to file an amendment to such Registration
Statement).
(c)
The
Company shall notify the Investors in writing promptly (and in any event within
two Trading Days) after receiving notification from the SEC that the
Registration Statement has been declared effective.
(d)
Should an
Event (as defined below) occur, then upon the occurrence of such Event, and on
every monthly anniversary thereof until the applicable Event is cured, the
Company shall pay to each Investor an amount in cash, as liquidated damages and
not as a penalty, equal to one percent (1.0%) of (i) the number of Shares held
by such Investor as of the date of such Event, multiplied by (ii) the purchase
price paid by such Investor for such Shares then held; provided, however, that
the Company shall not be liable for liquidated damages under this Agreement as
to any Shares that (A) are not permitted by the SEC to be included in a
Registration Statement because of its application of Rule 415 or (B) can be sold
publicly under Rule 144. The payments to which an Investor shall be
entitled pursuant to this
Section 6.1(d
)
are referred to herein as “
Event
Payments.
” Any Event Payments payable pursuant to the terms
hereof shall apply on a pro rated basis for any portion of a month prior to the
cure of an Event. All pro rated calculations made pursuant to this
paragraph shall be based upon the actual number of days in such pro rated
month.
For such
purposes, each of the following shall constitute an “
Event
”:
(i)
the
Registration Statement is not filed on or prior to the Filing Date;
(ii)
the
Registration Statement is not declared effective on or prior to the Required
Effectiveness Date;
(iii)
except as
provided for in
Section 6.1(e
) (the
“
Excluded Events
”),
after the Effective Date and during the Effectiveness Period, an Investor is not
permitted to sell Registrable Securities under the Registration Statement (or a
subsequent Registration Statement filed in replacement thereof) for any reason
(other than the fault of such Investor) for ten (10) or more Trading Days
(whether or not consecutive); provided, however, that if an Investor is not
permitted to sell Registrable Securities under the Registration Statement
because the financial statements included in such Registration statement become
ineligible for inclusion therein, the Company may suspend sales of Registrable
Securities under such Registration Statement for up to fifteen (15) Trading Days
prior to it being deemed an Event so long as the Company is not in breach of any
other provision of this Agreement;
(iv)
except as
a result of the Excluded Events, the Common Stock is not listed or quoted, or is
suspended from trading, on an Eligible Market for a period of three Trading Days
(which need not be consecutive Trading Days) during the Effectiveness Period;
or
(v)
during
the Effectiveness Period, except as a result of the Excluded Events, the Company
fails to have any Shares listed or quoted on an Eligible Market.
(e)
Notwithstanding
anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company may, by written notice
to the Investors, suspend sales under a Registration Statement after the
Effective Date thereof and/or require that the Investors immediately cease the
sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant thereto and/or defer the filing of any
subsequent Registration Statement if the Company is engaged in a material
merger, acquisition or sale and the Board of Directors determines in good faith,
by appropriate resolutions, that, as a result of such activity, (A) it
would be materially detrimental to the Company (other than as relating solely to
the price of the Common Stock) to maintain
a Registration Statement
at such time or (B) it is in the best interests of the Company to suspend
sales under such registration at such time. Upon receipt of such
notice, each Investor shall immediately discontinue any sales of Registrable
Securities pursuant to such registration until such Investor is advised in
writing by the Company that the current Prospectus or amended Prospectus, as
applicable, may be used. In no event, however, shall this right be
exercised to suspend sales beyond the period during which (in the good faith
determination of the Company’s Board of Directors) the failure to require such
suspension would be materially detrimental to the Company. The
Company’s rights under this
Section 6(e)
may be
exercised for a period of no more than 30 Trading Days in any twelve-month
period, without such suspension being considered as part of an Event Payment
determination. Immediately after the end of any suspension period
under this
Section
6(e)
, the Company shall take all necessary actions (including filing any
required supplemental prospectus) to restore the effectiveness of the applicable
Registration Statement and the ability of the Investors to publicly resell their
Registrable Securities pursuant to such effective Registration
Statement.
(f)
The
Company shall not, from the date hereof until 90 days following the Effective
Date of the Registration Statement, prepare and file with the SEC a registration
statement relating to an offering for its own account or the account of others
under the Securities Act of any of its equity securities,
other than any registration statement or post-effective
amendment to a registration statement (or supplement thereto) relating to the
Company’s employee benefit plans registered on Form S-8.
6.2
Registration
Procedures
. In connection with the Company’s registration
obligations hereunder, the Company shall:
(a)
Not less
than three Trading Days prior to the filing of a Registration Statement or any
related Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, furnish via email to
those Investors who have supplied the Company with email addresses copies of all
such documents proposed to be filed, which documents (other than any document
that is incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference therein) will be
subject to the review of such Investors. The Company shall reflect in
each such document when so filed with the SEC such comments regarding the
Investors and the plan of distribution as the Investors may reasonably and
promptly propose no later than two Trading Days after the Investors have been so
furnished with copies of such documents as aforesaid.
(b)
(i) Subject
to
Section
6.1(e)
, prepare and file with the SEC such amendments, including
post-effective amendments, to each Registration Statement and the Prospectus
used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep the Registration
Statement continuously effective, as to the applicable Registrable Securities
for the Effectiveness Period and prepare and file with the SEC such additional
Registration Statements in order to register for resale under the Securities Act
all of the Registrable Securities; (ii) cause the related Prospectus to be
amended or supplemented by any required Prospectus supplement, and as so
supplemented or amended to be filed pursuant to Rule 424; (iii) respond as
promptly as reasonably possible to any comments received from the SEC with
respect to the Registration Statement or any amendment thereto; and
(iv) comply in all material respects with the provisions of the Securities
Act and the Exchange Act with respect to the disposition of all Registrable
Securities covered by the Registration Statement during the applicable period in
accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the Investors thereof set
forth in the Registration Statement as so amended or in such Prospectus as so
supplemented.
(c)
Notify
the Investors as promptly as reasonably possible, and if requested by the
Investors confirm such notice in writing no later than two Trading Days
thereafter, of any of the following events: (i) the SEC notifies
the Company whether there will be a “review” of any Registration Statement;
(ii) the SEC comments in writing on any Registration Statement;
(iii) any Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment is
declared effective; (iv) the SEC or any other federal or state governmental
authority requests any amendment or supplement to any Registration Statement or
Prospectus or requests additional information related thereto; (v) the SEC
issues any stop order suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement
or initiates any Proceedings for that purpose; (vi) the Company receives
notice of any suspension of the qualification or exemption from qualification of
any Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation or
threat of any Proceeding for such purpose; (vii) the financial statements
included in any Registration Statement become ineligible for inclusion therein
or (viii) any Registration Statement or Prospectus or other document contains
any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact
required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in
the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
misleading.
(d)
Use its
commercially reasonable efforts to avoid the issuance of or, if issued, obtain
the withdrawal of (i) any order suspending the effectiveness of any
Registration Statement, or (ii) any suspension of the qualification (or
exemption from qualification) of any of the Registrable Securities for sale in
any jurisdiction, as soon as possible.
(e)
If
requested by an Investor, provide such Investor without charge, at least one
conformed copy of each Registration Statement and each amendment thereto,
including financial statements and schedules, and all exhibits to the extent
requested by such Person (including those previously furnished or incorporated
by reference) promptly after the filing of such documents with the
SEC.
(f)
Promptly
deliver to each Investor, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus or
Prospectuses (including each form of prospectus) and each amendment or
supplement thereto as such Persons may reasonably request. The Company hereby
consents to the use of such Prospectus and each amendment or supplement thereto
by each of the selling Investors in connection with the offering and sale of the
Registrable Securities covered by such Prospectus and any amendment or
supplement thereto to the extent permitted by federal and state securities laws
and regulations.
(g)
(i) In
the time and manner required by each Trading Market, prepare and file with such
Trading Market an additional shares listing application covering all of the
Registrable Securities; (ii) take all steps necessary to cause such Shares
to be approved for listing on each Trading Market as soon as possible
thereafter; (iii) provide to each Investor evidence of such listing; and
(iv) except as a result of the Excluded Events, during the Effectiveness
Period, maintain the listing of such Shares on each such Trading Market or
another Eligible Market.
(h)
Prior to
any public offering of Registrable Securities, use its Best Efforts to register
or qualify or cooperate with the selling Investors in connection with the
registration or qualification (or exemption from such registration or
qualification) of such Registrable Securities for offer and sale under the
securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions within the United States as
any Investor requests in writing, to keep each such registration or
qualification (or exemption therefrom) effective for so long as required, but
not to exceed the duration of the Effectiveness Period, and to do any and all
other acts or things reasonably necessary or advisable to enable the disposition
in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities covered by a Registration
Statement;
provided
,
however
, that the
Company shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process
or to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any
jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to subject itself to taxation in
respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so
subject.
(i)
Cooperate
with the Investors to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of
certificates representing Registrable Securities to be delivered to a transferee
pursuant to a Registration Statement, which certificates shall be free, to the
extent permitted by this Agreement and under law, of all restrictive legends,
and to enable such certificates to be in such denominations and registered in
such names as any such Investors may reasonably request.
(j)
Upon the
occurrence of any event described in
Section 6.2(c)(vii) or
(viii)
, as promptly as reasonably possible, prepare a supplement or
amendment, including a post-effective amendment, to the Registration Statement
or a supplement to the related Prospectus or any document incorporated or deemed
to be incorporated therein by reference, and file any other required document so
that, as thereafter delivered, the financial statements included in such
Registration Statement are current and neither the Registration Statement nor
such Prospectus will contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were
made, not misleading.
(k)
Cooperate
with any reasonable due diligence investigation undertaken by the Investors in
connection with the sale of Registrable Securities, including, without
limitation, by making available documents and information; provided that the
Company will not deliver or make available to any Investor material, nonpublic
information unless such Investor requests in advance in writing to receive
material, nonpublic information and agrees to keep such information
confidential.
(l)
Comply
with all rules and regulations of the SEC applicable to the registration of the
Registrable Securities.
(m)
It shall
be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to complete the
registration pursuant to this Agreement with respect to the Registrable
Securities of any particular Investor or to make any Event Payments set forth in
Section 6.1(d)
to such Investor that such Investor furnish to the Company the information
specified in Exhibits A-1, A-2 and A-3 hereto and such other information
regarding itself, the Registrable Securities and other shares of Common Stock
held by it and the intended method of disposition of the Registrable Securities
held by it (if different from the Plan of Distribution set forth on
Exhibit C
hereto) as
shall be reasonably required to effect the registration of such Registrable
Securities and shall complete and execute such documents in connection with such
registration as the Company may reasonably request.
(n)
The
Company shall comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC under
the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, including, without limitation, Rule 172
under the Securities Act, file any final Prospectus, including any supplement or
amendment thereof, with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act,
promptly inform the Investors in writing if, at any time during the
Effectiveness Period, the Company does not satisfy the conditions specified in
Rule 172 and, as a result thereof, the Investors are required to make available
a Prospectus in connection with any disposition of Registrable Securities and
take such other actions as may be reasonably necessary to facilitate the
registration of the Registrable Securities hereunder.
6.3
Registration
Expenses
. The Company shall pay all fees and expenses incident
to the performance of or compliance with Article VI of this Agreement by
the Company, including without limitation (a) all registration and filing
fees and expenses, including without limitation those related to filings with
the SEC, any Trading Market and in connection with applicable state securities
or Blue Sky laws, (b) printing expenses (including without limitation
expenses of printing certificates for Registrable Securities),
(c) messenger, telephone and delivery expenses, (d) fees and
disbursements of counsel for the Company, (e) fees and expenses of all other
Persons retained by the Company in connection with the consummation of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and (f) all listing fees to be
paid by the Company to the Trading Market.
6.4
Indemnification
(a)
Indemnification by the
Company
. The Company shall, notwithstanding any termination of
this Agreement, indemnify and hold harmless each Investor, the officers,
directors, partners, members, agents and employees of each of them, each Person
who controls any such Investor (within the meaning of Section 15 of the
Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) and the officers,
directors, partners, members, agents and employees of each such controlling
Person, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, from and against any
and all Losses, as incurred, arising out of or relating to (i) any
misrepresentation or breach of any representation or warranty made by the
Company in this Agreement or any other certificate, instrument or document
contemplated hereby, (ii) any breach of any covenant, agreement or obligation of
the Company contained in this Agreement or any other certificate, instrument or
document contemplated hereby, (iii) any cause of action, suit or claim brought
or made against such Indemnified Party (as defined in
Section 6.4(c)
below)
by a third party (including for these purposes a derivative action brought on
behalf of the Company), arising out of or resulting from (x) the execution,
delivery, performance or enforcement of this Agreement or any other certificate,
instrument or document contemplated hereby, (y) any transaction financed or to
be financed in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, with the proceeds of
the issuance of the Shares, or (z) the status of an Indemnified Party as the
holder of Shares (unless, and only to the extent that, such action, suit or
claim is based, including in part, upon a breach of such Investor’s
representations, warranties or covenants under this Agreement or any conduct by
such Investor that constitutes fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct) or
(iv) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the
Registration Statement, any Prospectus or any form of Company prospectus or in
any amendment or supplement thereto or in any Company preliminary prospectus, or
arising out of or relating to any omission or alleged omission of a material
fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein
(in the case of any Prospectus or form of prospectus or supplement thereto, in
the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading,
except to the extent that (A) such untrue statements, alleged untrue
statements, omissions or alleged omissions are based solely upon information
regarding such Investor furnished in writing to the Company by such
Investor for use therein, or to the extent that such information
relates to such Investor or such Investor's proposed method of distribution of
Registrable Securities and was reviewed and expressly approved by such Investor
in writing expressly for use in the Registration Statement, or (B) with respect
to any prospectus, if the untrue statement or omission of material fact
contained in such prospectus was corrected on a timely basis in the prospectus,
as then amended or supplemented, if such corrected prospectus was timely made
available by the Company to the Investor, and the Investor seeking indemnity
hereunder was advised in writing not to use the incorrect prospectus prior to
the use giving rise to Losses.
(b)
Indemnification by
Investors
. Each Investor shall, severally and not jointly,
indemnify and hold harmless the Company and its directors, officers, agents and
employees to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, from and against
all Losses (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final
judgment not subject to appeal or review) arising solely out of any untrue
statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any
Prospectus, or any form of prospectus, or in any amendment or supplement
thereto, or arising out of or relating to any omission of a material fact
required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in
the case of any Prospectus or form of prospectus or supplement thereto, in the
light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, but only
to the extent that (i) such untrue statements or omissions are based solely
upon information regarding such Investor furnished to the Company by such
Investor in writing expressly for use therein, or to the extent that such
information relates to such Investor or such Investor’s proposed method of
distribution of Registrable Securities and was reviewed and expressly approved
in writing by such Investor expressly for use in the Registration Statement (it
being understood that the information provided by the Investor to the Company in
Exhibits
A-1
,
A-2
and
A-3
and the Plan of
Distribution set forth on
Exhibit C
, as the
same may be modified by such Investor and other information provided by the
Investor to the Company in or pursuant to this Agreement constitutes information
reviewed and expressly approved by such Investor in writing expressly for use in
the Registration Statement), such Prospectus or such form of prospectus or in
any amendment or supplement thereto. In no event shall the liability of any
selling Investor hereunder be greater in amount than the dollar amount of the
net proceeds received by such Investor upon the sale of the Registrable
Securities giving rise to such indemnification obligation.
(c)
Conduct of Indemnification
Proceedings
. If any Proceeding shall be brought or asserted
against any Person entitled to indemnity hereunder (an “
Indemnified Party
”), such
Indemnified Party shall promptly notify the Person from whom indemnity is sought
(the “
Indemnifying
Party
”) in writing, and the Indemnifying Party shall assume the defense
thereof, including the employment of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the
Indemnified Party and the payment of all fees and expenses incurred in
connection with defense thereof; provided, that the failure of any Indemnified
Party to give such notice shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its
obligations or liabilities pursuant to this Agreement, except (and only) to the
extent that it shall be finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction
(which determination is not subject to appeal or further review) that such
failure shall have proximately and materially adversely prejudiced the
Indemnifying Party.
An
Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such
Proceeding and to participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses
of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Party or Parties
unless: (i) the Indemnifying Party has agreed in writing to pay such fees
and expenses; or (ii) the Indemnifying Party shall have failed promptly to
assume the defense of such Proceeding and to employ counsel reasonably
satisfactory to such Indemnified Party in any such Proceeding; or (iii) the
named parties to any such Proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include
both such Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party, and such Indemnified
Party shall have been advised by counsel that a conflict of interest is likely
to exist if the same counsel were to represent such Indemnified Party and the
Indemnifying Party (in which case, if such Indemnified Party notifies the
Indemnifying Party in writing that it elects to employ separate counsel at the
expense of the Indemnifying Party, the Indemnifying Party shall not have the
right to assume the defense thereof and the reasonable fees and expenses of
separate counsel shall be at the
expense
of the Indemnifying Party). It shall be understood, however, that the
Indemnifying Party shall not, in connection with any one such Proceeding
(including separate Proceedings that have been or will be consolidated before a
single judge) be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm
of attorneys at any time for all Indemnified Parties, which firm shall be
appointed by a majority of the Indemnified Parties. The Indemnifying Party shall
not be liable for any settlement of any such Proceeding effected without its
written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. No
Indemnifying Party shall, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified
Party, effect any settlement of any pending Proceeding in respect of which any
Indemnified Party is a party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional
release of such Indemnified Party from all liability on claims that are the
subject matter of such Proceeding.
All
reasonable fees and expenses of the Indemnified Party (including reasonable fees
and expenses to the extent incurred in connection with investigating or
preparing to defend such Proceeding in a manner not inconsistent with this
Section) shall be paid to the Indemnified Party, as incurred, within 20 Trading
Days of written notice thereof to the Indemnifying Party (regardless of whether
it is ultimately determined that an Indemnified Party is not entitled to
indemnification hereunder; provided, that the Indemnifying Party may require
such Indemnified Party to undertake to reimburse all such fees and expenses to
the extent it is finally judicially determined that such Indemnified Party is
not entitled to indemnification hereunder).
(d)
Contribution
. If
a claim for indemnification under
Section 6.4(a
)
or
(b
) is
unavailable to an Indemnified Party (by reason of public policy or otherwise),
then each Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party,
shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a
result of such Losses, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the
relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and Indemnified Party in connection
with the actions, statements or omissions that resulted in such Losses as well
as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of
such Indemnifying Party and Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference
to, among other things, whether any action in question, including any untrue or
alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission of a
material fact, has been taken or made by, or relates to information supplied by,
such Indemnifying Party or Indemnified Party, and the parties’ relative intent,
knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such
action, statement or omission. The amount paid or payable by a party
as a result of any Losses shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations
set forth in
Section
6.4(c
), any reasonable attorneys’ or other reasonable fees or expenses
incurred by such party in connection with any Proceeding to the extent such
party would have been indemnified for such fees or expenses if the
indemnification provided for in this Section was available to such party in
accordance with its terms.
The
parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution
pursuant to this
Section 6.4(d
) were
determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does
not take into account the equitable considerations referred to in the
immediately preceding paragraph. Notwithstanding the provisions of
this
Section
6.4(d
), no Investor shall be required to contribute, in the aggregate,
any amount in excess of the amount by which the net proceeds actually received
by such Investor from the sale of the Registrable Securities subject to the
Proceeding exceed the amount of any damages that such Investor has otherwise
been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or
omission or alleged omission. No Person guilty of fraudulent
misrepresentation (within the meaning of
Section
11(f
) of the
Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not
guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.
The
indemnity and contribution agreements contained in this Section are in
addition to any liability that the Indemnifying Parties may have to the
Indemnified Parties.
6.5
Dispositions
. Each
Investor agrees that it will comply with the prospectus delivery requirements of
the Securities Act as applicable to it in connection with sales of Registrable
Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement and shall sell its Registrable
Securities in accordance with the Plan of Distribution set forth in the
Prospectus. Each Investor further agrees that, upon receipt of a
notice from the Company of the occurrence of any event of the kind described in
Sections
6.2(c)(v
),
(vi
),
(vii
), or
(viii)
, such Investor
will discontinue disposition of such Registrable Securities under the
Registration Statement until such Investor is advised in writing by the Company
that the use of the Prospectus, or amended Prospectus, as applicable, may be
resumed. The Company may provide appropriate stop orders to enforce
the provisions of this paragraph. Each Investor, severally and not jointly with
the other Investors, agrees that the removal of the restrictive legend from
certificates representing Shares as set forth in this
Section 4.1
is
predicated upon the Company’s reliance that the Investor will comply with the
provisions of this subsection. Both the Company and the Transfer Agent, and
their respective directors, officers, employees and agents, may rely on this
subsection.
6.6
No Piggyback on
Registrations
. Except as set forth on
Schedule 6.6
hereto,
neither the Company nor any of its security holders (other than the Investors in
such capacity pursuant hereto) may include securities of the Company in the
Registration Statement other than the Registrable Securities.
6.7
Piggy-Back
Registrations
. If at any time during the Effectiveness Period
there is not an effective Registration Statement covering all of the Registrable
Securities and the Company shall determine to prepare and file with the SEC a
registration statement relating to an offering for its own account or the
account of others under the Securities Act of any of its equity securities,
other than on Form S-4 or Form S-8 (each as promulgated under the Securities
Act) or their then equivalents relating to equity securities to be issued solely
in connection with any acquisition of any entity or business or equity
securities issuable in connection with stock option or other employee benefit
plans, then the Company shall send to each Investor not then eligible to sell
all of their Registrable Securities under Rule 144 in a three-month period,
written notice of such determination and if, within ten days after receipt of
such notice, any such Investor shall so request in writing, the Company shall
include in such registration statement all or any part of such Registrable
Securities such Investor requests to be registered.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that, in
connection with any underwritten public offering, the managing underwriter(s)
thereof shall impose a limitation on the number of shares of Common Stock which
may be included in the Registration Statement because, in such underwriter(s)’
judgment, marketing or other factors dictate such limitation is necessary to
facilitate public distribution, then the Company shall be obligated to include
in such Registration Statement only such limited portion of the Registrable
Securities with respect to which such Investor has requested inclusion hereunder
as the underwriter shall permit;
provided
,
however
, that (i) the Company shall not exclude any Registrable
Securities unless the Company has first excluded all outstanding securities, the
holders of which are not contractually entitled to inclusion of such
securities in such Registration Statement or are not
contractually entitled to pro rata inclusion with the Registrable Securities and
(ii) after giving effect to the immediately preceding proviso, any such
exclusion of Registrable Securities shall be made pro rata among the Investors
seeking to include Registrable Securities and the holders of other securities
having the contractual right to inclusion of their securities in such
Registration Statement by reason of demand registration rights, in proportion to
the number of Registrable Securities or other securities, as applicable, sought
to be included by each such Investor or other holder. If an offering
in connection with which an Investor is entitled to registration under this
Section
6.7
is an underwritten offering, then
each Investor whose Registrable Securities are included in such Registration
Statement shall, unless otherwise agreed by the Company, offer and sell such
Registrable Securities in an underwritten offering using the same underwriter or
underwriters and, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, on the same terms
and conditions as other shares of Common Stock included in such underwritten
offering and shall enter into an underwriting agreement in a form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the underwriter or underwriters. Upon
the effectiveness the registration statement for which piggy-back registration
has been provided in this
Section 6.7
, any Event Payments payable by an Investor whose
Registrable Securities are included in such registration statement shall
terminate and no longer be payable.
ARTICLE
VII
MISCELLANEOUS
7.1
Termination
. This
Agreement may be terminated by the Company or any Investor, by written notice to
the other parties, if the Closing has not been consummated by the third Trading
Day following the date of this Agreement; provided that no such termination will
affect the right of any party to sue for any breach by the other party (or
parties).
7.2
Fees and
Expenses
. Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement to
the contrary, each party shall pay the fees and expenses of its advisers,
counsel, accountants and other experts, if any, and all other expenses incurred
by such party incident to the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery and
performance of this Agreement. The Company shall pay all Transfer
Agent fees, stamp taxes and other taxes and duties levied in connection with the
sale and issuance of the Shares.
7.3
Entire
Agreement
. This Agreement, together with the Exhibits and
Schedules hereto, contain the entire understanding of the parties with respect
to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and
understandings, oral or written, with respect to such matters, which the parties
acknowledge have been merged into such document, exhibits and
schedules. At or after the Closing, and without further
consideration, the Company will execute and deliver to the Investors such
further documents as may be reasonably requested in order to give practical
effect to the intention of the parties under this Agreement.
7.4
Notices
. Any
and all notices or other communications or deliveries required or permitted to
be provided hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given and
effective on the earliest of (a) the date of transmission, if such notice
or communication is delivered via facsimile or email at the facsimile number or
email address specified in this Section prior to 6:30 p.m. (New York City
time) on a Trading Day, (b) the next Trading Day after the date of
transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via facsimile or
email at the facsimile number or email address specified in this Section on a
day that is not a Trading Day or later than 6:30 p.m. (New York City time) on
any Trading Day, (c) the Trading Day following the date of deposit with a
nationally recognized overnight courier service, or (d) upon actual receipt
by the party to whom such notice is required to be given. The
addresses, facsimile numbers and email addresses for such notices and
communications are those set forth on the signature pages hereof, or such other
address or facsimile number as may be designated in writing hereafter, in the
same manner, by any such Person.
7.5
Amendments;
Waivers
. No provision of this Agreement may be waived or
amended except in a written instrument signed, in the case of an amendment, by
the Company and each of the Investors or, in the case of a waiver, by the party
against whom enforcement of any such waiver is sought. No waiver of
any default with respect to any provision, condition or requirement of this
Agreement shall be deemed to be a continuing waiver in the future or a waiver of
any subsequent default or a waiver of any other provision, condition or
requirement hereof, nor shall any delay or omission of any party to exercise any
right hereunder in any manner impair the exercise of any such
right. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to depart
from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to
the rights of Investors under
Article VI
may
be given by Investors holding at least a majority of the Registrable Securities
to which such waiver or consent relates.
7.6
Construction
. The
headings herein are for convenience only, do not constitute a part of this
Agreement and shall not be deemed to limit or affect any of the provisions
hereof. The language used in this Agreement will be deemed to be the
language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and no rules of
strict construction will be applied against any party.
7.7
Successors and
Assigns
. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the
benefit of the parties and their successors and permitted
assigns. The Company may not assign this Agreement or any rights or
obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the
Investors. Any Investor may assign its rights under this Agreement to
any Person to whom such Investor assigns or transfers any Shares, provided (i)
such transferor agrees in writing with the transferee or assignee to assign such
rights, and a copy of such agreement is furnished to the Company after such
assignment, (ii) the Company is furnished with written notice of (x) the name
and address of such transferee or assignee and (y) the Registrable Securities
with respect to which such registration rights are being transferred or
assigned, (iii) following such transfer or assignment, the further disposition
of such securities by the transferee or assignee is restricted under the
Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, (iv) such transferee agrees
in writing to be bound, with respect to the transferred Shares, by the
provisions hereof that apply to the “Investors” and (v) such transfer shall have
been made in accordance with the applicable requirements of this Agreement and
with all laws applicable thereto.
7.8
No Third-Party
Beneficiaries
. This Agreement is intended for the benefit of
the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns and is
not for the benefit of, nor may any provision hereof be enforced by, any other
Person, except that each Indemnified Party is an intended third party
beneficiary of
Section 6.4
and
(in each case) may enforce the provisions of such Section directly against the
parties with obligations thereunder.
7.9
Governing Law; Venue; Waiver
of Jury Trial
. THE CORPORATE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE
SHALL GOVERN ALL ISSUES CONCERNING THE RELATIVE RIGHTS OF THE COMPANY AND ITS
STOCKHOLDERS. ALL QUESTIONS CONCERNING THE CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY,
ENFORCEMENT AND INTERPRETATION OF THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE
COMPANY AND INVESTORS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMIT TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE
JURISDICTION OF THE STATE AND FEDERAL COURTS SITTING IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK,
BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN FOR THE ADJUDICATION OF ANY DISPUTE BROUGHT BY THE COMPANY
OR ANY INVESTOR HEREUNDER, IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR WITH ANY TRANSACTION
CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR DISCUSSED HEREIN (INCLUDING WITH RESPECT TO THE
ENFORCEMENT OF THIS AGREEMENT), AND HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVE, AND AGREE NOT TO
ASSERT IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT BY THE COMPANY OR ANY INVESTOR,
ANY CLAIM THAT IT IS NOT PERSONALLY SUBJECT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY SUCH
COURT, OR THAT SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING IS IMPROPER. EACH
PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF PROCESS AND CONSENTS TO
PROCESS BEING SERVED IN ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BY MAILING A COPY
THEREOF VIA REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL OR OVERNIGHT DELIVERY (WITH EVIDENCE OF
DELIVERY) TO SUCH PARTY AT THE ADDRESS IN EFFECT FOR NOTICES TO IT UNDER THIS
AGREEMENT AND AGREES THAT SUCH SERVICE SHALL CONSTITUTE GOOD AND SUFFICIENT
SERVICE OF PROCESS AND NOTICE THEREOF. NOTHING CONTAINED HEREIN SHALL
BE DEEMED TO LIMIT IN ANY WAY ANY RIGHT TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY MANNER PERMITTED
BY LAW. THE COMPANY AND INVESTORS HEREBY WAIVE ALL RIGHTS TO A TRIAL
BY JURY.
7.10
Survival
. The
representations and warranties, agreements and covenants contained herein shall
survive the Closing.
7.11
Execution
. This
Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, all of which when taken
together shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become
effective when counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to the
other party, it being understood that both parties need not sign the same
counterpart. In the event that any signature is delivered by
facsimile transmission or email attachment, such signature shall create a valid
and binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature
is executed) with the same force and effect as if such facsimile or
email-attached signature page were an original thereof.
7.12
Severability
. If
any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable in any
respect, the validity and enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions
of this Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and the
parties will attempt to agree upon a valid and enforceable provision that is a
reasonable substitute therefor, and upon so agreeing, shall incorporate such
substitute provision in this Agreement.
7.13
Replacement of
Shares
. If any certificate or instrument evidencing any Shares
is mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, the Company shall issue or cause to be
issued in exchange and substitution for and upon cancellation thereof, or in
lieu of and substitution therefor, a new certificate or instrument, but only
upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of such loss,
theft or destruction and the execution by the holder thereof of a customary lost
certificate affidavit of that fact and an agreement to indemnify and hold
harmless the Company for any losses in connection therewith. The
applicants for a new certificate or instrument under such circumstances shall
also pay any reasonable third-party costs associated with the issuance of such
replacement Shares.
7.14
Remedies
. In
addition to being entitled to exercise all rights provided herein or granted by
law, including recovery of damages, each of the Investors and the Company will
be entitled to seek specific performance under this Agreement. The
parties agree that monetary damages may not be adequate compensation for any
loss incurred by reason of any breach of obligations described in the foregoing
sentence and hereby agree to waive in any action for specific performance of any
such obligation (other than in connection with any action for a temporary
restraining order) the defense that a remedy at law would be
adequate.
7.15
Payment Set
Aside
. To the extent that the Company makes a payment or
payments to any Investor hereunder or any Investor enforces or exercises its
rights hereunder, and such payment or payments or the proceeds of such
enforcement or exercise or any part thereof are subsequently invalidated,
declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside, recovered from, disgorged
by or are required to be refunded, repaid or otherwise restored to the Company
by a trustee, receiver or any other person under any law (including, without
limitation, any bankruptcy law, state or federal law, common law or equitable
cause of action), then to the extent of any such restoration the obligation or
part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued
in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such
enforcement or setoff had not occurred.
7.16
Adjustments in Share Numbers
and Prices
. In the event of any stock split, subdivision,
dividend or distribution payable in shares of Common Stock (or other securities
or rights convertible into, or entitling the holder thereof to receive directly
or indirectly shares of Common Stock), combination or other similar
recapitalization or event occurring after the date hereof, each reference in
this Agreement to a number of shares or a price per share shall be amended to
appropriately account for such event.
7.17
Independent Nature of
Investors' Obligations and Rights
. The obligations of each
Investor under this Agreement are several and not joint with the obligations of
any other Investor, and no Investor shall be responsible in any way for the
performance of the obligations of any other Investor under this
Agreement. The decision of each Investor to purchase Shares pursuant
to this Agreement has been made by such Investor independently of any other
Investor and independently of any information, materials, statements or opinions
as to the business, affairs, operations, assets, properties, liabilities,
results of operations, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the
Company which may have been made or given by any other Investor or by any agent
or employee of any other Investor, and no Investor or any of its agents or
employees shall have any liability to any other Investor (or any other person)
relating to or arising from any such information, materials, statements or
opinions. Nothing contained herein, and no action taken by any
Investor pursuant thereto, shall be deemed to constitute the Investors as a
partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity, or
create a presumption that the Investors are in any way acting in concert or as a
group with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement. Each Investor acknowledges that no other Investor has
acted as agent for such Investor in connection with making its investment
hereunder and that no other Investor will be acting as agent of such Investor in
connection with monitoring its investment hereunder. Each Investor shall be
entitled to independently protect and enforce its rights, including without
limitation the rights arising out of this Agreement, and it shall not be
necessary for any other Investor to be joined as an additional party in any
Proceeding for such purpose.
SIGNATURE
PAGES TO FOLLOW
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Securities Purchase
Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized signatories as of
the date first indicated above.
PIONEER
POWER SOLUTIONS, INC.
By:
Name:
Nathan J. Mazurek
Title: Chief
Executive Officer
Address for
Notice
:
c/o
Provident Industries, Inc.
c/o
Clinton Group
9 West
57
th
Street, 26
th
Floor
New York,
New York 10019
Tel:
(212)
867-0700
Fax:
(212)
867-1325
Attn: Nathan
J. Mazurek, CEO
With a copy
to
:
Haynes
and Boone, LLP
1221
Avenue of the Americas, 26
th
Floor
New York,
New York 10020
Tel:
(212) 659-4974
Fax:
(212) 884-8234
Attn
: Rick A. Werner,
Esq.
COMPANY
SIGNATURE PAGE
Investor Signature
Page
By its
execution and delivery of this signature page, the undersigned Investor hereby
joins in and agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Securities
Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) by and among Pioneer Power
Solutions, Inc. and the Investors (as defined therein), as to the number of
Shares set forth below, and authorizes this signature page to be attached to the
Purchase Agreement or counterparts thereof.
Name of
Investor:
By:
Name:
Title:
Address:
Telephone
No.: _________________________
Facsimile
No.:
Email
Address: __________________________
Number of
Shares:
Aggregate
Purchase Price: $
Delivery
Instructions (if different than above):
c/o:
_________________________________________________________
Address:
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
Telephone
No.: _______________________________________________________
Facsimile
No. : _______________________________________________________
Other
Special Instructions: ___________________________________________
Exhibit
10.2
WARRANT
PIONEER
POWER SOLUTIONS, INC.
|
|
No.
1
|
|
1,000,000
Shares
|
Date
of Issuance: December 2, 2009
|
|
|
WARRANT TO PURCHASE COMMON
STOCK
VOID
AFTER 5:30 P.M., EASTERN
TIME,
ON THE EXPIRATION DATE
THIS
WARRANT AND ANY SHARES ACQUIRED UPON THE EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE NOT BEEN
REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD,
PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, DONATED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT COMPLIANCE WITH
THE REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION PROVISIONS OF APPLICABLE FEDERAL AND STATE
SECURITIES LAWS OR APPLICABLE EXEMPTIONS THEREFROM.
FOR VALUE
RECEIVED, PIONEER POWER SOLUTIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “
Company
”), hereby
agrees to sell upon the terms and on the conditions hereinafter set forth, but
no later than 5:30 p.m., Eastern Time, on December 2, 2014 (the “
Expiration Date
”), to
[___________________], or its registered assigns (the “
Holder
”), under the
terms as hereinafter set forth, up to 1,000,000 fully paid and non-assessable
shares of Common Stock (as defined in Section 12) of the Company (the “
Warrant Stock
”), at a
purchase price of $2.00 per share (the “
Warrant Price
”),
pursuant to this warrant (this “
Warrant
”). The number
of shares of Warrant Stock to be so issued and the Warrant Price are subject to
adjustment in certain events as hereinafter set forth.
1.
Exercise of
Warrant
.
(a)
The
Holder hereof may exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by the surrender
of this Warrant (with the Notice of Exercise attached hereto duly executed) at
the principal office of the Company, and by the payment to the Company of an
amount of consideration therefor equal to the Warrant Price in effect on the
date of such exercise multiplied by the number of shares of Warrant Stock with
respect to which this Warrant is then being exercised, payable at the Holder’s
election (i) by certified or official bank check or by wire transfer to an
account designated by the Company, (ii) by “cashless exercise” in accordance
with the provisions of subsection (b) of this Section 1, but only when a
registration statement under the Securities Act (as defined in Section 12)
providing for the resale of the Warrant Stock is not then in effect, or (iii) by
a combination of the foregoing methods of payment selected by the Holder of this
Warrant.
(b)
Notwithstanding
any provisions herein to the contrary and commencing one (1) year following the
Original Issue Date (as defined in Section 12), if (i) the Per Share Market
Value (as defined in Section 12) of one share of Common Stock is greater than
the Warrant Price (at the date of calculation as set forth below) and (ii) the
Holder at the time of exercise is not able to sell the Warrant Stock pursuant to
an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act providing for
the resale of the Warrant Stock, in lieu of exercising this Warrant by payment
of cash, the Holder may exercise this Warrant by a cashless exercise and shall
receive the number of shares of Common Stock equal to an amount (as determined
below) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company
together with the properly endorsed Notice of Exercise in which event the
Company shall issue to the Holder a number of shares of Common Stock computed
using the following formula:
|
X
=
|
|
|
|
|
Where
|
X=
|
the
number of shares of Common Stock to be issued to the
Holder.
|
|
|
|
|
Y=
|
the
number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of all of the
Warrant or, if only a portion of the Warrant is being exercised, the
portion of the Warrant being exercised.
|
|
|
|
|
A=
|
the
Warrant Price.
|
|
|
|
|
B=
|
the
Per Share Market Value (as defined in Section 12) of one share of Common
Stock on the Trading Day (as defined in Section 12) immediately preceding
the date of such election.
|
(c)
This
Warrant may be exercised in whole or in part so long as any exercise in part
hereof would not involve the issuance of fractional shares of Warrant
Stock. If exercised in part, the Company shall deliver to the Holder
a new Warrant, identical in form, in the name of the Holder, evidencing the
right to purchase the number of shares of Warrant Stock as to which this Warrant
has not been exercised, which new Warrant shall be signed by the Chairman, Chief
Executive Officer, President or any Vice President of the
Company. The term Warrant as used herein shall include any subsequent
Warrant issued as provided herein.
(d)
No
fractional shares of Warrant Stock will be issued in connection with any
exercise hereof, but in lieu of such fractional shares, the Company shall round
the number of shares to be issued upon exercise up to the nearest whole number
of shares.
(e)
In the
event of any exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant, a certificate
or certificates for the Warrant Stock so purchased, registered in the name of
the Holder, shall be delivered to the Holder within a reasonable time after such
rights shall have been so exercised. The person or entity in whose name any
certificate for the Warrant Stock is issued upon exercise of the rights
represented by this Warrant shall for all purposes be deemed to have become the
holder of record of such shares immediately prior to the close of business on
the date on which the Warrant was surrendered and payment of the Warrant Price
and any applicable taxes was made, irrespective of the date of delivery of such
certificate, except that, if the date of such surrender and payment is a date
when the stock transfer books of the Company are closed, such person shall be
deemed to have become the holder of such shares at the opening of business on
the next succeeding date on which the stock transfer books are open. The Company
shall pay any and all documentary stamp or similar issue or transfer taxes
payable in respect of the issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock on
exercise of this Warrant;
provided
,
however
, that the
Company shall not be required to pay any tax that may be payable in respect of
any issuance and delivery of shares of Warrant Stock to any Person (as defined
in Section 12) other than the Holder or with respect to any income tax due by
the Holder with respect to any shares of Warrant Stock.
2.
Disposition of Warrant Stock
and Warrant
.
(a)
The
Holder hereby acknowledges that this Warrant and any Warrant Stock purchased
pursuant hereto are, as of the date hereof, not registered: (i) under the
Securities Act on the ground that the issuance of this Warrant is exempt from
registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as not involving any
public offering or (ii) under any applicable state securities law because the
issuance of this Warrant does not involve any public offering; and that the
Company’s reliance on the Section 4(2) exemption of the Securities Act and under
applicable state securities laws is predicated in part on the representations
hereby made to the Company by the Holder that it is acquiring this Warrant and
will acquire the Warrant Stock for investment for its own account, with no
present intention of dividing its participation with others or reselling or
otherwise distributing the same, subject, nevertheless, to any requirement of
law that the disposition of its property shall at all times be within its
control.
The
Holder hereby agrees that it will not sell or transfer all or any part of this
Warrant and/or Warrant Stock, except pursuant to an effective registration
statement under the Securities Act, unless and until it shall first have given
notice to the Company describing such sale or transfer and furnished to the
Company either (i) an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company,
to the effect that the proposed sale or transfer may be made without
registration under the Securities Act and without registration or qualification
under any state law, or (ii) an interpretative letter from the Securities and
Exchange Commission to the effect that no enforcement action will be recommended
if the proposed sale or transfer is made without registration under the
Securities Act.
(b)
If, at
the time of issuance of any Warrant Stock, no registration statement is in
effect with respect to such shares under applicable provisions of the Securities
Act, the Company may at its election require that the Holder provide the Company
with written reconfirmation of the Holder’s investment intent and that any stock
certificate delivered to the Holder of a surrendered Warrant (in connection with
an exercise) shall bear a legend reading substantially as follows:
“THE
SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE
DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF
THIS CERTIFICATE THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER SAID ACT.”
In
addition, so long as the foregoing legend may remain on any stock certificate
delivered to the Holder, the Company may maintain appropriate “stop transfer”
orders with respect to such certificates and the shares represented thereby on
its books and records and with those to whom it may delegate registrar and
transfer functions.
3.
Reservation of
Shares
. The Company hereby agrees that at all times there
shall be reserved for issuance upon the exercise of this Warrant such number of
shares of its Common Stock as shall be required for issuance upon exercise of
this Warrant. The Company further agrees that all shares which may be issued
upon the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant will be duly
authorized and will, upon issuance and against payment of the Warrant Price
therefor, be validly issued, fully paid and non assessable, free from all taxes,
liens, charges and preemptive rights with respect to the issuance thereof, other
than taxes, if any, in respect of any transfer occurring contemporaneously with
such issuance and other than transfer restrictions imposed by federal and state
securities laws.
4.
Exchange, Transfer or
Assignment of Warrant
. Subject to Section 2 hereof, this
Warrant may be transferred by the Holder, in whole or in part, without the
consent of the Company. If transferred pursuant to this paragraph, this Warrant
may be transferred on the books of the Company by the Holder hereof in person or
by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Warrant at the principal
office of the Company, properly endorsed (by the Holder executing an assignment
in the form attached hereto) and upon payment of any necessary transfer tax or
other governmental charge imposed upon such transfer. This Warrant is
exchangeable at the principal office of the Company for Warrants to purchase the
same aggregate number of shares of Warrant Stock, each new Warrant to represent
the right to purchase such number of shares of Warrant Stock as the Holder
hereof shall designate at the time of such exchange. All Warrants issued on
transfers or exchanges shall be dated the Original Issue Date and shall be
identical with this Warrant except as to the number of shares of Warrant Stock
issuable pursuant thereto.
5.
Capital
Adjustments
. This Warrant is subject to the following further
provisions:
(a)
If any
recapitalization of the Company or reclassification of its Common Stock or any
merger or consolidation of the Company into or with a Person, or the sale or
transfer of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or of any successor
corporation’s assets to any Person (any such Person being included within the
meaning of the term “successor corporation”) shall be effected, at any time
while this Warrant remains outstanding and unexpired, then, as a condition of
such recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation, sale or
transfer, lawful and adequate provision shall be made whereby the Holder of this
Warrant thereafter shall have the right to receive upon the exercise hereof as
provided in Section 1 and in lieu of the shares of Common Stock immediately
theretofore issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant, such shares of capital
stock, securities or other property as may be issued or payable with respect to
or in exchange for a number of outstanding shares of Common Stock equal to the
number of shares of Common Stock immediately theretofore issuable upon the
exercise of this Warrant had such recapitalization, reclassification, merger,
consolidation, sale or transfer not taken place, and in each such case, the
terms of this Warrant shall be applicable to the shares of stock or other
securities or property receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant after such
consummation.
(b)
If the
Company at any time while this Warrant remains outstanding and unexpired shall
subdivide or combine its Common Stock, the number of shares of Warrant Stock
purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant and the Warrant Price shall be
proportionately adjusted.
(c)
Whenever
the number of shares of Warrant Stock purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant
is adjusted, as herein provided, the Warrant Price payable upon the exercise of
this Warrant shall be adjusted to that price determined by multiplying the
Warrant Price immediately prior to such adjustment by a fraction (i) the
numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Warrant Stock purchasable
upon exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to such adjustment, and (ii) the
denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Warrant Stock purchasable
upon exercise of this Warrant immediately thereafter.
(d)
The
number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any given time for purposes of
the adjustments set forth in this Section 5 shall exclude any shares then
directly or indirectly held in the treasury of the Company.
(e)
The
Company shall not be required to make any adjustment pursuant to this Section 5
if the amount of such adjustment would be less than one percent (1%) of the
Warrant Price in effect immediately before the event that would otherwise have
given rise to such adjustment. In such case, however, any adjustment
that would otherwise have been required to be made shall be made at the time of
and together with the next subsequent adjustment which, together with any
adjustment or adjustments so carried forward, shall amount to not less than one
percent (1%) of the Warrant Price in effect immediately before the event giving
rise to such next subsequent adjustment.
(f)
Following
each computation or readjustment as provided in this Section 5, the new adjusted
Warrant Price and number of shares of Warrant Stock purchasable upon exercise of
this Warrant shall remain in effect until a further computation or readjustment
thereof is required.
6.
Notice to
Holders
.
(a)
In
case:
(i)
the
Company shall take a record of the holders of its Common Stock (or other stock
or securities at the time receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant) for the
purpose of entitling them to receive any dividend (other than a cash dividend
payable out of earned surplus of the Company) or other distribution, or any
right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of stock of any class or any other
securities, or to receive any other right;
(ii)
of any
capital reorganization of the Company, any reclassification of the capital stock
of the Company, any consolidation with or merger of the Company into another
Person, or any conveyance of all or substantially all of the assets of the
Company to another Person; or
(iii)
of any
voluntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company;
then, and
in each such case, the Company will mail or cause to be mailed to the Holder
hereof at the time outstanding a notice specifying, as the case may be, (i) the
date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend,
distribution or right, and stating the amount and character of such dividend,
distribution or right, or (ii) the date on which such reorganization,
reclassification, consolidation, merger, conveyance, dissolution, liquidation or
winding-up is to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which
the holders of record of Common Stock (or such stock or securities at the time
receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant) shall be entitled to exchange
their shares of Common Stock (or such other stock or securities) for securities
or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification,
consolidation, merger, conveyance, dissolution, liquidation or
winding-up. Such notice shall be mailed at least twenty (20) days
prior to the record date therein specified, or if no record date shall have been
specified therein, at least twenty (20) days prior to the date of such action;
provided
,
however
, failure to
provide any such notice shall not affect the validity of such
transaction.
(b)
Whenever
any adjustment shall be made pursuant to Section 5 hereof, the Company shall
promptly make a certificate signed by its Chairman, Chief Executive Officer,
President, Vice President, Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer, setting forth
in reasonable detail the event requiring the adjustment, the amount of the
adjustment, the method by which such adjustment was calculated and the Warrant
Price and number of shares of Warrant Stock purchasable upon exercise of this
Warrant after giving effect to such adjustment, and shall promptly cause copies
of such certificate to be mailed (by first class mail, postage prepaid) to the
Holder of this Warrant.
7.
Ownership Cap and Exercise
Restriction
. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this
Warrant, the Company shall not effect any exercise of this Warrant, and the
Holder shall not have the right to exercise any portion of this Warrant,
pursuant to Section 1 hereof or otherwise, to the extent that after giving
effect to such issuance after exercise as set forth on the applicable Notice of
Exercise, the Holder (together with the Holder’s Affiliates (as defined in
Section 12), and any other person or entity acting as a group together with the
Holder or any of the Holder’s Affiliates), would beneficially own in excess of
the Beneficial Ownership Limitation (as defined below). For purposes
of the foregoing sentence, the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially
owned by the Holder and its Affiliates shall include the number of shares of
Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant with respect to which such
determination is being made, but shall exclude the number of shares of Common
Stock which would be issuable upon (A) exercise of the remaining, nonexercised
portion of this Warrant beneficially owned by the Holder or any of its
Affiliates and (B) exercise or conversion of the unexercised or nonconverted
portion of any other securities of the Company subject to a limitation on
conversion or exercise analogous to the limitation contained herein beneficially
owned by the Holder or any of its Affiliates. Except as set forth in
the preceding sentence, for purposes of this Section 7, beneficial ownership
shall be calculated in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act (as
defined in Section 12) and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, it
being acknowledged by the Holder that the Company is not representing to the
Holder that such calculation is in compliance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange
Act and the Holder is solely responsible for any schedules required to be filed
in accordance therewith. To the extent that the limitation contained in this
Section 7 applies, the determination of whether this Warrant is exercisable (in
relation to other securities owned by the Holder together with any Affiliates)
and of which portion of this Warrant is exercisable shall be in the sole
discretion of the
Holder,
and the submission of a Notice of Exercise shall be deemed to be the Holder’s
determination of whether this Warrant is exercisable (in relation to other
securities owned by the Holder together with any Affiliates) and of which
portion of this Warrant is exercisable, in each case subject the Beneficial
Ownership Limitation, and the Company shall have no obligation to verify or
confirm the accuracy of such determination. In addition, a determination as to
any group status as contemplated above shall be determined in accordance with
Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated
thereunder. For purposes of this Section 7, in determining the number of
outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Holder may rely on the number of
outstanding shares of Common Stock as reflected in (x) the Company’s most recent
Form 10-Q or Form 10-K, as the case may be, (y) a more recent public
announcement by the Company or (z) any other notice by the Company or the
Company’s transfer agent setting forth the number of shares of Common Stock
outstanding. Upon the written or oral request of the Holder, the
Company shall confirm orally and in writing to the Holder the number of shares
of Common Stock then outstanding. In any case, the number of
outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be determined after giving effect to
the conversion or exercise of securities of the Company, including this Warrant,
by the Holder or its Affiliates since the date as of which such number of
outstanding shares of Common Stock was reported. The “
Beneficial Ownership
Limitation
” shall be 4.99% of the number of shares of the Common Stock
outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of shares of Common
Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant. The Beneficial Ownership
Limitation provisions of this Section 7 may be waived by the Holder, at the
election of the Holder, upon not less than 61 days’ prior notice to the Company
to change the Beneficial Ownership Limitation to 9.99% of the number of shares
of the Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance
of shares of Common Stock upon exercise of this Warrant, and the provisions of
this Section 7 shall continue to apply. Upon such a change by the Holder of the
Beneficial Ownership Limitation from such 4.99% limitation to such 9.99%
limitation, the Beneficial Ownership Limitation may not be further waived by the
Holder. The provisions of this paragraph shall be construed and implemented in a
manner otherwise than in strict conformity with the terms of this Section 7 to
correct this paragraph (or any portion hereof) which may be defective or
inconsistent with the intended Beneficial Ownership Limitation herein contained
or to make changes or supplements necessary or desirable to properly give effect
to such limitation. The limitations contained in this paragraph shall apply to a
successor holder of this Warrant.
8.
Registration Rights
.
If, at any time while this Warrant remains outstanding, or the Holder holds any
shares of Warrant Stock, the Company shall determine to prepare and file with
the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement relating to an
offering for its own account or the account of others under the Securities Act
of any of its equity securities, other than on Form S-4 or Form S-8 (each as
promulgated under the Securities Act) or their then equivalents relating to
equity securities to be issued solely in connection with any acquisition of any
entity or business or equity securities issuable in connection with the
Company’s stock option or other employee benefit plans, then the Company shall
deliver to the Holder a written notice of such determination and, if within
fifteen days after the date of the delivery of such notice, the Holder shall so
request in writing, the Company shall include in such registration statement all
or any part of the Warrant Stock the Holder requests to be
registered.
9.
Loss, Theft, Destruction or
Mutilation
. Upon receipt by the Company of evidence
satisfactory to it, in the exercise of its reasonable discretion, of the
ownership and the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in
the case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity reasonably satisfactory to
the Company and, in the case of mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation
hereof, the Company will execute and deliver in lieu hereof, without expense to
the Holder, a new Warrant of like tenor dated the date hereof.
10.
Warrant Holder Not a
Stockholder
. The Holder of this Warrant, as such, shall not be
entitled by reason of this Warrant to any rights whatsoever as a stockholder of
the Company.
11.
Notices
. Any
notice required or contemplated by this Warrant shall be deemed to have been
duly given if transmitted by registered or certified mail, return receipt
requested, postage prepaid, or nationally recognized overnight delivery service,
to the Company at c/o Provident Industries, Inc., c/o Clinton Group, 9 West
57
th
Street, New York, New York 10019, Attention: Chief Executive Officer, or to the
Holder at the name and address set forth in the Warrant Register maintained by
the Company.
12.
Definitions
. For the
purposes of this Warrant, the following terms have the following
meanings:
“
Affiliate
” means any
Person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls
or is controlled by or is under common control with a Person, as such terms are
used in and construed under Rule 405 under the Securities Act.
“
Common Stock
” means
the common stock of the Company, par value $.001 per share, and any other class
of securities into which such securities may hereafter be reclassified or
changed into.
“
Exchange Act
” means
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations
promulgated thereunder.
“
Original Issue Date
”
means December __, 2009.
“
Per Share Market
Value
” means on any particular date (a) the closing sales price per share
of the Common Stock on such date on any registered national stock exchange on
which the Common Stock is then listed, or if there is no such closing sales
price on such date, then the closing sales price on such exchange or quotation
system on the date nearest preceding such date, or (b) if the Common Stock is
not then listed on a registered national stock exchange, the closing sales price
for a share of Common Stock in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the
OTC Bulletin Board or in the National Quotation Bureau Incorporated (or similar
organization or agency succeeding to its functions of reporting prices) at the
close of business on such date, or (c) if the Common Stock is not then reported
by the OTC Bulletin Board or the National Quotation Bureau Incorporated (or
similar organization or agency succeeding to its functions of reporting prices),
then the average of the “Pink Sheet” quotes for the five days preceding such
date of determination, or (d) if the Common Stock is not then publicly traded
the fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined in good faith by
the board of directors of the Company;
provided
,
however
, that all
determinations of the Per Share Market Value shall be appropriately adjusted for
any stock dividends, stock splits or other similar transactions during such
period.
“
Person
” shall mean
any natural person, corporation, division of a corporation, partnership, limited
liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, estate,
unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision
thereof
“
Securities Act
” means
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations
promulgated thereunder.
“
Trading Day
” means
(a) a day on which the Common Stock is eligible to be traded on a registered
national stock exchange, or (b) if the Common Stock is not eligible to be traded
on any registered national stock exchange, a day on which the Common Stock is
authorized for quotation on the OTC Bulletin Board, or (c) if the Common Stock
is not eligible to be traded on a registered national stock exchange or
authorized for quotation on the OTC Bulletin Board, a day on which the Common
Stock is quoted in the over-the-counter market as reported by the National
Quotation Bureau Incorporated (or any similar organization or agency succeeding
its functions of reporting prices);
provided
,
however
, that in the
event that the Common Stock is not listed or quoted as set forth in (a), (b) or
(c) hereof, then Trading Day shall mean any day except Saturday, Sunday and any
day which shall be a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions in the
State of New York are authorized or required by law or other government action
to close.
13.
Choice of Law
. THIS
WARRANT IS ISSUED UNDER AND SHALL FOR ALL PURPOSES BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING
EFFECT TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW.
14.
Jurisdiction and
Venue
. The Company and the Holder, by its acceptance hereof,
hereby agree that any dispute which may arise between them arising out of or in
connection with this Warrant shall be adjudicated before a court located in New
York, New York, and they hereby submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the
federal and state courts of the State of New York located in New York City with
respect to any action or legal proceeding commenced by any party, and
irrevocably waive any objection they now or hereafter may have respecting the
venue of any such action or proceeding brought in such a court or respecting the
fact that such court is an inconvenient forum, relating to or arising out of
this Warrant or any acts or omissions relating to the sale of the securities
hereunder, and consent to the service of process in any such action or legal
proceeding by means of registered or certified mail, return receipt requested,
postage prepaid, in care of the address set forth herein or such other address
as either party shall furnish in writing to the other.
[Signature
Page Follows]
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has duly caused this Warrant to be signed on its
behalf, in its corporate name and by its duly authorized officer, as of
this 2nd day of December, 2009.
PIONEER
POWER SOLUTIONS, INC.
By:_______________________________
Name: Nathan
J. Mazurek
Title: Chief
Executive Officer
NOTICE OF
EXERCISE
WARRANT
PIONEER
POWER SOLUTIONS., INC.
The
undersigned ____________________, pursuant to the provisions of the within
Warrant, hereby elects to purchase _______________ shares of Common Stock of
Pioneer Power Solutions, Inc. covered by the within Warrant.
Number of
shares of Common Stock beneficially owned or deemed beneficially owned by the
Holder on the date of Exercise: ______________________
The
undersigned is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
The
undersigned intends that payment of the Warrant Price shall be made as (check
one):
Cash
Exercise
o
Cashless
Exercise
o
If the
Holder has elected a Cash Exercise, the Holder shall pay the sum of
$______________ by certified or official bank check (or via wire transfer) to
the Company in accordance with the terms of the Warrant.
If the
Holder has elected a Cashless Exercise, a certificate shall be issued to the
Holder for the number of shares equal to the whole number portion of the product
of the calculation set forth below, which is _______________.
Where:
The
number of shares of Common Stock to be issued to the Holder
_________________ (“X”).
The
number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of all of the Warrant
or, if only a portion of the Warrant is being exercised, the portion of the
Warrant being exercised _______________________ (“Y”).
The
Warrant Price ___________________ (“A”).
The Per
Share Market Value of one share of Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately
preceding the date of such election ___________________ (“B”).
ASSIGNMENT
FOR VALUE
RECEIVED, ____________________hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto
______________________ the within Warrant and all rights evidenced thereby and
does irrevocably constitute and appoint __________________________, attorney, to
transfer the said Warrant on the books of the within named
corporation.
PARTIAL
ASSIGNMENT
FOR
VALUE RECEIVED, _________________ hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto
___________________ the right to purchase _______________________ shares of
Warrant Stock evidenced by the within Warrant together with all rights therein,
and does irrevocably constitute and appoint _____________________, attorney, to
transfer that part of the said Warrant on the books of the within named
corporation.
FOR USE
BY THE COMPANY ONLY:
This
Warrant No. _______canceled (or transferred or exchanged) this _____ day of
________________, _____________ shares of Common Stock issued therefor in the
name of _______________, Warrant No. ________ issued for ______________ shares
of Common Stock in the name of ________________________.
Exhibit
10.3
WARRANT
PIONEER
POWER SOLUTIONS, INC.
|
|
No.
1
|
|
1,000,000
Shares
|
Date
of Issuance: December 2, 2009
|
|
|
WARRANT TO PURCHASE COMMON
STOCK
VOID
AFTER 5:30 P.M., EASTERN
TIME,
ON THE EXPIRATION DATE
THIS
WARRANT AND ANY SHARES ACQUIRED UPON THE EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE NOT BEEN
REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD,
PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, DONATED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT COMPLIANCE WITH
THE REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION PROVISIONS OF APPLICABLE FEDERAL AND STATE
SECURITIES LAWS OR APPLICABLE EXEMPTIONS THEREFROM.
FOR VALUE
RECEIVED, PIONEER POWER SOLUTIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “
Company
”), hereby
agrees to sell upon the terms and on the conditions hereinafter set forth, but
no later than 5:30 p.m., Eastern Time, on December 2, 2014 (the “
Expiration Date
”), to
PROVIDENT PIONEER PARTNERS, L.P., or its registered assigns (the “
Holder
”), under the
terms as hereinafter set forth, up to 1,000,000 fully paid and non-assessable
shares of Common Stock (as defined in Section 11) of the Company (the “
Warrant Stock
”), at a
purchase price of $3.25 per share (the “
Warrant Price
”),
pursuant to this warrant (this “
Warrant
”). The number
of shares of Warrant Stock to be so issued and the Warrant Price are subject to
adjustment in certain events as hereinafter set forth.
1.
Exercise of
Warrant
.
(a)
The
Holder hereof may exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by the surrender
of this Warrant (with the Notice of Exercise attached hereto duly executed) at
the principal office of the Company, and by the payment to the Company of an
amount of consideration therefor equal to the Warrant Price in effect on the
date of such exercise multiplied by the number of shares of Warrant Stock with
respect to which this Warrant is then being exercised, payable at the Holder’s
election (i) by certified or official bank check or by wire transfer to an
account designated by the Company, (ii) by “cashless exercise” in accordance
with the provisions of subsection (b) of this Section 1, but only when a
registration statement under the Securities Act (as defined in Section 11)
providing for the resale of the Warrant Stock is not then in effect, or (iii) by
a combination of the foregoing methods of payment selected by the Holder of this
Warrant.
(b)
Notwithstanding
any provisions herein to the contrary and commencing one (1) year following the
Original Issue Date (as defined in Section 11), if (i) the Per Share Market
Value (as defined in Section 11) of one share of Common Stock is greater than
the Warrant Price (at the date of calculation as set forth below) and (ii) the
Holder at the time of exercise is not able to sell the Warrant Stock pursuant to
an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act providing for
the resale of the Warrant Stock, in lieu of exercising this Warrant by payment
of cash, the Holder may exercise this Warrant by a cashless exercise and shall
receive the number of shares of Common Stock equal to an amount (as determined
below) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company
together with the properly endorsed Notice of Exercise in which event the
Company shall issue to the Holder a number of shares of Common Stock computed
using the following formula:
|
X
=
|
|
|
|
|
Where
|
X=
|
the
number of shares of Common Stock to be issued to the
Holder.
|
|
|
|
|
Y=
|
the
number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of all of the
Warrant or, if only a portion of the Warrant is being exercised, the
portion of the Warrant being exercised.
|
|
|
|
|
A=
|
the
Warrant Price.
|
|
|
|
|
B=
|
the
Per Share Market Value (as defined in Section 11) of one share of Common
Stock on the Trading Day (as defined in Section 11) immediately preceding
the date of such election.
|
(c)
This
Warrant may be exercised in whole or in part so long as any exercise in part
hereof would not involve the issuance of fractional shares of Warrant
Stock. If exercised in part, the Company shall deliver to the Holder
a new Warrant, identical in form, in the name of the Holder, evidencing the
right to purchase the number of shares of Warrant Stock as to which this Warrant
has not been exercised, which new Warrant shall be signed by the Chairman, Chief
Executive Officer, President or any Vice President of the
Company. The term Warrant as used herein shall include any subsequent
Warrant issued as provided herein.
(d)
No
fractional shares of Warrant Stock will be issued in connection with any
exercise hereof, but in lieu of such fractional shares, the Company shall round
the number of shares to be issued upon exercise up to the nearest whole number
of shares.
(e)
In the
event of any exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant, a certificate
or certificates for the Warrant Stock so purchased, registered in the name of
the Holder, shall be delivered to the Holder within a reasonable time after such
rights shall have been so exercised. The person or entity in whose name any
certificate for the Warrant Stock is issued upon exercise of the rights
represented by this Warrant shall for all purposes be deemed to have become the
holder of record of such shares immediately prior to the close of business on
the date on which the Warrant was surrendered and payment of the Warrant Price
and any applicable taxes was made, irrespective of the date of delivery of such
certificate, except that, if the date of such surrender and payment is a date
when the stock transfer books of the Company are closed, such person shall be
deemed to have become the holder of such shares at the opening of business on
the next succeeding date on which the stock transfer books are open. The Company
shall pay any and all documentary stamp or similar issue or transfer taxes
payable in respect of the issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock on
exercise of this Warrant;
provided
,
however
, that the
Company shall not be required to pay any tax that may be payable in respect of
any issuance and delivery of shares of Warrant Stock to any Person (as defined
in Section 11) other than the Holder or with respect to any income tax due by
the Holder with respect to any shares of Warrant Stock.
2.
Disposition of Warrant Stock
and Warrant
.
(a)
The
Holder hereby acknowledges that this Warrant and any Warrant Stock purchased
pursuant hereto are, as of the date hereof, not registered: (i) under the
Securities Act on the ground that the issuance of this Warrant is exempt from
registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as not involving any
public offering or (ii) under any applicable state securities law because the
issuance of this Warrant does not involve any public offering; and that the
Company’s reliance on the Section 4(2) exemption of the Securities Act and under
applicable state securities laws is predicated in part on the representations
hereby made to the Company by the Holder that it is acquiring this Warrant and
will acquire the Warrant Stock for investment for its own account, with no
present intention of dividing its participation with others or reselling or
otherwise distributing the same, subject, nevertheless, to any requirement of
law that the disposition of its property shall at all times be within its
control.
The
Holder hereby agrees that it will not sell or transfer all or any part of this
Warrant and/or Warrant Stock, except pursuant to an effective registration
statement under the Securities Act, unless and until it shall first have given
notice to the Company describing such sale or transfer and furnished to the
Company either (i) an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company,
to the effect that the proposed sale or transfer may be made without
registration under the Securities Act and without registration or qualification
under any state law, or (ii) an interpretative letter from the Securities and
Exchange Commission to the effect that no enforcement action will be recommended
if the proposed sale or transfer is made without registration under the
Securities Act.
(b)
If, at
the time of issuance of any Warrant Stock, no registration statement is in
effect with respect to such shares under applicable provisions of the Securities
Act, the Company may at its election require that the Holder provide the Company
with written reconfirmation of the Holder’s investment intent and that any stock
certificate delivered to the Holder of a surrendered Warrant (in connection with
an exercise) shall bear a legend reading substantially as follows:
“THE
SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE
DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF
THIS CERTIFICATE THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER SAID ACT.”
In
addition, so long as the foregoing legend may remain on any stock certificate
delivered to the Holder, the Company may maintain appropriate “stop transfer”
orders with respect to such certificates and the shares represented thereby on
its books and records and with those to whom it may delegate registrar and
transfer functions.
3.
Reservation of
Shares
. The Company hereby agrees that at all times there
shall be reserved for issuance upon the exercise of this Warrant such number of
shares of its Common Stock as shall be required for issuance upon exercise of
this Warrant. The Company further agrees that all shares which may be issued
upon the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant will be duly
authorized and will, upon issuance and against payment of the Warrant Price
therefor, be validly issued, fully paid and non assessable, free from all taxes,
liens, charges and preemptive rights with respect to the issuance thereof, other
than taxes, if any, in respect of any transfer occurring contemporaneously with
such issuance and other than transfer restrictions imposed by federal and state
securities laws.
4.
Exchange, Transfer or
Assignment of Warrant
. Subject to Section 2 hereof, this
Warrant may be transferred by the Holder, in whole or in part, without the
consent of the Company. If transferred pursuant to this paragraph, this Warrant
may be transferred on the books of the Company by the Holder hereof in person or
by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Warrant at the principal
office of the Company, properly endorsed (by the Holder executing an assignment
in the form attached hereto) and upon payment of any necessary transfer tax or
other governmental charge imposed upon such transfer. This Warrant is
exchangeable at the principal office of the Company for Warrants to purchase the
same aggregate number of shares of Warrant Stock, each new Warrant to represent
the right to purchase such number of shares of Warrant Stock as the Holder
hereof shall designate at the time of such exchange. All Warrants issued on
transfers or exchanges shall be dated the Original Issue Date and shall be
identical with this Warrant except as to the number of shares of Warrant Stock
issuable pursuant thereto.
5.
Capital
Adjustments
. This Warrant is subject to the following further
provisions:
(a)
If any
recapitalization of the Company or reclassification of its Common Stock or any
merger or consolidation of the Company into or with a Person, or the sale or
transfer of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or of any successor
corporation’s assets to any Person (any such Person being included within the
meaning of the term “successor corporation”) shall be effected, at any time
while this Warrant remains outstanding and unexpired, then, as a condition of
such recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation, sale or
transfer, lawful and adequate provision shall be made whereby the Holder of this
Warrant thereafter shall have the right to receive upon the exercise hereof as
provided in Section 1 and in lieu of the shares of Common Stock immediately
theretofore issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant, such shares of capital
stock, securities or other property as may be issued or payable with respect to
or in exchange for a number of outstanding shares of Common Stock equal to the
number of shares of Common Stock immediately theretofore issuable upon the
exercise of this Warrant had such recapitalization, reclassification, merger,
consolidation, sale or transfer not taken place, and in each such case, the
terms of this Warrant shall be applicable to the shares of stock or other
securities or property receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant after such
consummation.
(b)
If the
Company at any time while this Warrant remains outstanding and unexpired shall
subdivide or combine its Common Stock, the number of shares of Warrant Stock
purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant and the Warrant Price shall be
proportionately adjusted.
(c)
Whenever
the number of shares of Warrant Stock purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant
is adjusted, as herein provided, the Warrant Price payable upon the exercise of
this Warrant shall be adjusted to that price determined by multiplying the
Warrant Price immediately prior to such adjustment by a fraction (i) the
numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Warrant Stock purchasable
upon exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to such adjustment, and (ii) the
denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Warrant Stock purchasable
upon exercise of this Warrant immediately thereafter.
(d)
The
number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any given time for purposes of
the adjustments set forth in this Section 5 shall exclude any shares then
directly or indirectly held in the treasury of the Company.
(e)
The
Company shall not be required to make any adjustment pursuant to this Section 5
if the amount of such adjustment would be less than one percent (1%) of the
Warrant Price in effect immediately before the event that would otherwise have
given rise to such adjustment. In such case, however, any adjustment
that would otherwise have been required to be made shall be made at the time of
and together with the next subsequent adjustment which, together with any
adjustment or adjustments so carried forward, shall amount to not less than one
percent (1%) of the Warrant Price in effect immediately before the event giving
rise to such next subsequent adjustment.
(f)
Following
each computation or readjustment as provided in this Section 5, the new adjusted
Warrant Price and number of shares of Warrant Stock purchasable upon exercise of
this Warrant shall remain in effect until a further computation or readjustment
thereof is required.
6.
Notice to
Holders
.
(a)
In
case:
(i)
the
Company shall take a record of the holders of its Common Stock (or other stock
or securities at the time receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant) for the
purpose of entitling them to receive any dividend (other than a cash dividend
payable out of earned surplus of the Company) or other distribution, or any
right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of stock of any class or any other
securities, or to receive any other right;
(ii)
of any
capital reorganization of the Company, any reclassification of the capital stock
of the Company, any consolidation with or merger of the Company into another
Person, or any conveyance of all or substantially all of the assets of the
Company to another Person; or
(iii)
of any
voluntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company;
then, and
in each such case, the Company will mail or cause to be mailed to the Holder
hereof at the time outstanding a notice specifying, as the case may be, (i) the
date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend,
distribution or right, and stating the amount and character of such dividend,
distribution or right, or (ii) the date on which such reorganization,
reclassification, consolidation, merger, conveyance, dissolution, liquidation or
winding-up is to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which
the holders of record of Common Stock (or such stock or securities at the time
receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant) shall be entitled to exchange
their shares of Common Stock (or such other stock or securities) for securities
or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification,
consolidation, merger, conveyance, dissolution, liquidation or
winding-up. Such notice shall be mailed at least twenty (20) days
prior to the record date therein specified, or if no record date shall have been
specified therein, at least twenty (20) days prior to the date of such action;
provided
,
however
, failure to
provide any such notice shall not affect the validity of such
transaction.
(b)
Whenever
any adjustment shall be made pursuant to Section 5 hereof, the Company shall
promptly make a certificate signed by its Chairman, Chief Executive Officer,
President, Vice President, Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer, setting forth
in reasonable detail the event requiring the adjustment, the amount of the
adjustment, the method by which such adjustment was calculated and the Warrant
Price and number of shares of Warrant Stock purchasable upon exercise of this
Warrant after giving effect to such adjustment, and shall promptly cause copies
of such certificate to be mailed (by first class mail, postage prepaid) to the
Holder of this Warrant.
7.
Registration Rights
.
If, at any time while this Warrant remains outstanding, or the Holder holds any
shares of Warrant Stock, the Company shall determine to prepare and file with
the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement relating to an
offering for its own account or the account of others under the Securities Act
of any of its equity securities, other than on Form S-4 or Form S-8 (each as
promulgated under the Securities Act) or their then equivalents relating to
equity securities to be issued solely in connection with any acquisition of any
entity or business or equity securities issuable in connection with the
Company’s stock option or other employee benefit plans, then the Company shall
deliver to the Holder a written notice of such determination and, if within
fifteen days after the date of the delivery of such notice, the Holder shall so
request in writing, the Company shall include in such registration statement all
or any part of the Warrant Stock the Holder requests to be
registered.
8.
Loss, Theft, Destruction or
Mutilation
. Upon receipt by the Company of evidence
satisfactory to it, in the exercise of its reasonable discretion, of the
ownership and the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in
the case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity reasonably satisfactory to
the Company and, in the case of mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation
hereof, the Company will execute and deliver in lieu hereof, without expense to
the Holder, a new Warrant of like tenor dated the date hereof.
9.
Warrant Holder Not a
Stockholder
. The Holder of this Warrant, as such, shall not be
entitled by reason of this Warrant to any rights whatsoever as a stockholder of
the Company.
10.
Notices
. Any
notice required or contemplated by this Warrant shall be deemed to have been
duly given if transmitted by registered or certified mail, return receipt
requested, postage prepaid, or nationally recognized overnight delivery service,
to the Company at c/o Provident Industries, Inc., c/o Clinton Group, 9 West
57
th
Street, New York, New York 10019, Attention: Chief Executive Officer, or to the
Holder at the name and address set forth in the Warrant Register maintained by
the Company.
11.
Definitions
. For the
purposes of this Warrant, the following terms have the following
meanings:
“
Common Stock
” means
the common stock of the Company, par value $.001 per share, and any other class
of securities into which such securities may hereafter be reclassified or
changed into.
“
Original Issue Date
”
means December __, 2009.
“
Per Share Market
Value
” means on any particular date (a) the closing sales price per share
of the Common Stock on such date on any registered national stock exchange on
which the Common Stock is then listed, or if there is no such closing sales
price on such date, then the closing sales price on such exchange or quotation
system on the date nearest preceding such date, or (b) if the Common Stock is
not then listed on a registered national stock exchange, the closing sales price
for a share of Common Stock in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the
OTC Bulletin Board or in the National Quotation Bureau Incorporated (or similar
organization or agency succeeding to its functions of reporting prices) at the
close of business on such date, or (c) if the Common Stock is not then reported
by the OTC Bulletin Board or the National Quotation Bureau Incorporated (or
similar organization or agency succeeding to its functions of reporting prices),
then the average of the “Pink Sheet” quotes for the five days preceding such
date of determination, or (d) if the Common Stock is not then publicly traded
the fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined in good faith by
the board of directors of the Company;
provided
,
however
, that all
determinations of the Per Share Market Value shall be appropriately adjusted for
any stock dividends, stock splits or other similar transactions during such
period.
“
Person
” shall mean
any natural person, corporation, division of a corporation, partnership, limited
liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, estate,
unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision
thereof
“
Securities Act
” means
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations
promulgated thereunder.
“
Trading Day
” means
(a) a day on which the Common Stock is eligible to be traded on a registered
national stock exchange, or (b) if the Common Stock is not eligible to be traded
on any registered national stock exchange, a day on which the Common Stock is
authorized for quotation on the OTC Bulletin Board, or (c) if the Common Stock
is not eligible to be traded on a registered national stock exchange or
authorized for quotation on the OTC Bulletin Board, a day on which the Common
Stock is quoted in the over-the-counter market as reported by the National
Quotation Bureau Incorporated (or any similar organization or agency succeeding
its functions of reporting prices);
provided
,
however
, that in the
event that the Common Stock is not listed or quoted as set forth in (a), (b) or
(c) hereof, then Trading Day shall mean any day except Saturday, Sunday and any
day which shall be a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions in the
State of New York are authorized or required by law or other government action
to close.
12.
Choice of Law
. THIS
WARRANT IS ISSUED UNDER AND SHALL FOR ALL PURPOSES BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING
EFFECT TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW.
13.
Jurisdiction and
Venue
. The Company and the Holder, by its acceptance hereof,
hereby agree that any dispute which may arise between them arising out of or in
connection with this Warrant shall be adjudicated before a court located in New
York, New York, and they hereby submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the
federal and state courts of the State of New York located in New York City with
respect to any action or legal proceeding commenced by any party, and
irrevocably waive any objection they now or hereafter may have respecting the
venue of any such action or proceeding brought in such a court or respecting the
fact that such court is an inconvenient forum, relating to or arising out of
this Warrant or any acts or omissions relating to the sale of the securities
hereunder, and consent to the service of process in any such action or legal
proceeding by means of registered or certified mail, return receipt requested,
postage prepaid, in care of the address set forth herein or such other address
as either party shall furnish in writing to the other.
[Signature
Page Follows]
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has duly caused this Warrant to be signed on its
behalf, in its corporate name and by its duly authorized officer, as of
this 2nd day of December, 2009.
PIONEER
POWER SOLUTIONS, INC.
By:_______________________________
Name: Nathan
J. Mazurek
Title: Chief
Executive Officer
NOTICE OF
EXERCISE
WARRANT
PIONEER
POWER SOLUTIONS., INC.
The
undersigned ____________________, pursuant to the provisions of the within
Warrant, hereby elects to purchase _______________ shares of Common Stock of
Pioneer Power Solutions, Inc. covered by the within Warrant.
Number of
shares of Common Stock beneficially owned or deemed beneficially owned by the
Holder on the date of Exercise: ______________________
The
undersigned is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
The
undersigned intends that payment of the Warrant Price shall be made as (check
one):
Cash
Exercise
o
Cashless
Exercise
o
If the
Holder has elected a Cash Exercise, the Holder shall pay the sum of
$______________ by certified or official bank check (or via wire transfer) to
the Company in accordance with the terms of the Warrant.
If the
Holder has elected a Cashless Exercise, a certificate shall be issued to the
Holder for the number of shares equal to the whole number portion of the product
of the calculation set forth below, which is _______________.
Where:
The
number of shares of Common Stock to be issued to the Holder
_________________ (“X”).
The
number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of all of the Warrant
or, if only a portion of the Warrant is being exercised, the portion of the
Warrant being exercised _______________________ (“Y”).
The
Warrant Price ___________________ (“A”).
The Per
Share Market Value of one share of Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately
preceding the date of such election ___________________ (“B”).
ASSIGNMENT
FOR VALUE
RECEIVED, ____________________hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto
______________________ the within Warrant and all rights evidenced thereby and
does irrevocably constitute and appoint __________________________, attorney, to
transfer the said Warrant on the books of the within named
corporation.
PARTIAL
ASSIGNMENT
FOR
VALUE RECEIVED, _________________ hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto
___________________ the right to purchase _______________________ shares of
Warrant Stock evidenced by the within Warrant together with all rights therein,
and does irrevocably constitute and appoint _____________________, attorney, to
transfer that part of the said Warrant on the books of the within named
corporation.
FOR USE
BY THE COMPANY ONLY:
This
Warrant No. _______canceled (or transferred or exchanged) this _____ day of
________________, _____________ shares of Common Stock issued therefor in the
name of _______________, Warrant No. ________ issued for ______________ shares
of Common Stock in the name of ________________________.
Exhibit
10.4
LOCK-UP
AGREEMENT
December
2, 2009
Ladies
and Gentlemen:
The
undersigned is the owner of certain shares of common stock, $.001 par value per
share, of Pioneer Power Solutions, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “
Company
”), that were
received pursuant to that certain Share Exchange Agreement, of even date
herewith, between the Company, the undersigned and Pioneer Transformers Ltd., a
Canadian corporation (the “
Exchange Shares
”).
The undersigned understands that in connection with the Share Exchange
Agreement, the Company has entered into a securities purchase agreement, of even
date herewith (the “
Purchase Agreement
”),
pursuant to which the Company will issue and sell to the investors set forth
therein (the “
Investors
”) the
Shares (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) in exchange for proceeds of at
least $5,000,000 (the “
Funding
Transaction
”). The undersigned understands that the Company and the
Investors will proceed with the Funding Transaction in reliance on this Letter
Agreement.
1. In
recognition of the benefit that the Funding Transaction will confer upon the
undersigned, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned agrees, for the
benefit of the Company and the Investors, that during the period beginning on
the closing of the Funding Transaction and ending eighteen (18) months after
such date (the “
Lockup
Period
”), the undersigned will not, without the prior written consent of
the Investors, (i) offer, sell, offer to sell, contract to sell, hedge, pledge,
sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to
sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or sell (or announce any
offer, sale, offer of sale, contract of sale, hedge, pledge, sale of any option
or contract to purchase, purchase of any option or contract of sale, grant of
any option, right or warrant to purchase or other sale or disposition), or
otherwise transfer or dispose of (or enter into any transaction or device that
is designed to, or could be expected to, result in the disposition by any person
at any time in the future), any of the Exchange Shares or any securities into or
for which the Exchange Shares may be converted, exercised or exchanged, whether
as a result of the Funding Transaction, by operation of law or otherwise, or
(ii) enter into any swap or other agreement or any transaction that transfers,
in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of
ownership of any of the Exchange Shares, whether any such swap or transaction
described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of any of the
Exchange Shares; and
2. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, the undersigned (and any transferee of the undersigned) may
transfer any of the Exchange Shares (i) as a bona fide gift or gifts, provided
that prior to such transfer the donee or donees thereof agree in writing to be
bound by the restrictions set forth herein, (ii) to any trust, partnership,
corporation or other entity formed for the direct or indirect benefit of the
undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned, provided that prior to
such transfer a duly authorized officer, representative or trustee of such
transferee agrees in writing to be bound by the restrictions set forth herein,
and provided further that any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for
value, (iii) if such transfer occurs by
operation
of law, such as rules of descent and distribution, statutes governing the
effects of a merger or a qualified domestic order, provided that prior to such
transfer the transferee executes an agreement stating that the transferee is
receiving and holding any of the Exchange Shares subject to the provisions of
this agreement or (iv) in connection with privately negotiated transactions,
provided that any such transferee agrees, in writing, to be bound by the
restrictions set forth herein. For purposes hereof, “immediate family” shall
mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first
cousin. In order to enable the aforesaid covenants to be enforced, the
undersigned hereby consents to the placing of legends and/or stop transfer
orders with the transfer agent with respect to any Exchange Shares.
3. This
agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the
State of New York.
4. This
agreement will become a binding agreement among the undersigned as of the date
hereof. This agreement (and the agreements reflected herein) may be terminated
or modified only by the mutual agreement of the Company, the Investors holding a
majority of the Shares, and the undersigned, and if not sooner terminated, will
terminate upon the expiration date of the Lockup Period.
Very
truly yours,
_____________________________
Print
Name:
Address:
______________________________________
Number of
Exchange Shares owned: ________________
Certificate
Numbers: _____________________________
Exihibit
10.5
RESIGNATION
I, David
Davis, hereby resign from all officer and director positions that I hold with
Pioneer Power Solutions, Inc. and any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries,
except for Sierra Concepts Holdings, Inc., effective immediately.
/s/ David
Davis
David
Davis
Dated:
December 2, 2009
Exhibit
10.6
PIONEER
POWER SOLUTIONS, INC.
DIRECTOR
AND OFFICER INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
This
Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2009
(this
“Agreement”
),
is made by and between Pioneer Power Solutions, Inc., a Delaware corporation
(the
“Company”
),
and ___________ (the
“Indemnitee”
).
RECITALS:
A. Section
141 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that the business and
affairs of a corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its board
of directors.
B. By
virtue of the managerial prerogatives vested in the directors and officers of a
Delaware corporation, directors and officers act as fiduciaries of the
corporation and its stockholders.
C. Thus,
it is critically important to the Company and its stockholders that the Company
be able to attract and retain the most capable persons reasonably available to
serve as directors and officers of the Company.
D. In
recognition of the need for corporations to be able to induce capable and
responsible persons to accept positions in corporate management, Delaware law
authorizes (and in some instances requires) corporations to indemnify their
directors and officers, and further authorizes corporations to purchase and
maintain insurance for the benefit of their directors and officers.
E. The
Delaware courts have recognized that indemnification by a corporation serves the
dual policies of (1) allowing corporate officials to resist unjustified
lawsuits, secure in the knowledge that, if vindicated, the corporation will bear
the expense of litigation, and (2) encouraging capable women and men to serve as
corporate directors and officers, secure in the knowledge that the corporation
will absorb the costs of defending their honesty and integrity.
F. The
number of lawsuits challenging the judgment and actions of directors and
officers of Delaware corporations, the costs of defending those lawsuits and the
threat to personal assets have all materially increased over the past several
years, chilling the willingness of capable women and men to undertake the
responsibilities imposed on corporate directors and officers.
G. Recent
federal legislation and rules adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission
and the national securities exchanges have exposed such directors and officers
to new and substantially broadened civil liabilities.
H. Under
Delaware law, a director’s or officer’s right to be reimbursed for the costs of
defense of criminal actions, whether such claims are asserted under state or
federal law, does not depend upon the merits of the claims asserted against the
director or officer and is separate and distinct from any right to
indemnification the director may be able to establish.
I. Indemnitee
is, or will be, a director and/or officer of the Company and his or her
willingness to serve in such capacity is predicated, in substantial part, upon
the Company’s willingness to indemnify him or her in accordance with the
principles reflected above, to the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the
State of Delaware, and upon the other undertakings set forth in this
Agreement.
J. Therefore,
in recognition of the need to provide Indemnitee with substantial protection
against personal liability, in order to procure Indemnitee’s continued service
as a director and/or officer of the Company and to enhance Indemnitee’s ability
to serve the Company in an effective manner, and in order to provide such
protection pursuant to express contract rights (intended to be enforceable
irrespective of, among other things, any amendment to the Company’s certificate
of incorporation or bylaws (collectively, the
“Constituent
Documents”
), any change in the composition of the Company’s Board of
Directors (the
“Board”
)
or any change-in-control or business combination transaction relating to the
Company), the Company wishes to provide in this Agreement for the
indemnification and advancement of Expenses to Indemnitee on the terms, and
subject to the conditions, set forth in this Agreement.
K. In
light of the considerations referred to in the preceding recitals, it is the
Company’s intention and desire that the provisions of this Agreement be
construed liberally, subject to their express terms, to maximize the protections
to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder.
AGREEMENT:
NOW,
THEREFORE, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1.
Certain
Definitions
. In addition to terms defined elsewhere herein,
the following terms have the following meanings when used in this Agreement with
initial capital letters:
“Change in
Control”
shall have occurred at such time, if any, as Incumbent Directors
cease for any reason to constitute a majority of Directors. For
purposes of this Section 1(a),
“Incumbent
Directors”
means the individuals who, as of the date hereof, are
Directors of the Company and any individual becoming a Director subsequent to
the date hereof whose election, nomination for election by the Company’s
stockholders, or appointment, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of
the then Incumbent Directors (either by a specific vote or by approval of the
proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for
director, without objection to such nomination);
provided, however,
that an
individual shall not be an Incumbent Director if such individual’s election or
appointment to the Board occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election
contest (as described in Rule 14a-12(c) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended) with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual
or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person
other than the Board.
“Claim”
means (i) any threatened, asserted, pending or completed claim, demand, action,
suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative,
investigative or other, and whether made pursuant to federal, state or other
law; and (ii) any inquiry or investigation, whether made, instituted or
conducted by the Company or any other Person, including, without limitation, any
federal, state or other governmental entity, that Indemnitee reasonably
determines might lead to the institution of any such claim, demand, action, suit
or proceeding. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company intends
indemnity to be provided hereunder in respect of acts or failure to act prior
to, on or after the date hereof.
“Controlled
Affiliate”
means any corporation, limited liability company, partnership,
joint venture, trust or other entity or enterprise, whether or not for profit,
that is directly or indirectly controlled by the Company. For
purposes of this definition,
“control”
means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause
the direction of the management or policies of an entity or enterprise, whether
through the ownership of voting securities, through other voting rights, by
contract or otherwise;
provided
that direct or
indirect beneficial ownership of capital stock or other interests in an entity
or enterprise entitling the holder to cast 15% or more of the total number of
votes generally entitled to be cast in the election of directors (or persons
performing comparable functions) of such entity or enterprise shall be deemed to
constitute control for purposes of this definition.
“Disinterested
Director”
means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party
to the Claim in respect of which indemnification is sought by
Indemnitee.
“Expenses”
means attorneys’ and experts’ fees and expenses and all other costs and expenses
paid or payable in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in
or participating in (including on appeal), or preparing to investigate, defend,
be a witness in or participate in (including on appeal), any Claim.
“Indemnifiable
Claim”
means any Claim based upon, arising out of or resulting from (i)
any actual, alleged or suspected act or failure to act by Indemnitee in his or
her capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or as a
director, officer, employee, member, manager, trustee or agent of any other
corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or
other entity or enterprise, whether or not for profit, as to which Indemnitee is
or was serving at the request of the Company, (ii) any actual, alleged or
suspected act or failure to act by Indemnitee in respect of any business,
transaction, communication, filing, disclosure or other activity of the Company
or any other entity or enterprise referred to in clause (i) of this sentence, or
(iii) Indemnitee’s status as a current or former director, officer, employee or
agent of the Company or as a current or former director, officer, employee,
member, manager, trustee or agent of the Company or any other entity or
enterprise referred to in clause (i) of this sentence or any actual, alleged or
suspected act or failure to act by Indemnitee in connection with any obligation
or restriction imposed upon Indemnitee by reason of such status. In
addition to any service at the actual request of the Company, for purposes of
this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be deemed to be serving or to have served at
the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, member, manager,
trustee or agent of another entity or enterprise if Indemnitee is or was serving
as a director, officer, employee, member, manager, agent, trustee or other
fiduciary of such entity or enterprise and (i) such entity or enterprise is or
at the time of such service was a Controlled Affiliate, (ii) such entity or
enterprise is or at the time of such service was an employee benefit plan (or
related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or a Controlled Affiliate,
or (iii) the Company or a Controlled Affiliate (by action of the Board, any
committee thereof or the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) (other than
as the CEO him or herself)) caused or authorized Indemnitee to be nominated,
elected, appointed, designated, employed, engaged or selected to serve in such
capacity.
“Indemnifiable
Losses”
means any and all Losses relating to, arising out of or resulting
from any Indemnifiable Claim;
provided, however,
that
Indemnifiable Losses shall not include Losses incurred by Indemnitee in respect
of any Indemnifiable Claim (or any matter or issue therein) as to which
Indemnitee shall have been adjudged liable to the Company, unless and only to
the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which such
Indemnifiable Claim was brought shall have determined upon application that,
despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of
the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for
such Expenses as the court shall deem proper.
“Independent
Counsel”
means a nationally recognized law firm, or a member of a
nationally recognized law firm, that is experienced in matters of Delaware
corporate law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been,
retained to represent: (i) the Company (or any subsidiary) or
Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect
to matters concerning the Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other
indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements) or (ii) any other named
(or, as to a threatened matter, reasonably likely to be named) party to the
Indemnifiable Claim giving rise to a claim for indemnification
hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent
Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of
professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in
representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine
Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.
“Losses”
means any and all Expenses, damages, losses, liabilities, judgments, fines,
penalties (whether civil, criminal or other) and amounts paid or payable in
settlement, including, without limitation, all interest, assessments and other
charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of any of the
foregoing.
“Person”
means any individual, entity or group, within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or
14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
“Standard of
Conduct”
means the standard for conduct by Indemnitee that is a condition
precedent to indemnification of Indemnitee hereunder against Indemnifiable
Losses relating to, arising out of or resulting from an Indemnifiable
Claim. The Standard of Conduct is (i) good faith and a reasonable
belief by Indemnitee that his action was in or not opposed to the best interests
of the Company and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, that
Indemnitee had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful, or
(ii) any other applicable standard of conduct that may hereafter be substituted
under Section 145(a) or (b) of the Delaware General Corporation Law or any
successor to such provision(s).
2.
Indemnification
Obligation
. Subject only to Section 7 and to the proviso in
this Section, the Company shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Indemnitee,
to the fullest extent permitted or required by the laws of the State of Delaware
in effect on the date hereof or as such laws may from time to time hereafter be
amended to increase the scope of such permitted indemnification, against any and
all Indemnifiable Claims and Indemnifiable Losses;
provided, however,
that,
except as provided in Section 5, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to
indemnification pursuant to this Agreement in connection with (i) any Claim
initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or any director or officer of the
Company unless the Company has joined in or consented to the initiation of such
Claim, or (ii) the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of
Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The
Company acknowledges that the foregoing obligation may be broader than that now
provided by applicable law and the Company’s Constituent Documents and intends
that it be interpreted consistently with this Section and the recitals to this
Agreement.
3.
Advancement of
Expenses
.
Indemnitee shall have the right to advancement by the Company prior to the final
disposition of any Indemnifiable Claim of any and all actual and reasonable
Expenses relating to, arising out of or resulting from any Indemnifiable Claim
paid or incurred by Indemnitee. Without limiting the generality or
effect of any other provision hereof, Indemnitee’s right to such advancement is
not subject to the satisfaction of any Standard of Conduct. Without
limiting the generality or effect of the foregoing, within five business days
after any request by Indemnitee that is accompanied by supporting documentation
for specific reasonable Expenses to be reimbursed or advanced, the Company
shall, in accordance with such request (but without duplication), (a) pay such
Expenses on behalf of Indemnitee, (b) advance to Indemnitee funds in an amount
sufficient to pay such Expenses, or (c) reimburse Indemnitee for such Expenses;
provided
that
Indemnitee shall repay, without interest, any amounts actually advanced to
Indemnitee that, at the final disposition of the Indemnifiable Claim to which
the advance related, were in excess of amounts paid or payable by Indemnitee in
respect of Expenses relating to, arising out of or resulting from such
Indemnifiable Claim. In connection with any such payment, advancement
or reimbursement, at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall execute and
deliver to the Company an undertaking, which need not be secured and shall be
accepted without reference to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the Expenses, by or
on behalf of the Indemnitee, to repay any amounts paid, advanced or reimbursed
by the Company in respect of Expenses relating to, arising out of or resulting
from any Indemnifiable Claim in respect of which it shall have been determined,
following the final disposition of such Indemnifiable Claim and in accordance
with Section 7, that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification
hereunder.
4.
Indemnification for
Additional Expenses
.
Without limiting the
generality or effect of the foregoing, the Company shall indemnify and hold
harmless Indemnitee against and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall reimburse
Indemnitee for, or advance to Indemnitee, within five business days of such
request accompanied by supporting documentation for specific Expenses to be
reimbursed or advanced, any and all actual and reasonable Expenses paid or
incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Claim made, instituted or
conducted by Indemnitee for (a) indemnification or reimbursement or advance
payment of Expenses by the Company under any provision of this Agreement, or
under any other agreement or provision of the Constituent Documents now or
hereafter in effect relating to Indemnifiable Claims, and/or (b) recovery under
any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the
Company;
provided,
however,
if it is ultimately determined that the Indemnitee is not
entitled to such indemnification, reimbursement, advance or insurance recovery,
as the case may be, then the Indemnitee shall be obligated to repay any such
Expenses to the Company;
provided further,
that,
regardless in each case of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be
entitled to such indemnification, reimbursement, advance or insurance recovery,
as the case may be, Indemnitee shall return, without interest, any such advance
of Expenses (or portion thereof) which remains unspent at the final disposition
of the Claim to which the advance related.
5.
Partial
Indemnity
. If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of
this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of any
Indemnifiable Loss but not for all of the total amount thereof, the Company
shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which
Indemnitee is entitled.
6.
Procedure for
Notification
. To obtain indemnification under this Agreement
in respect of an Indemnifiable Claim or Indemnifiable Loss, Indemnitee shall
submit to the Company a written request therefore, including a brief description
(based upon information then available to Indemnitee) of such Indemnifiable
Claim or Indemnifiable Loss. If, at the time of the receipt of such
request, the Company has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in effect
under which coverage for such Indemnifiable Claim or Indemnifiable Loss is
potentially available, the Company shall give prompt written notice of such
Indemnifiable Claim or Indemnifiable Loss to the applicable insurers in
accordance with the procedures set forth in the applicable
policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or
desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all
Indemnifiable Claims and Indemnifiable Losses in accordance with the terms of
such policies. The Company shall provide to Indemnitee a copy of such
notice delivered to the applicable insurers, substantially concurrently with the
delivery thereof by the Company. The failure by Indemnitee to timely
notify the Company of any Indemnifiable Claim or Indemnifiable Loss shall not
relieve the Company from any liability hereunder unless, and only to the extent
that, the Company did not otherwise learn of such Indemnifiable Claim or
Indemnifiable Loss and to the extent that such failure results in forfeiture by
the Company of substantial defenses, rights or insurance coverage.
7.
Determination of Right
to Indemnification
.
To the
extent that Indemnitee shall have been successful on the merits or otherwise in
defense of any Indemnifiable Claim or any portion thereof or in defense of any
issue or matter therein, including, without limitation, dismissal without
prejudice, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Indemnifiable Losses
relating to, arising out of or resulting from such Indemnifiable Claim in
accordance with Section 2 and no Standard of Conduct Determination (as defined
in Section 7(b)) shall be required.
To the
extent that the provisions of Section 7(a) are inapplicable to an Indemnifiable
Claim that shall have been finally disposed of, any determination of whether
Indemnitee has satisfied the applicable Standard of Conduct (a
“Standard of
Conduct Determination”
) shall be made as follows: (i) if a
Change in Control shall not have occurred, or if a Change in Control shall have
occurred but Indemnitee shall have requested that the Standard of Conduct
Determination be made pursuant to this clause (i), (A) by a majority vote of the
Disinterested Directors, even if less than a quorum of the Board, (B) if such
Disinterested Directors so direct, by a majority vote of a committee of
Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of all Disinterested
Directors, or (C) if there are no such Disinterested Directors, or if a majority
of the Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written
opinion addressed to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to
Indemnitee; and (ii) if a Change in Control shall have occurred and Indemnitee
shall not have requested that the Standard of Conduct Determination be made
pursuant to clause (i) above, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion
addressed to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to
Indemnitee.
If (i)
Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification hereunder against any
Indemnifiable Losses pursuant to Section 7(a), (ii) no determination of whether
Indemnitee has satisfied any applicable standard of conduct under Delaware law
is a legally required condition precedent to indemnification of Indemnitee
hereunder against any Indemnifiable Losses, or (iii) Indemnitee has been
determined or deemed pursuant to Section 7(b) to have satisfied the applicable
Standard of Conduct, then the Company shall pay to Indemnitee, within five
business days after the later of (x) the Notification Date in respect of the
Indemnifiable Claim or portion thereof to which such Indemnifiable Losses are
related, out of which such Indemnifiable Losses arose or from which such
Indemnifiable Losses resulted, and (y) the earliest date on which the applicable
criterion specified in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above shall have been
satisfied, an amount equal to the amount of such Indemnifiable
Losses. Nothing herein is intended to mean or imply that the Company
is intending to use Section 145(f) of the Delaware General Corporation Law to
dispense with a requirement that Indemnitee meet the applicable Standard of
Conduct where it is otherwise required by such statute.
If a
Standard of Conduct Determination is required to be, but has not been, made by
Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 7(b)(i), the Independent Counsel shall
be selected by the Board or a committee of the Board, and the Company shall give
written notice to Indemnitee advising him or her of the identity of the
Independent Counsel so selected. If a Standard of Conduct
Determination is required to be, or to have been, made by Independent Counsel
pursuant to Section 7(b)(ii), the Independent Counsel shall be selected by
Indemnitee, and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it
of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either
case, Indemnitee or the Company, as applicable, may, within five business days
after receiving written notice of selection from the other, deliver to the other
a written objection to such selection;
provided, however,
that such
objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so
selected does not satisfy the criteria set forth in the definition of
“Independent Counsel” in Section 1(h), and the objection shall set forth with
particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper
and timely objection, the Person so selected shall act as Independent
Counsel. If such written objection is properly and timely made and
substantiated, (i) the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as
Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has
determined that such objection is without merit and (ii) the non-objecting party
may, at its option, select an alternative Independent Counsel and give written
notice to the other party advising such other party of the identity of the
alternative Independent Counsel so selected, in which case the provisions of the
two immediately preceding sentences and clause (i) of this sentence shall apply
to such subsequent selection and notice. If applicable, the
provisions of clause (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence shall apply to
successive alternative selections. If no Independent Counsel that is
permitted under the foregoing provisions of this Section 7(d) to make the
Standard of Conduct Determination shall have been selected within 30 calendar
days after the Company gives its initial notice pursuant to the first sentence
of this Section 7(d) or Indemnitee gives its initial notice pursuant to the
second sentence of this Section 7(d), as the case may be, either the Company or
Indemnitee may petition the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware for
resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or
Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the
appointment as Independent Counsel of a person or firm selected by the Court or
by such other person as the Court shall designate, and the person or firm with
respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person or firm so
appointed will act as Independent Counsel. In all events, the Company
shall pay all of the actual and reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent
Counsel incurred in connection with the Independent Counsel’s determination
pursuant to Section 7(b).
8.
Cooperation
. Indemnitee
shall cooperate with reasonable requests of the Company in connection with any
Indemnifiable Claim and any individual or firm making such Standard of Conduct
Determination, including providing to such Person documentation or information
which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is
reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to defend the
Indemnifiable Claim or make any Standard of Conduct Determination without
incurring any unreimbursed cost in connection therewith. The Company
shall indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against and, if requested by
Indemnitee, shall reimburse Indemnitee for, or advance to Indemnitee, within
five business days of such request accompanied by supporting documentation for
specific costs and expenses to be reimbursed or advanced, any and all costs and
expenses (including attorneys’ and experts’ fees and expenses) actually and
reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the Person defending
the Indemnifiable Claim or making such Standard of Conduct
Determination.
9.
Presumption of
Entitlement
. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, in
making any Standard of Conduct Determination, the Person making such
determination shall presume that Indemnitee has satisfied the applicable
Standard of Conduct.
10.
No Other
Presumption
. For purposes of this Agreement, the termination
of any Claim by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court
approval) or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent,
will not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any applicable
Standard of Conduct or that indemnification hereunder is otherwise not
permitted.
11.
Non-Exclusivity
. The
rights of Indemnitee hereunder will be in addition to any other rights
Indemnitee may have under the Constituent Documents, or the substantive laws of
the Company’s jurisdiction of incorporation, any other contract or otherwise
(collectively,
“Other Indemnity
Provisions”
);
provided,
however,
that (a) to the extent that Indemnitee otherwise would have any
greater right to indemnification under any Other Indemnity Provision, Indemnitee
will without further action be deemed to have such greater right hereunder, and
(b) to the extent that any change is made to any Other Indemnity Provision which
permits any greater right to indemnification than that provided under this
Agreement as of the date hereof, Indemnitee will be deemed to have such greater
right hereunder. The Company may not, without the consent of
Indemnitee, adopt any amendment to any of the Constituent Documents the effect
of which would be to deny, diminish or encumber Indemnitee’s right to
indemnification under this Agreement.
12.
Liability Insurance and
Funding
. For the duration of Indemnitee’s service as a
director and/or officer of the Company and for a reasonable period of time
thereafter, which such period shall be determined by the Company in its sole
discretion, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts (taking into
account the scope and amount of coverage available relative to the cost thereof)
to cause to be maintained in effect policies of directors’ and officers’
liability insurance providing coverage for directors and/or officers of the
Company, and, if applicable, that is substantially comparable in scope and
amount to that provided by the Company’s current policies of directors’ and
officers’ liability insurance. Upon reasonable request, the Company
shall provide Indemnitee or his or her counsel with a copy of all directors’ and
officers’ liability insurance applications, binders, policies, declarations,
endorsements and other related materials. In all policies of
directors’ and officers’ liability insurance obtained by the Company, Indemnitee
shall be named as an insured in such a manner as to provide Indemnitee the same
rights and benefits, subject to the same limitations, as are accorded to the
Company’s directors and officers most favorably insured by such
policy. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the Company may, but shall
not be required to, create a trust fund, grant a security interest or use other
means, including, without limitation, a letter of credit, to ensure the payment
of such amounts as may be necessary to satisfy its obligations to indemnify and
advance expenses pursuant to this Agreement and (ii) in renewing or seeking to
renew any insurance hereunder, the Company will not be required to expend more
than 2.0 times the premium amount of the immediately preceding policy period
(equitably adjusted if necessary to reflect differences in policy
periods).
13.
Subrogation
. In
the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to
the extent of such payment to all of the related rights of recovery of
Indemnitee against other Persons (other than Indemnitee’s successors), including
any entity or enterprise referred to in clause (i) of the definition of
“Indemnifiable Claim” in Section 1(f). Indemnitee shall execute all
papers reasonably required to evidence such rights (all of Indemnitee’s
reasonable Expenses, including attorneys’ fees and charges, related thereto to
be reimbursed by or, at the option of Indemnitee, advanced by the
Company).
14.
No Duplication of
Payments
. The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement
to make any payment to Indemnitee in respect of any Indemnifiable Losses to the
extent Indemnitee has otherwise already actually received payment (net of
Expenses incurred in connection therewith) under any insurance policy, the
Constituent Documents and Other Indemnity Provisions or otherwise (including
from any entity or enterprise referred to in clause (i) of the definition of
“Indemnifiable Claim” in Section 1(f)) in respect of such Indemnifiable Losses
otherwise indemnifiable hereunder.
15.
Defense of
Claims
. Subject to the provisions of applicable policies of
directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, if any, the Company shall be
entitled to participate in the defense of any Indemnifiable Claim or to assume
or lead the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the
Indemnitee;
provided
that if Indemnitee determines, after consultation with counsel selected by
Indemnitee, that (a) the use of counsel chosen by the Company to represent
Indemnitee would present such counsel with an actual or potential conflict, (b)
the named parties in any such Indemnifiable Claim (including any impleaded
parties) include both the Company and Indemnitee and Indemnitee shall conclude
that there may be one or more legal defenses available to him or her that are
different from or in addition to those available to the Company, (c) any such
representation by such counsel would be precluded under the applicable standards
of professional conduct then prevailing, or (d) Indemnitee has interests in the
claim or underlying subject matter that are different from or in addition to
those of other Persons against whom the Claim has been made or might reasonably
be expected to be
made,
then Indemnitee shall be entitled to retain separate counsel (but not more than
one law firm plus, if applicable, local counsel in respect of any particular
Indemnifiable Claim for all indemnitees in Indemnitee’s circumstances) at the
Company’s expense. The Company shall not be liable to Indemnitee
under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any threatened or
pending Indemnifiable Claim effected without the Company’s prior written
consent. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of
the Indemnitee, effect any settlement of any threatened or pending Indemnifiable
Claim which the Indemnitee is or could have been a party unless such settlement
solely involves the payment of money and includes a complete and unconditional
release of the Indemnitee from all liability on any claims that are the subject
matter of such Indemnifiable Claim. Neither the Company nor
Indemnitee shall unreasonably withhold its consent to any proposed settlement;
provided
that
Indemnitee may withhold consent to any settlement that does not provide a
complete and unconditional release of Indemnitee.
16.
Mutual
Acknowledgment
.
Both the Company and the
Indemnitee acknowledge that in certain instances, Federal law or applicable
public policy may prohibit the Company from indemnifying its directors and
officers under this Agreement or otherwise. Indemnitee understands
and acknowledges that the Company may be required in the future to undertake to
the Securities and Exchange Commission to submit the question of indemnification
to a court in certain circumstances for a determination of the Company’s right
under public policy to indemnify Indemnitee and, in that event, the Indemnitee’s
rights and the Company’s obligations hereunder shall be subject to that
determination.
17.
Successors and Binding
Agreement
.
This
Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and any
successor to the Company, including, without limitation, any Person acquiring
directly or indirectly all or substantially all of the business or assets of the
Company whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise
(and such successor will thereafter be deemed the “Company” for purposes of this
Agreement), but shall not otherwise be assignable or delegatable by the
Company.
This
Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Indemnitee’s
personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, heirs,
distributees, legatees and other successors.
This
Agreement is personal in nature and neither of the parties hereto shall, without
the consent of the other, assign or delegate this Agreement or any rights or
obligations hereunder except as expressly provided in Sections 17(a) and
17(b). Without limiting the generality or effect of the foregoing,
Indemnitee’s right to receive payments hereunder shall not be assignable,
whether by pledge, creation of a security interest or otherwise, other than by a
transfer by the Indemnitee’s will or by the laws of descent and distribution,
and, in the event of any attempted assignment or transfer contrary to this
Section 17(c), the Company shall have no liability to pay any amount so
attempted to be assigned or transferred.
18.
Notices
. For
all purposes of this Agreement, all communications, including without limitation
notices, consents, requests or approvals, required or permitted to be given
hereunder must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when
hand delivered or dispatched by electronic facsimile transmission (with receipt
thereof orally confirmed), or one business day after having been sent for
next-day delivery by a nationally recognized overnight courier service,
addressed to the Company (to the attention of the Secretary of the Company) and
to Indemnitee at the applicable address shown on the signature page hereto, or
to such other address as any party may have furnished to the other in writing
and in accordance herewith, except that notices of changes of address will be
effective only upon receipt.
19.
Governing Law
.
The validity,
interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed
by and construed in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of
Delaware, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws of such
State. The Company and Indemnitee each hereby irrevocably consent to
the jurisdiction of the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware for all purposes
in connection with any action or proceeding which arises out of or relates to
this Agreement, waive all procedural objections to suit in that jurisdiction,
including, without limitation, objections as to venue or inconvenience, agree
that service in any such action may be made by notice given in accordance with
Section 18 and also agree that any action instituted under this Agreement shall
be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware.
20.
Validity
. If
any provision of this Agreement or the application of any provision hereof to
any Person or circumstance is held invalid, unenforceable or otherwise illegal,
the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to any
other Person or circumstance shall not be affected, and the provision so held to
be invalid, unenforceable or otherwise illegal shall be reformed to the extent,
and only to the extent, necessary to make it enforceable, valid or
legal. In the event that any court or other adjudicative body shall
decline to reform any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid,
unenforceable or otherwise illegal as contemplated by the immediately preceding
sentence, the parties thereto shall take all such action as may be necessary or
appropriate to replace the provision so held to be invalid, unenforceable or
otherwise illegal with one or more alternative provisions that effectuate the
purpose and intent of the original provisions of this Agreement as fully as
possible without being invalid, unenforceable or otherwise illegal.
21.
Miscellaneous
. No
provision of this Agreement may be waived, modified or discharged unless such
waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing signed by Indemnitee
and the Company. No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any
breach by the other party hereto or compliance with any condition or provision
of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver
of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or
subsequent time. No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise,
expressed or implied with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by
either party that are not set forth expressly in this Agreement.
22.
Certain Interpretive
Matters
. Unless the context of this Agreement otherwise
requires, (1) “it” or “its” or words of any gender include each other gender,
(2) words using the singular or plural number also include the plural or
singular number, respectively, (3) the terms “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby” and
derivative or similar words refer to this entire Agreement, (4) the terms
“Article,” “Section,” “Annex” or “Exhibit” refer to the specified Article,
Section, Annex or Exhibit of or to this Agreement, (5) the terms “include,”
“includes” and “including” will be deemed to be followed by the words “without
limitation” (whether or not so expressed), and (6) the word “or” is disjunctive
but not exclusive. Whenever this Agreement refers to a number of
days, such number will refer to calendar days unless business days are specified
and whenever action must be taken (including the giving of notice or the
delivery of documents) under this Agreement during a certain period of time or
by a particular date that ends or occurs on a non-business day, then such period
or date will be extended until the immediately following business
day. As used herein,
“business
day”
means any day other than Saturday, Sunday or a United States federal
holiday.
23.
Entire
Agreement
. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and
supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral,
between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter of this
Agreement. Any prior agreements or understandings between the parties
hereto with respect to indemnification are hereby terminated and of no further
force or effect. This Agreement is not the exclusive means of
securing indemnification rights of Indemnitee and is in addition to any rights
Indemnitee may have under any Constituent Documents.
24.
Counterparts
. This
Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be
deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the
same agreement.
[REMAINDER
OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK]
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, Indemnitee has executed and the Company has caused its duly
authorized representative to execute this Agreement as of the date first above
written.
PIONEER
POWER SOLUTIONS, INC.
By:______________________________________
Name:
Nathan J. Mazurek
Title: Chief
Executive Officer
INDEMNITEE:
__________________________________________
Name: _____________________
Signature
Page to Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement
13
Exhibit
10.7
EMPLOYMENT
AND NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT
THIS
EMPLOYMENT AND NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT, is entered into as of this 2
nd
day
of December, 2009 by and between Pioneer Power Solutions, Inc. (the “Company”),
a Delaware corporation, c/o Provident Industries, c/o Clinton Group, 9 West
57
th
Street, 26
th
Floor, New York, New York 10019 and Nathan Mazurek, c/o Provident Industries,
c/o Clinton Group, 9 West 57
th
Street, 26
th
Floor, New York, New York 10019 (the “Executive”).
W I T N E S S E T
H:
WHEREAS,
the Company desires to employ the Executive and the Executive desires to be
employed by the Company; and
WHEREAS,
the Company and the Executive desire to set forth the terms and conditions of
such employment.
NOW
THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants contained
herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the adequacy and receipt
of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as
follows:
1.
Term of Employment
.
The Company hereby agrees to employ the Executive and the Executive hereby
accepts employment, in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth
herein, for a term (the “Employment Term”) commencing on the date of the
consummation of the share exchange by and among the Company, Pioneer
Transformers Ltd. and Provident Pioneer Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited
partnership (the “Share Exchange”), and terminating, unless otherwise terminated
earlier in accordance with Section 5 hereof, on the third anniversary of the
Share Exchange (the “Original Employment Term”), provided that the Employment
Term shall be automatically extended, subject to earlier termination as provided
in Section 5 hereof, for successive additional two (2) year periods (the
“Additional Terms”), unless, at least one hundred eighty (180) days prior to the
end of the Original Employment Term or the then Additional Term, the Company or
the Executive has notified the other in writing that the Employment Term shall
terminate at the end of the then current term.
2.
Position and
Responsibilities
. During the Employment Term, the Executive shall serve
as the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the Company and
the Executive shall report exclusively to the Board of Directors of the Company
(the “Board”). During the Employment Term, the Company shall recommend the
Executive for election as a director. The Executive shall have all of the
duties, authorities, powers and responsibilities commensurate with
all of the duties, authorities, powers and responsibilities of a
chief executive officer. The Executive shall devote substantially all of his
business time, attention and energies to the performance of his duties
hereunder, provided that the foregoing shall not prevent the Executive from
participating in charitable, community or industry affairs, from managing his
and his family’s personal investments and from serving on the boards of
directors of not-for-profit companies to the extent such activities do not
interfere with the performance of his duties hereunder.
3.
Compensation
and Benefits
. The
Company shall pay and provide the Executive the following:
3.1.
Base Salary
. The
Company shall pay the Executive a base salary (the “Base Salary”) at an annual
rate of not less than Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) per year in
accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices for senior executives.
Base Salary shall be increased to Two Hundred Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars
($275,000) and to Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000) on the first and
second anniversaries, respectively, of the date hereof. Once
increased, Base Salary shall not be reduced and shall thereafter, as increased,
shall be the Base Salary hereunder.
3.2.
Annual Bonus
. In
addition to the Base Salary set forth in 3.1 above, the Executive shall be
entitled to such bonus compensation as the Board may determine from time to time
in its sole discretion, but not to exceed 50% of the Executive’s Base Salary
(which percentage may be increased in the discretion of the Board).
3.3.
Employee Benefits
.
The Executive shall, to the extent eligible, be entitled to participate at a
level commensurate with his position in all employee benefit, fringe benefit,
welfare, retirement, savings and incentive plans and programs generally provided
by the Company to its senior executives from time to time.
3.4.
Vacation
. The
Executive shall be entitled to paid vacation in accordance with the standard
written policies of the Company with regard to vacations of senior executives,
but in no event less than six (6) weeks per calendar year (with proration for
partial years).
4.
Expenses
. Upon
submission of appropriate documentation, the Company shall pay, or reimburse,
the Executive for all ordinary and necessary business expenses (including, but
not limited to, travel and entertainment expenses) which the Executive incurs in
connection with the performance of his duties hereunder.
5.
Termination of Employment
and the Employment Term
. The Executive’s employment with the Company and
the Employment Term shall terminate upon the occurrence of the first of the
following events:
5.1.
Death
. Automatically
on the date of the Executive’s death.
5.2.
Disability
. Upon
thirty (30) days’ written notice by the Company to the Executive of a
termination due to Disability, provided such notice is delivered during the
period of Disability. “Disability” shall mean the inability of the Executive,
due to injury, illness, disease or bodily or mental infirmity, to engage in the
performance of his material duties hereunder for a period of more than one
hundred eighty (180) days in any twelve (12) month period.
5.4.
Without
Cause
. Upon sixty (60) days’ written notice by the Company to
the Executive of a termination Without Cause. “Without Cause” shall mean any
reason other than death of the Executive, Disability or Cause. In the
event the Company terminates the Executive’s employment pursuant to this Section
5.4, the Company shall continue to pay the Executive the Base Salary for the
remainder of the Original Employment Term or the Additional Term, as the case
may be, as if this Agreement had not been previously terminated pursuant to this
Section 5.4.
6.
Non-Competition/Non-Solicitation
.
6.1.
Non-Competition
. The
Executive agrees that during the Specified Period (as defined below), the
Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, be engaged as a principal in any
other business, activity or conduct which competes with the business of the
Company (or be an employee, consultant, director, principal, shareholder or
adviser of, or otherwise be affiliated with, any such business, activity or
conduct), provided that competition shall not include: (i) holding five percent
(5%) or less of an interest in the equity or debt of any publicly traded
company, (ii) engaging in any activity with the prior written approval of the
Board, or (iii) being involved only in a noncompeting portion of a business
which is in competition with the business of the Company (but only if such
non-competing portion of the business is conducted as a separate business unit,
and the Executive has no direct or indirect involvement with the operations of
the competing business unit (with the burden of so demonstrating being on the
Executive) and the foregoing shall not affect the Executive’s obligations of
confidentiality). For purposes of this Section 6, “Company” shall mean the
Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates. The “Specified Period” means the
Executive’s period of employment and the four (4) year period thereafter,
provided that in the event the Executive is terminated without Cause or due to
his Disability or the Executive voluntarily terminates his employment following
a breach by the Company of this Agreement, the Specified Period will terminate
two (2) years after the termination of his employment.
\
6.2.
Non-Solicitation
. The
Executive agrees that during the Specified Period the Executive shall not,
directly or indirectly, (i) solicit any customer, client, supplier, or middleman
of the Company or induce any customer, client, supplier, or middleman of the
Company to terminate, or otherwise to cease, reduce, or diminish in any way its
relationship with the Company or (ii) solicit or induce, or attempt to solicit
or induce, any non-clerical employee(s), sales representative(s), agent(s), or
consultant(s) of the Company to terminate such person’s employment,
representation or other association with the Company for the purpose of
affiliating with any entity with which the Executive is associated.
6.3.
Confidentiality
. The
Executive specifically acknowledges that any trade secrets or confidential
business and technical information of the Company or its vendors, suppliers or
customers, whether reduced to writing, maintained on any form of electronic
media, or maintained in mind or memory and whether compiled by the Executive or
the Company (collectively, “Confidential Information”), derives independent
economic value from not being readily known to or ascertainable by proper means
by others; that reasonable efforts have been
made by the
Company to maintain the secrecy of such information; that such information is
the sole property of the Company or its vendors, suppliers, or customers and
that any retention, use or disclosure of such information by the Executive
during the Employment Term (except in the course of performing duties and
obligations of employment with the Company) or any time after termination
thereof, shall constitute misappropriation of the trade secrets of the Company
or its vendors, suppliers, or customers, provided that Confidential Information
shall not include: (i) information that is at the time of disclosure public
knowledge or generally known within the industry; (ii) information deemed in
good faith by the Executive, while employed by the Company, desirable to
disclose in the course of performing the Executive’s duties; (iii) information
the disclosure of which the Executive in good faith deems necessary in defense
of the Executive’s rights provided such disclosure by the Executive is limited
to only disclose as necessary for such purpose; or (iv) information disclosed by
the Executive to comply with a court, or other lawful compulsory, order
compelling him to do so, provided the Executive gives the Company prompt notice
of the receipt of such order and the disclosure by the Executive is limited to
only disclosure necessary for such purpose.
6.4.
Return of Property
.
Upon the termination of the Executive’s employment or at any other time upon
written request by the Company, the Executive shall promptly deliver to the
Company all records, files, memoranda, designs, data, reports, drawings, plans,
computer programs, software and other documents (and all copies or reproductions
of such materials in his possession or control) belonging to the Company.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive may retain his rolodex, Microsoft
Outlook Contacts file or similar electronic file and similar phone directories
(collectively, the “Rolodex”), to the extent the Rolodex does not contain
information other than name, address, telephone number, e-mail address and
similar information.
6.5.
Scope of
Restrictions/Remedies
. If, at the time of enforcement of this Section 6,
a court holds that the restrictions stated herein are unreasonable under
circumstances then existing, the parties hereto agree that the maximum period,
scope or geographical area reasonable under such circumstances shall be
substituted for the stated period, scope or area and that the court shall be
allowed to revise the restrictions contained herein to cover the maximum period,
scope and area permitted by law. In the event of a material breach or threatened
material breach of this Section 6, the Company, in addition to its other
remedies at law or in equity, shall be entitled to injunctive or other equitable
relief in order to enforce or prevent any violations of the provisions of this
Section 6. The Company agrees that it will not assert to enjoin or otherwise
limit the Executive’s activities based on an argument of inevitable disclosure
of confidential information. Upon written request of the Executive, the Company
shall within thirty (30) days notify the Executive in writing whether or not in
good faith it believes that any proposed activities would be in competition and,
if it so determines that such activity is not in competition or does not reply
within thirty (30) days, the Company shall be deemed to waive any right to treat
such activities as competition under Section 6.1 hereof unless the facts are
otherwise than as presented by the Executive or there is a change thereafter in
such activities.
7.
Indemnification/Liability
Insurance
. The Company shall concurrently with the execution and delivery
of this Agreement enter into an Indemnification Agreement with the Executive (in
substantially the same form attached as
Appendix A
hereto).
The Company shall cover the Executive under directors and officers liability
insurance both during and, while potential liability exists, after the
Employment Term in the same amount and to the same extent, if any, as the
Company covers its other officers and directors.
8.
Assignment
. This
Agreement may and shall be assigned or transferred to, and shall be binding upon
and shall inure to the benefit of, any Successor of the Company, and any such
Successor shall be deemed substituted for all purposes of the “Company” under
the terms of this Agreement. “Successor” shall mean any person, firm,
corporation or business entity which at any time, whether by merger, share
exchange, purchase, or otherwise, acquires all or substantially all of the
assets of the Company. Notwithstanding such assignment, the Company shall
remain, with such successor, jointly and severally liable for all its
obligations hereunder. Except as herein provided, this Agreement may not
otherwise be assigned by the Company. This Agreement is not assignable by the
Executive. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by
the Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, and
administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees, and legatees. If the
Executive should die after a termination while any amounts payable to the
Executive hereunder remain outstanding, all such amounts, unless otherwise
provided herein, shall be paid to the Executive’s devisee, legatee, or other
designee or, in the absence of such designee, to the Executive’s
estate.
9.
Legal
Remedies
.
9.1.
Notices
. All notices
hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when
delivered by hand, or one (1) day after sending by express mail or other
“overnight mail service,” or three (3) days after sending by certified or
registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested. Notice shall be sent
as follows: if to the Executive, to the address as listed in the Company’s
records, and if to the Company, to the address set forth on the first page of
this Agreement, attention of Chief Financial Officer. Either party may change
the notice address by notice given as aforesaid.
9.2.
Arbitration
. All
disputes and controversies arising under or in connection with this Agreement,
other than the seeking of injunctive or other equitable relief pursuant to
Section 6 hereof, shall be settled exclusively by arbitration in New York City,
New York, or such other location agreed by the parties hereto, in accordance
with the rules for expedited resolution of commercial disputes of the American
Arbitration Association (“AAA”) then in effect. The determination of the
arbitrators shall be final and binding on the parties. Judgment may be entered
on the award of the arbitrator in any court having proper jurisdiction. All
expenses of the AAA and the arbitrator shall be borne as determined by the
arbitrator.
10.
Miscellaneous
.
10.1.
Entire Agreement
.
This Agreement supersedes any prior agreements or understandings, oral or
written, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter
hereof.
10.2.
Modification
. This
Agreement shall not be varied, altered, modified, canceled, changed, or in any
way amended, nor any provision hereof waived, except by mutual agreement of the
parties in a written instrument executed by the parties hereto or their legal
representatives.
10.3.
Severability
. In the
event that any provision or portion of this Agreement shall be determined to be
invalid or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions of this
Agreement shall be unaffected thereby and shall remain in full force and
effect.
10.4.
Counterparts
. This
Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall
be deemed to be an original, but all of which together will constitute one and
the same Agreement.
10.5.
Tax Withholding
. The
Company may withhold from any benefits payable under this Agreement all federal,
state, city, or other taxes as may be required pursuant to any law or
governmental regulation or ruling.
10.6.
Governing Law
. The
provisions of this Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with
the laws of the state of New York, without regard to any otherwise applicable
principles of conflicts of laws.
[Signature
page follows immediately]
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive and the Company have executed this Agreement, as
of the day and year first above written.
PIONEER
POWER SOLUTIONS, INC.
By:
/s/ Nathan J.
Mazurek
Name:
Nathan J. Mazurek
Title:
Chief Executive Officer
EXECUTIVE
/s/ Nathan J.
Mazure
Nathan J.
Mazurek
[
Signature page to Employment
Agreement
]
APPENDIX
A
INDEMNIFICATION
AGREEMENT
THIS
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT is entered into as of this 2
nd
day
of December, 2009, by and between Pioneer Power Solutions, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the "Company"), and Nathan J. Mazurek ("Indemnitee").
RECITALS
A. The
Company is aware that because of the increased exposure to litigation costs,
talented and experienced persons are increasingly reluctant to serve or continue
serving as directors and officers of corporations unless they are protected by
comprehensive liability insurance and indemnification.
B. The
statutes and judicial decisions regarding the duties of directors and officers
are often difficult to apply, ambiguous, or conflicting, and therefore fail to
provide such directors and officers with adequate guidance regarding the proper
course of action.
C. The
Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board") has concluded that, to retain
and attract talented and experienced individuals to serve as officers and
directors of the Company and its subsidiaries and to encourage such individuals
to take the business risks necessary for the success of the Company and its
subsidiaries, the Company should contractually indemnify its officers and
directors, and the officers and directors of its subsidiaries, in connection
with claims against such officers and directors in connection with their
services to the Company and its subsidiaries, and has further concluded that the
failure to provide such contractual indemnification could be detrimental to the
Company, its subsidiaries and stockholders.
NOW,
THEREFORE, the parties, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as
follows:
1.
Definitions
.
(a)
Agent
. "Agent" with
respect to the Company means any person who is or was a director, officer,
employee or other agent of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company; or is or
was serving at the request of, for the convenience of, or to represent the
interests of, the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company as a director, officer,
employee or agent of another entity or enterprise; or was a director, officer,
employee or agent of a predecessor corporation of the Company or a Subsidiary of
the Company, or was a director, officer, employee or agent of another entity or
enterprise at the request of, for the convenience of, or to represent the
interests of such predecessor
corporation.
(b)
Expenses
. "Expenses"
means all direct and indirect costs of any type or nature whatsoever (including,
without limitation, all attorneys' fees, costs of investigation and related
disbursements) incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with the investigation,
settlement, defense or appeal of a claim or Proceeding covered hereby or
establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this
Agreement.
(c)
Proceeding
.
"Proceeding" means any threatened, pending, or completed claim, suit or action,
whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or
otherwise.
(d)
Subsidiary
.
"Subsidiary" means any corporation or other entity of which more than 10% of the
outstanding voting securities or interests is owned directly or indirectly by
the Company, and one or more other Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
2.
Maintenance of Liability
Insurance
.
(a) The
Company hereby covenants and agrees with Indemnitee that, subject to Section
2(b), the Company shall obtain and maintain in full force and effect directors'
and officers' liability insurance ("D&O Insurance") in reasonable amounts as
the Board of Directors shall determine from established and reputable insurers,
but no less than the amounts in effect upon initial procurement of the D&O
Insurance. In all policies of D&O Insurance, Indemnitee shall be named as an
insured.
(b) Notwithstanding
the foregoing, the Company shall have no obligation to obtain or maintain
D&O Insurance if the Company determines in good faith that the premium costs
for such insurance are (i) disproportionate to the amount of coverage provided
after giving effect to exclusions, and (ii) substantially more burdensome to the
Company than the premiums charged to the Company for its initial D&O
Insurance.
3.
Mandatory
Indemnification
. The Company shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless
Indemnitee:
(a)
Third Party Actions
.
If Indemnitee is a person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a
party to any Proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the Company)
by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was or is claimed to be an Agent of
the Company, or by reason of anything done or not done by Indemnitee in any such
capacity, against any and all Expenses and liabilities of any type whatsoever
(including, but not limited to, legal fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes
or penalties, and amounts paid in settlement) incurred by such person in
connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of such
Proceeding, so long as
Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a
manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best
interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or
Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person's conduct was
unlawful.
(b)
Actions by or in the Right
of the Company
. If Indemnitee is a person who was or is a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by or in the right of the
Company by reason of the fact that he is or was an Agent of the Company, or by
reason of anything done or not done by him in any such capacity, against any and
all Expenses and liabilities or any type whatsoever (including, but not limited
to, legal fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties, and amounts
paid in settlement) incurred by such person in connection with the
investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of such Proceeding, so long as the
Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably
believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; except
that no indemnification under this subsection shall be made, and Indemnitee
shall repay all amounts previously advanced by the Company, in respect of any
claim, issue or matter for which such person is judged in a final,
non-appealable decision to be liable to the Company by a court of competent
jurisdiction, unless and only to the extent that the court in which such
Proceeding was brought shall determine that Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably
entitle to indemnity.
(c)
Actions Where Indemnitee Is
Deceased
. If Indemnitee is a person who was or is a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by reason of the fact that he is
or was an Agent of the Company, or by reason of anything done or not done by him
in any such capacity, and prior to, during the pendency of, or after completion
of, such Proceeding, the Indemnitee shall die, then the Company shall defend,
indemnify and hold harmless the estate, heirs and legatees of the Indemnitee
against any and all Expenses and liabilities incurred by or for such persons or
entities in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of
such Proceeding on the same basis as provided for the Indemnitee in Sections
3(a) and 3(b) above.
The
Expenses and liabilities covered hereby shall be net of any payments by D&O
Insurance carriers or others.
4.
Partial
Indemnification
. If Indemnitee is found under Section 3, 7 or 10 hereof
not to be entitled to indemnification for all of the Expenses and liabilities
relating to a Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee for any
portion of such Expenses not specifically precluded by the operation of such
Section 3, 7 or 10.
5.
Mandatory Advancement of
Expenses
. Until a determination to the contrary under Section 7 hereof is
made, and unless the provisions of Section 10 apply, the Company shall advance
all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the investigation,
defense, settlement or appeal of any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party
or is threatened to be made a party covered by the indemnification in Section 3
hereof. If required by law, as a condition to such advances, Indemnitee shall,
at the request of the Company, undertake in a reasonable manner to repay such
amounts advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by a final order of a
court that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company by the
terms hereof or under applicable law. Subject to Section 6 hereof, the advances
to be made hereunder shall be paid by the Company to Indemnitee within 20 days
following delivery of a written request by Indemnitee to the Company, which
request shall be accompanied by vouchers, invoices and similar evidence
documenting the amounts requested.
6.
Indemnification
Procedures
.
(a) Promptly
after receipt by Indemnitee of notice to him of the commencement or threat of
any Proceeding or claim covered hereby, Indemnitee shall notify the Company of
the commencement or threat thereof, provided that any failure to so notify shall
not relieve the Company of any of its obligations hereunder, except to the
extent that such failure or delay increases the liability of the Company
hereunder.
(b) If,
at the time of the receipt of a notice pursuant to Section 6(a) above, the
Company has D&O Insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of
the Proceeding or claim to its insurers in accordance with the procedures set
forth in the applicable policies. The Company shall thereafter take all
necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay all amounts payable
as a result of such Proceeding or claim in accordance with the terms of such
policies, and Indemnitee shall not take any action (by waiver, settlement or
otherwise) which would adversely affect the ability of the Company to obtain
payment from its insurers.
7.
Determination of Right to
Indemnification
.
(a) To
the extent Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense
of any Proceeding, claim, issue or matter covered hereby, Indemnitee need not
repay any of the Expenses advanced in connection with the investigation, defense
or appeal of such Proceeding.
(b) If
Section 7(a) is inapplicable, the Company shall remain obligated to indemnify
Indemnitee, and Indemnitee need not repay Expenses previously advanced, unless
the Company, by motion before a court of competent jurisdiction, obtains an
order for preliminary or permanent relief suspending or denying the obligation
to advance or indemnify for Expenses.
(c) Notwithstanding
any other provision in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall
indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection
with any Proceeding under Section 7(b) and against all Expenses incurred by
Indemnitee in connection with any other Proceeding between the Company and
Indemnitee involving the interpretation or enforcement of the rights of
Indemnitee under this Agreement unless a court of competent jurisdiction finds
that the material claims and/or defenses of Indemnitee in any such Proceeding
were frivolous or made in bad faith.
8.
Certificate of Incorporation
and Bylaws
. The Company agrees that the Company's Certificate of
Incorporation and Bylaws in effect on the date hereof shall not be amended to
reduce, limit, hinder or delay (i) the rights of Indemnitee granted hereby, or
(ii) the ability of the Company to indemnify Indemnitee as required
hereby.
10.
Exceptions
.
Notwithstanding any other provision hereunder to the contrary, the Company shall
not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement:
(a)
Claims Initiated by
Indemnitee
. To indemnify or advance Expenses to Indemnitee with respect
to Proceedings or claims initiated or brought voluntarily by Indemnitee and not
by way of defense (other than Proceedings brought to establish or enforce a
right to indemnification under this Agreement or the provisions of the Company's
Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws unless a court of competent jurisdiction
determines that each of the material assertions made by Indemnitee in such
Proceeding were not made in good faith or were frivolous).
(b)
Unauthorized
Settlements
. To indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts
paid in settlement of a Proceeding covered hereby without the prior written
consent of the Company to such settlement.
11.
Non-exclusivity
. This
Agreement is not the exclusive arrangement between the Company and Indemnitee
regarding the subject matter hereof and shall not diminish or affect any other
rights which Indemnitee may have under any provision of law, the Company's
Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws, under other agreements, or
otherwise.
12.
Continuation After
Term
. Indemnitee's rights hereunder shall continue after the Indemnitee
has ceased acting as a director or Agent of the Company and the benefits hereof
shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of
Indemnitee.
13.
Severability
. If any
provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal
or unenforceable, provisions of the Agreement shall not in any way be affected
or impaired thereby, and to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this
Agreement shall be construed or altered by the court so as to remain enforceable
and to provide Indemnitee with as many of the benefits contemplated hereby as
are permitted under law.
15.
Notices
. All notices,
demands, consents, requests, approvals and other communications required or
permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been
properly given if hand delivered (effective upon receipt or when refused), or if
sent by a courier freight prepaid (effective upon receipt or when refused), in
the case of the Company, at the addresses listed below, and in the case of
Indemnitee, at Indemnitee's address of record at the office of the Company, or
to such other addresses as the parties may notify each other in
writing.
|
Pioneer
Power Solutions, Inc.
|
|
c/o
Provident Industries, Inc.
c/o
Clinton Group
9
West 57
th
Street, 26
th
Floor
|
|
New
York, NY 10019
Attention:
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
To
Indemnitee:
|
At
the Indemnitee's residence address and facsimile number on the records of
the Company from time to time.
|
18.
Governing Law
. This
Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal
laws of the State of New York.
[
Signature page follows
immediately
]
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have entered into this Indemnification
Agreement effective as of the date first above written.
PIONEER
POWER SOLUTIONS, INC.
By:
/s/ Nathan J.
Mazurek
Name:
Nathan J. Mazurek
Title:
Chief Executive Officer
EXECUTIVE
/s/ Nathan J.
Mazure
Nathan J.
Mazurek
[Signature
page to Indemnification Agreement]
Exhibit
10.8
PIONEER
POWER SOLUTIONS, INC.
2009
EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
1.
Purpose of the
Plan.
This 2009
Equity Incentive Plan (the “
Plan
”) is intended as
an incentive, to retain in the employ of and as directors, officers,
consultants, advisors and employees to Pioneer Power Solutions, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the “
Company
”), and any
Subsidiary of the Company, within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the United
States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “
Code
”), persons of
training, experience and ability, to attract new directors, officers,
consultants, advisors and employees whose services are considered valuable, to
encourage the sense of proprietorship and to stimulate the active interest of
such persons in the development and financial success of the Company and its
Subsidiaries.
It is
further intended that certain options granted pursuant to the Plan shall
constitute incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code
(the “
Incentive
Options
”) while certain other options granted pursuant to the Plan shall
be nonqualified stock options (the “
Nonqualified
Options
”). Incentive Options and Nonqualified Options are
hereinafter referred to collectively as “
Options
.”
The
Company intends that the Plan meet the requirements of Rule 16b-3 (“
Rule 16b-3
”)
promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “
Exchange Act
”), and
that transactions of the type specified in subparagraphs (c) to (f) inclusive of
Rule 16b-3 by officers and directors of the Company pursuant to the Plan will be
exempt from the operation of Section 16(b) of the Exchange
Act. Further, the Plan is intended to satisfy the performance-based
compensation exception to the limitation on the Company’s tax deductions imposed
by Section 162(m) of the Code with respect to those Options for which
qualification for such exception is intended. In all cases, the
terms, provisions, conditions and limitations of the Plan shall be construed and
interpreted consistent with the Company’s intent as stated in this Section
1.
2.
Administration of
the Plan.
The Board
of Directors of the Company (the “
Board
”) shall appoint
and maintain as administrator of the Plan a Committee (the “
Committee
”)
consisting of two or more directors who are (i) “Independent Directors” (as such
term is defined under the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market), (ii) “Non-Employee
Directors” (as such term is defined in Rule 16b-3) and (iii) “Outside Directors”
(as such term is defined in Section 162(m) of the Code), which shall serve at
the pleasure of the Board. The Committee, subject to Sections 3, 5
and 6 hereof, shall have full power and authority to designate recipients of
Options and restricted stock (“
Restricted Stock
”)
and to determine the terms and conditions of the respective Option and
Restricted Stock agreements (which need not be identical) and to interpret the
provisions and supervise the administration of the Plan. The
Committee shall have the authority, without limitation, to designate which
Options granted under the Plan shall be Incentive Options and which shall be
Nonqualified Options. To the extent any Option does not qualify as an
Incentive Option, it shall constitute a separate Nonqualified
Option.
Subject
to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall interpret the Plan and all
Options and Restricted Stock granted under the Plan, shall make such rules as it
deems necessary for the proper administration of the Plan, shall make all other
determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan and
shall correct any defects or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency
in the Plan or in any Options or Restricted Stock granted under the Plan in the
manner and to the extent that the Committee deems desirable to carry into effect
the Plan or any Options or Restricted Stock. The act or determination
of a majority of the Committee shall be the act or determination of the
Committee and any decision reduced to writing and signed by all of the members
of the Committee shall be fully effective as if it had been made by a majority
of the Committee at a meeting duly held for such purpose. Subject to
the provisions of the Plan, any action taken or determination made by the
Committee pursuant to this and the other Sections of the Plan shall be
conclusive on all parties.
In the
event that for any reason the Committee is unable to act or if the Committee at
the time of any grant, award or other acquisition under the Plan does not
consist of two or more Non-Employee Directors, or if there shall be no such
Committee, or if the Board otherwise determines to administer the Plan, then the
Plan shall be administered by the Board, and references herein to the Committee
(except in the proviso to this sentence) shall be deemed to be references to the
Board, and any such grant, award or other acquisition may be approved or
ratified in any other manner contemplated by subparagraph (d) of Rule 16b-3;
provided
,
however
, that grants
to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or to any of the Company’s other four
most highly compensated officers that are intended to qualify as
performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code may only be
granted by the Committee.
3.
Designation of Optionees and
Grantees.
The
persons eligible for participation in the Plan as recipients of Options (the
“
Optionees
”) or
Restricted Stock (the “
Grantees
” and
together with Optionees, the “
Participants
”) shall
include directors, officers and employees of, and consultants and advisors to,
the Company or any Subsidiary; provided that Incentive Options may only be
granted to employees of the Company and any Subsidiary. In selecting
Participants, and in determining the number of shares to be covered by each
Option or award of Restricted Stock granted to Participants, the Committee may
consider any factors it deems relevant, including, without limitation, the
office or position held by the Participant or the Participant’s relationship to
the Company, the Participant’s degree of responsibility for and contribution to
the growth and success of the Company or any Subsidiary, the Participant’s
length of service, promotions and potential. A Participant who has been granted
an Option or Restricted Stock hereunder may be granted an additional Option or
Options, or Restricted Stock if the Committee shall so determine.
4.
Stock Reserved for the
Plan.
Subject
to adjustment as provided in Section 8 hereof, a total of 1,600,000 shares of
the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “
Stock
”), shall be
subject to the Plan. The maximum number of shares of Stock that may
be subject to Options granted under the Plan to any individual in any calendar
year shall not exceed 1,600,000 shares, and the method of counting such shares
shall conform to any requirements applicable to performance based compensation
under Section 162(m) of the Code, if qualification as performance based
compensation under Section 162(m) is intended
.
The shares of
Stock subject to the Plan shall consist of unissued shares, treasury shares or
previously issued shares held by any Subsidiary of the Company, and such number
of shares of Stock shall be and is hereby reserved for such
purpose. Any of such shares of Stock that may remain unissued and
that are not subject to outstanding Options at the termination of the Plan shall
cease to be reserved for the purposes of the Plan, but until termination of the
Plan the Company shall at all times reserve a sufficient number of shares of
Stock to meet the requirements of the Plan. Should any Option or
award of Restricted Stock expire or be canceled prior to its exercise or vesting
in full or should the number of shares of Stock to be delivered upon the
exercise or vesting in full of an Option or award of Restricted Stock be reduced
for any reason, the shares of Stock theretofore subject to such Option or
Restricted Stock may be subject to future Options or Restricted Stock under the
Plan, except where such reissuance is inconsistent with the provisions of
Section 162(m) of the Code where qualification as performance-based compensation
under Section 162(m) of the Code is intended.
5.
Terms and Conditions of
Options.
Options
granted under the Plan shall be subject to the following conditions and shall
contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of
the Plan, as the Committee shall deem desirable:
(a)
Option
Price
. The purchase price of each share of Stock purchasable
under an Incentive Option shall be determined by the Committee at the time of
grant, but shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value (as defined
below) of such share of Stock on the date the Option is granted;
provided
,
however
, that with
respect to an Optionee who, at the time such Incentive Option is granted, owns
(within the meaning of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10% of the total
combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any
Subsidiary, the purchase price per share of Stock shall be at least 110% of the
Fair Market Value per share of Stock on the date of grant. The
purchase price of each share of Stock purchasable under a Nonqualified Option
shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of such share of Stock on
the date the Option is granted. The exercise price for each Option
shall be subject to adjustment as provided in Section 8 below. “
Fair Market Value
”
means the closing price on the final trading day immediately prior to the grant
date of the Stock on the principal securities exchange on which shares of Stock
are listed (if the shares of Stock are so listed), or on the NASDAQ Stock Market
or OTC Bulletin Board (if the shares of Stock are regularly quoted on the NASDAQ
Stock Market or OTC Bulletin Board, as the case may be), or, if not so listed,
the mean between the closing bid and asked prices of publicly traded shares of
Stock in the over the counter market, or, if such bid and asked prices shall not
be available, as reported by any nationally recognized quotation service
selected by the Company, or as determined by the Committee in a manner
consistent with the provisions of the Code. Anything in this Section
5(a) to the contrary notwithstanding, in no event shall the purchase price of a
share of Stock be less than the minimum price permitted under the rules and
policies of any national securities exchange on which the shares of Stock are
listed
.
(b)
Option
Term
. The term of each Option shall be fixed by the Committee,
but no Option shall be exercisable more than ten years after the date such
Option is granted and in the case of an Incentive Option granted to an Optionee
who, at the time such Incentive Option is granted, owns (within the meaning of
Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10% of the total combined voting power of
all classes of stock of the Company or of any Subsidiary, no such Incentive
Option shall be exercisable more than five years after the date such Incentive
Option is granted.
(c)
Exercisability
. Subject
to Section 5(j) hereof, Options shall be exercisable at such time or times and
subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Committee at
the time of grant;
provided
,
however
, that in the
absence of any Option vesting periods designated by the Committee at the time of
grant, Options shall vest and become exercisable as to one-third of the total
number of shares subject to the Option on each of the first, second and third
anniversaries of the date of grant; and provided further that no Options shall
be exercisable until such time as any vesting limitation required by Section 16
of the Exchange Act, and related rules, shall be satisfied if such limitation
shall be required for continued validity of the exemption provided under Rule
16b-3(d)(3).
Upon the
occurrence of a “Change in Control” (as hereinafter defined), the Committee may
accelerate the vesting and exercisability of outstanding Options, in whole or in
part, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. In its
sole discretion, the Committee may also determine that, upon the occurrence of a
Change in Control, each outstanding Option shall terminate within a specified
number of days after notice to the Optionee thereunder, and each such Optionee
shall receive, with respect to each share of Company Stock subject to such
Option, an amount equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of such shares
immediately prior to such Change in Control over the exercise price per share of
such Option; such amount shall be payable in cash, in one or more kinds of
property (including the property, if any, payable in the transaction) or a
combination thereof, as the Committee shall determine in its sole
discretion.
For
purposes of the Plan, unless otherwise defined in an employment agreement
between the Company and the relevant Optionee, a Change in Control shall be
deemed to have occurred if:
(i) a
tender offer (or series of related offers) shall be made and consummated for the
ownership of 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the Company,
unless as a result of such tender offer more than 50% of the outstanding voting
securities of the surviving or resulting corporation shall be owned in the
aggregate by the stockholders of the Company (as of the time immediately prior
to the commencement of such offer), any employee benefit plan of the Company or
its Subsidiaries, and their affiliates;
(ii) the
Company shall be merged or consolidated with another corporation, unless as a
result of such merger or consolidation more than 50% of the outstanding voting
securities of the surviving or resulting corporation shall be owned in the
aggregate by the stockholders of the Company (as of the time immediately prior
to such transaction), any employee benefit plan of the Company or its
Subsidiaries, and their affiliates;
(iii) the
Company shall sell substantially all of its assets to another corporation that
is not wholly owned by the Company, unless as a result of such sale more than
50% of such assets shall be owned in the aggregate by the stockholders of the
Company (as of the time immediately prior to such transaction), any employee
benefit plan of the Company or its Subsidiaries and their affiliates;
or
(iv) a
Person (as defined below) shall acquire 50% or more of the outstanding voting
securities of the Company (whether directly, indirectly, beneficially or of
record), unless as a result of such acquisition more than 50% of the outstanding
voting securities of the surviving or resulting corporation shall be owned in
the aggregate by the stockholders of the Company (as of the time immediately
prior to the first acquisition of such securities by such Person), any employee
benefit plan of the Company or its Subsidiaries, and their
affiliates.
Notwithstanding
the foregoing, if Change of Control is defined in an employment agreement
between the Company and the relevant Optionee, then, with respect to such
Optionee, Change of Control shall have the meaning ascribed to it in such
employment agreement.
For
purposes of this Section 5(c), ownership of voting securities shall take into
account and shall include ownership as determined by applying the provisions of
Rule 13d-3(d)(I)(i) (as in effect on the date hereof) under the Exchange
Act. In addition, for such purposes, “Person” shall have the meaning
given in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, as modified and used in Sections
13(d) and 14(d) thereof;
provided
,
however
, that a
Person shall not include (A) the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (B) a
trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (C) an underwriter temporarily holding
securities pursuant to an offering of such securities; or (D) a corporation
owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in
substantially the same proportion as their ownership of stock of the
Company.
(d)
Method of
Exercise
. Options to the extent then exercisable may be
exercised in whole or in part at any time during the option period, by giving
written notice to the Company specifying the number of shares of Stock to be
purchased, accompanied by payment in full of the purchase price, in cash, or by
check or such other instrument as may be acceptable to the
Committee. As determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, at
or after grant, payment in full or in part may be made at the election of the
Optionee (i) in the form of Stock owned by the Optionee (based on the Fair
Market Value of the Stock which is not the subject of any pledge or security
interest, (ii) in the form of shares of Stock withheld by the Company from the
shares of Stock otherwise to be received with such withheld shares of Stock
having a Fair Market Value equal to the exercise price of the Option, or (iii)
by a combination of the foregoing, such Fair Market Value determined by applying
the principles set forth in Section 5(a), provided that the combined value of
all cash and cash equivalents and the Fair Market Value of any shares
surrendered to the Company is at least equal to such exercise price and except
with respect to (ii) above, such method of payment will not cause a
disqualifying disposition of all or a portion of the Stock received upon
exercise of an Incentive Option. An Optionee shall have the right to
dividends and other rights of a stockholder with respect to shares of Stock
purchased upon exercise of an Option at such time as the Optionee (i) has given
written notice of exercise and has paid in full for such shares, and (ii) has
satisfied such conditions that may be imposed by the Company with respect to the
withholding of taxes.
(e)
Non-transferability of
Options
. Options are not transferable and may be exercised
solely by the Optionee during his lifetime or after his death by the person or
persons entitled thereto under his will or the laws of descent and
distribution. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may permit a
transfer of a Nonqualified Option to (i) a trust for the benefit of the
Optionee, (ii) a member of the Optionee’s immediate family (or a trust for his
or her benefit) or (iii) pursuant to a domestic relations order. Any
attempt to transfer, assign, pledge or otherwise dispose of, or to subject to
execution, attachment or similar process, any Option contrary to the provisions
hereof shall be void and ineffective and shall give no right to the purported
transferee.
(f)
Termination by
Death
. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, if any
Optionee’s employment with or service to the Company or any Subsidiary
terminates by reason of death, the Option may thereafter be exercised, to the
extent then exercisable (or on such accelerated basis as the Committee shall
determine at or after grant), by the legal representative of the estate or by
the legatee of the Optionee under the will of the Optionee, for a period of one
(1) year after the date of such death (or, if later, such time as the Option may
be exercised pursuant to Section 14(d) hereof) or until the expiration of the
stated term of such Option as provided under the Plan, whichever period is
shorter.
(g)
Termination by Reason of
Disability
. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, if
any Optionee’s employment with or service to the Company or any Subsidiary
terminates by reason of Disability (as defined below), then any Option held by
such Optionee may thereafter be exercised, to the extent it was exercisable at
the time of termination due to Disability (or on such accelerated basis as the
Committee shall determine at or after grant), but may not be exercised after
ninety (90) days after the date of such termination of employment or service
(or, if later, such time as the Option may be exercised pursuant to Section
14(d) hereof) or the expiration of the stated term of such Option, whichever
period is shorter;
provided
,
however
, that, if the
Optionee dies within such ninety (90) day period, any unexercised Option held by
such Optionee shall thereafter be exercisable to the extent to which it was
exercisable at the time of death for a period of one (1) year after the date of
such death (or, if later, such time as the Option may be exercised pursuant to
Section 14(d) hereof) or for the stated term of such Option, whichever period is
shorter. “Disability” shall mean an Optionee’s total and permanent
disability;
provided
,
that if Disability is defined in an employment agreement between the Company and
the relevant Optionee, then, with respect to such Optionee, Disability shall
have the meaning ascribed to it in such employment agreement
(h)
Termination by Reason of
Retirement
. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, if
any Optionee’s employment with or service to the Company or any Subsidiary
terminates by reason of Normal or Early Retirement (as such terms are defined
below), any Option held by such Optionee may thereafter be exercised to the
extent it was exercisable at the time of such Retirement (or on such accelerated
basis as the Committee shall determine at or after grant), but may not be
exercised after ninety (90) days after the date of such termination of
employment or service (or, if later, such time as the Option may be exercised
pursuant to Section 14(d) hereof) or the expiration of the stated term of such
Option, whichever date is earlier;
provided
,
however
, that, if the
Optionee dies within such ninety (90) day period, any unexercised Option held by
such Optionee shall thereafter be exercisable, to the extent to which it was
exercisable at the time of death, for a period of one (1) year after the date of
such death (or, if later, such time as the Option may be exercised pursuant to
Section 14(d) hereof) or for the stated term of such Option, whichever period is
shorter.
For
purposes of this paragraph (h), “
Normal Retirement
”
shall mean retirement from active employment with the Company or any Subsidiary
on or after the normal retirement date specified in the applicable Company or
Subsidiary pension plan or if no such pension plan, age 65, and “
Early Retirement
”
shall mean retirement from active employment with the Company or any Subsidiary
pursuant to the early retirement provisions of the applicable Company or
Subsidiary pension plan or if no such pension plan, age 55.
(i)
Other
Terminations
. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee
upon grant, if any Optionee’s employment with or service to the Company or any
Subsidiary is terminated by such Optionee for any reason other than death,
Disability, Normal or Early Retirement or Good Reason (as defined below), the
Option shall thereupon terminate, except that the portion of any Option that was
exercisable on the date of such termination of employment or service may be
exercised for the lesser of ninety (90) days after the date of termination (or,
if later, such time as the Option may be exercised pursuant to Section 14(d)
hereof) or the balance of such Option’s term, which ever period is
shorter. The transfer of an Optionee from the employ of or service to
the Company to the employ of or service to a Subsidiary, or vice versa, or from
one Subsidiary to another, shall not be deemed to constitute a termination of
employment or service for purposes of the Plan.
(i) In
the event that the Optionee’s employment or service with the Company or any
Subsidiary is terminated by the Company or such Subsidiary for “cause” any
unexercised portion of any Option shall immediately terminate in its
entirety. For purposes hereof, unless otherwise defined in an
employment agreement between the Company and the relevant Optionee, “Cause”
shall exist upon a good-faith determination by the Board, following a hearing
before the Board at which an Optionee was represented by counsel and given an
opportunity to be heard, that such Optionee has been accused of fraud,
dishonesty or act detrimental to the interests of the Company or any Subsidiary
of Company or that such Optionee has been accused of or convicted of an act of
willful and material embezzlement or fraud against the Company or of a felony
under any state or federal statute;
provided
,
however
, that it is
specifically understood that “Cause” shall not include any act of commission or
omission in the good-faith exercise of such Optionee’s business judgment as a
director, officer or employee of the Company, as the case may be, or upon the
advice of counsel to the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if
Cause is defined in an employment agreement between the Company and the relevant
Optionee, then, with respect to such Optionee, Cause shall have the meaning
ascribed to it in such employment agreement.
(ii) In
the event that an Optionee is removed as a director, officer or employee by the
Company at any time other than for “Cause” or resigns as a director, officer or
employee for “Good Reason” the Option granted to such Optionee may be exercised
by the Optionee, to the extent the Option was exercisable on the date such
Optionee ceases to be a director, officer or employee. Such Option
may be exercised at any time within one (1) year after the date the Optionee
ceases to be a director, officer or employee (or, if later, such time as the
Option may be exercised pursuant to Section 14(d) hereof), or the date on which
the Option otherwise expires by its terms; which ever period is shorter, at
which time the Option shall terminate;
provided
,
however
, if the
Optionee dies before the Options terminate and are no longer exercisable, the
terms and provisions of Section 5(f) shall control. For purposes of
this Section 5(i), and unless otherwise defined in an employment agreement
between the Company and the relevant Optionee, Good Reason shall exist upon the
occurrence of the following:
|
(A)
|
the
assignment to Optionee of any duties inconsistent with the position in the
Company that Optionee held immediately prior to the
assignment;
|
|
(B)
|
a
Change of Control resulting in a significant adverse alteration in the
status or conditions of Optionee’s participation with the Company or other
nature of Optionee’s responsibilities from those in effect prior to such
Change of Control, including any significant alteration in Optionee’s
responsibilities immediately prior to such Change in Control;
and
|
|
(C)
|
the
failure by the Company to continue to provide Optionee with benefits
substantially similar to those enjoyed by Optionee prior to such
failure.
|
Notwithstanding
the foregoing, if Good Reason is defined in an employment agreement between the
Company and the relevant Optionee, then, with respect to such Optionee, Good
Reason shall have the meaning ascribed to it in such employment
agreement.
(j)
Limit on Value of Incentive
Option
. The aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the
date the Incentive Option is granted, of Stock for which Incentive Options are
exercisable for the first time by any Optionee during any calendar year under
the Plan (and/or any other stock option plans of the Company or any Subsidiary)
shall not exceed $100,000.
6.
Terms and Conditions of Restricted
Stock.
Restricted
Stock may be granted under this Plan aside from, or in association with, any
other award and shall be subject to the following conditions and shall contain
such additional terms and conditions (including provisions relating to the
acceleration of vesting of Restricted Stock upon a Change of Control), not
inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Committee shall deem
desirable:
(a)
Grantee
rights
. A Grantee shall have no rights to an award of
Restricted Stock unless and until Grantee accepts the award within the period
prescribed by the Committee and, if the Committee shall deem desirable, makes
payment to the Company in cash, or by check or such other instrument as may be
acceptable to the Committee. After acceptance and issuance of a
certificate or certificates, as provided for below, the Grantee shall have the
rights of a stockholder with respect to Restricted Stock subject to the
non-transferability and forfeiture restrictions described in Section 6(d)
below.
(b)
Issuance of
Certificates
. The Company shall issue in the Grantee’s name a
certificate or certificates for the shares of Common Stock associated with the
award promptly after the Grantee accepts such award.
(c)
Delivery of
Certificates
. Unless otherwise provided, any certificate or
certificates issued evidencing shares of Restricted Stock shall not be delivered
to the Grantee until such shares are free of any restrictions specified by the
Committee at the time of grant.
(d)
Forfeitability,
Non-transferability of Restricted Stock
. Shares of Restricted
Stock are forfeitable until the terms of the Restricted Stock grant have been
satisfied. Shares of Restricted Stock are not transferable until the
date on which the Committee has specified such restrictions have
lapsed. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee at or after grant,
distributions in the form of dividends or otherwise of additional shares or
property in respect of shares of Restricted Stock shall be subject to the same
restrictions as such shares of Restricted Stock.
(e)
Change of
Control
. Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control as defined
in Section 5(c), the Committee may accelerate the vesting of outstanding
Restricted Stock, in whole or in part, as determined by the Committee, in its
sole discretion.
(f)
Termination of
Employment
. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at or
after grant, in the event the Grantee ceases to be an employee or otherwise
associated with the Company for any other reason, all shares of Restricted Stock
theretofore awarded to him which are still subject to restrictions shall be
forfeited and the Company shall have the right to complete the blank stock
power. The Committee may provide (on or after grant) that
restrictions or forfeiture conditions relating to shares of Restricted Stock
will be waived in whole or in part in the event of termination resulting from
specified causes, and the Committee may in other cases waive in whole or in part
restrictions or forfeiture conditions relating to Restricted Stock.
7.
Term of
Plan.
No Option
or award of Restricted Stock shall be granted pursuant to the Plan on or after
the date which is ten years from the effective date of the Plan, but Options and
awards of Restricted Stock theretofore granted may extend beyond that
date.
8.
Capital Change of
the Company.
In the
event of any merger, reorganization, consolidation, recapitalization, stock
dividend, or other change in corporate structure affecting the Stock, the
Committee shall make an appropriate and equitable adjustment in the number and
kind of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan and in the number and option
price of shares subject to outstanding Options granted under the Plan, to the
end that after such event each Optionee’s proportionate interest shall be
maintained (to the extent possible) as immediately before the occurrence of such
event. The Committee shall, to the extent feasible, make such other
adjustments as may be required under the tax laws so that any Incentive Options
previously granted shall not be deemed modified within the meaning of Section
424(h) of the Code. Appropriate adjustments shall also be made in the
case of outstanding Restricted Stock granted under the Plan.
The
adjustments described above will be made only to the extent consistent with
continued qualification of the Option under Section 422 of the Code (in the case
of an Incentive Option) and Section 409A of the Code.
9.
Purchase for
Investment/Conditions.
Unless
the Options and shares covered by the Plan have been registered under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “
Securities Act
”), or
the Company has determined that such registration is unnecessary, each person
exercising or receiving Options or Restricted Stock under the Plan may be
required by the Company to give a representation in writing that he is acquiring
the securities for his own account for investment and not with a view to, or for
sale in connection with, the distribution of any part thereof. The
Committee may impose any additional or further restrictions on awards of Options
or Restricted Stock as shall be determined by the Committee at the time of
award.
10.
Taxes.
(a) The
Company may make such provisions as it may deem appropriate, consistent with
applicable law, in connection with any Options or Restricted Stock granted under
the Plan with respect to the withholding of any taxes (including income or
employment taxes) or any other tax matters.
(b) If
any Grantee, in connection with the acquisition of Restricted Stock, makes the
election permitted under Section 83(b) of the Code (that is, an election to
include in gross income in the year of transfer the amounts specified in Section
83(b)), such Grantee shall notify the Company of the election with the Internal
Revenue Service pursuant to regulations issued under the authority of Code
Section 83(b).
(c) If
any Grantee shall make any disposition of shares of Stock issued pursuant to the
exercise of an Incentive Option under the circumstances described in Section
421(b) of the Code (relating to certain disqualifying dispositions), such
Grantee shall notify the Company of such disposition within ten (10) days
hereof.
11.
Effective Date of
Plan.
The Plan
shall be effective on December 2, 2009; provided, however, that if,
and only if, certain options are intended to qualify as Incentive Stock Options,
the Plan must subsequently be approved by majority vote of the Company’s
stockholders no later than December 2, 2009, and further, that in the event
certain Option grants hereunder are intended to qualify as performance-based
compensation within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the requirements
as to stockholder approval set forth in Section 162(m) of the Code are
satisfied.
12.
Amendment and
Termination.
The Board
may amend, suspend, or terminate the Plan, except that no amendment shall be
made that would impair the rights of any Participant under any Option or
Restricted Stock theretofore granted without the Participant’s consent, and
except that no amendment shall be made which, without the approval of the
stockholders of the Company would:
(a) materially
increase the number of shares that may be issued under the Plan, except as is
provided in Section 8;
(b) materially
increase the benefits accruing to the Participants under the Plan;
(c) materially
modify the requirements as to eligibility for participation in the
Plan;
(d) decrease
the exercise price of an Incentive Option to less than 100% of the Fair Market
Value per share of Stock on the date of grant thereof or the exercise price of a
Nonqualified Option to less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per share of
Stock on the date of grant thereof; or
(e) extend
the term of any Option beyond that provided for in Section 5(b).
(f) except
as otherwise provided in Sections 5(d) and 8 hereof, reduce the exercise price
of outstanding Options or effect repricing through cancellations and re-grants
of new Options.
Subject
to the forgoing, the Committee may amend the terms of any Option theretofore
granted, prospectively or retrospectively, but no such amendment shall impair
the rights of any Optionee without the Optionee’s consent.
It is the
intention of the Board that the Plan comply strictly with the provisions of
Section 409A of the Code and Treasury Regulations and other Internal Revenue
Service guidance promulgated thereunder (the “
Section 409A Rules
”)
and the Committee shall exercise its discretion in granting awards hereunder
(and the terms of such awards), accordingly. The Plan and any grant
of an award hereunder may be amended from time to time (without, in the case of
an award, the consent of the Participant) as may be necessary or appropriate to
comply with the Section 409A Rules.
13.
Government
Regulations.
The Plan,
and the grant and exercise of Options or Restricted Stock hereunder, and the
obligation of the Company to sell and deliver shares under such Options and
Restricted Stock shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations,
and to such approvals by any governmental agencies, national securities
exchanges and interdealer quotation systems as may be required.
14.
General
Provisions.
(a)
Certificates
. All
certificates for shares of Stock delivered under the Plan shall be subject to
such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem
advisable under the rules, regulations and other requirements of the Securities
and Exchange Commission, or other securities commission having jurisdiction, any
applicable Federal or state securities law, any stock exchange or interdealer
quotation system upon which the Stock is then listed or traded and the Committee
may cause a legend or legends to be placed on any such certificates to make
appropriate reference to such restrictions.
(b)
Employment
Matters
. Neither the adoption of the Plan nor any grant or
award under the Plan shall confer upon any Participant who is an employee of the
Company or any Subsidiary any right to continued employment or, in the case of a
Participant who is a director, continued service as a director, with the Company
or a Subsidiary, as the case may be, nor shall it interfere in any way with the
right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate the employment of any of its
employees, the service of any of its directors or the retention of any of its
consultants or advisors at any time.
(c)
Limitation of
Liability
. No member of the Committee, or any officer or
employee of the Company acting on behalf of the Committee, shall be personally
liable for any action, determination or interpretation taken or made in good
faith with respect to the Plan, and all members of the Committee and each and
any officer or employee of the Company acting on their behalf shall, to the
extent permitted by law, be fully indemnified and protected by the Company in
respect of any such action, determination or interpretation.
(d)
Registration of
Stock
. Notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan, no
Option may be exercised unless and until the Stock to be issued upon the
exercise thereof has been registered under the Securities Act and applicable
state securities laws, or are, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, exempt
from such registration in the United States. The Company shall not be
under any obligation to register under applicable federal or state securities
laws any Stock to be issued upon the exercise of an Option granted hereunder in
order to permit the exercise of an Option and the issuance and sale of the Stock
subject to such Option, although the Company may in its sole discretion register
such Stock at such time as the Company shall determine. If the
Company chooses to comply with such an exemption from registration, the Stock
issued under the Plan may, at the direction of the Committee, bear an
appropriate restrictive legend restricting the transfer or pledge of the Stock
represented thereby, and the Committee may also give appropriate stop transfer
instructions with respect to such Stock to the Company’s transfer
agent.
15.
Non-Uniform
Determinations.
The
Committee’s determinations under the Plan, including, without limitation, (i)
the determination of the Participants to receive awards, (ii) the form, amount
and timing of such awards, (iii) the terms and provisions of such awards and
(ii) the agreements evidencing the same, need not be uniform and may be made by
it selectively among Participants who receive, or who are eligible to receive,
awards under the Plan, whether or not such Participants are similarly
situated.
16.
Governing Law.
The
validity, construction, and effect of the Plan and any rules and regulations
relating to the Plan shall be determined in accordance with the internal laws of
the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws,
and applicable federal law.
Exhibit
10.9
PIONEER
POWER SOLUTIONS, INC.
2009
EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
INCENTIVE
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
This INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
(the “Option Agreement”), dated as of the __ day of ___________, 2___ (the
“Grant Date”), is between Pioneer Power Solutions, Inc., a Delaware corporation
(the “Company”), and _______ (the “Optionee”), a key employee of the Company or
of a Subsidiary of the Company (a “Related Corporation”), pursuant to the
Pioneer Power Solutions, Inc. 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (the
“Plan”).
WHEREAS, the Company desires to give
the Optionee the opportunity to purchase shares of common stock of the Company,
par value $0.001 (“Common Shares”), in accordance with the provisions of the
Plan, a copy of which is attached hereto;
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the
mutual covenants hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable
consideration, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree
as follows:
1.
Grant of
Option
. The Company hereby grants to the Optionee the right
and option (the “Option”) to purchase all or any part of an aggregate of
[________] (______)
Common Shares. The Option is in all respects limited and
conditioned as hereinafter provided, and is subject in all respects to the terms
and conditions of the Plan now in effect and as it may be amended from time to
time (but only to the extent that such amendments apply to outstanding
options). Such terms and conditions are incorporated herein by
reference, made a part hereof, and shall control in the event of any conflict
with any other terms of this Option Agreement. The Option granted
hereunder is intended to be an incentive stock option (“ISO”) meeting the
requirements of the Plan and section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended (the “Code”), and
not
a nonqualified
stock option (“NQSO”).
2.
Exercise
Price
. The exercise price of the Common Shares covered by this
Option shall be $_________ per share. It is the determination of the
committee administering the Plan (the “Committee”) that on the Grant Date the
exercise price was not less than the greater of (i) 100% (110% for an Optionee
who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all shares of stock
of the Company or of a Related Corporation – a “More-Than-10% Owner”) of the
“Fair Market Value” (as defined in the Plan) of a Common Share, or (ii) the par
value of a Common Share.
3.
Term
. Unless
earlier terminated pursuant to any provision of the Plan or of this Option
Agreement, this Option shall expire on _________ __, 2____ (the “Expiration
Date”), which date is not more than 10 years (five years in the case of a
More-Than-10% Owner) from the Grant Date. This Option shall not be exercisable
on or after the Expiration Date.
4.
Exercise of
Option
. The Option shall vest according to the following
schedule, provided that Optionee remains continuously employed as a key employee
of the Company or a Related Corporation from the date hereof through the
applicable vesting date:
Date
Installment Becomes Exercisable
|
Number
of Shares
|
|
______
Shares
|
|
an
additional ______ Shares
|
|
an
additional ______ Shares
|
|
an
additional ______ Shares
|
The
Committee may accelerate any vesting date of the Option, in its discretion, if
it deems such acceleration to be desirable. Once the Option becomes
exercisable, it will remain exercisable until it is exercised or until it
terminates.
5.
Method of Exercising
Option
. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Option
Agreement and the Plan, the Option may be exercised by written notice to the
Company at its principal office. The form of such notice is attached
hereto and shall state the election to exercise the Option and the number of
whole shares with respect to which it is being exercised; shall be signed by the
person or persons so exercising the Option; and shall be accompanied by payment
of the full exercise price of such shares. Only full shares will be
issued.
The exercise price shall be paid to the
Company:
(a) in
cash, or by certified check, bank draft, or postal or express money
order;
(b) through
the delivery of Common Shares previously acquired by the Optionee;
(c) by
delivering a properly executed notice of exercise of the Option to the Company
and a broker, with irrevocable instructions to the broker promptly to deliver to
the Company the amount necessary to pay the exercise price of the
Option;
(d) in
Common Shares newly acquired by the Optionee upon exercise of the Option (which
shall constitute a disqualifying disposition with respect to this ISO);
or
(e) in
any combination of (a), (b), (c) or (d) above.
In the
event the exercise price is paid, in whole or in part, with Common Shares, the
portion of the exercise price so paid shall be equal to the Fair Market Value of
the Common Shares surrendered on the date of exercise.
Upon receipt of notice of exercise and
payment, the Company shall deliver a certificate or certificates representing
the Common Shares with respect to which the Option is so exercised. The Optionee
shall obtain the rights of a shareholder upon receipt of a certificate(s)
representing such Common Shares.
Such certificate(s) shall be registered
in the name of the person so exercising the Option (or, if the Option is
exercised by the Optionee and if the Optionee so requests in the notice
exercising the Option, shall be registered in the name of the Optionee and the
Optionee’s spouse, jointly, with right of survivorship), and shall be delivered
as provided above to, or upon the written order of, the person exercising the
Option. In the event the Option is exercised by any person after the
death or disability (as determined in accordance with Section 22(e)(3) of the
Code) of the Optionee, the notice shall be accompanied by appropriate proof of
the right of such person to exercise the Option. All Common Shares
that are purchased upon exercise of the Option as provided herein shall be fully
paid and non-assessable.
Upon exercise of the Option, Optionee
shall be responsible for all employment and income taxes then or thereafter due
(whether Federal, State or local), and if the Optionee does not remit to the
Company sufficient cash (or, with the consent of the Committee, Common Shares)
to satisfy all applicable withholding requirements, the Company shall be
entitled to satisfy any withholding requirements for any such tax by disposing
of Common Shares at exercise, withholding cash from Optionee’s salary or other
compensation or such other means as the Committee considers appropriate to the
fullest extent permitted by applicable law. Nothing in the preceding
sentence shall impair or limit the Company’s rights with respect to satisfying
withholding obligations under Section 10 of the Plan.
6.
Non-Transferability of
Option
. This Option is not assignable or transferable, in
whole or in part, by the Optionee other than by will or by the laws of descent
and distribution. During the lifetime of the Optionee, the Option
shall be exercisable only by the Optionee or, in the event of his or her
disability, by his or her guardian or legal representative.
7.
Termination of
Employment
. If the Optionee’s employment with the Company and
all Related Corporations is terminated for any reason (other than death or
disability) prior to the Expiration Date, then this Option may be exercised by
Optionee, to the extent of the number of Common Shares with respect to which the
Optionee could have exercised it on the date of such termination of employment,
at any time prior to the earlier of (i) the Expiration Date, or (ii) three
months after such termination of employment. Any part of the Option
that was not exercisable immediately before the termination of Optionee’s
employment shall terminate at that time.
8.
Disability
. If
the Optionee becomes disabled (as determined in accordance with section 22(e)(3)
of the Code) during his or her employment and, prior to the Expiration Date, the
Optionee’s employment is terminated as a consequence of such disability, then
this Option may be exercised by the Optionee or by the Optionee’s legal
representative, to the extent of the number of Common Shares with respect to
which the Optionee could have exercised it on the date of such termination of
employment at any time prior to the earlier of (i) the Expiration Date or (ii)
one year after such termination of employment. Any part of the Option
that was not exercisable immediately before the Optionee’s termination of
employment shall terminate at that time.
9.
Death
. If
the Optionee dies during his or her employment and prior to the Expiration Date,
or if the Optionee’s employment is terminated for any reason (as described in
Paragraphs 7 and 8) and the Optionee dies following his or her termination
of employment but prior to the earliest of (i) the Expiration Date, or (ii) the
expiration of the period determined under Paragraph 7 or 8 (as applicable
to the Optionee), then this Option may be exercised by the Optionee’s estate,
personal representative or beneficiary who acquired the right to exercise this
Option by bequest or inheritance or by reason of the Optionee’s death, to the
extent of the number of Common Shares with respect to which the Optionee could
have exercised it on the date of his or her death, at any time prior to the
earlier of (i) the Expiration Date or (ii) one year after the date of the
Optionee’s death. Any part of the Option that was not exercisable
immediately before the Optionee’s death shall terminate at that
time.
10.
Disqualifying Disposition of
Option Shares
. The Optionee agrees to give written notice to
the Company, at its principal office, if a “disposition” of the Common Shares
acquired through exercise of the Option granted hereunder occurs at any time
within two years after the Grant Date or within one year after the transfer to
the Optionee of such shares. Optionee acknowledges that if such
disposition occurs, the Optionee generally will recognize ordinary income as of
the date the Option was exercised in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the
Fair Market Value of the Common Shares on the date of exercise minus the
exercise price, or (ii) the amount realized on disposition of such shares minus
the exercise price. If requested by the Company at the time of and in
the case of any such disposition, Optionee shall pay to the Company an amount
sufficient to satisfy the Company’s federal, state and local withholding tax
obligations with respect to such disposition. The provisions of this
Section 10 shall apply, whether or not the Optionee is in the employ of the
Company at the time of the relevant disposition. For purposes of this
Paragraph, the term “disposition” shall have the meaning assigned to such term
by section 424(c) of the Code.
11.
Securities
Matters
. (a) If, at any time, counsel to the
Company shall determine that the listing, registration or qualification of the
Common Shares subject to the Option upon any securities exchange or under any
state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental or
regulatory body, or that the disclosure of non-public information or the
satisfaction of any other condition is necessary as a condition of, or in
connection with, the issuance or purchase of Common Shares hereunder, such
Option may not be exercised, in whole or in part, unless such listing,
registration, qualification, consent or approval, or satisfaction of such
condition shall have been effected or obtained on conditions acceptable to the
Board of Directors. The Company shall be under no obligation to apply
for or to obtain such listing, registration or qualification, or to satisfy such
condition. The Committee shall inform the Optionee in writing of any
decision to defer or prohibit the exercise of an Option. During the
period that the effectiveness of the exercise of an Option has been deferred or
prohibited, the Optionee may, by written notice, withdraw the Optionee’s
decision to exercise and obtain a refund of any amount paid with respect
thereto.
(b) The
Company may require: (i) the Optionee (or any other person exercising the Option
in the case of the Optionee’s death or Disability) as a condition of exercising
the Option, to give written assurances, in substance and form satisfactory to
the Company, to the effect that such person is acquiring the Common Shares
subject to the Option for his or her own account for investment and not with any
present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the same, and to make
such other representations or covenants; and (ii) that any certificates for
Common Shares delivered in connection with the exercise of the Option bear such
legends, in each case as the Company deems necessary or appropriate, in order to
comply with federal and applicable state securities laws, to comply with
covenants or representations made by the Company in connection with any public
offering of its Common Shares or otherwise. The Optionee specifically
understands and agrees that the Common Shares, if and when issued upon exercise
of the Option, may be “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule
144 under the Securities Act of 1933 and, accordingly, the Optionee may be
required to hold the shares indefinitely unless they are registered under such
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or an exemption from such registration is
available.
(c) The
Optionee shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any Common Shares
covered by the Option (including, without limitation, any rights to receive
dividends or non-cash distributions with respect to such shares) until the date
of issue of a stock certificate to the Optionee for such Common
Shares. No adjustment shall be made for dividends or other rights for
which the record date is prior to the date such stock certificate is
issued.
12.
Governing
Law
. This Option Agreement shall be governed by the applicable
Code provisions to the maximum extent possible. Otherwise, the laws
of the State of Delaware (without reference to the principles of conflict of
laws) shall govern the operation of, and the rights of the Optionee under, the
Plan and Options granted thereunder.
[SIGNATURE
PAGE FOLLOWS]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has
caused this Incentive Stock Option Agreement to be duly executed by its duly
authorized officer, and the Optionee has hereunto set his or her hand and seal,
all as of the ______ day of ____________, 2____.
PIONEER
POWER SOLUTIONS, INC.
By:_______________________________
Name:
Title:
________________________________
Optionee
PIONEER
POWER SOLUTIONS, INC.
2009
EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
Notice of
Exercise of Incentive Stock Option
I hereby exercise the incentive stock
option granted to me pursuant to the Incentive Stock Option Agreement dated as
of ____________ __, 20__, by Pioneer Power Solutions, Inc. (the
“Company”), with respect to the following number of shares of the Company’s
common stock (“Shares”), par value $0.001 per Share, covered by said
option:
Number of Shares to be
purchased: _______
Purchase price per
Share: $_______
Total purchase
price: $_______
|
|
A.
|
Enclosed
is cash or my certified check, bank draft, or postal or express money
order in the amount of $________ in full/partial
[circle one]
payment for
such Shares;
|
and/or
|
|
B.
|
Enclosed
is/are
Share(s)
with a total fair market value of $
on the
date hereof in full/partial
[circle one]
payment for
such Shares;
|
and/or
|
|
C.
|
I
have provided notice to
[insert name of broker]
,
a broker, who will render full/partial
[circle one]
payment for
such Shares.
[Optionee should attach to the
notice of exercise provided to such broker a copy of this Notice of
Exercise and irrevocable instructions to pay to the Company the
full/partial (as elected above) exercise
price.]
|
and/or
|
|
D.
|
I
elect to satisfy the payment for Shares purchased hereunder by having the
Company withhold newly acquired Shares pursuant to the exercise of the
Option. I understand that this will result in a “disqualifying
disposition,” as described in Section 10 of my Incentive Stock Option
Agreement.
|
Please have the certificate or
certificates representing the purchased Shares registered in the following name
or names
*
:
;
and sent to
.
DATED:
___,
2___ ______________________
*
|
Certificates
may be registered in the name of the Optionee alone or in the joint names
(with right of survivorship) of the Optionee and his or her
spouse.
|
Exhibit
10.10
PIONEER
POWER SOLUTIONS, INC.
2009
EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
NONQUALIFIED
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
This NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION
AGREEMENT (the “Option Agreement”), dated as of the ____ day of ___ 2___ (the
“Grant Date”), is between Pioneer Power Solutions, Inc., a Delaware corporation
(the “Company”), and _____________ (the “Optionee”), a director, officer or
employees of, or consultant or advisor to, the Company or a Subsidiary of the
Company (a “Related Corporation”), pursuant to the Pioneer Power Solutions, Inc.
2009 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).
WHEREAS, the Company desires to give
the Optionee the opportunity to purchase shares of common stock of the Company,
par value $0.001 (“Common Shares”) in accordance with the provisions of the
Plan, a copy of which is attached hereto;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the
mutual covenants hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable
consideration, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree
as follows:
1.
Grant of
Option
. The Company hereby grants to the Optionee the right
and option (the “Option”) to purchase all or any part of an aggregate of
___________________ (______) Common Shares. The Option is in all
respects limited and conditioned as hereinafter provided, and is subject in all
respects to the terms and conditions of the Plan now in effect and as it may be
amended from time to time (but only to the extent that such amendments apply to
outstanding options). Such terms and conditions are incorporated
herein by reference, made a part hereof, and shall control in the event of any
conflict with any other terms of this Option Agreement. The Option
granted hereunder is intended to be a nonqualified stock option (“NQSO”) and
not
an
incentive stock option (“ISO”) as such term is defined in section 422 of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).
2.
Exercise
Price
. The exercise price of the Common Shares covered by this
Option shall be $_________ per share. It is the determination of the
committee administering the Plan (the “Committee”) that on the Grant Date the
exercise price was not less than the greater of (i) 100% of the “Fair Market
Value” (as defined in the Plan) of a Common Share, or (ii) the par value of a
Common Share.
3.
Term
. Unless
earlier terminated pursuant to any provision of the Plan or of this Option
Agreement, this Option shall expire on ___________ ___, 2____ (the “Expiration
Date”), which date is not more than 10 years from the Grant
Date. This Option shall not be exercisable on or after the Expiration
Date.
4.
Exercise of
Option
. The Option shall vest according to the following
schedule, provided that Optionee remains continuously engaged as a director,
officer or employee of, or consultant or advisor to, the Company or a Related
Corporation from the date hereof through the applicable vesting
date:
Date
Installment Becomes Exercisable
|
Number
of Shares
|
|
______
Shares
|
|
an
additional ______ Shares
|
|
an
additional ______ Shares
|
|
an
additional ______ Shares
|
The
Committee may accelerate any vesting date of the Option, in its discretion, if
it deems such acceleration to be desirable. Once the Option becomes
exercisable, it will remain exercisable until it is exercised or until it
terminates.
5.
Method of Exercising
Option
. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Option
Agreement and the Plan, the Option may be exercised by written notice to the
Company at its principal office. The form of such notice is attached
hereto and shall state the election to exercise the Option and the number of
whole shares with respect to which it is being exercised; shall be signed by the
person or persons so exercising the Option; and shall be accompanied by payment
of the full exercise price of such shares. Only full shares will be
issued.
The exercise price shall be paid to the
Company:
(a) in
cash, or by certified check, bank draft, or postal or express money
order;
(b) through
the delivery of Common Shares previously acquired by the Optionee;
(c) by
delivering a properly executed notice of exercise of the Option to the Company
and a broker, with irrevocable instructions to the broker promptly to deliver to
the Company the amount necessary to pay the exercise price of the
Option;
(d) in
Common Shares newly acquired by the Optionee upon exercise of the Option;
or
(e) in
any combination of (a), (b), (c) or (d) above.
In the
event the exercise price is paid, in whole or in part, with Common Shares, the
portion of the exercise price so paid shall be equal to the Fair Market Value of
the Common Shares surrendered on the date of exercise.
Upon receipt of notice of exercise and
payment, the Company shall deliver a certificate or certificates representing
the Common Shares with respect to which the Option is so exercised. The Optionee
shall obtain the rights of a shareholder upon receipt of a certificate(s)
representing such Common Shares.
Such certificate(s) shall be registered
in the name of the person so exercising the Option (or, if the Option is
exercised by the Optionee and if the Optionee so requests in the notice
exercising the Option, shall be registered in the name of the Optionee and the
Optionee’s spouse, jointly, with right of survivorship), and shall be delivered
as provided above to, or upon the written order of, the person exercising the
Option. In the event the Option is exercised by any person after the
death or disability (as determined in accordance with Section 22(e)(3) of the
Code) of the Optionee, the notice shall be accompanied by appropriate proof of
the right of such person to exercise the Option. All Common Shares
that are purchased upon exercise of the Option as provided herein shall be fully
paid and non-assessable.
Upon exercise of the Option, Optionee
shall be responsible for all employment and income taxes then or thereafter due
(whether Federal, State or local), and if the Optionee does not remit to the
Company sufficient cash (or, with the consent of the Committee, Common Shares)
to satisfy all applicable withholding requirements, the Company shall be
entitled to satisfy any withholding requirements for any such tax by disposing
of Common Shares at exercise, withholding cash from Optionee’s salary or other
compensation or such other means as the Committee considers appropriate to the
fullest extent permitted by applicable law. Nothing in the preceding
sentence shall impair or limit the Company’s rights with respect to satisfying
withholding obligations under Section 10 of the Plan.
6.
Non-Transferability of
Option
. This Option is not assignable or transferable, in
whole or in part, by the Optionee other than by will or by the laws of descent
and distribution. During the lifetime of the Optionee, the Option
shall be exercisable only by the Optionee or, in the event of his or her
disability, by his or her guardian or legal representative.
7.
Termination of
Services
. If the Optionee’s services with the Company and all
Related Corporations are terminated for any reason (other than death or
disability) prior to the Expiration Date, then this Option may be exercised by
Optionee, to the extent of the number of Common Shares with respect to which the
Optionee could have exercised it on the date of such termination of services, at
any time prior to the earlier of (i) the Expiration Date, or (ii) three months
after such termination of services. Any part of the Option that was
not exercisable immediately before the termination of Optionee’s services shall
terminate at that time.
8.
Disability
. If
the Optionee becomes disabled (as determined in accordance with section 22(e)(3)
of the Code) during the period of his or her service and, prior to the
Expiration Date, the Optionee’s services are terminated as a consequence of such
disability, then this Option may be exercised by the Optionee or by the
Optionee’s legal representative, to the extent of the number of Common Shares
with respect to which the Optionee could have exercised it on the date of such
termination of services, at any time prior to the earlier of (i) the Expiration
Date or (ii) one year after such termination of services. Any part of
the Option that was not exercisable immediately before the Optionee’s
termination of services shall terminate at that time.
9.
Death
. If
the Optionee dies during the period of his or her services and prior to the
Expiration Date, or if the Optionee’s services are terminated for any reason (as
described in Paragraphs 7 and 8) and the Optionee dies following his or her
termination of services but prior to the earliest of (i) the Expiration Date, or
(ii) the expiration of the period determined under Paragraph 7 or 8 (as
applicable to the Optionee), then this Option may be exercised by the Optionee’s
estate, personal representative or beneficiary who acquired the right to
exercise this Option by bequest or inheritance or by reason of the Optionee’s
death, to the extent of the number of Common Shares with respect to which the
Optionee could have exercised it on the date of his or her death, at any time
prior to the earlier of (i) the Expiration Date or (ii) one year after the date
of the Optionee’s death. Any part of the Option that was not
exercisable immediately before the Optionee’s death shall terminate at that
time.
10.
Securities
Matters
. (a) If, at any time, counsel to the
Company shall determine that the listing, registration or qualification of the
Common Shares subject to the Option upon any securities exchange or under any
state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental or
regulatory body, or that the disclosure of non-public information or the
satisfaction of any other condition is necessary as a condition of, or in
connection with, the issuance or purchase of Common Shares hereunder, such
Option may not be exercised, in whole or in part, unless such listing,
registration, qualification, consent or approval, or satisfaction of such
condition shall have been effected or obtained on conditions acceptable to the
Board of Directors. The Company shall be under no obligation to apply
for or to obtain such listing, registration or qualification, or to satisfy such
condition. The Committee shall inform the Optionee in writing of any
decision to defer or prohibit the exercise of an Option. During the
period that the effectiveness of the exercise of an Option has been deferred or
prohibited, the Optionee may, by written notice, withdraw the Optionee’s
decision to exercise and obtain a refund of any amount paid with respect
thereto.
(b) The
Company may require: (i) the Optionee (or any other person exercising the Option
in the case of the Optionee’s death or Disability) as a condition of exercising
the Option, to give written assurances, in substance and form satisfactory to
the Company, to the effect that such person is acquiring the Common Shares
subject to the Option for his or her own account for investment and not with any
present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the same, and to make
such other representations or covenants; and (ii) that any certificates for
Common Shares delivered in connection with the exercise of the Option bear such
legends, in each case as the Company deems necessary or appropriate, in order to
comply with federal and applicable state securities laws, to comply with
covenants or representations made by the Company in connection with any public
offering of its Common Shares or otherwise. The Optionee specifically
understands and agrees that the Common Shares, if and when issued upon exercise
of the Option, may be “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule
144 under the Securities Act of 1933 and, accordingly, the Optionee may be
required to hold the shares indefinitely unless they are registered under such
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or an exemption from such registration is
available.
(c) The
Optionee shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any Common Shares
covered by the Option (including, without limitation, any rights to receive
dividends or non-cash distributions with respect to such shares) until the date
of issue of a stock certificate to the Optionee for such Common
Shares. No adjustment shall be made for dividends or other rights for
which the record date is prior to the date such stock certificate is
issued.
11.
Governing
Law
. This Option Agreement shall be governed by the applicable
Code provisions to the maximum extent possible. Otherwise, the laws
of the State of Delaware (without reference to the principles of conflict of
laws) shall govern the operation of, and the rights of the Optionee under, the
Plan and Options granted thereunder.
[SIGNATURE
PAGE FOLLOWS]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has
caused this Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement to be duly executed by its duly
authorized officer, and the Optionee has hereunto set his or her hand and seal,
all as of the ____ day of ___, 2___.
PIONEER
POWER SOLUTIONS, INC.
By:_______________________________
Name:
Title:
_______________________________
Optionee
PIONEER
POWER SOLUTIONS, INC.
2009
EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
Notice of
Exercise of Nonqualified Stock Option
I hereby exercise the nonqualified
stock option granted to me pursuant to the Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement
dated as of ___________ __, 2___, by Pioneer Power Solutions, Inc. (the
“Company”), with respect to the following number of shares of the Company’s
common stock (“Shares”), par value $0.001 per Share, covered by said
option:
Number of Shares to be
purchased: _______
Purchase price per
Share: $_______
Total purchase
price: $_______
|
|
A.
|
Enclosed
is cash or my certified check, bank draft, or postal or express money
order in the amount of $__________ in full/partial
[circle one]
payment for
such Shares;
|
and/or
|
|
B.
|
Enclosed
is/are
Share(s)
with a total fair market value of $
on the
date hereof in full/partial
[circle one]
payment for
such Shares;
|
and/or
|
|
C.
|
I
have provided notice to
[
insert name of broker]
,
a broker, who will render full/partial
[circle one]
payment for
such Shares.
[Optionee should
attach to the notice of exercise provided to such broker a copy of this
Notice of Exercise and irrevocable instructions to pay to the Company the
full exercise price.]
|
and/or
|
|
D.
|
I
elect to satisfy the payment for Shares purchased hereunder by having the
Company withhold newly acquired Shares pursuant to the exercise of the
Option.
|
Please
have the certificate or certificates representing the purchased Shares
registered in the following name or names
*
:
;
and sent to
.
DATED:
,
2___
_______________________________
Optionee’s Signature
*
Certificates may be registered in the
name of the Optionee alone or in the joint names (with right of survivorship) of
the Optionee and his or her spouse.
Exhibit
10.11
AGREEMENT OF CONVEYANCE,
TRANSFER AND ASSIGNMENT OF ASSETS AND ASSUMPTION OF
OBLIGATIONS
This
Agreement of Conveyance, Transfer and Assignment of Assets and Assumption of
Obligations (“
Transfer
and Assumption Agreement
”) is made as of December 2, 2009, by Pioneer
Power Solutions, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“
Assignor
”), and
Sierra Concepts Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned
subsidiary of Assignor (“
Assignee
”).
WHEREAS, Assignor intends to commence
operations as a provider of web-based budgeting services for consumers (the
“
Business
”);
and
WHEREAS, Assignor desires to convey,
transfer and assign to Assignee, and Assignee desires to acquire from Assignor,
all of the assets of Assignor relating to the operation of the Business, and in
connection therewith, Assignee has agreed to assume all of the liabilities of
Assignor relating to the Business, on the terms and conditions set forth
herein.
NOW
THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements contained
herein, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as
follows:
Section
1
.
Assignment.
1.1.
Assignment
of Assets
. For good and valuable consideration, the receipt
and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged by Assignor, Assignor does hereby
assign, grant, bargain, sell, convey, transfer and deliver to Assignee, and its
successors and assigns, all of Assignor’s right, title and interest in, to and
under the assets, properties and business, of every kind and description,
wherever located, real, personal or mixed, tangible or intangible, owned, held
or used in the conduct of the Business (the “
Assets
”), including,
but not limited to, the assets listed on
Exhibit A
hereto, and
identified in part by reference to Assignor’s most recent balance sheet as of
September 30, 2009, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as part of
Assignor’s predecessor’s quarterly report on Form 10-K on November 17, 2009 (the
“
Balance
Sheet
”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained
herein, the term Assets shall not include either the assets of or the business
conducted by Pioneer Transformers Ltd., a company organized under the Business
Corporations Act of Canada.
1.2
Further
Assurances
. Assignor shall from time to time after the date
hereof at the request of Assignee and without further consideration execute and
deliver to Assignee such additional instruments of transfer and assignment,
including without limitation any bills of sale, assignments of leases, deeds,
and other recordable instruments of assignment, transfer and conveyance, in
addition to this Transfer and Assumption Agreement, as Assignee shall reasonably
request to evidence more fully the assignment by Assignor to Assignee of the
Assets.
Section
2
.
Assumption.
2.1
Assumed
Liabilities
. As of the date hereof, Assignee hereby assumes
and agrees to pay, perform and discharge, fully and completely, all liabilities,
commitments, contracts, agreements, obligations or other claims against
Assignor, whether known or unknown, asserted or unasserted, accrued or
unaccrued, absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, due or to become
due, and whether contractual, statutory, or otherwise associated with the
Business whenever arising (the “
Liabilities
”),
including, but not limited to, the Liabilities listed on
Exhibit B
, and
identified in part by reference to the Balance Sheet.
2.2
Further
Assurances
. Assignee shall from time to time after the date
hereof at the request of Assignor and without further consideration execute and
deliver to Assignor such additional instruments of assumption in addition to
this Transfer and Assumption Agreement as Assignor shall reasonably request to
evidence more fully the assumption by Assignee of the Liabilities.
Section
3
.
Headings
.
The
descriptive headings contained in this Transfer and Assumption Agreement are for
convenience of reference only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or
interpretation of this Transfer and Assumption Agreement.
Section
4
.
Governing
Law
. This Transfer and Assumption Agreement shall be governed
by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware applicable
to contracts made and to be performed entirely within that state, except that
any conveyances of leaseholds and real property made herein shall be governed by
the laws of the respective jurisdictions in which such property is
located.
[
The remainder of this page is blank
intentionally
.]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Transfer and
Assumption Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the parties hereto
as of the date first above written.
PIONEER
POWER SOLUTIONS, INC.
By:
/s/ Nathan J.
Mazurek
Nathan J.
Mazurek
Chief
Executive Officer
SIERRA
CONCEPTS HOLDINGS, INC.
By:
Pioneer Power Solutions, Inc.,
Its sole
stockholder
By:
/s/ David
Davis
David
Davis
President
Exhibit
A
(a)
All of
the equipment, computers, servers, hardware, appliances, implements, and all
other tangible personal property that are owned by Assignor and have been used
in the conduct of the Business;
(b)
all
inventory associated with the Business;
(c)
all real
property and real property leases to which Assignor is a party, and which affect
the Business or the Assets;
(d)
all
contracts to which Assignor is a party, or which affect the Business or the
Assets, including leases of personal property;
(e)
all
rights, claims and causes of action against third parties resulting from or
relating to the operation of the Business or the Assets, including without
limitation, any rights, claims and causes of action arising under warranties
from vendors and other third parties;
(f)
all
governmental licenses, permits, authorizations, consents or approvals affecting
or relating to the Business or the Assets;
(g)
all
accounts receivable, notes receivable, prepaid expenses and insurance and
indemnity claims to the extent related to any of the Assets or the
Business;
(h)
all
goodwill associated with the Assets and the Business;
(i)
all
business records, regardless of the medium of storage, relating to the Assets
and/or the Business, including without limitation, all schematics, drawings,
customer data, subscriber lists, statistics, promotional graphics, original art
work, mats, plates, negatives, accounting and financial information concerning
the Assets or Business;
(j)
Assignor’s
right to use the name “Sierra Concepts” and all other names used in conducting
the Business, and all derivations thereof, in connection with Assignee’s future
conduct of the Business;
(k)
all
internet domain names and URLs of the Business, software, inventions, art works,
patents, patent applications, processes, shop rights, formulas, brand names,
trade secrets, know-how, service marks, trade names, trademarks, trademark
applications, copyrights, source and object codes, customer lists, drawings,
ideas, algorithms, processes, computer software programs or applications (in
code and object code form), tangible or intangible proprietary information and
any other intellectual property and similar items and related rights owned by or
licensed to Assignor used in the Business, together with any goodwill associated
therewith and all rights of action on account of past, present and future
unauthorized use or infringement thereof; and
(l)
all other
privileges, rights, interests, properties and assets of whatever nature and
wherever located that are owned, used or intended for use in connection with, or
that are necessary to the continued conduct of, the Business as presently
conducted or planned to be conducted.
Exhibit
B
(a)
All
liabilities in respect of indebtedness of Assignor related to the
Business;
(b)
product
liability and warranty claims relating to any product or service of Assignor
associated with the Business;
(c)
taxes,
duties, levies, assessments and other such charges, including any penalties,
interests and fines with respect thereto, payable by Assignor to any federal,
provincial, municipal or other government, domestic or foreign, incurred in the
conduct of the Business;
(d)
liabilities
for salary, bonus, vacation pay, severance payments damages for wrongful
dismissal, or other compensation or benefits relating to Assignor’s employees
employed in the conduct of the Business;
(e)
any
liability or claim for liability (whether in contract, in tort or otherwise, and
whether or not successful) related to any lawsuit or threatened lawsuit or claim
(including any claim for breach or non-performance of any contract) based upon
actions, omissions or events relating to the Business; and
(f)
any
liability, ongoing duty or obligation, or any claim for liability or performance
of any ongoing duty or obligation arising under any and all contracts to which
Assignor is a party that relate to the Business or the Assets, or which affect
the Business or the Assets.
Exhibit
10.12
STOCK
PURCHASE AGREEMENT
THIS
STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “
Agreement
”), dated as
of December 2, 2009, is made by and between Pioneer Power Solutions, Inc., a
Delaware corporation (“
Seller
”), and David
Davis (“
Buyer
”).
RECITALS
A. Seller
owns all of the issued and outstanding common stock (the “
Shares
”) of Sierra
Concepts Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “
Company
”), which
Shares constitute, as of the date hereof, all of the issued and outstanding
capital stock of the Company.
B. Buyer
holds 7,200,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, of Seller
(the “
Purchase Price
Shares
”), and Buyer has agreed to transfer such shares back to Seller for
cancellation (the “
Repurchase
”).
C. In
connection with the Repurchase, Buyer wishes to acquire from Seller, and Seller
wishes to transfer to Buyer, the Shares, upon the terms and subject to the
conditions set forth herein.
Accordingly,
the parties hereto agree as follows:
1.
Purchase and Sale of
Stock
.
(a)
Purchased Shares
.
Subject to the terms and conditions provided below, Seller shall sell and
transfer to Buyer and Buyer shall purchase from Seller, on the Closing Date (as
defined in Section 1(c)), all of the Shares.
(b)
Purchase
Price
. The purchase price for the Shares shall be the transfer
and delivery by Buyer to Seller of the Purchase Price Shares, deliverable as
provided in Section 2(b).
(c)
Closing
. The closing
of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement (the “
Closing
”) shall take
place as soon as practicable following the execution of this
Agreement. The date on which the Closing occurs shall be referred to
herein as the Closing Date (the “
Closing
Date
”).
2.
Closing
.
(a)
Transfer of Shares
.
At the Closing, Seller shall deliver to Buyer certificates representing the
Shares, duly endorsed to Buyer or as directed by Buyer, which delivery shall
vest Buyer with good and marketable title to all of the issued and outstanding
shares of capital stock of the Company, free and clear of all liens and
encumbrances.
(b)
Payment of Purchase
Price
. At the Closing, Buyer shall deliver to Seller a certificate or
certificates representing the Purchase Price Shares duly endorsed to Seller,
which delivery shall vest Seller with good and marketable title to the Purchase
Price Shares, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances.
3.
Representations and
Warranties of Seller
. Seller represents and warrants to Buyer as of the
date hereof as follows:
(a)
Corporate Authorization;
Enforceability
. The execution, delivery and performance by Seller of this
Agreement is within the corporate powers and has been, duly authorized by all
necessary corporate action on the part of Seller. This Agreement has been duly
executed and delivered by Seller and constitutes the valid and binding agreement
of Seller, enforceable against Seller in accordance with its terms, except to
the extent that its enforceability may be subject to applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and similar Laws affecting the
enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable
principles.
(b)
Governmental
Authorization
. The execution, delivery and performance by Seller of this
Agreement requires no consent, approval, Order, authorization or action by or in
respect of, or filing with, any Governmental Authority.
(c)
Non-Contravention;
Consents
. The execution, delivery and performance by Seller of this
Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby do not
(i) violate the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of Seller or (ii) violate
any applicable Law or Order.
(d)
Capitalization
. As of
the date hereof, Seller owns the Shares, which shares represent 100% of the
authorized, issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company. The Shares are
duly authorized, validly issued, fully-paid, non-assessable and free and clear
of any Liens.
4.
Representations and
Warranties of Buyer
. Buyer represents and warrants to Seller as of the
date hereof as follows:
(a)
Enforceability
. The
execution, delivery and performance by Buyer of this Agreement are within
Buyer’s powers. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Buyer and
constitutes the valid and binding agreement of Buyer, enforceable against Buyer
in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that its enforceability may
be subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and
similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and by
general equitable principles.
(b)
Governmental
Authorization
. The execution, delivery and performance by Buyer of this
Agreement require no consent, approval, Order, authorization or action by or in
respect of, or filing with, any Governmental Authority.
(c)
Non-Contravention;
Consents
. The execution, delivery and performance by Buyer of this
Agreement, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby do not
violate any applicable Law or Order.
(d)
Purchase for
Investment
. Buyer is financially able to bear the economic
risks of acquiring an interest in the Company and the other transactions
contemplated hereby, and has no need for liquidity in this investment. Buyer has
such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters in general, and
with respect to businesses of a nature similar to the business of the Company,
so as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of, and making an
informed business decision with regard to, the acquisition of the Shares. Buyer
is acquiring the Shares solely for his own account and not with a view to or for
resale in connection with any distribution or public offering thereof, within
the meaning of any applicable securities laws and regulations, unless such
distribution or offering is registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the “
Securities Act
”), or
an exemption from such registration is available. Buyer has (i) received all the
information he has deemed necessary to make an informed investment decision with
respect to the acquisition of the Shares, (ii) had an opportunity to make such
investigation as he has desired pertaining to the Company and the acquisition of
an interest therein, and to verify the information which is, and has been, made
available to him and (iii) had the opportunity to ask questions of Seller
concerning the Company. Buyer has received no public solicitation or
advertisement with respect to the offer or sale of the Shares. Buyer realizes
that the Shares are “restricted securities” as that term is defined in Rule 144
promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act,
the resale of the Shares is restricted by federal and state securities laws and,
accordingly, the Shares must be held indefinitely unless their resale is
subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such
registration is available for their resale. Buyer understands that any resale of
the Shares by him must be registered under the Securities Act (and any
applicable state securities law) or be effected in circumstances that, in the
opinion of counsel for the Company at the time, create an exemption or otherwise
do not require registration under the Securities Act (or applicable state
securities laws). Buyer acknowledges and consents that certificates now or
hereafter issued for the Shares will bear a legend substantially as
follows:
THE
SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR QUALIFIED UNDER
ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS (THE “STATE ACTS”), HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR
INVESTMENT AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED
EXCEPT PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND
QUALIFICATION UNDER THE STATE ACTS OR PURSUANT TO EXEMPTIONS FROM SUCH
REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS (INCLUDING, IN THE CASE OF THE
SECURITIES ACT, THE EXEMPTIONS AFFORDED BY SECTION 4(1) OF THE SECURITIES ACT
AND RULE 144 THEREUNDER). AS A PRECONDITION TO ANY SUCH TRANSFER, THE ISSUER OF
THESE SECURITIES SHALL BE FURNISHED WITH AN OPINION OF COUNSEL OPINING AS TO THE
AVAILABILITY OF EXEMPTIONS FROM SUCH REGISTRATION AND QUALIFICATION AND/OR SUCH
OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY BE SATISFACTORY THERETO THAT ANY SUCH TRANSFER WILL NOT
VIOLATE THE SECURITIES LAWS.
Buyer
understands that the Shares are being sold to him pursuant to the exemption from
registration contained in Section 4(1) of the Securities Act and that Seller is
relying upon the representations made herein as one of the bases for claiming
the Section 4(1) exemption.
(e)
Liabilities
. Following
the Closing, Seller will have no debts, liabilities or obligations relating to
the Company or its business or activities, whether before or after the Closing,
and there are no outstanding guaranties, performance or payment bonds, letters
of credit or other contingent contractual obligations that have been undertaken
by Seller directly or indirectly in relation to the Company or its business and
that may survive the Closing.
(f)
Title to Purchase Price
Shares
. Buyer is the sole record and beneficial owner of the
Purchase Price Shares. At Closing, Buyer will have good and marketable title to
the Purchase Price Shares, which Purchase Price Shares are, and at the Closing
will be, free and clear of all options, warrants, pledges, claims, liens and
encumbrances, and any restrictions or limitations prohibiting or restricting
transfer to Seller, except for restrictions on transfer as contemplated by
applicable securities laws.
5.
Indemnification and
Release
.
(a)
Indemnification
.
Buyer covenants and agrees to indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless
Seller, and its officers, directors, employees, stockholders, agents,
representatives and affiliates (collectively, together with Seller, the “
Seller Indemnified
Parties
”) at all times from and after the date of this Agreement from and
against all losses, liabilities, damages, claims, actions, suits, proceedings,
demands, assessments, adjustments, costs and expenses (including specifically,
but without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses of
investigation), whether or not involving a third party claim and regardless of
any negligence of any Seller Indemnified Party (collectively, “
Losses
”), incurred by
any Seller Indemnified Party as a result of or arising from (i) any breach of
the representations and warranties of Buyer set forth herein or in certificates
delivered in connection herewith, (ii) any breach or nonfulfillment of any
covenant or agreement on the part of Buyer under this Agreement, (iii) any debt,
liability or obligation of the Company, whether incurred or arising prior to the
date hereof or after, (iv) any debt, liability or obligation of Seller for
actions taken prior to that certain share exchange by and between Seller Pioneer
Transformers Ltd., a company incorporated under the Canada Business Corporations
Act and Provident Pioneer Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the
“
Exchange
”),
including, without limitation, any amounts due or owing to any former officer,
director or Affiliate of Seller, (v) the conduct and operations of the business
of the Company whether before or after the Closing, (vi) claims asserted against
the Company whether arising before or after the Closing, or (vii) any federal or
state income tax payable by Seller and attributable to the transaction
contemplated by this Agreement or activities prior to the Exchange or with
respect to the business of the Company after the Exchange.
(b)
Third Party
Claims
.
(i) If
any claim or liability (a “
Third-Party Claim
”)
should be asserted against any of the Seller Indemnified Parties (the “
Indemnitee
”) by a
third party after the Closing for which Buyer has an indemnification obligation
under the terms of Section 5(a), then the Indemnitee shall notify Buyer within
20 days after the Third-Party Claim is asserted by a third party (said
notification being referred to as a “
Claim Notice
”) and
give Buyer a reasonable opportunity to take part in any examination of the books
and records of the Indemnitee relating to such Third-Party Claim and to assume
the defense of such Third-Party Claim and in connection therewith and to conduct
any proceedings or negotiations relating thereto and necessary or appropriate to
defend the Indemnitee and/or settle the Third-Party Claim. The expenses
(including reasonable attorneys’ fees) of all negotiations, proceedings,
contests, lawsuits or settlements with respect to any Third-Party Claim shall be
borne by Buyer. If Buyer
agrees to
assume the defense of any Third-Party Claim in writing within 20 days after the
Claim Notice of such Third-Party Claim has been delivered, through counsel
reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee, then Buyer shall be entitled to control
the conduct of such defense, and shall be responsible for any expenses of the
Indemnitee in connection with the defense of such Third-Party Claim so long as
Buyer continues such defense until the final resolution of such Third-Party
Claim. Buyer shall be responsible for paying all settlements made or judgments
entered with respect to any Third-Party Claim the defense of which has been
assumed by Buyer. Except as provided in subsection (ii) below, both Buyer and
the Indemnitee must approve any settlement of a Third-Party Claim. A failure by
the Indemnitee to timely give the Claim Notice shall not excuse Buyer from any
indemnification liability except only to the extent that Buyer is materially and
adversely prejudiced by such failure.
(ii) If
Buyer shall not agree to assume the defense of any Third-Party Claim in writing
within 20 days after the Claim Notice of such Third-Party Claim has been
delivered, or shall fail to continue such defense until the final resolution of
such Third-Party Claim, then the Indemnitee may defend against such Third-Party
Claim in such manner as it may deem appropriate and the Indemnitee may settle
such Third-Party Claim, in its sole discretion, on such terms as it may deem
appropriate. Buyer shall promptly reimburse the Indemnitee for the amount of all
settlement payments and expenses, legal and otherwise, incurred by the
Indemnitee in connection with the defense or settlement of such Third-Party
Claim. If no settlement of such Third-Party Claim is made, then Buyer shall
satisfy any judgment rendered with respect to such Third-Party Claim before the
Indemnitee is required to do so, and pay all expenses, legal or otherwise,
incurred by the Indemnitee in the defense against such Third-Party
Claim.
(c)
Non-Third-Party
Claims
. Upon discovery of any claim for which Buyer has an
indemnification obligation under the terms of this Section 5 which does not
involve a claim by a third party against the Indemnitee, the Indemnitee shall
give prompt notice to Buyer of such claim and, in any case, shall give Buyer
such notice within 30 days of such discovery. A failure by Indemnitee to timely
give the foregoing notice to Buyer shall not excuse Buyer from any
indemnification liability except to the extent that Buyer is materially and
adversely prejudiced by such failure.
(d)
Release
. Buyer,
on behalf of himself and his Related Parties, hereby release and forever
discharges Seller and its individual, joint or mutual, past and present
representatives, Affiliates, officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys,
stockholders, controlling persons, subsidiaries, successors and assigns
(individually, a “
Releasee
” and
collectively, “
Releasees
”) from any
and all claims, demands, proceedings, causes of action, orders, obligations,
contracts, agreements, debts and liabilities whatsoever, whether known or
unknown, suspected or unsuspected, both at law and in equity, which Buyer or any
of his Related Parties now have or have ever had against any Releasee. Buyer
hereby irrevocably covenants to refrain from, directly or indirectly, asserting
any claim or demand, or commencing, instituting or causing to be commenced, any
proceeding of any kind against any Releasee, based upon any matter released
hereby. “
Related
Parties
” shall mean, with respect to Buyer, (i) any Person that directly
or indirectly controls, is directly or indirectly controlled by, or is directly
or indirectly under common control with Buyer, (ii) any Person in which Buyer
holds a Material Interest or (iii) any Person with respect to which Buyer serves
as a general partner or a trustee (or in a similar capacity). For purposes of
this definition, “
Material Interest
”
shall mean direct or indirect beneficial ownership (as defined in Rule 13d-3
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of voting securities or
other voting interests representing at least ten percent (10%) of the
outstanding voting power of a Person or equity securities or other equity
interests representing at least ten percent (10%) of the outstanding equity
securities or equity interests in a Person.
6.
Definitions
. As used
in this Agreement:
(a) “
Affiliate
” means,
with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling,
controlled by or under common control with the first Person. For the purposes of
this definition, “
Control
,” when used
with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the
power to (i) vote 10% or more of the securities having ordinary voting power for
the election of directors (or comparable positions) of such Person or (ii)
direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person,
whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise,
and the terms “
Controlling
” and
“
Controlled
”
have meanings correlative to the foregoing;
(b) “
Governmental
Authority
” means any domestic or foreign governmental or regulatory
authority;
(c) “
Law
” means any
federal, state or local statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code, Permit,
license, policy or rule of common law;
(d) “
Lien
” means, with
respect to any property or asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security
interest, encumbrance or other adverse claim of any kind in respect of such
property or asset. For purposes of this Agreement, a Person will be deemed to
own, subject to a Lien, any property or asset which it has acquired or holds
subject to the interest of a vendor or lessor under any conditional sale
agreement, capital lease or other title retention agreement relating to such
property or asset;
(e) “
Order
” means any
judgment, injunction, judicial or administrative order or decree;
(f) “
Permit
” means any
government or regulatory license, authorization, permit, franchise, consent or
approval; and
(h) “
Person
” means an
individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association,
trust or other entity or organization, including a government or political
subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.
7.
Miscellaneous
.
(a)
Counterparts
. This
Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be
deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same
instrument.
(b)
Amendments and
Waivers
.
(i) Any
provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived if, but only if, such
amendment or waiver is in writing and is signed, in the case of an amendment, by
each party to this Agreement, or in the case of a waiver, by the party against
whom the waiver is to be effective.
(ii) No
failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege
hereunder will operate as a waiver thereof nor will any single or partial
exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise
of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided
will be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by
Law.
(c)
Successors and
Assigns
. The provisions of this Agreement will be binding upon and inure
to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and
assigns;
provided
that
no party may assign, delegate or otherwise transfer (including by operation of
Law) any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the consent
of each other party hereto.
(d)
No Third Party
Beneficiaries
. This Agreement is for the sole benefit of the parties
hereto and their permitted successors and assigns and nothing herein expressed
or implied will give or be construed to give to any Person, other than the
parties hereto, those referenced in Section 5 above, and such permitted
successors and assigns, any legal or equitable rights hereunder.
(e)
Governing Law
. This
Agreement will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal
substantive law of the State of Delaware.
(f)
Headings
. The
headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and will not
control or affect the meaning or construction of any provisions
hereof.
(g)
Entire Agreement
.
This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties with respect
to the subject matter of this Agreement. This Agreement supersedes all prior
agreements and understandings, both oral and written, between the parties with
respect to the subject matter hereof of this Agreement.
(h)
Severability
. If any
provision of this Agreement or the application of any such provision to any
Person or circumstance is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect
by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remainder of the provisions of this
Agreement (or the application of such provision in other jurisdictions or to
Persons or circumstances other than those to which it was held invalid, illegal
or unenforceable) will in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated, and to
the extent permitted by applicable Law, any such provision will be restricted in
applicability or reformed to the minimum extent required for such provision to
be enforceable. This provision will be interpreted and enforced to give effect
to the original written intent of the parties prior to the determination of such
invalidity or unenforceability.
(i)
Notices
. Any notice,
request or other communication hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be
served either personally, by overnight delivery or delivered by mail, certified
return receipt and addressed to the following addresses:
(a) If
to Buyer:
David
Davis
6074
Citation Court
Reno,
Nevada 89523
Attention: David
Davis
(b) If
to Seller:
Pioneer
Power Solutions, Inc.
c/o
Provident Industries, Inc.
c/o
Clinton Group
9 West
57
th
Street
New York,
New York 10019
Attention:
Nathan J. Mazurek
With a
copy to:
Haynes
and Boone, LLP
1221
Avenue of the Americas, 26
th
Floor
New York,
New York 10020
Attention:
Rick A. Werner, Esq.
[Signature
Page Follows]
[SIGNATURE
PAGE TO STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT]
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly
executed and delivered, effective as of the date first above
written.
PIONEER
POWER SOLUTIONS, INC.
By:
/s/ Nathan J.
Mazurek
Name:
Nathan J. Mazurek
Title:
President
/s/ David
Davis
David
Davis
Exhibit
10.13
AGREEMENT
FOR
AUTHORIZED
SALES
REPRESENTATIVES
This
agreement made this 1st day of March 1995, by and between Pioneer Transformers
LTD (“PT”) in Mississauga, Ontario, Canada, having its principal place of
business at 612 chemin Bernard, Granby, Quebec, Canada, and its Sales
Representative,
CHAZ
Sales Corp.
the post
office address of which is:
P.O. Box
276
REGINA,
Saskatchewan
S4P
3A1
a
corporation organized and existing
under the
laws of
Saskatchewan,
Canada.
(hereinafter
called the “Sales Representative”).
In
consideration of the covenants and conditions herein contained, PT and the Sales
Representative mutually undertake and agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1 -
DEFINITIONS
As used
herein:
1.1
|
The
term “The Territory’ shall mean:
|
the
Province of Alberta, Saskatchewan and Manitoba.
The term
“The Market” shall mean:
1) All
electrical generating and electrical distribution utilities.
|
2)
|
Distributors
and industrial accounts not covered by Schneider Canada Inc sales
force.
|
1.2 The
term “PT” shall mean Pioneer Transformers LTD
1.3
|
The
term “sales credit” shall mean the value of billed sales acknowledged by
PT to have been procured by the Sales Representative pursuant to the terms
and conditions contained in this Agreement, less any sales taxes, duty,
brokerage or freight that may be
included.
|
ARTICLE 2 -
APPOINTMENT
CHAZ Sales Corp
. is
hereby appointed an authorized Sales Representative for PT and is authorized to
solicit orders for PT products within the Territory under the terms and
conditions herein described. It is understood that this appointment shall be
exclusive to both parties for the Territory and Markets as previously
described.
ARTICLE 3 -
ORDERS
3.1
|
Orders
for PT products which have been placed with the Sales Representative shall
be promptly forwarded to PT in Granby Quebec with a copy to Mississauga
Ontario for review. Such orders shall not be binding on PT until accepted
by PT in writing or by the issue by PT of an official order
acknowledgment.
|
3.2
|
PT
reserves the right to reject any order for any reason which it deems
sufficient, including but not limited to, such reasons as failure to
conform to PT’s standard terms and conditions of sale, unrealistic
specified delivery dates and unapproved credit of the
purchaser.
|
3.3
|
The
Sales Representative shall be excluded from entering orders in its own
name to fill customer requirements.
|
3.4
|
PT
shall not be liable for any loss or damage caused by late delivery or
failure to otherwise perform under those orders which it has accepted
where such delay or non-performance is due to labor disputes, strikes,
lockouts, inability to obtain materials, fire, acts of God or the public
enemy, accidents, governmental restrictions or appropriation, or any other
cause beyond the reasonable control of PT, unless otherwise provided by
the terms and conditions that have been quoted and accepted by
PT.
|
ARTICLE 4 - SALES
CREDIT
4.1
|
The
Sales Representative shall receive sales credit for those orders covering
PT products which it solicits within the Territory and are accepted by PT,
as well those accepted orders covering PT products which are submitted
directly to PT by purchasers within the Territory or orders which are
accepted from outside the territory but are shipped into the territory
when the Sales Representative is requested by PT to perform the order
follow-up activity.
|
ARTICLE 5 -
COMMISSIONS
5.1
|
PT
shall compute and pay commissions on the value of sales credits earned by
the Sales Representative in accordance with the rates and conditions set
forth in Exhibit A annexed hereto and made a part
hereof.
|
5.2
|
Sales
credit for sales of PT products and commissions payable thereon shall be
calculated at the end of each month. Commissions shall be paid monthly,
with commission cheques being mailed to the Sales Representative’s
business address shown on the front page hereof, on or about the fifteenth
day of the month immediately following the month in which the sales
credits are earned and customer invoices paid. If the commission earned
during any given month is less than $100.00, it will be held until a
minimum amount of $100.00 is reached. Hold backs against commissions
payable to the Sales Representative will be made for any overdue unpaid PT
invoices.
|
5.3
|
In
determining commissions to be paid by PT to the Sales Representative
recognition will be given to circumstances where the shipping address and
location and pre-engineering is outside the Territory. In such
circumstances split credit or commission may apply so that recognition is
given to the location of the engineering firm undertaking pre-engineering
work, the location of the customer placing the order and the location of
the shipping address for after sale service. Each such location shall be
awarded an appropriate commission based on the value of the total billed
sales as detailed in clause 1.3. Generally split credits will be applied
at 1/3 credit for where the engineering work is undertaken, 1/3 credit for
where the order is placed and 1/3 credit for where the shipment is
made. Example: An order engineered in one province, ordered in
another province but shipped to the Territory - 1/3 credit is due - the
appropriate commission would be based on 1/3 the value of the
commissionable rate.
|
5.4
|
Commissions
paid will be net billed sales less taxes, duty, brokerage or
freight.
|
ARTICLE 6 - MARKETING
ASSISTANCE
6.1
|
PT
shall furnish the Sales Representative
with:
|
|
6.1.1
|
Reasonable
quantities of bulletins and such promotional aids as catalogs, circulars
and technical information, and other publications which PT may have
available for distribution in connection with the sale of PT
products. There shall be no charge for the material furnished
pursuant to this article 6.1.1. The Sales Representative’s use of the
aforementioned materials shall be subject to the terms, conditions and
limitations of this Agreement.
|
|
6.1.2
|
Quotations,
proposals, customer visits, trade show participation, seminar programs or
special advice as may from time to time be requested by the Sales
Representative for the purpose of satisfying customer needs and government
requirements.
|
ARTICLE 7 - SALES
EFFORT
7.1
|
The
Sales Representative shall use its best efforts to promote the sale and
use of, and to secure orders for PT products within the Territory and
Market, so as to create the largest volume of profitable business. for PT
commensurate with the opportunities therefor. The Sales Representative
shall promote the goodwill and name of PT, and do everything within its
capabilities to further the interest of PT, its name and PT products
including participation in trade shows, seminar programs and all sales
activities undertaken by PT. It shall endeavor to provide PT with timely
feedback on all major tenders. It shall assist PT in furnishing or
obtaining, on request, information as to credit standing of purchasers or
prospective purchasers of PT
products.
|
7.2
|
The
Sales Representative shall faithfully observe and comply with PT standard
policies and procedures where applicable, when soliciting orders for PT
products or otherwise handling PT business under this
Agreement.
|
ARTICLE 8 - TELEPHONE AND
TELEFAX EXPENSE
PT shall
assume the charge and expense for telephone calls, telegraph, fax messages and
couriers, which it may make or send to the Sales Representative. The Sales
Representative shall pay for those telephone calls, telegraph, fax messages and
normal courier service to PT which it may originate. Courier costs associated
with forwarding tender requests or documents to PT, on a timely basis, will be
paid for by PT.
ARTICLE 9 - COMPETITIVE
CLAUSE
During
the term of this Agreement, the Sales Representative shall not directly or
indirectly handle, deal or become interested in the manufacture, marketing or
selling of products which are similar in kind, character and/or use to PT
products. The Sales Representative shall not directly or indirectly, provide any
competitor of PT with PT product bulletins, special advices, PT products or
other similar information and material which may be of competitive
value.
ARTICLE 10 - PROPERTY OF
PT
Any
property of PT received by the Sales Representative shall be and remain the
property of PT and, upon request, shall be returned in as good condition as when
received, ordinary wear and tear excepted. All records or papers of any kind
relating to PT’s business shall be and remain the property of PT and shall be
surrendered to PT upon demand or termination of this Agreement.
ARTICLE 11 - LIMITATION OF
POWER
The Sales
Representative’s authority to act as a representative of PT is strictly limited
to those powers expressly conferred herein. The Sales Representative shall have
no authority nor shall it hold itself out as having such to make contracts in
the name of or binding on PT, pledge PT credit or to extend credit in its name.
Furthermore, the Sales Representative shall not use the initials “PT” or PT’s
registered trade names or registered trade marks unless expressly approved by PT
in writing.
ARTICLE 12 -
SEVERABILITY
Should
any of the provisions contained herein contravene or be invalid under the laws
of Canada and or the province or other jurisdiction where it is to be performed,
the validity of the remaining portions or provisions shall not be affected
thereby.
ARTICLE 13 -
GOVERNING
This
Agreement shall be construed in and according to the laws of the Province of
Quebec, Canada.
ARTICLE 14 -
DURATION
14.1
|
This
Agreement shall become effective on the date first above written and shall
continue thereafter in full force and
effect.
|
14.2
|
Either
party may terminate this Agreement at will without cause at the end of a
calendar year by giving the other party three month written notice of its
intention to terminate.
|
14.3
|
In
the event of a termination of this Agreement, commissions in accordance
with Exhibit A will be paid on all orders shipped after the termination
date
less
that portion of the commission due for shipping location or after sales
service ( 1/3 ) provided the order was received and accepted prior to the
termination date. Should the shipment date be longer than 2 months after
the termination date an additional amount not to exceed 17% of the
commissionable amount may be deducted for servicing of the contract prior
to shipment, at the discretion of PT. Any quotations for PT products that
have not been ordered prior to the termination date will not be honored by
PT and no commission shall be owing or payable with respect
thereto.
|
14.4
|
Nothing
in article 14.3 above shall be deemed to entitle the Sales Representative
to sales credit other than that to which it would be entitled under
Article 4 hereof.
|
14.5
|
If
at any time hereafter, either of the parties hereto shall fail to perform
to the terms, covenants and conditions hereof at the time and in the
manner herein provided, then the other party may forthwith cancel and
terminate this Agreement by giving the other party written notice of its
election to so cancel and terminate this Agreement and such cancellation
and termination shall become effective upon the mailing or delivery of
such notice, whichever occurs the earliest. This right to cancel and
terminate shall be in addition to any other remedies available hereunder
or at law.
|
ARTICLE 15
-NOTICES
Any
notice required under this Agreement shall be given in writing addressed to the
respective party at the address indicated on the front page hereof, or at such
other address as the respective party may, from time to time, hereafter
designate in writing.
ARTICLE 16 - CONTRACT
ADMINISTRATION
This
Agreement shall be administered on behalf of PT by its Marketing & Sales
Department in Mississauga. All questions concerning this Agreement or PT policy
and procedure should be directed to the said Department at 2600 Skymark Ave Bldg
5 Suite 102 Mississauga, Ontario, L4W-5E7, Attention: Klaus Brockhausen, V.P.
Marketing & Sales.
ARTICLE 17 - ENTIRE
AGREEMENT
This
Agreement constitutes the only agreement between the parties and supersedes all
previous communications, representations or agreements, whether oral or written,
with respect to the subject matter hereof. No modification of or amendment to
this Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto unless in writing and
duly executed by both parties.
In
Witness Whereof, the parties have executed this Agreement in duplicate on the
dates indicated.
Sales
Agency
|
|
Principal
|
|
|
|
CHAZ Sales Corp.
|
|
Pioneer Transformers LTD
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/
Dale Chastkiewicz
|
|
By:
|
/s/
Klaus Brockhausen
|
Date:
|
July
20, 1995
|
|
Date:
|
July
19, 1995
|
EXHIBIT
A
Pioneer
Transformers LTD, Representative Commission Scale
,
INDIVIDUAL ORDER VALUE
|
COMMISSION RATE
*
|
|
|
Up
to $200,000
|
3%
|
$200,001
to $500,000
|
$6,000
|
|
plus
2.5% on the amount over $200,000
|
$500,001
to $1,000,000
|
$13,500
|
|
plus
2% on the amount over $500,000
|
$1,000,001
to $2,000,000
|
$23,500
|
|
plus
1% on the amount over $1,000,000
|
•
|
On
long term contracts like the SPC pole mount and mini pad agreements, the
commission rate for the monthly shipments is based on the total annual
dollar value shipped.
|
•
|
Spare
parts for Pioneer Transformer LTD products
……….10%
|
1)
|
If
to obtain an order it becomes necessary for PT to make a reduction in
price that would otherwise apply, or to make some concession involving
extra cost, PT may, prior to acceptance of such an order, request of the
Representative that the commission payable thereon be negotiated to
reflect the special circumstances involved with the order. In such cases,
the commission rate specified above shall not
apply.
|
2)
|
For
the purpose of determining the size of any order, any proposal to one
customer for similar types of material with a common closing date that
results in one or more purchase orders to facilitate accounting and/or
shipments to different locations are considered to be one total order for
the aggregate value of the different
parts.
|
3)
|
Orders
with different closing dates but grouped together by the Customer at time
of purchase in order to obtain a value or volume discount will be treated
as one order for the total value of the
order.
|
4)
|
1/3
site commission will be payed on all Pioneer Transformers LTD shipments
male after February 28, 1995.
|
5)
|
All
securements received after February 28, 1995 that have the customer’s P.O.
date of February 28, 1995 onwards are fully commissionable, regardless of
the date of quotation.
|
7
Exhibit
10.14
AGREEMENT
FOR
AUTHORIZED SALES
REPRESENTATIVES
This
agreement is made this 1st day of April 1996, by and between Pioneer
Transformers LTD (“PT”) in Mississauga, Ontario, Canada, having its principal
place of business ;at 612 chemin Bernard, Granby, Quebec, Canada, and its Sales
Representative,
Virelli
& Associates Inc.
the post
office address of which is:
15
Rosemount Ave.
Toronto
Ontario
M6H
2M2
a
corporation organized and existing
under the
laws of
Ontario,
Canada.
(hereinafter
called the “Sales Representative”).
In
consideration of the covenants and conditions herein contained, PT and the Sales
Representative mutually undertake and agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1 -
DEFINITIONS
As used
herein:
1.1
|
The
term “The Territory” shall mean:
|
the
Province Ontario.
The term
“The Market” shall mean:
|
la.)
|
All
electrical generating and electrical distribution
utilities.
|
|
lb.)
|
Except
Ontario Hydro for three phase transformers and Hydro Mississauga for
single phase and three phase
transformers.
|
|
2.)
|
Distributors,
contractors, consultants and industrial accounts not covered by Schneider
Canada Inc sales force.
|
1.2
|
The
term “PT” shall mean Pioneer Transformers
LTD
|
1.3
|
The
term “sales credit” shall mean the value of billed sales acknowledged by
PT to have been procured by the Sales Representative pursuant to ‘the
terms and conditions contained in this Agreement, less any sales taxes,
dut4 brokerage or freight that may be
included.
|
ARTICLE 2 -
APPOINTMENT
Virelli & Associates
Inc
. is hereby appointed an authorized Sales ‘Representative for PT and
is authorized to solicit orders for PT products within the Territory under the
terms and conditions herein described. It is understood that this appointment
shall be exclusive to both parties for the Territory and Markets as previously
described.
ARTICLE 3 -
ORDERS
3.1
|
Orders
for PT products which have been placed with the Sales Representative shall
be promptly forwarded to PT in Granby Quebec with a copy to Mississauga
Ontario for review. Such orders shall not be binding on PT until accepted
by PT in writing or by the issue by PT of an official order
acknowledgment.
|
3.2
|
PT
reserves the right to reject any order for any reason which it deems
sufficient, including but not limited to, such reasons as failure to
conform to PT’s standard terms and conditions of sale, unrealistic
specified delivery dates and unapproved credit of the
purchaser.
|
3.3
|
The
Sales Representative shall be excluded from entering orders in own name to
fill customer requirements.
|
ARTICLE 4 - SALES
CREDIT
4.1
|
The
Sales Representative shall receive sales credit for those orders covering
PT products which it solicits within the Territory and are accepted by PT,
as well those accepted orders covering PT products which are submitted
directly to PT by purchasers within the Territory or orders which are
accepted from outside the territory but are shipped into the territory
when the Sales Representative is requested by PT to perform the order
follow-up activity.
|
ARTICLE 5 -
COMMISSIONS
5.1
|
PT
shall compute and pay commissions on the value of sales credits earned by
the Sales Representative in accordance with the rates and condition set
forth in Exhibit A annexed hereto and made a part
hereof.
|
5.2
|
Sales
credit for sales of PT products and commissions payable thereon shall be
calculated at the end of each month. Commissions shall be paid; monthly,
with commission cheques being mailed to the Sales Representative’s
business address shown on the front page hereof, on or about the fifteenth
day of the month immediately following the month in which the sales
credits are earned and customer invoices paid. If the commission earned
during any give} month is less than $100.00, it will be held until a
minimum amount of $100.00 is reached. Hold backs against commissions
payable to the Sales Representative will be made for any overdue unpaid PT
invoices.
|
5.3
|
In
determining commissions to be paid by PT to the Sales Representative
recognition will be given to circumstances where the shipping address and
location and pre-engineering is outside the Territory. In such
circumstances split credit or commission may apply so that recognition is
given to the location of the engineering firm undertaking pre-engineering
work, the location Of the customer placing the order and the location of
the shipping address for after sale service. Each such location shall be
awarded an appropriate commission based on the value of the total billed
sales as detailed in clause 1.3. Generally split credits will be applied
at 1/3 credit for where the engineering work is undertaken; 1/3 credit for
where the order is placed and 1/3 credit for where the shipment is
made. Example: An order engineered in one province, ordered in
another province but shipped to the Territory - 1/3 credit is due - the
appropriate commission would be based on 1/3 the value of the
commissionable rate.
|
5.4
|
Commissions
paid will be net billed sales less taxes, duty, brokerage or
freight.
|
ARTICLE 6 - MARKETING
ASSISTANCE
6.1 PT
shall furnish the Sales Representative with:
|
6.1.1
|
Reasonable
quantities of bulletins and such promotional aids as catalogs, circulars
and technical information, and other publications which PT may have
available for distribution in connection with the sale of PT products.
There shall be no charge for the material furnished pursuant to this
article 6.1.1. The Sales Representative’s use of the aforementioned
materials shall be subject to the terms, conditions and limitations of
this Agreement.
|
|
6.1.2
|
Quotations,
proposals, customer visits, trade show participation, seminar programs or
special advice as may from time to time be requested by the Sales
Representative for the purpose of satisfying customer needs and government
requirements.
|
ARTICLE 7 - SALES
EFFORT
7.1
|
The
Sales Representative shall use its best efforts to promote the sale and
use of, and to secure orders for PT products within the Territory and
Market, so as to create the largest volume of profitable business for PT
commensurate with the opportunities therefor ( to have at least one sales
person on the road to cover adequately all major MEA’s in Ontario). The
Sales Representative shall promote the goodwill and name of PT, and do
everything within its capabilities to further the interest of PT, its name
and PT products including participation in trade shows, seminar programs
and all sales activities undertaken by PT. It shall endeavor to provide PT
with timely feedback on all major tenders. It shall assist PT in
furnishing or obtaining, on request, information as to credit standing of
purchasers or prospective purchasers of PT
products.
|
7.2
|
The
Sales Representative shall faithfully observe and comply wits PT standard
policies and procedures where applicable, when soliciting orders fair PT
products or otherwise handling PT business under this
Agreement.
|
ARTICLE 8 - TELEPHONE AND
TELEFAX EXPENSE
PT shall
assume the charge and expense for telephone calls, telegraph, fax messages and
couriers, which it may make or send to the Sales Representative. The Sales
Representative shall pay for those telephone calls, telegraph, fax messages and
normal courier service to PT which it may originate. Courier costs associated
with forwarding tender requests or documents to PT, on a timely basis, will be
paid for by PT.
ARTICLE 9 - COMPETITIVE
CLAUSE
During
the term of this Agreement, the Sales Representative shall not directly or
indirectly handle, deal or become interested in the manufacture, marketing or
selling of products which are similar in kind, character and/or use to PT
products with the exception of utilities and products listed under clause
1.1.1.). The Sales Representative shall not directly or indirectly, provide any
competitor of PT with PT product bulletins, special advices, PT products or
other similar information and material which may be of competitive
value.
ARTICLE 10 - PROPERTY OF
PT
Any
property of PT received by the Sales Representative shall be nd remain the
property of PT and, upon request, shall be returned in as good condition as when
received, ordinary wear and tear excepted. All records or papers of any kind
relating to PT’s business shall be and remain the property of PT and shall be
surrendered to PT upon demand or termination of this Agreement.
ARTICLE 11 - LIMITATION OF
POWER
The Sales
Representative’s authority to act as a representative of PT is strictly limited
to those powers expressly conferred herein. The Sales Representative shall have
no authority nor shall it hold itself out as having such to make 4ontracts in
the name of or binding on PT, pledge PT credit or to extend credit in its name.
Furthermore, the Sales Representative shall not use the initials “PT” or PT’s
registered trade names or registered trade marks unless expressly approved by PT
in writing.
ARTICLE 12 -
SEVERABILITY
Should
any of the provisions contained herein contravene or be invalid under the laws
of Canada and or the province or other jurisdiction where it is to be performed,
the validity of the remaining portions or provisions shall not be affected
thereby.
ARTICLE 13 -
GOVERNING
This
Agreement shall be construed in and according to the laws of the Province of
Quebec, Canada.
ARTICLE 14 -
DURATION
14.1
|
This
Agreement shall become effective on the date first above written and shall
continue thereafter in full force and effect for at least twelve (12)
month.
|
14.2
|
Either
party may terminate this Agreement at will without cause at the end of a
calendar year by giving the other party three month written notice of its
intention to terminate.
|
14.3
|
In
the event of a termination of this Agreement, commissions in accordance
with Exhibit A will be paid on all orders shipped after the termination
date
less
that portion of the commission due for shipping location or after sales
service (1/3) provided the order was received and accepted prior to the
termination date. Should the shipment date be longer than 2 months after
the termination date an additional amount not to exceed 17% of the
commissionable amount may be deducted for servicing of the contract prior
to shipment, at the discretion of PT. Any quotations for PT products that
have not been ordered prior to the termination date will not be honored by
PT and no commission shall be owing or payable with respect
thereto.
|
14.5
|
If
at any time hereafter, either of the parties hereto shall fail to perform}
to the terms, covenants and conditions hereof at the time and in the
manner herein provided, then the other party may forthwith cancel and
terminate this Agreement by giving the other party written notice of its
election to so cancel and terminate this Agreement and such cancellation
and termination shall become effective upon the mailing or delivery of
such notice, whichever occurs the earliest. This right to cancel and
terminate shall be in addition to any other remedies available hereunder
or at law.
|
ARTICLE 15 -
NOTICES
Any
notice required under this Agreement shall be given in writing addressed to the
respective party at the address indicated on the front page hereof, or at such
other address as the respective party may, from time to time, hereafter
designate in writing.
ARTICLE 16 - CONTRACT
ADMINISTRATION
This
Agreement shall be administered on behalf of PT by its Marketing & Sales
Department in Mississauga. All questions concerning this Agreement or PT policy
and procedure should be directed to the said Department at 2600 Skymark Ave Bldg
5 Suite 102 Mississauga, Ontario, L4W-5E7, Attention: Klaus Brockhausen, V.P.
Marketing & Sales.
ARTICLE 17 -
INDEMNIFICATION
PT agree
to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the sales Representative, its officers,
directors and employees from and against any and all losses, liabilities,
claims, damages, counsel fees and other costs and expenses incurred by or
asserted against them, resulting from or arising out of any breach by PT or any
representation, warranty, covenant, agreement, agreement or obligation of PT
made or incurred pursuant to this agreement, including but not limited to bodily
injury and/or property damage however caused arising out of PT’s service and/or
product.
ARTICLE 18 - ENTIRE
AGREEMENT
This
Agreement constitutes the only agreement between the parties and supersedes all
previous communications, representations or agreements, whether oral or written,
with respect to the subject matter hereof. No modification of or amendment to
this Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto unless in writing and
duly executed by both parties.
In
Witness Whereof, the parties have executed this Agreement in duplicate on the
dates indicated.
Sales
Agency
|
|
Principal
|
|
|
|
Virelli & Associates
Inc..
|
|
Pioneer Transformers LTD
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/
Greg Virelli
|
|
By:
|
/s/
Klaus Brockhausen
|
Date:
|
March
26, 1996
|
|
Date:
|
March
27, 1996
|
EXHIBIT
A
Pioneer
Transformers LTD. Representative Commission Scale
.
INDIVIDUAL ORDER VALUE
|
COMMISSION RATE
*
|
|
|
Up
to $200,000
|
3%
|
$200,001
to $500,000
|
$6,000
|
|
plus
2.5% on the amount over $200,000
|
$500,001
to $1,000,000
|
$13,500
|
|
plus
2% on the amount over $500,000
|
$1,000,001
to $2,000,000
|
$23,500
|
|
plus
1% on the amount over $1,000,000
|
•
|
On
long term contracts over several years, the commission rate for the
monthly shipments is based on the total annual dollar value
shipped.
|
•
|
Spare
parts for Pioneer Transformer LTD products
……….10%
|
1)
|
If
to obtain an order it becomes necessary for PT to make a reduction in
price that would otherwise apply, or to make some concession involving
extra cost, PT may, prior to acceptance of such an order, request of the
Representative that the commission payable thereon be negotiated to
reflect the special circumstances involved with the order. In such cases,
the commission rate specified above shall not
apply.
|
2)
|
For
the purpose of determining the size of any order, any proposal t4 one
customer for similar types of material with a common closing date that
results in one or more purchase orders to facilitate accounting and/or
shipments to different locations are considered to be one total order for
the aggregate value of the different
parts.
|
3)
|
Orders
with different closing dates but grouped together by the Customer at time
of purchase in order to obtain a value or volume discount will be treated
al one order for the total value of the
order.
|
4)
|
Full
commission will be paid on all PT shipments to the market of the territory
made after March 31, 96.
|
5.)
|
PT
will guarantee Virelli & Associated Inc. a commission of at least
$4000.00/month for the first four month of this agreement. Should
commissions paid by PT exceed commissions owing to Virelli &
Associates Inc., those sums will be treated as an advance for commissions
and will be deducted from future
commissions.
|
Virelli
& Associates Inc.
590
Jarvis Street, 6
th
Floor
|
addendum
I to agency
agreement of March 27, 96
|
As
recently discussed, we wish to confirm that your commission rate for our new
line of Stacked Core Design Units, i.e. Small Power Transformers, Regulators and
Grounding Transformers will be 5%. Please attach this addendum to
your existing contract.
We trust
that this new product line will be beneficial to both of our companies and look
forward to bid on your upcoming requirements.
KLAUS
BROCKHAUSEN
V.P.
Marketing & Sales
Representative Commission
Sale
INDIVIDUAL ORDER VALUE
|
COMMISSION RATE
*
|
|
|
Up
to $100,000
|
3%
|
$100,001
to $200,000
|
$5,000
plus 4% on the amount over $100,000
|
|
|
$200,001
to $300,000
|
$9,000
plus 3.5% on the amount over $200,000
|
|
|
$300,001
to $400,000
|
$12,500
plus 3% on the amount over $300,000
|
|
|
$400,001
to $500,000
|
$15,500
plus 2.75% on the amount over $400,000
|
|
|
$500,001
to $750,000
|
$18,250
plus 2.5% on the amount over $500,000
|
|
|
$750,001
to $1,000,000
|
$24,500
plus 2% on the amount over $750,000
|
|
|
$1,000,001
to $2,000,000
|
$29,500
plus 1% on the amount over
$1,000,000
|
Above
$2.0M of single order value of sales credit, complete commission subject to
negotiation.
Exhibit
10.15
AGREEMENT
FOR
AUTHORIZED SALES
REPRESENTATIVES
This
agreement made this 19th day of September 2003, by and between Pioneer
Transformers LTD (“PT”) in Granby, Quebec Canada, having its principal place of
business at 612 chemin Bernard, Granby, Quebec, Canada, and it’s Sales
Representative,
AESCO
Associates LTD
The post
office address of which is:
14 Becks
Way
Dartmouth,
N.S.
B2V
2C3
(Hereinafter
called the “Sales Representative”).
In
consideration of the covenants and conditions herein contained, PT and the Sales
Representative mutually undertake and agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1 –
DEFINITIONS
As used
herein:
1.1 The
term “The Territory” shall mean:
The
Province of New Brunswick, Nova Scotia, Newfoundland and Prince Edward Island
The term “The Market” shall mean:
All
electrical generating and electrical distribution utilities, industrials and
electrical distributors.
Product
excluded: Liquid Filled Network Transformers
1.2 The
term “PT” shall mean Pioneer Transformers LTD
1.3
|
The
term “sales credit” shall mean the value of billed sales acknowledged by
PT to have been procured by the Sales Representative pursuant to the terms
and conditions contained in this Agreement, less any sales taxes, duty,
brokerage, freight, cost of bid bonds or performance
bonds.
|
ARTICLE 2 –
APPOINTMENT
AESCO
Associates LTD
is hereby appointed an authorized Sales Representative for
PT and is authorized to solicit orders for PT products within the Territory
under the terms and conditions herein described. It is understood
that this appointment shall be exclusive to both parties for the Territory and
Markets as previously described.
ARTICLE 3 –
ORDERS
3.1
|
Orders
for PT products which have been placed with the Sales Representative shall
be promptly forwarded to PT in Granby, Quebec with a copy to Mississauga,
Ontario for review. Such orders shall not be binding on PT
until accepted by PT in writing or by the issue by PT of an official order
acknowledgment.
|
3.2
|
PT
reserves the right to reject any order for any reason which it deems
sufficient, including but not limited to, such reasons as failure to
conform to PT’s standard terms and conditions of sale, unrealistic
specified delivery dates and unapproved credit of the
purchaser.
|
3.3.
|
The
Sales Representative shall be excluded from entering orders in its own
name to fill customer requirements.
|
3.4
|
PT
shall not be liable for any loss or damage caused by late delivery or
failure to otherwise perform under those orders which it has accepted
where such delay or non-performance is due to labor disputes, strikes,
lockouts, inability to obtain materials, fire, acts of God or the public
enemy, accidents, governmental restrictions or appropriation, or any other
cause beyond the reasonable control of PT, unless otherwise provided by
the terms and conditions that have been quoted and accepted by
PT.
|
ARTICLE 4 –
COMMISSIONS
4.1
|
PT
shall compute and pay commissions on the value of sales credits earned by
the Sales Representative in accordance with the rates and conditions set
forth in Exhibit A annexed hereto and made a part
hereof.
|
4.2
|
Sales
credit for sales of PT products and commissions payable thereon shall be
calculated at the end of each month. Commissions shall be paid
monthly, with commission checks being mailed to the Sales Representative’s
business address shown on the front page hereof, on or about the fifteenth
day of the month immediately following the month in which the sales
credits are earned and customer invoices paid. If the
commission earned during any given month is less than $100.00, it will be
held until a minimum amount of $100.00 is reached. Hold backs
against commissions payable to the Sales Representative will be made for
any overdue unpaid PT invoices.
|
4.3
|
Commissions
paid will be net billed sales less taxes, duty, brokerage, freight, cost
of bid bonds or performance bonds.
|
ARTICLE 5 – MARKETING
ASSISTANCE
5.1 PT
shall furnish the Sales Representative with:
5.1.1
|
Reasonable
quantities of bulletins and such promotional aids as catalogs, circulars
and technical information, and other publications which PT may have
available for distribution in connection with the sale of PT
products. There shall be no charge for the material furnished
pursuant to this article 5.1.1. The Sales Representative’s use
of the aforementioned materials shall be subject to the terms, conditions
and limitations of this Agreement.
|
5.1.2
|
Quotations,
proposals, customer visits, trade show participation, seminar programs or
special advice as may from time to time be requested by the Sales
Representative for the purpose of satisfying customer needs and government
requirements.
|
ARTICLE 6 – SALES
EFFORT
6.1
|
The
Sales Representative shall use its best efforts to promote the sale and
use of, and to secure orders for PT products within the Territory and
Market, so as to create the largest volume of profitable business for PT
commensurate with the opportunities therefore. The Sales
Representative shall promote the goodwill and name of PT, and do
everything within its capabilities to further the interest of PT, its name
and PT products including participation in trade shows, seminar programs
and all sales activities undertaken by PT. It shall endeavor to
provide PT with timely feedback on all major tenders. It shall
assist PT in furnishing or obtaining, on request, information as to credit
standing of purchasers or prospective purchasers of PT
products.
|
6.2
|
The
Sales Representative shall faithfully observe and comply with PT standard
policies and procedures where applicable, when soliciting orders for PT
products or otherwise handling PT business under this
Agreement.
|
ARTICLE 7 – COMPETITIVE
CLAUSE
During
the term of this Agreement, the Sales Representative shall not directly or
indirectly handle, deal or become interested in the manufacture, marketing or
selling of products which are similar in kind, character and/or use to PT
products. The Sales Representative shall not directly or indirectly,
provide any competitor of PT with PT product bulletins, special advices, PT
products or other similar information and material which may be of competitive
value.
ARTICLE 8 – PROPERTY OF
PT
Any
property of PT received by the Sales Representative shall be and remain the
property of PT and, upon request, shall be returned in as good condition as when
received, ordinary wear and tear excepted. All records or papers of
any kind relating to PT’s business shall be and remains the property of PT and
shall be surrendered to PT upon demand or termination of this
Agreement.
ARTICLE 9 – LIMITATION OF
POWER
The Sales
Representative’s authority to act as a representative of PT is strictly limited
to those powers expressly conferred herein. The Sales Representative
shall have no authority nor shall it hold itself out as having such to make
contracts in the name of or binding on PT, pledge PT credit or to extend credit
in its name. Furthermore, the Sales Representative shall not use the
initials “PT” or PT’s registered trade names or registered trade marks unless
expressly approved in writing.
ARTICLE 10 –
SEVERABILITY
Should
any of the provisions contained herein contravene or be invalid under the laws
of Canada and or the province or other jurisdiction where it is to be performed,
the validity of the remaining portions or provisions shall not be affected
thereby.
ARTICLE 11 –
GOVERNING
This
Agreement shall be construed in and according to the laws of the Province of
Quebec, Canada.
ARTICLE 12 –
DURATION
12.1
|
This
Agreement shall become effective on the date first above written and shall
continue thereafter in full force and
effect.
|
12.2
|
Either
party may terminate this Agreement at will without cause by giving the
other party three (3) month written notice of its intention to
terminate.
|
12.3
|
In
the event of a termination of this Agreement, commissions in accordance
with Exhibit A will be paid on all orders shipped after the
termination date. Any quotations for PT products that have not
been ordered prior to the termination date will not be honored by PT and
no commission shall be owing or payable with respect
thereto.
|
12.4
|
Nothing
in article 12.3 above shall be deemed to entitle the Sales Representative
to sales credit other than that to which it would be entitled under
Article 4 hereof.
|
12.5
|
If
at any time hereafter, either of the parties hereto shall fail to perform
to the terms, covenants and conditions hereof at the time and in the
manner herein provided, then the other party may forthwith cancel and
terminate this Agreement by giving the other party written notice of its
election to so cancel and terminate this Agreement and such cancellation
and termination shall become effective upon the mailing or delivery of
such notice, whichever occurs the earliest. This right to
cancel and terminate shall he in addition to any other remedies available
hereunder or at law.
|
ARTICLE 13 –
NOTICES
Any
notice required under this Agreement shall be given in writing addressed to the
respective party at the address indicated on the front page hereof, or at such
other address as the respective party may, from time to time, hereafter
designate in writing.
ARTICLE 14 – CONTRACT
ADMINISTRATION
This
Agreement shall be administered on behalf of PT by its Marketing & Sales
Department in Mississauga. All questions concerning this Agreement or
PT policy and procedure should be directed to the said Department at 612 Bernard
Road, Granby Quebec, Canada J2G 8E5. Attention: Raymond Haddad, V.P.
Operation’s.
ARTICLE 15 – ENTIRE
AGREEMENT
This
Agreement constitutes the only agreement between the parties and supersedes all
previous communications, representations or agreements, whether oral or written,
with respect to the subject matter hereof. No modification of or
amendment to this Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto unless in
writing and duly executed by both parties.
In
Witness Whereof, the parties have executed this Agreement in duplicate on the
dates indicated.
Sales
Agency
|
|
|
Principal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AESCO Associates
LTD
|
|
|
Pioneer Transformers
LTD
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: /s/
Lloyd Macleod
|
|
|
By:
/s/ Raymond Haddad
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: September
23, 2003
|
|
|
Date: September
30, 2003
|
|
EXHIBIT
A
Pioneer Transformers LTD.
Representative Commission Scale
.
INDIVIDUAL ORDER VALUE
|
COMMISSION RATE *
|
|
|
Up
to $200,000
|
5%
|
$200,001
to $500,000
|
$10,000
plus
4.0% on the amount over $200,000
|
$500,001
to $1,000,000
|
$22,000
plus
3% on the amount over $500,000
|
$1,000,001
and more
|
$37,000
plus
2% on the amount over $1,000,000
|
On long
term contracts, the commission rate for the monthly shipments is based on the
total annual dollar value shipped.
1) If
to obtain an order it becomes necessary for PT to make a reduction in price that
would otherwise apply, or to make some concession involving extra cost, PT may,
prior to acceptance of such an order, request of the Representative that the
commission payable thereon be negotiated to reflect the special circumstances
involved with the order. In such cases, the commission rate specified above
shall not apply.
2) For
the purpose of determining the size of any order, any proposal to one customer
for similar types of material with a common closing date that results in one or
more purchase orders to facilitate accounting and/or shipments to different
locations are considered to be one total order for the aggregate value of the
different parts.
3) Orders
with different closing dates but grouped together by the Customer at time of
purchase in order to obtain a value or volume discount will be treated as one
order for the total value of the order.
Exhibit
10.16
TRANSLATION
COLLECTIVE
LABOUR AGREEMENT
between
PIONEER
TRANSFORMERS LTD.
(hereinafter
the “Company”)
Of
the first part
and
THE
STEELWORKERS UNION
On
behalf of Local 9414
(hereinafter
the “Union”)
Of
the second part
JUNE
1, 2005 – MAY 31, 2010
TABLE
OF CONTENTS
|
Page
|
|
|
ARTICLE 1 – PURPOSE OF
AGREEMENT
|
1
|
ARTICLE 2 – UNION
RECOGNITION
|
1
|
ARTICLE 3 – DISCRIMINATION
|
1
|
ARTICLE 4 – MANAGEMENT
|
1
|
ARTICLE 5 – UNION SECURITY
|
2
|
ARTICLE 6 – GRIEVANCE
PROCEDURE
|
2
|
ARTICLE 7 – DISMISSAL AND SANCTION
PROCEDURE
|
4
|
ARTICLE 8 – SENIORITY
|
5
|
ARTICLE 9 – AUTHORIZED
LEAVE
|
10
|
ARTICLE 10 – SAFETY AND
HYGIENE
|
11
|
ARTICLE 11 – BULLETIN BOARD
|
13
|
ARTICLE 12 – COPIES OF AGREEMENT POCKETBOOK
FORM
|
13
|
ARTICLE 13 – UNION
REPRESENTATIVES
|
14
|
ARTICLE 14 – GRIEVANCE COMMITTEE AND
STEWARDS
|
14
|
ARTICLE 15 – HANDICAPPED
EMPLOYEES
|
14
|
ARTICLE 16 – UNINTERRUPTED
PRODUCTION
|
14
|
ARTICLE 17 – WORKING HOURS
|
14
|
ARTICLE 18 – ATTENDANCE
ALLOWANCE
|
15
|
ARTICLE 19 – SALARIES AND
CLASSIFICATIONS
|
16
|
ARTICLE 20 – TEMPORARY
TRANSFER
|
17
|
ARTICLE 21 – OVERTIME
|
17
|
ARTICLE 22 – SHIFT PREMIUM
|
18
|
ARTICLE 23 – STATUTORY
HOLIDAYS
|
18
|
ARTICLE 24 – VACATION
|
19
|
ARTICLE 25 – BEREAVEMENT
LEAVE
|
20
|
ARTICLE 26 – INSURANCE PLAN
|
20
|
ARTICLE 27 – INSURANCE AND TRAVEL
EXPENSES
|
21
|
ARTICLE 28 – TECHNOLOGICAL
CHANGES
|
21
|
ARTICLE 29 – TERM OF AGREEMENT: 5
YEARS
|
21
|
TABLE
OF CONTENTS
(continued)
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
|
Schedule A-1
|
–
|
Classifications and Rates of
Salary
|
23
|
Schedule A-2
|
–
|
Classifications and Rates of Salary – Employees
Concerned by
|
|
|
Section 19.06
|
24
|
Schedule A
|
–
|
Increases In rates of
salary
|
25
|
Schedule B
|
–
|
Group Insurance Plan
|
26
|
Schedule B
|
–
|
Group Insurance Plan
|
27
|
Schedule C
|
–
|
LETTER AGREEMENT
|
28
|
Schedule C
|
–
|
LETTER AGREEMENT MEDICAL
REPORT
|
29
|
Schedule C
|
–
|
LETTER AGREEMENT EDUCATION
ASSISTANCE
|
30
|
Schedule C
|
–
|
LETTER AGREEMENT BARGAINING
COMMITTEE
|
31
|
Schedule C
|
–
|
LETTER
AGREEMENT SUBCONTRACTING
|
32
|
Schedule D
|
–
|
PENSION PLAN
|
33
|
Schedule E
|
–
|
LETTER
AGREEMENT STUDENTS
|
36
|
Schedule F
|
–
|
LETTER
AGREEMENT TRAINING
|
37
|
Schedule G
|
–
|
LETTER AGREEMENT COMPRESSED
SCHEDULE
|
38
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 1 – PURPOSE OF
AGREEMENT
1.01
|
The
parties agree that it is mutually beneficial and desirable to establish
and maintain fair and just salaries, wages and working conditions to
achieve efficient and cost-effective operations, protect the security and
hygiene of the employees and provide for a mechanism to settle any
grievances that may arise between the parties
hereto.
|
ARTICLE 2 – UNION
RECOGNITION
2.01
|
The
Company recognizes the Union as the sole and exclusive bargaining agent
for all its employees in accordance with the union accreditation
certificate issued by Commission des Relations du Travail on January 11,
1967 covering all the employees (paid by the hour) who work at the Granby
plant who are employees as understood in the Labour Code, except for the
office employees and
assistant-foremen.
|
2.02
|
The
clauses and conditions set out in this agreement shall be in force and
shall fully apply to all the employees in the bargaining unit as described
in the preceding section.
|
2.03
|
Persons
whose regular position is excluded from the bargaining unit shall not work
in any position included in the bargaining unit, except for purposes of
instruction, experimentation, in an emergency or when the regular
employees are not available.
|
ARTICLE 3 –
DISCRIMINATION
3.01
|
The
Company and the Union agree that no employee shall be discriminated
against or intimidated because of his membership or non-membership in the
Union, or because of his colour, gender, religion or affiliation with a
legitimate political party or for any other reason
whatsoever.
|
3.02
|
Furthermore,
the Union agrees that neither its officers nor its members shall solicit
membership in the Union or participate in any other Union activity except
as set out in this agreement on Company property or during working hours
unless management grants permission to take part in such
activities.
|
3.03
|
The
Company shall not use its workforce management rights in a discriminatory
manner.
|
ARTICLE 4 –
MANAGEMENT
4.01
|
The
Union agrees that the Company has the right to manage its business and
direct its work force subject to the provisions of this
agreement.
|
For
greater certainty but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, such
rights include:
|
a)
|
maintaining
order, discipline and efficiency;
|
|
b)
|
hiring,
classifying, promoting and demoting, granting and taking away grades,
rotating, laying off, recalling and transferring employees and, for just
and sufficient cause, suspending, dismissing and disciplining
them;
|
|
c)
|
determining
the products to be manufactured;
|
|
d)
|
deciding
on the production methods and schedules, the types and location of the
equipment, machines and tools to be utilized and, from time to time, the
number of employees the Company requires for any
operation;
|
|
e)
|
determining
whether an individual has the necessary skills and meets the requirements
for a specific job, subject to the provisions of this agreement and the
seniority clause. The Company’s determination of an employee’s
aptitude and ability to fill the requirements of a job shall be made
objectively; and
|
|
f)
|
hiring
qualified employees when necessary to expand the scope of its products and
its work force, either due to the creation of new positions or new job
classifications or because there are no qualified employees available to
do the work.
|
ARTICLE 5 – UNION
SECURITY
|
a)
|
It
is established that as a condition of employment, all employees must
become and remain Union members in good standing. New employees
and employees who are rehired or recalled shall become Union members
within ninety (90) business days during the six (6) month period following
their date of hire.
|
|
b)
|
The
employer agrees to make weekly deductions from each employee’s salary for
the Union dues, initiation fees and special assessments currently in force
pursuant to the Union’s charter in the amounts specified by the
Union.
|
5.02
|
It
is understood and agreed that the Union shall indemnify the Company and
hold it harmless for any claims that may be made against it by one or more
employees for the amounts deducted pursuant to this
Article.
|
5.03
|
The
T4
and
Relevé 1
slips shall
indicate the total amount of the Union contributions the employee has paid
in the year.
|
ARTICLE 6 – GRIEVANCE
PROCEDURE
6.01
|
An
employee and his steward may discuss any grievance with the immediate
supervisor. In the employee’s absence, the steward may discuss
the grievance or, in the steward’s absence, the employee may be
accompanied by another employee in an emergency. The supervisor
must inform the steward or the employee of his decision within one (1)
business day or within a mutually agreed time
frame.
|
6.02
|
If
a settlement cannot be reached under 6.01 above, the grievance shall be
stated in writing and presented to the Director of Operations or his
representative within ten (10) business days of the date the cause of
action arose. Notwithstanding that deadline, the parties agree
that all reasonable efforts shall be made to present a grievance as soon
as possible within less than such ten (10) business days so as to settle
the grievance as quickly as
possible.
|
6.03
|
The
Director of Operations shall hold a meeting with the Union’s grievance
committee, which may be accompanied by representatives from the
International Union, within four (4) business days of the presentation of
the grievance.
|
The
Director of Operations shall inform the Union and the employee or employees
concerned of his decision in writing within five (5) business days of the
meeting or within a mutually agreed time frame.
6.04
|
The
Union shall be entitled to file collective grievances or grievances of a
general nature In accordance with 6.02 above. Similarly, the
Employer may file a grievance by addressing the Union office
directly.
|
6.05
|
If
a grievance is not settled pursuant to the foregoing sections of this
Article, either party may give the other written notice of its intention
to refer the grievance to arbitration in accordance with Section 100 of
the Labour Code of Province of Quebec, within thirty (30) days of the
decision by the Director of Operations or his
representative.
|
6.06
|
The
procedure and deadlines established under the provisions of Article 6 of
this agreement shall be firm and may not be amended except pursuant to a
written agreement between the authorized representatives of the parties in
question.
|
|
a)
|
The
arbitrator shall hear and resolve the grievance and render an award which
shall be final and binding on the parties in question and any concerned
employee, but in no event shall the arbitrator have the authority to
change, modify or amend any part of this
agreement.
|
|
b)
|
In
a disciplinary matter, confirm, modify or overturn the employer’s decision
and, where applicable, substitute such decision as appears to him to be
fair and reasonable in view of all the circumstances of the
case.
|
6.08
|
At
every stage of the grievance procedure, including arbitration, the
opposing parties may call upon the assistance of the employee or employees
concerned and any necessary witnesses, and all reasonable steps shall be
taken to allow the opposing parties to have access to the establishment,
inform themselves about the contested operations and consult the necessary
witnesses.
|
6.09
|
Each
party in question shall share the payment of the arbitrator’s
expenses.
|
The
expenses and allowances of the witnesses shall be paid for by the party that
called the witnesses.
No
arbitration costs shall be awarded to either party.
The
arbitrator shall be asked to render his award within twenty (20) business days
of the end of the hearing.
6.10
|
Except
for grievances of an ongoing nature, the parties shall not be bound to
consider a grievance unless it is presented within ten (10) business days
of the date the cause of action arose and in compliance with the procedure
established in the foregoing
sections.
|
6.11
|
No
grievance may be presented regarding the dismissal, suspension, lay-off or
transfer of an employee who has not acquired seniority
rights.
|
ARTICLE 7 – DISMISSAL AND
SANCTION PROCEDURE
|
a)
|
Management
shall not apply disciplinary measures without first warning the employee,
unless the circumstances warrant immediate sanction or
dismissal. In the event of a claim alleging that an employee
was wrongfully dismissed or sanctioned, the grievance shall be brought
directly at the second (2nd) stage of the grievance procedure within ten
(10) business days of the date the cause of action
arose.
|
|
b)
|
In
the event of suspension or dismissal, the employee may see the president
of the Union local or the steward before leaving the
plant.
|
7.02
|
A
copy of a written notice remitted to an employee shall be sent to the
Union steward. The Company and the Union agree that
disciplinary sanctions shall not be unjustly
imposed.
|
7.03
|
In
certain instances, the Employer may ask to meet with the Union and the
employee concerned in a final attempt to avoid dismissing the
employee.
|
7.04
|
During
a meeting at the third (3rd) stage of a suspension or dismissal grievance,
the employee may see his disciplinary record upon
request.
|
7.05
|
A
written warning or disciplinary measure shall not be valid against an
employee for more than:
|
– written
warning: 6
months
– disciplinary
measure: 12
months
from the
date of the disciplinary measure or written warning.
However,
if other offences within the said time frame warrant a written warning or
disciplinary measure of the same nature, all warnings or disciplinary measures
of the same nature shall remain in force until the last one has passed the
expiry date.
7.06
|
Disciplinary
measures and written warnings shall not be issued more than ten (10)
business days after the employer became aware of the incident, and the
employer shall bear the onus of
proof.
|
ARTICLE 8 –
SENIORITY
8.01
|
The
parties acknowledge that job and security opportunities should increase
based on length of service. Accordingly, it is agreed that for
all vacations, promotions, transfers, lay-offs, terminations and recalls
after lay-off or termination, the most senior employees shall have
preference.
|
8.02
|
In
acknowledgement, however, of management’s responsibility for the efficient
operation of the establishment, it is understood and agreed that in every
instance management shall have the right to pass over any employee if it
establishes that the employee has neither the skill, capacity or physical
aptitude to perform the work after a reasonable trial period of five (5)
days.
|
8.03
|
An
employee shall have seniority status once he has actually worked for
ninety (90) days with the Company over a period six (6)
months. If the employee remains in the Company’s employ after
working for such ninety (90) days, his seniority shall commence as of his
date of hire.
|
An
employee who has not completed his probationary period and has not yet acquired
seniority status cannot apply for another position.
Seniority
shall be retained and shall accrue during absences due to:
an
illness or accident
|
b)
|
an
illness or accident for a period of more than six (6) consecutive months
with less than one (1) year of seniority; twenty-four (24) consecutive
months with more than one (1) year of seniority; thirty (30) consecutive
months with more than five (5) years of
seniority;
|
8.04
|
An
employee shall lose his seniority and his name shall be removed from all
seniority lists for any of the following
reasons:
|
|
a)
|
if
the employee voluntarily leaves his
job;
|
|
b)
|
if
the employee is dismissed for just
cause;
|
|
c)
|
if
the employee has been laid off and does not return to work within five (5)
days of being notified to do so by registered letter sent to his last
address known to the Company, unless he has a serious and acceptable
reason. A copy of such notice shall be sent to the
Union.
|
|
d)
|
if
the employee has been laid off due to a work shortage for a period
exceeding:
|
|
–
|
six
(6) months if he had less than one (1) year of seniority on the lay-off
date.
|
|
–
|
twenty-four
(24) months if he had more than one (1) year of seniority on the lay-off
date.
|
|
–
|
thirty
(30) months if he had more than five (5) years of seniority on the lay-off
date.
|
|
e)
|
if
the employee is absent due to illness or a non-industrial accident covered
by a medical certificate he shall continue to accrue seniority while he is
absent due to the illness or accident, but not
beyond:
|
|
–
|
six
(6) consecutive months with less than one (1) year of
seniority.
|
|
–
|
twenty-four
(24) consecutive months with more than one (1) year of
seniority
|
|
–
|
thirty
(30) consecutive months with more than five (5) years of
seniority.
|
|
a)
|
A
position shall become vacant due to the death, retirement, quitting,
dismissal, promotion or permanent transfer of the employee who held the
position, and also due to the creation of a new job or
position.
|
|
b)
|
If
the Company decides to fill a position that has become vacant or has been
newly created in the plant within the bargaining unit, the details of the
position shall be posted on the plant’s bulletin board for three (3)
business days.
|
A copy of
the notice shall be sent by registered mail to the employees who are absent from
the plant due to illness, accident or vacation to their last known address
appearing in the Company’s books. Employees who want the position
shall apply in writing during the said period of three (3) business days on the
forms provided for that purpose.
The
posting shall indicate:
1. The
commencement and ending dates of the posting
2. The
title of the position
3. The
description of the position
4. The
work shift
Within
three (3) business days of the end of the posting the Company shall send the
Union a copy of the posting, with the names of the employees who applied and
indicating the name of the candidate chosen for the position.
However,
it shall be understood that if the employee to be chosen in accordance with this
Article is absent from the plant due to illness, accident or authorized leave in
accordance with this agreement or is on vacation, he must be available to assume
his new responsibilities by no later than fifteen (15) days of the Company’s
notice to begin working, otherwise his candidacy shall be set
aside.
If the
Company must fill the position in the meantime, it may transfer someone to fill
it temporarily, in keeping with the stipulations of this agreement.
An
employee who obtains a position for which he applied during a posting may not
apply for another position In an equal or lower classification than the one he
obtained for a period of six (6) months. However, it shall be
understood than an employee promoted to a position and who remains in that
position may always apply for a position in a higher
classification.
|
c)
|
The
employer shall grant the employee who is chosen a trial period of five (5)
business days so he can adapt. After such five (5) days, if the
employee does not have the aptitude to continue in the position, the
employer shall inform him and he shall return to his former
classification.
|
However,
for testers, electrical mechanics and other trades or technical jobs recognized
by the Ministry of Education, management shall not be required to accept the
candidacy of an employee or to give him a trial period if the employer can
establish that the candidate does not have the aptitude required for the
position.
The
qualified employees who held the position of tester as of June 1, 1997 and who
later held another position may return to the position of tester in accordance
with the posting procedure.
|
d)
|
Temporary
job postings
|
If the
Company wishes to fill a temporarily vacant position, the following procedure
shall apply:
A
temporarily vacant position may be filled temporarily by transfer if it will be
for less than thirty (30) days in cases of illness, accident, occupational
disease or industrial accident in accordance with the procedure described in
Section 8.01 of this agreement.
However,
if the absence is expected to last longer than thirty (30) days or if it exceeds
thirty (30) days, the employer shall post the vacant position in accordance with
Section 8.01 of this agreement.
Within
three (3) business days of the end of the posting, the Company shall send the
Union a copy of the posting with the names of the employees who applied and
indicating the name of the candidate chosen for the temporary
position.
The
chosen candidate must be able to perform the work immediately without any
training; he shall then be transferred directly and temporarily to that position
on the work shift specified In the posting .
|
1.
|
If
there is no qualified candidate, the employer may then recall the
qualified employee with the most seniority back to
work.
|
|
2.
|
The
employer shall then recall the laid-off employee with the most seniority
to take over for the qualified employee within two (2) months of the
beginning of the assignment of the qualified employee to the temporary
position. The employee thus temporarily recalled must be able
to satisfy the normal requirements of the position, in accordance with
Sections 8.02 and 8.05 c). He shall then be trained to perform
the necessary work.
|
|
3.
|
The
qualified employee shall resume his position on the recall list if the
more senior employee is able to perform the work
satisfactorily.
|
|
4.
|
If
there is no qualified employee on lay-off, the employer shall recall the
employee with the most seniority in accordance with Sections 8.02 and 8.05
c).
|
If there
is no laid-off or capable employee, in accordance with Section 8.01 the Company
may temporarily hire from outside, but such employees shall be covered by the
provisions of the collective agreement.
In
addition, if an employee has obtained a posting for a position that became
vacant due to illness, accident, occupational disease or industrial accident and
a lay-off is expected, and the employee who obtained the position temporarily is
affected by the lay-off, he shall return to his regular position and avail
himself of his seniority rights. Similarly, if the position
temporarily obtained is once again filled due to the return of the holder of the
position, he shall return to his regular position.
However,
the period contemplated In the 6th paragraph of Section 8.05 b) shall not apply
to a temporary posting.
The
Company shall maintain a seniority list in the plant. Every four (4)
months, it shall post a copy of the list so it can be checked by the
employees. It shall also give a copy to the Union. The
said copy shall indicate each employee’s classification and rate of
salary. The Union shall be advised of the number and dates of new
hires and of the employees recalled to work.
|
a)
|
In
the event of a lay-off due a work shortage, the relevant employees shall
receive five (5) business days’ advance notice unless the lay-off is due
to a reason beyond the Company’s
control.
|
|
b)
|
An
employee whose position is abolished or closed or who is required to
change shifts for an indefinite period shall inform his foreman,
indicating which employee with less seniority he wishes to bump and, on
the same day, a copy shall be given to the Union and to the relevant
employee.
|
|
c)
|
The
employee who is bumped may in turn bump another employee with less
seniority than he has and so on, in accordance with the established
conditions, until a bumped employee can no longer bump another
one. He shall then be laid off after five (5) business days’
notice. The notice shall be null and void if the employer does
not go through with the lay-off.
|
|
d)
|
The
employee assigned to a new position shall have a maximum trial and/or
training period of five (5) days to demonstrate that he is able to perform
the work satisfactorily (trial period refers to a person who has already
done the work and training period refers to a person who has never done
the work). If an employee fails to demonstrate such ability,
the Company shall assign him to another position he is able to fill if
such a position is available.
|
|
e)
|
Bumping
procedure for a lay-off involving the elimination of the evening
shift:
|
|
1.
|
If
the evening shift is completely eliminated and one or more positions are
simultaneously opened on the day shift, the following bumping procedure
shall apply instead of the normal posting
procedure:
|
|
2.
|
An
employee whose position is thus eliminated shall notify his foreman,
indicating which less senior employee he wishes to bump or which vacant
position he wishes to fill.
|
|
3.
|
If
the employee bumps another employee, he must satisfy the conditions
stipulated for a lay-off notice, i.e. Sec. 8.07
d).
|
|
4.
|
If
the employee cannot bump another employee, he shall use his seniority to
choose a position left vacant on the day shift, provided he is qualified
for the position.
|
|
5.
|
If
there is no available position for which he is qualified, he shall choose
another position that could not be filled by a qualified employee and
shall be trained for the position.
|
|
6.
|
If
there is no available position in accordance with the procedure described
in paragraph 5, the employee with more seniority shall have priority over
an employee with less seniority. The employee with more
seniority who satisfies the normal requirements for the position, in
accordance with Sections 8.02 and 8.05 c), shall be trained for the
position thus obtained.
|
8.08
|
Position
reopened following a lay-off
|
|
1.
|
Work
recalls shall be done inversely to the order of the lay-offs, that is, the
last employee laid off shall be the first one recalled to work, provided
he has the necessary qualifications to immediately perform the available
work.
|
|
2.
|
If
the last employee laid off is not qualified, the employer may then recall
the qualified employee with the most
seniority.
|
|
3.
|
The
employer shall then recall the laid-off employee with the most seniority
to take over for the qualified employee within six (6) weeks of the
beginning of the assignment of the qualified employee to the vacant
position. The employee thus recalled must be able to satisfy
the normal requirements for the position, in accordance with Sections 8.02
and 8.05 c). He shall then be trained to perform the necessary
work.
|
|
4.
|
The
qualified employee shall resume his position on the recall list if the
more senior employee is able to perform the work
satisfactorily.
|
|
5.
|
If
there is no qualified employee on lay-off, the employer shall recall the
employee with the most seniority, in accordance with Sections 8.02 and
8.05 c).
|
|
6.
|
An
employee who is laid off shall be reinstated in the position he held
before the lay-off, without any posting, provided the position is reopened
within two years of the lay-off.
|
8.09
|
Change
of address and telephone number
All
employees shall be solely responsible for informing the employer in
writing of any change of address or telephone
number.
|
8.10
|
Position
outside the bargaining unit
If
an employee is promoted or transferred to a position outside the
bargaining unit, he shall thereupon be excluded from the bargaining
unit. The employee shall keep the seniority acquired in the
position he was transferred from and it shall be credited to him if he
returns to work in the bargaining unit. This privilege shall
expire after one (1) year of continuous service outside the bargaining
unit.
|
ARTICLE 9 – AUTHORIZED
LEAVE
9.01
|
Unpaid
leave of no more than one (1) day may be granted to any employee by his
immediate supervisor.
|
9.02
|
Unpaid
leave for longer periods must be referred to the Director of Operations
and shall require his approval.
|
9.03
|
No
unpaid leave shall be granted if the employee’s absence will hinder
production requirements and/or create additional expense for the
Company. This clause shall not apply to Union officials who
must be absent on Union business.
|
9.04
|
Leave
to take care of Union business:
|
A maximum
of three (3) employees elected or designated by the Union to attend a Union
convention or business session shall be given unpaid leave for that
purpose. The Union shall notify the Company one week in advance of
the names of the representatives who, except for the President, must be
representing various departments.
However,
with the exception of the President, the said employees may not be absent for
more than ten (10) business days in a single year. It is agreed that
this time frame shall not apply to arbitration hearings, the preparation and
presentation of cases to the C.S.S.T., or the bargaining period.
9.05 Leave
to work full-time for the Union:
The
Company shall grant an employee an unpaid leave of absence for up to one (1)
year so he can work for the Union. The employee must make a written
request at least one (1) month in advance if possible, which request must first
be approved by the Union.
9.06 The
Union agrees that the number and length of such leave shall not be
unreasonable.
9.07 Failure
to return from leave:
Authorized
leave shall be granted in writing and no such leave shall affect an employee’s
seniority rights if used for the purpose for which it was granted, provided the
employee returns to work after his leave. A copy of the authorization
shall be remitted to the Union representative.
ARTICLE 10 – SAFETY AND
HYGIENE
10.00
|
The
Company shall provide the following personal safety equipment free of
charge:
|
|
–
|
Non-prescription
safety glasses Safety shoes
|
or such
other equipment as the Joint Health and Safety Committee deems
necessary.
10.01
|
The
Company and the Union mutually agree that they wish to maintain high
safety and hygiene standards in the
establishment.
|
|
a)
|
The
Company accepts responsibility for taking adequate and reasonable measures
for the health and safety of its employees during their working
hours.
|
|
b)
|
The
Union shall help management succeed with any reasonable accident
prevention program.
|
|
c)
|
Should
the Joint Health and Safety Committee not agree with the choice of the
equipment to be worn, the issue shall be referred to Quebec’s
Commission de la Santé et de
la Sécurité du Travail
for a
decision.
|
10.03
|
The
Company agrees to continue to provide the employees with the safety
equipment necessary to protect them from hazardous working
conditions.
|
10.04
|
There
shall be a Health and Safety Committee made up of representatives for the
Company and two (2) representatives for the employees, chosen by the
Union. The Committee shall meet every two
months. The Committee may meet more often if necessary,
provided the Union and the Company both
agree.
|
The
Committee shall be notified as soon as possible of any serious accidents that
occur and of major risks and a member representing each party shall investigate
the nature and cause of accidents.
The
Company shall continue its policy of assisting an injured employee to fill out
his accident notice and apply for benefits from the
Commission de la Santé et de la
Sécurité du Travail
in accordance with the law.
10.05
|
Pay
on the day an employee is injured:
|
An
employee who is injured in an industrial accident shall be paid for the time
lost on the day he is injured at his regular daily rate, including any overtime
premium or shift premium that applies.
10.06
|
The
Company shall provide transportation and salary for the time spent by the
employees during regular working hours on the medical treatment required
as a result of an industrial accident or occupational illness on the day
of the injury.
|
Transportation
means transportation from the plant to the hospital, or from the hospital to the
plant or the employee’s residence if the plant is closed, provided the employee
cannot drive himself.
10.07
|
If
an employee is injured while working for the Company and he is off work
for more than one (1) week due to such accident or illness, every week the
Company shall advance the employee, at his request, a sum of money
equivalent to the weekly indemnity the employee should receive from the
Commission de la Santé
et de la Sécurité du Travail
or disability insurance until he
receives his first such payment or returns to work, unless the claim is
disputed or contested by the Employer, and in any event for no more than
six (6) months.
|
It is
understood that the advances by the Company shall at all times be considered a
debt to the Company, which the employee shall repay to the Company, whether or
not he is paid by the
Commission de la Santé et de la
Sécurité du Travail
or disability insurance, at the latest when he
receives the amounts owed him by the
Commission de la Santé et de la
Sécurité du Travail
or disability insurance.
10.08
|
The
Company shall give every employee hired after the signing of this
collective agreement a copy of the
Act respecting
Occupational Health and Safety
. Any regulations enacted
under that statute shall be posted on the bulletin
board.
|
10.09
|
The
Company shall inform newly hired employees of the normal risks inherent in
their work and in the nature of the products manufactured or handled, as
it understands those risks. Employees shall not be required to
work under dangerous or unhealthy conditions in excess of the operational
risks.
|
10.10
|
All
new employees or employees transferred to a new classification shall be
informed of the safest way to complete their
tasks.
|
10.11
|
The
Company shall make first-aid equipment available on the Company premises
during all working hours.
|
10.12
|
One
employee per shift shall receive, at the Company’s expense, first-aid
training equivalent to that of the St-John’s Ambulance to be utilized on
the work premises if need be.
|
10.13
|
All
medical exams required by the Company shall be done by the physician of
its choosing during normal working hours, without loss of
salary. All expenses incurred due to such exams shall be borne
by the Company.
|
10.14
|
The
Company agrees to investigate the source of any dangerous working
conditions identified by the Safety
Committee.
|
10.15
|
No
employee shall be required to work alone. In addition, where
that practice represents a risk to his health and safety beyond the normal
operational risks, no employee shall be required to work alone in an
isolated area.
|
10.16
|
The
Company shall organize one or more programs and shall put the Safety
Committee in charge of instituting the program under Sections 10.10, 10.11
and 10.12.
|
ARTICLE 11 – BULLETIN
BOARD
11.01
|
The
Company agrees to provide the Union with a bulletin board in the
establishment for the posting of Union notices and official documents
approved in advance by the Company.
|
ARTICLE 12 – COPIES OF
AGREEMENT POCKETBOOK FORM
12.01
|
The
Company and the Union want every employee to be familiar with the
provisions of this agreement and the rights and duties stemming
therefrom. The Company shall have the collective agreement
printed in pocketbook form and shall distribute it to the employees in the
bargaining unit. It shall give a copy to every new employee and
forty (40) copies to the Union within three (3) months of the signing of
the collective agreement. If the Company is unable to meet that
deadline, photocopies of the collective agreement shall be distributed to
the employees
|
ARTICLE 13 – UNION
REPRESENTATIVES
13.01
|
When
an authorized Union representative who is not a Company employee wishes to
speak to the local Union representatives in the establishment about a
grievance or other official Union business, he shall notify the Director
of Operations or his representative, who shall then call the local Union
representatives to the office where they may confer in
private. Such discussions shall be organized so as not to
hinder production.
|
ARTICLE 14 – GRIEVANCE
COMMITTEE AND STEWARDS
14.01
|
The
Union shall notify management in writing of the members of the grievance
committee and the shop stewards. There shall be one steward per
twenty-five (25) employee and at least one (1) steward per
shift. For purposes of meetings with the representatives of
management, the grievance committee shall consist of not more than two (2)
members appointed by the Union and the international Union
representative. The members of the grievance committee shall
not lose any salary for time spent attending meetings with the
representatives of management during normal working
hours.
|
14.02
|
If
a steward or member of the grievance committee must be absent from his job
or his department for purposes of his duties, he shall first obtain
permission from his foreman or departmental supervisor, which permission
shall not be refused arbitrarily, and he shall not lose any salary for
time spent on his duties during his regular working
hours.
|
ARTICLE 15 – HANDICAPPED
EMPLOYEES
15.01
|
Should
employees be injured on the job or contract an occupational illness during
their employment and become physically handicapped as a result, the
Company shall strive, insofar as possible, to provide the handicapped
employees with a suitable occupation, provided such an occupation is
available.
|
ARTICLE 16 – UNINTERRUPTED
PRODUCTION
16.01
|
The
parties hereto agree that during the term of this agreement there shall be
no lock-out, strike, slowdown or other work interruption or interference
that could disrupt production. The Union and the employees of
the Company agree not to involve the employees of the Company or the
Company as such in any dispute that could arise between any other employer
and the employees of such other
employer.
|
ARTICLE 17 – WORKING
HOURS
17.01
|
The
work week shall be forty (40)
hours.
|
17.02
|
Definition
of day and work day:
|
|
a)
|
The
basic work day is eight (8) consecutives hours of work in a period of
twenty-four (24) hours, interrupted only by the established meal
break.
|
|
b)
|
The
first (1st) work shift shall be from 08:00 to 17:00 hours, with a one-hour
(1-hr) unpaid meal break.
|
The
second (2nd) shift shall be from 16:50 to 01:20 hours, with a 1/2- hour unpaid
meal break from 21:00 to 21:30 hours. (See “Compressed Schedule” in
Schedule G.)
If the
work schedules are changed or a third (3rd) work shift is created, the Union
shall be informed in advance so as to be able to give the employees sufficient
advance notice.
17.03
|
Definition
of work week:
|
The basic
work week shall consist of five (5) days, from Monday to Friday
inclusively.
17.04
|
Work
shifts and schedules:
|
When an
employee works on one of his days off, he shall not be required to take another
day off during his regular work week.
Between
the second and third hour of each half work shift, there shall be a ten-minute
(10-min.) break from work.
In
addition, for every three (3) hours or more of planned overtime, the employee
shall be entitled to a ten-minute (10-min.) break towards the end of the second
(2nd) hour.
17.06
|
The
employees on the day shift shall be entitled to one (1) hour for their
meal between noon and 1:00 PM where
possible.
|
17.07
|
Nothing
In the foregoing sections shall constitute a guarantee of weekly working
hours.
|
ARTICLE 18 – ATTENDANCE
ALLOWANCE
18.01
|
If
an employee reports to work at the beginning of his regular shift without
receiving notice not to come in at least two (2) hours before the
beginning of his shift, he shall be paid the equivalent of four (4) hours
of work at the regular rate, but such obligation on the part of the
Company shall not apply if the work shortage is due to conditions beyond
the Company’s control, or the employee returns to work before being
advised of same following an absence of more than three (3) days due to
illness or accident.
|
In the
event of a situation beyond the Company’s control, the Company shall strive to
notify the employees where possible.
Any
employee who is especially called in to work at any time after he has completed
his working hours may finish work when the emergency is over, and he shall
receive a minimum of four (4) hours of pay but never less than four (4) hours of
pay at regular time.
ARTICLE 19 – SALARIES AND
CLASSIFICATIONS
19.01
|
Employees
governed by this collective agreement shall be paid in accordance
with:
|
|
–
|
Schedule
A-2 only if they meet the conditions stipulated in the first paragraph of
Section 19.06.
|
19.02
|
If
the employer creates a new classification, it shall meet with the Union to
negotiate the hourly rate, taking into account the hourly rates under this
agreement. In the event of a disagreement over the hourly rate,
the employer shall determine the rate and the Union may contest the new
rate under the grievance settlement
procedure.
|
19.03
|
When
a new employee has completed his probationary period, he shall then be
remunerated in accordance with the provisions of Section 19.05
(1). Thereafter, his hourly rate shall be increased in
accordance with the conditions defined
below.
|
19.04
|
An
employee who has not yet reached the maximum rate for his classification
shall receive an increase of $0.42 per hour every four (4) months until
his hourly rate corresponds to the maximum rate for his
classification. However such increase shall be $0.41 instead of
$0.42 on the anniversary of the employee’s seniority date, so the total
annual increase shall be equal to
$1.25.
|
19.05
|
An
employee who obtains a position shall be remunerated as follows and in
accordance with Schedule A-1 or, if he meets the conditions stipulated in
the first paragraph of Section 19.06, in accordance with Schedule
A-2:
|
|
1.
|
An
employee who has
less than two
years
of seniority shall receive the maximum rate for the position,
less the two following amounts: $0.84 and $1.25 per year of
seniority under two years calculated in accordance with the salary
progression defined in 19.04. The rate shall always be equal to
or higher than the minimum rate for the
position.
|
|
2.
|
An
employee who has completed at least
two years
of
seniority shall receive the maximum rate for the position, less
$0.84.
|
|
3.
|
An
employee who has completed at least
two years
of
seniority and who has
already been
remunerated
at the maximum rate for the position shall then be
remunerated at the maximum rate for the
position.
|
An
employee who, on May 31, 2005, held a position as a day labourer, insulation
cutter, winder or assembler and who, on May 31, 2005 was already remunerated at
a rate higher than the rate in Schedule A-1 as at June 1, 2005, shall henceforth
be remunerated in accordance with the rate determined for his position in
Schedule A-2 and the provisions of Section 19.05.
If that
employee changes positions, he shall then be remunerated in accordance with the
rate established for his position in Schedule A-1.
ARTICLE 20 – TEMPORARY
TRANSFER
20.01
|
If
an employee is required to work in a category other than his
classification for a full half-day (4 hours) or more, he shall receive the
rate for the position or his regular rate, whichever is
higher.
|
For
purposes of assessing an employee’s experience, the time spent working in a
position other than his own shall be counted as experience in his own
specialty.
ARTICLE 21 –
OVERTIME
21.01 More
than eight hours of work
The
Company shall pay an employee one-and-a-half (11/2) times his regular hourly
rate for all hours worked beyond eight (8) hours a day for the first four (4)
hours of overtime, that same day, and twice (2X) his regular rate for hours in
excess of four (4) that same day.
21.02
|
Saturdays
and Sundays
|
The
Company shall pay one-and-a-half (11/2) times the regular hourly rate for the
first ten (10) hours worked on Saturday and double time for hours beyond ten
(10) on Saturday and for work done on Sunday, unless it involves work being done
at the end of the employee’s regular shift.
21.03
|
All
overtime work shall be voluntary. However, it is agreed that
employees in classifications that are trades or technical jobs recognized
by the Ministry of Education may be required to work a number of overtime
hours not exceeding six (6) per normal work week. However, an
employee may refuse such overtime on serious and valid
grounds. All overtime work beyond such six (6) hours shall be
done on a voluntary basis.
|
21.04 Distribution
of overtime
Normally,
the Company shall give five (5) hours’ advance notice of
overtime. However, this shall not rule out the possibility of
overtime worked on shorter notice:
1. When
the need to work overtime is not known in advance.
2. When
the relevant employee is in agreement with working overtime.
Overtime
opportunities shall be allotted to the employees holding the position for which
overtime is required. If they are not available, the Company shall
choose, among the most senior employees, those having demonstrated their
qualifications to perform the necessary work in the plant pursuant to Section
8.01. It is of course understood that overtime shall always be on a
voluntary basis.
Employees
who do not want to be called shall notify the Company in writing on a form
provided for that purpose and they may revoke the notice in writing on a form
provided for that purpose. The Union shall be given a copy of such
notices.
ARTICLE 22 – SHIFT
PREMIUM
22.01 Afternoon
shift: $0.50
Night
shift: $0.60
22.02 Night
shifts
In
general, if there is a second or third shift, the most senior employee shall
have priority to post his name for the shift of his choosing in the event of an
opening.
ARTICLE 23 – STATUTORY
HOLIDAYS
23.01 The
following days shall be paid holidays:
New
Year’s Day
The day
after New Years Day
Good
Friday Easter Monday Victoria Day
St-Jean
Baptiste Day
Canada
Day Labour Day
Thanksgiving
Day Christmas Eve Christmas Day Boxing Day
New
Year’s Eve
A
floating day may be taken between Christmas and New Year’s Day.
23.02
|
If
one of the statutory holidays mentioned above falls on a Saturday, the
holiday shall be the preceding Friday; if one of the statutory holidays
falls on a Sunday, the holiday shall be the following
Monday.
|
23.03
|
For
each holiday mentioned above, every employee shall receive eight (8) hours
of pay at his regular rate, including premiums where
applicable.
|
23.04
|
An
employee who works on one of the above-mentioned holidays shall receive,
in addition to his pay for the holiday, double his regular hourly
rate.
|
23.05
|
To
be entitled to payment for the above-mentioned holidays, the employee must
have worked at least eight (8) hours on the day preceding and the day
following the holiday; an exception shall be made for absence due to
vacation, death, illness and/or accident not exceeding two (2) weeks, jury
duty, and authorized leave and/or lay-off not exceeding two (2) weeks
before the holiday.
|
However,
If the Company recalls laid-off employees the day following one of the
above-mentioned holidays, they shall be paid for the holiday preceding their
return so as to receive full salary for their first week of work.
23.06
|
If
one of the above-mentioned holidays falls during an employee’s vacation,
he shall be paid for the holiday in addition to his vacation
pay.
|
ARTICLE 24 –
VACATION
24.01
|
Every
employee shall be entitled to paid annual vacation commensurate with his
length of service as stipulated in this collective
agreement.
|
24.02
|
An
employee who has not completed ten (10) months of continuous service on
May 1st each year shall be entitled to paid vacation in accordance with
the Labour Standards Regulation.
|
24.03
|
An
employee who, on May 1st each year, has completed ten (10) months of
service but less than four (4) years shall be entitled to ten (10) days of
paid vacation. The vacation pay shall be 4% of the employee’s
gross salary.
|
24.04
|
An
employee who, on May 1st each year, has completed four (4) or more years
of service shall be entitled to fifteen (15) days of paid
vacation. The vacation pay shall be 6% of the employee’s gross
salary.
|
24.05
|
An
employee who, on May 1st each year, has completed ten (10) or more years
of service shall be entitled to twenty (20) days of paid
vacation. The vacation pay shall be 8% of the employee’s gross
salary.
|
24.06
|
An
employee who, on May 1st each year, has completed twenty-one (21) or more
years of service shall be entitled to twenty-five (25) days of paid
vacation. The vacation pay shall be 11% of the employee’s gross
salary.
|
24.07
|
In
this Article, gross earnings means the amount of gross earnings, as
indicated on the previous year’s
statements.
|
24.08
|
The
Company shall prepare a separate cheque for the employees’ vacation
pay.
|
24.09
|
a)
|
The
annual vacation period shall be from May 1st to April 30th of each
year.
|
|
b)
|
The
employer agrees to close its plant for the last two full weeks of
July.
|
|
c)
|
All
employees must take their vacation during a plant closure period, except
pursuant to an agreement between the employer and an
employee.
|
|
d)
|
The
employees whose vacation is longer than the plant closure period shall
have until April 15th to advise the employer of their vacation
preferences.
|
|
e)
|
Preference
for vacation dates shall be granted to the employees based on seniority
and classification and having regard to operating requirements and
efficiency. The employer reserves the right to determine the
number of employees who may be away at the same
time.
|
|
f)
|
An
employee who has completed ten (10) or more years of service on May 1st in
the year shall be entitled to a third week of vacation immediately prior
to or following the closure period, having regard to the other provisions
of Article 24. The employer shall grant this privilege to ten
percent (10%) of its total work force at once. For purposes of
this section, the total work force includes all the Company’s employees on
May 1st in a given year, excluding laid-off employees and students hired
for vacation replacement.
|
|
g)
|
The
employer shall post the annual vacation list no later than May 15th each
year.
|
|
h)
|
Vacations
shall not be cumulative and must be taken in the twelve (12) month period
following the end of the reference year. For purposes of
applying Article 24, the reference year is a period of twelve (12)
consecutive months from May 1st to April
30th.
|
|
i)
|
If,
at the end of the twelve (12) months following the end of a reference
year, the employee is absent due to illness or an accident that occurred
before his vacation period, the employer may defer the annual vacation to
the next year at the employee’s request. If the annual vacation
is not deferred, the employer shall pay the annual vacation indemnity to
which the employee is entitled.
|
ARTICLE 25 – BEREAVEMENT
LEAVE
25.01
|
In
the event of the death of a member of an employee’s immediate family,
bereavement leave shall be granted to the employee so he can attend the
funeral.
|
|
25.02
|
a)
|
In
the case of the death of his spouse or one of his children, or his father
or mother, a maximum of five (5) business days from the death, provided
one of those days is the day of the
funeral.
|
|
b)
|
In
the case of the death of the employee’s brother, sister, father-in-law,
mother-in-law, brother-in-law, sister-in-law or grandchild, a maximum of
three (3) consecutive business days from the date of
death. Such three (3) day period may include the day after the
funeral.
|
|
c)
|
In
the case of the death of the grandfather, grandmother, daughter-in-law or
son-in-law, one (1) day, namely the day of the
funeral.
|
|
d)
|
If
there is a cremation, the days may be saved, based on the periods
mentioned in the foregoing
paragraphs.
|
ARTICLE 26 – INSURANCE
PLAN
26.01
|
The
group, health and wellness insurance described in Schedule “B” of this
agreement shall be maintained during the term of this
agreement.
|
26.02
|
The
Company agrees to pay 100% of the costs of such
insurance.
|
ARTICLE 27 – INSURANCE AND
TRAVEL EXPENSES
27.01
|
Normally,
the Company shall pay for travel time at the applicable rate if an
employee must travel to do a job requested by the
Company.
|
An
employee who uses his own vehicle to travel outside Granby at the Company’s
request shall be reimbursed for his travel expenses at the rates in force with
the Company.
ARTICLE 28 – TECHNOLOGICAL
CHANGES
28.01
|
If
the existing positions are altered due to technological changes, before
proceeding with such changes and the institution of such operations,
written notice shall be given to the Union or the parties shall meet to
negotiate the conditions and rates of salary for the position in question,
having regard to the rates of salary under this
agreement.
|
The
Company shall provide a plan for reclassification of the employees displaced
from their position due to technological changes.
To the
greatest extent possible and taking due account of the seniority provisions of
this agreement, the Company shall provide new training to each employee
displaced by technology, with a view to a position he wishes to learn and which
he is capable of learning after a reasonable training period.
If, after
such a training period, the employee does not qualify or refuses the new
position, the Company shall assign the employee to another position he is able
to perform.
ARTICLE 29 – TERM OF
AGREEMENT: 5 YEARS
The
parties agree that all of the letter agreements shall form an integral part of
the collective agreement.
29.02
|
This
agreement shall come into force on the date of its signing and shall
expire on May 31, 2010. The provisions of this agreement
shall remain in force until the new agreement is
signed.
|
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to hereto have had this agreement signed by their
legally authorized representatives in Granby, Province of Quebec.
On
this 1st day of June 2005
THE
STEELWORKERS UNION
|
PIONEER
TRANSFORMERS LTD.
|
LOCAL
9414
|
Granby,
Quebec
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
Daniel
Mailloux
|
|
|
/s/
James
A. Wilkins
|
Daniel
Mailloux
|
|
|
James
A. Wilkins
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
Herman
Breton
|
|
|
/s/
Alain
Trépanier
|
Herman
Breton
|
|
|
Alain
Trépanier
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
Bertrand
Gévry
|
|
|
/s/
Guy
Beaudoin
|
Bertrand
Gévry
|
|
|
Guy
Beaudoin
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
Isabelle
Proulx
|
|
|
|
Isabelle
Proulx
|
|
|
|
Schedule
A-1 – Classifications and Rates of Salary
Classification
|
Class
|
1
June 2005
|
1
June 2006
|
1
June 2007
|
1
June 2008
|
1
June 2009
|
|
|
Min.
|
Max.
|
Min.
|
Max.
|
Min.
|
Max.
|
Min.
|
Max.
|
Min.
|
Max.
|
Tester
|
2
|
17.45
|
19.95
|
18.07
|
20.57
|
18.60
|
21.10
|
19.12
|
21.62
|
19.65
|
22.15
|
Electrical
mechanic
|
2
|
17.37
|
19.87
|
17.99
|
20.49
|
18.51
|
21.01
|
19.04
|
21.54
|
19.59
|
22.09
|
Coiler
|
3
|
17.20
|
19.70
|
17.71
|
20.21
|
18.13
|
20.63
|
18.56
|
21.06
|
19.00
|
21.50
|
Tank
filler
|
3
|
16.82
|
19.32
|
17.37
|
19.87
|
17.82
|
20.32
|
18.29
|
20.79
|
18.76
|
21.26
|
Lift
truck operator
|
3
|
16.36
|
18.86
|
16.95
|
19.45
|
17.44
|
19.94
|
17.94
|
20.44
|
18.45
|
20.95
|
Stock
keeper
|
4
|
16.22
|
18.72
|
16.70
|
19.20
|
17.10
|
19.60
|
17.50
|
20.00
|
17.91
|
20.41
|
Finishing
Core maker Welder Assembler
|
4
|
15.96
|
18.46
|
16.47
|
18.97
|
16.78
|
19.28
|
17.31
|
19.81
|
17.74
|
20.24
|
Winder
Insulation cutter Day labourer
|
5
|
14.93
|
17.43
|
15.36
|
17.86
|
15.72
|
18.22
|
16.08
|
18.58
|
16.45
|
18.95
|
Minimum
rate of hire
|
6
|
14.93
|
15.36
|
15.72
|
16.08
|
16.45
|
Shift
leader premium: $0.50 more than the employee’s hourly rate.
Schedule
A-2 – Classifications and Rates of Salary – Employees Concerned by Section
19.06
Classification
|
Class
|
1
June 2005
|
1
June 2006
|
1
June 2007
|
1
June 2008
|
1
June 2009
|
|
|
Min.
|
Max.
|
Min.
|
Max.
|
Min.
|
Max.
|
Min.
|
Max.
|
Min.
|
Max.
|
Assembler
|
4
|
17.00
|
19.50
|
17.48
|
19.98
|
17.88
|
20.38
|
18.29
|
20.79
|
18.71
|
21.21
|
Winder
|
5
|
16.64
|
19.14
|
17.12
|
19.62
|
17.51
|
20.01
|
17.91
|
20.41
|
18.32
|
20.82
|
Insulation
cutter
|
5
|
16.20
|
18.70
|
16.66
|
19.16
|
17.05
|
19.55
|
17.44
|
19.94
|
17.84
|
20.34
|
Day
labourer
|
5
|
15.64
|
18.14
|
16.10
|
18.60
|
16.47
|
18.97
|
16.85
|
19.35
|
17.23
|
19.73
|
Schedule
A
(cont’d)
Increases
In rates of salary
The
salary increases over the term of the collective agreement shall be as
follows:
June
1, 2005:
|
the
maximum rates in Schedule A of the agreement expiring on May 31, 2005 are
increased by 2.5% (See # 3 below)
|
June
1, 2006:
|
the
maximum rates in Schedules A-1 and A-2 as of June 1, 2005 in this
agreement are increased by 2.5%
|
June
1, 2007:
|
the
maximum rates in Schedules A-1 and A-2 as of June 1, 2006 are increased by
2%
|
June
1, 2008:
|
the
maximum rates in Schedules A-1 and A-2 as of June 1, 2007 are increased by
2%
|
June
1, 2009:
|
the
maximum rates in Schedules A-1 and A-2 as of June 1, 2008 are increased by
2%
|
1.
|
The
minimum rate for a position is equal to the maximum rate for that position
less $2.50 for each year of the agreement. For example: from
June 1, 2005 to May 31, 2006, the minimum rate for a coiler is
$17.20.
|
2.
|
The
“minimum rate of hire” is equal to the minimum rate for class 5 as at June
1st in a year. For example: from June 1, 2005 to May 31, 2006,
the minimum rate of hire is $14.93.
|
3.
|
A
new salary structure is established as of June 1, 2005 and the hourly
rates for the positions of welder, assembler, winder, insulation cutter
and day labourer are listed in classes 4 and 5 of Schedule
A-1.
|
4.
|
Section
19.06 specifies the conditions necessary for receiving the rates of salary
in Schedule A-2.
|
Schedule
B
Group
Insurance Plan
Ø
|
Life
insurance: $30,000.00
|
Ø
|
Accidental
death and
dismemberment: $30,000.00
|
Spouse: $2,000.00
Children: $1,000.00
Ø
|
Hospital
room: semi-private
|
Deductible: $25.00
per year for a single employee.
|
Deductible:
|
$50.00
per year for an employee with dependants. The employee shall be
reimbursed 80% of the cost of all prescription drugs exceeding the
deductible per year on presentation of appropriate
receipts.
|
A direct
payment card will be supplied to the employees to purchase prescription
drugs.
Medications
must be generic if they are available at the pharmacy. If there is no
generic medication, the prescribed medication shall be subject to reimbursement
in accordance with the provisions of the insurance policy.
Ø
|
Private
nursing care: maximum $10,000.00 per 12
months
|
Schedule
B
(cont’d)
Group
Insurance Plan
Ø
|
Hospital
and medical care outside the province: reasonable costs in excess of the
R.A.M.Q.’s rates
|
Ø
|
Chiropractor
and podiatrist: $15.00 per visit – maximum 20
visits
|
WEEKLY
BENEFITS
DISABILITY:
The
weekly benefits shall be equal to 66 2/3% of the employee’s weekly salary, up to
the maximum paid by the Canada Employment Insurance Commission and payable on
the first day, in the case of an accident, and from the fourth day in the case
of illness, up to fifteen (15) weeks in any continuous disability
period.
If the
disability lasts longer, the employee must apply to the Canada Employment
Insurance Commission for another period of fifteen (15) weeks.
If, after
those periods, the employee were to be considered totally disabled, being unable
to perform his work for the employer or elsewhere, he shall be eligible for
maximum benefits of $1,200.00/month until 65 years of age. However,
it is understood that those benefits will be reduced if the employee is eligible
for other benefits from other sources. In this paragraph, the
“employee’s weekly salary” is the amount obtained by multiplying the employee’s
regular hourly rate by 40.
COMMENT
The
Company intends to register this plan with the Canada Employment Insurance
Commission. The Union and its members waive all deductions they might
be entitled to due to the registration of this plan as benefits accrued under
the Group Insurance Plan. This is an overview of the benefits to
which you are entitled. All rights regarding the benefits of a member
shall be exclusively governed by the universal policy issued by the Insurance
Company.
Schedule
C
LETTER
AGREEMENT
PRESIDENT
Considering
the Union President’s responsibility, he shall be excluded from the night and
evening shifts. However, this agreement does not guarantee his job
position.
Schedule
C
(cont’d)
LETTER
AGREEMENT
MEDICAL
REPORT
Further
to our recent negotiations, we wish to confirm that if a medical report is
prepared following an exam referred to in Section 10.13 of the collective
agreement, the employee in question shall be given a copy of the
report.
In
addition, as is the current practice, the medical report shall be handled with
discretion.
Schedule
C
(cont’d)
LETTER
AGREEMENT
EDUCATION
ASSISTANCE
Further
to our recent negotiations, we wish to confirm our intent to apply the
education-assistance plan currently in force for the executive employees
(salaried employees) to the employees in the bargaining unit.
Under
this policy, when the Company accepts a course or study program for an employee
which is taken while the employee continues to work full-time, it will reimburse
him for half the tuition for such program or course upon registration and the
other half later, provided he successfully completes the course or
program.
Schedule
C
(cont’d)
LETTER
AGREEMENT
BARGAINING
COMMITTEE
A maximum
of three (3) employees on the bargaining committee shall be paid at their
regularly hourly rate for time spent on negotiations which corresponds to their
regular working hours, provided such employees are chosen from among the
Company’s active work force.
The
Company shall pay until the conciliation process starts for the
negotiations.
Schedule
C
(cont’d)
LETTER
AGREEMENT
SUBCONTRACTING
The
Company agrees to keep the Union informed as soon as possible of the tasks
normally performed by the unionized employees which may be
subcontracted.
Except
under exceptional circumstances, proof of which is up to the employer, the
subcontracting of work shall not cause lay-offs or prevent work recalls provided
the equipment and materials are available.
Schedule
D
PENSION
PLAN
For
purposes of the interpretation of this collective agreement, the holder of a
position means a person who obtained the position further to a posting or a
transfer due to a lay-off.
As of
June 1, 1989, the Company instituted a pension plan having the following primary
features:
Funding:
|
The
pension plan is 100% funded by the Company.
|
Eligibility:
|
Every
employee joins the pension plan when he begins work as a unionized
hourly-wage employee at the Granby plant.
|
Past
Service:
|
A
credit of one (1) year is allocated for each year of
participation.
|
Pension:
|
For
an employee retiring between June 1, 2005 and May 31, 2007, the monthly
pension benefit at normal retirement age is $24.00 per year of
participation.
|
|
For
an employee retiring between June 1, 2007 and May 31, 2008, the monthly
pension benefit is $25.00 per year of participation.
|
|
For
an employee retiring between June 1, 2008 and May 31, 2009, the monthly
pension benefit is $26.00 per year of participation.
|
|
For
an employee retiring from and after June 1, 2009, the monthly pension
benefit is $27.00 per year of participation.
|
Retirement
Age:
|
The
minimum retirement eligibility age is 65.
|
Early
Retirement:
|
An
employee who retires at age 63 or older is entitled to an immediate
pension benefit without any actuarial
reduction.
|
Schedule
D
(cont’d)
Pension
benefit modalities:
If you do not have a spouse
you will receive a simple lifetime pension. This pension will be paid
to you every month until death. The monthly benefits will begin as of
your retirement date and will only stop after your death. Other than
the simple lifetime pension, you may opt for any of the modalities described
below.
If you have a spouse,
you may
opt for a joint and survivor pension. In that case, the pension will
be paid to you every month until death, after which your spouse will receive a
monthly pension corresponding to 60 percent of the one you received until he or
she dies. The amount of your pension will be lower than for a simple
lifetime pension to offset the greater number of payments that may be made to
your spouse.
Five-year
guaranteed annuity option:
You may
choose another method of pension payments. If you have a spouse, you
will need their written consent. If you choose this method, the
amount of the pension you receive will be readjusted based on actuarial
calculations.
The
five-year guaranteed annuity pays an amount until your death and has a minimum
guaranteed period of five years. If you die before the end of this
period, the monthly payments will go to your spouse or beneficiary until the end
of the guaranteed period. If you die after the period ends, the
payments will stop.
Only one
of the above options may be chosen and the election must be made before the
employee retires.
The
amount of the pension payable under either of the two (2) options will be the
actuarial equivalent of the regular pension to be paid. The whole in
accordance with the actuarial methods and assumptions specifically adopted for
this plan by the Company on the advice of an actuary.
Schedule
D
(cont’d)
Retirement
allowance at age sixty (60):
An
employee who retires on the first day of the month coinciding with his sixtieth
(60th) birthday or the next month will receive a retirement allowance payable in
a one-time lump sum of ten thousand dollars ($10,000).
To
benefit from this retirement allowance, an employee must notify the employer in
writing at least three (3) months before his retirement date.
The
retirement allowance will be deposited directly in the employee’s registered
retirement savings plan if the employee authorizes the employer to transfer the
amount tax-free to the employee’s personal retirement account.
Schedule
E
LETTER
AGREEMENT
STUDENTS
Students
hired temporarily for vacation replacement will not have seniority status as
defined in Section 8.03.
Students
will be remunerated at the minimum rate of hire for the term of their employment
and will not be eligible for any other benefits or direct or indirect
remuneration.
If, for
any reason, a student does not return to his studies, he will be deemed to have
resigned his position and if he then applies for a position and the employer
decides to rehire him, he will accrue seniority in accordance with the
provisions of Section 8.03.
Schedule
F
LETTER
AGREEMENT
TRAINING
The
parties agree to form a joint training committee for the purpose of promoting
employee training. Outside consultants will be invited to facilitate
the attainment of this objective.
Schedule
G
LETTER
AGREEMENT
COMPRESSED
SCHEDULE
The
working hours for the second shift are defined in Section 17.02.
However,
it is understood and agreed that the compressed work schedule described in this
letter agreement shall remain in force for the term of the collective
agreement.
Furthermore,
and notwithstanding any other provision of this collective agreement, it is
agreed that all hours worked on the second work shift shall be paid at the
regular hourly rate without any overtime premium, unless an employee has already
completed a normal day of work on the day shift.
Finally,
and notwithstanding any other provision of this collective agreement, it is also
agreed that payment for vacations or authorized paid holidays shall be as
follows: the employee shall be paid for the number of regular hours he would
normally have worked on his regular schedule for the holiday(s) or vacation
day(s), provided he meets the requirements of Articles 23 and 24.
From Monday to Thursday
inclusively
:
Ø
|
Working
hours: 16:50 to
01:30
|
Ø
|
Unpaid
meal: 21:00
to 21:30
|
Friday
only
:
Ø
|
Working
hours: 16:50 to
00:30
|
Ø
|
Unpaid
meal: 21:30
to 22:00
|
Ø
|
Break: only
1 break before supper.
|
-38-
Exhibit
10.17
AGREEMENT
FOR
AUTHORIZED
SALES REPRESENTATIVES
This
agreement made this day of May 11th 2006, by and between Pioneer Transformers
LTD ("PT") in Granby, Quebec Canada, having its principal place of business at
612 chemin Bernard, Granby, Quebec, Canada, and it's Sales
Representative,
T
echno-Contact
Inc.
The post
office address of which is:
2291
Guenette
St-Laurent,
QC
H4R
2E9
(Hereinafter
called the "Sales Representative").
In
consideration of the covenants and conditions herein contained, PT and the Sales
Representative mutually undertake and agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1 -
DEFINITIONS
As used
herein:
1.1
|
The
term "The Territory" shall mean:
|
|
The
Province of Quebec, Canada
|
|
The
term "The Market" shall mean:
|
|
All
electrical generating and electrical distribution utilities, industrials
and electrical distributors.
|
|
Customer
excluded: Hydro-Quebec
|
|
Product
excluded: Liquid Filled Network
Transformers
|
1.2
|
The
term "PT" shall mean Pioneer Transformers
LTD
|
1.3.
|
The
term "sales credit" shall mean the value of billed sales acknowledged by
PT to have been procured by the Sales Representative pursuant to the terms
and conditions contained in this Agreement, less any sales taxes, duty,
brokerage, freight, cost of bid bonds or performance
bonds.
|
ARTICLE 2 -
APPOINTMENT
|
Techno-Contact
is hereby appointed an authorized Sales Representative for PT and is
authorized to solicit orders for PT products within the Territory under
the terms and conditions herein described. It is understood that this
appointment shall be exclusive to both parties for the Territory and
Markets as previously described.
|
ARTICLE 3 -
ORDERS
3.1
|
Orders
for PT products which have been placed with the Sales Representative shall
be promptly forwarded to PT in Granby, Quebec with a copy to Mississauga,
Ontario for review. Such orders shall not be binding on PT until accepted
by PT in writing or by the issue by PT of an official order
acknowledgment.
|
3.2
|
PT
reserves the right to reject any order for any reason which it deems
sufficient, including but not limited to, such reasons as failure to
conform to PT's standard terms and conditions of sale, unrealistic
specified delivery dates and unapproved credit of the
purchaser.
|
3.3
|
The
Sales Representative shall be excluded from entering orders in its own
name to fill customer requirements.
|
ARTICLE 4 -
COMMISSIONS
4.1
|
PT
shall compute and pay commissions on the value of sales credits earned by
the Sales Representative in accordance with the rates and conditions set
forth in Exhibit A annexed hereto and made a part
hereof.
|
4.2
|
Sales
credit for sales of PT products and commissions payable thereon shall be
calculated at the end of each month. Commissions shall be paid monthly,
with commission checks being mailed to the Sales Representative's business
address shown on the front page hereof, on or about the fifteenth day of
the month immediately following the month in which the sales credits are
earned and customer invoices paid. If the commission earned during any
given month is less than $100.00, it will be held until a minimum amount
of $100.00 is reached. Hold backs against commissions payable to the Sales
Representative will be made for any overdue unpaid PT
invoices.
|
4.3
|
Commissions
paid will be net billed sales less taxes, duty, brokerage, freight, cost
of bid bonds or performance bonds.
|
ARTICLE 5 - MARKETING
ASSISTANCE
5.1
|
PT
shall furnish the Sales Representative
with:
|
|
5.1.1
|
Reasonable
quantities of bulletins and such promotional aids as catalogs, circulars
and technical information, and other publications which PT may have
available for distribution in connection with the sale of PT products.
There shall be no charge for the material furnished pursuant to this
article 5.1.1. The Sales Representative's use of the aforementioned
materials shall be subject to the terms, conditions and limitations of
this Agreement.
|
|
5.1.2
|
Quotations,
proposals, customer visits, trade show participation, seminar programs or
special advice as may from time to time be requested by the Sales
Representative for the purpose of satisfying customer needs and government
requirements.
|
ARTICLE 6 - SALES
EFFORT
6.1
|
The
Sales Representative shall use its best efforts to promote the sale and
use of, and to secure orders for PT products within the Territory and
Market, so as to create the largest volume of profitable business for PT
commensurate with the opportunities therefore. The Sales Representative
shall promote the goodwill and name of PT, and do everything within its
capabilities to further the interest of PT, its name and PT products
including participation in trade shows, seminar programs and all sales
activities undertaken by PT. It shall endeavor to provide PT with timely
feedback on all major tenders. It shall assist PT in furnishing or
obtaining, on request, information as to credit standing of purchasers or
prospective purchasers of PT
products.
|
6.2
|
The
Sales Representative shall faithfully observe and comply with F'T standard
policies and procedures where applicable, when soliciting orders for P1
products or otherwise handling PT business under this
Agreement.
|
ARTICLE 7 - COMPETITIVE
CLAUSE
|
During
the term of this Agreement, the Sales Representative shall not directly or
indirectly handle, deal or become interested in the manufacture, marketing
or selling of products which are similar in kind, character and/or use to
PT products. The Sales Representative shall not directly or indirectly,
provide any competitor of PT with PT product bulletins, special advices,
PT products or other similar information and material which May be of
competitive value.
|
ARTICLE 8 - PROPERTY OF
PT
|
Any
property of PT received by the Sales Representative shall be and remain
the property of PT and, upon request, shall be returned, in as good
condition as when received, ordinary wear and tear excepted. All records
or papers of any kind relating to PT's business shall be and remains the
property of PT and shall be surrendered to PT upon demand or termination
of this Agreement.
|
ARTICLE 9 - LIMITATION OF
POWER
|
The
Sales Representative's authority to act as a representative of PT is
strictly limited to those powers expressly conferred herein. The Sales
Representative shall have no authority nor shall it hold itself out, as
having such to make contracts in the name of or binding on PT, pledge' PT
credit or to extend credit in its name. Furthermore, the Sales
Representative shall not use the initials "PT" or PT's registered trade
names or registered trade marks unless expressly approved by PT in
writing.
|
ARTICLE 10 -
SEVERABILITY
|
Should
any of the provisions contained herein contravene or be invalid under the
laws of Canada and or the province or other jurisdiction where it is to be
performed, the validity of the remaining portions or provisions hall not
be affected thereby.
|
ARTICLE 11 -
GOVERNING
|
This
Agreement shall be construed in and according to the laws of the Province
of Quebec, Canada.
|
ARTICLE 12 -
DURATION
12.1
|
This
Agreement shall become effective on the date first above written and shall
continue thereafter in full force and
effect.
|
12.2
|
Either
party may terminate this Agreement at will without cause by giving the
other party three (3) month written notice of its intention to
terminate.
|
12.3
|
In
the event of a termination of this Agreement, commissions in accordance
with Exhibit A will be paid on all orders shipped after the termination
date. Any quotations for PT products that have not been ordered prior to
the termination date will not be honored by PT and no commission shall be
owing or payable with respect
thereto.
|
12.4
|
Nothing
in article 12.3 above shall be deemed to entitle the Sales Representative
to sales credit other than that to which it would be entitled under
Article 4 hereof.
|
12.5
|
If
at any time hereafter, either of the parties hereto shall fail to perform
to the terms, covenants and conditions hereof at the time and in the
manner herein provided, then the other party may forthwith cancel and
terminate this Agreement by giving the other party written notice of its
election to so cancel and terminate this Agreement and such cancellation
and termination shall become effective upon the mailing or delivery of
such notice, whichever occurs the earliest. This right to cancel and
terminate shall be in addition to any other remedies available hereunder
or at law.
|
ARTICLE 13 -
NOTICES
|
Any
notice required under this Agreement shall be given in writing addressed
to the respective party at the address indicated on the front page hereof,
or at such other address as the respective party may, from time to time,
hereafter designate in writing.
|
ARTICLE 14 - CONTRACT
ADMINISTRATION
|
This
Agreement shall be administered on behalf of PT by its Marketing &
Sales Department in Mississauga. All questions concerning this Agreement
or PT policy and procedure should be directed to the said Department at
612 Bernard Road, Granby Quebec, Canada J2G 8E5. Attention: Raymond
Haddad, V.P. Operations.
|
ARTICLE 15 - ENTIRE
AGREEMENT
|
This
Agreement constitutes the only agreement between the parties and
supersedes all previous communications, representations or agreements,
whether oral or written, with respect to the subject matter hereof. No
modification of or amendment to this Agreement shall be binding upon the
parties hereto unless in writing and duly executed by both
parties.
|
|
In
Witness Whereof, the parties have executed this Agreement in duplicate on
the dates indicated.
|
Sales
Agency
|
Principal
|
|
|
|
|
Techno-Contact Inc.
|
Pioneer Transformers LTD
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: /s/
Ghislain Pépin
ing.
|
By:
/s/ Raymond
Haddad
|
|
|
Ghislain
Pépin
ing
|
Raymond
Haddad
|
|
|
Date: May
11
th
2006
|
Date: May
10, 20006
|
EXHIBIT
A
Pioneer
Transformers LTD. Representative Commission Scale
.
INDIVIDUAL
ORDER VALUE
|
COMMISSION
RATE*
|
|
|
Up
to $200,000
|
4%
|
|
|
$200,001
to $500,000
|
$8,000
|
|
plus
3.0% on the amount over
|
|
$200,000
|
|
|
$500,001
to $1,000,000
|
$17,000
|
|
plus
2% on the amount over $500,000
|
|
|
$1,000,001
and more
|
$27,000
|
|
plus
1% on the amount over
|
|
$1,000,000
|
On long
term contracts, the commission rate for the monthly shipments is based on the
total annual dollar value shipped.
1) If
to obtain an order it becomes necessary for PT to make a reduction in price that
would otherwise apply, or to make some concession involving extra cost, PT may,
prior to acceptance of such an order, request of the Representative that the
commission payable thereon be negotiated to reflect the special circumstances
involved with the order. In such cases, the commission rate specified above
shall not apply.
2) For
the purpose of determining the size of any order, any proposal to one customer
for similar types of material with a common closing date that results in one or
more purchase orders to facilitate accounting and/or shipments to different
locations are considered to be one total order for the aggregate Value of the
different parts.
3) Orders
with different closing dates but grouped together by the customer at time of
purchase in order to obtain a value or volume discount will be treated as one
order for the total value of the order.
Exhibit
10.18
LEASE AMENDING AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT
made as of the
1st day of August, 2006,
BETWEEN:
PIONEER
TRANSFORMERS LTD.
(the
“Tenant”)
AND:
2600 SKYMARK INVESTMENTS INC.
(the
“Landlord”)
WHEREAS
pursuant to a lease
dated the 8th day of October, 1998, as amended by a lease amending agreement
made as of the 20th day of March, 2001 (collectively, the “Lease”), the
Landlord, by its predecessor, as landlord, leased to the Tenant certain premises
containing a rentable floor area of 1,407 square feet, being composed of part of
the ground floor of Building 5, Suite 102 of the development municipally known
as 2600 Skymark Avenue, Mississauga, Ontario (the Lands and Building as more
particularly described in the Lease) for a term now expiring July 31, 2006 at
the rents and upon the terms and conditions contained in the Lease;
AND WHEREAS
2600 Skymark
Investments Inc. is successor in interest and title as owner and landlord of the
Lands and Building
AND WHEREAS
the Landlord and
the Tenant have agreed to extend the Term of the Lease and to certain other
amendments to the Lease and to execute this Agreement to give effect
thereto;
NOW THEREFORE THIS AGREEMENT
WITNESSES
that in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein
and the sum of TWO ($2.00) DOLLARS now paid by each party to the other and other
good and valuable consideration (the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby
acknowledged), the parties hereby covenant and agree as follows:
1.
The above
recitals are true in substance and in fact.
2.
Effective
from and after the 1st day of August, 2006, the Lease shall be and is hereby
amended as follows:
(a)
Section
3.01 is hereby deleted and replaced with the following;
“The Term
of this Lease shall be Thirteen (13) years, commencing August 1, 1998 and ending
July 31, 2011, unless the Term is otherwise terminated as provided for in this
Lease.”
(b)
Section
4.01 shall be amended by adding the following:
Period
of Term
|
Annual
Basic
Rent
|
Monthly
Basic
Rent
|
Annual
Rate per
Square
foot of
Rentable
Area
|
Lease
Years 9, 10 & 11
Commencing
01/08/2006
Ending
31/07/2009
|
$18,994.50
|
$1,582.88
|
$13.50
|
Lease
Years 12 & 13
Commencing
01/08/2009
Ending
31/07/2011
|
$20,401.50
|
$1,700.13
|
$14.50
|
(c)
The
Landlord’s address in Section 4.05 shall be deleted and replaced with the
following:
2600
Skymark Investments Inc. Suite 217
55 St.
Clair Avenue West
Toronto,
Ontario, M4V 2Y7
(d)
R2.03 of
Schedule R shall be amended as follows:
“The
Tenant accepts the Premises in their current “as is “condition.”
(e)
R8.02 of
Schedule R shall be amended as follows:
“During
the Term the Landlord shall provide the Tenant with reserved parking for two (2)
automobiles in the Building’s underground parking facility.”
(f)
There
shall be no rental credit, rent free period, tenant allowance, Landlord’s Work,
leasehold improvements or other tenant inducement whatsoever provided by the
Landlord.
3.
|
The
Landlord and the Tenant hereby acknowledge, confirm and agree that in all
other respects the terms of the Lease are to remain in full force and
effect, unchanged and unmodified except in accordance with this
Agreement.
|
4.
|
Except
as specifically stated in this Agreement, any expression used in this
Agreement has the same meaning as the corresponding expression in the
Lease.
|
5.
|
This
Agreement shall enure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties
hereto and their respective permitted successors and permitted
assigns.
|
IN WITNESS WHEREOF
each of the
parties hereto have executed this Assignment as of the date first written
above.
Tenant:
PIONEER
TRANSFORMERS LTD.
Per:
/s/ James A.
Wilkins
Name: James
A. Wilkins
Title: Vice-President
Per:
/s/ Raymond
Haddad
Name: Raymond
Haddad
Title: Secretary
I/We have
authority to bind the Corporation
Landlord:
2600
SKYMARK INVESTMENTS INC.
Per:
/s/ Michael
Bunston
Name: Michael
Bunston
Title: President
I have
authority to bind the Corporation
Exhibit
10.19
THE
COMPANY HAS REQUESTED AN ORDER FROM THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION (THE
“COMMISSION”) PURSUANT TO RULE 24B-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS
AMENDED, GRANTING CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT TO SELECTED PORTIONS. ACCORDINGLY, THE
CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS HAVE BEEN OMITTED FROM THIS EXHIBIT, AND HAVE BEEN FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. OMITTED PORTIONS ARE INDICATED IN THIS EXHIBIT
WITH “[XX]”.
Contract
Distribution
Transformers
05-041D
For:
Newfoundland
Power Inc.
Maritime
Electric Company Limited
FortisAlberta
Inc.
FortisBC
Inc.
TABLE
OF CONTENTS
AGREEMENT
SCHEDULE
A – GENERAL CONDITIONS
SCHEDULE
B – STATEMENT OF WORK
SCHEDULE
C – PAYMENT FOR WORK
SCHEDULE
D – SAMPLE SUPPLIER PERFORMANCE EVALUATION FORM
September
1, 2006
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Agreement
|
THIS AGREEMENT
is made
effective the 1
st
of
September, 2006.
BETWEEN:
PIONEER TRANSFORMERS LTD.
a
corporation incorporated in 1995, having its head office in the City of Granby
in the Province of Quebec.
(hereinafter
referred to as the “Supplier”)
- and
-
NEWFOUNDLAND POWER INC.
, a
corporation incorporated in Newfoundland, having its head office in the City of
St. John’s in the Province of Newfoundland and Labrador.
(hereinafter
referred to as the “Utility”)
- and
-
MARITIME ELECTRIC COMPANY,
LIMITIED
, a corporation incorporated in Prince Edward Island, having its
head office in the City Charlottetown in the Province of Prince Edward
Island.
(hereinafter
referred to as “the Utility”)
- and
-
FORTISALBERTA INC.
, a
corporation incorporated in Alberta, having its head office in the City of
Calgary in the Province of Alberta.
(hereinafter
referred to as the “Utility”)
- and
-
FORTISBC INC.
, a corporation
incorporated by a special Act of the Legislature of the Province of British
Columbia, having its head office in the City of Kelowna in the Province of
British Columbia.
(hereinafter
referred to as the “Utility”)
All
together the Fortis companies are hereinafter referred to as the
“Utilities.”
WHEREAS:
A. The
Supplier is in the business of providing certain material supply services in
Canada;
B.
The Utilities
requires the provision of such material supply services for the purpose of
completing the Work and the Supplier has agreed to provide such material supply
services to the Utilities, and to do such other acts and things as are described
in this Agreement upon the terms and conditions set forth
below;
Distribution
Transformers
NOW THEREFORE THIS
AGREEMENT WITNESSES
that in consideration of the respective covenants and
agreements of the parties contained herein and for other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the
parties covenant and agree as follows:
TERM:
The term
of this agreement is from September 01, 2006 to December 31, 2007 with an option
for renewal of thirty-six (36) months if mutually agreed upon in writing by each
of the signatory parties. If extended, prices for January 1, 2008 to December
31, 2010 shipments will be subject to the Index Pricing as per “Schedule C —
Payment for Work.”
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Agreement
|
ARTICLE
1
INTERPRETATION
Definitions
a)
|
“Contract
Price” means the price set forth in “Schedule C – Payment for Work” to
this Agreement;
|
b)
|
“Material
Supply Schedule” means the material supply schedule set forth in “Schedule
B – Statement of Work” to this
Agreement;
|
c)
|
“Effective
Date” means the date first set forth
above;
|
d)
|
“Services”
means the services required to perform the Work as more fully described in
“Schedule B – Statement of Work” to this
Agreement;
|
e)
|
“Work”
means the work set forth in “Schedule B – Statement of Work” to this
Agreement;.
|
0
|
“Items”
refers to the materials set forth in “Schedule C – Payment for Work” to
this Agreement;
|
g)
|
“On
Time Delivery” refers to the delivery of Items as per the criteria set
forth in “Schedule B – Statement of Work” to this
Agreement.
|
h)
|
“Release
Schedule” means a form provided to the Supplier at the beginning of each
month displaying the delivery requirements for the following six (6)
months.
|
Incorporation
of Schedules
1.2
|
The
following Schedules, annexed hereto, are incorporated in this Agreement
and are deemed to be part hereof and any references to this Agreement
shall mean this Agreement including such Schedules:
Schedule
A - General Conditions
Schedule
B - Statement of Work
Schedule
C – Payment for Work
Schedule
D – Sample Supplier Performance Evaluation Form
In
the even of a conflict or inconsistency between the terms of a Schedule
and terms of the main body of this Agreement, the terms of the main body
of this Agreement shall’ prevail.
|
Governing
Law
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Agreement
|
1.3
|
This
Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the Province in which the goods
are used and the federal laws of Canada applicable
therein.
|
ARTICLE
2
SERVICES
Services
2.1
|
Commencing
on the Effective Date, the Supplier shall provide the Services to the
Utilities in accordance with the Material supply Schedule and the General
Conditions set forth in “Schedule A — General
Conditions.”
|
ARTICLE
3
PRICING AND
PAYMENT
Pricing
and Payment
3.1
|
The
Utilities shall pay the Supplier in accordance with “Schedule C- Payment
for Work.”
|
Changes
in the Product
3.3
|
The
Utilities shall have the right to order, at any time changes to the
product. The Utilities shall identify and document in sufficient detail
all such changes and request the time for completion of the changes. When
changes to the product have been so identified and documented in
sufficient detail, the Supplier shall promptly estimate the effect of such
changes on the Contract Price, if any, and so notify the Utilities. Upon
approval by both parties of the change in writing, this Agreement shall be
deemed to have been amended to reflect the amended Contract Price and the
time for completion. Unless a change has been agreed to in writing, there
will not be any changes to the Contract
Price.
|
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Agreement
|
IN WITNESS WHEREOF
the parties
have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized
representatives as of September 1, 2006.
SUPPLIER
Per:
/s/ Raymond
Haddad
Print Name: Raymond Haddad
Title: V-P of Operations
NEWFOUNDLAND
POWER INC.
Per:
/s/ Karl
Smith
Print Name: Karl Smith
Title: CEO
MARITIME
ELECTRIC COMPANY, LIMITED
Per:
/s/ Fred O’
Brien
Print Name: Fred O’ Brien
Title: President + CEO
FORTISALBERTA,
INC.
Per:
/s/ P.G.
Hughes
Print Name: P.G.
Hughes
Title: President + CEO
FORTISBC
INC.
Per:
/s/ Doyle
Sam
Print Name: Doyle Sam
Title: V.P. Transmission &
Distribution
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Schedule
A – General Conditions
|
TABLE
OF CONTENTS
1.
|
ENTIRETY
AND ACCEPTANCE.
|
1
|
3.
|
SHIPPING
INSTRUCTIONS:
|
1
|
8.
|
LIABILITY
AND INDEMNIFICATION.
|
2
|
|
9.1
|
Termination for
Cause
|
3
|
|
9.2
|
Termination for
Convenience
|
3
|
|
9.3
|
Suspension
|
4
|
|
9.4
|
Supplier’s Right to
Payment
|
4
|
|
9.5
|
Terms surviving
termination
|
4
|
10.
|
INDEPENDENT
SUPPLIER:
|
4
|
12.
|
ASSIGNMENT
BY THE SUPPLIER:
|
4
|
|
14.1
|
Insurance
Provisions:
|
5
|
|
14,2
|
Union
Compliance:
|
7
|
|
14.3
|
Environment, Health
and Safety Rules:
|
7
|
|
14.4
|
Acceptance of the
Work:
|
7
|
|
14.5
|
Responsibility:
|
7
|
|
14.6
|
WHMIS
Legislation:
|
7
|
|
14.7
|
Environmental
Protection:
|
8
|
|
14.8
|
Employment
Legislation:
|
8
|
|
14.9
|
TDG
Legislation:
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
17.
|
COMPLIANCE
WITH LAW:
|
9
|
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Schedule
A – General Conditions
|
1. ENTIRETY
AND ACCEPTANCE:
This
Agreement, when executed by the parties, forms the entire Agreement between the
parties and shall supersede all prior agreements, understandings and
negotiations. No other terms shall apply unless agreed to in writing by the
Utilities and the Supplier.
2. CURRENCY:
All
references to currency are deemed to mean lawful money of Canada.
3. SHIPPING
INSTRUCTIONS:
Every
signed original bill of lading or express receipt shall be retained by the
Supplier and supplied to the Utility upon request. A packing list shall
accompany all shipments indicating the Agreement Number and fully describing all
enclosed goods. All shipments must be packed or. crated to protect the goods
from damage during transit, and in accordance with any special conditions
otherwise stated herein. Export symbols, serial numbers, weights, measurements
and other- identification shall be clearly marked on each shipment by the
Supplier prior to transit. No extra charges for shipping shall be allowed,
unless agreed to and specified in the Agreement. Shipping will be DDP
destination with transfer of title on delivery.
4. INSPECTION:
All goods
covered by this Agreement shall, at all times and places be subject to
inspection by the Utilities, its duly authorized agents, and representatives,
with respect to progress, materials and workmanship, and prior to acceptance and
commencement of the Warranty Period the Utilities shall be entitled to reject
delivery of any such goods, or items thereof reasonably determined by the
Utilities to be inadequate or deficient. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither
inspection nor non-inspection nor any acceptance of any goods by the Utilities
shall in any way limit or relieve the Supplier of any of the Supplier’s
obligations hereunder, including, without limitation, the obligation to supply
such goods strictly in the quantities ordered and otherwise in accordance with
the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement and any applicable purchase
order.
5. INVOICING:
|
a)
|
Invoices
(single copy) shall be rendered to the separate Utilities upon shipment
see “Schedule C — Payment for Work” for addresses for each Utility’s
accounts payable department.
|
|
b)
|
Each
invoice shall fully describe the goods supplied or services performed and
shall state whether the billing is “Partial” or
“Final.”
|
|
c)
|
The
Agreement Number shall appear on all invoices, packing lists and delivery
tickets.
|
|
d)
|
All
sales tax, custom duties and shipping charges shall be shown separately on
each invoice.
|
6. ESCALATION:
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Schedule
A – General Conditions
|
No claims
for increase in price shall be allowed unless an escalator clause is a specified
part of this Agreement. All claims shall be supported and justified with full
proof and support by the Supplier. The Supplier shall advise the Utilities in
writing the day an escalator clause becomes effective. Escalation invoked after
the original promised delivery date for the related goods shall not be
approved.
7. WARRANTY:
The
Supplier warrants that during the warranty period hereinafter defined the
Product sold shall be free from defects in material and workmanship and shall be
of the kind and quality designated or described in the
specifications.
If within
thirty (30) months from the date of notification of readiness of shipment or
twenty-four (24) months from date of first use by the Utilities, whichever date
occurs first, the Product does not meet the warranties specified above, the
Supplier agrees to correct any defect, at its option, either by repairing any
defective parts, or by making available, repaired or replacement parts, provided
the Utilities notifies the Supplier promptly of any such defects.
In no
case shall the Supplier be liable for the removal/reinstallation of non-Supplier
Goods. The cost of removal of the defective Product from its related system,
site and/or ancillary equipment, and the cost of its reinstallation in such
system, site and/or ancillary equipment shall be borne by the Supplier up to a
maximum of [XX]%. The transportation costs (between the contractual
delivery site and the Supplier’s plant or repair shop) shall be borne both ways
by the Supplier. The Utilities shall not return or dispose of any Product or
part thereof with respect to which it intends to make a claim under the
foregoing warranty, without the Supplier’s express prior written authorization.
During the warranty period all replacement parts will be shipped at the
Supplier’s cost.
Any
repair or replacement pursuant to the foregoing warranties hereto shall not
renew or extend the warranties. The foregoing warranties shall be void to any
deficiency or defect resulting from, the ‘Product being improperly installed or
cared for, operated under abnormal conditions or contrary to specifications or
instructions of’ the Supplier, normal wear and tear, modifications or
alterations made by the Utilities or a third party without the Supplier’s
consent.
The
express warranties set forth in this Agreement are exclusive and no other
warranties of any kind, whether statutory, oral, written, express or implied,
including any implied warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular
purpose, shall apply. The Utilities’ exclusive remedies and the Supplier’s only
obligations arising out of or in connection with defective equipment or services
or both, whether based on warranty, contract, tort (including negligence) or
otherwise, shall be those stated herein.
8. LIABILITY
AND INDEMNIFICATION:
The
Supplier shall be liable for and shall indemnify and save harmless the
Utilities, its officers, directors, employees, subsuppliers and agents, from and
against any and all loss arising out of any and all claims, suits and demands
with respect to personal injury and property damage, made or-brought against the
Utilities, its officers, directors, employees, subsuppliers or agents arising
directly out of or in connection with the negligent performance of the Services
by the Supplier or its employees, subsuppliers, agents or others for whom it is
responsible at law except to the extent that such claims, suits and demands
result from the negligence or default of the Utilities, its officers, directors,
employees, subsuppliers or agents.
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Schedule
A – General Conditions
|
For contracts whose prices are up to and including $[XX], the
liability in relation to direct damages will be limited to an aggregate of [XX]
times the value of the agreement. For contracts whose prices are above $[XX],
the liability in relation to direct damages will be limited to an aggregate of
[XX] times the value of the agreement or $[XX], whichever is the lessor. In no
event shall the Supplier be liable for indirect and consequential damages
including, but not limited to, loss of revenue or loss of profit.
9. TERMINATION:
|
9.1.
|
Termination for
Cause
|
|
a)
|
The
Supplier’s failure to supply material with any terms and conditions of
this Agreement, or any purchase order issued hereunder, or failure to
complete any purchase order with promptness and diligence, or failure to
deliver any Distribution Transformers and/or perform any Work in relation
thereto, within the time specified therefore in the applicable purchase
order (or any extension thereof authorized by The Utilities in writing),
shall constitute default on the part of the
Supplier.
|
|
b)
|
If
the Supplier is in default, the Utilities may give written notice
(“Notice”) of default to the Supplier, calling upon the Supplier to remedy
such default and specifying the date upon which this Agreement will
terminate if the Supplier fails to remedy such default within five (5)
days of receiving the Notice (or if such default is not reasonably capable
of rectification within 5 days, if the Supplier fails to commence
rectification of the default within 5 days and thereafter to proceed
diligently with such rectification until the default has been remedied in
full). The Supplier shall, upon receipt of the Notice, remedy its default
in accordance with this Clause 9.1b) and at no further cost or expense to
The Utilities.
|
|
c)
|
If
the Supplier fails to remedy its default in full pursuant to Clause 9.1b)
above, this Agreement shall terminate on the date and to the extent set
forth in the Notice. In such event, The Utilities may procure the
Distribution Transformers and/or Work, as applicable, from other sources
and the Supplier, shall be liable to the Utilities for any losses or
excess costs occasioned thereby. The Utilities shall additionally be
entitled to assert against the Supplier all other remedies that The
Utilities may have under this Agreement (including, without limitation,
liquidated damages, if applicable), at law and in
equity.
|
|
9.2.
|
Termination for
Convenience
The
Utilities may terminate any purchase order, in whole or in part, at any
time without cause prior to its completion by sending the Supplier written
notice of such termination. The Utilities shall pay the Supplier’s
reasonable costs actually
|
Distribution Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Schedule
A – General Conditions
|
|
|
incurred
as a direct result of such termination. The Utilities shall not be liable
for anticipated profits based upon work not yet
performed.
|
|
9.3.
|
Suspension
The
Utilities may suspend performance of any purchase order, in whole or in
part, at any time by written notice to the Supplier. Upon further written
notice by The Utilities to the Supplier as to cessation of the suspension,
the Supplier shall promptly resume performance of such purchase order to
the extent requested by The Utilities and the Delivery Date therefore
shall be extended by a period equal to the period of suspension and the
Utilities shall reimburse the Supplier for the reasonable direct costs
actually incurred by the Supplier as a result of such
suspension.
|
|
9.4.
|
Supplier’s Right to
Payment
Subject
only to Clause 9.2 above, in the, event of any termination of this
Agreement or any purchase order hereunder, the Utilities’ sole liability
to the Supplier shall be for payment of items delivered and/or Work
performed pursuant hereto up to and including the date of termination. In
particular, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the
Utilities shall not be liable to the Supplier for any loss of profits or
like consequential losses, relating to such
termination.
|
|
9.5.
|
Terms surviving
termination
Notwithstanding
any termination of this Agreement, the provisions of Clauses 6, 7, 8, 13,
16 and 20 shall continue in full force and effect following
termination.
|
10.
|
INDEPENDENT
SUPPLIER:
The
Supplier is and shall remain at all times an independent Supplier and not
an employee or agent of the Utilities. The. Supplier shall ensure that the
work is performed to a workmanlike standard by persons properly skilled
and trained to perform the Work. The Supplier shall be solely responsible
for all training and supervision of its employees, subsuppliers and
agents.
|
11.
|
SUBSUPPLIERS:
Supplier
shall require any subsupplier to agree to be bound by these terms and
conditions and to abide by the Utilities requirements for safety and loss
management and shall be fully responsible for any part of the Work
performed by subsuppliers and for the acts or omissions of subsuppliers
and all persons either directly or indirectly employed. by them, to the
same extent as the Supplier is for its own acts or
omissions.
|
12.
|
ASSIGNMENT BY THE
SUPPLIER:
|
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Schedule
A – General Conditions
|
|
The
Supplier shall not assign this Agreement, nor any monies due or to become
due hereunder, without the Utilities prior written consent. Any assignment
that is attempted without the Utilities consent shall render this
Agreement null and
void.
|
13.
|
CONFIDENTIALITY:
The
Supplier agrees to maintain confidentiality with regard to secret,
confidential or restricted matters that are disclosed or developed in,
connection with this Agreement, when so advised by the Utilities, agrees
to execute a confidentiality agreement in form and content as determined
by the Utilities acting reasonably forthwith upon the Utilities request
therefore and may require a similar agreement of all employees,
subsupplier and agents of the Supplier to whom any work or duty relating
to this Agreement may be allotted.
The
Utilities agrees to maintain confidentiality with regard to secret,
confidential or restricted matters that are disclosed or developed in
connection with this Agreement, and, when so advised by the Supplier,
agrees to execute a confidentiality agreement in form and content as
determined’ by the Supplier forthwith upon the Supplier’s request
therefore and shall require a similar agreement of all employees,
subsuppliers and agents of the Utilities, to whom any work or duty
relating to this Agreement may be
allotted.
|
14.
|
ON-SITE
WORK:
Any
requests placed by the Utilities which results in the Supplier, its
employees, agents or subsupplier, performing services or constructing,
inspecting or delivering goods on premises owned or controlled by the
Utilities (“On-Site Work”), shall be subject to the following additional
terms and conditions:
|
|
14.1.
|
Insurance
Provisions:
|
|
14.1.1
|
The
Supplier shall, without limiting any of its obligations and liabilities
under this Agreement, procure and maintain, at its own expense, with
respect to and for the duration of this Agreement, and shall require its
Subcontractors to procure and maintain at their cost, appropriate
insurance covering its obligations with respect to this Agreement, or such
other insurance as may be required by law to provide, including the
following minimum insurance coverages (collectively, the
“Policies”):
|
|
a)
|
Workers’
Compensation, to the full extent required in the jurisdiction in which the
obligations arise from this Agreement and wherever such contracts of
employment with its personnel are made or expressed to be made, or
Employer’s Liability Insurance covering each of the personnel and
providing limits of not less than two ($2,000,000) dollars where such
personnel are not covered by applicable Worker’s Compensation
coverage;
|
|
b)
|
Automobile
Liability Insurance, covering all owned, leased and hired vehicles used by
the Supplier to perform its obligations hereunder, and providing limits of
not less than two million ($2,000,000) dollars per occurrence for bodily
injury, death and property damage;
|
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Schedule
A – General Conditions
|
|
c)
|
Commercial
General Liability Insurance providing coverage for a combined single limit
of not less than two million ($2,000,000) dollars (plus associated defense
costs) for each occurrence resulting in bodily injury, including death,
sustained by any person or persons, or resulting in injury to or
destruction of property arising out of or in connection with the
operations of the Supplier, their. officers, directors, employees and
agents. Coverage shall include, but is not limited to, Personal. Injury,
Employer’s Liability, Contractual Liability, Owners and Contractor’s
Protective Liability, Broad Form Property Damage, Cross-Liability, Blanket
Contractual Liability, Non-Owned Automobile Liability and Broad Form
Products and Completed Operations Liability and Forest and Prairie Fire
Fighting Costs for a sub limit of not less than two million ($2,000,000)
dollars (plus associated defense
costs).
|
|
14.1.2
|
With
respect to this Agreement, the Suppliers Policies shall include the
Utilities and its employees, officers, directors, agents and contractors,
as an additional insured, but only with respect to the operations of the
Supplier hereunder.
|
|
14.1.3
|
The
Policies shall contain a provision that the insurance thereunder shall be
primary and shall not call into contribution any other insurance available
to the Utilities. All such policies of insurance shall, where appropriate,
provide by endorsement or otherwise that insurers waive their right of
subrogation against the Utilities and all persons with whom the Utilities
may be participating.
|
|
14.1.4
|
The
Policies shall provide that thirty (30) days written notice shall be given
to the other Party prior to any material change adversely affecting the
Insured Party, or cancellation of any
Policy.
|
|
14.1.5
|
The
Supplier shall provide the Utilities with a certified certificate of
insurance for the Supplier and for Subcontractors as appropriate within
ten (10) days of signing this Agreement and at the start of each Term that
is renewed.
|
|
14.1.6
|
If
requested to do so, the Supplier shall provide to the Utilities, evidence
of renewal of all Policies, within thirty (30) days following the date
upon which the applicable Policy must be
renewed.
|
|
14.1.7
|
All
such policies shall be placed with insurers and in a form acceptable to
the Utilities.
|
|
14.1.8
|
Before
commencing any services under this Agreement, the Supplier will deliver to
the Utilities a certificate from the appropriate Workers’ Compensation
Board or Commission, showing that the Supplier has registered and is in
good standing with such Board or
Commission.
|
September
1, 2006
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Schedule
A – General Conditions
|
|
14.1.9
|
Before,
or at the time of applying to the Utilities for final payment under this
Agreement, the Supplier will deliver to the Utilities a certificate
showing the Supplier has paid all assessments and other amounts required
by the Workers’ Compensation
Commission.
|
|
14.2.
|
Union
Compliance:
The
Supplier shall carry out all Services performed on premises owned or
controlled by the Utilities connected with this Agreement in accordance
with the “contracting out” provisions set forth in the Collective
Agreement between the Utilities and any applicable unions, provided the
Utilities has given prior notice to the Supplier of the provisions that
are applicable.
|
|
14.3.
|
Environment, Health and Safety
Rules:
|
|
a)
|
The
Supplier’s personnel while on premises owned or controlled by the
Utilities, shall abide with all of the Utilities environmental, health and
safety requirements including the Utilities incident management
policies.
|
|
b)
|
The
Supplier shall inform the Utilities on-site supervisor of its presence and
the number of personnel on-site on a daily
basis.
|
|
c)
|
The
Supplier’s tools, equipment and procedures shall meet the environmental,
health and safety requirements of all laws and regulations of the
jurisdiction in which the work is
performed.
|
|
14.2.
|
Acceptance of the
Work:
All
Work shall at all times be subject to inspection by the Utilities, and any
deficiency so detected shall be promptly corrected by the Supplier,
provided however, that this inspection shall in no way release the
Supplier from warranties as to material, design and workmanship. If the
Supplier fails or is unable to correct any deficiency in a manner and
within a’ time limit that is satisfactory, to the Utilities acting
reasonably, the Supplier shall dismantle and remove that portion of the
Work which is deficient; or which in any way fails to conform to the terms
and conditions of this Agreement and the. Utilities may replace same and
recover the cost from the Supplier and the Supplier shall provide such
credit security as the Utilities may require in connection
therewith.
|
|
14.5.
|
Responsibility:
When
the on-site Work involves the Supplier’s utilization of any tools or
equipment belonging to the Utilities, then the Supplier shall
be:
|
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Schedule
A – General Conditions
|
|
a)
|
responsible
for ensuring that such tools or equipment are adequate and in serviceable
condition for the intended use;
|
|
b)
|
responsible
for such tools or equipment while in the Supplier’s use, control or
possession; and
|
|
c)
|
responsible
for supervision of such use.
|
|
14.6.
|
WHMIS
Legislation:
Any
Services performed on premises owned or controlled by the Utilities shall
comply with the Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System (“WHMIS”)
legislation of the jurisdiction in which the work is performed. No WHMIS
Controlled Products that are extra-ordinary to those in use by the
Utilities shall be brought on-site unless the Supplier has first supplied
the Utilities with Material Safety Data Sheets for such Products. The
Supplier shall be specifically responsible for ensuring that all employees
it assigns to the project have received appropriate training as required
under the WHMIS legislation.
|
|
14.7.
|
Environmental
Protection:
The
Supplier shall keep the Utilities premises free from the accumulation of
waste material and debris resulting from the Supplier’s activities
hereunder, and shall leave the premises in a reasonably clean condition.
The Supplier owns any waste generated by the Supplier’s actions and shall
meet all of the’ Utilities disposal standards. The Supplier must receive
approval from the Utilities before using any of the Utilities pollution
control or waste disposal facilities.
|
|
14.8.
|
Employment
Legislation:
The
Supplier shall comply with the requirements of all applicable Unemployment
Insurance, Worker’s Compensation and Occupational Health and Safety
legislation and all similar regulations applicable to workers employed by
it.
|
|
14.9.
|
TDG
Legislation:
The
transport of all dangerous goods shall comply with the Transportation of
Dangerous Goods (“TDG”) legislation of the jurisdiction in which the work
is performed. The Supplier shall be specifically responsible for ensuring
that all employees it assigns to the project have received appropriate
training as required under the TDG legislation.
|
15.
|
FORCE
MAJEURE:
If
either the Utilities or the Supplier is delayed in or prevented from
exercising its rights or performing its obligations under this Agreement
by any cause beyond its reasonable control, including but not limited to
Acts of God, Acts of Government, strikes, lockouts, fire; floods, freight
embargoes, or unusually severe weather and excluding any financial
inability to perform, the date of delivery may be extended for a length of
time equal to the period of delay if agreed to by all
parties.
|
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Schedule
A – General Conditions
|
16.
|
DISPUTES:
All
disputes concerning questions of fact which may arise under this Agreement
and which are not disposed of by mutual agreement shall be referred to
arbitration by a single arbitrator, if the parties agree upon one,
otherwise to three arbitrators, one to be named by each party and a third
to be chosen by the first two named. The decision of the arbitrators shall
be final and conclusive. In the meantime, the Supplier shall diligently
proceed with the work as
directed.
|
17.
|
COMPLIANCE WITH
LAW:
The
Supplier shall comply with all applicable local, provincial and federal
Laws and regulations, the Utilities operating licenses, Certificates of
Approval, and other similar requirements including without limitation all
environmental and employment
laws.
|
18.
|
VENUE:
This
contract shall be construed according to the laws of the jurisdiction in
which the goods are delivered or the On-Site Work is performed.
|
19.
|
NOTICES:
All
notices hereunder shall be in writing and shall be sufficiently given if
delivered by hand, mailed by prepaid mail or sent by
telecommunications.
|
20.
|
RIGHT TO
AUDIT:
The
Utilities retains the right to audit the Supplier’s records’ with respect
to services provided or goods delivered pursuant to this Agreement during
a period of twelve (12). months following completion of the Work or supply
of materials, for the sole purpose of verifying invoices provided to the
Utilities by the
Supplier.
|
|
a)
|
No
failure or delay on the part of either party in exercising any power or
privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver
thereof.
|
|
b)
|
No
waiver of any right, power or privilege by a party shall limit or affect
that party’s rights with respect to any breach of this Contract by the
other party.
|
|
c)
|
Each
of the parties hereto shall execute such further documents and give such
further assurances as are required to give effect to this
Contract.
|
|
d)
|
Time
is and shall continue to be of the essence of this
Contract.
|
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Schedule
A – General Conditions
|
|
e)
|
All
of the covenants and agreements in this Contract on the party of either
party shall apply to and enure to the benefit of and be binding upon their
respective legal representatives, successors and permitted
assigns.
|
|
f)
|
Each
party hereby represents and warrants that it has the power and authority
to carry on its business and to enter into this Contract and to perform
all of its obligations hereunder.
|
|
g)
|
This
Contract constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect
to the Work and supersedes all previous communications, representations,
warranties and agreements, either written or
verbal.
|
|
h)
|
Unless
the context otherwise requires, words importing the singular shall include
the plural and vice-versa and words importing gender shall include the
masculine, feminine and neuter
genders.
|
|
i)
|
The
terms “herein”, “hereunder”, “hereto” and similar expressions refer to
this Contract and not to any particular general condition or paragraph of
this Contract.
|
|
j)
|
Any
terms, covenants, provisions or conditions of this Contract which
expressly or by their nature survive the termination of this Contract
shall continue in full force and effect subsequent to and notwithstanding
such termination and shall not be merged therein or therewith, until such
terms, covenants, provisions or conditions are satisfied or by their
nature expire.
|
|
k)
|
This
Contract shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of
the Province in which the goods are used and the parties hereto attorn to
the jurisdiction of the courts of
Canada.
|
|
1)
|
This
Contract shall be executed by the parties, or their representatives in
person with original signatures. Subsequent Contract Documents may be
executed by the parties, or their representatives, and such execution may
be by way of facsimile or electronic
transfer.
|
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Schedule
B – Statement of Work
|
TABLE
OF CONTENTS
14.
|
SUPPLIER
EVALUATIONS
|
5
|
16.
|
TOTAL
EVALUATED COST AND LOAD LOSS PENALTY FORMULAS
|
5
|
17.
|
INDEXING
EXAMPLE FOR PRICING
|
7
|
18.
|
INVOICING
AND ORDER PLACING
|
8
|
19.
|
TECHNOLOGICAL
IMPROVEMENT
|
|
20.
|
ACCEPTANCE
OF LATE DELIVERY
|
9
|
22.
|
ADDITIONAL
WARRANTY
|
10
|
23.
|
WARRANTY
TURNAROUND
|
10
|
24.
|
UTILITIES
DISTRIBUTION SPECIFICATIONS
|
11
|
|
24.1
|
UTILITIES
- 1 POLE MOUNTED SINGLE PHASE
|
12
|
|
24.2
|
UTILITIES
- 2 LOW PROFILE, SINGLE PHASE, DEAD-FRONT
PAD-MOUNTED
|
19
|
|
24.3
|
UTILITIES
- 3 THREE PHASE, DEAD-FRONT PAD-MOUNTED
|
29
|
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Schedule
B – Statement of Work
|
1. GENERAL
DESCRIPTION
To supply
“Distribution Transformers” to the Utilities in a timely manner at the warehouse
stated on the individual purchase orders (POs) for the term of this contract.
Shipments to the Utilities will be Delivery Duty Paid (DDP) destination (as per
Incoterms 2000). Each Utility will issue separate POs.
2. TERM
OF CONTRACT
The term
of this contract will be for sixteen (16) months starting September 1, 2006 and
ending December 31, 2007. Last delivery will be for April 2008. If by mutual
agreement, this contract may be extended by thirty-six (36) months.
The first
Material Supply Schedule shall be issued in July 2006. Deliveries are expected
to begin in September 2006.
3. DRAWINGS
Drawings
of each transformer are to be issued to the Utilities within thirty (30) days
from time of award.
4. DELIVERY
LOCATIONS
Transformers
are to be delivered to the Utilities’ locations as specified on the monthly
order. Delivery locations will be to but not limited to the following
locations:
Newfoundland
Power Inc.
Central
Warehouse
3 Mews
Place
St.
John’s, NL. A1B 4M5
Service
Warehouses
30 Goff
Avenue
Carbonear,
NL. A1Y 1A6
Main
Road
Whitbourne,
NL. A0B 3K0
Greens
Pond Road
Burin,
NL. AOE 1GO
151
Memorial Drive
Clarenville,
NL. A5A 1K7
6 Magee
Road
Gander,
NL. A1V 1W2
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Schedule
B – Statement of Work
|
Trans
Canada Highway
Grand
Falls, NL. A2A 6T3
5. ESTIMATED
FORECAST
The
Utilities will supply an estimated annual rolling forecast to the Supplier on a
quarterly basis or by request from the Supplier. The Utilities reserves the
right to change the estimated monthly requirements.
Each
Utility will submit separate forecasts to the Supplier. Each Utility will make
best efforts to satisfy the forecasting requirements of the
Supplier.
6. PACKAGING
Packaging
for each of the Utilities as follows:
FortisAlberta:
FortisBC:
|
•
|
When
transformers arrive at the designated warehouses they will be on the
correct pallet size two way pallet measuring 48” long by 42” wide to fit
the racks, no dirt or mud on the
transformers.
|
|
•
|
All
transformers shall be strapped to the pallets with high strength webbed
plastic strapping.
|
|
•
|
Packing
slips must be attached to the ProBills and must accompany shipments. DO
NOT attach to pallet.
|
Newfoundland
Power:
|
•
|
When
transformers arrive at the designated warehouses they will be on pallets
with one unit per pallet, no dirt or mud on the
transformers.
|
|
•
|
All
transformers shall be strapped to the pallets with high strength webbed
plastic strapping.
|
|
•
|
Packing
slips must be included for each shipment and should include the NP Stock
No., the serial number, the NP Purchase Order Release Number, the size and
quantity.
|
Maritime
Electric:
|
•
|
When
transformers arrive at the designated warehouse they will be on CPC
pallets (40 x 48). The number of transformers per pallet will
be:
|
-
|
Four
(4) per pallet for all 10 kVA and 15 kVA
transformers.
|
-
|
Two
(2) per pallet for all 25 kVA and 37 kVA
transformers.
|
-
|
One
(1) per pallet for all 50 kVA and 75 kVA
transformers.
|
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Schedule
B – Statement of Work
|
|
•
|
No
dirt or mud on the transformers.
|
|
•
|
All
transformers shall be strapped to the pallets with high strength webbed
plastic strapping.
|
|
•
|
Packing
slips must be included for each shipment and should include the Maritime
Electric Stock No., the serial number, the Maritime Electric Purchase
Order Release Number, the size and
quantity.
|
7. BILL
OF LADING
The Bill
of Lading should include the quantity of units shipped, the destination
warehouse and the Purchase Order (PO) Release Number. Any additional labeling
unique to each of the Utilities will be specified when the PO is
issued.
8. SHIPPING
Transformers
are to be shipped on pallets, as specified by each of the. Utilities when the PO
is issued. For each shipment, the Supplier will provide a Transformer Log. This
Transformer Log will provide the following information for each transformer
shipped:
|
(b)
|
Transformer
Serial Number
|
|
(f)
|
Percentage
(%) IZ (Impedance)
|
9. PRODUCT
SAFETY
All Items
will be manufactured and shipped following the best professional safety
standards that are present in appropriate, current industry standards. The
individual companies that form the Utilities may deem to have additional and/or
unique safety requirements. Said additional or unique requirements shall be
communicated on any or all Purchase Orders.
10. TEST
REPORTS
Certified
test reports as per Canadian Standards Association (CSA) Purchasing
Specifications DTWG-01, 02 and 03 for all distribution transformers are to be
provided in electronic format for all Items purchased. Test results should be
provided to each Utility for each shipment or upon request from the individual.
Utilities.
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Schedule
B – Statement of Work
|
11. FUTURE
BUSINESS
If
quantities increase due to future business acquisitions or system upgrades, the
Utilities reserves the right to open negotiation on the price and delivery of
distribution transformers and delivery locations. If not successfully
negotiated, the Utilities reserves the right to go to tender.
12. LEAD
TIMES
Time from
order to delivery as set forth in “Schedule C – Payment for Work” to this
Agreement.
13. RIGHT
TO ORDER
The
Utilities reserves the right to purchase any item that the Supplier cannot
deliver on time from another Supplier without penalty to the Utilities. This
order will then be cancelled from the contracted Supplier.
The
Utilities reserves the right to tender all Distribution Transformer pilot
programs or implementations as a result of different technologies and product
line.
The
Supplier is the preferred Supplier of distribution transformer products,
however, the Utilities reserves the right to purchase all Items that are not
listed within this contract from any other Suppliers.
14. SUPPLIER
EVALUATIONS
Supplier
evaluations will be completed at the end of each quarter. A conference call will
‘be coordinated within one (1) month of the close of a quarter by the Utility
that is chairing the meeting. The Supplier will be expected to attend at the
location that the meeting is being chaired. Location will be rotated between
each of the Utilities. As part of these reviews an ongoing Action list, Contact
list and Supplier evaluation will be maintained by the Supplier (see “Schedule D
- Sample Supplier Performance Evaluation Form”).
15. SCHEDULING
The
Supplier is to keep the Utilities informed (biweekly) of all production
schedules at the Utilities request.
The
Supplier is to keep the Utilities informed (biweekly) of delivery
schedules.
16. TOTAL
EVALUATED COST AND LOAD LOSS PENALTY FORMULAS
As per
the “Bid Form” there is a separate Bid Sheet for each of the Utilities. All
items listed are those most commonly used by the Utility. Additional items may
be included on Purchase Orders (POs) throughout the term of this
contract.
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Schedule
B – Statement of Work
|
The Total
Evaluation Cost Formulas identified in the Formula column in each of the Bid
Sheets is defined as follows:
Formula A
= [XX]
Formula B
= [XX]
Formula C
= [XX]
Formula D
= [XX]
Where:
[XX]
When
actual losses exceed guaranteed losses, the transformer supplier must reduce the
unit price of the transformer by the amount equal to the penalty calculated
below:
Penalty
A = [XX]
Penalty
B = [XX]
Penalty
C = [XX]
Penalty
D = [XX]
Where:
[XX]
The loss
penalty shall be assessed on the average of each Item on a given purchase order.
For each Item, where the cost of total average losses is less than the cost of
total guaranteed losses for that Item, the result will not be used to reduce the
penalty amount of other Items.
The
following information shall be provided with the quotation:
|
•
|
Percent
exciting current at 105% rated
voltage
|
|
•
|
No-load
losses at 105% rated voltage and corrected to 85°C as per clause 9.3.2 of
CSA Purchasing Specification DTWG-01 (98). Revised 1999 07, clause 8.3.2.1
of CSA Purchasing Specification DTWG-02 (99), or clause 7.3.2.1 of CSA
Purchasing Specification DTWG-03
(99)
|
|
•
|
Full
load losses at 75 °C
|
|
•
|
Percent
impedance at 75 °C
|
|
•
|
Where
applicable, percent regulation at 1.0 pl. and 0.8
pl.
|
|
•
|
Outline
and nameplate drawings for approval
|
|
•
|
A
prototype transformer actual type test results, which are representative
of design and manufacturing
techniques
|
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Schedule
B – Statement of Work
|
17. INDEXING
EXAMPLE FOR PRICING
Index
pricing provided by the Supplier in the “Bid Form” is contained in “Schedule C
–Payment for Work.” Justification for price increases will be provided to the
Utilities using the format in the following example:
[XX]
18. INVOICING
AND ORDER PLACING
As
identified in Clause 5 of this “Schedule B – Statement of Work,” the Utilities
will supply an estimated annual rolling forecast to the Supplier on a quarterly
basis or by request from the Supplier.
The
Utilities may provide the Supplier with a Release Schedule on or before the
first day of each month. The Release Schedule will display the delivery
requirements for the following six months.
The
Supplier will acknowledge by telephone, by fax or by E-mail the receipt of the
Release Schedule within twenty four (24) hours. For Newfoundland Power Inc. and
Maritime Electric Company, Limited, the Release Schedule will be deemed to be
the requirements for the six month’s delivery as set out therein. For
FortisAlberta and FortisBC a PO will be issued. The Release Schedule will also
be electronically transmitted to the Supplier using the Estimated Forecast
Schedule form found hereafter.
The
Utility will have the right to change the forecasted quantities on previous
Release Schedules, any time prior to the first day of the month preceding the
shipment month, by increasing or decreasing up to 50% of the total quantities.
Changes in the quantities of any individual item cannot exceed 25%. Quantities
on the Release Schedule listed as the six month running forecast can be changed
by any amount.
The
initial delivery period shall take into account the design, and type testing
time required for the various Items once an agreement is concluded.
19. TECHNOLOGICAL
IMPROVEMENT
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Schedule
B – Statement of Work
|
Should
the Utility decide to modify their specifications or requirements during the
duration of contract, the two parties shall negotiate a reasonable price
adjustment to cover the change in cost (up or down).
In the
event that the Supplier and the Utility jointly agree to rework and review the
technical requirements of the product/services during the term of the contract,
the Supplier will share the benefits as described below:
1. Transformer
Losses:
Whenever
a Value Engineering study is completed and it results in a net cost saving to
the Utility in the no-load and/or load loss, the benefits for each stock item
would be shared on the basis of the following formula :
[XX]
The [XX]
is derived from the Supplier’s experience that shows that for every $[XX] of
improvement in the cost of losses, the manufacturer has an increase in cost of
$[XX]. This in turn leaves a $[XX] net saving that would be shared equally
between the Utility and the Supplier. Therefore [XX]% of the reduced cost of
loss goes to the manufacturer to cover costs and a share of the savings, and
[XX]% of the reduced cost of losses goes to the Utility.
All other
agreed value analysis would have the resulting net savings shared on a [XX]
basis.
20. ACCEPTANCE
OF LATE DELIVERY
The
Utilities reserves to right to accept late deliveries upon written notice from
the Supplier faxed to Inventory Control at the following fax
numbers:
Newfoundland
Power : (709) 737-2815
Maritime
Electric Company, Limited : (902) 629-3706
FortisAlberta
Inc. : (403) 514-4414
FortisBC
Inc. : (250) 469-8096
Written
notification and reasons for late delivery must be sent to the Utilities within
three (3) working days of receipt of the order or upon awareness that the order
will not be completed or shipped as scheduled. The Utilities reserves the right
to apply or not apply penalties based on notification and reasons for late
deliveries.
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Schedule
B – Statement of Work
|
21.
REFUSAL OF GOODS
.
The
Utilities will refuse transformers delivered on improper pallets, dirty
transformers, transformers not individually strapped on pallets, damaged
transformers and transformers that do not meet the agreed to specification. This
will count as a late delivery.
22. ADDITIONAL
WARRANTY
Warranty
is thirty (30) months from the date of notification of readiness of shipment or
twenty four (24) months from date of first use by the Owner, whichever date
occurs first.
In
addition to the above extended warranty of 30/24 months, the Supplier is
extending further the warranty against damage due to rust. For damage due to
rust, the warranty period will be 10 years after shipment for units made of
either painted or unpainted stainless steel 316L. This warranty is limited to
the supply and shipping of a replacement tank and does not cover other related
cost such as installation/removal cost and repair cost. Should the tank rust to
such an extent that it needs to be replaced (imminent risk of perforation)
within the warranty period, the Supplier will provide the Owner with a new
tank.
This
warranty against corrosion is void if the tank surface is damaged by the
Owner.
23. WARRANTY
TURNAROUND
|
●
|
Statement
of general information from the Utility to start the
process:
|
|
-
|
Serial
number of the failed unit
|
|
-
|
Brief
description of problem and
circumstances
|
|
-
|
Utilities
preferred action (return to the Supplier, fix the problem in place, send
to scrap if it is deemed, that the transformer cannot be repaired,
etc.)
|
|
●
|
If
the unit is returned to the Supplier’s plant (from the DDP Destination),
an authorization number (RP Number) is then given to the
Utility.
|
|
●
|
Once
the unit has arrived at the plant, an initial assessment is normally made
within forty eight (48) hours. At this point, the Supplier can notify the
Utility of the estimated time necessary to make the repair which of course
depends a lot on the cause of the
failure.
|
|
●
|
Shipping
of the repaired unit to the Utility (to the DDP
destination).
|
|
●
|
The
Supplier will send to the Utility a complete investigation report of the
cause of failure (or the most likely cause) and what was done to repair
the failed unit.
|
24. UTILITIES
DISTRIBUTION SPECIFICATIONS
|
24.1.
|
UTILITIES
- 1
POLE
MOUNTED SINGLE PHASE
DISTRIBUTION
TRANSFORMERS
|
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Schedule
B – Statement of Work
|
|
24.1.1.
|
SCOPE
This
purchasing specification specifies the requirements for distribution
transformers for operation by Newfoundland Power, Maritime Electric,
FortisAlberta and FortisBC (referred to as the Owners).
This
specification applies to single phase, 60 Hz, distribution transformers
designed for operating on an effectively grounded-wye system, type ONAN,
rated at 167 kVA or below, with one or two high voltage bushings suitable
for direct pole mounting.
|
|
24.1.2.
|
REFERENCES
The
provisions of the following standards and specifications latest revisions,
shall apply, unless otherwise stated herein:
CSA
Purchasing Specification - Pole Mounted Single Phase Distribution
Transformers DTWG-01 (98), Revised 1999
07.
|
|
24.1.3.
|
CSA
SPECIFICATION MODIFICATIONS
The
numbering of the following clauses is identical to those used in CSA
Purchasing Specification DTWG-01 (98), Revised 1999 07. Where no reference
is made, the CSA Specification DTWG-01 shall apply. Additional or
modifying statements, as given in this specification shall
govern.
|
4.4 Off-Circuit
Voltage Taps:
4.4.1
Newfoundland
Power:
Transformers
are to be supplied without taps.
Maritime
Electric:
The
following transformers shall be equipped with taps:
(a) All
transformers with 347 volts secondary
(b) All
transformers 50 kVA and larger
FortisAlberta
:
FortisBC
:
At the
time of order, transformers will be specified with or without high voltage taps.
This information can be found in the appropriate Owner’s item number
description.
4.4.2
FortisAlberta:
FortisBC:
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Schedule
B – Statement of Work
|
When
specified, taps shall be four 2 1/2%, 1 FCAN and 3 RCBN. Transformer with tapped
primary windings shall have external operated handles for off-circuit
operation.
4.10 Impedance
FortisAlberta:
FortisBC:
There are
no minimum impedance requirements for transformers of 25 kVA and below. For
transformers of sizes 50 kVA and above, the impedance shall be limited to an
absolute minimum of 1.5 %.
Newfoundland
Power.
Maritime
Electric
:
Impedances
to be as specified in CSA Purchasing Specification DTWG-01 (98) as required to
limit the short circuit current at the service entrance equipment (Clause 4.10
and 11.1(m)).
5.2.2
Low Voltage Grounding Strap
FortisAlberta:
FortisBC:
Transformer
with one H.V. Bushing - an external copper grounding strap shall be provided to
connect the secondary neutral terminal to the transformer tank as per CSA
Purchasing Specification DTWG-01 clause 5.2.2 and 6.2.2.
5.2.2.1
Newfoundland
Power:
Maritime
Electric:
The
neutral grounding strap shall be extruded aluminum alloy type 6061, connected to
the terminals with 12 mm galvanized steel hardware. Multi-grounding straps of
the above material are permitted to a maximum of 6 straps.’
5.2.2.2
Newfoundland
Power;
Maritime
Electric:
The tank
connection shall be a type 316L stainless steel spade terminal, welded to the
tank with 3161, stainless steel material.
6.1.2
High Voltage Bushings
FortisAlberta:
FortisBC:
At the
time of order, transformers will be specified to have one or two high voltage
bushings. This information can be found in the Owner’s item number
description.
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Schedule
B – Statement of Work
|
Newfoundland
Power:
All high
voltage bushings shall be supplied with a minimum creepage distance as specified
in CSA Purchasing Specification DTWG-0l (98), with, the exception of 18 kV
insulation class units which shall have a minimum creepage distance of 762 mm.
The high voltage bushing on all 18 kV class transformers, and 15 kV class
transformers where specified, shall have its complete lower circumference in
contact with the transformer cover and its complete upper circumference in
contact with the high voltage terminal by means of a stainless steel
anti-tracking spring, RTE #2601887A01 or equivalent. The lower anti-tracking
spring shall be bonded to the transformer tank by means of a stainless steel or
galvanized bolt. In place of the anti-tracking spring, the high voltage bushing
may be supplied with other acceptable means of eliminating corona damage to the
gaskets, and shall be approved prior to implementation.
6.2.1.2
H2 Terminal
FortisAlberta:
FortisBC
:
When one
H.V. bushing is specified, the H2 terminal shall be provided as per clause
6.2.1.2 of CSA Purchasing Specification DTWG-01. A clamp type H2 grounding
connector suitable for #6 to #2 AWG copper conductor as per CSA Purchasing
Specification Fig. 2(b) shall also be installed at the H2 terminal.
A 1/2”
-13 NC X 1 1/4” silicon bronze hex head bolt shall be installed on the top surge
arrester boss.
Newfoundland
Power:
An H2
grounding connector as per DTWG-01 (98) Clause 11.1(1) shall be
provided.
Maritime
Electric
:
The H2
terminal shall be spade type 316 L stainless steel, welded to the tank with 316
L stainless steel material.
6.2.2
Low-Voltage Terminals
FortisAlberta:
FortisBC:
Bushings
shall be complete with spade type or clamp type connectors suitable for stranded
copper and aluminum conductors of sizes as follows:
120/240V
|
240/480V
|
346/600V
|
Secondary
terminals
|
10
– 15 kVA
|
25
kVA and
below
|
50
kVA and
below
|
Clamp
type terminal for
#6
– 2/0 conductor size
|
25
kVA
|
50
kVA
|
-
|
Clamp
type terminal for
#2
– 350 MCM conductor size
|
50
kVA and
above
|
75
kVA and
above
|
75
kVA and
above
|
Spade
type terminal as
Per
CSA DTWG-01
|
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Schedule
B – Statement of Work
|
For
transformer terminals equipped with 2 hole NEMA pads, single barrel mechanical
connectors (HOMAC Part No. ABK 1750) shall be supplied and installed on each of
the secondary terminals. For transformer terminals equipped with 4 hole NEMA
pads, double barrel mechanical connectors (HOMAC Part No. ABK 2750) shall be
supplied and installed on each of the secondary terminals.
Maritime
Electric:
The low
voltage terminals shall be copper to copper basket type. The connector shall
accommodate a conductor range from #6 - #4/0 for 25 kVA transformers and less
and #2-350 MCM for 37 kVA and above.
6.2.2.7 Terminal
Materi
al
Newfoundland
Power:
The low
voltage terminals shall be unplated aluminum spade type and the X2 to X3 jumper
strap, where required, shall be one-piece unplated aluminum. All material is to
be extruded aluminum alloy type 6061 with galvanized hardware.
8.
Mechanical Characteristics
8.1
Construction
All
transformer material is to be new.
Newfoundland
Power:
Maritime
Electric:
The tank
material shall be painted or unpainted 3161, stainless steel. The stainless
steel tanks are to have passivation (pickling/acid wash) treatment.
Transformers
are to be supplied without additional exterior cooling (no fins, cooling tubes
or radiators).
Newfoundland
Power:
Edges of
the transformer cover and outer edge of the upper mounting bracket shall have
sharp edges removed.
8.3
Pressure Relief
Maritime
Electric
:
The
pressure relief device should be replaced with an Internal Fault Detector
(IFDTM) fitted with a 5 psi pressure relief device.
8.11.1
General
Maritime
Electric:
All
fastening hardware used to secure the cover and external connections is to be
hot dipped galvanized.
Newfoundland
Power:
All
fastening hardware used to secure the cover and external connections is to be
stainless steel or silicon bronze.
Maritime
Electric:
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Schedule
B – Statement of Work
|
Newfoundland
Power:
Preference
is for non-cover band designs. However, if supplied, cover bands are to be 316L
stainless steel secured with stainless steel hardware (Silicon Bronze
Nut).
Cover
clamp designs must have a protective barrier between the clamp and cover to
protect the paint finish.
8.12
Surge Arrester Mounting Provision
Maritime
Electric:
The Owner
will have the option of installing a surge arrester on the pole-mounting
brackets. The Owner will provide the Supplier with sufficient notice of any
changes. Surge arrester mounting bosses shall be supplied.
Bidders
when offering arresters are to quote Joslyn Cat #ZHP010-0011100 (for primary
voltage 72 kV and 8 kV) and ZHP018-0011100 (for primary voltage 14.4
kV).
Arrester
brackets must accommodate Joslyn arresters #ZHP010-0011100 and
ZHP018-0011100.
Newfoundland
Power:
Surge
arrester mounting bosses shall be provided as per CSA Purchasing Specification
DTWG¬01 (98) complete with surge arrester mounting bracket.
8.13
Welding
Newfoundland
Power:
Maritime
Electric:
All
welding is to be carried out as per CSA Purchasing Specification DTWG-01, Clause
8.13. All welds to be properly shot blasted and all welding residue shall be
removed.
9.2
Routine Tests
FortisAlberta:
FortisBC:
Certified
Test Reports shall be submitted before shipment. Any discrepancy between the
guaranteed and the test results shall be noted.
10.2.3
Information on Nameplate
FortisAlberta:
FortisBC:
The
following additional information shall be included on the
nameplate:
a.) Owner’s
material item number
b.) Year
and month the transformer is shipped (e.g. 95/01)
10.4
Tank Markings
Newfoundland
Power:
Maritime
Electric:
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Schedule
B – Statement of Work
|
Transformers
are to be numbered prior to shipment with numbers to be supplied by the
Owner.
FortisAlberta:
FortisBC.
The year
and month the transformer is shipped shall be marked with 50mm lettering at a
location adjacent to the low voltage marking.
24.2. UTILITIES
- 2
LOW
PROFILE, SINGLE PHASE, DEAD-FRONT PAD-MOUNTED DISTRIBUTION
TRANSFORMERS
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Schedule
B – Statement of Work
|
24.2.1. SCOPE
This
purchasing specification applies to low-profile, single phase, dead-front,
pad-mounted, distribution transformers, type ONAN, rated at 167 kVA or below,
insulation class /8 kV or less, suitable for mounting outdoors on pads without
additional protective enclosures.
The
transformers covered in this specifications shall be designed to operate on 60
Hz, multi-grounded wye distribution systems with primary voltages up to
14,400/24,940 volts, and secondary voltages at 120/240 volts.
24.2.2. REFERENCE
STANDARDS
The
provision of the following standards, latest editions, shall apply unless
otherwise specified herein. This specification shall take precedence over any
standard quoted herein in case of any conflict.
CANADIAN
STANDARDS ASSOCIATION
CSA
Purchasing Specification DTWG-02 (99), “Low Profile, Single Phase, Dead-Front,
Pad-Mounted Distribution Transformers”.
24.2.3. MATERIAL
Newfoundland
Power:
Transformer
material shall be 3161, stainless steel. This includes the transformer tank,
base, hinges, hood and other exterior items.
24.2.4.
CSA SPECIFICATION MODIFICATIONS
The
numbering of the following clauses is identical to that used in. CSA
Specification DTWG¬02 (99). Where no reference is made, the CSA Specification
DTWG-02 shall apply. Additional or modifying statements as given in this
specification, shall govern.
4.4
Off-Circuit Voltage Taps
4.4.1
FortisAlberta:
FortisBC:
At the
time of order, transformers will be specified with or without high voltage taps.
This information can be found in the appropriate owner’s material item number
description. Transformers requiring taps shall have four 2 1/2 % taps (2 FCAN, 2
RCBN).
4.10
Impedance
Maritime
Electric:
Newfoundland
Power:
Minimum
impedances shall be per DTWG-02 (99) Clauses 4.10 and 11.1(n) as
follows:
|
50kVa
|
1.5%
|
|
75
kVA
|
2.0%
|
|
100-167
kVA
|
2.5%
|
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Schedule
B – Statement of Work
|
5.2
Mechanical
Features
5.2.1
Dimensions
FortisAlberta:
FortisBC:
The
overall height of the transformer shall be 670 ± 25 mm.
5.2.2
Cable Entrance Compartment
5.2.2.4
FortisAlberta:
FortisBC:
For
transformers rated at 12470GrdY/7200 volts only, the bonding connection between
the hood and the tank shall be flexible rubber or neoprene coated copper of #2
AWG.
5.2.2.8
FortisAlberta:
FortisBC:
For the
purpose of securing the transformer to the pad, four foundation clamps as shown
in Fig 4 of this specification shall be supplied with each
transformer.
Transformer
Tank
FortisAlberta:
FortisBC:
Two of
the top edges of the transformer tank shall be rounded with a minimum 25 mm
radius as per Clause 5.2.3. of DTWG-02.
5.3.2
Drip Tray
FortisAlberta:
FortisBC:
Drip tray
meeting the requirements of Clause 5.3.2 of DTWG-02 or a type approved by the
Owner shall be installed below the location of the withdrawable
fuses.
5.3.3
Fuse Identification
FortisAlberta:
FortisBC:
The fuse
rating and manufacturer’s catalogue number of the bayonet fuse and current
limiting fuse shall be identified on the nameplate as shown on Fig 6 of the CSA
Purchasing Specification DTWG-02.
6.2 High-Voltage
Bushings
6.2.1
FortisAlberta:
FortisBC:
High
Voltage Bushing wells shall be provided as per Clause 6.2 of DTWG-02 and shall
have replaceable studs and shall be externally clamped (ELASTIMOLD KI601PCC-R or
equivalent).
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Schedule
B – Statement of Work
|
Maritime
Electric:
The high
voltage bushings shall be short shank universal bushing well type with bail
tabs. In addition, the bushing well shall be fitted with a load break
thermoplastic bushing insert (RTE or Elastimold) and protected with a cap. All
current carrying elements are to be copper based material.
Newfoundland
Power:
The high
voltage bushings shall be short shank universal bushing well type with bail
tabs. Transformers shall be supplied without loadbreak bushing inserts. The
universal bushing well shall be protected by a shipping cap.
6.3 Low
Voltage Bushings
63.1.
FortisAlberta:
FortisBC:
Low
Voltage Bushings of transformers up to 100 kVA shall be straight 7-hole spade.
type. The threaded stud type terminal is acceptable as an alternative to the
one-piece integral type.
Maritime
Electric:
Newfoundland
Power:
Terminals
for all sizes of transformers shall be bronze or copper tin plated bar
type.
Low
voltage terminals for transformer sizes up to, and including, 167 kVA shall be
in accordance with. Figure 9(a) of DTWG-02.
6.4 Grounding
6.4.2
FortisAlberta:
FortisBC:
For
transformers rated at 12470GrdY/7200 volts only, the removable grounding strap
between the X2 terminal and the grounding terminal should be of either aluminum
or stainless steel of size as Table 7 of DTWG-02.
7.1 Off-Circuit
Tap Changer and Voltage Selector Switches
FortisAlberta:
FortisBC:
Tap
switches, when specified,’ shall be hot-stick operable type, and shall meet the
requirements of Clause 7.1 of DTWG-02.
8.2 Routine
Tests
FortisAlberta:
FortisBC:
Certified
Test Reports shall be submitted before shipment. Any discrepancy between the
guaranteed and the test results shall be noted.
9.1 Finish
Performance
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Schedule
B – Statement of Work
|
The
exterior finish shall conform to ANSI C57.12.28, latest revision, except the
salt spray test acceptance criteria shall be 1500 hours.
Maritime
Electric:
Newfoundland
Power:
The salt
spray test painted panel shall conform to ANSI C57.12.29. The scribe through the
paint for evaluation shall be at right angles to the weld bead. The samples
shall be made using normal production welding material and
equipment.
9.2 Colour
FortisAlberta:
FortisBC:
The
exterior finish shall be in Seafoam Green, Munsell 4.82 G 4.07/
3.35.
Maritime
Electric:
Newfoundland
Power:
Transformer
shall be painted equipment green Munsell 9GY 1.5/2.6. Munsell gray shall also be
provided if specified in the tender document.
10.2 Nameplate
and Connection Diagram
FortisAlberta:
FortisBC:
A
combination nameplate as per Clause 10.2 of DTWG-02 shall be provided. In
addition, the following information shall also be included on the
nameplate:
a) Owner’s
Material Item Number
b) Year
and month the transformer is shipped (e.g. 95/09)
10.5.2.4 Electrical
Hazard Warning Signs
FortisAlberta:
FortisBC:
Electrical
Hazard Warning Signs as per DTWG-02 shall be affixed on the inside and outside
of the compartment hood by the manufacturer.
Caution
Sign as per Fig 2 of this specification shall be stenciled or decaled in yellow
on the exterior and front side of the cable compartment hood as shown in Fig 1
of this specification.
Danger
Sign as per Fig 3 of this specification shall be stenciled or decaled in white
on the exterior and front side of the cable compartment hood as shown in Fig 1
of this specification.
11.1 Optional
Items
FortisAlberta:
FortisBC:
g)
|
The
material item number, kVA rating, year and month the transformer is
shipped, shall be stenciled or decaled in white, on the exterior and front
side of each compartment hood, in 50 mm, 65 mm and 65 trim lettering
respectively, as per Fig. I of this
specification.
|
Maritime
Electric:
Newfoundland
Power:
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Schedule
B – Statement of Work
|
c)
|
All
units shall be equipped with a drain and filler plug. Units for Maritime
Electric shall also be equipped with a drain
valve.
|
k)
|
If
specified in the tender document, the transformers shall have two 2-1/2%
taps above rated voltage and two 2-1/2% taps below rated voltage. Units
for Maritime Electric shall be equipped with taps as indicated
above.
|
m)
|
If
specified in the tender document, the transformers shall be supplied with
bar code labels.
|
12.0 Packaging
Maritime
Electric:
Newfoundland
Power:
Each
transformer shall be shipped on a pallet as a completely assembled
unit.
Each
transformer shall be suitably packed so as to insure delivery in good
condition.
Each
transformer shall be shipped in an open-top carrier so as to allow easy removal
with a crane.
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Schedule
B – Statement of Work
|
NOTE:
|
Four
lifting bosses and bolts to be supplied and positioned such that balance
is maintained when lifted.
|
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Schedule
B – Statement of Work
|
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Schedule
B – Statement of Work
|
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Schedule
B – Statement of Work
|
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Schedule
B – Statement of Work
|
24.3
|
UTILITIES
– 3
THREE
PHASE, DEAD-FRONT PAD-MOUNTED DISTRIBUTION
TRANSFORMERS
|
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Schedule
B – Statement of Work
|
24.3.1. Scope
This
purchasing specification applies to three-phase, 60 Hz, dead front, pad-mounted,
distribution transformers, type ONAN, rated at 3000 kVA or below, insulation
class 18 kV or less, suitable for mounting outdoors on pads without additional
protective enclosures.
24.3.2. Reference
Standards
The
provisions of the following standards, latest editions, shall apply unless
otherwise specified herein. This specification shall take precedence over any
standard quoted herein in case of any. conflict.
CANADIAN
STANDARDS ASSOCIATION
CSA
Purchasing Specification DTWG-03 (99), “Three Phase, Dead-Front, Pad-Mounted
Distribution Transformers”.
24.3.3. Material
Newfoundland
Power:
Transformer
material shall be 3161, stainless steel. This includes the transformer tank,
base, hinges, doors and other exterior items.
24.3.4. CSA
Specification Modifications
The
numbering of the following Clauses is identical to that used in CSA Purchasing
Specification DTWG-03 (99). Where no reference is made, the CSA Specification
DTWG-03 shall apply. Additional or modifying statements as given in this
specification, shall govern.
4.2.5 GrdY-GrdY
Connected Transformers
FortisAlberta:
FortisBC:
The core
shall be a five-legged design or an equivalent design that provides a path for
unbalanced core flux.
4.5
Off-Circuit Voltage Taps
FortisAlberta:
FortisBC:
Transformers
shall have high voltage taps as follows: 2-1/2% and 5% full capacity above the
rated voltage, and 2V2% and 5% reduced capacity below rated
voltage.
4.11 Impedance
Maritime
Electric:
Newfoundland
Power:
Transformers
rated 500 kVA and above shall have a minimum impedance of 4%.
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Schedule
B – Statement of Work
|
5.13
Lifting Provisions
FortisAlberta:
FortisBC:
Four
lifting lugs shall be mounted such that balance can be maintained when
lifting.
5.1.4 Jacking
Provision
FortisAlberta:
FortisBC:
Four
jacking steps shall be mounted such that balance can be maintained when
lifting.
5.1.6 Drain
Plugs, Pressure Relief Device and Liquid Level Indicator
FortisAlberta:
FortisBC:
The 1”
drain valve with sampling device shall be located on .the lower area of the
front of the tank on the right side of the low voltage
terminations.
The
filler plug provided shall be a minimum 3/4” and located above the low voltage
bushings.
5.1.9 Off-CircuitTap
Changer and Voltage Selector Switches
FortisAlberta:
FortisBC:
Tap
changer shall be mounted above the low voltage bushing or alternatively on the
high voltage side of the compartment where it is accessible with cables in
place. The tap changers shall be the externally operable handle type meeting the
requirements of Clause 5.1.9 of CSA Purchasing Specification.
5.1.14 Radiators
and Transformer Compartment
Maritime
Electric:
Newfoundland
Power:
Preference
is for no exterior cooling (i.e., fins, cooling tubes or radiators). If exterior
cooling is used, the material used shall be either 304 or 400 series stainless
steel or galvanized for Maritime Electric and 3161, stainless steel for
Newfoundland Power. Exterior cooling shall be painted as per Clause 8.0 of CSA
DTWG-03.
5.2.1.6 Internal
Flange
FortisAlberta:
FortisBC:
Four
foundation clamps as shown in Figure 1 of this specification shall be supplied
with each transformer.
5.2.1.7 Doors
and. Roof
FortisAlberta:
FortisBC:
For
transformers rated at 12470GrdY/7200 volts only, the bonding between the tank
and the compartment side, sill, door and roof shall be flexible rubber or
neoprene coated copper jumpers of #6 A WG or larger.
5.3 Fusing
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Schedule
B – Statement of Work
|
Maritime
Electric:
Transformers
shall be fused as per CSA DTWG-03.
Newfoundland
Power:
Transformers
shall be fused as per CSA DTWG-03 except, unless specified in the tender
document, radial feed transformers shall be supplied without
fusing.
5.3.1 Bayonet
Fuse Assembly
FortisAlberta:
FortisBC:
All
transformers shall be equipped with a two-fuse system, consisting of replaceable
bayonet fuses, RTE type or equivalent, with flapper sidewall mount fuse assembly
(Cooper Cat #4000361C99FV or equivalent) as per. Table 11 of CSA Purchasing
Specification DTWG-03, and under oil partial range back up current limiting
fuses (CLF), RTE type ELSP or equivalent. The voltage rating of the CLF shall be
greater than or equal to the phase-to-neutral voltage of the transformer in the
highest tap position, and for transformers with rated primary voltage of
24940GrdY/14400 volts, the voltage rating of the CLF shall be 23 kV. The
manufacturer will ensure that the CLF supplied coordinates with the bayonet fuse
at the transformer designed impedance. The connection of the fuses shall be as
per Figure 7 of CSA DTWG-03.
6.1.2 High-Voltage
Bushings
6.1.2.1
FortisAlberta:
FortisBC:
High
voltage bushing wells have replaceable studs and shall be externally clamped
(ELASTIMOLD K1 601PCC-R or equivalent).
Maritime
Electric:
The high
voltage bushings shall be short shank universal bushing well. In addition, the
bushing well shall be fitted with a load break thermoplastic busing insert (RTE
or Elastimold) and protected with a cap. All current carrying elements are to be
copper based material.
Newfoundland
Power:
The high
voltage bushings shall be short shank universal bushing well. Transformers shall
be supplied without loadbreak bushing inserts. The universal bushing well shall
be protected by a shipping cap.
Maritime
Electric:
Newfoundland
Power:
Transformers
with high voltage loop feed shall have the loop feed feature internally
connected and capable of carrying 200 Amperes (continuous) and 10,000 Amperes
(Symmetrical) for 0.17 seconds, minimum X/R = 6.
6.1.3 Low-Voltage
Bushings
6.1.3.1
FortisAlberta:
FortisBC:
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Schedule
B – Statement of Work
|
Low
voltage bushings for transformers with 480Y/277 volt secondary shall be spade
type and of sizes equivalent to 600Y/347 volt secondary as per Table 9 and
Figure. 10 of CSA Purchasing Specification DTWG-03.
Dimensions
of spade terminals must be closely followed as per. Figure 10 of DTWG-03.
Terminals may be used to accommodate CGE type JABO current
transformers.
6.2.2 Grounding
Assembly
FortisAlberta:
FortisBC:
For
transformers rated at 12470GrdY/7200 volts only, the grounding assembly as per
clause 6.2.2 of DTWG-03 shall be made of stainless steel.
6.2.3 Neutral
Terminal
FortisAlberta:
FortisBC:
The
connection between the neutral terminal and the ground bus shall be either
aluminum or stainless steel of suitable ampacity.
7.2 Routine
Tests
FortisAlberta:
FortisBC:
Certified
Test Reports shall be submitted to FortisAlberta/FortisBC before shipment. Any
discrepancy between the guaranteed and the test results shall be
noted.
8.1 Finish
Performance
The
exterior finish shall conform to ANSI C57.12.28, latest revision, except the
salt spray test acceptance criteria shall be 1500 hours.
Maritime
Electric:
Newfoundland
Power:
The salt
spray test painted panel shall conform to ANSI C57.12.29. The scribe through the
paint for evaluation shall be at right angles to the weld bead. The samples
shall be made using normal production welding material and
equipment.
Provisions
shall be made so that water does not accumulate on top of the transformer tank
compartment.
8.2 Colour
FortisAlberta:
FortisBC:
The
exterior finish shall be seafoam green, Munsell 4.82 G 4.07/3.35.
Maritime
Electric:
Newfoundland
Power:
Transformer
shall be painted equipment green Munsell 9 GY 1.5/2.6. Munsell gray shall also
be provided if specified in the tender document.
9.1.3 Information
on Nameplate
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Schedule
B – Statement of Work
|
The
following additional information shall be included on the combination
nameplate:
a) FortisAlberta/FortisBC
material item number
b) Year
and month the transformer is shipped (e.g., 95/01)
9.4.3.4 Electrical
Hazard Warning Signs
FortisAlberta:
FortisBC:
Caution
Sign as per Figure 3 of this specification shall be stenciled or decaled in
yellow on the exterior of the low voltage compartment door as shown in Figure
2.
Danger
Sign as per Figure 4 of this specification shall be stenciled or decaled in
white on the exterior of the high voltage compartment door as shown in Figure
2.
9.4.4.4 Stock
Code No.
FortisAlberta:
FortisBC:
In
addition, the kVA rating, year and month the transformer is shipped, in 50 mm
lettering, shall be stenciled or decaled in white on the exterior of the low
voltage compartment door, below the caution sign as shown in Figure 2 of this
specification. The FortisAlbertalFortisBC Material Item Number, in 25 mm
lettering, shall be stenciled or decaled in white on the exterior of they high
voltage compartment door as shown in Figure 2. All of the above information
shall also be punched on the nameplate.
10. Optional
Items
FortisAlberta:
FortisBC:
(a)
|
Loop
feed transformers shall be equipped with two sets of three phase, two
position, line loadbreak switches (SWA and SWB) meeting the requirements
of clause 5.1.12 of CSA DTWG-03 and connected as per Figure 7 of CSA
DTWG-03. A transformer winding switch is not
required.
|
(i)
|
For
750 kVA and larger transformers, a top oil temperature gauge with a drag
hand for maximum temperature indication shall be installed and located
above the low voltage bushings.
|
Maritime
Electric:
Newfoundland
Power:
(f)
|
When
specified, the transformer shall have two 2-’4% taps above rated voltage
and two 2-V2% taps below rated voltage on the high voltage winding. Units
for Maritime Electric shall be equipped with taps as indicated
above.
|
(i)
|
All
transformers for Maritime Electric shall be supplied with a thermometer of
the maximum indicating type.
|
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Schedule
B – Statement of Work
|
(k)
|
If
specified in the tender document, the transformers shall be supplied with
bar code labels.
|
11. Packaging
Maritime
Electric:
Newfoundland
Power:
Each
transformer shall be shipped on a pallet as a completely assembled unit and
suitably packed so as to insure delivery in good condition.
Each
transformer shall be shipped in an open-top carrier so as to allow easy removal
with a crane.
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Schedule
B – Statement of Work
|
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Schedule
B – Statement of Work
|
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Schedule
B – Statement of Work
|
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Schedule
B – Statement of Work
|
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Schedule
B – Statement of Work
|
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Schedule
B – Statement of Work
|
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Schedule
B – Statement of Work
|
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Schedule
B – Statement of Work
|
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Schedule
B – Statement of Work
|
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Schedule
B – Statement of Work
|
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Schedule C
– Payment for Work
|
TABLE
OF CONTENTS
1.
|
GENERAL
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.1
Definitions
|
1
|
|
1.2
Full
and Complete Payment
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
2.
|
INVOICING
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.1
Items
Ordered
|
1
|
|
2.2
Accounts Payable
Addresses
|
1
|
|
2.3
Payment
of Invoices
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
3.
|
CONTRACT PRICE
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
4.
|
CONTRACT AWARD
|
|
2
|
Distribution
Transformers
1.
General
Definitions
Capitalized
terms used and not defined in this "Schedule C Payment for Work" shall have the
meaning given thereto in the General Conditions where so defined.
Full
and Complete Payment
As full
and complete payment for the performance of the Work and the discharge of all
obligations of the Utilities under the Contract, the Utilities shall pay
Supplier the. Contract Price as set forth in Clause 3 of this "Schedule C -
Payment for Work."
2.
Invoicing
Items Ordered
The
Contract Price on items shall be paid based on the shipment of the
material. Supplier shall submit invoices based on the work performed
and materials delivered to destination.
Accounts
Payable Addresses
Newfoundland
Power Inc.
55
Kenmount Road
St.
John's, NL
A1B3P6
Maritime
Electric Company, Limited
180 Kent
Street
P.O Box
1328
Charlottetown,
PE CIA 7N2
FortisAlberta
Inc.
P.O Box
2570
Station
"M"
Calgary,
AB T2P 5H4
FortisBC
Inc.
Landmark
IV
5th
Floor, 1628 Dickson Avenue
Kelowna,
BC VI Y 9X1
Payment of Invoices
The
Utilities shall pay approved invoice amounts or approved portions thereof within
thirty (30) days of receipt of the invoice.
Supplier
may offer a discount for early payment.
Distribution
Transformers
3. Contract
Price
The Contract Price is set using the information provided by the successful
Supplier(s) in the "Bid Form".
4. Contract
Award
The
Contract was awarded for the items as per the following items attached. The
quantities awarded are estimates only.
[XX]
Distribution
Transformers
BID
FORM
National
Distribution Transformers
February
6, 2006
05-041
For:
Newfoundland
Power Inc.
Maritime
Electric Company, Limited
FortisAlberta
Inc.
FortisBC
Inc.
IDENTIFICATION OF
BIDDER
Pioneer
Transformers Ltd.
(Name of Bidder)
506
Henderson Drive, Regina, SK S4N 5X2
(Address of office of Bidder)
612
Chemin Bernard, Granby, Quebec, J2G 8E5
(Bidder’s
Address)
Hereinafter
called the "Bidder", hereby declares that the Bidder is a corporation duly
incorporated under the laws of the Province of
Quebec:
February 28th, 1995
(Jurisdiction and Date of Incorporation)
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland
Power Inc.
|
Bid
Form
|
1. ADMINISTRATION
1.1. Pricing
Precedence
The
Bidder agrees that at the end of the contract, the total contract price shall be
determined by the actual quantities multiplied by the unit prices set forth as
adjusted by any changes approved in accordance with the Contract
Documents.
1.2. Personnel
The Supplier Personnel:
2. PRICES
The
undersigned Bidder, having carefully examined the Bid Documents and the proposed
Work, and having full knowledge of the work required and of the material to be
furnished and used, hereby agrees to provide all necessary material,
supervision, labour, and equipment to perform and complete all work and fulfill
everything as set forth and in strict accordance with the Bid Documents and
Addenda as listed below for the sum provided in this "Bid Form"
document.
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland
Power Inc.
|
Bid
Form
|
The price
detailed below must include all work to complete the work described in “Schedule
B – Statement of Work” as per the defined milestone dates.
2.1. Firm
Pricing
Firm
Pricing for July 1, 2006 to December 31, 2006. Pricing to be provided using the
attached Utility Bid Sheets.
2.1.1. Contract
Price
The
Contract Price as defined under "Contract Price" in "Schedule C Payment for
Work." These prices will be DDP destination.
2.2. Index
Pricing
Index
Pricing for January 1, 2007 to December 31, 2007 to be based on the following
information provided by the Supplier(s)..
The items
listed in the tables represent those most commonly used by the Utilities.
[XX]
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland
Power Inc.
|
Bid
Form
|
2.2.1. Contract
Price
The
Contract Price as defined under “Contract Price” in Schedule C-Payment for Work
“These prices will be DDP destination.
Warranty
Policy (state if better than what is stated in Schedule A – General
Conditions”)
Liability
for the in/out cost is limited to [XX]% of the value of the individual
transformer.
Warranty
Turnaround (state time from the Utilities notification)
Within
48 hours of notification, Pioneer will provide and action plan to remedy the
problem. The turn around time will depend on the
problem. Pioneer will
choose between sending the transformer back to the factory or having a
local company make the necessary repairs, which ever is most convenient to
Fortis.
Additional
costs for Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) for each item
Need
clarification
Additional
costs for providing and installing the lightning arrestor bracket as per
“Schedule B-Statement of Work” Section 25.13 “8.12 Surge Arrestor Mounting
Provision”
Not
applicable
Contingency
Plans to be attached to this Bid Form
a.
|
Delivery
of urgent product requests:
|
Pioneer will make every
effort to accommodate each request.
b.
|
Weather
(ice storms, flooding, blizzards, etc) or any other
emergencies:
|
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland
Power Inc.
|
Bid
Form
|
Pioneer will make every
effort to mitigate the effects of any event
c.
|
Labor
disputes, which result in work stoppage, or work slow down for the
Supplier's
|
Pioneer has a labour
agreement in effect until 2010.
Distribution
Transformers
SIGNATURES
Distribution
Transformers
Pioneer
Transformers Reference Number 53-036-116
[XX]
Distribution
Transformers
Pioneer
Transformers – Reference Number 53-036-116
Comments and
Exceptions
Distribution
Transformers
CERTIFICATE
OF INSURANCE
Please
complete and Fax this Certificate of Insurance to Newfoundland Power; Materials
Management Fax # (709) 737-5817. Mailing address is: P.O. Box 8910, St. John's,
NL A1B 3P8
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Schedule
D – Supplier Performance Evaluation
|
Supplier Performance
Evaluation
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Schedule
D – Supplier Performance Evaluation
|
Today’s
Date: _______________
Supplier Performance
Evaluation
Distribution
Transformers
Newfoundland Power
Inc.
|
Schedule
D – Supplier Performance
Evaluation
|
September 1, 2006
Distribution
Transformers
Exhibit
10.20
ORACLE
ORACLE
LICENSE AND SERVICES AGREEMENT
A. Agreement
Definitions
“You” and
“your” refers to the individual or entity that has executed this agreement
(“agreement”) and ordered programs and/or services from Oracle Corporation
Canada Inc. (“Oracle”) or an authorized distributor. The term “ancillary
programs” refers to third party materials as specified in the program
documentation which may only be used for the purposes of installing or operating
the programs with which the ancillary programs are delivered. The term “program
documentation” refers to the program user manual and program installation
manuals. The term “programs” refers to the software products owned or
distributed by Oracle which you have ordered, program documentation, and any
program updates acquired through technical support. The term “services” refers
to technical support, education, hosted/outsourcing services, consulting or
other services which you have ordered. The term “third party programs” refers to
programs designated in an ordering document as a third party
program.
B. Applicability
of Agreement
This
agreement is valid for the order which this agreement accompanies.
C. Rights
Granted
Upon
Oracle’s acceptance of your order, you have the non-exclusive, royalty free,
perpetual (unless otherwise specified in the ordering document), limited right
to use the programs and receive any services you ordered solely for your
internal business operations and subject to the terms of this agreement,
including the definitions and rules set forth in the order and the program
documentation. For programs that are specifically designed to allow your
customers and suppliers to interact with you in the furtherance of your internal
business operations, such use is allowed under this agreement. You may allow
your agents and contractors (including, without limitation, outsourcers) to use
the programs for this purpose and you are responsible for their compliance with
this agreement in such use. If accepted, Oracle will notify you and this notice
will include a copy of your agreement. Program documentation is delivered with
the programs, or you may access the documentation online at
http://oracle.corn/contracts. Services are provided based on Oracle’s policies
for the applicable services ordered, which are subject to change, and the
specific policies applicable to you, and how to access them, will be specified
on your order (except technical support services, which are as specified in
section H of this agreement). Upon payment for services, you will have a
perpetual, non-exclusive, non-assignable, royalty free license to use for your
Internal business operations anything developed by Oracle and delivered to you
under this agreement; however, certain deliverables may be subject to additional
license terms provided in the ordering document.
The
services provided under this agreement may be related to your license to use
programs which you acquire under a separate order. The agreement referenced in
that order shall govern your use of such programs. Any services acquired from
Oracle are bid separately from such program licensee, and you may acquire either
services or such program licenses without acquiring the other.
D. Ownership
and Restrictions
Oracle or
its licensors retain all ownership and intellectual property rights to the
programs. Oracle retains all ownership and intellectual property rights to
anything developed by Oracle and delivered to you under this agreement resulting
from the services. You may make a sufficient number of copies of each program
(other than for Siebel programs), for your licensed use and one copy of each
program media. With respect to Siebel programs, you may only make a sufficient
number of copies of each such program to support the maximum number of users of
such program(s).
Third
party technology that may be appropriate or necessary for use with some Oracle
programs is specified in the program documentation, such third party technology
is licensed to you under the terms of the third party technology license
agreement specified in the program documentation and not under the terms of this
agreement.
You may
not:
•
|
remove
or modify any program markings or any notice of Oracle’s or its licensors’
proprietary rights;
|
•
|
make
the programs or materials resulting from the services available in any
manner to any third party for use in the third party’s business operations
(unless such access is expressly permitted for the specific program
license or materials from the services you have
acquired);
|
•
|
cause
or permit reverse engineering (unless required by law for
interoperability), disassembly or decompilation of the
programs;
|
•
|
disclose
results of any program benchmark tests without Oracle’s prior written
consent;
|
•
|
use
third party programs except in connection with PeopleSoft and/or JD
Edwards programs.
|
E.
Warranties,
Disclaimers and Exclusive Remedies
Oracle
warrants that a program licensed to you will operate in all material respects as
described in the applicable program documentation for one year after delivery
(i.e., via physical shipment or electronic download). You must notify Oracle of
any program warranty deficiency within one year after delivery. Oracle also
warrants that services will be provided in a professional manner consistent with
industry standards. You must notify Oracle of any services warranty deficiencies
within 90 days from performance of the defective services.
ORACLE
DOES NOT GUARANTEE THAT THE PROGRAMS WILL PERFORM ERROR-FREE OR UNINTERRUPTED OR
THAT ORACLE WILL CORRECT ALL PROGRAM ERRORS.
FOR
ANY BREACH OF THE ABOVE WARRANTIES, YOUR EXCLUSIVE REMEDY, AND ORACLE’S ENTIRE
LIABILITY, SHALL BE: (A) THE CORRECTION OF PROGRAM ERRORS THAT CAUSE BREACH OF
THE WARRANTY, OR IF ORACLE CANNOT SUBSTANTIALLY CORRECT SUCH BREACH IN A
COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE MANNER, YOU MAY END YOUR PROGRAM LICENSE AND RECOVER THE
FEES PAID TO ORACLE FOR THE PROGRAM LICENSE AND ANY UNUSED, PREPAID TECHNICAL
SUPPORT FEES YOU HAVE PAID FOR THE PROGRAM LICENSE; OR (B) THE REPERFORMANCE OF
THE DEFICIENT SERVICES, OR IF ORACLE CANNOT SUBSTANTIALLY CORRECT A BREACH IN A
COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE MANNER, YOU MAY END THE RELEVANT SERVICES AND RECOVER
THE FEES PAID TO ORACLE FOR THE DEFICIENT SERVICES.
TO
THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THESE WARRANTIES ARE EXCLUSIVE AND THERE ARE NO
OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS, INCLUDING WARRANTIES OR
CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
F. Trial
Programs
You may
order trial programs, or Oracle may include additional programs with your order
which you may use for trial, non-production purposes only. You may not use the
trial programs to provide or attend third party training on the content and/or
functionality of the programs. You have 30 days from the delivery date to
evaluate these programs. If you decide to use any of these programs after the 30
day trial period, you must obtain a license for such programs from Oracle or an
authorized distributor. If you decide not to obtain a license for any program
after the 30 day trial period, you will cease using and will delete any such
programs from your computer systems. Programs licensed for trial purposes are
provided “as is” and Oracle does not provide technical support or offer any
warranties for these programs.
G. Indemnification
If a
third party makes a claim against either you or Oracle (“Recipient” which may
refer to you or Oracle depending upon which party received the Material), that
any information, design, specification, instruction, software, data, or material
(“Material”) furnished by either you or Oracle (“Provide” which may refer to you
or Oracle depending on which party provided the Material), and used by the
Recipient infringes its intellectual property rights, the Provider, at its sole
cost and expense, will defend the Recipient against the claim and indemnify the
Recipient from the damages, liabilities, costs and expenses awarded by the court
to the third party claiming infringement or the settlement agreed to by the
Provider, if the Recipient does the following:
•
|
notifies
the Provider promptly in writing, not later than 30 days after the
Recipient receives notice of the claim (or sooner if required by
applicable law);
|
•
|
gives
the Provider sole control of the defense and any settlement negotiations;
and
|
•
|
gives
the Provider the information, authority, and assistance the Provider needs
to defend against or settle the
claim.
|
If the
Provider believes or it is determined that any of the Material may have violated
a third party’s intellectual property rights, the Provider may choose to either
modify the Material to be non-infringing (while substantially preserving its
utility or functionality) or obtain a license to allow for continued use, or if
these alternatives are not commercially reasonable, the Provider may end the
license for, and require return of, the applicable Material and refund any fees
the Recipient may have paid for it and any unused, prepaid technical support
fees you have paid for the license. If you are the Provider and such return
materially affects Oracle’s ability to meet its obligations under the relevant
order, then Oracle may, at its option and upon 30 days prior written notice,
terminate the order. The Provider will not indemnify the Recipient if the
Recipient alters the Material or uses it outside the scope of use identified in
the Provider’s user documentation or if the Recipient uses a version of the
Materials which has been superseded, if the infringement claim could have been
avoided by using an unaltered current version of the Material which was provided
to the Recipient. The Provider will not indemnify the Recipient to the extent
that an infringement claim is based upon any information, design, specification,
instruction, software, data, or material not furnished by the Provider. Oracle
will not indemnify you to the extent that an infringement claim is based upon
the combination of any Material with any products or services not provided by
Oracle. Oracle will not indemnify you for infringement caused by your actions
against any third party if the Oracle program(s) party as delivered to you and
used in accordance with the terms of this agreement would not otherwise infringe
any third par intellectual property rights. This section provides the parties’
exclusive remedy for any infringement claims or damages.
H. Technical
Support
For
purposes of the ordering document, technical support consists of annual
technical support services you may have ordered for the supportable programs.
The term “supportable programs” refers to those programs for which Oracle offers
annual technical support services, including third party programs specifically
designated on the order as supportable programs. If ordered, annual technical
support (including first year and all subsequent years) is provided under
Oracle’s technical support policies in effect at the time the services are
provided. The technical support policies, incorporated in this agreement, are
subject to change at Oracle’s discretion; however, Oracle will not materially
reduce the level of services provided for supported programs during the period
for which fees for technical support have been paid. You should review the
policies prior to entering into the ordering document for the applicable
services. You may access the current version of the technical support policies
at http://oracle.com/contracts.
Technical
support is effective upon the effective date of the ordering document unless
otherwise stated in your order. If your order was placed through the Oracle
Store, the effective date is the date your order was accepted by
Oracle.
Software
Update License & Support (or any successor technical support offering to
Software Update License & Support, “SULS”) acquired with your order may be
renewed annually and, if you renew SULS for the same number of licenses for the
same programs, for the first and second renewal years the fee for SULS, will not
increase by more than 4% over the prior year’s fees. There is no cap on fee
increases for SULS for third party programs; unless otherwise provided in your
order, the SULS fee for third party programs that are identified as supportable
programs licensed pursuant to an ordering document will equal the fee in effect
at the time SULS is renewed. If your order is fulfilled by a member of Oracle’s
partner program, the fee for SULS for the first renewal year will be the price
quoted to you by your partner; the fee for SULS for the second renewal year will
not increase by more than 4% over the prior year’s fees. There is no cap on fee
increases for SULS for third party programs; unless otherwise provided in your
order, the SULS fee for third party programs that are identified as supportable
programs licensed pursuant to an ordering document will equal the fee in effect
at the time SULS is renewed.
If you
decide to purchase technical support for any license within a license set, you
are required to purchase technical support at the same level for all licenses
within that license set. You may desupport a subset of licenses in a license set
only if you agree to terminate that subset of licenses. The technical support
fees for the remaining licenses will be priced in accordance with the technical
support policies in effect at the time of termination. Oracle’s license set
definition is available in the current technical support policies. If you decide
not to purchase technical support, you may not update any unsupported program
licenses with new versions of the program.
I. End
of Agreement
If either
of us breaches a material term of this agreement and fails to correct the breach
within 30 days of written specification of the breach, then the breaching party
is in default and the non-breaching party may terminate this agreement. If
Oracle ends this agreement as specified in the preceding sentence, you must pay
within 30 days all amounts which have accrued prior to such end, as well as all
sums remaining unpaid for programs ordered and/or services received under this
agreement plus related taxes and expenses. If Oracle ends the license for a
program under the Indemnification section, you must pay within 30 days all
amounts for such license which have accrued prior to such end, as well as all
sums remaining unpaid for services related thereto received under this agreement
plus related taxes and expenses. Except for nonpayment of fees, the
non-breaching party may agree in its sole discretion to extend the 30 day period
for so long as the breaching party continues reasonable efforts to cure the
breach. You agree that if you are in default under this agreement, you may not
use those programs and/or services ordered. You further agree that if you have
used an Oracle Financing Division contract to pay for the fees due under an
order and you are in default under that contract, you may not use the programs
and/or services that are subject to such contract. Provisions that survive
termination or expiration are those relating to limitation of liability,
infringement indemnity, payment, and others which by their nature are intended
to survive.
J. Fees
and Taxes
All fees
payable to Oracle are due within 30 days from the invoice date. You agree to pay
any sales, value-added or other similar taxes imposed by applicable law that
Oracle must pay based on the programs and/or services you ordered, except for
taxes based on Oracle’s income. Also, you will reimburse Oracle for reasonable
expenses related to providing the services. Fees for services listed in an
ordering document are exclusive of taxes and expenses. You agree that you have
not relied on the future availability of any programs or updates in entering
into the payment obligations in your ordering document; however, (a) if you
order SULS for programs, the preceding sentence does not relieve Oracle of its
obligation to provide updates under your ordering document, if-and-when
available, in accordance with Oracle’s then current technical support policies,
and (b) the preceding sentence does not change the rights granted to you for any
program licensed under your ordering document, per the terms of your ordering
document and this agreement.
K. Nondisclosure
By virtue
of this agreement, the parties may have access to information that is
confidential to one another (“confidential information”). We each agree to
disclose only information that is required for the performance of obligations
under this agreement. Confidential information shall be limited to the terms and
pricing under this agreement and all information clearly identified as
confidential at the time of disclosure.
A party’s
confidential information shall not include information that: (a) is or becomes a
part of the public domain through no act or omission of the other party; (b) was
in the other party’s lawful possession prior to the disclosure and had not been
obtained by the other party either directly or indirectly from the disclosing
party; (c) is lawfully disclosed to the other party by a third party without
restriction on the disclosure; or (d) is independently developed by the other
party.
We each
agree to hold each other’s confidential information in confidence for a period
of three years from the date of disclosure. Also, we each agree to disclose
confidential information only to those employees or agents who are required to
protect it against unauthorized disclosure. Nothing shall prevent either party
from disclosing the terms or pricing under this agreement or orders submitted
under this agreement in any legal proceeding arising from or in connection with
this agreement or disclosing the confidential information to a federal or
provincial governmental entity as required by law.
L. Entire
Agreement
You agree
that this agreement and the information which is incorporated into this
agreement by written reference (including reference to information contained in
a URL or referenced policy), together with the applicable ordering document, are
the complete agreement for the programs and/or services ordered by you, and that
this agreement supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements or
representations, written or oral, regarding such programs and/or services. If
any term of this agreement is found to be invalid or unenforceable, the
remaining provisions will remain effective and such term shall be replaced with
a term consistent with the purpose and intent of this agreement. It is expressly
agreed that the terms of this agreement and any Oracle ordering document shall
supersede the terms in any purchase order or other non-Oracle ordering document
and no terms included in any such purchase order or other non-Oracle ordering
document shall apply to the programs and/or services ordered. This agreement and
ordering documents may not be modified and the rights and restrictions may not
be altered or waived except in a writing signed or accepted online through the
Oracle Store by authorized representatives of you and of Oracle. Any notice
required under this agreement shall be provided to the other party in
writing.
M. Limitation
of Liability
NEITHER
PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, PUNITIVE, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR ANY LOSS OF PROFITS, REVENUE, DATA, OR DATA USE.
ORACLE’S MAXIMUM LIABILITY FOR ANY DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS
AGREEMENT OR YOUR ORDER, WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL BE
LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT OF THE FEES YOU PAID ORACLE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, AND IF
SUCH DAMAGES RESULT FROM YOUR USE OF PROGRAMS OR SERVICES, SUCH LIABILITY SHALL
BE LIMITED TO THE FEES YOU PAID ORACLE FOR THE DEFICIENT PROGRAM OR SERVICES
GIVING RISE TO THE LIABILITY.
N. Export
Export
laws and regulations of Canada and the United States and any other relevant
local export laws and regulations apply to the programs. You agree that such
export control laws govern your use of the programs (including technical data)
and any services deliverables provided under this agreement, and you agree to
comply with all such export laws and regulations (including “deemed export” and
“deemed re-export” regulations). You agree that no data, information, program
and/or materials resulting from services (or direct product thereof) will be
exported, directly or indirectly, in violation of these laws, or will be used
for any purpose prohibited by these laws including, without limitation, nuclear,
chemical, or biological weapons proliferation, or development of missile
technology.
O. Other
1.
|
This
agreement is governed by the laws of the Province of Ontario and you and
Oracle agree to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of, and venue in, the
courts in Toronto, Ontario in any dispute arising out of or relating to
this agreement. You and Oracle have agreed that this agreement be drafted
in English. Vous et Oracle avez convenu que ce contrat soit rédigé en
anglais.
|
2.
|
If
you have a dispute with Oracle or if you wish to provide a notice under
the Indemnification section of this agreement, or if you become subject to
insolvency or other similar legal proceedings, you will promptly send
written notice to: Oracle Corporation Canada Inc., 110 Matheson Blvd. W.,
Suite 100, Mississauga, ON, L5R 3P4, Attention: General Counsel, Legal
Department.
|
3.
|
You
may not assign this agreement or give or transfer the programs and/or any
services or an interest in them to another individual or entity. If you
grant a security interest in the programs and/or any services
deliverables, the secured party has no right to use or transfer the
programs and/or any services deliverables, and if you decide to finance
your acquisition of the programs and/or any services, you will follow
Oracle’s policies regarding financing which are at
http://oracle.com/contracts
.
|
4.
|
Except
for actions for nonpayment or breach of Oracle’s proprietary rights, no
action, regardless of form, arising out of or relating to this agreement
may be brought by either party more than two years after the cause of
action has accrued.
|
5.
|
Upon
45 days written notice, Oracle may audit your use of the programs. You
agree to cooperate with Oracle’s audit and provide reasonable assistance
and access to information. Any such audit shall not unreasonably interfere
with your normal business operations. You agree to pay within 30 days of
written notification any fees applicable to your use of the programs in
excess of your license rights. If you do not pay, Oracle can end your
technical support, licenses and/or this agreement. You agree that Oracle
shall not be responsible for any of your costs incurred in cooperating
with the audit.
|
P. Force
Majeure
Neither
of us shall be responsible for failure or delay of performance if caused by: an
act of war, hostility, or sabotage; act of God; electrical, interact, or
telecommunication outage that is not caused by the obligated party; government
restrictions (including the denial or cancellation of any export or other
license); other event outside the reasonable control of the obligated party. We
both will use reasonable efforts to mitigate the effect of a force majeure
event. If such event continues for more than 90 days; either of us may cancel
unperformed services upon written notice. This section does not excuse either
party’s obligation to take reasonable steps to follow its normal disaster
recovery procedures or your obligation to pay for programs delivered or services
provided.
Q. License
Definitions and Rules
To fully
understand your license grant, you need to review the definition for the
licensing metric and term designation as well as the licensing rules which are
listed below.
Adapter
: is defined as each
software code interface, installed on each Oracle Internet Application Server
Enterprise Edition, which facilitates communication of information between each
version of a third party software application or system and Oracle
programs.
SM Annual Transaction Volume
:
is defined as one million one hundred and twenty-two thousand, two hundred
Canadian dollars ($1,122,200.00) in all purchase orders transacted and all
auctions conducted through the Oracle Exchange Marketplace by you and others
during the applicable year of the Oracle Exchange Marketplace license,
regardless of whether any such auction results in a purchase order, provided
that an auction resulting in a purchase order shall only be counted against the
Annual Transaction Volume once.
Applications National Language
Support (NLS) Supplement Media Packs
: Please be advised that only a
subset of the products included on an Applications NLS Supplement Media Pack
have been translated. For existing supported customers, MetaLink has information
on which products have been translated for the supported languages (
http://metalink.oragle.com
).
For new or unsupported customers, please contact your Oracle Account Manager for
this information.
Application User, Enterprise Asset
Management (EAM) User, Field Sales User, Financials User, Inventory/Shipping
User, Marketing User, Manufacturing User, Purchasing User, TeleSales
User
: is defined as an individual authorized by you to use the applicable
licensed application programs which are installed on a single server or on
multiple servers regardless of whether the individual is actively using the
programs at any given time. If you license the Self Service Work Request option
in conjunction with EAM, you are required to maintain licenses for the
equivalent number of EAM Users licensed and you are granted unlimited access to
initiate work requests, view work request status and view scheduled completion
dates for your entire employee population. Application Users licensed for Order
Management are allowed to manually enter orders directly into the programs but
any orders entered electronically from other sources must be licensed
separately.
Application Read-Only User
: is
defined as an individual authorized by you to run only queries or reports
against the application program for which you have also acquired non read-only
licenses.
Beacon
: is defined as each
target that is deployed and managed by the program that measures the response
time of remote software or hardware interfaces by communicating with those
interfaces over protocols, api’s or programmatic interactions and measuring the
total time elapsed between the initiation of communication and completion of the
associated response from the remote interface.
Case Report Form (CRF) Page
:
is defined as the “electronic equivalent” of what would be the total number of
physical paper pages initiated remotely by the program (measured explicitly in
the program as Received Data Collection Instruments) during a 12-month period.
You may not exceed the licensed number of CRF Pages during any 12-month period
unless you acquire additional CRF Page licenses from Oracle.
Collaboration Program User
: is
defined as an individual authorized by you to use the programs which are
installed on a single server or on multiple servers regardless of whether the
individual is actively using the programs at any given time. For the purposes of
counting and licensing the number of Real Time Collaboration users, a
Collaboration Program User within your company is defined as a user able to
initiate, or host, a web conference and also participate in a web conference;
all participants in the web conference external to your company and attending a
web conference are not required to be licensed.
Compensated Individual
: is
defined as an individual whose compensation or compensation calculations are
generated by the programs. The term Compensated Individual includes, but is not
limited to, your employees, contractors, retirees, and any other
Person.
Computer
: is defined as the
computer on which the programs are installed. A Computer license allows you to
use the licensed program on a single specified computer.
Connector
: is defined as each
connector connecting the software product with an external product. A unique
connector is required for each distinct product that the software product is
required to interface.
$M Cost of Goods Sold
: is
defined as one million one hundred and twenty-two thousand, two hundred Canadian
dollars ($1,122,200.00) in the total cost of inventory that a company has sold
during their fiscal year. If Cost of Goods Sold is unknown to you then Cost of
Goods Sold shall be equal to 75% of total company revenue.
Developer User
: is defined as
an individual authorized by you to use the programs which are installed on a
single server or multiple servers, regardless of whether the individual is
actively using the programs at any given time. Developer Users may create,
modify, view and interact with the programs and documentation.
Electronic Order Line
: is
defined as the total number of distinct order lines entered electronically into
the Oracle Order Management application from any source (not manually entered by
licensed Order Management Users, Professional Users 2003, or Professional Users
2003 - External) during a 12 month period. This includes order lines originating
as external EDI/XML transactions and/or sourced from other Oracle and non-Oracle
applications. You may not exceed the licensed number of order lines during any
12-month period.
Employee
: is defined as an
active employee of yours. (
note: The value of these
applications is determined by the size of the active employee population and not
the number of actual users. Therefore, all of your active employees must be
included in your order when licensing these applications
.)
Employee User
: is defined as
an individual authorized by you to use the programs which are installed on a
single server or multiple servers, regardless of whether or not the individual
is actively using the programs at any given time.
Expense Report
: is defined as
the total number of expense reports processed by Internet Expenses during a
12-month period. You may not exceed the licensed number of expense reports
during any 12-month period.
Federated Link
: is defined as
a one-to-one pairing between a source domain and a destination domain. A source
domain is the point of origin for a request. A destination domain contains the
resource that users from source domains want to access. One source domain might
have many pairings with different destination domains and one destination domain
might have many pairings with different source domains, Each and every pairing
is a federated link.
Field Technician
: is defined
as an engineer, technician, representative, or other person who is dispatched by
you, including the dispatchers, to the field using the programs.
$M Freight under Management
:
is defined as is defined as one million one hundred and twenty-two thousand, two
hundred Canadian dollars ($1,122,200.00) the total transportation value of
tendered orders for all shipments for a given calendar year during the term of
the license. FUM shall include the combined total of actual freight purchased by
you, plus the cost of freight for shipments managed by you (e.g., you are not
purchasing transportation services on behalf of your clients but are providing
transportation management services for your clients). Freight that is paid by a
third party shall also be included in the FUM total (e.g., inbound shipments
from suppliers to you with freight terms of prepaid).
Full Time Equivalent (FTE)
Student
: is defined as any full-time student enrolled in your institution
and any part-time student enrolled in your institution counts as 25% of an FTE
Student. The definition of “full-time” and “part-time” is based on your policies
for student classification. If the number of FTE Students is a fraction, that
number will be rounded to the nearest whole number for purposes of license
quantity requirements.
Hosted Named User
: is defined
as an individual authorized by you to access the hosted service, regardless of
whether the individual is actively accessing the hosted service at any given
time.
Implementation Services, Packaged
Methods, Architecture Services, Accelerator Services, Assessment Services and
Workshops
: Each Implementation Service, Packaged Method, Architecture
Service, Accelerator Service, Assessment Service and Workshop is provided
subject to the statement of obligation for that particular offering and Oracle’s
consulting services policies. Oracle’s consulting services policies may be
accessed at
http://oracle.com/contracts
,
and are subject to change.
1K Invoice Line
: is
defined as one thousand invoice line items processed by the program during a 12
month period. You may not exceed the licensed number of Invoice Lines during any
12 month period unless you acquire additional Invoice Line licenses from
Oracle.
Learning Credits
: may be used
to acquire education products and services offered in the Oracle University
online catalogue posted at
http://www.oracle.com/education
under the terms specified therein. Learning credits may only be used to acquire
products and services at the list price in effect at the time you order the
relevant product or service, and may not be used for any product or service that
is subject to a discount or a promotion when you order the relevant product or
service. The list price will be reduced by applying the discount specified in
your order. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the previous three
sentences, learning credits may also be used to pay taxes, materials and/or
expenses related to your order; however, the discount specified above will not
be applied to such taxes, materials and/or expenses. Learning credits are valid
for a period of 12 months from the date your order is accepted by Oracle, and
you must acquire products and must use any acquired services prior to the end of
such period. You may only use learning credits in the country in which you
acquired them, may not use them as a payment method for additional learning
credits, and may not use different learning credits accounts to acquire a single
product or service or to pay related taxes, materials and/or expenses. Learning
credits are non-transferable and non-assignable. You may be required to execute
standard Oracle ordering materials when using learning credits to order products
or services.
$M in Managed Assets
: is
defined as one million one hundred and twenty-two thousand, two hundred Canadian
dollars ($1,122,200.00) of the following total: (1) Book value of investment in
capital leases, direct financing leases and other finance leases, including
residuals, whether owned or managed for others, active on the program, plus (2)
Book value of assets on operating leases, whether owned or managed for others,
active on the program, plus (3) Book value of loans, notes, conditional sales
contracts and other receivables, owned or managed for others, active on the
program, plus (4) Book value of non earning assets, owned or managed for others,
which were previously leased and active on the program, including assets from
term terminated leases and repossessed assets, plus (5) Original cost of assets
underlying leases and loans, originated and active on the program, then sold
within the previous 12 months.
Membership
: is defined as an
individual authorized by you to access the hosted service, regardless of whether
the individual is accessing the hosted service at any given time.
Module
: is defined as each
production database running the programs.
Named User Plus
: is defined as
an individual authorized by you to use the programs which are installed on a
single server or multiple servers, regardless of whether the individual is
actively using the programs at any given time. A non human operated device will
be counted as a named user plus in addition to all individuals authorized to use
the programs, if such devices can access the programs. If multiplexing hardware
or software (e.g., a TP monitor or a web server product) is used, this number
must be measured at the multiplexing front end. Automated batching of data from
computer to computer is permitted. You are responsible for ensuring that the
named user plus per processor minimums are maintained for the programs contained
in the user minimum table in the licensing rules section; the minimums table
provides for the minimum number of named users plus required and all actual
users must be licensed.
For the
purposes of the following programs: Configuration Management Pack for Non-Oracle
Systems, System Monitoring Plug-in for Hosts, System Monitoring Plug-in for Non
Oracle Databases, System Monitoring Plug-in for Non Oracle Middleware and
Provisioning Pack, only the users of the third party program, that is being
managed/monitored are counted for the purpose of determining the number of
licenses required.
For the
purposes of the following programs: Application Management Pack for Oracle
E-Business Suite, Application Management Pack for Siebel, and Application
Management Pack for PeopleSoft Enterprise, all users of the middleware and/or
database software that support the respective application program are counted
for the purpose of determining the number of licenses required.
Network Device
: is defined as
the hardware and/or software whose primary purpose is to route and control
communications between computers or computer networks. Examples of network
devices include but are not limited to, routers, firewalls and network load
balancers.
Non Employee User - External
:
is defined as an individual, who is not your employee, contractor or outsourcer,
authorized by you to use the programs which are installed on a single server or
multiple servers, regardless of whether or not the individual is actively using
the programs at any given time.
Oracle Finance Division
Contract
: is a contract between you and Oracle (or one of Oracle’s
affiliates) that provides for payments over time of some or all of the sums due
under your order.
Oracle University Knowledge Center
Service
: is defined as a web based learning environment hosted by Oracle
that provides on demand access to either an individual Oracle University
training course (“Online Course”) or to all of the Oracle University training
courses available on the Knowledge Center website (“Passport”). The Oracle
University Knowledge Center service is available at
http://www.oracle.corn/education/oukc/
,
and is made available to you subject to the terms of this agreement and Oracle
University’s Online Hosting Access Policies, which are located at
httn://www.oracle.com/education/oukc/hostingpolicies.html
and may be updated by Oracle from time to time without notice to you. Online
Courses are made available on a named user basis, and the Passport is made
available on a membership basis. In the event that any Oracle programs are made
available for download as part of the service, then use of such programs is
subject to the terms of this agreement. If you acquire the Oracle University
Knowledge Center service, the term shall be one year from the effective date of
your order.
NOTWITHSTANDING
ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY IN THE AGREEMENT, ORACLE DOES NOT WARRANT THAT THE
ORACLE UNIVERSITY KNOWLEDGE CENTER SERVICE WILL BE PROVIDED UNINTERRUPTED OR
ERROR-FREE.
Order Line
: is defined as the
total number of order entry line items processed by the program during a 12
month period. Multiple order entry line items may be entered as part of an
individual customer order or quote and may also be automatically generated by
the Oracle Configuration. You may not exceed the licensed number of Order Lines
during any 12 month period unless you acquire additional Order Line licenses
from Oracle.
Order Management User
: is
defined as an individual authorized by you to use the applicable licensed
application programs which are installed on a single server or on multiple
servers regardless of whether the individual is actively using the programs at
any given time. Order Management Users are allowed to manually enter orders
directly into the programs but any orders entered electronically from other
sources must be licensed separately.
Orders
: is defined as the
total number of distinct orders for all programs that are a part of Electronic
Orders, entered electronically (not manually entered by licensed professional
users) through EDI, XML or other electronic means including purchase orders
transmitted from Oracle Purchasing, during a 12-month period. You may not exceed
the licensed number of orders during any 12-month period.
Partner Organization
: is
defined as an external third party business entity that provides value-added
services in developing, marketing and selling your products. Depending upon the
type of industry, partner organizations play different roles and are recognized
by different names such as reseller, distributor, agent, dealer or
broker.
Person
: is defined as your
employee or contractor who is actively working on behalf of your organization or
a former employee who has one or more benefit plans managed by the system or
continues to be paid through the system. For Time and Labor, a person is defined
as an employee or contractor whose time or labor (piece work) or absences are
managed by the application. For Project Resource Management, a person is defined
as an individual who is scheduled on a project. For Internet Time, a person is
defined as an individual who is charging time to a project via the application.
The total number of licenses needed is to be based on the peak number of
part-time and full-time people whose records are recorded in the
system.
Ported Number
: is defined as
the telephone number that end users retain as they change from one service
provider to another. This telephone number originally resides on a telephone
switch and is moved into the responsibility of another telephone
switch.
Processor
: shall be defined as
all processors where the Oracle programs are installed and/or running. Programs
licensed on processor basis may be accessed by your internal users (including
agents and contractors) and by your third party users. For the purposes of
counting the number of processors which require licensing for a Sun UltraSPARC
T1 processor with 4, 6 or 8 cores at 1.0 gigahertz or 8 cores at 1.2 gigahertz
for only those servers specified on the Sun Server Table which can be accessed
at
http://oracle.com/contracts
,
“n” cores shall be determined by multiplying the total number of cores by a core
processor licensing factor of .25. For the purposes of counting the number of
processors which require licensing for AMD and Intel multicore chips, “n” cores
shall be determined by multiplying the total number of cores by a core processor
licensing factor of .50. For the purposes of counting the number of processors
which require licensing for all hardware platforms not otherwise specified in
this section, a multicore chip with “n” cores shall be determined by multiplying
“n” cores by a core processor licensing factor of .75. All cores on all
multicore chips for each licensed program for each core processor licensing
factor listed above are to be aggregated before multiplying by the appropriate
core processor licensing factor and all fractions of a number are to be rounded
up to the next whole number. Notwithstanding the above, when licensing Oracle
Standard Edition One or Standard Edition programs on servers with a maximum of 1
processor with 1 or 2 cores, only 1 processor shall be counted.
For
example, a Sun UltraSPARC T1 based server installed and/or running the program
on 6 cores would require 2 processor licenses (6 multiplied by a core processor
licensing factor of .25 equals 1.50 which is then rounded up to the next whole
number which is 2). An Intel or AMD based server installed and/or running the
program on 7 cores would require 4 processor licenses (7 multiplied by a core
processor licensing factor of .50 equals 3.50 which is then rounded up to the
next whole number which is 4). Two multicore servers, for hardware platforms not
specified above, installed and/or running the program on 10 cores would require
8 processor licenses (10 multiplied by a core processor licensing factor of .75
equals 7.50 which is then rounded up to the next whole number which is
8).
For the
purposes of the following programs: Configuration Management Pack for Non-Oracle
Systems, System Monitoring Plug-in for Hosts, System Monitoring Plug-in for Non
Oracle Databases, System Monitoring Plug-in for Non Oracle Middleware and
Provisioning Pack, only the processors on which the third party program that is
being managed/monitored are running are counted for the purpose of determining
the number of licenses required.
For the
purposes of the following programs: Application Management Pack for Oracle
E-Business Suite, Application Management Pack for Siebel, and Application
Management Pack for PeopleSoft Enterprise, all processors on which the
middleware and/or database software that support the respective application
program are running are counted for the purpose of determining the number of
licenses required.
For the
Healthcare Transaction Base program, only the processors on which Internet
Application Server Enterprise Edition and this program are installed and/or
running are counted for the purpose of determining the number of licenses
required. For the iSupport, iStore and Configurator programs, only the
processors on which Internet Application Server (Standard Edition and/or
Enterprise Edition) and the licensed program are running are counted for the
purpose of determining the number of licenses required for the licensed program;
under these licenses you may also install and/or run the licensed program on the
processors where a licensed Oracle Database (Standard Edition and/or Enterprise
Edition) is installed and/or running. With respect to the Customer Data Hub
program, in determining the number of licenses required, only processors on
which both Oracle Database Enterprise Edition and the Customer Data Hub program
are running in production shall be counted.
Purchase Line
: is defined as
the total number of purchase line items processed by the application during a
12-month period. Multiple purchase lines may be created on either a requisition
or purchase order or may be automatically generated by other Oracle Application
programs. For iProcurement, Purchase Lines are counted as all line items on an
approved requisition created in iProcurement. For Purchasing Intelligence,
Purchase Lines are counted as the line items on purchase orders processed
through this application. This does not include communication on the same
purchase order. For each application, you may not exceed the licensed number of
Purchase Lines during any 12-month period unless you acquire additional Purchase
Line licenses from us. You may acquire a different number of Purchase Line
licenses for each program (the number of Purchase Lines for iProcurement could
be a smaller number than for Purchasing Intelligence).
Program Documentation
: is
defined as the program user manual and program installation
manuals.
$M in Revenue
: is defined as
one million one hundred and twenty-two thousand, two hundred Canadian dollars
($1,122,200.00) in all income (interest income and non interest income) before
adjustments for expenses and taxes generated by you during a fiscal
year.
RosettaNet Partner Interface
Processes® (PIPs®)
: are defined as business processes between trading
partners. Preconfigured system-to-system XML-based dialogs for the relevant
E-Business Suite Application(s) are provided. Each preconfigured PIP includes a
business document with the vocabulary and a business process with the
choreography of the message dialog.
Service Order Line
: is defined
as the total number of service order entry line items processed by the program
during a 12 month period. Multiple service order entry line items may be entered
as part .of an individual customer service order or quote. You may not exceed
the licensed number of Service Order Lines during any 12 month period unless you
acquire additional Service Order Line licenses from Oracle.
Subscriber
: is defined as (a)
a working telephone number for all wireline devices; (b) a portable handset or
paging device that has been activated by you for wireless communications and
paging; (c) a residential drop or a nonresidential device serviced by a cable
provider; or (d) a live connected utility meter. The total number of Subscribers
is equal to the aggregate of all types of Subscribers. If your business is not
defined in the primary definition of Subscriber above, Subscriber is defined as
each Cdn. $1,122.20 increment of your gross annual revenue as reported to the
SEC in your annual report or the equivalent accounting or reporting
document.
Suite
: is defined as all the
functional software components described in the product
documentation.
Tape Drive
: is defined as
mechanical devices used to sequentially write, read and restore data from
magnetic tape media. Typically used, but not limited to, data protection and
archival purposes, tape drives are deployed either as a standalone units) or
housed within a robotic tape library. Examples of tape drive include but are not
limited to, Linear Tape Open (LTO), Digital Linear Tape (DLT), Advanced
Intelligent Type (AIT), Quarter-Inch Cartridge (QIC), Digital Audio Tape (DAT),
and 8mm Helical Scan.
Technical
Reference Manuals
Technical
Reference Manuals (“TRMs”) are Oracle’s confidential information. You shall use
the TRMs solely for your internal data processing operations for purposes of:
(a) implementing applications programs, (b) interfacing other software and
hardware systems to the applications programs and (c) building extensions to
applications programs. You shall not disclose, use or permit the disclosure or
use by others of the TRMs for any other purpose. You shall not use the TRMs to
create software that performs the same or similar functions as any of Oracle
products. You agree: (a) to exercise either at least the same degree of care to
safeguard the confidentiality of the TRMs as you exercise to safeguard the
confidentiality of your own most important confidential information or a
reasonable degree of care, whichever is greater; (b) to maintain agreements with
your employees and agents that protect the confidentiality and proprietary
rights of the confidential information of third parties such as Oracle and
instruct your employees and agents of these requirements for the TRMs; (c)
restrict disclosure of the TRMs to those of your employees and agents who have a
“need to know” consistent with the purposes for which such TRMs were disclosed;
(d) maintain the TRMs at all times on your premises; and (e) not to remove or
destroy any proprietary or confidential legends or markings placed upon the
TRMs. Oracle shall retain all title, copyright and other proprietary rights in
the TRMs. TRMs are provided to you “as-is” without any warranty of any kind.
Upon termination, you shall cease using, and shall return or destroy, all copies
of the applicable TRMs.
Terabyte
: is defined as a
terabyte of computer storage space used by a storage filer equal to one trillion
bytes.
Test
: is defined as each unit
of interaction, with a software or hardware interface for which the total time
elapsed between the initiation of communication and the completion of the
resulting response is measured. A test may run on its own or be set up in
conjunction with additional tests so that there are multiple units of
interaction. Each unit of interaction must be counted as a Test; execution of a
test or set of tests multiple times does not require additional tests. Examples
of tests include but are not limited to, an http-get for a URL, icmp-echo for an
IP address and sql-execute for a database.
Trainee
: is defined as an
employee, contractor, student or other person who is being recorded by the
program.
UPK Developer
: is defined as
an individual authorized by you to use the programs which are installed on a
single server or multiple servers, regardless of whether the individual is
actively using the programs at any given time. UPK Developers may create,
modify, view and interact with simulations and documentation.
UPK Employee
: is defined as an
active employee of yours. (note: The value of these applications is determined
by the size of the active employee population and not the number of actual
users. Therefore, all of your active employees must be included in your order
when licensing these applications). UPK Employees may view and interact with
simulations and documentation but may not create or modify simulations or
documentation.
UPK User
: is defined as an
individual authorized by you to use the programs which are installed on a single
server or multiple servers, regardless of whether the individual is actively
using the programs at any given time. UPK Users may view and interact with
simulations and documentation but may not create or modify simulations or
documentation.
Warehouse Builder Connector
:
is defined as a software product that connects an Oracle database where the
Oracle Warehouse Builder code is deployed, to an external product (e.g., SAP). A
unique connector is required for each distinct external product for which the
Oracle database is required to interface.
Workstation
: is defined as the
client computer from which the programs are being accessed, regardless of where
the program is installed.
Term
Designation
If your
program license does not specify a term, the program license is perpetual and
shall continue unless terminated as otherwise provided in the
agreement.
1, 2, 3, 4, 5 Year Terms
: A
program license specifying a 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 Year Term shall commence on the
effective date of the order and shall continue for the specified period. At the
end of the specified period the program license shall terminate.
1 Year Hosting Term
: A program
license specifying a 1 Year Hosting Term shall commence on the effective date of
the order and shall continue for a period of 1 year. At the end of the 1 year
the program license shall terminate. A program license specifying a 1 Year
Hosting Term may only be used for providing internet hosting
services.
1 Year Oracle Hosted Term
: A
program license specifying a 1 Year Oracle Hosted Term shall commence on the
effective date of the order and shall continue for a period of 1 year. At the
end of the 1 year the program license shall terminate. A program license
specifying a 1 Year Oracle Hosted Term must be hosted by Oracle.com via Computer
and Administration services.
1 Year Subscription
: A program
license specifying a 1 Year Subscription shall commence on the effective date of
the order and shall continue for a period of 1 year. At the end of the 1 year
the program license shall terminate.
Licensing
Rules
Fallover
: Your license for the
following programs, Oracle Database (Enterprise Edition, Standard Edition or
Standard Edition One), Oracle Database Enterprise Edition Options, Oracle
Internet Application Server (Enterprise Edition, Standard Edition, Standard
Edition One or Java Edition) and Oracle Internet Application Server Options,
includes the right to run the licensed program(s) on an unlicensed spare
computer in a failover environment for up to a total of ten separate days in any
given calendar year. Any use beyond the right granted in the previous sentence
must be licensed separately and the same license metric must be used when
licensing the program(s).
Testing
: For the purpose of
testing physical copies of backups, your license for the Oracle Database
(Enterprise Edition, Standard Edition or Standard Edition One) includes the
right to run the database on an unlicensed computer for up to four times, not
exceeding 2 days per testing, in any given calendar year.
Primary Usage
: Each licensed
user of the following Oracle applications is counted only once based on primary
usage: Financials, Discrete Manufacturing, Process Manufacturing, Project
Costing and Purchasing. You must specify how many users you are licensed for
each application. Primary Usage of one of the applications listed above provides
the licensed user with the right to use any or all of the other application
programs listed above for which you are licensed. This concept also apples to
Application Read-Only Users. Each Application Read Only User of any of the
applications listed above has the right to use any or all of the other
application programs listed above for which you have also acquired Application
Read-Only User licenses. Primary Usage does not provide you with the right to
use other application programs including the extensions or options to the
application programs listed above.
You are
responsible for ensuring that the following restrictions are not
violated:
•
|
Oracle
Database Standard Edition may only be used on servers that have the
ability to run a maximum of 4 single-core processors. For multicore chips,
the maximum number of cores per server is determined by multiplying the
core processor licensing factors (as specified in the processor
definition) by the number of cores. The result must be less than or equal
to 4 and the total number of cores must be less than or equal to 8. Oracle
Database Standard Edition may also be used on a single cluster of servers
supporting up to a maximum of four single-core processors per cluster (2
2-way nodes, 4 1-way nodes, or 1 1-way node and 1 3-way node). For
multicore chips, the maximum number of cores per cluster is determined by
multiplying the core processor licensing factors (as specified in the
processor definition) by the number of cores. The result must be less than
or equal to 4 and the total number of cores in the cluster must be less
than or equal to 8.
|
•
|
Oracle
Standard Edition One and Internet Application Server Standard Edition One
may only be used on servers that have the ability to run a maximum of 2
single-core processors. For multicore chips, the maximum number of cores
per server is determined by multiplying the core processor licensing
factors (as contained in the processor definition) by the number of cores.
The result must be less than or equal to 2 and the total number of cores
must be less than or equal to 4.
|
•
|
The
number of TRACE licenses (Rdb Server Option) must match the number of
licenses of the associated
database.
|
•
|
The
number of Diagnostics Pack and /or Configuration Management Pack licenses
must match the number of licenses of the associated Internet Application
Server program (Enterprise Edition, Standard Edition, Standard Edition One
or Java Edition).
|
•
|
The
number of Service Registry licenses must match the number of licenses of
the associated Internet Application Server program (Java Edition, Standard
Edition One or Standard Edition).
|
•
|
The
number of Bpel Process Manager Option, Business Activity Monitoring, XML
Publisher, Service Registry and SOA Suite for Oracle Middleware licenses
must match the number of licenses of the associated Internet Application
Server Enterprise Edition program.
|
•
|
The
number of Interactive Dashboard, Delivers, Answers, Office Plug-in and
Reporting and Publishing licenses must match the number of licenses of the
associated Business Intelligence Server Enterprise Edition
program.
|
•
|
Application
licensing prerequisites as specified in the Applications Licensing Table
which may be accessed at
http://oracle.com/contracts
.
|
•
|
For
the TimesTen In-Memory Database, Replication - TimesTen to TimesTen and
Cache Connect to Oracle programs, the number of gigabytes (GB) specified
in the program name is the maximum size of data store (aggregate of
in-memory databases or caches on a single computer system or node in a
cluster of servers) irrespective of the number of processors licensed. You
may not exceed the specified GB data store limitation unless you acquire
additional licenses from Oracle.
|
If you
purchase Named User Plus licenses for the programs listed below, you must
maintain the following user minimums and user maximums:
Program
|
Named
User Plus Minimum
|
Oracle
Database Enterprise Edition
|
25
Named Users Plus per Processor
|
Rdb
Enterprise Edition
|
25
Named Users Plus per Processor
|
Program
|
Named
User Plus Minimum
|
CODASYL
DBMS
|
25
Named Users Plus per Processor
|
TopLink
and Application Development Framework
|
10
Named Users Plus per Processor
|
Internet
Application Server Java Edition
|
10
Named Users Plus per Processor
|
Internet
Application Server Standard Edition
|
10
Named Users Plus per Processor
|
Internet
Application Server Enterprise Edition
|
10
Named Users Plus per Processor
|
BPEL
Process Manager
|
10
Named Users Plus per Processor
|
Portal
|
10
Named Users Plus per Processor
|
Integration
|
10
Named Users Plus per Processor
|
Business
Intelligence
|
10
Named Users Plus per Processor
|
Forms
and Reports
|
10
Named Users Plus per Processor
|
Web
Services Manager
|
10
Named Users Plus per Processor
|
XML
Publisher
|
10
Named Users Plus per Processor
|
Virtual
Directory
|
10
Named Users Plus per Processor
|
SOA
Suite for Non Oracle Middleware
|
10
Named Users Plus per Processor
|
Business
Activity Monitoring for Non Oracle Middleware
|
10
Named Users Plus per Processor
|
Fusion
Middleware for PeopleSoft
|
10
Named Users Plus per Processor
|
Fusion
Middleware for SAP
|
10
Named Users Plus per Processor
|
Business
Intelligence Standard Edition
|
10
Named Users Plus per
Processor
|
•
|
The
Named User Plus Minimum does not apply if the program is installed on a
one processor machine that allows for a maximum of one user per
program.
|
Program
|
Named
User Plus Maximum
|
Personal
Edition
|
1
Named User Plus per database
|
The
number of licenses for the programs listed below must match the number of
licenses of the associated database and if you purchase Named User Plus licenses
for these programs, you must maintain, at a minimum, 25 Named Users Plus per
Processor per associated database:
Real
Application Clusters, Partitioning, OLAP, Data Mining, Spatial, Advanced
Security, Label Security, Database Vault, Warehouse Builder Enterprise ETL,
Warehouse Builder Data Quality, Diagnostics Pack, Tuning Pack, Change Management
Pack, Configuration Management Pack
The
effective date of this agreement shall be May 4, 2007. (
to be
c
ompleted by
Oracle)
Company
Name: Pioneer Transformers Ltd.
|
ORACLE
CORPORATION CANADA, INC.
|
Authorized
Signature:
/s/ James A.
Wilkins
|
Authorized
Signature:
/s/
Ann
Spicer
|
Name:
James A. Wilkins
|
Name:
Ann Spicer
|
Title:
Vice President
Finance
|
Title:
Senior Manager Contract
Services
|
Signature
Date:
2/23/07
|
Signature
Date:
5/4/07
|
SPECIAL
EDITION ADDENDUM
TO
THE
ORACLE
LICENSE AND SERVICES AGREEMENT
A. PROGRAMS
AND SERVICES.
1.
|
“Oracle
E-Business Suite Special Edition” are those Oracle software programs
specifically identified in Exhibit A to this Addendum, and any updates to
such software programs that are acquired through software updates and
product support (“technical support”). The term “traditional component
programs of the Oracle E-Business Suite” refers to the following modules
of the Oracle E-Business Suite programs: Financials, Purchasing, Order,
Management, E-Business Intelligence, Inventory Management, Discrete
Manufacturing, TeleService, Field Sales,
TeleSales.
|
2.
|
If
you are acquiring technical support for the Oracle E-Business Suite
Special Edition programs you acknowledge that such technical support shall
be provided for a period of 12 months only, that such technical support is
provided under the relevant terms of the agreement, and that fees for such
technical support are due and payable annually in advance. The authorized
Oracle partner from whom you purchased licenses for the E-Business Suite
Special Edition programs and technical support will inform you of the fees
for the second year of technical support services should you elect to
purchase such services from Oracle.
|
B. ORACLE
E-BUSINESS SUITE SPECIAL EDITION TERMS
1.
|
Application
User
. For purposes of this Addendum, the term “Application User” is
defined as an individual authorized by you to use the Oracle E-Business
Suite Special Edition programs (as defined below) which are installed on a
single server or on multiple servers regardless of whether the individual
is actively using the Oracle E-Business Suite Special Edition programs at
any given time.
|
2.
|
Licensing Minimum and
Maximum
. You must purchase a minimum of 10 Application Users for
the Oracle E-Business Suite Special Edition programs and you may not
exceed more than 50 Application Users for the Oracle E-Business Suite
Special Edition programs.
|
3.
|
Modifications to
Reports Forms and/or Workbooks used with the Oracle E-Business Suite
Special Edition Programs
.
|
|
a.
|
If
you wish to make modifications implemented as Java programs which include
Java that produces html interface or Java business logic, you must
purchase: (i) JDeveloper for the total number of developers who are
not licensed for Internet Developer Suite and are building Java programs
using JDeveloper that accesses the existing application schema; (ii)
Internet Developer Suite or Discoverer Desktop Edition for the total
number of developers who are performing these modifications; (iii)
Internet Application Server Enterprise Edition for the total number of end
users or processors for which the modifications are deployed; and (iv) If
deploying client/server workbooks, Discoverer Desktop edition for the
total number of users.
|
|
b.
|
If
you wish to make modifications that require Internet Developer Suite or
Discoverer Desktop edition only (including creation/modification of
reports, forms, and workbooks), you must purchase: (i) JDeveloper for the
total number of developers who are not licensed for Internet Developer
Suite and are building Java programs using JDeveloper that accesses the
existing application schema; (ii) Internet Developer Suite or
Discoverer Desktop Edition for the total number of developers who are
performing these modifications; (iii) Internet Application Server
Enterprise Edition for the total number of end users or processors for
which the modifications are deployed; and (iv) if deploying client/server
workbooks, Discoverer Desktop edition for the total number of
users.
|
4.
|
Modifications to the
Database Program used with the Oracle E-Business Suite Special Edition
Programs
.
|
If you
wish to make any modifications, outside of those stated in 3a. or 3b. above, or
customizations to the Oracle E-Business Suite Special Edition programs or to the
Oracle database, including adding/changing tables, columns, stored procedures,
and triggers, you may no longer use the Oracle E-Business Suite Special Edition
programs and must purchase: (1) Oracle E-Business Suite or traditional component
programs of the Oracle E-Business Suite for the total number of actual users
subject to applicable licensing and pricing metrics; (2) Database Enterprise
Edition for the total number of actual users or Processors; (3) Internet
Application Server Enterprise Edition for the total number of end users or
Processors for which the modifications are deployed; (4) Internet Development
Suite and/or Discoverer Desktop Edition for the total number of developers who
are performing these modifications; (5) JDeveloper for the total number of
developers who are not licensed for Internet Development Suite and are building
Java Programs using JDeveloper that access the existing application schema; (6)
If deploying client/server workbooks, Discoverer Desktop edition for the total
number of users.
5.
|
Customer
Reference
. Oracle may refer to you as an Oracle E-Business Suite
Special Edition customer in sales presentations, marketing vehicles and
activities. In addition you agree to become part of Oracle’s reference
program by working with a representative from Oracle Marketing to define
what marketing activities you will participate in. These marketing
activities may include a reference in Oracle’s annual report, taking sales
reference calls and participating in print advertising, marketing
leadership forums and trade shows. At a minimum, you agree to develop a
customer profile for use on Oracle.com and for other promotional
activities at Oracle’s discretion. The profile will include a quote from
an executive of your company and your company’s
logo.
|
Pioneer
Transformers Ltd.
|
Oracle
Corporation Canada, Inc.
|
Authorized
Signature:
/s/ James A.
Wilkins
|
Authorized
Signature:
/s/
Ann
Spicer
|
Name:
James A. Wilkins
|
Name:
Ann Spicer
|
Title:
Vice President
Finance
|
Title:
Senior Manager Contract
Services
|
Signature
Date:
2/23/07
|
Signature
Date:
5/4/07
|
Effective
Date:
5/4/07
(to be
completed by Oracle)
|
Exhibit
A
Oracle
E-Business Suite Special Edition included Applications
Category
|
Programs
|
Intelligence
|
E-Business
Intelligence
|
Sales
|
TeleSales,
Field Sales
|
Service
|
TeleService
|
Order
Management
|
Order
Management
|
Logistics
|
Inventory
Management
|
Procurement
|
Purchasing
|
Manufacturing
|
Discrete
Manufacturing
|
Financial
|
Financials
|
Education
|
11I
E-Business Suite End User Training Subscription, if
available
|
Database
|
Oracle
database – Enterprise Edition (restricted to use with the E-Business Suite
Special Edition programs)
|
Exhibit
10.21
Agreement
No.:366103/CFC4 Contract No. 0083939VT
Customer
No.: 00366103
Date
Prepared: 2007/09/06
|
Attachment
No.:
INSTALLED
AT LOCATION
|
Customer
Name: LES TRANSFORMATEURS PIONEER LTEE
|
Company
Name: LES TRANSFORMATEURS PIONEER LTEE
|
Address: 612,
CHEMIN BERNARD
|
Address: 612,
CHEMIN BERNARD
|
GRANBY QC J2G 8E5
|
GRANBY QC J2G 8E5
|
Tel.
No.:
Attn:
|
Tel.
No.:
Attn:
|
Customer, including successors and assigns ("you or "your') agrees
to lease from and/or finance with IBM Canada Limited ("us”, "we" or "our'), the
equipment and/or other items including software and services (collectively, the
"Items') described in this Agreement. A transaction code F in the "Trans. Code”
column indicates a loan; other transaction codes indicate leased Items. We make
no representation whatsoever regarding your accounting treatment related to any
transaction under /INS Agreement End of lease ("EOL") designations indicate your
options which are detailed in paragraph 12. All decisions and options under
this Agreement apply to all and not less than all Items listed in this
Agreement.
Item
Description -
|
EOL
|
Trans.
Code
|
Qty
|
Unit
Amount
Financed
|
Unit
Periodic
Payment
|
9993
SWG IBM TRADITIONAL SOFTWARE
|
|
F
|
1
|
$
|
54247.44
|
$
|
1645.32
|
9993
SWG IBM TRADITIONAL SOFTWARE
|
|
F
|
1
|
$
|
86330.63
|
$
|
2618.41
|
9BCS
N01 IBM BUSINESS CONSULTING SERVIC
|
|
F
|
2
|
$
|
5060.00
|
$
|
158.18
|
(Additional
Items maybe listed on a Continuation Sheet)
Total
Amount Financed
(All
Pages)
$150698.07
|
Term
in Months
36
|
Total
Number of
Payment
Periods
36
|
Payment
Description
Monthly
in Advance
|
Total
Periodic Payment
(All
Pages – Taxes May Apply)
$4580.09
|
Interim
Rent No
Direct
Debit Yes
Guarantee
No
|
Security
Deposit
N/A
|
Payment
Commencement
Date
2007/10/01
|
|
|
1.
TERM
. The initial Term
for each Item begins on the date of your acceptance and ends alter
completion of the above Total Number of Payment Periods
The
Term and payment obligations are not cancellable and may not be terminated
except as stated in this Agreement.
2.
ACCEPTANCE
. Your
acceptance, unless otherwise noted by us, of an Item will be (a) for an
Items not supplied by us, ten (10) calendar days following the latest date
of your supplier's Invoices or the date of your verbal or written
acceptance of such Items, whichever occurs first; (b) for all personal
computing equipment including personal computer-based servers. or
software, services or other financed Items supplied by us, ten (10)
calendar days following the latest date of the corresponding invoices or
the date of your verbal or written acceptance of such Items, whichever
occurs first; (c) the date of installation for all Items supplied by us
not covered by (b); or (d) the date we provide funds for any other
financed Items.
3.
PAYMENT
.
Payments are due as specified above. The Total Periodic
Payment
commences
|
|
at
the start of the Term unless a different date is specified in the box
above. For the Total Periodic Payment to be valid and subject to change
pursuant only to paragraph 8, the Term must begin within the month of
2007/10/01
. For
any payment not made by its due date, you agree to pay a late charge of 2%
per month (or 24%
per
annum
) on the unpaid amount subject to maximum limitations by law.
Your commitment a pay and any other obligations hereunder are absolute and
unconditional and not subject to set-off, counterclaim, termination or
Item performance.
4.
RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS
.
You assign and authorize us and we accept me obligation to pay the
supplier and' de right to take title to any equipment Item after your
acceptance. You retain all other rights, including all warranties, and
obligations as per your agreement(s) with your supplier for all Items.
When we are the supplier, our terms of supply are specified on the IBM Web
site at:
http://www-304
ibm.comlct03004dMOls/cpepertal/fileserve/downloads/67130/.
|
BY
SIGNING BELOW, YOU AGREE THAT THIS AGREEMENT DOES NOT TAKE EFFECT UNTIL OUR
RECEIPT AND ACCEPTANCE OF R. YOU FURTHER AGREE THAT AN EXECUTED COPY PRODUCED
FROM AN ELECTRONIC FORM OR BY ANY OTHER RELIABLE MEANS (FOR EXAMPLE, PHOTOCOPY
OR FACSIMILE OR E-MAIL) IS IN ALL RESPECTS EQUIVALENT TO AN ORIGINAL. THE TERMS
ON THIS ANO THE FOLLOWING PAGES OR ATTACHMENTS ARE THE ONLY TERMS FOR THIS
TRANSACTION. BY SIGNING BELOW, YOU REPRESENT ANO WARRANT THAT YOUR NAME AS SET
FORTH IN THE SIGNATURE BLOCK BELOW IS YOUR EXACT LEGAL NAME.
Accepted by:
IBM Canada Limited
For or as Lessor:
|
|
LES TRANSFORMATEURS PIONEER LTEE
|
By: /s/ Jean-Jacques Jette
|
|
By: /s/ James A. Wilkins
|
September 6, 2007
|
Authorized Signature
|
|
Authorized Signature
|
Name (Type or Print)
|
Date
|
|
Name (Type or Print)
|
Date
|
ADDITIONAL
TERMS – Agreement No.: 0083939VT
5.
DIRECT DEBIT; SECURITY
.
When Direct Debit is indicated on the face of this Agreement, the terms
are specified on an attachment to this Agreement. When
guarantee is indicated, your guarantor must sign a guarantee attachment to
this Agreement.
6.
CHANGES; NOTICES
. You
authorize us or your supplier to complete the required information,
including Item serial numbers, in the 'Item Description” on the first page
of the Agreement. For any changes to the Unit Amount Financed that you and
your supplier agree To, you authorize us to make the corresponding change
to the "Total Periodic Payment” and the “Total Amount Financed' provided
the change does not exceed 15% of the original “Total Amount Financed”.
Notices and requests from you are to be submitted to the address on your
periodic invoice.
7.
OWNERSHIP; SELECTION; AND
USE
. Equipment Items remain our property during the Term and you
will keep these Items free of encumbrances of any kind. You hereby
authorize us to file personal property security financing statements
relating to the Items listed on this Agreement You hereby grant to us, a
first priority security interest in the Items (Including all related
software) and all additions, attachments, and upgrades thereto and any and
all substitutions, accessories, accession replacements or exchanges for
any such Items or software and any and all proceeds of any of the
foregoing, including, without limitation, payments under insurance or any
indemnity or warranty relating to lass or damage to such Items. You agree
that you are responsible for the selection, supply, delivery,
installation, use, servicing and maintenance of the Items and the results
from their use. You represent that the Items will be used for business or
commercial, and not primarily for personal or household,
purposes.
8.
WARRANTY
.
We provide a warranty of quiet
enjoyment but make no other warranty or condition, express or implied,
about any matter, including, but not limited to, the Implied warranties of
merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose. In no event will we
have any liability for, nor will you have any remedy against us for
special, Indirect or consequential damages, Including but not limited to
lost profits, last business revenue, or failure to realize expected
savings, even If you Informed us of their possibility.
9.
MAINTENANCE: INSPECTION; AND
MARKING
. You shall keep and operate each Item according to the
manufacturers specifications and in good repair and operating condition,
ordinary wear and tear excepted. All parts installed and removed in
connection with warranty and maintenance services become our property. You
agree, upon request, to make Items and their maintenance records available
for inspection by our representative during normal business hours and to
mark Items as we require.
10.
ALTERATIONS
. With prior
written notice to us, you may after any equipment Item. Any of our parts
that you remove shall remain our proceed and you may not make such parts
avertable for sale, transfer, exchange or other disposition without our
prior written consent. Before you return an equipment Item to us. you must
restore it, at your expense. to its original condition with the original
parts that you removed. Alterations not removed when an equipment Item is
returned to us shall become our property, without further payment by us
and free of encumbrances.
11.
RELOCATION; SUBLEASE; AND
ASSIGNMENT
. You may not locate any Items outside of Canada and may
only relocate an Item within your enterprise to different provinces within
Canada with 30 days prior notice to us. You may sub/ease an Item only with
our prior written consent. You may not assign, transfer or otherwise
dispose of an Item or your interest or rights in this Agreement (in whole
or in part). We may sell or assign all, or any pad, of our interest or
rights in this Agreement without prior nonce to you including assigning or
granting a security interest(s) in any Item. Any assignee will be subject
to your right of quiet enjoyment. You agree not to assert against any such
assignee any claim, set-off, defense or counterclaim that you may have
against us or any other person. This Agreement shall be binding upon your
successors or permitted assigns.
12.
END OF LEASE OPTIONS
. If
you are not in default under this Agreement, your EOL options for
equipment Items are: (a) renew to lease; (b) purchase the equipment Item,
or (c) return the equipment Item.
An
EOL designation of FM indicates a lease renewal or purchase at the fair
market value. A prestated % EOL designation indicates the percent of Me
Total Amount Financed that is your purchase once. For a renewal with a
prestated %, One-half of the purchase price due m advance is the payment
for a 1 year renewal. An EOL designation of SI indicates your purchase
price. For an EOL purchase at either the prestated % or $1, you will pay
any applicable taxes and Unit Periodic Payments due to the dare of
purchase. Upon our receipt of all amounts due, we will transfer title to
you on an “As Is. Where Is” basis.
13.
RETURN OF AN EQUIPMENT
ITEM
. If you elect to return an equipment Item to us upon
expiration of the Term, you must notify us in writing of your intent at
least three (3) months prior to expiration of the Term and you must return
the equipment Item to us immediately upon expiration of the Term. The
equipment Item must be in good condition and working order, reasonable
wear and tear excepted (“Good Working Order”). Prior to the return of me
equipment Item to us, you are responsible for removing all information and
data including but not limited to programs not licensed to a specific
equipment Item. We have no obligation to remove your or any other party's
information from an equipment Item. We reserve the right to recover full
reimbursement from you for the reasonable cost and expense incurred by us
to restore such equipment Items to Good Working Order.
However,
such reasonable cost and expense shall not exceed me Stipulated Loss,
defined in Paragraph 15, of such equipment Items. You will return the
equipment Item to a location in Canada designated by us for that type of
equipment. You are responsible for any costs associated with
deinstallation, packing, proper content labeling and return of the
equipment Item. The return of an equipment Item shall constitute a full
release by you of any leasehold rights or possessory interest in the
equipment Item.
|
|
14.
AUTOMATIC EXTENSION
PROVISIONS
. The Term of the lease will automatically be extended on
a month-to-month basis unless you give the required notice to return the
equipment Item at the end of the Term. The Term of the lease will continue
to be automatically extended until notice to return is given and the Item
is returned Automatic extension can be terminated by you upon three (3)
months notice to us, followed by equipment Item return to the designated
location in compliance with return requirements. The extension will be
under the same terms and conditions then in effect, including current
Total Periodic Payment, but for equipment Items with a fair market value
purchase option, not less than the fair market rental value as determined
by us at the expiration of the Term. Total Periodic Payment shall be
calculated as the sum of the lease payments over the initial Term divided
by the initial Term of the lease.
15.
CASUALTY INSURANCE
. You
are responsible for any risk of loss, theft or damage to any equipment
Item (“Casualty Loss”) from the date the equipment Item is delivered to
your location to the date it is received by us at our return location. You
will, at your expense,
(a)
keep in effect an all risk insurance policy covering the equipment Item
listed in the Agreement and we will be named as additional insured and
loss payee on such policy, or
(b)
self-insure such equipment Items against Casualty Loss pursuant to a
generally maintained program of self-insurance You will provide us, upon
request, evidence of such policy or program of self-insurance. You will
promptly notify us of any Casualty Loss. If we determine the equipment
Item can be economically repaired, you will have it repaired and will
continue to pay the Unit Periodic Payment to us. If we determine the
equipment Item is not economically repairable, on the next Unit Periodic
Payment due date, you will pay us an amount, to be determined by us, equal
to one hundred ten percent (110%) of the original Unit Amount Financed
minus seventy percent (70%) of the Unit Periodic Payments paid as of the
date of the Casualty Loss (“Stipulated Loss”). Upon receipt of all amounts
due under this Paragraph, we will transfer to you all of our rights, title
and interest in and to such equipment Items on an “As Is, Where Is”
basis.
16.
TAXES
. You agree to pay
any and all taxes and charges levied by any government body in connection
with this Agreement except for taxes based on our net income.
17.
GOVERNING LAW
. This
Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of
the Province of Ontario.
18.
INDEMNITY; NO WAIVER
.
This is a net lease and we are not liable for any claim except one
resulting from our sole negligence willful misconduct. You indemnify
against any third park claims which apse en connection with this Agreement
or your possession and use of the Items hereunder including all related
liabilities, costs, and expenses. Failure to require full performance or
waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall not prevent either party
from requiring full performance of all provisions in the
future.
19.
DEFAULT; REMEDIES
. You
will be in default under this Agreement if you or any guarantor: (a) do
not pay any amount due within seven (7) days after its due date; (b)
sublease, relocate, assign or make a transfer in violation of this
Agreement; (c) misrepresent credit application information; (d) fail to
remedy any other breach Of this Agreement within fifteen (15) days after
receiving written notice from us; (e) make a voluntary assignment for the
benefit of creditors; (f) file or have filed against you any petition or
proceeding under any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law;
(g) have appointed against you a receiver over all or a substantial part
of your Properly; (h) admit an inability to pay debts as they generally
become due or otherwise acknowledge insolvency: (n have any execution,
distress or other enforcement process (including under personal property
security legislation) commenced against any of your property; (j) default
on any other agreement with us; or (k) use any funds you receive from us
for any purpose other than to acquire the specific Items herein. If you
are in default, we may: (a) recover all payments and other amounts due and
remaining to become due hereunder; (b) recover possession and sell or
otherwise dispose of the Items and apply the proceeds to reduce the
amounts due from you hereunder; (c) recover any costs incurred in
enforcing or protecting our rights under this Agreement and any charges or
claims made by third parties; (d) pursue any other remedy available at law
and recover legal costs and legal fees incurred in exercising any of the
remedies stated herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you shall remain
liable for any deficiency following the exercise of our rights and
remedies under this Paragraph or at law. We will be in default d we breach
your quiet enjoyment unless such breach follows your default which remains
uncured. If we are in default, your sole and exclusive remedy is to
terminate this Agreement, return the applicable Items, and to recover
actual damages aesing directly from the default and reasonable legal
fees.
20.
Language
. Les parties
aux preseines ont expressement exige que ce contrat soit redigé en langue
anglaise. The parties hereto have expressly required that this Agreement
be drafted in the English language.
|
LES
TRANSFORMATEURS
PIONEER LTEE
Certificate
of Acceptance
The
Leased or Financed Items to which this form applies are those items described in
the below referenced contract number. For purposes of Rent billings, the Rent
payments will commence the first day of the payment period following the
Acceptance Date below unless otherwise indicated on the Transaction Document. If
IBM Canada has not received this signed COA within 60 days of the Document
Create Date (as shown below), IBM Canada may withdraw its obligation to provide
financing of the referenced contract number upon written notice to
you.
For these
Items, you certify that they:
- have been
delivered and accepted.
- are in all
respects satisfactory.
You
acknowledge that:
- you have
personally chosen these Items; and
- these Items
may only be used for commercial, industrial or professional
purposes.
In order
for this
Certificate of
Acceptance to be
effective, you must
confirm with IBM
Canada:
- the serial
numbers provided by each supplier to IBM Canada for each accepted configured
Item.
You
authorize us to:
- begin the
Lease in accordance with its terms for each Item; and
- pay the
supplier directly the net price plus applicable taxes IBM Canada specified for
each Item unless IBM has approved in writing, other terms of
payment.
In the
event that the Items fail to perform as expected or as represented by the
supplier, you will continue to pay IBM Canada, in the normal course of business.
You will look solely to the supplier of the Items for satisfaction of all
claims, covenants or warranties.
Acceptance
Date: __________________ Sept 06, 2007
Certified
and Authorized by:
Customer Legal
Name:
|
LES TRANSFORMATEURS
PIONEER LTEE
|
Address:
|
612, CHEMIN
BERNARD
|
|
GRANBY
QC J2G
8E5
|
IBM Agreement No.:
366103
|
|
|
|
By: /s/ James A.
Wilkins
|
|
Signature
|
|
|
|
Name (type or
print): James A. Wilkins
|
|
|
|
Title: Vice-President
Finance
|
|
|
|
Date:
September 6,
2007
|
|
|
|
Supplement
Number:
|
366103-CFC4
|
|
|
Contract
Number:
|
0083939VT
|
|
|
Certificate of
Acceptance Reference:
|
0083940C
|
|
|
Certificate of
Acceptance Financed Amount:
|
$150
698,07
|
LES
TRANSFORMATEURS PIONEER LTEE
Supplier
|
Invoice
No(s)
|
Invoice
Date
|
Invoice
Amount(s)
|
Document
Create Date: 2007/09
***END***
IBM-ORACLE
CFC4 80083939VT
|
DATE
|
|
VERSEMENTS
|
INTÉRETS
|
CAPITAL
|
BALANCE
|
JANVIER
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
FÉVRIER
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
MARS
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
AVRIL
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
MAI
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
JUIN
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
JUILLET
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
AOUT
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
SEPTEMBRE
|
2007
|
|
|
|
150,698.07
|
OCTOBRE
|
2007
|
4,580.09
|
745.33
|
3,834.76
|
146,863.31
|
NOVEMBRE
|
2007
|
4,580.09
|
726.36
|
3,853.73
|
143,009.58
|
DÉCEMBRE
|
2007
|
4,580.09
|
707.30
|
3,872.79
|
139,136.79
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL
|
2007
|
13,740.27
|
2,178.99
|
11,561.28
|
139,136.79
|
JANVIER
|
2008
|
4,580.09
|
688.15
|
3,894.94
|
135,244.85
|
FÉVRIER
|
2008
|
4,580.09
|
668.00
|
3,911.19
|
131,333.66
|
MARS
|
2008
|
4,580.09
|
649.55
|
3,930.54
|
127,403.12
|
AVRIL
|
2008
|
4,580.09
|
630.11
|
3,949.98
|
123,453.14
|
MAI
|
2008
|
4,580.09
|
610.58
|
3,969.51
|
119,483.63
|
JUIN
|
2008
|
4,580.09
|
590.95
|
3,989.14
|
115,494.49
|
JUILLET
|
2008
|
4,580.09
|
571.22
|
4,008.87
|
111,485.62
|
AOUT
|
2008
|
4,58009
|
551.39
|
4,028.70
|
107,456.92
|
SEPTEMBRE
|
2008
|
4,580.09
|
531.46
|
4,048.63
|
103,408.29
|
OCTOBRE
|
2008
|
4,580.09
|
511.44
|
4,068.65
|
99,339.64
|
NOVEMBRE
|
2008
|
4,580.09
|
491.32
|
4,088.77
|
95,250.87
|
DÉCEMBRE
|
2008
|
4,580.09
|
471.09
|
4,109.00
|
91,141.87
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL
|
2008
|
54,961.08
|
6,966.16
|
47,994.92
|
91,141.87
|
JANVIER
|
2009
|
4,580.09
|
450.77
|
4129.32
|
87,012.55
|
FÉVRIER
|
2009
|
4,580.09
|
430.35
|
4,149.74
|
82,862.81
|
MARS
|
2009
|
4,580.09
|
409.83
|
4,170.26
|
78,692.55
|
AVRIL
|
2009
|
4,580.09
|
389.20
|
4,190.89
|
74,501.66
|
MAI
|
2009
|
4,580.09
|
368.47
|
4,211.62
|
70,290.04
|
JUIN
|
2009
|
4,580.09
|
347.64
|
4,232.45
|
66,057.59
|
JUILLET
|
2009
|
4,580.09
|
326.71
|
4,253.28
|
61,804.21
|
AOUT
|
2009
|
4,580.09
|
305.67
|
4,274.42
|
57,529.79
|
SEPTEMBRE
|
2009
|
4,580.09
|
284.53
|
4,295.56
|
53,234.23
|
OCTOBRE
|
2009
|
4,580.09
|
263.29
|
4,316.80
|
48,917.43
|
NOVEMBRE
|
2009
|
4,580.09
|
241.94
|
4,338.15
|
44,579.28
|
DÉCEMBRE
|
2009
|
4,580.09
|
220.48
|
4,359.61
|
40,219.67
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL
|
2009
|
54,961.08
|
4,038.88
|
50,922.20
|
40,219.67
|
JANVIER
|
2010
|
4,580.09
|
198.92
|
4,381.17
|
35,838.50
|
FÉVRIER
|
2010
|
4,580.09
|
177.25
|
4.402.84
|
31,435.66
|
MARS
|
2010
|
4,580.09
|
155.48
|
4,424.46
|
27,011.05
|
AVRIL
|
2010
|
4,580.09
|
133.59
|
4,446.50
|
22,564.55
|
MAI
|
2010
|
4,580.09
|
111.60
|
4,468.49
|
18,096.06
|
JUIN
|
2010
|
4,580.09
|
89.50
|
4,490.59
|
13,605.47
|
JUILLET
|
2010
|
4,580.09
|
67.29
|
4,512.80
|
9,092.67
|
AOUT
|
2010
|
4,580.09
|
44.97
|
4,535.12
|
4,557.55
|
SEPTEMBRE
|
2010
|
4,580.09
|
22.54
|
4,557.55
|
0.00
|
OCTOBRE
|
2010
|
0.00
|
0.00
|
0.00
|
|
NOVEMBRE
|
2010
|
0.00
|
0.00
|
0.00
|
|
DÉCEMBRE
|
2010
|
0.00
|
0.00
|
0.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL
|
2010
|
41,220.81
|
1,001.14
|
40,219.67
|
|
Exhibit
10.22
Agreement
No.:
366103/CFC1
Customer
No.: 00366103
Date
Prepared: 2007/06/04
|
Attachment
No.:
INSTALLED
AT LOCATION
|
Customer
Name: LES TRANSFORMATEURS PIONEER LTEE
|
Company
Name: LES TRANSFORMATEURS PIONEER LTEE
|
Address: 612,
CHEMIN BERNARD
|
Address: 612,
CHEMIN BERNARD
|
GRANBY QC J2G 8E5
|
GRANBY QC J2G 8E5
|
Tel.
No.:
Attn:
|
Tel.
No.:
Attn:
|
Customer,
including successors and assigns ("you or "your') agrees
to
lease from
and/or finance with IBM Canada Limited ("us”, "we" or "our'), the equipment
and/or other items including software and services (co
l
lectively,
the "Items') described in this Agreement. A transaction code F in the "Trans.
Code” column indicates a loan; other transaction codes indicate leased Items. We
make no representation whatsoever regarding your accounting treatment related to
any transaction under
/INS
Agreement End
of lease ("EOL") designations indicate your options which
are
detailed
in paragraph 12. All decisions and options under this Agreement apply to all and
not less
than
all
Items
listed in this Agreement.
Item
Description -
|
EOL
|
Trans.
Code
|
Qty
|
Unit
Amount
Financed
|
Unit
Periodic
Payment
|
9994
N21 OEM TRAD. SERVICES (NTX)
|
|
F
|
1
|
$
|
13000.00
|
$
|
397.68
|
9994
TRN TRAD. MAINTENANCE
|
|
F
|
1
|
$
|
12721.66
|
$
|
389.17
|
9998
N01 PC OTHER AMNTS FINANCED (NTX)
|
|
F
|
1
|
$
|
36278.01
|
$
|
1109.77
|
(Additional
Items maybe listed on a Continuation Sheet)
Total
Amount Financed
(All
Pages)
$61999.67
|
|
Total
Number of
Payment
Periods
36
|
Payment
Description
Monthly
in Advance
|
Total
Periodic Payment
(All
Pages – Taxes May Apply)
$1896.62
|
Interim
Rent No
Direct
Debit No
Guarantee
No
|
|
Payment
Commencement
Date
2007/07/01
|
|
|
1.
TERM
. The initial Term
for each Item begins on the date of your acceptance and ends alter
completion of the above Total Number of Payment Periods
The
Term and payment obligations are not cancellable and may not be terminated
except as stated in this Agreement.
2.
ACCEPTANCE
. Your
acceptance, unless otherwise noted by us, of an Item will be (a) for an
Items not supplied by us, ten (10) calendar days following the latest date
of your supplier's Invoices or the date of your verbal or written
acceptance of such Items, whichever occurs first; (b) for all personal
computing equipment including personal computer-based servers. or
software, services or other financed Items supplied by us, ten (10)
calendar days following the latest date of the corresponding invoices or
the date of your verbal or written acceptance of such Items, whichever
occurs first; (c) the date of installation for all Items supplied by us
not covered by (b); or (d) the date we provide funds for any other
financed Items.
3.
PAYMENT
. Payments are
due as specified above. The Total Periodic Payment commences
|
|
at
the start of the Term unless a different date is specified in the box
above. For the Total Periodic Payment to be valid and subject to change
pursuant only to paragraph 8, the Term must begin within the month of
2007/07/01
. For
any payment not made by its due date, you agree to pay a late charge of 2%
per month (or 24%
per
annum
) on the unpaid amount subject to maximum limitations by law.
Your commitment a pay and any other obligations hereunder are absolute and
unconditional and not subject to set-off, counterclaim, termination or
Item performance.
4.
RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS
.
You assign and authorize us and we accept me obligation to pay the
supplier and' de right to take title to any equipment Item after your
acceptance. You retain all other rights, including all warranties, and
obligations as per your agreement(s) with your supplier for all Items.
When we are the supplier, our terms of supply are specified on the IBM Web
site at:
http://www-304
ibm.comlct03004dMOls/cpepertal/fileserve/downloads/67130/.
|
BY
SIGNING BELOW, YOU AGREE THAT THIS AGREEMENT DOES NOT TAKE EFFECT UNTIL OUR
RECEIPT AND ACCEPTANCE OF R. YOU FURTHER AGREE THAT AN EXECUTED COPY PRODUCED
FROM AN ELECTRONIC FORM OR BY ANY OTHER RELIABLE MEANS (FOR EXAMPLE, PHOTOCOPY
OR FACSIMILE OR E-MAIL) IS IN ALL RESPECTS EQUIVALENT TO AN ORIGINAL. THE TERMS
ON THIS ANO THE FOLLOWING PAGES OR ATTACHMENTS ARE THE ONLY TERMS FOR THIS
TRANSACTION. BY SIGNING BELOW, YOU REPRESENT ANO WARRANT THAT YOUR NAME AS SET
FORTH IN THE SIGNATURE BLOCK BELOW IS YOUR EXACT LEGAL NAME.
Accepted by:
IBM Canada Limited
For or as Lessor:
|
|
LES TRANSFORMATEURS PIONEER LTEE
|
By: /s/ Jean-Jacques Jette
|
|
By: /s/ James A. Wilkins
|
June,
13, 2007
|
Authorized Signature
|
|
Authorized Signature
|
Name (Type or Print)
|
Date
|
|
Name (Type or Print)
|
Date
|
ADDITIONAL
TERMS – Agreement No.: 0080732VT
5.
DIRECT DEBIT; SECURITY
.
When Direct Debit is indicated on the face of this Agreement, the terms
are specified on an attachment to this Agreement. When
guarantee is indicated, your guarantor must sign a guarantee attachment to
this Agreement.
6.
CHANGES; NOTICES
. You
authorize us or your supplier to complete the required information,
including Item serial numbers, in the 'Item Description” on the first page
of the Agreement. For any changes to the Unit Amount Financed that you and
your supplier agree To, you authorize us to make the corresponding change
to the "Total Periodic Payment” and the “Total Amount Financed' provided
the change does not exceed 15% of the original “Total Amount Financed”.
Notices and requests from you are to be submitted to the address on your
periodic invoice.
7.
OWNERSHIP; SELECTION; AND
USE
. Equipment Items remain our property during the Term and you
will keep these Items free of encumbrances of any kind. You hereby
authorize us to file personal property security financing statements
relating to the Items listed on this Agreement You hereby grant to us, a
first priority security interest in the Items (Including all related
software) and all additions, attachments, and upgrades thereto and any and
all substitutions, accessories, accession replacements or exchanges for
any such Items or software and any and all proceeds of any of the
foregoing, including, without limitation, payments under insurance or any
indemnity or warranty relating to lass or damage to such Items. You agree
that you are responsible for the selection, supply, delivery,
installation, use, servicing and maintenance of the Items and the results
from their use. You represent that the Items will be used for business or
commercial, and not primarily for personal or household,
purposes.
8.
WARRANTY
.
We provide a warranty of quiet
enjoyment but make no other warranty or condition, express or implied,
about any matter, including, but not limited to, the Implied warranties of
merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose. In no event will we
have any liability for, nor will you have any remedy against us for
special, Indirect or consequential damages, Including but not limited to
lost profits, last business revenue, or failure to realize expected
savings, even If you Informed us of their possibility.
9.
MAINTENANCE: INSPECTION; AND
MARKING
. You shall keep and operate each Item according to the
manufacturers specifications and in good repair and operating condition,
ordinary wear and tear excepted. All parts installed and removed in
connection with warranty and maintenance services become our property. You
agree, upon request, to make Items and their maintenance records available
for inspection by our representative during normal business hours and to
mark Items as we require.
10.
ALTERATIONS
. With prior
written notice to us, you may after any equipment Item. Any of our parts
that you remove shall remain our proceed and you may not make such parts
avertable for sale, transfer, exchange or other disposition without our
prior written consent. Before you return an equipment Item to us. you must
restore it, at your expense. to its original condition with the original
parts that you removed. Alterations not removed when an equipment Item is
returned to us shall become our property, without further payment by us
and free of encumbrances.
11.
RELOCATION; SUBLEASE; AND
ASSIGNMENT
. You may not locate any Items outside of Canada and may
only relocate an Item within your enterprise to different provinces within
Canada with 30 days prior notice to us. You may sub/ease an Item only with
our prior written consent. You may not assign, transfer or otherwise
dispose of an Item or your interest or rights in this Agreement (in whole
or in part). We may sell or assign all, or any pad, of our interest or
rights in this Agreement without prior nonce to you including assigning or
granting a security interest(s) in any Item. Any assignee will be subject
to your right of quiet enjoyment. You agree not to assert against any such
assignee any claim, set-off, defense or counterclaim that you may have
against us or any other person. This Agreement shall be binding upon your
successors or permitted assigns.
12.
END OF LEASE OPTIONS
. If
you are not in default under this Agreement, your EOL options for
equipment Items are: (a) renew to lease; (b) purchase the equipment Item,
or (c) return the equipment Item.
An
EOL designation of FM indicates a lease renewal or purchase at the fair
market value. A prestated % EOL designation indicates the percent of Me
Total Amount Financed that is your purchase once. For a renewal with a
prestated %, One-half of the purchase price due m advance is the payment
for a 1 year renewal. An EOL designation of SI indicates your purchase
price. For an EOL purchase at either the prestated % or $1, you will pay
any applicable taxes and Unit Periodic Payments due to the dare of
purchase. Upon our receipt of all amounts due, we will transfer title to
you on an “As Is. Where Is” basis.
13.
RETURN OF AN EQUIPMENT
ITEM
. If you elect to return an equipment Item to us upon
expiration of the Term, you must notify us in writing of your intent at
least three (3) months prior to expiration of the Term and you must return
the equipment Item to us immediately upon expiration of the Term. The
equipment Item must be in good condition and working order, reasonable
wear and tear excepted (“Good Working Order”). Prior to the return of me
equipment Item to us, you are responsible for removing all information and
data including but not limited to programs not licensed to a specific
equipment Item. We have no obligation to remove your or any other party's
information from an equipment Item. We reserve the right to recover full
reimbursement from you for the reasonable cost and expense incurred by us
to restore such equipment Items to Good Working Order.
However,
such reasonable cost and expense shall not exceed me Stipulated Loss,
defined in Paragraph 15, of such equipment Items. You will return the
equipment Item to a location in Canada designated by us for that type of
equipment. You are responsible for any costs associated with
deinstallation, packing, proper content labeling and return of the
equipment Item. The return of an equipment Item shall constitute a full
release by you of any leasehold rights or possessory interest in the
equipment Item.
|
|
14.
AUTOMATIC EXTENSION
PROVISIONS
. The Term of the lease will automatically be extended on
a month-to-month basis unless you give the required notice to return the
equipment Item at the end of the Term. The Term of the lease will continue
to be automatically extended until notice to return is given and the Item
is returned Automatic extension can be terminated by you upon three (3)
months notice to us, followed by equipment Item return to the designated
location in compliance with return requirements. The extension will be
under the same terms and conditions then in effect, including current
Total Periodic Payment, but for equipment Items with a fair market value
purchase option, not less than the fair market rental value as determined
by us at the expiration of the Term. Total Periodic Payment shall be
calculated as the sum of the lease payments over the initial Term divided
by the initial Term of the lease.
15.
CASUALTY INSURANCE
. You
are responsible for any risk of loss, theft or damage to any equipment
Item (“Casualty Loss”) from the date the equipment Item is delivered to
your location to the date it is received by us at our return location. You
will, at your expense, (a) keep in effect an all risk insurance policy
covering the equipment Item listed in the Agreement and we will be named
as additional insured and loss payee on such policy, or
(b)
self-insure such equipment Items against Casualty Loss pursuant to a
generally maintained program of self-insurance You will provide us, upon
request, evidence of such policy or program of self-insurance. You will
promptly notify us of any Casualty Loss. If we determine the equipment
Item can be economically repaired, you will have it repaired and will
continue to pay the Unit Periodic Payment to us. If we determine the
equipment Item is not economically repairable, on the next Unit Periodic
Payment due date, you will pay us an amount, to be determined by us, equal
to one hundred ten percent (110%) of the original Unit Amount Financed
minus seventy percent (70%) of the Unit Periodic Payments paid as of the
date of the Casualty Loss (“Stipulated Loss”). Upon receipt of all amounts
due under this Paragraph, we will transfer to you all of our rights, title
and interest in and to such equipment Items on an “As Is, Where Is”
basis.
16.
TAXES
. You agree to pay
any and all taxes and charges levied by any government body in connection
with this Agreement except for taxes based on our net income.
17.
GOVERNING LAW
. This
Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of
the Province of Ontario.
18.
INDEMNITY; NO WAIVER
.
This is a net lease and we are not liable for any claim except one
resulting from our sole negligence willful misconduct. You indemnify
against any third park claims which apse en connection with this Agreement
or your possession and use of the Items hereunder including all related
liabilities, costs, and expenses. Failure to require full performance or
waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall not prevent either party
from requiring full performance of all provisions in the
future.
19.
DEFAULT; REMEDIES
. You
will be in default under this Agreement if you or any guarantor: (a) do
not pay any amount due within seven (7) days after its due date; (b)
sublease, relocate, assign or make a transfer in violation of this
Agreement; (c) misrepresent credit application information; (d) fail to
remedy any other breach Of this Agreement within fifteen (15) days after
receiving written notice from us; (e) make a voluntary assignment for the
benefit of creditors; (f) file or have filed against you any petition or
proceeding under any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law;
(g) have appointed against you a receiver over all or a substantial part
of your Properly; (h) admit an inability to pay debts as they generally
become due or otherwise acknowledge insolvency: (n have any execution,
distress or other enforcement process (including under personal property
security legislation) commenced against any of your property; (j) default
on any other agreement with us; or (k) use any funds you receive from us
for any purpose other than to acquire the specific Items herein. If you
are in default, we may: (a) recover all payments and other amounts due and
remaining to become due hereunder; (b) recover possession and sell or
otherwise dispose of the Items and apply the proceeds to reduce the
amounts due from you hereunder; (c) recover any costs incurred in
enforcing or protecting our rights under this Agreement and any charges or
claims made by third parties; (d) pursue any other remedy available at law
and recover legal costs and legal fees incurred in exercising any of the
remedies stated herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you shall remain
liable for any deficiency following the exercise of our rights and
remedies under this Paragraph or at law. We will be in default d we breach
your quiet enjoyment unless such breach follows your default which remains
uncured. If we are in default, your sole and exclusive remedy is to
terminate this Agreement, return the applicable Items, and to recover
actual damages aesing directly from the default and reasonable legal
fees.
20.
Language
. Les parties
aux preseines ont expressement exige que ce contrat soit redigé en langue
anglaise. The parties hereto have expressly required that this Agreement
be drafted in the English language.
|
LES
TRANSFORMATEURS
PIONEER LTEE
Certificate
of Acceptance
The
Leased or Financed Items to which this form applies are those items described in
the below referenced contract number. For purposes of Rent billings, the Rent
payments will commence the first day of the payment period following the
Acceptance Date below unless otherwise indicated on the Transaction Document. If
IBM Canada has not received this signed COA within 60 days of the Document
Create Date (as shown below), IBM Canada may withdraw its obligation to provide
financing of the referenced contract number upon written notice to
you.
For these
Items, you certify that they:
- have been
delivered and accepted.
- are in all
respects satisfactory.
You
acknowledge that:
- you have
personally chosen these Items; and
- these Items
may only be used for commercial, industrial or professional
purposes.
In order
for this
Certificate of
Acceptance to be
effective, you must
confirm with IBM
Canada:
- the serial
numbers provided by each supplier to IBM Canada for each accepted configured
Item.
You
authorize us to:
- begin the
Lease in accordance with its terms for each Item; and
- pay the
supplier directly the net price plus applicable taxes IBM Canada specified for
each Item unless IBM has approved in writing, other terms of
payment.
In the
event that the Items fail to perform as expected or as represented by the
supplier, you will continue to pay IBM Canada, in the normal course of business.
You will look solely to the supplier of the Items for satisfaction of all
claims, covenants or warranties.
Acceptance
Date: __________________
June, 13,
2007
Certified
and Authorized by:
Customer Legal
Name:
|
LES TRANSFORMATEURS
PIONEER LTEE
|
Address:
|
612, CHEMIN
BERNARD
|
|
GRANBY
QC J2G
8E5
|
IBM Agreement No.:
366103
|
|
By: /s/ James A.
Wilkins
|
|
Signature
|
|
|
|
Name (type or
print): James A. Wilkins
|
|
|
|
Title: Vice-President
Finance
|
|
|
|
Date:
June,
13, 2007
|
|
|
|
Supplement
Number:
|
366103-CFC1
|
|
|
Contract
Number:
|
0080732VT
|
|
|
Certificate of
Acceptance Reference:
|
0080738VC
|
|
|
Certificate of
Acceptance Financed Amount:
|
$61,999.67
|
LES
TRANSFORMATEURS PIONEER LTEE
Supplier
|
Invoice
No(s)
|
Invoice
Date
|
Invoice
Amount(s)
|
Document
Create Date: 2007/06/04
***END***
IBM-ORACLE
CFC1 # 0080732VT
|
DATE
|
|
VERSEMENTS
|
INTÉRETS
|
CAPITAL
|
BALANCE
|
JANVIER
|
2007
|
|
|
|
61,999.67
|
FÉVRIER
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
MARS
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
AVRIL
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
MAI
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
JUIN
|
2007
|
|
|
|
61,999.67
|
JUILLET
|
2007
|
1,896.62
|
329.22
|
1,567.40
|
60,432.27
|
AOUT
|
2007
|
1.896.62
|
320.90
|
1,575.72
|
58,856.55
|
SEPTEMBRE
|
2007
|
1,896.62
|
312.53
|
1,584.09
|
57,272.46
|
OCTOBRE
|
2007
|
1.896.62
|
304.12
|
1,592.50
|
55.679.96
|
NOVEMBRE
|
2007
|
1,896.62
|
295.66
|
1,600.96
|
54,079.00
|
DÉCEMBRE
|
2007
|
1,896.62
|
287.16
|
1,609.46
|
52,469.54
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL
|
2007
|
11,379.72
|
1,849.59
|
9,530.13
|
52,469.54
|
JANVIER
|
2008
|
1,896.62
|
278.61
|
1,618.01
|
50,851.53
|
FÉVRIER
|
2008
|
1,896.62
|
270.02
|
1,626.60
|
49,224.93
|
MARS
|
2008
|
1,896.62
|
261.38
|
1,635.24
|
47,589.69
|
AVRIL
|
2008
|
1,896.62
|
252.70
|
1,643.92
|
45,945.77
|
MAI
|
2008
|
1,896.62
|
243.97
|
1,652.65
|
44,293.12
|
JUIN
|
2008
|
1,896.62
|
235.20
|
1,661.42
|
42,631.70
|
JUILLET
|
2008
|
1,896.62
|
226.37
|
1,670.25
|
40,961.45
|
AOUT
|
2008
|
1,896.62
|
217.51
|
1,679.11
|
39,282.34
|
SEPTEMBRE
|
2008
|
1,896.62
|
208.59
|
1,688.03
|
37,594.31
|
OCTOBRE
|
2008
|
1,896.62
|
199.63
|
1,696.99
|
35,897.32
|
NOVEMBRE
|
2008
|
1,896.62
|
190.61
|
1,706.01
|
34,191.31
|
DÉCEMBRE
|
2008
|
1,896.62
|
181.56
|
1,715.06
|
32,476.25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL
|
2008
|
22,759.44
|
2,766.15
|
19,993.29
|
32,476.25
|
JANVIER
|
2009
|
1,896.62
|
172.45
|
1,724.17
|
30,752.08
|
FÉVRIER
|
2009
|
1,896 62
|
163.29
|
1733.33
|
29,018.75
|
MARS
|
2009
|
1,896.62
|
154.09
|
1,742.53
|
27,276.22
|
AVRIL
|
2009
|
1,896.62
|
144.84
|
1,751.78
|
25,524.44
|
MAI
|
2009
|
1,896.62
|
135.53
|
1,761.09
|
23,763.35
|
JUIN
|
2009
|
1,896.62
|
126.18
|
1,770.44
|
21,992.91
|
JUILLET
|
2009
|
1,896.62
|
116.78
|
1779.84
|
20,213.07
|
AOUT
|
2009
|
1,896 62
|
107.33
|
1,78929
|
18,423.78
|
SEPTEMBRE
|
2009
|
1,896.62
|
97.83
|
1,798.79
|
16,624.99
|
OCTOBRE
|
2009
|
1,896.62
|
88.28
|
1,808.34
|
14,816.65
|
NOVEMBRE
|
2009
|
1,896.62
|
78.68
|
1,817.94
|
12,998.71
|
DÉCEMBRE
|
2009
|
1,896.62
|
69.02
|
1,827.60
|
11,171.11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL
|
2009
|
22,759.44
|
1,454.30
|
21,305.14
|
11,171.11
|
JANVIER
|
2010
|
1,896.62
|
59.32
|
1,837.30
|
9,333.81
|
FÉVRIER
|
2010
|
1,896.62
|
49.56
|
1,847.06
|
7,486.75
|
MARS
|
2010
|
1,896.62
|
39.75
|
1,856.87
|
5,629.88
|
AVRIL
|
2010
|
1,896.62
|
29.89
|
1,866.73
|
3,763.15
|
MAI
|
2010
|
1,896.62
|
19.98
|
1,876.64
|
1,886.51
|
JUIN
|
2010
|
1,896.62
|
10.02
|
1,886.60
|
-0.09
|
JUILLET
|
2010
|
0.00
|
0.00
|
0.00
|
|
AOUT
|
2010
|
0.00
|
0.00
|
0.00
|
|
SEPTEMBRE
|
2010
|
0.00
|
0.00
|
0.00
|
|
OCTOBRE
|
2010
|
0.00
|
0.00
|
0.00
|
|
NOVEMBRE
|
2010
|
0.00
|
0.00
|
0.00
|
|
DÉCEMBRE
|
2010
|
0.00
|
0.00
|
0.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL
|
2010
|
11,379.72
|
208.52
|
11,171.20
|
|
Exhibit
10.23
Agreement
No.:
366103/CFC2
Customer
No.: 00366103
Date
Prepared: 2007/06/22
|
Attachment
No.:
INSTALLED
AT LOCATION
|
Customer
Name: LES TRANSFORMATEURS PIONEER LTEE
|
Company
Name: LES TRANSFORMATEURS PIONEER LTEE
|
Address: 612,
CHEMIN BERNARD
|
Address: 612,
CHEMIN BERNARD
|
GRANBY QC J2G 8E5
|
GRANBY QC J2G 8E5
|
Tel.
No.:
Attn:
|
Tel.
No.:
Attn:
|
Customer,
including successors and assigns ("you or "your') agrees
to
lease from
and/or finance with IBM Canada Limited ("us”, "we" or "our'), the equipment
and/or other items including software and services (co
l
lectively,
the "Items') described in this Agreement. A transaction code F in the "Trans.
Code” column indicates a loan; other transaction codes indicate leased Items. We
make no representation whatsoever regarding your accounting treatment related to
any transaction under
/INS
Agreement End
of lease ("EOL") designations indicate your options which
are
detailed
in paragraph 12. All decisions and options under this Agreement apply to all and
not less
than
all
Items
listed in this Agreement.
Item
Description -
|
EOL
|
Trans.
Code
|
Qty
|
Unit
Amount
Financed
|
Unit
Periodic
Payment
|
|
|
F
|
1
|
$
|
81696.22
|
$
|
2515.98
|
9993
SWG IBM TRADITIONAL SOFTWARE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Additional
Items maybe listed on a Continuation Sheet)
Total
Amount Financed
(All
Pages)
$81696.22
|
|
Total
Number of
Payment
Periods
36
|
Payment
Description
Monthly
in Advance
|
Total
Periodic Payment
(All
Pages – Taxes May Apply)
$2515.98
|
Interim
Rent No
Direct
Debit No
Guarantee
No
|
|
Payment
Commencement
Date
2007/07/01
|
|
|
1.
TERM
. The initial Term
for each Item begins on the date of your acceptance and ends alter
completion of the above Total Number of Payment Periods
The
Term and payment obligations are not cancellable and may not be terminated
except as stated in this Agreement.
2.
ACCEPTANCE
. Your
acceptance, unless otherwise noted by us, of an Item will be (a) for an
Items not supplied by us, ten (10) calendar days following the latest date
of your supplier's Invoices or the date of your verbal or written
acceptance of such Items, whichever occurs first; (b) for all personal
computing equipment including personal computer-based servers. or
software, services or other financed Items supplied by us, ten (10)
calendar days following the latest date of the corresponding invoices or
the date of your verbal or written acceptance of such Items, whichever
occurs first; (c) the date of installation for all Items supplied by us
not covered by (b); or (d) the date we provide funds for any other
financed Items.
3.
PAYMENT
. Payments are
due as specified above. The Total Periodic Payment
|
|
commences
at the start of the Term unless a different date is specified in the box
above. For the Total Periodic Payment to be valid and subject to change
pursuant only to paragraph 8, the Term must begin within the month of
2007/07/01
. For
any payment not made by its due date, you agree to pay a late charge of 2%
per month (or 24%
per
annum
) on the unpaid amount subject to maximum limitations by law.
Your commitment a pay and any other obligations hereunder are absolute and
unconditional and not subject to set-off, counterclaim, termination or
Item performance.
4.
RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS
.
You assign and authorize us and we accept me obligation to pay the
supplier and' de right to take title to any equipment Item after your
acceptance. You retain all other rights, including all warranties, and
obligations as per your agreement(s) with your supplier for all Items.
When we are the supplier, our terms of supply are specified on the IBM Web
site at:
http://www-304
ibm.comlct03004dMOls/cpepertal/fileserve/downloads/67130/.
|
BY
SIGNING BELOW, YOU AGREE THAT THIS AGREEMENT DOES NOT TAKE EFFECT UNTIL OUR
RECEIPT AND ACCEPTANCE OF R. YOU FURTHER AGREE THAT AN EXECUTED COPY PRODUCED
FROM AN ELECTRONIC FORM OR BY ANY OTHER RELIABLE MEANS (FOR EXAMPLE, PHOTOCOPY
OR FACSIMILE OR E-MAIL) IS IN ALL RESPECTS EQUIVALENT TO AN ORIGINAL. THE TERMS
ON THIS ANO THE FOLLOWING PAGES OR ATTACHMENTS ARE THE ONLY TERMS FOR THIS
TRANSACTION. BY SIGNING BELOW, YOU REPRESENT ANO WARRANT THAT YOUR NAME AS SET
FORTH IN THE SIGNATURE BLOCK BELOW IS YOUR EXACT LEGAL NAME.
Accepted by:
IBM Canada Limited
For or as Lessor:
|
|
LES TRANSFORMATEURS PIONEER LTEE
|
By: /s/ Jean-Jacques Jette
|
|
By: /s/ James A. Wilkins
|
|
Authorized Signature
|
|
Authorized Signature
|
Name (Type or Print)
|
Date
|
|
Name (Type or Print)
|
Date
|
ADDITIONAL
TERMS – Agreement No.:
0081596VT
5.
DIRECT DEBIT; SECURITY
.
When Direct Debit is indicated on the face of this Agreement, the terms
are specified on an attachment to this Agreement. When
guarantee is indicated, your guarantor must sign a guarantee attachment to
this Agreement.
6.
CHANGES; NOTICES
. You
authorize us or your supplier to complete the required information,
including Item serial numbers, in the 'Item Description” on the first page
of the Agreement. For any changes to the Unit Amount Financed that you and
your supplier agree To, you authorize us to make the corresponding change
to the "Total Periodic Payment” and the “Total Amount Financed' provided
the change does not exceed 15% of the original “Total Amount Financed”.
Notices and requests from you are to be submitted to the address on your
periodic invoice.
7.
OWNERSHIP; SELECTION; AND
USE
. Equipment Items remain our property during the Term and you
will keep these Items free of encumbrances of any kind. You hereby
authorize us to file personal property security financing statements
relating to the Items listed on this Agreement You hereby grant to us, a
first priority security interest in the Items (Including all related
software) and all additions, attachments, and upgrades thereto and any and
all substitutions, accessories, accession replacements or exchanges for
any such Items or software and any and all proceeds of any of the
foregoing, including, without limitation, payments under insurance or any
indemnity or warranty relating to lass or damage to such Items. You agree
that you are responsible for the selection, supply, delivery,
installation, use, servicing and maintenance of the Items and the results
from their use. You represent that the Items will be used for business or
commercial, and not primarily for personal or household,
purposes.
8.
WARRANTY
.
We provide a warranty of quiet
enjoyment but make no other warranty or condition, express or implied,
about any matter, including, but not limited to, the Implied warranties of
merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose. In no event will we
have any liability for, nor will you have any remedy against us for
special, Indirect or consequential damages, Including but not limited to
lost profits, last business revenue, or failure to realize expected
savings, even If you Informed us of their possibility.
9.
MAINTENANCE: INSPECTION; AND
MARKING
. You shall keep and operate each Item according to the
manufacturers specifications and in good repair and operating condition,
ordinary wear and tear excepted. All parts installed and removed in
connection with warranty and maintenance services become our property. You
agree, upon request, to make Items and their maintenance records available
for inspection by our representative during normal business hours and to
mark Items as we require.
10.
ALTERATIONS
. With prior
written notice to us, you may after any equipment Item. Any of our parts
that you remove shall remain our proceed and you may not make such parts
avertable for sale, transfer, exchange or other disposition without our
prior written consent. Before you return an equipment Item to us. you must
restore it, at your expense. to its original condition with the original
parts that you removed. Alterations not removed when an equipment Item is
returned to us shall become our property, without further payment by us
and free of encumbrances.
11.
RELOCATION; SUBLEASE; AND
ASSIGNMENT
. You may not locate any Items outside of Canada and may
only relocate an Item within your enterprise to different provinces within
Canada with 30 days prior notice to us. You may sub/ease an Item only with
our prior written consent. You may not assign, transfer or otherwise
dispose of an Item or your interest or rights in this Agreement (in whole
or in part). We may sell or assign all, or any pad, of our interest or
rights in this Agreement without prior nonce to you including assigning or
granting a security interest(s) in any Item. Any assignee will be subject
to your right of quiet enjoyment. You agree not to assert against any such
assignee any claim, set-off, defense or counterclaim that you may have
against us or any other person. This Agreement shall be binding upon your
successors or permitted assigns.
12.
END OF LEASE OPTIONS
. If
you are not in default under this Agreement, your EOL options for
equipment Items are: (a) renew to lease; (b) purchase the equipment Item,
or (c) return the equipment Item.
An
EOL designation of FM indicates a lease renewal or purchase at the fair
market value. A prestated % EOL designation indicates the percent of Me
Total Amount Financed that is your purchase once. For a renewal with a
prestated %, One-half of the purchase price due m advance is the payment
for a 1 year renewal. An EOL designation of SI indicates your purchase
price. For an EOL purchase at either the prestated % or $1, you will pay
any applicable taxes and Unit Periodic Payments due to the dare of
purchase. Upon our receipt of all amounts due, we will transfer title to
you on an “As Is. Where Is” basis.
13.
RETURN OF AN EQUIPMENT
ITEM
. If you elect to return an equipment Item to us upon
expiration of the Term, you must notify us in writing of your intent at
least three (3) months prior to expiration of the Term and you must return
the equipment Item to us immediately upon expiration of the Term. The
equipment Item must be in good condition and working order, reasonable
wear and tear excepted (“Good Working Order”). Prior to the return of me
equipment Item to us, you are responsible for removing all information and
data including but not limited to programs not licensed to a specific
equipment Item. We have no obligation to remove your or any other party's
information from an equipment Item. We reserve the right to recover full
reimbursement from you for the reasonable cost and expense incurred by us
to restore such equipment Items to Good Working Order.
|
|
However,
such reasonable cost and expense shall not exceed me Stipulated Loss,
defined in Paragraph 15, of such equipment Items. You will return the
equipment Item to a location in Canada designated by us for that type of
equipment. You are responsible for any costs associated with
deinstallation, packing, proper content labeling and return of the
equipment Item. The return of an equipment Item shall constitute a full
release by you of any leasehold rights or possessory interest in the
equipment Item.
14.
AUTOMATIC EXTENSION
PROVISIONS
. The Term of the lease will automatically be extended on
a month-to-month basis unless you give the required notice to return the
equipment Item at the end of the Term. The Term of the lease will continue
to be automatically extended until notice to return is given and the Item
is returned Automatic extension can be terminated by you upon three (3)
months notice to us, followed by equipment Item return to the designated
location in compliance with return requirements. The extension will be
under the same terms and conditions then in effect, including current
Total Periodic Payment, but for equipment Items with a fair market value
purchase option, not less than the fair market rental value as determined
by us at the expiration of the Term. Total Periodic Payment shall be
calculated as the sum of the lease payments over the initial Term divided
by the initial Term of the lease.
15.
CASUALTY INSURANCE
. You
are responsible for any risk of loss, theft or damage to any equipment
Item (“Casualty Loss”) from the date the equipment Item is delivered to
your location to the date it is received by us at our return location. You
will, at your expense, (a) keep in effect an all risk insurance policy
covering the equipment Item listed in the Agreement and we will be named
as additional insured and loss payee on such policy, or
(b)
self-insure such equipment Items against Casualty Loss pursuant to a
generally maintained program of self-insurance You will provide us, upon
request, evidence of such policy or program of self-insurance. You will
promptly notify us of any Casualty Loss. If we determine the equipment
Item can be economically repaired, you will have it repaired and will
continue to pay the Unit Periodic Payment to us. If we determine the
equipment Item is not economically repairable, on the next Unit Periodic
Payment due date, you will pay us an amount, to be determined by us, equal
to one hundred ten percent (110%) of the original Unit Amount Financed
minus seventy percent (70%) of the Unit Periodic Payments paid as of the
date of the Casualty Loss (“Stipulated Loss”). Upon receipt of all amounts
due under this Paragraph, we will transfer to you all of our rights, title
and interest in and to such equipment Items on an “As Is, Where Is”
basis.
16.
TAXES
. You agree to pay
any and all taxes and charges levied by any government body in connection
with this Agreement except for taxes based on our net income.
17.
GOVERNING LAW
. This
Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of
the Province of Ontario.
18.
INDEMNITY; NO WAIVER
.
This is a net lease and we are not liable for any claim except one
resulting from our sole negligence willful misconduct. You indemnify
against any third park claims which apse en connection with this Agreement
or your possession and use of the Items hereunder including all related
liabilities, costs, and expenses. Failure to require full performance or
waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall not prevent either party
from requiring full performance of all provisions in the
future.
19.
DEFAULT; REMEDIES
. You
will be in default under this Agreement if you or any guarantor: (a) do
not pay any amount due within seven (7) days after its due date; (b)
sublease, relocate, assign or make a transfer in violation of this
Agreement; (c) misrepresent credit application information; (d) fail to
remedy any other breach Of this Agreement within fifteen (15) days after
receiving written notice from us; (e) make a voluntary assignment for the
benefit of creditors; (f) file or have filed against you any petition or
proceeding under any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law;
(g) have appointed against you a receiver over all or a substantial part
of your Properly; (h) admit an inability to pay debts as they generally
become due or otherwise acknowledge insolvency: (n have any execution,
distress or other enforcement process (including under personal property
security legislation) commenced against any of your property; (j) default
on any other agreement with us; or (k) use any funds you receive from us
for any purpose other than to acquire the specific Items herein. If you
are in default, we may: (a) recover all payments and other amounts due and
remaining to become due hereunder; (b) recover possession and sell or
otherwise dispose of the Items and apply the proceeds to reduce the
amounts due from you hereunder; (c) recover any costs incurred in
enforcing or protecting our rights under this Agreement and any charges or
claims made by third parties; (d) pursue any other remedy available at law
and recover legal costs and legal fees incurred in exercising any of the
remedies stated herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you shall remain
liable for any deficiency following the exercise of our rights and
remedies under this Paragraph or at law. We will be in default d we breach
your quiet enjoyment unless such breach follows your default which remains
uncured. If we are in default, your sole and exclusive remedy is to
terminate this Agreement, return the applicable Items, and to recover
actual damages aesing directly from the default and reasonable legal
fees.
20.
Language
. Les parties
aux preseines ont expressement exige que ce contrat soit redigé en langue
anglaise. The parties hereto have expressly required that this Agreement
be drafted in the English
language.
|
LES
TRANSFORMATEURS
PIONEER LTEE
Certificate
of Acceptance
The
Leased or Financed Items to which this form applies are those items described in
the below referenced contract number. For purposes of Rent billings, the Rent
payments will commence the first day of the payment period following the
Acceptance Date below unless otherwise indicated on the Transaction Document. If
IBM Canada has not received this signed COA within 60 days of the Document
Create Date (as shown below), IBM Canada may withdraw its obligation to provide
financing of the referenced contract number upon written notice to
you.
For these
Items, you certify that they:
- have been
delivered and accepted.
- are in all
respects satisfactory.
You
acknowledge that:
- you have
personally chosen these Items; and
- these Items
may only be used for commercial, industrial or professional
purposes.
In order
for this
Certificate of
Acceptance to be
effective, you must
confirm with IBM
Canada:
- the serial
numbers provided by each supplier to IBM Canada for each accepted configured
Item.
You
authorize us to:
- begin the
Lease in accordance with its terms for each Item; and
- pay the
supplier directly the net price plus applicable taxes IBM Canada specified for
each Item unless IBM has approved in writing, other terms of
payment.
In the
event that the Items fail to perform as expected or as represented by the
supplier, you will continue to pay IBM Canada, in the normal course of business.
You will look solely to the supplier of the Items for satisfaction of all
claims, covenants or warranties.
Acceptance
Date: __________________
June 27,
2007
Certified
and Authorized by:
Customer Legal
Name:
|
LES TRANSFORMATEURS
PIONEER LTEE
|
Address:
|
612, CHEMIN
BERNARD
|
|
GRANBY
QC J2G
8E5
|
IBM Agreement No.:
366103
|
|
By: /s/ James A.
Wilkins
|
|
Signature
|
|
|
|
Name (type or
print): James A. Wilkins
|
|
|
|
Title: Vice-President
Finance
|
|
|
|
Date:
June
27, 2007
|
|
|
|
Supplement
Number:
|
|
|
|
Contract
Number:
|
|
|
|
Certificate of
Acceptance Reference:
|
|
|
|
Certificate of
Acceptance Financed Amount:
|
|
LES
TRANSFORMATEURS PIONEER LTEE
Supplier
|
Invoice
No(s)
|
Invoice
Date
|
Invoice
Amount(s)
|
Document
Create Date: 2007/06/22
***END***
IBM-ORACLE
CFC2 # 0081596VT
|
DATE
|
|
VERSEMENTS
|
INTÉREST
|
CAPITAL
|
BALANCE
|
JANVIER
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
FÉVRIER
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
MARS
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
AVRIL
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
MAI
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
JUIN
|
2007
|
|
|
|
81,696.22
|
JUILLET
|
2007
|
2,515.98
|
464.59
|
2,051 39
|
79,644.83
|
AOUT
|
2007
|
2,515.98
|
452.92
|
2.063.06
|
77,581.77
|
SEPTEMBRE
|
2007
|
2,515.98
|
441.19
|
2,074,79
|
75,506.98
|
OCTOBRE
|
2007
|
2,515.98
|
429.39
|
2,086.59
|
73,420.39
|
NOVEMBRE
|
2007
|
2,515.98
|
417.52
|
2,098.46
|
71,321.93
|
DÉCEMBRE
|
2007
|
2,515.98
|
405.59
|
2,110.39
|
69,211.54
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL
|
2007
|
15,095.88
|
2,611.20
|
12,484.68
|
69,211.54
|
JANVIER
|
2008
|
2,515.98
|
393.59
|
2,122.39
|
67,089.15
|
FÉVRIER
|
2008
|
2,515.98
|
381.52
|
2,134,46
|
64,954.69
|
MARS
|
2008
|
2,515.98
|
369.38
|
2,146.60
|
62,808.09
|
AVRIL
|
2008
|
2,515.98
|
357.17
|
2,158.81
|
60,649.28
|
MAI
|
2008
|
2,515.98
|
344.90
|
2,171.08
|
58,478.20
|
JUIN
|
2008
|
2,51596
|
33255
|
2,183.43
|
56,294.77
|
JUILLET
|
2008
|
2,515.98
|
320.13
|
2,195.85
|
54,098.92
|
AOUT
|
2008
|
2,515,98
|
307.65
|
2,208.33
|
51,890.59
|
SEPTEMBRE
|
2008
|
2,515.98
|
295.09
|
2,220.89
|
49,669.70
|
OCTOBRE
|
2008
|
2,515.98
|
282.46
|
2,233.52
|
47,436.18
|
NOVEMBRE
|
2008
|
2,515.98
|
269.76
|
2,246.22
|
45,189.96
|
DÉCEMBRE
|
2008
|
2,515.98
|
256.98
|
2,259.00
|
42,930.96
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL
|
2008
|
30,191.76
|
3,911.18
|
26,280.58
|
42,930.96
|
JANVIER
|
2009
|
2,515.98
|
244.14
|
2,271.84
|
40,659.12
|
FÉVRIER
|
2009
|
2,515.98
|
231.22
|
2,284.76
|
38,374.36
|
MARS
|
2009
|
2,515.98
|
218.23
|
2,297,75
|
36,078.61
|
AVRIL
|
2009
|
2,515.98
|
205.16
|
2,310.82
|
33,765.79
|
MAI
|
2009
|
2,515.98
|
192.02
|
2,323.96
|
31,441.83
|
JUIN
|
2009
|
2,515,98
|
178.80
|
2,337.18
|
29,104.65
|
JUILLET
|
2009
|
2,515.98
|
165.51
|
2,350.47
|
26,754.18
|
AOUT
|
2009
|
2,515.98
|
152.14
|
2.363.84
|
24,390.34
|
SEPTEMBRE
|
2009
|
2,515.98
|
138.70
|
2,377.28
|
22,013.06
|
OCTOBRE
|
2009
|
2,515.98
|
125.18
|
2,390.80
|
19,622 26
|
NOVEMBRE
|
2009
|
2,515.98
|
111.59
|
2,404.39
|
17,217.87
|
DÉCEMBRE
|
2009
|
2,515.98
|
97.91
|
2,418.07
|
14,799.80
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL
|
2009
|
30,191.76
|
2,060.60
|
28,131.16
|
14,799.80
|
JANVIER
|
2010
|
2,515.98
|
84.16
|
2,431.82
|
12,367.98
|
FÉVRIER
|
2010
|
2,515.98
|
70.33
|
2,445.65
|
9,922.33
|
MARS
|
2010
|
2,515.98
|
56.43
|
2,459.55
|
7,462.78
|
AVRIL
|
2010
|
2,515.98
|
42.44
|
2,473.54
|
4,989.24
|
MAI
|
2010
|
2.515.98
|
28.37
|
2,487.61
|
2,501.63
|
JUIN
|
2010
|
2,515.98
|
14.23
|
2,501.75
|
-0.12
|
JUILLET
|
2010
|
0.00
|
0.00
|
0.00
|
|
AOUT
|
2010
|
0.00
|
0.00
|
0.00
|
|
SEPTEMBRE
|
2010
|
0.00
|
0.00
|
0.00
|
|
OCTOBRE
|
2010
|
0.00
|
0.00
|
0.00
|
|
NOVEMBRE
|
2010
|
0.00
|
0.00
|
0.00
|
|
DÉCEMBRE
|
2010
|
0.00
|
0.00
|
0.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL
|
2010
|
15,095.88
|
295.96
|
14,799.92
|
|
Agreement
No.:366103/CFC3 Contract No. 0082647VT
Customer
No.: 00366103
Date
Prepared: 2007-07-20
|
Attachment
No.:
INSTALLED
AT LOCATION
|
Customer
Name: LES TRANSFORMATEURS PIONEER LTEE
|
Company
Name: LES TRANSFORMATEURS PIONEER LTEE
|
Address: 612,
CHEMIN BERNARD
|
Address: 612,
CHEMIN BERNARD
|
GRANBY QC J2G 8E5
|
GRANBY QC J2G 8E5
|
Tel.
No.:
Attn:
|
Tel.
No.:
Attn:
|
Customer,
including successors and assigns ("you or "your') agrees
to
lease from
and/or finance with IBM Canada Limited ("us”, "we" or "our'), the equipment
and/or other items including software and services (co
l
lectively,
the "Items') described in this Agreement. A transaction code F in the "Trans.
Code” column indicates a loan; other transaction codes indicate leased Items. We
make no representation whatsoever regarding your accounting treatment related to
any transaction under
/INS
Agreement End
of lease ("EOL") designations indicate your options which
are
detailed
in paragraph 12. All decisions and options under this Agreement apply to all and
not less
than
all
Items
listed in this Agreement.
Item
Description -
|
EOL
|
Trans.
Code
|
Qty
|
Unit
Amount
Financed
|
Unit
Periodic
Payment
|
9993
SWG IBM TRADITIONAL SOFTWARE
|
|
F
|
1
|
$43226.57
|
$1341.97
|
9BCS
N01 IBM BUSINESS CONSULTING SERVIC
|
|
F
|
1
|
$5060.00
|
$157.09
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Additional
Items maybe listed on a Continuation Sheet)
Total
Amount Financed
(All
Pages)
$48286.57
|
Term
in Months
36
|
Total
Number of
Payment
Periods
36
|
Payment
Description
Monthly
in Advance
|
Total
Periodic Payment
(All
Pages – Taxes May Apply)
$1499.06
|
Interim
Rent
No
Direct
Debit
No
Guarantee No
|
Security
Deposit
N/A
|
Payment
Commencement
Date
2007/08/01
|
|
|
1.
TERM
. The initial Term
for each Item begins on the date of your acceptance and ends alter
completion of the above Total Number of Payment Periods
The
Term and payment obligations are not cancellable and may not be terminated
except as stated in this Agreement.
2.
ACCEPTANCE
.
Your acceptance, unless otherwise noted by us,
of an Item will be (a) for an Items not supplied by us, ten (10) calendar
days following the latest date of your supplier's Invoices or the date of
your verbal or written acceptance of such Items, whichever occurs first;
(b) for all personal computing equipment including personal computer-based
servers. or software, services or other financed Items supplied by us, ten
(10) calendar days following the latest date of the corresponding invoices
or the date of your verbal or written acceptance of such Items, whichever
occurs first; (c) the date of installation for all Items supplied by us
not covered by (b); or (d) the date we provide funds for any other
financed Items.
3.
PAYMENT
.
Payments are due as specified above. The Total Periodic
Payment
|
|
commences
at the start of the Term unless a different date is specified in the box
above. For the Total Periodic Payment to be valid and subject to change
pursuant only to paragraph 8, the Term must begin within the month of
2007/08/01
. For
any payment not made by its due date, you agree to pay a late charge of 2%
per month (or 24%
per
annum
) on the unpaid amount subject to maximum limitations by law.
Your commitment a pay and any other obligations hereunder are absolute and
unconditional and not subject to set-off, counterclaim, termination or
Item performance
.
4.
RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS
.
You assign and authorize us and we accept me obligation to pay the
supplier and' de right to take title to any equipment Item after your
acceptance. You retain all other rights, including all warranties, and
obligations as per your agreement(s) with your supplier for all Items.
When we are the supplier, our terms of supply are specified on the IBM Web
site at:
http://www-304
ibm.comlct03004dMOls/cpepertal/fileserve/downloads/67130/.
|
BY
SIGNING BELOW, YOU AGREE THAT THIS AGREEMENT DOES NOT TAKE EFFECT UNTIL OUR
RECEIPT AND ACCEPTANCE OF R. YOU FURTHER AGREE THAT AN EXECUTED COPY PRODUCED
FROM AN ELECTRONIC FORM OR BY ANY OTHER RELIABLE MEANS (FOR EXAMPLE, PHOTOCOPY
OR FACSIMILE OR E-MAIL) IS IN ALL RESPECTS EQUIVALENT TO AN ORIGINAL. THE TERMS
ON THIS ANO THE FOLLOWING PAGES OR ATTACHMENTS ARE THE ONLY TERMS FOR THIS
TRANSACTION. BY SIGNING BELOW, YOU REPRESENT ANO WARRANT THAT YOUR NAME AS SET
FORTH IN THE SIGNATURE BLOCK BELOW IS YOUR EXACT LEGAL NAME.
Accepted
by:
IBM
Canada Limited
For
or as Lessor:
|
|
LES
TRANSFORMATEURS PIONEER LTEE
|
By:
/s/ Jean-Jacques Jette
|
|
By:
/s/ James A.
Wilkins August
9, 2007
|
Authorized
Signature
|
|
Authorized
Signature
|
Name
(Type or
Print)
Date
|
|
Name
(Type or
Print) Date
|
ADDITIONAL
TERMS – Agreement No.: 0082647VT
5.
DIRECT DEBIT; SECURITY
.
When Direct Debit is indicated on the face of this Agreement, the terms
are specified on an attachment to this Agreement. When
guarantee is indicated, your guarantor must sign a guarantee attachment to
this Agreement.
6.
CHANGES; NOTICES
. You
authorize us or your supplier to complete the required information,
including Item serial numbers, in the 'Item Description” on the first page
of the Agreement. For any changes to the Unit Amount Financed that you and
your supplier agree To, you authorize us to make the corresponding change
to the "Total Periodic Payment” and the “Total Amount Financed' provided
the change does not exceed 15% of the original “Total Amount Financed”.
Notices and requests from you are to be submitted to the address on your
periodic invoice.
7.
OWNERSHIP; SELECTION; AND
USE
. Equipment Items remain our property during the Term and you
will keep these Items free of encumbrances of any kind. You hereby
authorize us to file personal property security financing statements
relating to the Items listed on this Agreement You hereby grant to us, a
first priority security interest in the Items (Including all related
software) and all additions, attachments, and upgrades thereto and any and
all substitutions, accessories, accession replacements or exchanges for
any such Items or software and any and all proceeds of any of the
foregoing, including, without limitation, payments under insurance or any
indemnity or warranty relating to lass or damage to such Items. You agree
that you are responsible for the selection, supply, delivery,
installation, use, servicing and maintenance of the Items and the results
from their use. You represent that the Items will be used for business or
commercial, and not primarily for personal or household,
purposes.
8.
WARRANTY
.
We provide a warranty of quiet
enjoyment but make no other warranty or condition, express or implied,
about any matter, including, but not limited to, the Implied warranties of
merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose. In no event will we
have any liability for, nor will you have any remedy against us for
special, Indirect or consequential damages, Including but not limited to
lost profits, last business revenue, or failure to realize expected
savings, even If you Informed us of their possibility.
9.
MAINTENANCE: INSPECTION; AND
MARKING
. You shall keep and operate each Item according to the
manufacturers specifications and in good repair and operating condition,
ordinary wear and tear excepted. All parts installed and removed in
connection with warranty and maintenance services become our property. You
agree, upon request, to make Items and their maintenance records available
for inspection by our representative during normal business hours and to
mark Items as we require.
10.
ALTERATIONS
. With prior
written notice to us, you may after any equipment Item. Any of our parts
that you remove shall remain our proceed and you may not make such parts
avertable for sale, transfer, exchange or other disposition without our
prior written consent. Before you return an equipment Item to us. you must
restore it, at your expense. to its original condition with the original
parts that you removed. Alterations not removed when an equipment Item is
returned to us shall become our property, without further payment by us
and free of encumbrances.
11.
RELOCATION; SUBLEASE; AND
ASSIGNMENT
. You may not locate any Items outside of Canada and may
only relocate an Item within your enterprise to different provinces within
Canada with 30 days prior notice to us. You may sub/ease an Item only with
our prior written consent. You may not assign, transfer or otherwise
dispose of an Item or your interest or rights in this Agreement (in whole
or in part). We may sell or assign all, or any pad, of our interest or
rights in this Agreement without prior nonce to you including assigning or
granting a security interest(s) in any Item. Any assignee will be subject
to your right of quiet enjoyment. You agree not to assert against any such
assignee any claim, set-off, defense or counterclaim that you may have
against us or any other person. This Agreement shall be binding upon your
successors or permitted assigns.
12.
END OF LEASE OPTIONS
. If
you are not in default under this Agreement, your EOL options for
equipment Items are: (a) renew to lease; (b) purchase the equipment Item,
or (c) return the equipment Item.
An
EOL designation of FM indicates a lease renewal or purchase at the fair
market value. A prestated % EOL designation indicates the percent of Me
Total Amount Financed that is your purchase once. For a renewal with a
prestated %, One-half of the purchase price due m advance is the payment
for a 1 year renewal. An EOL designation of SI indicates your purchase
price. For an EOL purchase at either the prestated % or $1, you will pay
any applicable taxes and Unit Periodic Payments due to the dare of
purchase. Upon our receipt of all amounts due, we will transfer title to
you on an “As Is. Where Is” basis.
13.
RETURN OF AN EQUIPMENT
ITEM
. If you elect to return an equipment Item to us upon
expiration of the Term, you must notify us in writing of your intent at
least three (3) months prior to expiration of the Term and you must return
the equipment Item to us immediately upon expiration of the Term. The
equipment Item must be in good condition and working order, reasonable
wear and tear excepted (“Good Working Order”). Prior to the return of me
equipment Item to us, you are responsible for removing all information and
data including but not limited to programs not licensed to a specific
equipment Item. We have no obligation to remove your or any other party's
information from an equipment Item. We reserve the right to recover full
reimbursement from you for the reasonable cost and expense incurred by us
to restore such equipment Items to Good Working Order.
|
|
However,
such reasonable cost and expense shall not exceed me Stipulated Loss,
defined in Paragraph 15, of such equipment Items. You will return the
equipment Item to a location in Canada designated by us for that type of
equipment. You are responsible for any costs associated with
deinstallation, packing, proper content labeling and return of the
equipment Item. The return of an equipment Item shall constitute a full
release by you of any leasehold rights or possessory interest in the
equipment Item.
14.
AUTOMATIC EXTENSION
PROVISIONS
. The Term of the lease will automatically be extended on
a month-to-month basis unless you give the required notice to return the
equipment Item at the end of the Term. The Term of the lease will continue
to be automatically extended until notice to return is given and the Item
is returned Automatic extension can be terminated by you upon three (3)
months notice to us, followed by equipment Item return to the designated
location in compliance with return requirements. The extension will be
under the same terms and conditions then in effect, including current
Total Periodic Payment, but for equipment Items with a fair market value
purchase option, not less than the fair market rental value as determined
by us at the expiration of the Term. Total Periodic Payment shall be
calculated as the sum of the lease payments over the initial Term divided
by the initial Term of the lease.
15.
CASUALTY INSURANCE
. You
are responsible for any risk of loss, theft or damage to any equipment
Item (“Casualty Loss”) from the date the equipment Item is delivered to
your location to the date it is received by us at our return location. You
will, at your expense, (a) keep in effect an all risk insurance policy
covering the equipment Item listed in the Agreement and we will be named
as additional insured and loss payee on such policy, or
(b)
self-insure such equipment Items against Casualty Loss pursuant to a
generally maintained program of self-insurance You will provide us, upon
request, evidence of such policy or program of self-insurance. You will
promptly notify us of any Casualty Loss. If we determine the equipment
Item can be economically repaired, you will have it repaired and will
continue to pay the Unit Periodic Payment to us. If we determine the
equipment Item is not economically repairable, on the next Unit Periodic
Payment due date, you will pay us an amount, to be determined by us, equal
to one hundred ten percent (110%) of the original Unit Amount Financed
minus seventy percent (70%) of the Unit Periodic Payments paid as of the
date of the Casualty Loss (“Stipulated Loss”). Upon receipt of all amounts
due under this Paragraph, we will transfer to you all of our rights, title
and interest in and to such equipment Items on an “As Is, Where Is”
basis.
16.
TAXES
. You agree to pay
any and all taxes and charges levied by any government body in connection
with this Agreement except for taxes based on our net income.
17.
GOVERNING LAW
. This
Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of
the Province of Ontario.
16.
INDEMNITY; NO WAIVER
.
This is a net lease and we are not liable for any claim except one
resulting from our sole negligence willful misconduct. You indemnify
against any third park claims which apse en connection with this Agreement
or your possession and use of the Items hereunder including all related
liabilities, costs, and expenses. Failure to require full performance or
waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall not prevent either party
from requiring full performance of all provisions in the
future.
19.
DEFAULT; REMEDIES
. You
will be in default under this Agreement if you or any guarantor: (a) do
not pay any amount due within seven (7) days after its due date; (b)
sublease, relocate, assign or make a transfer in violation of this
Agreement; (c) misrepresent credit application information; (d) fail to
remedy any other breach Of this Agreement within fifteen (15) days after
receiving written notice from us; (e) make a voluntary assignment for the
benefit of creditors; (f) file or have filed against you any petition or
proceeding under any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law;
(g) have appointed against you a receiver over all or a substantial part
of your Properly; (h) admit an inability to pay debts as they generally
become due or otherwise acknowledge insolvency: (n have any execution,
distress or other enforcement process (including under personal property
security legislation) commenced against any of your property; (j) default
on any other agreement with us; or (k) use any funds you receive from us
for any purpose other than to acquire the specific Items herein. If you
are in default, we may: (a) recover all payments and other amounts due and
remaining to become due hereunder; (b) recover possession and sell or
otherwise dispose of the Items and apply the proceeds to reduce the
amounts due from you hereunder; (c) recover any costs incurred in
enforcing or protecting our rights under this Agreement and any charges or
claims made by third parties; (d) pursue any other remedy available at law
and recover legal costs and legal fees incurred in exercising any of the
remedies stated herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you shall remain
liable for any deficiency following the exercise of our rights and
remedies under this Paragraph or at law. We will be in default d we breach
your quiet enjoyment unless such breach follows your default which remains
uncured. If we are in default, your sole and exclusive remedy is to
terminate this Agreement, return the applicable Items, and to recover
actual damages aesing directly from the default and reasonable legal
fees.
20.
Language
. Les parties
aux preseines ont expressement exige que ce contrat soit redigé en langue
anglaise. The parties hereto have expressly required that this Agreement
be drafted in the English language.
|
LES
TRANSFORMATEURS
PIONEER LTEE
Certificate
of Acceptance
The
Leased or Financed Items to which this form applies are those items described in
the below referenced contract number. For purposes of Rent billings, the Rent
payments will commence the first day of the payment period following the
Acceptance Date below unless otherwise indicated on the Transaction Document. If
IBM Canada has not received this signed COA within 60 days of the Document
Create Date (as shown below), IBM Canada may withdraw its obligation to provide
financing of the referenced contract number upon written notice to
you.
For these
Items, you certify that they:
- have
been delivered and accepted.
- are in
all respects satisfactory.
You
acknowledge that:
- you
have personally chosen these Items; and
- these
Items may only be used for commercial, industrial or professional
purposes.
In order
for this
Certificate of
Acceptance to be
effective, you must
confirm with IBM
Canada:
- the
serial numbers provided by each supplier to IBM Canada for each accepted
configured Item.
You
authorize us to:
- begin
the Lease in accordance with its terms for each Item; and
- pay the
supplier directly the net price plus applicable taxes IBM Canada specified for
each Item unless IBM has approved in writing, other terms of
payment.
In the
event that the Items fail to perform as expected or as represented by the
supplier, you will continue to pay IBM Canada, in the normal course of business.
You will look solely to the supplier of the Items for satisfaction of all
claims, covenants or warranties.
Acceptance
Date:
Certified
and Authorized by:
Customer
Legal
Name:
LES TRANSFORMATEURS PIONEER LTEE
Address:
612, CHEMIN
BERNARD
GRANBY QC
J2G 8E5
IBM
Agreement No.: 366103
By: /s/
James A. Wilkins
_____________________________________________________________________
Signature
Name
(type or print): James A. Wilkins
_____________________________________________________________________
Title: Vice-President
Finance
_____________________________________________________________________
Date: August
9, 2007
_____________________________________________________________________
Supplement
Number:
366103-CFC3
Contract
Number: 0082647VT
Certificate
of Acceptance Reference:
0082650VC
Certificate
of Acceptance Financed Amount: $48 286,57
LES
TRANSFORMATEURS
PIONEER LTEE
Supplier Invoice
No(s)
Invoice
Date
Invoice
Amount(s)
Document
Create Date: 2007/07/20
***END***
|
IBM-ORACLE
CFC3 # 0082647VT
|
|
48286.57
DATE
|
|
VERSEMENTS
|
INTERÉTS
|
CAPITAL
|
BALANCE
|
JANVIER
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
FÉVRIER
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
MARS
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
AVRIL
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
MAI
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
JUIN
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
JUILLET
|
2007
|
|
|
|
48,286.57
|
AOUT
|
2007
|
1,499.06
|
296.42
|
1,202.64
|
47,083.93
|
SEPTEMBRE
|
2007
|
1,499.06
|
289.04
|
1,210.02
|
45,873.91
|
OCTOBRE
|
2007
|
1,499,06
|
281.61
|
1,217.45
|
44,656,46
|
NOVEMBRE
|
2007
|
1,499.06
|
274.14
|
1,224.92
|
43,431
54
|
DÉCEMBRE
|
2007
|
1,499.06
|
266.62
|
1,232.44
|
42,199.10
|
TOTAL
|
2007
|
7,495.30
|
1,407.83
|
6,087.47
|
42,199.10
|
JANVIER
|
2008
|
1,499.06
|
259.05
|
1,240.01
|
40,959 09
|
FÉVRIER
|
2008
|
1,499.06
|
251.44
|
1,247.62
|
39,711.47
|
MARS
|
2008
|
1,499.06
|
243.78
|
1,255.28
|
38,456.19
|
AVRIL
|
2008
|
1,499.06
|
236.08
|
1,262.98
|
37,193.21
|
MAI
|
2008
|
1,499.06
|
228.32
|
1,270.74
|
35,922.47
|
JUIN
|
2008
|
1,499.06
|
220.52
|
1,278.54
|
34,643.03
|
JUILLET
|
2008
|
1,499.06
|
212.67
|
1,286.39
|
33,357.54
|
AOUT
|
2008
|
1,499.06
|
204.78
|
1,294.28
|
32,063.26
|
SEPTEMBRE
|
2008
|
1,499.06
|
196.83
|
1,302.23
|
30,761.03
|
OCTOBRE
|
2008
|
1,499.06
|
188.84
|
1,310.22
|
29,450.81
|
NOVEMBRE
|
2008
|
1,499.06
|
180.79
|
1,318.27
|
28,132.54
|
DÉCEMBRE
|
2008
|
1,499.06
|
172.70
|
1,326.36
|
26,606.18
|
TOTAL
|
2008
|
17,988.72
|
2,595.80
|
15,392,92
|
26,806.18
|
JANVIER
|
2009
|
1,499.06
|
164.56
|
1,334.50
|
25,471.68
|
FÉVRIER
|
2009
|
1,499.06
|
156.37
|
1,342.69
|
24,128.99
|
MARS
|
2009
|
1,499.06
|
148.12
|
1,350.94
|
22,778.05
|
AVRIL
|
2009
|
1,499.06
|
139.83
|
1,359.23
|
21,418.82
|
MAI
|
2009
|
1,499.06
|
131.49
|
1,367.57
|
20,051.25
|
JUIN
|
2009
|
1,499.06
|
123.09
|
1,375.97
|
18,675.28
|
JUILLET
|
2009
|
1,499.06
|
114.64
|
1,384.42
|
17,290.86
|
AOUT
|
2009
|
1,499.06
|
106.15
|
1,392 91
|
15,897.95
|
SEPTEMBRE
|
2009
|
1,499.06
|
97.59
|
1,401.47
|
14,496.48
|
OCTOBRE
|
2009
|
1,499.06
|
88.99
|
1,410.07
|
13,086.41
|
NOVEMBRE
|
2009
|
1,499.06
|
80.34
|
1,418.72
|
11,667.69
|
DÉCEMBRE
|
2009
|
1,499.06
|
71.63
|
1,427.43
|
10,240.26
|
TOTAL
|
2009
|
17,988.72
|
1,422.80
|
16,565.92
|
10,240.26
|
JANVIER
|
2010
|
1,499.06
|
62.86
|
1,436.20
|
8,804.06
|
FÉVRIER
|
2010
|
1,499.06
|
54.05
|
1,445.01
|
7,359.05
|
MARS
|
2010
|
1,499.06
|
45.18
|
1,453.88
|
5,905.17
|
AVRIL
|
2010
|
1,499.06
|
36.25
|
1,462.81
|
4,442.36
|
MAI
|
2010
|
1,499.06
|
27.27
|
1,471.79
|
2,970.57
|
JUIN
|
2010
|
1,499.06
|
18.24
|
1,480.82
|
1,489.75
|
JUILLET
|
2010
|
1,499.06
|
9.15
|
1,489.91
|
-0.16
|
AOUT
|
2010
|
0.00
|
0.00
|
0.00
|
|
SEPTEMBRE
|
2010
|
0.00
|
0.00
|
0.00
|
|
OCTOBRE
|
2010
|
0.00
|
0.00
|
0.00
|
|
NOVEMBRE
|
2010
|
0.00
|
0.00
|
0.00
|
|
DÉCEMBRE
|
2010
|
0.00
|
0.00
|
0.00
|
|
TOTAL
|
2010
|
10,943.42
|
253.00
|
10,240.42
|
|
Exhibit 10.25
THE
COMPANY HAS REQUESTED AN ORDER FROM THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION (THE
“COMMISSION”) PURSUANT TO RULE 24B-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS
AMENDED, GRANTING CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT TO SELECTED PORTIONS. ACCORDINGLY, THE
CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS HAVE BEEN OMITTED FROM THIS EXHIBIT, AND HAVE BEEN FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. OMITTED PORTIONS ARE INDICATED IN THIS EXHIBIT
WITH “[XX]”.
THIS
AGREEMENT is made this 5 day of August, 2009,
BETWEEN:
TORONTO
HYDRO-ELECTRIC SYSTEM LIMITED
a
corporation incorporated under the laws of the Province of Ontario
(hereinafter
called the “Buyer”)
and
PIONEER
TRANSFORMERS LIMITED
a
corporation incorporated under the laws of Canada
(hereinafter
called the “Vendor”)
The Buyer
and Vendor are referred to individually herein as a “Party” and collectively as
“the
Parties”.
WHEREAS:
1. The
Vendor carries on the business of designing, manufacturing and distributing
certain transformers and providing certain services related
thereto;
2. The
Buyer requires certain transformers and related equipment and services as more
particularly described in Schedule A to this Agreement (“the Transformers”),
which Schedule may be amended from time to time;
3. The
Buyer has issued, and the Vendor has responded to, a request for proposals
bearing number 05P-074 and request for quotations bearing number
07Q-044;
4. The
Buyer has determined that the Vendor’s response satisfies the requirements as
set forth. in the request for proposals bearing number 05P-074 and the request
for quotations bearing number 07Q-044;
5. The
Vendor has agreed to provide the transformers to the Buyer and the Buyer has
agreed to purchase the transformers from the Vendor upon the terms and
conditions as set forth below. In this Agreement, the transformers supplied
pursuant to the request for proposal 05P-074 and the transformer supplied
pursuant to the request for quotations 07Q-44 shall be referred to as the “05
Transformers” and the “07 Transformer”, respectively, and collectively, “the
Transformers”;
6. The
Vendor has agreed to provide a Warranty for the Transformers as set forth
below;
NOW
THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and for
other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are
hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:
1.
Interpretation
|
(a)
|
All
capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning hereby assigned
to them except where the context otherwise
requires;
|
|
(b)
|
The
recitals hereto shall form an integral part of this Agreement as if
specifically restated herein;
|
|
(c)
|
Words
denoting the singular include the plural and vice versa and words denoting
any gender include all genders.
|
|
(d)
|
The
word “including” shall mean “including without
limitation”;
|
|
(e)
|
Any
reference to a statute shall mean the statute in force as of the date
hereof, together with all regulations promulgated thereunder as may be
amended, re¬enacted, consolidated and/or replaced, from time to time, and
any successor statute thereto, unless otherwise
provided;
|
|
(f)
|
When
calculating a period of time within which or following which any act is to
be done or step taken, the, date which is the reference day in calculating
such period shall be excluded, and if the last day of such period is a
Saturday, Sunday or statutory holiday, the period shall end on the next
Business Day;
|
|
(g)
|
All
dollar amounts in this Agreement are expressed in Canadian dollars, unless
otherwise stated;
|
|
(h)
|
The
division of this Agreement into separate articles, sections, subsections
and Schedules and the insertion of headings is for convenience of
reference only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of
this Agreement; and
|
|
(i)
|
Save
and except as otherwise expressly defined within the body of this
Agreement or in Schedule C hereto, words or abbreviations which have well
known or trade meanings are used herein in accordance with their
recognized meanings.
|
2. Purchase
and Sale
Subject
to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and in reliance on the
representations, warranties and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the
Buyer agrees to purchase the Transformers from the Vendor and the Vendor agrees
to supply the Transformers to the Buyer during the Term of this Agreement, but
the Buyer shall be under no obligation to purchase a minimum number of the 05
Transformers from the Vendor, and shall be entitled to purchase transformers of
a similar nature, or otherwise, from any other supplier.
3. Term
|
(a)
|
Subject
to any termination rights described herein, this Agreement shall be
effective as at January 1, 2007 for a term of five (5) years until
December 31, 2011 (the “Initial
Term”).
|
|
(b)
|
The
Buyer may, at its sole option, and upon written notice to the Vendor at
least sixty (60) days prior to the end of the Initial Term, elect to renew
this Agreement for an additional period of up to five (5) years comprised
of a single term or any combination of terms totalling up to five (5)
years (the “Renewal Term”). The terms and conditions contained herein
shall apply during the Renewal Term, save and except as amended by the
Parties.
|
|
(c)
|
The
Initial Term and the Renewal Term, if any, shall hereinafter collectively
be referred to as the “Term” of this
Agreement.
|
|
(d)
|
This
Article 3 shall apply only in respect of the 05
Transformers.
|
4. Price
and Payment
|
(a)
|
As
consideration for the sale of the Transformers including, without
limitation, the representations, warranties and conditions set forth in
this Agreement,. the Buyer agrees to pay to the Vendor the amount in
Canadian dollars (the “Purchase Price”) as detailed in Schedule B to this
Agreement, for the 05 Transformers and the 07 Transformer. The purchase
price for the 05 Transformers and the. 07 Transformer shall hereinafter be
referred to as the “05 Purchase Price” and the “07 Purchase Price”,
respectively, and collectively as the “Purchase Price”. The Purchase Price
includes all applicable taxes, duties, packaging, handling and delivery
costs.
|
|
(b)
|
The
05 Purchase Price shall remain firm for the first three (3) months of the
Initial Term of this Agreement, and shall thereafter be reviewed and
agreed to in writing by both Parties at intervals of three (3) months
(“Quarterly Review Periods”). In the event that there is no increase in
the 05 Purchase Price after the price reviews for any four (4) consecutive
Quarterly Review Periods, pricing shall thereafter be reviewed after
intervals of one (I.) year (“Annual Review Periods”). The first Annual
Review Period shall commence on the next day after the last Quarterly
Review Period. The Purchase Price shall be agreed upon by the Parties and
shall be effective as of the first day of the Quarterly or Annual Review
Period for which it was to be
determined.
|
|
(c)
|
In
the event of an abnormal increase or decrease in the Vendor’s cost of
production for the Transformers during an Annual Review Period
attributable to the cost of raw materials, the existence of which increase
or decrease, and the reason therefor, shall be mutually agreed to by the
parties, the parties shall agree upon an increase or decrease in the
Purchase Price, as may be appropriate. The date on which this increase or
decrease in the’ Purchase Price is agreed upon shall constitute the first
day of a Quarterly Review Period, and the Purchase Price shall thereafter
be reviewed and agreed upon in accordance with this Article
4.
|
|
(d)
|
The
Vendor shall submit invoices to the Buyer on a monthly basis for the 05
Transformers and within thirty (30) days of delivery of the 07
Transformer, which invoices shall be in accordance with
Article 7
of this
Agreement. The Buyer shall make payment to the Vendor within thirty (30)
days of its receipt of an invoice submitted in accordance with
Article 7
unless the
Buyer disputes part or all of a particular invoice. For the 05
Transformers only, if the Buyer pays an invoice within three (3) days of
receipt, the Vendor agrees that the Buyer is entitled to a rebate equal to
[XX] per cent (%) of the invoice amount. All such rebates shall be paid by
the Vendor to the Buyer within three (3) months of the date of the invoice
to which they relate. In the event of a Dispute, the Buyer shall advise
the Vendor, in writing, within ten (10) days of receipt of the invoice,
the basis for the Dispute and shall pay the Vendor any undisputed portion
of the invoice. If the Buyer disputes part of an invoice but pays the
undisputed portion of the invoice within ten (10) days of receipt of the
invoice, then the Buyer will he entitled to a discount equal to [XX] per
cent (1.A) on the undisputed portion of the invoice. The Dispute shall be
resolved in accordance with Article 21, and the non-payment by the Buyer
for any disputed amount shall not be considered a default under Article
13(b) of this Agreement.
|
|
(e)
|
Invoice
amounts shall be in Canadian dollars. Delivery Transformers and their
components shall be delivered. in accordance with the terms,
specifications and schedules included in Schedule B to this Agreement. The
Vendor shall immediately notify the Buyer, in writing, of any.
circumstances known or suspected that may cause delay in delivery of the
Transformers. Unless otherwise agreed in writing, the Buyer will not
accept deliveries in excess of those specified in this Agreement or any
purchase order made hereunder and such deliveries shall be entirely at the
Vendor’s risk and may be returned by the Buyer to the Vendor at the
Vendor’s sole cost and expense.
|
6. Risk
of Loss
All
Transformers shall be safely and securely packed for shipment. Title to and risk
in the Transformers shall pass to the Buyer on delivery at the Buyer’s location.
All delivery costs, including insurance, are for the account of the
Vendor.
7. Invoice
Requirements
The
Vendor shall render invoices in accordance with the following:
|
(a)
|
all
invoice amounts shall be in Canadian dollars;
and
|
|
(b)
|
all
invoices shall be in a form acceptable to the Buyer, rendered in
triplicate, and be accompanied by a bill of
lading.
|
8. Time
of the Essence
Time is
of the essence in the Agreement. The Vendor shall deliver all Transformers in
accordance with the dates and times for performance and delivery specified in
Schedule B hereto, and the Buyer shall have the right to take possession of and
use any completed or partially completed or delivered portions notwithstanding
any provisions to the contrary.
9. Force
Majeure
Either
Party will be relieved of liability for delays in delivery or performance
because of the intervention of a Force Majeure. In no event shall lack of
finances be considered as a Force Majeure. The Party affected by the Force
Majeure shall as soon as reasonably practicable, give prompt notice thereof
stating the date and extent of the Force Majeure and the cause thereof and, upon
cessation of the Force Majeure, take all reasonable steps to resume compliance
with its obligations. If a delay in delivery or performance extends beyond ten
(10) days, either Party may terminate the Agreement by providing written notice
thereof to the other Party.
10. Warranty
The
Transformers, or parts thereof, manufactured or distributed by the Vendor, are
expressly warranted to be free from defects in workmanship or materials when
subjected to normal and proper use for a period of five (5) years from the date
of shipment of such equipment (“the Warranty”). For the 07 Transformer only, the
Warranty as it applies to oil leaks shall apply for a period of three (3) years,
but shall in all other respects apply for five (5) years. Notice of any claim
arising out of this Warranty shall be made in writing within the Warranty
period. Without limiting the. Buyer’s right to claim for all damages, losses,
expenses, and costs of whatever nature arising out of the Vendor’s breach of
this Agreement, if any Transformer supplied under this Agreement is deficient in
workmanship or material, the Vendor shall, at the sole option of the Buyer,
replace the Transformer or refund the Buyer the price paid for the Transformer.
Additionally, if a Transformer should fail within the Warranty Period then the
Vendor will pay to the Buyer the costs associated with labour and other
associated costs of removal and replacement of the failed unit to a maximum
actual cost of two thousand two hundred dollars ($2,200) per failure occurrence.
This Warranty shall survive the expiration or termination of this
Agreement.
11. Dedicated
Inventory
The
Vendors shall continuously maintain a quantity of stock dedicated to the
exclusive use of the Buyer (“Dedicated Inventory”). The composition of this
Dedicated Inventory shall consist of one unit of Toronto Hydro stock code
664-3201 and one unit of Toronto Hydro stock code 664- 3202, or their
equivalents should the stock codes be changed. The Vendor shall deliver items
from the Dedicated Inventory to the Buyer within forty-eight (48) hours of
receipt of notification from the Buyer, on an as needed basis.
12. Inspection
All
Transformers will be subject to final inspection and approval by the Buyer after
delivery, and notwithstanding any prior payment. In the event that Transformers
are delivered which are not in conformity with the terms, conditions and
specifications of this Agreement, the Buyer may, at its option:
|
(a)
|
reject
the good’s and require the Vendor to immediately deliver replacement
goods;
|
|
(b)
|
negotiate
with the Vendor an agreeable reduction in the purchase price of the
delivered, non-conforming goods; or
|
|
(c)
|
repair/rework
the delivered non-conforming goods or cause them to be repaired/reworked
at the Vendor’s expense, which expense shall, constitute a proper set-off
by the Buyer against amounts otherwise due the Vendor under this
Agreement.
|
13. Termination
|
(a)
|
The
Buyer may, for its convenience and at its sole option, terminate the
Vendor’s services under this Agreement by providing at least sixty (60)
days prior written notice of such termination, whereupon the Vendor shall
stop performance of the Vendor’s services under the Agreement, except as
may be necessary to carry out such termination and take any other action
which the Buyer may reasonably direct. Without limiting the generality of
the foregoing, Buyer may terminate this Agreement hi the event that its
design specification requirements change. Buyer agrees that it will not
terminate this Agreement for the sole purpose of purchasing the same
Transformers as are being supplied under this Agreement from a competitor
of the Vendor.
|
|
(b)
|
If
the Vendor fails to fulfil its material obligations under this Agreement,
including, without limitation, the failure to meet the delivery schedule
contained in Schedule B hereto, then the Buyer may, without prejudice to
any other right or remedy the Buyer may have, notify the Vendor in writing
that the Vendor is in default of its contractual obligations and instruct
the Vendor to correct the default within five (5) Business Days
immediately following the receipt of such notice. If the Vendor fails to
correct the default in the time specified then, without prejudice to any
other right or remedy the Buyer may have, the Buyer may. either correct
such default and deduct the cost thereof from any payment then or
thereafter due to the Vendor and/or terminate the
Agreement.
|
|
(c)
|
If
bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings are instituted by or against the
Vendor or the Vendor is adjudicated a bankrupt, becomes insolvent, makes
an assignment for the benefit of creditors or proposes or makes
arrangements for the liquidation of its debts, or a receiver or receiver
and manager is appointed with respect to all or part of the assets of the
Vendor, the Buyer may, without prejudice to any other rights or remedies
it may have, immediately terminate the
Agreement.
|
14. Liability
and Indemnification
Subject
to this Article, the Vendor shall be liable for and shall indemnify and save the
Buyer and its Affiliates (as defined in the Business Corporations Act (Ontario))
and each of their respective officers, directors, employees, managers, advisors
and agents (together and hereinafter the “Representatives”) harmless from and
against all loss, damage or injury and all actions, claims, losses, damages,
costs, expenses, obligations and liabilities arising out of any material breach
of the. Vendor’s obligations under the Agreement and/or any of the acts or
omissions of the Vendor or any of its employees, agents or subcontractors,
whether negligent or otherwise. The Vendor’s liability and duty to indemnify
under this Article shall not exceed five million dollars ($5,000,000) per
occurance. This Article shall survive the termination of this
Agreement.
15. Insurance
The
Vendor shall, during the term of this Agreement, and at its own expense,
maintain and keep in full force and effect:
|
(a)
|
commercial
general liability insurance on an occurrence basis having a minimum
inclusive coverage limit, including personal injury and property damage,
of not less than five million dollars ($5,000,000) per occurrence, which
shall be extended to cover contractual liability, products completed,
operations liability, owners/contractors protective liability and must
also contain a cross liability clause and a severability of interest.
clause; and
|
|
(b)
|
automobile
liability insurance on all owned and non-owned vehicles used in •
connection with this Agreement and such insurance coverage shall have a
limit of not less than two million dollars ($2,000,000) per vehicle, in
respect of bodily injury (including passenger hazard) and property damage
inclusive of any one accident and mandatory accident
benefits.
|
The Buyer
and its Affiliates must be added as an additional insured under the above-noted
insurance policies. When requested, the Vendor shall provide the Buyer with
proof of the above-noted insurance.
16. Intellectual
Property Protection
The
Vendor expressly warrants that the manufacture, delivery, sale or use of the
Vendor’s goods or services will not infringe any Canadian or foreign patents,
trademarks, copyrights, industrial design or other intellectual property rights
and the Vendor shall indemnify and save the Buyer harmless from all claims,
judgments and decrees that may be entered against the Buyer and against, all
damage, liability, costs and expenses (including legal fees and other attendant
costs and expenses) the Buyer incurs by reason of any infringement or claim
thereof
17. Confidential
Information
The
Parties agree and acknowledge that, subject to applicable laws or court
order,
|
(a)
|
each
Party (the “Receiving Party”) shall maintain in strict confidence any and
all proprietary and confidential information about the business,
operations or customers of the other Party or any of their Affiliates,
which it acquires in any form from the other Party (the “Disclosing
Party”) by virtue of this Agreement (“Confidential Information”) and will
not disclose to any third party or make use of such Confidential
Information for itself or any third party without the prior written
consent of the Disclosing Party;
|
|
(b)
|
the
Buyer is subject to the Municipal Freedom of Information and Protection of
Privacy Act (Ontario) (“MFIPPA”) and may be required to disclose
Confidential Information concerning the Agreement in accordance with the
provisions of MFIPPA.
|
|
(c)
|
a
Party shall be entitled to all remedies available at law or in equity to
enforce, or seek relief in connection with any breach of obligations
pursuant to this section;
|
|
(d)
|
upon
termination of the Agreement, or upon ten (10) days prior written notice
from the Disclosing Party requesting return of any or all Confidential
Information, the Receiving Party shall forthwith return all such
information to the Disclosing Party without retaining any copies
thereof.
|
18. Assignment
Save and
except for the Buyers’ right to assign this Agreement to any of its Affiliates,
neither Party may assign this Agreement or any of its rights or obligations
hereunder, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the other
Party, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld.
19. Relationship
of the Parties
Nothing
contained in the Agreement shall be construed to constitute either Party as the
partner, employee or agent of, or joint venturer with the other Party, nor shall
either Party have any authority to bind the other in any respect, it being
intended that each Party shall remain an independent contractor of the
other.
20. Representations
and Warranties
The
Vendor represents and warrants to the Buyer that:
|
(a)
|
it
has the corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to
perform its obligations hereunder, and that this Agreement constitutes the
legal, valid, and binding obligation of the Vendor, enforceable against
the Vendor in accordance with its
terms;
|
|
(b)
|
it
is the absolute beneficial owner of the Transformers, with good and
marketable title, free and clear of all liens, charges, encumbrances or
rights of others and is exclusively entitled to possess and dispose of the
same;
|
|
(c)
|
all
Transformers it supplies shall be in compliance with all Applicable Laws
and will conform to the specifications, drawings, samples, symbols or
other descriptions as specified in the Schedule A hereto, as may be
amended from time to time, and will be fit and sufficient for their
intended purpose, merchantable and free from defects in material and
workmanship. This warranty is in addition to all other warranties
specified in this Agreement or implied by law and shall survive acceptance
and payment;
|
21. Dispute
Resolution
|
(a)
|
Any
and all disputes, disagreements, controversies, questions or claims
arising out of or in relation to this Agreement which arise between the
Parties shall be referred to, collectively, as a
Dispute;
|
|
(b)
|
The
Parties undertake to cooperate fully and in good faith attempt to promptly
resolve any Dispute by negotiation between their respective
representatives, and further, upon the request of either party, executive
officers of such Party. If the Dispute is resolved, such resolution shall
be evidenced by an instrument in
writing;
|
|
(c)
|
If
a Dispute has not been resolved within fifteen (15) days of a Party’s
request for executive officer negotiation, the Parties may agree to submit
the dispute to resolution. The Parties shall bear the costs of any
mediation equally. If the matter is resolved through mediation, such
resolution shall be evidenced by an instrument in writing.. Mediation
shall be considered to have failed if either Party, at any time, gives
written notice to such effect to the other
Party;
|
|
(d)
|
Any
Dispute that cannot be amicably settled by negotiation or mediation shall
be finally settled by compulsory arbitration. Such arbitration shall be
conducted in accordance with the Arbitration Act (Ontario) and shall take
place in the City of Toronto. The Parties will bear the cost of any
arbitration under this Article 21 in the manner specified by the
arbitrator(s). If the arbitrator(s) do(es) not specify the cost, each.
Party shall bear its own costs and will share the costs of the
arbitrator(s) equally.
|
|
(e)
|
This
Article shall survive the expiration or termination of this
Agreement.
|
22. Reporting
On a
monthly basis, throughout the Term of this Agreement, the Vendor shall submit to
the Buyer a detailed report in accordance with the Buyer’s requirements
providing information related to the status of deliveries under this Agreement
and including an account of any delays, quality control or other issues
experienced by the Vendor during the month which is the subject of the
report.
23. Severability
In the
event that any of the covenants herein shall be held unenforceable or declared
invalid for any reason whatsoever, to the extent permitted by law, such
unenforceability or invalidity shall not affect the enforceability or validity
of the remaining provisions of the Agreement and such unenforceable or invalid
portion shall be severable from the remainder of the Agreement.
24. No
Waiver
A waiver
of any provisions of this Agreement shall not constitute either a waiver of any
other provisions or a continuing waiver, unless otherwise expressly indicated in
writing.
25. Enurement
This.
Agreement and everything contained herein shall enure to the benefit of, and be
binding upon, the Parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted
assigns.
26. Notice
All
notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be
in writing and shall be deemed (in the absence of evidence of prior receipt) to
have been validly and effectively given on the same day if personally served,
the next Business Day if sent by facsimile or similar means of recorded
communication or on the fifth Business Day next following where sent by
registered mail. Notices shall be addressed as follows:
to the
Buyer:
|
Name:
|
Joanne
Kehoe
|
|
Title:
|
Supervisor, Supply
Chain
|
|
Address:.
|
500 Commissioners
Street, Toronto, ON., M4M 3N7
|
|
Telephone:
|
416-542-2505
|
|
Facsimile:
|
416-542-2663
|
|
|
|
to the
Vendor:
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Raymond
Haddad
|
|
Title:
|
General
Manager
|
|
Address:
|
612 Bernard Road,
Granby, PQ., J2G 8E5
|
|
Telephone:
|
450-378-9018
|
|
Facsimile:
|
450-378-0626
|
27. Permits
and Applicable Laws
The
Vendor shall, at its sole expense, obtain and maintain during the term of the
Agreement, all permits, licences and approvals required by law to perform its
obligations under the Agreement. The terms and conditions of the Agreement shall
be carried out in strict compliance with all federal, provincial, and local
laws, orders in council, directives, rules, regulations, codes and ordinances of
the Government of Canada. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the
Vendor shall comply with the Persona! Information Protection and Electronic
Documents Act (Canada) (“PIPEDA”) and any other applicable privacy legislation
with respect to any personal information it collects, uses or discloses in
connection with the Agreement and shall indemnify and save harmless the Buyer
and its Representatives from and against any and all claims, demands, suits,
losses, damages, causes of action, fines or judgments (including related
expenses and legal costs) they may incur related to or arising out of any
non-compliance therewith.
28.
Governing Law
The
Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the
Province of Ontario and the laws of Canada applicable therein. The Parties
irrevocably attorn to the jurisdiction of the courts of Ontario with respect to
any matter arising under or related to the Agreement.
29. Entire
Agreement
|
(a)
|
This
Agreement, including all Schedules hereto, constitutes the entire
agreement between the Vendor and the Buyer relating to the subject matter
hereof. This Agreement supersedes all prior correspondence,
representations, warranties, covenants, collateral undertakings,
discussions, negotiations, understandings or agreements, oral or
otherwise, express or implied, unless otherwise provided in this
Agreement.
|
|
(b)
|
No
modification or amendment to this Agreement shall be binding on the Buyer
unless agreed to in writing.
|
30. Schedules
All
schedules described in this Agreement shall be deemed to be incorporated in and
made part of this Agreement, except that if there is any inconsistency between
this Agreement and the provisions of any schedule, the, provisions of this
Agreement shall prevail. Schedule A may be amended from time-to-time by the
Buyer to reflect changes in the technical specifications for the Transformers.
Amended specifications shall form part of this agreement, and shall supersede
and replace all prior versions of the same specification.
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and
year first written above:
PIONEER
TRANSFORMERS LIMITED
|
TORONTO
HYDRO-ELECTRIC SYSTEM
LIMITED
|
|
|
|
|
Per:
/s/ Raymond Haddad
|
|
Per:
/s/ Johanne Kehoe
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
Raymond Haddad
|
|
Name:
Johanne Kehoe
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title
:V-P of Operations
|
|
Title:
Supervisor, Supply Chain
|
|
|
|
|
|
I
have authority to bind the corporation.
|
|
I
have authority to bind the Buyer.
|
|
SCHEDULE
A
The
following specifications, as may be amended from time-to-time, form part of this
Agreement:
05
Transformers:
DT-SW-02R1
– Three. Phase Subway-Type Distribution Transformers with Primary Disconnecting
& Grounding
D-14-11R1
– Three Phase Network Transformers with Primary Disconnecting & Grounding
Switches
PT-01R1 –
500 to 4000 MVA 27.6kV Grd Y/16000 or 27.6 kV Delta to 208 GrdY/120V or 600
GrdY/347V Power Transformer
07
Transformer:
ED 384
(and the addendum thereto) – Off-Load Tap Changing 10000/13333 kVA 60
Cycle,3Phase Outdoor Station Type Transformers
TORONTO
HYDRO
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATION
THREE
PHASE SUBWAY-TYPE
DISTRIBUTION
TRANSFORMERS WITH PRIMARY
DISCONNECTING
& GROUNDING
SPECIFICATION
NO. DT-SW-02R1
PREPARED
BY:
|
/s/ H.
Stucklus
|
|
|
ENGINEER, STANDARDS
& MATERIALS SECTION
|
|
|
|
|
REVIEWED
BY:
|
/s/ L.
Pen
|
|
|
SUPERVISOR,
STANDARDS & MATERIALS SECTION
|
|
CERTIFICATE OF APPROVAL
THIS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION MEETS THE SAFETY
REQUIREMENTS
OF SECTION 4 OF ONTARIO REGULATION 22/04
|
/s/ J.
Petras
|
Aug. 31/-5
|
JOHN
PETRAS
PROFESSIONAL
ENGINEER
|
DATE
MANAGER,
STANDARD &
MATERIALS
|
THREE
PHASE SUBWAY-TYPE
DISTRIBUTION
TRANSFORMERS
SCOPE
i
|
This
specification supplements the requirements of CSA Standard
CAN/CSA-C199¬M1982 for Toronto Hydro Three Phase Subway - Type
Distribution Transformers, Type ONAN, suitable for operation in a
partially or totally submerged condition, with exposure to corrosive
conditions, and for ratings up to 2500 kVA for installation on the Toronto
Hydro 13800 V system.
|
ii
|
Except
where altered by the requirements of this specification, all transformers
shall be designed and manufactured in accordance with CAN/CSA-C 199-
M1982.
|
iii
|
The
numbering of clauses in this specification is identical to that used in
CSA Standard CI99. Any additional or modifying statements added to the
same numbered CSA clause shall form part of this specification and the
requirements, as given in this specification, shall govern. Where no
reference is made, the CSA Standard C199 applies as
written.
|
iv
|
All
specifications mentioned herein shall be the latest
editions.
|
REFERENCE
PUBLICATIONS
ANSI
Standard
C57.12.90
|
Test
Code for Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers
and Guide for Short-Circuit Testing of Distribution and Power
Transformers
|
ANSI\EEE
386-1985
|
Separable
Insulated Connectors for Power Distribution Systems above 600
V.
|
C57.12.28
|
Padmounted
Equipment – Enclosure Integrity
|
C57.12.32-2002
|
IEEE
Standard for Submersible Equipment – Enclosure
Integrity
|
C57.12.40-1994
|
Requirements
for Secondary Network transformers, Subway and Vault Types (Liquid
Immersed)
|
C199-M1982
|
Three
Phase Network Transformers
|
C2-M91
|
Single-Phase
and Three-Phase Distribution Transformers; Types ONAN and
LNAN
|
C50
|
Insulating
Oil, Electrical for Transformers and
Switches
|
C22.2
No.0.15
|
Adhesive
Labels
|
CAN3-
108.3.1-1987
|
Tolerable
Limits and Methods of Measurement of Electromagnetic
Interference
from Alternating Current High Voltage Power Systems 0.15 MHz-30
MHz.
|
ASTM
Standard
D1816
|
Test
Method for Dielectric Oil
|
B6-1
|
Insulating
Oil for New Electrical Apparatus
|
ISO
Standards
9001
|
Quality
Systems- Model for Quality Assurance in Production, Installation and
Servicing
|
3.2.1
|
Operating
conditions associated with Category 2 shall
apply.
|
4.1.2
|
The
maximum dimensions for the transformer are given in Figure 1 attached to
this specification.
|
4.1.3
|
The
thicknesses for the tank wall, cover and bottom as shown in CSA Cl 99
Table 3 shall be changed to read a minimum of 8
mm.
|
|
Respondents
are requested to submit a priced proposal for the fabrication of a
stainless steel tank and provide rationale based on experience that shows
the technical advantages for the use of stainless steel over finished mild
steel. Toronto Hydro proposes to carry out a life cycle evaluation of each
type of tank and determine which tank provides the lower
cost.
|
|
For
ONAN type transformers, the dielectric oil shall meet the minimum
requirements of CSA C50 and shall be Class B, Type II. The dielectric oil
shall be new and shall contain no detectable amount of PCB’s in accordance
with CSA C50. The minimum dielectric strength at time of shipment shall
not be less than 40 kV when tested in accordance with ASTM D1816 using a 2
mm electrode spacing.
|
4.2.3
|
The
access opening dimensions shall be increased for the circular opening to.
510 mm and for the rectangular one to 355 mm x 460 mm. The opening shall
provide access to winding, tap changer and bushing terminals and shall
project approximately 10 mm above the tank surface. All covers shall be
equipped with handles or loops for
lifting.
|
4.3.2
|
Category
2 service requirements apply. Add the following finishing
requirements:
|
|
The
standard exterior finish shall be light grey number 70, Munsell notation
51307.0/0.4. In addition, the exterior finish shall conform to ANSI
C57.12.28-1988, clause 5.4, except the salt spray acceptance test criteria
shall be 3000 hours.
|
|
Submersible
transformers on the Toronto Hydro system are subjected to a very severe
salt and wet environment and often display heavy corrosion. Toronto Hydro
is prepared to consider an alternative paint standard such as IEEE
Standard C57.12.32 – 2002 if the Respondent can show evidence that it
provides a superior performance under these adverse
conditions.
|
4.4.2
|
The
transformer tank shall be provided with four jack steps 140mm wide, 76mm
high and not less than 90mm deep, located at a. minimum distance of 100nun
above the base.
|
4.5
|
Bushings
and Terminations
|
4.5.1
|
The
high and low voltage bushing locations are shown in the Figure 1 at the
end of this specification. Provisions shall be made so that the bushings
can. be removed and replaced without removing the transformer core from
the tank.
|
4.5.2
|
The
high voltage connection shall be three core lead covered cable. Clamp type
connectors are to be used and are to be suitable for #210 copper or #4/0
aluminum conductors. The wiping sleeve shall be equipped with a vent hole
with threaded plug. If predrilled, the wiping sleeve shall be capped, so
that moisture cannot enter the chamber during transportation and outdoor
storage.
|
4.5.5
|
Low-voltage
terminals shall be spade-type sized and drilled according to CSA Standard
C2-M1982, Figure 3, diagram IV (4 hole) and diagram V (6 hole) as
applicable. The number of holes per phase are as
follows:
|
Table 1:
Number of Holes Per Phase on Low-Voltage Termination
4.6.1
|
The
neutral bushing location is shown in the Figure 1 at the end of this
specification. Sub-section (a) applies for voltage 208Y/125 and (b) for
voltages 433Y/250 and 600Y/347.
|
4.6.2
|
The
number of holes shall be according to Table
1.
|
|
Also,
connectors such as Bundy KPA 28 or equivalent that can accept cable sizes
#1/0 to # 4/0 shall be provided.
|
4.8.1
|
The
off-load tap changer shall be located on the terminal side of the
transformer. The tap changer handle shall be designed to allow the use of
a standard Toronto Hydro padlock in any position (see drawing M-3-30
attached to this specification).
|
|
A
separate warning sign shall be mounted close to the tap changer handle and
shall be engraved using bold letters of at least 15mm high as
follows:
|
|
OPERATE
TAP CHANGER SWITCH ONLY WHEN TRANSFORMER IS
DE-ENERGIZED
|
5.
|
ELECTRICAL
CHARACTERISTICS
|
5.1.2
|
Item
(b)(65° rise) shall apply.
|
5.3.1
|
The
nominal primary voltage shall be 13,800 volts, delta connection, and the
nominal secondary voltages shall be 216Y/125 volts, 433Y/250 volts, and
600Y/347 volts. Tests and calculations shall be based on design ratios of
110:1, 55:1 or 40;1, respectively.
|
5.3.2
|
The
full load impedance shall not be less than
4%
|
6.1.1
|
The
primary switch is to be designed for 13,800 volt, three-phase, 60Hz
operation and shall have a nominal rating of 15,000 volts. The dielectric
strength of the primary switch in the open position shall be sufficient to
permit periodic five-minute cable tests at 45 kV D.C. in the
field.
|
|
The
switch, non-interrupting type, shall be designed to operate in the
sequence of open, close,: and ground as
follows:
|
OPEN:
|
incoming
feeder is disconnected from
transformer.
|
CLOSED:
|
incoming
feeder is connected to transformer.
|
GROUND:
|
incoming
feeder is solidly grounded and short circuited between
phases.
|
|
The
blade position shall be clearly marked on the front of the switch. The
primary switch shall be designed so that a standard Toronto Hydro padlock
(see drawing M¬3-30 attached to this specification).can be used to lock
the switch in any position.
|
6.1.4
|
The
primary switch operating handle shaft height shall not be excessively high
or low. The most desirable heights are given in the table of Figure 1. The
maximum operating force of the operating handle shall not exceed 180
Newtons (401bf).
|
6.2.3
|
The
primary switch shall have a nominal continuous current rating of 200
amperes. It shall be capable of withstanding a short-circuit current of
25kA rms symmetrical for 2 seconds, and 40kA rms asymmetrical for 0.2
seconds without causing any damage to contacts, leads, or other parts, or
permitting sufficient heat to be generated which could seriously lower
insulating value of the oil or generate gases to increase the pressure to
dangerous levels.
|
|
In
addition to clauses 9.1 to 9.7, the following shall
apply.
|
|
Type
tests shall be performed and submitted by the successful Respondent(s)
when changes are made to either the transformer design, manufacturing
process, component(s) or raw
material.
|
|
The
type tests for temperature rise, BIL, RN, sound level and short circuit
shall be carried out on representative unit(s) on order when requested by
Toronto Hydro unless Certified Test Reports are made available from other
units whose equivalence with regard to the required tests are acceptable
to Toronto Hydro. The successful Respondent(s) must submit such Certified
Test Reports for approval prior by Toronto Hydro upon Toronto Hydro’s
initial order of the transformer.
|
|
Respondents
shall include in their Proposal, in addition to unit prices, the cost for
performing each of the type tests noted should the Certified Type Test
results, based on similar units, prove unacceptable to Toronto
Hydro.
|
|
In
addition to CSA C2 routine tests the following shall be
conducted:
|
|
1)
|
Resistance
measurement
|
|
2)
|
With
reference to the tank leakage routine tests specified in the CSA C2,
clause 9.2 (h), the manufacturer is required to submit to TH for approval,
a detailed explanation of the test procedure and test parameters that he
proposes to use to conduct the tank leak test on each
unit.
|
|
3)
|
An
impulse test shall. be conducted on all
units.
|
11.1
|
The
following optional items shall be
provided:
|
|
(a)
|
An
automatic pressure relief devise per CSA C2 section
8.3
|
|
(b)
|
A
viewing window shall be provided on the front of the disconnecting and
grounding switch such that the switch blades and the electrical interlock,
including their operating states, are visible through the viewing window.
The viewing window shall be scratch resistance and adequately strong to
withstand the mechanical force under an electrical
fault.
|
|
(g)
|
High
voltage bushing connector for copper or aluminum cable sized to
transformer capacity for ANSI loading
conditions.
|
|
SUPPLEMENTARY
REQUIREMENTS
|
The
following requirements are in addition to those outline above.
|
Transformers
shall be designed and manufactured to in accordance with a quality
program, approved by a certified registrar to ISO
9001.
|
13.1
|
Transformer
Nameplate
|
|
In
addition to the information to be contained in the combination nameplate
and connection diagram as outlined in CSA Standard C199, the nameplate
shall contain the following
information:
|
|
Toronto
Hydro Purchase Order Number
|
|
Total
weight of the insulating liquid
|
|
Total
volume of the insulating liquid
|
|
The
nameplate shall contain the following warning in bold
prints
|
|
(A)
|
OPERATE
THE PRIMARY DISCONNECTING AND GROUNDING SWITCH ONLY WHEN THE. TRANSFORMER
AND INCOMING PRIMARY FEEDER ARE
DE-ENERGIZED.
|
|
HIGH
VOLTAGE LINE OPEN AND DISCONNECTED FROM.
TRANSFORMER.
|
|
SWITCH
IN GROUND POSITION:
|
|
HIGH
VOLTAGE LINE GROUNDED, AND
SHORT-CIRCUITED.
|
|
SWITCH
IN CLOSED POSITON:
|
|
HIGH
VOLTAGE LINE CONNECTED TO
TRANSFORMER
|
|
(B)
|
OPERATE
THE TAP CHANGER SWITCH ONLY WHEN THE TRANSFORMER IS
DE-ENERGIZED.
|
|
13.2
|
High
Voltage and Low Voltage Terminal
Markings
|
|
The
high and low, voltage terminals shall be stenciled H1, H2, etc. and X ,
X2, X3, etc: respectively in minimum 50mm high white
lettering.
|
|
13.3
|
Stock
Code, kVA and Voltage
Markings
|
|
The
stock code number shall be stenciled on the front of the switch chamber.
“< 2 ppm PCB” note shall be shown on the transformer
nameplate.
|
|
The
successful Respondent(s) shall advise Toronto Hydro a minimum of four (4)
Business Days in advance of scheduled, testing to enable Toronto Hydro to
send inspectors to witness the production tests. All testing is to be
completed during the normal working hours of Toronto Hydro (Monday, to
Thursday, 7:30 a.m. to 3:30 p.m., Friday, 7:30 a.m. to 12:00 p.m., with
the successful Respondent(s) responsible’ for all costs incurred by
Toronto Hydro for time spent beyond said hours. Where the location of
transformer testing is more than 200 km from Toronto Hydro, a minimum of
seven (7) Business Days’ notice will be
required.
|
|
All
transformers of each rating on order may be test-witnessed at the
discretion of the inspectors of Toronto
Hydro.
|
|
The
successful Respondent(s) shall provide the inspectors of Toronto Hydro,
without restriction, access to its premises and test areas for the purpose
of quality surveillance and
verification.
|
|
Toronto
Hydro reserves the right to select, at random, transformers from a
production lot for the production tests, when
necessary.
|
|
Respondents
must provide the following information to Toronto Hydro for the evaluation
of the transformer losses and characteristics. Proposals lacking the
required data may not be evaluated.
|
15.1
|
Guaranteed
value of no-load losses at 105% rated voltage and corrected to
85°C.
|
15.2
|
Exciting
current at 105% rated voltage.
|
15.3
|
Guaranteed
value of load losses and impedance at rated current and voltage, corrected
to 85° C.
|
15.4
|
Percentage
regulation at 0.8 and unity power
factors.
|
15.5
|
Efficiency
at 1/4, 1/2, 3/4, full-load and 5/4
full-load.
|
15.6
|
Material
used for high-voltage and low-voltage
windings.
|
15.7
|
High
voltage switch technical data.
|
15.8
|
A
dimensional outline drawing.
|
15.9
|
Location
of plant where transformers are to be
manufactured.
|
|
In
the event of an order, the successful Respondent(s) shall submit to
Toronto Hydro three (3) copies of the following drawings for approval,
prior to commencement of
production:
|
16.1
|
Dimensional
outline drawing.
|
|
16.1.1
|
The
drawing shall accurately display all features of the unit to be supplied.
Any feature not being provided shall not be
shown.
|
|
16.1.2
|
The
drawing shall show primary and secondary voltages and kVA of unit being
supplied.
|
|
16.1.3
|
The
drawing shall also bear the name of Toronto Hydro and the relevant
purchase order number.
|
|
16.2
|
Nameplate
data such as weight, dimensions, litres of fluid, base detail, location of
bushings and devises, height of switch handle, height if wiping sleeve,
arrangement of accessories, etc.
|
|
16.3
|
Details
of switch and termination chamber.
|
One copy
of each, bearing Toronto Hydro’s approval with any remarks or comments, will be
returned to the successful Respondent(s). If revision to the drawing is made,
re-submission for approval is required unless stated otherwise, in writing, by
Toronto Hydro.
Once the
dimensional outline and the nameplate data drawings are approved by Toronto
Hydro, new drawings are not required for the duration of the Strategic Supply
Agreement.
17.
|
CERTIFIED
TEST REPORT
|
Upon the
placement of Toronto Hydro’s initial order of the transformer, the successful
Respondent(s) shall submit two (2) copies of a Certified Test Report reflecting
all production and type test results as outlined in this
specification.
Certified
Test Reports shall include all the information as outlined in the attached
sample Test Report format (see Appendices Al & A2 to this
specification).
The
Certified Test Reports must be approved by Toronto Hydro prior to the shipment
of the equipment. Approval or rejection of the Certified Test Reports will be
given within five (5) Business Days of their receipt.
If the
manufactured equipment does not comply with all the requirements of this
specification, Toronto Hydro reserves the right to reject all, or part of, the
equipment under the Strategic Supply Agreement. The right of rejection will
apply whether the equipment is in plant, in the warehouses of Toronto Hydro or
in final installed position.
|
The
successful Respondent(s) shall take an necessary precautions to avoid
damage to the transformers during shipment and to ensure safe arrival at
destination. Any damage to the paint, tank, hood, bushings or internal
parts of any transformer on receipt at destination will be cause for
rejection of the units until satisfactory repairs are arranged by the
successful Respondent(s). Any claims against the transport company will be
the responsibility of the successful
Respondent(s).
|
|
Shipment
shall only be made when authorization is given by Toronto
Hydro.
|
|
The
successful Respondent(s) agrees that in the event it should fail to
deliver the transformer within the time scheduled for delivery as
specified in the purchase order, it may be required to pay to Toronto
Hydro a fee, up to a maximum of ten percent (10%) of the total purchase
price, which will be deducted from the invoice. This fee will be deducted
only if Toronto Hydro, as a result of the shipment delay, is required to
construct and remove temporary facilities which may be required to meet
the commitments of Toronto Hydro to provide electric
power.
|
|
Toronto
Hydro also has the right to cancel the order without cost to Toronto Hydro
if the late delivery is deemed unacceptable, in Toronto Hydro’s sole
discretion.
|
|
If
a transformer is defective upon arrival or malfunctions in normal service,
for causes other than accident, misapplication, or abuse, for a period of
one (1) year after the unit is placed in service, or two (2) years after
delivery, whichever occurs first, the defective transformer will be
returned to the successful Respondent(s) by common carrier at the
successful Respondent(s)’s expense.
|
|
The
successful respondent(s) shall make good all defects or shall provide a
new transformer to replace the defective one without cost to Toronto
Hydro. If the successful Respondent(s) fails to repair or replace the
returned transformer within a time period agreed upon by the parties, the
successful Respondent(s) shall reimburse Toronto Hydro for the purchase
price of the transformer. Transformers returned under warranty shall have
a Certified Test Report and a report on the cause of
failure.
|
|
Approval
of tests by Toronto Hydro or its appointed agents shall not relieve the
successful Respondent(s) of its responsibilities with respect to
warranty.
|
21.
|
INFORMATION
SUBMITTED WITH THE PROPOSAL
|
|
Respondents
shall submit the following information with their
Proposal:
|
|
1.
|
Layout
drawing showing dimensions and weights and location of all devices and
features.
|
|
2.
|
Toronto
Hydro Data Sheets, as attached to this
specification
|
|
3.
|
Guaranteed
losses, impedances and delivery
times
|
|
4.
|
Manufacturers
technical data, bulletins, switch operation details and test reports on
bushings, loadbreak switches and
fusing
|
|
6.
|
Separate
optional pricing for type tests.
|
|
7.
|
Clearly
identified exceptions to this
specification.
|
22.
|
TRANSFORMER
LOSSES EVALUATION
|
22.1
|
Evaluation
of Proposals
|
|
Respondents
shall note that, in evaluating the Proposals, Toronto Hydro will calculate
the present value of the quoted transformer losses and add it to the
quoted prices using the following formula:
[XX]
Full
load losses result when the transformer supplies a load at rated current
and does not include no-load loss.
|
|
For
this purpose, the dollar values assigned to the losses
are:
|
22.2
|
Excessive
Loss Evaluation
|
|
In
cases where the final average measured losses of identical units exceed
the guaranteed values, the Toronto Hydro reserves the right to reject all
of said units. If the Toronto Hydro should choose to accept these units,
the successful Respondent(s) must reimburse the Toronto Hydro for the
additional cost of the transformer losses, which will be deducted from the
successful Respondent(s)’s invoice.
|
|
In
order to assess the value of non-guarantee, the average value of the
measured no-load and full-load losses, taken from all of the identical
units on order, will be used as the basis for the losses calculation. The
cost. of losses will be calculated as
follows:
|
|
a)
|
If
the no-load losses exceed the guarantee while the full-load losses are
within the guarantee, the calculation for the cost of losses will be based
on the following formula:
|
|
b)
|
If
the no-load losses are within guarantee while the full-load losses exceed
the guarantee, the calculation for the cost of losses will be based on the
following formula:
|
|
c)
|
If
both no-load and full-load losses exceed the guarantee, the calculation
for the cost of losses will be based on formula (2).
Present
value of cost of excess transformer losses in
dollars
|
Where:
23.
|
DELIVERY
Respondents
shall state in weeks the shipment time from the date of award of the
Strategic Supply Agreement.. The location within the City of Toronto to
which the delivery is to be made will be specified by the time of
shipment.
The
successful Respondent(s) is to provide five (5) Business Days’ notice
prior to shipment so that arrangements can be made to receive
transformers. Transformers shall be delivered during normal working hours,
Monday to Thursday (7:30 a.m. to 3:30 p.m.), Friday (7:30 a.m. to 12:00
p.m.) allowing sufficient time for receiving and offloading the
transformers.
Transformers
shall only be delivered after the submitted drawings and test results have
been approved by Toronto Hydro.
|
TORONTO
HYDRO •
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATION
THREE
PHASE NETWORK TRANSFORMERS
WITH
PRIMARY DISCONNECTING &
GROUNDING
SWITCHES
SPECIFICATION
NO. D-14:41 R1
PREPARED
BY:
|
/s/ H.
Stucklus
|
|
|
ENGINEER, STANDARDS
& MATERIALS SECTION
|
|
|
|
|
REVIEWED
BY:
|
/s/ L. Pen
|
|
|
SUPERVISOR,
STANDARDS & MATERIALS SECTION
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CERTIFICATE OF APPROVAL
THIS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION MEETS THE SAFETY
REQUIREMENTS
OF SECTION 4 OF ONTARIO REGULATION 22/04
|
/s/ J. Petras
|
August 31, 05
|
JOHN PETRAS
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER
|
DATE
MANAGER, STANDARD &
MATERIALS
|
THREE
PHASE NETWORK TRANSFORMERS
INTRODUCTION
i
|
This
specification supplements the requirements of CSA Standard CAN/CSA-C199-
M1982 for Three Phase Neutral Transformers, Type ONAN and LNAN, suitable
for operation in a partially or totally submerged condition, with exposure
to corrosive conditions and for ratings up to 2000 kVA for installation on
the Toronto Hydro 13800 V system.
|
ii
|
Except
where altered by the requirements of this specification, all transformers
shall be designed and manufactured in accordance with CAN/CSA-C199-
M1982.
|
iii
|
The
numbering of clauses in’ this specification is identical to that used in
CSA Standard C199. Any additional or modifying statements added to the
same numbered CSA clause shall form part of this specification and the
requirements, as given in this specification, shall govern. Where no
reference is made, the CSA Standard C199 applies as written.
.
|
iv
|
All
specifications mentioned herein shall be the latest
editions
|
REFERENCE
PUBLICATIONS
C199-M
1982
|
Three
Phase Network Transformers
|
C2-M91
|
Single-Phase
and Three-Phase Distribution Transformers,
Types
|
C50
|
Insulating
Oil, Electrical for Transformers and
Switches
|
C22.2
No. 0.15
|
Adhesive
Labels
|
CAN3-108.3.1-1987
|
Tolerable
Limits and Methods of Measurement of Electromagnetic
Interference
from Alternating Current High Voltage Power Systems 0.15 MHz-30
MHz.
|
C57.12.90
|
Test
Code for Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers
and Guide for Short-Circuit Testing of Distribution and Power
Transformers
|
ANSINIEEE
386
|
Separable
insulated Connectors for Power Distribution
Systems
|
C57.12.28
|
Padmounted
Equipment – Enclosure Integrity
|
C57.12.40-1994
|
Requirements
for Secondary Network transformers, Subway and Vault Types (Liquid
Immersed)
|
IEEE
C57.12.32
|
Submersible
Equipment – Enclosure Integrity
|
ASTM
Standard
D1816
|
Test
Method for Dielectric Oil
|
B6-1
|
Insulating
Oil for New Electrical Apparatus
|
ISO
Standards
9001
|
Quality
Systems- Model for Quality Assurance In Production, Installation and
Servicing
|
|
Operating
conditions associated with Category 2 shall apply. Add the following
finishing requirements:
|
|
The
standard exterior finish shall be light grey number 70, Munsell notation
513G7.0/0.4.
|
4.0
|
MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND
TRANSFORMER ACCESSORIES
|
4.1.1
|
The
transformer shall be of sealed construction with the cover bolted in
place.
|
4.12
|
The
transformer layout shall conform to CSA C199, Figure 2 except the low
voltage neutral shall be located close to H1 of the termination chamber.
The transformer dimensions shall conform to attached drawing
#D-14-11-D10.
|
4.1.3
|
In
addition, Respondents are requested to submit a priced proposal for the
fabrication of a stainless steel tank and provide rationale based on
experience that shows the technical advantages for the use of stainless
steel over finished mild steel. Toronto Hydro proposes to carry out a life
cycle evaluation of each type of tank and determine which tank provides
the highest reliability for cost.
|
4.2
|
The
access opening dimensions shall be increased for the circular opening to
510 mm and for the rectangular one to 355 mm x 460 mm. The opening shall
provide access to winding, tap changer and bushing terminals and shall
project approximately 10 mm above the tank surface. All covers shall be
equipped with handles or loops for
lifting.
|
4.3.2
|
In
addition, the exterior finish shall conform to ANSI C57.12.28 1988, clause
5.4, except the salt spray test acceptance criteria shall be 3000
hours.
|
|
Submersible
transformers on the Toronto Hydro system are subjected to a very severe
salt and wet environment and often display heavy corrosion. Toronto Hydro
is prepared to consider an alternative paint standard to IEEE Standard
C57.12.32 – 2002 if the Respondent can show evidence that it provides a
superior performance under these adverse
conditions.
|
4.4.1
|
The
main cover and primary switch tank, if removable, shall be equipped for
lifting in a properly balanced manner and shall have a safety factor of 5
in accordance with ANSI per clause
C57.12.40.
|
4.4.2
|
The
transformer tank shall be provided with four jack steps 140mm wide, 76mm
high and not less than 90mm deep, located at a minimum distance of 100mm
above the base channels and usable with or without skids attached.. The
design in accordance with ANSI C57.12.40 shall provide a safety factor of
5.
|
4.5.2
|
Straight
receptacle – three 600 A, 15kV, dead break apparatus bushing externally
clamped shall be provided for receiving three straight receptacles with
capacitive test points. The termination chamber has been eliminated and
the switch chamber is used to terminate the primary connections. The three
receptacles shall be connected to three single conductor 3/0 XLPE cables,
100% insulation. The bushings shall be Elastimold Cat. # 675T1 or approved
equivalent in accordance with ANSI/IEEE
386.
|
4.5.9
|
Provision
to mount the network protector to the transformer tank shall be in
accordance with CSA C199 Figure 5 for 1875 A and Figure 6 for 3000 and
3500 A ratings. The support bracket shall be in the same plane as the
compressed gasket for the LV flanged throat and recessed as shown in
Figure 6. The gasket, which shall be included, shall be one piece. The
dowel pin (see Figure 5 and 6) shall protrude 25 mm
(1”)).
|
4.5.10
|
A
steel backing plates 12.7 mm (1/2”) thick (see figures 5 and 6) shall be
used at the mating surfaces and all fasteners such as washers, bolts,
etc., required to secure the connection at the protector and transformer
shall be provided. Bolting surfaces shall be silver plated; brush plated
is unacceptable.
|
4.5.11
|
The
flexible connections and secondary bushings shall be rated as
follows:
|
216Y/I25
V
|
433Y250
V.
|
Minimum
Current
|
500
kVA
|
1000
kVA .
|
1875
A
|
750
kVA
|
1500
kVA
|
3000
A
|
1000
kVA
|
2000
kVA
|
3500
A
|
4.6.1
|
In
addition, see CSA CI 99 Figure 2 for approximate location of the neutral
terminal except the required location is between LV and /IV bushing
arrangements, and below the cover to provide clear access to the neutral
terminal. The terminal shall be 6 hole in accordance with CSA C2 Figure
3(iv). Bolting surfaces shall be silver plated; brush plated is
unacceptable.
|
4.7
|
The
ground terminal shall be supplied with a solderless connector suitable for
receiving 1/0 to 4/0 stranded
conductor.
|
4.8.1
|
The
tap changer handle shall be designed to allow the use of a standard
Toronto Hydro padlock (see attached drawing D-14-11-D20) in any position.
The tap changer shall have a current carrying capacity that. corresponds
to 150% of the current rating of the winding and shall not limit the
loading of the transformer in accordance with ANSI
C57.
|
|
A
separate warning sign shall be mounted close to the tap changer handle and
shall be engraved using bold letters of at least 15mm high as
follows:
|
|
OPERATE
TAP CHANGER SWITCH ONLY WHEN
|
|
TRANSFORMER
IS DE-ENERGIZED
|
4.10
|
In
addition, the thermometer shall be equipped with two auxiliary form “C”
contacts: one to operate at 95° C and the other at 110° C. The auxiliary
wiring shall terminate in a plug with a weatherproof cap. A sign shall be
mounted close to the thermometer and shall be engraved using bold letters
of at least 15mm high as follows:
|
|
Maximum
Continuous temperature: 95° C
|
|
Maximum
Permissible temperature: 110° C
|
4.12.1
|
In
addition, the drain valve shall be Globe type and complete with sampling
devise.
|
|
The
dielectric oil shall meet the minimum requirements of CSA C50 and shall be
Class B, Type IL The oil shall be new and shall contain no detectable
amount of PCB’s in accordance with CSA C50. The minimum dielectric
strength at time of shipment shall be not less than 40 kV in accordance
with ASTM D1816 using a 2 mm electrode
spacing.
|
5.0
|
ELECTRICAL
CHARACTERISTICS
|
5.1.1
|
The
transformer shall be designed to deal with higher losses associated with
harmonics that are generated as a result of supplying non-linear loads to
our commercial customers. In order to deal with harmonic loading, a
K-factor rating of 4 as defined by ANSI C57.110 is
required.
|
5.1.2
|
The
kVA rating shall be based on item (a), continuous operation at a winding.
temperature rise not exceeding 55° C but with a 65° C insulation
system.
|
5.3.1
|
The
nominal HV to LV turn ratio shall be 110:1 for 216Y/125 V and 55:1 . for
433Y/250
|
5.3.2
|
All
taps shall be rated full capacity.
|
5.4
|
The
full load impedance shall be 6.44%
|
5.8
|
No-load
loss must be greater than or equal to 0.12% of the nameplate kVA rating
and no special devises such as resistor banks shall be used to meet this
requirement.
|
6.1.1
|
The
switch voltage rating shall be 13,800 V, 15 kV
class.
|
6.1.4
|
Three
auxiliary form “A” contacts shall be provided, one per switch position.
The wiring from the contacts shall be terminated in a plug that will be
provided with a weatherproof cap. The switch shall be design to accept the
Toronto Hydro standard padlock (see attached drawing D-14-11- DI 0). The
operating handle shall be positioned 900 mm to 1200 mm above ground level
and the maximum force to operate the handle shall not exceed 180 Newtons
(40 lb°.
|
6.2.3
|
The
short time current capability of the switch shall be 25 kA(sym) for 2 s
and 40 kA(sym) for 0.2 s.
|
6.2.4
|
In
addition, the interlock shall be internally mounted having a single phase
coil connected line to ground and shall operate without noise or
chatter.
|
7.2.6
|
A
front viewing window shall be provided such that the disconnect and ground
switch blades, their operating states and interlock are visible. The
viewing window shall be scratch resistant and adequately strong to
withstand mechanical forces from an internal
fault.
|
9.1
|
In
addition to the routine tests specified in CSA C2, Respondents shall
conduct the following on each unit:
|
|
2)
|
Pick
up and drop out voltage of the electrical
interlock
|
|
3)
|
Tank
test: Respondents are required to submit to Toronto Hydro, for approval, a
detailed explanation of the test procedure and test parameters that they
propose to use to conduct the tank leak
test.
|
|
4)
|
The
switch with all terminals in position shall be subjected to a test of
three times the operating voltage between phases for a period of five
minutes. Further with the switch in the open position, a 36,000 V test
shall be applied between phase and ground for one
minute.
|
|
5)
|
The
interlock coil and leads must be subjected to 10,000 V to ground for one
minute.
|
|
6)
|
Percentage
regulation at 1.0 and 0.8 power
factors.
|
|
7)
|
Efficiency
at 1/4, 1/2, 3/4, full-load and 5/4
full-load.
|
|
Type
tests shall be submitted by the successful Respondent(s) when changes are
made to either the transformer design,, manufacturing process,
component(s) or raw material.
|
|
The
type tests for temperature rise, BIL, RN, sound level and short circuit
shall be carried out on representative unit(s) on order when requested by
Toronto Hydro unless Certified Test Reports are made available from other
units whose equivalence with regard to the required tests are acceptable
to the Toronto Hydro. The Respondent(s) must submit such Certified Test
Reports for approval by Toronto Hydro upon Toronto Hydro’s initial order
of the transformer.
|
|
Respondents
shall include in their Proposal, in addition to the unit prices, the cost
for performing each of the type tests noted above in the event that the
Certified Test Reports results, based on representative units, prove
unacceptable.
|
10.1
|
Transformer
Nameplate
|
|
-
|
In
addition to the information to be contained in the •combination nameplate
and connection diagram as outlined in CSA Standard C199, the nameplate
shall contain the following
information:
|
|
-
|
Toronto
Hydro purchase order number -
|
|
-
|
Total
weight and volume of the insulating liquid in switch chamber, termination
chamber and main tank
|
|
-
|
Total
volume of the insulating liquid
|
|
-
|
PCB
content and k-factor, as applicable
|
|
-
|
Title
“3 Phase Network transformer”
|
|
-
|
Transformer
type e.g. Subway- Category II
|
|
-
|
BIL
and current ratings
|
|
-
|
Primary
switch type e.g. dead break, no load,
etc.
|
|
-
|
The
following warnings:
|
|
OPERATE
THE PRIMARY DISCONNECTING AND GROUNDING SWITCH ONLY WHEN THE TRANSFORMER
AND INCOMING PRIMARY FEEDER ARE
DE-ENERGIZED
|
HIGH
VOLTAGE LINE OPEN AND DISCONNECTED FROM TRANSFORMER
|
SWITCH
IN CLOSED POSITION:
|
HIGH
VOLTAGE LINE CONNECTED TO TRANSFORMER
|
SWITCH
IN GROUND POSITION:
|
HIGH
VOLTAGE LINE GROUNDED
|
The
following items shall be provided:
|
|
a)
|
Pressure
relief devises
|
|
b)
|
Viewing
window for HV switch
|
|
In
addition “< 2 ppm PCB” shall be shown on the transformer
nameplate.
|
|
The
stock code number shall be stenciled at the front of the termination or
switch chamber.
|
|
Transformers
shall be designed and manufactured to in accordance with a quality
program, approved by a certified registrar to ISO
9001.
|
|
In
the event of an order, the successful Respondent(s) shall, submit to
Toronto Hydro three (3) copies of the following drawings for approval,
prior to the commencement of
production:
|
-
|
Outline
and dimensional drawing. –
|
-
|
Nameplate
data drawing.
|
|
These
drawings shall accurately display all features of the unit to be supplied.
Any feature not being provided shall not be
shown.
|
|
One
copy of each, bearing Toronto Hydro approval with any remarks or comments,
will be returned to the successful Respondent(s). If revision to the
drawing is made, resubmission for approval is required unless stated
otherwise, in writing, by Toronto Hydro. The drawings shall also bear
Toronto hydro’s name and the relevant purchase order
number.
|
15.
|
TRANSFORMER
LOSSES EVALUATION
|
15.1
|
Evaluation
of Proposals
|
|
Respondents
shall note that, in evaluating the Proposals, Toronto Hydro will calculate
the present value of the quoted transformer losses and add it to the
quoted prices using the following formula:=
[XX]
|
15.2
|
Excessive
Loss Evaluation
|
|
In
cases where the final average measured losses of identical units exceed
the guaranteed values, Toronto Hydro reserves the right to reject all of
said units. If Toronto Hydro should choose to accept these units, the
successful Respondent(s) must reimburse Toronto Hydro for the additional
cost of the transformer losses, which will be deducted from the successful
Respondent(s)’s invoice.
|
|
In
order to assess the value of non-guarantee, the average value of the
measured no-load and full-load losses, taken from all of the identical
units on order, will be used as the basis for the losses calculation. The
cost of losses will be calculated as
follows:
|
|
a)
|
If
the no-load losses exceed the guarantee while the full-load losses are
within the guarantee, the calculation for the cost of losses will be based
on the following formula:
|
|
b)
|
If
the no-load losses are within guarantee while the full-load losses exceed
the guarantee, the calculation for the cost of losses will be based on the
following formula:
|
|
c)
|
If
both no-load and full-load losses exceed the guarantee, the calculation
for the cost of losses will be based on formula
(2).
|
|
Present
value of cost of excess transformer losses in
dollars
|
16.
|
CERTIFIED
TEST REPORT
|
|
Upon
the placement of Toronto Hydro’s initial order of the transformer, the
successful Respondent(s) shall. submit two (2) copies of a Certified Test
Report reflecting all production and type test results as outlined in this
specification.
|
|
Certified
Test Reports shall include all the information as outlined in the attached
sample Test Report format (see Appendices A 1 & A2 to this
specification).
|
|
The
Certified Test Reports must be approved by Toronto Hydro prior to.
shipment of the equipment. Approval or rejection, of the Certified. Test
Reports will be given within five’ (5) Business Days of their
receipt.
|
|
If
the manufactured equipment does not comply with all the requirements of
this specification, Toronto Hydro reserves the right to reject all, or
part of, the equipment under the Strategic Supply Agreement. The right of
rejection will apply whether the equipment is in plant, in Toronto Hydro
warehouses or in final installed
position.
|
|
The
successful Respondent(s) shall take all necessary precautions to avoid
damage to the transformers during shipment and to ensure safe arrival at
destination. Any damage to the paint, tank, cover, bushings or internal
parts of any transformer on receipt at destination will be cause for
rejection of the units until satisfactory repairs are arranged by the
successful Respondent(s). Any claims against the transport company will be
the, responsibility of the successful
Respondent(s).
|
|
Shipment
shall only be made when authorization is given by Toronto
Hydro.
|
|
The
successful Respondent(s) agrees that in the event it should fail to
deliver the transformer within the time scheduled for delivery as
specified in the purchase order, it may be required to pay to Toronto
Hydro a fee, up to a maximum of ten percent (10%) of the total purchase
price, which will be deducted from the invoice. This fee will be deducted
only if Toronto Hydro, as a result of the shipment delay, is required to
construct and remove temporary facilities which may be required to meet
Toronto. Hydro’s commitments to provide electric
power.
|
|
Toronto
Hydro also has the right to cancel the order without cost to Toronto Hydro
if the late delivery is deemed unacceptable, in Toronto Hydro’s sole
discretion.
|
|
If
a transformer is defective upon arrival or malfunctions in normal service,
for causes other than accident, misapplication, or abuse, for a period of
one (1) year after the unit is placed in service, or two (2) years after
delivery, whichever occurs first, the defective transformer will be
returned to the successful Respondent(s) by common carrier at the
successful Respondent(s)’s expense.
|
|
The
successful Respondent(s) shall make good all defects or shall provide a
new transformer to replace the defective one without cost to Toronto
Hydro. If the successful Respondent(s) fails to repair or replace the
returned transformer within a time period agreed upon by the parties, the
successful Respondent(s) shall reimburse Toronto Hydro for the purchase
price of the transformer. Transformers returned under warranty shall have
a Certified Test Report and a report on the cause of
failure.
|
|
Approval
of tests by Toronto Hydro or its appointed agents shall not relieve the
successful Respondent(s) of its responsibilities with respect to
warranty.
|
|
Respondents
must supply the following information to Toronto Hydro for the evaluation
of the transformer losses and characteristics. Proposals lacking the
required data may not be evaluated.
|
20.1
|
Guaranteed
value of no-load losses at 105% rated voltage and corrected to 85
°C.
|
20.2
|
Exciting
current at 105% rated voltage.
|
20.3
|
Guaranteed
value of load losses and impedance at rated current and voltage, corrected
to 85 °C.
|
20.4
|
Percentage
regulation at 0.8 and unity power
factors.
|
20.5
|
Efficiency
at 1/4, 1/2, 3/4, full-load and 5/4
full-load.
|
20.6
|
Material
used for high-voltage and low-voltage
windings.
|
20.7
|
Fuse
Characteristics, switches and bushing technical
data.
|
20.8
|
Layout
drawing showing dimensions and weights and location of all devices and
features.
|
20.9
|
Location
of plant where transformers are to be
manufactured.
|
|
The
successful Respondent(s) shall state in weeks the shipment time from the
date of award of the Strategic Supply Agreement. The location within the
City of Toronto to which the delivery is to be made will be specified by
the time of shipment.
|
|
The
successful Respondent(s) is to provide five (5) Business Days’ notice
prior to shipment so that arrangements can be made to receive
transformers. Transformers shall be delivered during normal working hours,
Monday to Thursday (7:30 a.m.. to 3:30 p.m.), Friday (7:30 a.m. to 12:00
p.m.), allowing sufficient time for receiving and off loading the
transformers.
|
|
Transformers
shall only be delivered after the submitted drawings and test results have
been approved by Toronto Hydro.
|
|
The
successful Respondent(s) shall advise Toronto Hydro a minimum of four (4)
Business Days in advance of scheduled testing to enable a Toronto Hydro
inspector to witness these tests. All testing is to be completed during
Toronto Hydra’s normal working hours (Monday to Thursday, 7:30 a.m. to
3:30 p.m., Friday, 7:30 a.m. to 12:00 p.m., with the successful
Respondent(s) responsible for all costs incurred by Toronto Hydro for time
spent beyond said hours. Where the location of transformer testing is more
than 200 km from Toronto Hydro, a minimum of seven (7) Business Days
notice will be required.
|
|
All
transformers of each rating on order may be test-witnessed at the
discretion of Toronto Hydro’s
inspectors.
|
|
The
successful Respondent(s) shall provide the Toronto Hydro’s inspectors,
without restriction, access to its premises and test areas for the purpose
of quality surveillance and
verification.
|
|
Toronto
Hydro reserves the right to select, at random, transformers from a
production lot for the production tests, when
necessary.
|
TORONTO
HYDRO ELECTRIC SYSTEM LTD.
SPECIFICATION
# PT-01 R1
FOR
500
to 4000 MVA
27.6KVGrd
Y/16000 or 27.6 kV Delta
to
208 GrdY/120V or 600 GrdY/347V
POWER
TRANSFORMER
PREPARED
BY:
|
/s/ H.
Stucklus
|
|
|
ENGINEER, STANDARDS
& MATERIALS SECTION
|
|
|
|
REVIEWED
BY:
|
/s/ L.
Pen
|
|
|
SUPERVISOR,
STANDARDS & MATERIALS SECTION
|
|
|
|
CERTIFICATE OF APPROVAL
THIS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION MEETS THE SAFETY
REQUIREMENTS
OF SECTION 4 OF ONTARIO REGULATION 22/04
|
/s/ J. Petras
|
Aug. 31, 2005
|
JOHN
PETRAS
PROFESSIONAL
ENGINEER
|
DATE
MANAGER,
STANDARD &
MATERIALS
|
1.1
|
This
specification covers the requirements for an oil-filled, sealed tank
design, power class transformer. The work to be done includes the design,
manufacture, fabrication, shop testing, supply, delivery, placement in
position and guarantee of the transformer. All work shall be in accordance
with the following standards, current editions, except as specified
herein.
|
CSA
Standards
CSA-C88
|
Power
Transformers and Reactors
|
CSA-C2
|
Single
Phase and Three Phase Distribution Transformers, Type ONAN and
LNAN
|
CSA
C50
|
Insulating
Oil, Electrical for Transformers and
Switches
|
ANSI
Standards
C57.12.00
|
General
Requirements for Distribution, Power, Regulating
Transformers
|
C57.92
|
Guide
for Loading Mineral Oil Immersed Power Transformers up to and Including
100 MVA with 55° C or 65° C Average Winding
rise
|
C57.12.28
|
Switchgear
and Transformers – Padmounted equipment – Enclosure
Integrit
|
ISO
Standards
9001
|
Quality
Management and Quality Assurance
Standard
|
|
The
transformer three phase ONAN rating shall be based on the rating given in
the item description in the RFP. The average winding temperature rise
shall be 65° C. Provision for a further 33.3% increase in capacity with
forced air cooling shall be provided. Limits of temperature rise for
continuous operation shall be in accordance to CSA-C88-M90 Clause
9.2.
|
|
The
applicable primary and secondary voltages shall be those given in the item
description in the RFP.
|
Primary:
|
27.6
kV GrdY/16000 or 27.6 kV delta
connected
|
|
Secondary:
208Grd Y/120 or 600 GrdY/347
|
|
All
voltages are based on the turns-ratio of the transformer at
no-load.
|
3.3
|
Electrical
Characteristics
|
|
Transformer
impedance shall be 5.5%
|
|
The
transformer dissipation factor shall be 1.00% or less when corrected to
20°C.
|
|
Transformer
sound level shall not exceed 58 dBA. Sound level tests shall be made in
accordance with ANSI Standard
C57.12.90.
|
|
The
minimum winding insulation requirements shall
be:
|
|
For
the 27.6 kVGrdY connection – 150 kV
BIL
|
|
For
the 27.6 kV.deita connection – 170 kV
BIL
|
|
Secondary
BIL
For
the 4160GrtlY connection – 50 kV BIL
For
the 600GrdY and 208GrdY connections - 30 kV BIL
Winding
Neutral BIL
The
winding neutral BIL ratings shall meet the requirements in CSA C88 Table 4
as follows:
For
27.6kVGrdY neutral – 95 kV BIL
For
4160GrdY neutral – 50 kV BIL
For
208GrdY and 600GrdY — 30 kV BIL
|
4
CONSTRUCTION
|
A
sealed tank design shall be provided in accordance with the requirements
of section 15 of CSA-C88-M90 where the mechanical features and accessories
listed in clauses 15.1.2 to 15.1.26. shall be considered standard. This
specification provides clarification of Toronto Hydro’s requirements and
items for clauses 15.1.2 to 15.1.26 where not specifically mentioned shall
be supplied as per Respondent’s standard unless identified as an option in
clauses 15.1.2 to 15.1.26.
|
|
Hand
hole suitably located and sized shall be provided on the tank
cover.
|
|
The
transformer core shall be designed and constructed to avoid tank •heating
under, unbalanced loading or, secondary fault conditions. The Respondent
shall specify whether it will use triplex, five-legged core, or other
approved equivalent construction.
|
|
Winding
configuration shall be wye primary or delta primary to wye secondary with
the secondary neutral brought out separately for solid grounding. The
angular displacement for the star - star or delta – star winding
connections shall be in accordance with CSA C88 Figure 1 designations for
angular displacements Yy0 or Dy1.
|
|
Transformer
primary winding shall be provided with a five position off circuit tap
changer with full capacity rating and features as detailed in CSA-C88-M90
clauses 8. and 15.1.4. Tap changer positions and corresponding ratings
shall be as follows:
|
POSITION
|
VOLTAGE
|
PERCENT
REGULATION
|
|
|
|
1
|
28,980
|
+5
|
2
|
28,290
|
+2
1/2
|
3
|
27,600
|
0
|
4
|
26,910
|
-2
1/2
|
5
|
26,220
|
-5
|
4.4
|
Lugs, Jacking Steps, Maximum
dimensions, etc.
|
|
Four
lifting lugs shall be provided at the top corners of the tank side walls,
each of capacity sufficient to support at least half the weight of the
oil-filled transformer.
|
|
Two
lifting lugs shall be provided on the top cover of the transformer to
enable removal of the cover only. These shall be located approximately
equidistant from the center of gravity of the complete
transformer.
|
|
Four
jacking steps shall be provided, on the base or on the tank corners, each
of capacity sufficient to support at least half the weight of the
oil-filled transformer. These shall be located on the outermost base
structure, where the side walls meet the base periphery. The step
underside surface, free of obstruction, shall extend outwards (measured
from the transformer base, or tank) for a minimum distance of 8 inches
(step depth), and is of 6 inch minimum
width.
|
|
The
steps shall be located to ensure an unobstructed space, which is
dimensioned 7 by 7 inches extending directly downward from the step
underside, for a minimum height of 14 inches (vertically) to accommodate
the jack.
|
|
Transformer
dimensions shall be such as to be able to access through the door of the
transformer vault that measures 8’( 2440 mm )wide x 10’( 3050 mm )
high.
|
5.
|
ACCESSORIES AND
OPTIONS
|
|
Gauges,
tap changer handle and other accessories shall be mounted on the
transformer side not having junction boxes or radiators, etc., thus
providing clear access for operating or
viewing.
|
a.
|
A
dial type oil temperature gauge complete with adjustable fan-start and
alarm contacts shall be provided to indicate temperature of the hottest
liquid. Dial is to be located on the tank wall and shall be “TESTON” or
“QUALITROL” type or equivalent suitable for the application and subject to
Toronto Hydro approval.
|
b.
|
A
magnetic oil level gauge with low level alarm contacts shall be provided
and shall be “QUALITROL” type or equivalent suitable for application and
subject to Toronto Hydro approval.
|
c.
|
A
“QUALITROL” series 208-60 pressure relief device or equivalent suitable
for application and subject to Toronto Hydro approval shall be provided
complete with the SPDT alarm switch
option.
|
d.
|
All
alarm and trip contacts shall be wired to identified terminals in a common
weatherproof terminal box located on the tank wall and accessible from
ground level. Terminal box shall include terminals for the future addition
of a 240/120 volt, 3 wire, 60 Hz. power supply for the purpose of powering
cooling fans.
|
e.
|
The
transformer shall be equipped with a .10 PSI positive/negative compound
pressure-vacuum gauge.
|
f.
|
A
pressure/vacuum bleeder device with provision to samples gas shall be
provided.
|
g.
|
For
transformers equipped with cooling radiators, the radiators shall be
permanently connected to the tank.
|
h.
|
A
one inch brass globe valve is to be provided for oil
drainage.
|
i.
|
The
liquid sampling valve shall be coupled to the dry side of the one inch
brass drainage globe valve. A plug shall be installed in the sampling
valve to prevent accidental oil
spillage.
|
j.
|
A
one inch. brass globe valve shall be provided for the upper conditioning
unit connection.
|
|
The
vendor shall affix a nameplate to the transformer. The nameplate shall
comply with CSA-C88-M90 Section 17. In addition, the words “CONTAINS NO
PCB” shall be included on the
nameplate.
|
|
For
the purpose of this specification, “NO PCB” shall mean that, at the time
of filling the transformer with insulating oil, the level of
polychlorinated biphenyl in the oil was less than 2
ppm.
|
|
The
finishing exterior paint shall be A.S.A. #61 Grey. The exterior finish
shall conform to ANSI C57.12.28, clause 5.4, except the salt spray
acceptance criteria shall be 3000
hours.
|
|
Primary,
secondary and neutral bushings shall be sized for 200% of the highest
current rating of the transformer and carry load and overload currents in
accordance with ANSI C57.92. The electrical characteristics for the
primary and secondary bushings shall be in accordance with CSA C88 Table
7. Compliance with EEMAC Standard is not
required.
|
|
Clearances
between live parts to ground and phase to phase for primary and secondary
bushings shall comply with minimum dimensions for indoor application in
accordance with CEC C22.1, Table 30. The dimensions shall be based on
distances between live parts including allowance for fasteners, etc., and
are not centre to centre clearances.
The
Respondent shall state the conductor materials used in the windings and
connections.
|
|
The
primary bushings shall be supplied with a 4 – hole NEMA spade terminal in
accordance with CSA C2, Figure 3, Type
III.
|
|
The
insulation class of the primary bushing shall be rated higher than the
winding insulation class to which it is connected as
follows:
|
|
For
the 27.6 kV GrdY and 27.6 kV delta connections - 200kV
BIL.
|
|
The
high voltage phase and neutral bushings (HO) shall be brought out of the
tank wall into an air insulated weatherproof junction
box.
|
|
High
voltage terminals shall be arranged right to left for H1 to H3 with HO to
the right of H1 as seen when facing the high voltage side of the
transformer.
|
|
The
insulation class of the secondary bushing shall be higher than the winding
insulation class to which it is connected as
follows:
|
|
For
the 4160GrdY connection – 50 kV
|
|
For
the 600VGrdY and 208VGrdY connections -
45kV.
|
|
The
low voltage bushings, which shall be 4 to 8 hole NEMA spade as required,
including a fully rated neutral bushing (XO) .shall be brought out through
the transformer tank wall. The low voltage bushings shall be housed in an
air insulated weather-proof junction box while, the neutral bushing shall
be located outside the box (i.e.
exposed).
|
|
Low
voltage terminals shall be arranged left to right for X1 to X3 with XO to
the left of Xl, as seen when facing the low voltage side of the
transformer.
|
|
The
BIL rating of the neutral bushings shall match that for the neutral end of
both the primary and secondary windings in accordance with CSA C88 Table
4.
|
7.
|
INSULATING MINERAL
OIL
|
|
The
insulating mineral oil shall be new and meet the requirements of CSA C50,
Class 13, Type IL The transformer shall be filled to the required design
level when shipped.
|
|
The
successful Respondent(s) shall establish and maintain a quality program in
accordance with the requirements of ISO Standard 9001
.
|
|
The
type tests listed in CSA C88, section 16, shall be carried out on a
representative unit when requested by Toronto Hydro unless Certified Test
Reports on an equivalent unit, that are acceptable to Toronto Hydro, are
made available. The successful Respondent(s) must submit such test reports
for approval by Toronto Hydro upon Toronto Hydro’s initial order of the
transformer. Pricing for conducting the type tests shall be included in
the Proposal, in the event that the Certified Test Report results prove to
be unacceptable to Toronto Hydro.
|
9.2
|
Certified Test
Reports
The
Certified Test Report must be submitted by the successful Respondent(s)
and approved by Toronto Hydro prior to shipment of the equipment. Approval
or rejection of the Certified Test Report will be given within five (5)
Business Days of their receipt. The impulse type test report shall include
a print of the wave form, measured test data, test sequence and wave
identification, if requested by Toronto
Hydro.
|
|
Upon
the placement of Toronto Hydro’s initial order of the transformer, the
successful Respondent(s) shall submit two copies of a Certified Test
Report reflecting all production and type test results as outlined in this
specification.
|
|
If
the manufactured equipment does not comply with all the requirements of
this specification, Toronto Hydro reserves the right to reject all, or
part of, the equipment under the Strategic Supply Agreement. The right of
rejection will apply whether the equipment is in the plant, in Toronto
Hydro warehouses or in the final installed
position,
|
10.
|
TRANSFORMER LOSS
EVALUATION
|
10.1
|
Respondents
shall note that, in evaluating the Proposals, Toronto Hydro will calculate
the present value of the quoted transformer losses and add it to the
quoted prices using the following
formula:
|
a.
|
Excessive
Loss Evaluation
|
|
The
quoted losses will be considered as guaranteed losses. In cases, where the
final measured losses (or the final average measured losses if more than
one unit) exceed the guaranteed values, Toronto Hydro reserves the right
to reject all of the said units. If Toronto Hydro should choose to accept
these units, the successful Respondent(s) shall reimburse Toronto Hydro
for the additional cost of the transformer losses, which will be deducted
from the successful Respondent(s)’s invoice.
The
additional cost of losses will be calculated as
follows:
[XX]
|
|
c)
|
If
both no-load and full-load losses exceed the guarantee, the calculation
for the additional cost of losses will be based on the following
formula
[XX]
|
11.
|
INSTALLATION/MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
|
|
The
successful Respondent(s) shall submit two (2) copies of the relevant
installation/maintenance manual to Toronto Hydro prior to testing of the
units.
The
manuals shall include the
following:
|
a)
|
The
successful Respondent(s)’s reference numbers, Toronto Hydro’s purchase
order number and the proposed address at which the transformers are to be
located.
|
b)
|
Installation
and maintenance instructions.
|
c)
|
Accessories’
catalogue information, brochures,
etc.
|
d)
|
A
copy of the nameplate and outline
drawings.
|
|
Respondents
shall include in the quoted price the cost of storing the transformers for
up to thirty (30) days past the scheduled delivery date indicated on the
purchase order. A separate price shall be included for storage of the
transformers on a weekly basis, in the event additional storage time is
required, after the. thirty (30) day
period.
|
|
In
addition the words “contains no PCB” shall be shown on the transformer
nameplate, A Non-PCB sticker shall be applied by the successful
Respondent(s).
|
|
In
addition, the kVA rating and the voltage rating of the transformer shall
be marked under the secondary bushings in white. This designation shall
consist only of the numbers without kVA or volt wording. The numbers shall
have a uniform minimum height of 50 mm. If decals are used, they shall
meet the Type A label requirements of CSA C22.2 No. 0.15 and shall
maintain their integrity down to -40°C. The stock code number shall be
stenciled at the front of the unit under the kVA and voltage
markings.
|
|
The
successful Respondent(s) shall advise Toronto Hydro a minimum of four (4)
Business Days in advance of scheduled testing to enable Toronto Hydro to
send inspectors to witness the production tests. All testing shall be
completed during the Toronto. Hydro normal working hours (Monday to
Thursday, 7:30 a.m. to 3:30 p.m., Friday, 7:30 a.m. to 12:00 p.m.), with
the successful Respondent(s) being responsible for all costs incurred by
Toronto Hydro for time spent beyond the said hours. Where the location of
transformer testing is more than 200 km from Toronto Hydro, a minimum of
seven (7) Business Days notice will be
required.
|
|
All
transformers of each rating on order may be test-witnessed at the
discretion of Toronto Hydro
inspectors.
|
|
The
successful Respondent(s) shall provide Toronto Hydro inspectors, without
restriction, access to its premises and test areas for the • purpose of
quality surveillance and
verification
|
|
Toronto
Hydro reserves the right to select, at random, transformers from a
production lot for the production tests, when
necessary.
|
|
Respondents
must provide the following information to Toronto Hydro for the evaluation
of the transformer losses and characteristics. Proposals lacking the
required data may not be evaluated.
•
|
|
Guaranteed
value of no-load losses at 100% rated voltage and corrected to 85
°C.
|
|
Guaranteed
value of load losses and impedance at rated current and voltage, corrected
to 85 °C.
|
|
Percentage
regulation at 0.8 and unity power
factors.
|
|
Efficiency
at 1/4, 1/2, 3/4, full-load and 5/4
full-load.
|
|
Material
used for high-voltage and low-voltage
windings.
|
|
Layout
drawing showing dimensions and weights and location of all devices and
features
|
|
Location
of plant where transformers are to be
manufactured.
|
|
In
the event of an order, the successful Respondent(s) shall submit to
Toronto Hydro three (3) copies of the following drawings for approval,
prior to the commencement of
production:
|
·
|
Dimensional
outline drawing.
|
·
|
The
drawing shall accurately display all features of the unit to be supplied.
Any feature not being provided shall not be
shown.
|
·
|
The
drawing shall show primary and secondary voltages and kVA of unit being
supplied.
|
·
|
The
drawing shall also bear the Toronto Hydro name and the relevant purchase
order number.
|
·
|
Nameplate
data such as weight, dimensions, litres of fluid, base detail, location of
bushings and devises and other required
data.
|
|
One
copy of each, bearing Toronto Hydro approval with any remarks or comments,
will be returned to the successful Respondent(s). If revision to the
drawing is made, re-submission for approval is required unless stated
otherwise, in writing, by Toronto
Hydro.
|
|
Once
the dimensional outline and the nameplate data drawings are approved by
Toronto Hydro, new drawings for identical units are not required for the
duration of the Strategic Supply
Agreement.
|
|
The
drawings shall also bear Toronto Hydro name and the relevant purchase
order number.
|
|
The
successful Respondent(s) shall take all necessary precautions to avoid
damage to the transformers during shipment and to ensure safe arrival at
destination. Any damage to the paint, tank, cover, bushings or internal
parts of any transformer on receipt at destination will be cause for
rejection of the units until satisfactory repairs are completed by the
successful Respondent(s). Any claims against the transport company will be
the responsibility of the successful Respondent(s).
Shipment
shall only be made when authorization is given by Toronto
Hydro.
|
|
The
successful Respondent(s) agrees that m the event it should fail to deliver
the transformer within the time scheduled for delivery as specified in the
purchase order, it may be required to pay to Toronto Hydro a fee, up to a
maximum of ten percent (10%) of the total purchase price, which will be
deducted from the invoice.
|
|
This
fee will be deducted only if Toronto Hydro, as a result of the shipment
delay, is required to construct and remove temporary facilities which may
be required to meet Toronto Hydro’s commitments to provide electric
power.
|
|
Toronto
Hydro also has the right to cancel the order without cost to Toronto Hydro
if the late delivery is deemed unacceptable, in Toronto Hydro’s sole
discretion.
|
|
If
a transformer is defective upon arrival or malfunctions in normal service,
for causes other than accident, misapplication, or abuse, for a period of
one (1) year after the unit is placed in service, or two (2) years after
delivery, whichever occurs first, the defective transformer will be
returned to the successful Respondent(s) by common carrier at the
successful Respondent(s)’s expense.
|
|
The
successful Respondent(s) shall make good all defects or shall provide a
new transformer to replace the defective one without cost to. Toronto
Hydro. If the successful Respondent(s) fails to repair or replace the
returned transformer within a time period agreed upon by the parties, the
successful Respondent(s) shall reimburse Toronto Hydro for the purchase
price of the transformer. Transformers returned under warranty -shall have
a Certified Test Report and a report on the cause of
failure.
|
|
Approval
of tests by Toronto Hydro or its appointed agents shall not relieve the
successful Respondent(s) of its responsibilities with respect to
warranty.
|
|
Respondents
shall state in weeks the shipment time from the date of award of the
Strategic Supply Agreement. The location within the City of Toronto to
which the delivery is to be made will be specified by the time of
shipment. ,
|
|
The
successful Respondent(s) is to provide five (5) Business Days’ notice
prior to shipment so that arrangements can be made to receive
transformers. Transformers shall be delivered during normal working hours,
Monday to Thursday (7:30 a.m. to 3:30 p.m.), Friday (7:30 a.m. to 12:00
p.m.) allowing sufficient time for receiving and offloading the
transformers.
|
|
Transformers
shall only be delivered after the submitted drawings and test results have
been approved by Toronto Hydra
|
Toronto
Hydro-Electric System Limited
ED
384
TECHNICAL
REQUIREMENTS
FOR
OFF-LOAD
TAP CHANGING
10000/13333
KVA 60 CYCLE, 3 PHASE
OUTDOOR
STATION TYPE TRANSFORMERS
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
1.
|
PART 1- GENERAL
CONDITIONS
|
2
|
|
|
|
2.
|
PART 2 -SCOPE OF
WORK
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
PART 3 - CONDITIONS
OF OPERATION
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
PART 4 - KVA RATING
& TEMPERATURE RISE
|
2
|
|
|
|
3.
|
PART 5 -VOLTAGE
RATING
|
3
|
|
|
|
4.
|
PART 6 - VOLTAGE
TAPS
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
PART 7 -
POLARITY
|
3
|
|
PART 8 - IMPEDANCE
VOLTAGE
|
3
|
|
PART 9 -
STANDARDS
|
4
|
|
PART 10 -
TRANSFORMER TANKS
|
|
|
PART 11 - PRESSURE
RELIEF DEVICE
|
5
|
|
PART 12 - PRESSURE
VACUUM GAUGES
|
|
|
PART 13 - FORCED AIR
COOLING
|
5
|
|
PART
14 - CORE & WINDINGS
|
6
|
|
PART
15 - WINDING TEMPERATURE DEVICE6
|
6
|
|
PART
16 - PRIMARY TERMINAL ARRANGEMENT
|
6
|
|
PART
17 - SECONDARY TERMINAL ARRANGEMENT
|
6
|
|
PART
18 – OIL
|
6
|
|
PART
19 - INTERNAL CONNECTIONS
|
7
|
|
PART
20 -CONTROL TERMINAL BOX
|
7
|
|
PART
21 - ACCESSORIES
|
7
|
|
PART
22 - NAMEPLATES
|
8
|
|
PART
23 - PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS
|
8
|
|
PART
24 - INSPECTION OF MANUFACTURE
|
8
|
|
PART
25 - TESTS
|
9
|
|
PART
26 - INFORMATION REQUIRED WITH QUOTATION
|
10
|
|
PART
27 - DRAWINGS
|
10
|
|
PART
28 - INSTRUCTION MANUALS
|
11
|
|
PART
29 - GUARANTEES
|
11
|
|
PART
30 - SPARE PARTS
|
11
|
PART 1 — GENERAL CONDITIONS
All
general details of construction must be approved by Toronto Hydro before
production commences, but such approval Shall not be permitted to interfere with
the time of shipment specified in the order.
Respondents
shall submit with their Quotations their standard form of technical
specifications, efficiencies, losses, regulation, approximate weight and
dimensions, and all other information and documents requested herein. Nothing
contained in the Quotation shall be construed as permitting any modification of
the requirements of these specifications unless such modification is
specifically approved in writing by the Engineer. Respondents’ are free to
submit Quotations differing from this specification, provided that the
differences proposed are clearly defined and are accepted and approved by the
Engineer.
PART 2 —
SCOPE OF WORK
This
specification covers the supply, delivery FOB to Toronto Hydro premises,
unloading of off-load tap changing, oil immersed, outdoor, station type
transformers, having a self cooled continuous rating 10,000 kVA and a forced air
cooled continuous rating of 13,333 kVA. The number of transformers will be
specified in the enquiry.
PART 3 —
CONDITIONS OF OPERATION
The
transformers shall be suitable in all respects for operation on the 27,600 volt
rated, 60 cycle system of Toronto Hydro. This is either a delta connected system
grounded by means of a grounding transformer or a wye connected system grounded
by means of a current limiting reactor connected between the star point of each
Hydro One transformer winding and the multi-ground system neutral.
Respondents
shall acquaint themselves with the conditions under which the transformers will
be called upon to operate, and upon request, every reasonable facility will be
accorded bonafide Respondents to investigate these conditions. The successful
Respondent(s) will be deemed to have satisfied itself in this regard, and by
executing the Contract, shall assume full responsibility for understanding the
conditions of supply, operation, and service. While provision is made elsewhere
in this specification for the Engineer to Approve drawings, inspect manufacture,
and witness tests, none of these shall, in any way, relieve the successful
Respondent(s) of this responsibility.
PART 4 —
KVA RATING AND TEMPERATURE RISE
The
transformer shall be capable of carrying their full load ratings continuously
with an average temperature rise on any winding, by resistance, not exceeding
55°C.
PART 5 —
VOLTAGE RATING
The rated
high voltage of the high voltage (primary) windings shall be 27.6 kV delta and
the rated voltage of the low voltage (secondary) winding shall be 13800/7970
volts grounded wye.
PART 6 —
VOLTAGE TAPS
The high
voltage (primary) winding shall have five full load or rated kVA taps such that
normal secondary voltages can be obtained with a primary voltage of 27600,
26910. 26220, 25530 or 24840 volts. Oil immersed off-load tap selector switches
shall have a common external operating mechanism to permit changing taps
simultaneously on all phases, without removing the transformer
cover.
A warning
sign as follows will be mounted on the external face of the operating mechanism
component, with the inscription stating:
“WARNING
- OPERATE TAP CHANGER ONLY WHEN TRANSFORMER IS DE-ENERGIZED”
The
operating mechanism shall indicate the tap in use, and shall be provided. With
facilities for locking in each position a standard Toronto Hydro
padlock.
Accessibility
of the tap changer contacts during repair/ maintenance shall not require removal
of the windings, coil or other major components of the transformer.
PART 7 –
POLARITY
The
primary and secondary connections shall be arranged to produce the following
delta-Y phase relations:
PART 8 –
IMPEDANCE VOLTAGE
The
transformer shall have an impedance voltage of 5.0%. with a tolerance of
plus/minus 7.5%. and shall be based on the self-cooled rating of 10,000 kVA on
the 27600-13800 volt tap.
PART 9 –
STANDARDS
Unless
otherwise specified, the equipment and accessories shall be designed,
manufactured and tested, where applicable, in accordance with the following
standards:
ANSI
|
C57.12 Distribution,
Power and Regulating Transformers,
and
Reactors other than Current-Limiting Reactors
|
|
|
ANSI
|
C57.12.90
Test Code for Transformers, Regulators
and
Reactors
|
|
|
ANSI
|
C57.92 Guide
for Loading Mineral-Oil Immersed Power
Transformers
up to and including 100 M VA with
55°C
or 65°C Average Winding Rise
|
|
|
ANSI
|
C57.106Guide for
Acceptance and Maintenance of Insulating
Oil
in Equipment
|
|
|
ANSI
|
C63.2 Radio Noise
&.Field Strength Meters
|
|
|
ASTM
|
D3487Standard
Specification for Mineral Insulation Oil
Used
in Electrical Apparatus
|
CSAC88-
1990 Standard Specification for Power Transformers
CSAB11-1949
Unified and American Screw Threads
CSAC13-1958
Instrument Transformers
CSAC22.1
& C22.2 Canadian Electrical Code
CSAC22.2
No.28Wiring
CSAC88
Transformer Nameplates
CSA
|
C22.4, No.103
Tolerable Limits and Special Methods of Measurement of Radio Interference
from high Voltages Lines and Apparatus
|
|
|
EEMAC
|
1 GL-1-1957 Standard
for Transformer and Apparatus Bushing
|
|
|
EEMAC
|
6
L-1-1959Accessories for Power
Transformers
|
EEMAC
|
Ml
Motors
|
|
|
EEMAC
|
LI3- 1Dielectric
Tests for Test Procedures for Power
Transformers
|
PART 10 –
TRANSFORMER TANK
Each
transformer shall be sealed, with a gas space above the fluid, to prevent
breathing under normal operating conditions. The gas space shall be dry air, and
must allow for expansion and Contraction with temperature changes. The tank and
fittings must be designed to withstand the internal operating pressures without
leaking liquid or gas.
Each tank
and cover shall be of steel plate construction, with a sled type structural
steel base designed to permit skidding or moving the transformer on pipe rollers
in either direction, and fitted with jack steps suitable for use with toe jacks.
A vertical clearance of 21 inches shall be provided above the jack steps. The
transformer shall meet the stability requirements of ANSI Standard
C57.12.
All
gaskets shall be made from cork nitrite rubber sheets or other non-aging
material, which will permit removing and replacing the cover, bushings, etc.,
without damaging the gasket. Separable radiators, if used, shall be complete
with top and bottom valves and drain plugs. Lifting lugs shall permit the
handling of the transformer complete with all fittings and oil.
All steel
parts of the transformer, before painting, shall be thoroughly cleaned of rust,
oil, or scale by blasting with sand or steel shot. All internal steel parts,
including core clamps, shall then be finished with two coats of oil resistant
paint, the exterior with a red non-lead or other approved primer, followed by
two coats of high quality weather resistant enamel, the last of which shall be
equipment green, Munsell 9 GY 1.5/2.6. •
Each
transformer base shall be fitted at two diagonal corners, with a ground
terminal, consisting of a flat terminal pad of bronze or stainless steel, 2” x
3”, drilled with 9/16” holes at 1-3/4” centers. Blind tapped holes are not
acceptable.
PART 11 –
PRESSURE RELIEF DEVICE
Each
transformer shall be equipped with a pressure relief device, Qualitrol Series
208, and a Fluid Deflector, Qualitrol SLD-603. Each transformer shall also
provide 4” pipe securely mounted for discharge 315mm (12”) above
grade.
PART 12 –
PRESSURE VACUUM GAUGE
Each
transformer shall be equipped with a pressure vacuum gauge, Qualitrol model
050-010-01.
PART 13
FORCED AIR COOLING
All fans
supplied for forced air cooling shall be suitable for outdoor operation. Motors
shall be 230 volt, single-phase, 60 cycle, and shall be complete with all wiring
and auxiliary control devices. A terminal strip shall be provided in the control
terminal box described in Section 20, for termination of an external 230 volt,
single phase supply. Wiring to fans and accessories is to be in EMT conduit with
waterproof fittings. Fan guards shall have maximum grid opening of ½” x
½”.
PART 14 –
CORE & WINDINGS
Each
transformers shall have the core ground brought to the outside of the
transformer tank through an insulating bushing and grounded externally via a
removable link.
Windings
shall be copper conductors. Aluminum conductors are not acceptable
PART 15 –
WINDING TEMPERATURE DEVICE
The
winding temperature device shall be a Qualitrol Model /ED509, Electronic
Temperature Monitor, complete with Ambient Temperature Sensor, Qualitrol Model
103L 049-01. The electronic temperature sensor shall be provided in a weather
proof enclosure, with a 120VAC heater. The heater shall be of anti-condensation
type and arranged to operate at ambient air temperature of 10°C and below with a
normally open dry alarm contact.
PART 16 –
PRIMARY TERMINAL ARRANGEMENT
Primary
phase terminal leads shall leave the transformer case through an approved Air
Terminal Chamber (ATC), suitable for both bottom entrance of cable terminators,
or top entrance with a bushing. The ATC shall be suitable for three (3) single
conductors, 4/0 kcmil, 27.6kV, XLPE cable. Access panels should be hinged at the
side, and bolted at the top and bottom.
PART 17 –
SECONDARY TERMINAL ARRANGEMENT
Secondary
phase terminal leads shall leave the transformer case through an approved Air
Terminal Chamber (ATC), suitable for both bottom entrance of cable terminators,
or top entrance with a bushing. The ATC shall be suitable for six (6) single
conductors, two(2) per phase. 500 kcmil, 27.6kV. XLPE cable. Access panels
should be hinged at the side, and bolted at the top and bottom.
The
secondary neutral lead shall be brought out through a cover mounted outdoor
porcelain bushing rated 5 kV, 1200 amperes, and shall be in accordance with the
latest revision of EEMAC GL1-2, and having a 3” x 3” flat terminal pad drilled
with four 9/16” holes at 1-3/4” centres.
AU
terminal pads shall be drilled in accordance with NEMA Standard SG1, Sections
SG1-4.04 and SG1-4.05 (4 hole 1/2” bolts on buildings, 2 hole 1/2” bolts on case
ground)
PART 18 –
OIL
All
transformers shall be vacuum filled with insulating oil.
Each
transformer shall be complete with a first filling of insulating oil that meets
or exceeds CSA-050-97 Specification for Class A, Type II oil.
The bulk
of the oil shall be contained in the transformer case during shipment, any small
quantity which is removed to facilitate shipping being forwarded in sealed cans
or in returnable sealed steel drums. As an alternative method of shipment, the
transformer cases may be filled with an approved, dry, inert gas, maintained
automatically at a pressure slightly above atmospheric. In this case, all oil
shall be supplied in sealed drums, as specified above. In either case, the final
filling shall be carried out by the successful Respondent.
PART 19 –
INTERNAL CONNECTIONS
All
bolted internal connections shall be provided with lock nuts or other locking
devices approved by the Engineer. In the case of bolted flat surface
connections, single bolt connections are not acceptable.
PART 20 –
CONTROL TERMINAL BOX
At the
side of the transformer tank,. at a convenient working height, shall be located
a weather tight steel plate terminal box with a hinged cover, complete with
glands or connectors to receive Toronto Hydro’s PVC sheathed control cables from
below. To this box shall be brought the alarm and trip connections from the oil
gauge contacts, the pressure vacuum gauge, the winding temperature device, and
the fan supply wiring, etc..
All alarm
and status indication devices shall have electrically separate, normally open
contacts suitable for I25V DC brought out to a terminal block in the control
cabinet.
Each
device shall be furnished with a descriptive nameplate. The wiring shall be
fully labeled for its function and terminations.
The
cabinet shall be NEMA 4, slightly vented to prevent condensation. The cabinet
shall have a thermostatically controlled space heater, programmed to operate at
ambient air temperatures of 10°C and below with a manually operable ON/OFF
switch: The cabinet shall have a 120VAC light with a door activated switch, and
a 120VAC ground fault receptacle.
PART 21 –
ACCESSORIES
Each
transformer shall be equipped with a standard maximum registering oil
temperature thermometer, Qualitrol model 151-103-01, located in a separate well
from the transformer tank.. Suitable manholes shall provide access to the
interior of the transformer for inspection purposes.
Each
transformer shall be equipped with an oil level gauge, Qualitrol Series 035,
with switches for alarm functions.
Each
transformer shall be equipped with a 1/4” oil sampling valve and two 1” filter
press valves, one at the top of the tank, and one at the bottom. A petcock
should be provided in series with the 1/4” oil sampling valve. The petcock
outlet shall be suitable for attaching a rubber tube of 3/16” inside diameter.
An illustration of a typical Toronto Hydro installation is shown on Sketch #1.
All valves shall be rated for 150 pound service of Jenkins manufacture or equal,
having American Standard flanges or taper pipe threads, shall be titled with
brass pipe plugs, and must not project beyond the main dimensions of the
transformers.
PART 22 —
NAMEPLATES
Nameplates
shall be of etched stainless steel, monel metal, or other approved stainless
metal. Markings shall conform to the latest revision of CSA Standard C88. The
winding material shall be indicated on the nameplate.
In
addition to the main nameplate, each valve shall be provided with a nameplate
indicating its function and normal position.
PART 23 -
PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS
A) The
Respondent shall specifically state and guarantee the performance
characteristics on the attached “Quotation Information Form”.
B) The
Respondent must confirm that the unit is suitable for 125% overloads for 12
hours in a 0°C ambient without exceeding the rated temperature rise of the
windings, or of any other current carrying component (i.e., tap switch and all
bushings, etc...).
PART 24 –
INSPECTION OF MANUFACTURE
During
the period of manufacture, the successful Respondent shall afford the Engineer
safe and proper facilities for inspection of the work. In particular, the
successful Respondent shall specifically inform the Engineer when the core and
coil assembly of each transformer has been completed, so that he or she may
inspect it before it is placed in its tank.
At least
three weeks prior to the commencement of acceptance tests, the successful
Respondent shall submit, for Toronto Hydro review and approval, a detailed test
program and schedule indicating the sequence of tests, proposed dates, the unit
numbers to be tested, diagrams showing proposed connection, thermocouple
locations for temperature rise tests, test methods or procedures and description
of test equipment. Tests shall be conducted during the following hours: Monday
to Thursday, 7:30 a.m. to 3:30 p.m. and Friday, 7:30 a.m. to 12:00 p.m., unless
otherwise agreed upon by the Engineer.
Before
the acceptance tests are made, the successful Respondent shall give Toronto
Hydro notice in writing (at least five (5) Business Days plus travel time prior
to commencement of tests), so that the Engineer or his or her representatives
may witness the tests.
PART 25 -
TESTS
A)
Irrespective of any clauses in the. Quotation, the successful Respondent shall
run full and complete shop tests, in the presence of the Engineer, on all
equipment supplied. These tests shall include the following, all as set out in
ANSI Standards C57 12.90-1973 and CSA-C88-1990 or later revisions.
a) Winding
resistance measurements of high and low voltage sides at all tap
positions.
b) Ratio,
polarity and phase relations.
c) No
load loss and exciting current at 100%, 110% and 115% normal
voltage.
d) Load
loss and impedance voltage.
e)
|
Temperature
tests - heat run on one transformer (must be done on the transformer with
the highest. losses).
|
f)
|
Dielectric
tests at 75°C (approximately) including chopped wave
tests.
|
g)
|
Standard
impulse tests one transformer (exception: 75kV BIL on the 4.16kV
winding)
|
h)
|
Standard
NEMA transformer noise level tests (exception: maximum sound level of 58
dB)
|
i)
|
Calibration
tests on winding temperature
indicator.
|
j) Oil
pressure test – 5 p.s.i. above top oil
k)
|
Ratio,
polarity, insulation and functional checks on current transformers and
associated wiring.
|
l)
|
Power
factor tests shall be made on all windings in accordance with Method 2 of
ANSI C57.12.90 after the transformer is completely assembled and filled
with oil.
|
|
The
maximum acceptance level for any power factor test is
0.5%.
|
B)
|
Certified
Results - Four (4) copies of the certified results will be submitted in a
report form that will include the certified test results, test program and
test procedures.
|
|
The
test procedures document shall define the operating steps and expected
results and tolerances for each test. As a minimum, each test procedure
shall include the following
subsections:
|
• purpose
• scope
• reference
documents
• test
equipment
• test
procedures and
• acceptance
criteria
A test
record shall be created for each equipment delivered. It shall be a form which
identifies, for each test, the following information:
• identification
of the equipment tested, by model number and serial number
• test
results and
• date
and signature of person responsible for conducting the test
4.1
PART 26 – INFORMATION
REQUIRED WITH QUOTATION
The
information and drawings (5 sets) submitted with the Quotation shall include the
following:
|
•
|
Completed technical
data and guarantee sheets (Quotation Information Form)
|
|
•
|
Outline
drawings, drawn approximately to scale, indicating the overall dimensions
of the equipment and location of major components, cable openings, weight
and foundation and anchor details
|
|
•
|
Schedule for
submission of approval drawings
|
|
•
|
SHIPPING DIMENSIONS,
WEIGHTS
|
In
addition, Respondents shall include a complete description of the tap changer
mechanism, the transformer construction, details of the auxiliary power
requirements for operation of the cooling fans. etc.. and continuous current
ratings of the tap switch and bushings.
4.2
PART 27 -
DRAWINGS
Respondents
shall submit with their Quotations drawings giving approximate outline
dimensions and weights of the various pieces of equipment, together with
bulletins; photographs, etc., showing the general construction of the equipment
they propose to supply. After the Contract is awarded and an order for equipment
is placed, the successful Respondent shall submit to the Engineer, for his/her
approval and comments, three (3) prints certified for construction purposes, of
drawings and diagrams of connections for the transformers. Production shall not
commence until the successful Respondent receives formal approval of these
drawings from the Engineer, and no allowance will be made by Toronto
Hydro for any additional cost to the successful Respondent arising from his/her
failure to secure such approval.
The final
drawings shall be submitted in Microstation DGN format (DOS or UNIX). In case
the successful Respondent chooses to use software other than Microstation for
production of drawings, it is the successful Respondent’s sole responsibility to
ensure that the translation between the systems occurs free of errors and that
the resulting final product is 100% Microstation compatible. Files converted on
DGN format that do not plot in Microstation plotting environment will not be
accepted.
Data may
be submitted in one of the four (4) formats listed below with MicroStation –DGN
being the most preferred:
1. MicroStation
- DGN format
2. AutoCAD
- DWG format (up to Release 2004, although Release 13/14 is preferred)
.
3. Intergraph
CCIT Group4 - CIT format (scanned raster drawing @ 200 dpi)
4. Autodesk
- DXF format
Note
: DXF formats may
not be accepted due to the large number of incompatibilities with file
translation.
One set
of prints shall be submitted with discs.
PART 28 –
INSTRUCTION MANUALS
At the
time shipment is made, the successful Respondent shall forward to the Engineer
five (5) copies of an instruction manual, incorporating manufacturer technical
literature, maintenance and adjustment instructions, and repair parts list for
the transformers and their accessories which include all control devices,
including without limitation, switches, relays and winding temperature
indicators.
PART 29 –
GUARANTEES
Except
where otherwise set out in this specification, the successful Respondent shall
guarantee all equipment supplied for a period of five (5) years after delivery,
against defects in design, materials or workmanship, and against oil leaks
(unless caused by abuse on the part of Toronto Hydro) for a period of three (3)
years after delivery.
PART 30 –
SPARE PARTS
Respondents
shall supply with the Quotations a separate list of recommended spare parts,
including recommended quantities and current unit costs. The list shall include
the off-load tap changer mechanism and the tap contacts.. The Respondent’s spare
parts shall be considered separate from the Quotation, and as such, their costs
shall be quoted separately from the costs for the manufacture, supply and
delivery of the transformers. Toronto Hydro reserves the right, but shall not be
obligated, to purchase any quantities of the recommended spare parts at the
quoted prices for a period of one (1) year from the Date for Execution of the
Contract.
APPENDIX
A
QUOTATION INFORMATION FORM
PAGE
1.0
|
SCHEDULE OF
EVENTS
|
2
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
PERFORMANCE
DATA
|
3
|
|
|
|
2.1
|
RATING S
|
3
|
|
|
|
2.2
|
TAP
CHANGERS
|
4
|
|
|
|
2.3
|
BUSHINGS
|
4
|
|
|
|
2.4
|
OIL 4,
|
5
|
|
|
|
3.0
|
LIST OF
DEVIATIONS
|
6
|
NOTES:
1. All
information requested herein shall be submitted to render the Quotation valid.
.
2. Items
which do not apply shall be marked “NA”.
1.0
SCHEDULE OF
EVENTS
.
The
targets are given in weeks and are based on the first item listed.
EVENTS
|
DATES
SPECIFIED
|
DATE
OFFERED
|
BY
TORONTO HYDRO
|
BY
RESPONDENT
|
|
1
.Award of Contract Week 0
|
|
|
2.
Post award meeting to submit
simplified critical path
network
for approval. Outline
drawings
indicating foundation details
Week 2
|
|
|
3.
General arrangement drawings
with bills of material
for
approval Week 6
|
|
|
4.
Schematic diagrams for
approval Week 6
|
|
|
5.
Wiring diagrams for information Week 8
|
|
|
6.
Final general arrangement
drawings, schematic
and
wiring diagrams Week
12
|
|
|
7.
Tests Week 20
|
|
|
8.
Final instruction manuals Week 22
|
|
|
9.
Delivery Week 22
|
|
|
2.0
GUARANTEES
2.1
|
Performance Ratings
|
|
Unit of
Measure
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MVA
Transformer
|
|
|
|
|
1.
No-load loss at 75°C winding:
|
|
|
|
|
100% of the rated voltages
kW
|
|
|
|
|
110% of the rated voltages
kW
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.
Full-load loss at 75°C winding: temperature at:
|
|
|
|
|
100% rated voltages
kW
|
|
|
|
|
110% rated voltages
kW
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.
Exciting current at:
|
|
|
|
|
100% rated voltage
Amps
|
|
|
|
|
115% rated voltage
Amps
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.
Efficiency- when operating at
|
|
|
|
|
rated voltages and
frequency
|
|
|
|
|
and at unity power factor
at
|
|
|
|
|
75°C winding
temperature:
|
|
|
|
|
25% of full load
rating%
|
|
|
|
|
50% of full load
rating%
|
|
|
|
|
75% of full load rating
%
|
|
|
|
|
100% of full load rating
%
|
|
|
|
|
125% of full load rating
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.
Thermal time constant Hours
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.
Positive sequence impedance %
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.
Zero sequence impedance %
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.
Guaranteed noise level dB
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.
Regulation at 75°C
|
|
|
|
|
100% P F%
|
|
|
|
|
80% P F%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
Type of Windings
|
|
|
|
2.2
|
Tap
Changers
|
|
Unit
of Measure
|
|
|
1.
|
Manufacturer
|
|
|
|
|
2.
|
Type
|
|
|
|
|
3.
|
Is
literature enclosed?
|
|
|
|
|
4.
|
Total
range %
|
|
|
|
|
5.
|
Number
of steps
|
|
|
|
|
6.
|
Method
of operation
|
|
|
|
|
7.
|
Capacity
Amps
|
|
|
|
|
8.
|
BIL
level kV
|
|
|
|
|
9.
|
Relative
position on windings
|
|
|
|
2.3
Bushings
27.6kV13.8kVN
|
1.60Hz with stand
kV __________________
|
|
|
|
|
- 1 minute dry
kV ____________
|
|
|
|
|
|
-10 seconds wet
kV ____________
|
|
|
|
2.
BIL level kV
|
|
|
|
2.4
Oil
|
|
|
|
|
1. Manufacturer _____________
|
|
|
|
2.
Dielectric constant _________________
|
|
|
|
3.
Dielectric Strength kV _____________
|
|
|
ASTM
D8777-64
|
|
|
(60Hz,
25 C)
|
|
|
|
4. PCB
content ppm
|
|
5. Water
content ppm
|
2.5
Dimensions
|
|
Unit of Measure
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
net weight with oil kg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
weight of core & coils kg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
weight of oil kg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quantity
of oil L
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum
shipping dimensions
|
|
|
|
- height mm
|
|
|
|
- width mm
|
|
|
|
- length mm
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Overall
height incl. bushings mm
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Overall
width incl. cooling mm
|
|
|
|
equipment
& accessories
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Overall
length incl. cooling mm
|
|
|
|
equipment
& accessories
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tank
height mm
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Height
required for untanking mm
|
|
|
|
Heaviest
piece
|
|
|
|
- weight kg
___________
|
|
|
|
- height mm
___________
|
|
|
|
- width mm
____________
|
|
|
|
- length
mm____________
|
|
|
|
3.0
LIST OF
DEVIATIONS
We hereby
confirm that the equipment offered is in accordance with the present technical
specification, except for the following:
4.0
Pricing
Please provide unit
price
|
|
+
Taxes
|
|
|
ADDENDUM A to Technical
Specification ED 384
The
following amendments are made to Technical Specification. ED 384:
1) “Successful
Respondent” shall mean Pioneer Transformers Ltd.
2) The
last sentence of Part 1 (GENERAL CONDITIONS) is hereby deleted.
3) Part
26 is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:
4.1
PART 26 – INFORMATION
REQUIRED WITH QUOTATION
The
following information, including without limitation the drawings, technical
bulletins and all other necessary documents included with the Quotation are
incorporated into this specification:
•
|
Completed
technical data and guarantee sheets (Quotation Information
Form)
|
•
|
Outline
drawings, drawn approximately to scale, indicating the overall dimensions
of the equipment and location of major components, cable openings, weight
and foundation and anchor details
|
•
|
Schedule
for submission of approval drawings
|
•
|
Shipping
dimensions, weights
|
•
|
a
complete description of the tap changer mechanism, the transformer
construction, details of the auxiliary power requirements for operation of
the cooling fans, etc., and continuous current ratings of the tap switch
and bushings.
|
4) Part
30 (SPARE PARTS) is hereby deleted.
5) Part
1.0 (SCHEDULE OF EVENTS).of Appendix A to ED 384 is hereby deleted.
6)
Part 2.0
(GUARANTEES) of Appendix A to ED 384 is hereby deleted and replaced with the
following:
2.0
GUARANTEES
2.1
|
Performance
Ratings
|
|
|
|
|
|
MVA
Transformer
|
Unit of
Measure
|
|
|
|
|
1.
|
No-load loss at 75°C
winding:
|
|
|
|
100% of the rated
voltages
|
7.2 kW
|
|
|
110% of the rated
voltages
|
8.0 kW
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.
|
Full-load loss at
75°C winding:
|
|
|
|
temperature
at:
|
|
|
|
100% rated
voltages
|
55.9 kW
|
|
|
110% rated
voltages
|
N/A kW
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.
|
Exciting current
at:
|
|
|
|
100% rated
voltage
|
0.2
Amps
|
|
|
115% rated
voltage
|
0.6
Amps
|
|
4.
|
Efficiency- when
operating at
|
Used NL @ 100% for
calculations
|
|
|
rated
voltages and frequency
|
|
|
|
and
at unity power factor at
|
|
|
|
75°C
winding temperature:
|
|
|
|
25% of full load
rating
|
9.57%
|
|
|
50% of full load
rating
|
99.58%
|
|
|
75% of full load
rating
|
99.49%
|
|
|
100% of full load
rating
|
99.37%
|
|
|
125% of full load
rating
|
99.25%
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.
|
Thermal time
constant
|
N/A
Hours
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.
|
Positive sequence
impedance
|
5.0%
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.
|
Zero sequence
impedance
|
4.7%
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.
|
Guaranteed noise
level
|
58 @ 10 MVA
dB
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.
|
Regulation at
75°C
|
|
|
|
100% P F%
0.68
|
|
|
|
80% P F%
3.49
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
Type of
Windings
|
HV Continuous
Disk
|
|
|
LV Barrel
|
|
2.2
|
Tap Changers
|
|
Unit of Measure
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. Manufacturer
|
|
Specialty
Switch Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2. Type
|
|
Off
Load
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3. Is
literature enclosed?
|
|
Yes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4. Total
range
|
|
10%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5. Number
of Steps
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6. Method
of operation
|
|
External
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7. Capacity
|
|
400
Amps
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8. BIL
level
|
|
200
kV
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9. Relative
position windings
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.3
Bushings 27.6kV13.8
kVN
IIV
LV N
1. 60 Hz withstand
kV_____ 70______
34_____ 34
-1 minute dry
_____ N/A_____ N/A____ kV
-10 seconds wet
___ N/A_____ N/A____ kV
2. BIL level
kV________ 200_____
95_____ kV
2.4
Oil
1. Manufacturer Luminol
Tri
2. Dielectric
constant Per
ASTM
3. Dielectric
Strength 48 kV
ASTM D8777-64
(60 Hz, 25 C)
4. PCB
content 0 ppm
4. Water
content
18 ppm
2.5
Dimensions
|
|
Unit of Measure
|
|
|
|
Total
net weight with oil
|
25,850
|
kg
|
|
|
|
Net
weight of core & coils
|
12,945
|
kg
|
|
|
|
Net
weight of oil
|
6,385
|
kg
|
|
|
|
Quantity
of oil
|
7,415
|
l
|
|
|
|
Minimum
shipping dimensions
|
|
|
- height
|
3727
|
mm
|
-width
|
3226
|
mm
|
-length
|
4177
|
mm
|
|
|
|
Overall
height incl. bushings
|
3727
|
mm
|
|
|
|
Overall
width incl. cooling
equipment
& accessories
|
3226
|
mm
|
|
|
|
Overall
length incl. cooling
equipment
& accessories
|
4177
|
mm
|
|
|
|
Tank
height
|
3375
|
mm
|
|
|
|
Height
required for untanking
|
N/A
|
mm
|
|
|
|
Heaviest
piece
|
|
|
-weight as above
kg
|
|
|
-height as above
mm
|
|
|
-width as above
mm
|
|
|
Length as above
mm
|
|
|
7) Part
3.0 (DEVIATIONS) of Appendix A to ED 384 is hereby deleted.
8) Part
4.0 (PRICING) of Appendix A to ED 384 is hereby deleted.
Schedule
B
1.
Pricing
Appendix
A and Appendix B, which form part of this Agreement, contains the price
schedules for the 05 Transformers and 07 Transformer, respectively, and are
subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including, but not
limited to, Article 4 “Price and Payment”.
2.
Delivery
For the
05 Transformers, the Parties agree that the times listed below represent the
maximum acceptable Lead Times, but do not apply to the Dedicated
Inventory.
Subway
Transformer (3
phase, all
sizes) 12
weeks
Network
Transformer (3
phase, all
sizes) 12
weeks
Power
Transformer (3
phase, all
sizes) 12
weeks
The
parties agree that the 07 Transformer shall be delivered by no later than May
31, 2008. For greater certainty, failure by the Vendor to deliver an order
within:
|
(i)
|
the
applicable Lead Time for 05
Transformers;
|
|
(ii)
|
in
the case of the 07 Transformer, by May 31, 2008;
or
|
|
(iii)
|
in
the case of Dedicated Inventory, within twenty-four (24) hours of receipt
of notice by the Buyer.
|
shall
constitute a breach of a material obligation by the Vendor for the purposes of
Article 13(b).
APPENDIX
“A”
[XX]
APPENDIX
“B”
Price
Schedule for 07 Transformer:
[XX]
SCHEDULE
B
1.
Pricing
Appendix
A and Appendix B, which form part of this Agreement, contains the price
schedules for the 05 Transformers and 07 Transformer, respectively, and are
subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including, but not
limited to, Article 4 “Price and Payment”.
2.
Delivery
For the
05 Transformers, the Parties agree that the times listed below represent the
maximum acceptable Lead Times, but do not apply to the Dedicated
Inventory.
Subway
Transformer (3
phase, all
sizes) 12
weeks
Network
Transformer (3
phase, all
sizes) 12
weeks
Power
Transformer
(3 phase, all
sizes) 12
weeks
The
parties agree that the 07 Transformer shall be delivered by no later than May
31, 2008. For greater certainty, failure by the Vendor to deliver an order
within:
|
(i)
|
the
applicable Lead Time for 05
Transformers;
|
|
(ii)
|
in
the case of the 07 Transformer, by May 31, 2008;
or
|
|
(iii)
|
in
the case of Dedicated Inventory, within twenty-four (24) hours of receipt
of notice by the Buyer.
|
shall
constitute a breach of a material obligation by the Vendor for the purposes of
Article I3(b).
SCHEDULE
C
Defined
Terms
In this
Agreement, the following definitions shall apply:
“
Affiliates”
|
shall
have the meaning as prescribed in the
Business Corporations
Act
(Ontario);
|
“Agreement”
|
means
this Agreement for Purchase of Transformers, including all Schedules
hereto and subsequent amendments;
|
“Business
Day”
|
means
a day on which banks are open for business in the City of Toronto,
Ontario, but does not include a Saturday, Sunday, or a statutory holiday
in the Province of Ontario;
|
“Business
Hours”
|
means
9:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., EST, on a Business Day;
|
“Competent
Persons”
|
shall
have the meaning as prescribed in the
Occupational Health and Safety
Act
(Ontario);
|
“Confidential
Information”
|
has
the meaning prescribed to it in
Article 17
;
|
“Disclosing
Party”
|
has
the meaning prescribed to it in
Article 17
;
|
“Dispute”
|
has
the meaning prescribed to it in
Article 21
;
|
“Force
Majeure”
|
means
any event or cause beyond the control of the party affected, including,
without limitation, strikes, lockouts, riots, epidemics, acts of war or
conditions arising out of or attributable to war (whether declared or
undeclared), governmental regulations, terrorism, fire, explosion, or acts
of God;
|
“Initial
Term”
|
has
the meaning prescribed to it in
Article 5
;
|
“Lead
Time”
|
means
the length of time from the Release Date to the date of delivery to the
locations designated by the Buyer;
|
“MFIPPA”
|
means
Municipal Freedom of
Information and Protection of Privacy Act
(Ontario);
|
“Transformers”
|
means
the Transformers and related equipment, parts and components to be
supplied to the buyer by the Vendor under this
Agreement;
|
“PIPEDA”
|
means
Personal Information
Protection and Electronic Documents Act
(Canada);
|
“Purchase
Price”
|
has
the meaning prescribed to it in
Article 4
and
Schedule B
;
|
“Receiving
Party”
|
has
the meaning prescribed to it in
Article 17
;
|
“Release
Date”
|
means
the date on which the Buyer places an order with the Vendor;
|
“Renewal
Term”
|
has
the meaning prescribed to it in
Article 3
;
|
“Representative”
|
in
respect of a party, means such party’s directors, officers, employees,
agents and contractors, the party’s Affiliates, and all such Affiliates’
respective directors, officers, employees, agent and
contractors;
|
“Term”
|
has
the meaning prescribed to it in
Article 3
;
|
“WSIA”
|
means
Workplace Safety and
Insurance Act
, 1997 (Ontario) and the regulations
thereunder;
|
Exhibit
10.26
THE
COMPANY HAS REQUESTED AN ORDER FROM THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION (THE
“COMMISSION”) PURSUANT TO RULE 24B-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS
AMENDED, GRANTING CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT TO SELECTED PORTIONS. ACCORDINGLY, THE
CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS HAVE BEEN OMITTED FROM THIS EXHIBIT, AND HAVE BEEN FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. OMITTED PORTIONS ARE INDICATED IN THIS EXHIBIT
WITH “[XX]”.
TRANSLATION
HYDRO
QUÉBEC
|
Contract
|
|
|
Supplier
No.:
OA 104 18850
|
Contract:
|
4600010831
|
|
|
|
Supplier
|
Call
for tenders:
|
6100098418
|
|
Request
for proposals:
|
11954845
|
PIONEER
TRANSFORMERS LTD.
|
|
yyyy/mm/dd
|
612
BERNARD ST., P.O. BOX 272
|
Date
of issue:
|
2006/04/01
|
GRANBY
QC J2G 8E5
|
|
|
|
Attention
: Raymond
Haddad
|
|
Phone
: 450-378-9018
#
309
Fax
: 450-378-0626
|
|
|
|
|
Billing
must be as stipulated in this document.
|
|
|
Contract
term
|
Ship
to
:
|
yyyy/mm/dd to yyyy/mm/dd
|
2006/04/01 2008/03/31
|
FOB Point
:
Destination,
prepaid
|
Terms
of payment
NET
30 DAYS
|
|
|
For
information Phone
Marc
Desautels 514-840-3000
ext. 6765
|
(sgd)
Marc Desautels
|
|
Authorized
representative
|
GENERAL
CONDITIONS
SUPPLY
(Revised
March 2005)
Table of
Contents
1.
|
DEFINITIONS
|
A.
|
Request for
proposals
|
B.
|
Contract
amendment
|
C.
|
Notice of
award
|
D.
|
Goods
|
E.
|
Not
used
|
F.
|
Contract
|
G.
|
Not
used
|
H.
|
Supplier
|
I.
|
Not
used
|
J.
|
Material
|
K.
|
Equipment
|
L.
|
Contract
price
|
M.
|
Proposal
|
M.
|
Subcontractor
|
O.
|
Work
|
P.
|
Plant
|
2.
|
GENERAL
PROVISIONS
|
A.
|
Interpretation of
contract
|
B.
|
Assignment of
contract
|
C.
|
Standards
|
D.
|
Advertising and
requests for information
|
E.
|
Place of execution
of contract
|
F.
|
Representatives of
the parties and communications
|
G.
|
Confidentiality
|
H.
|
Language of work and
communications
|
I.
|
Due
dates
|
J.
|
Notice of
default
|
3.
|
NOT
USED
|
4.
|
CONTROL OF
WORK
|
A.
|
Scope of
contract
|
B.
|
Subcontracting
|
5.
|
RIGHTS TO USE OF
GOODS
|
6.
|
AUTHORITY OF
HYDRO-QUÉBEC REPRESENTATIVE
|
A.
|
Administration of
contract
|
B.
|
Inspection, control
and supervision of work
|
7.
|
EXECUTION OF
WORK
|
A.
|
Not
used
|
B.
|
Not
used
|
C.
|
Drawings and lists
provided by the supplier
|
D.
|
Technical
notices
|
E.
|
Rating
plates
|
F.
|
Not
used
|
G.
|
Delay attributable
to Hydro-Québec
|
H
|
Changes to
contract
|
I.
|
Not
used
|
J.
|
Not
used
|
K.
|
Not
used
|
L.
|
Ownership
|
M.
|
Not
used
|
N.
|
Not
used
|
O.
|
Packaging
|
P.
|
Shipping
|
8.
|
NOT
USED
|
9.
|
GOODS, MATERIALS AND
EQUIPMENT
|
A.
|
Origin, quality and
implementation of materials
|
B.
|
Not
used
|
C.
|
Goods, materials and
equipment made available to the supplier by Hydro-Québec
|
10.
|
NOT
USED
|
11.
|
LIABILITY OF THE
SUPPLIER
|
12.
|
CONTROLLED
PRODUCTS
|
13.
|
ENVIRONMENTAL
PROTECTION
|
14.
|
PAYMENT
|
15.
|
GUARANTEE ON LABOUR
AND MATERIALS
|
16.
|
NOT
USED
|
17.
|
NOT
USED
|
18.
|
DEFAULT –
TERMINATION
|
A.
|
Default by
supplier
|
B.
|
Withdrawal of work
from the supplier
|
C.
|
Contract
termination
|
D.
|
Not
used
|
19.
|
NOT
USED
|
20.
|
RELEVANT
DOCUMENTS
|
A.
|
Accounting
principles
|
B.
|
Retention
period
|
C.
|
Right to
inspect
|
When used
in this contract, unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms
shall have the following meanings:
(a) REQUEST
FOR PROPOSALS
The
document remitted by Hydro-Québec for purposes of obtaining a bid or
proposal.
(b)
CONTRACT AMENDMENT
A
document signed by Hydro-Québec and the supplier the purpose of which is to
amend the contract.
(c) NOTICE
OF AWARD
The
document by which Hydro-Québec informs the supplier that is has been awarded the
contract.
(d) GOODS
The goods
the supplier must supply pursuant to the contract.
(e) NOT
USED
(f) CONTRACT
The
contract consists of the following documents:
-
|
The
request for proposals document and its
addenda;
|
-
|
The
supplier’s proposal accepted by
Hydro-Québec;
|
-
|
The
contract amendments.
|
(g) NOT
USED
(h) SUPPLIER
The
person to whom the contract is awarded.
(i) NOT
USED
(j) MATERIAL
Anything
incorporated in the goods to be supplied or consumed to perform the
contract.
(k) EQUIPMENT
All of
the tools, plant, instruments, devices, machines, vehicles, structures and
installations required for the performance of the work or the maintenance of the
goods to be supplied and which are not incorporated in the goods.
(l) CONTRACT
PRICE
All of
the stipulated prices, unit prices and other remuneration provided for in the
contract, subject to such adjustments as may be made pursuant to the provisions
of the contract.
(m) PROPOSAL
The
supplier’s bid or proposal.
(n) SUBCONTRACTOR
Any
person to whom the supplier entrusts the performance of work or the supply or
manufacture of materials or equipment.
(o) WORK
All of
the goods the supplier must supply and the activities it must carry on to
perform the contract, in particular the design, manufacture and delivery of the
goods covered by the contract.
(p) PLANT
The place
where the goods are manufactured or assembled.
2.
GENERAL
PROVISIONS
A. INTERPRETATION
OF CONTRACT
In the
event of ambiguity or contradiction between the various documents constituting
the contract, they shall prevail in the following order of
precedence:
-
|
The
proposal accepted by Hydro-Québec;
|
-
|
The
instructions to tenderers;
|
-
|
The
specific technical clauses;
|
-
|
The
general or standardized technical
clauses;
|
-
|
The
standardized drawings.
|
Large-scale
drawings shall prevail over smaller-scale drawings.
B. ASSIGNMENT
OF CONTRACT
The
supplier shall not assign the contract without the prior written consent of
Hydro-Québec’s representative.
C. STANDARDS
Where the
contract refers to standards, such reference shall mean the standards in force
on the date the proposals are submitted. In the event of ambiguity or
contradiction between the contract and such standards, the more stringent
document shall prevail.
D. ADVERTISING
AND REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION
The
request for proposals document and all other information communicated to the
supplier in connection with the contract shall remain the property of
Hydro-Québec and shall not be used for any purpose other than the performance of
the contract.
Any
advertising intended by the supplier concerning the contract shall be subject to
approval by Hydro-Québec’s representative. This shall apply to all
means of advertising, such as signs and billboards, and to all written and
electronic media.
All
requests for information concerning the contract or the work from any written or
electronic media or from any other person shall be forwarded to Hydro-Québec’s
representative.
E. PLACE
OF EXECUTION OF CONTRACT
The
parties agree that the contract was executed in Montreal and shall be governed
by the applicable laws of Quebec and that any dispute arising from its
performance shall be under the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of
Quebec.
F. REPRESENTATIVES
OF THE PARTIES AND COMMUNICATIONS
Each
party shall appoint a representative who shall have the power to act on its
behalf. The parties shall advise each other in writing of the names of their
respective representatives and of their replacements, as the case may
be.
Each
party’s representative shall have the requisite authority and power to see to
the performance of the contract and to handle and decide any matter related
thereto.
Any
communications between Hydro-Québec and the supplier regarding the contract
shall be in writing and be addressed to the other party’s
representative.
G. CONFIDENTIALITY
The
supplier shall protect the confidentiality of the information communicated to it
by Hydro-Québec in connection with the performance of the contract.
H. LANGUAGE
OF WORK AND COMMUNICATIONS
The
language of work shall be French. All written and oral communications
pertaining to the contract shall be in French. All documents or
drawings the supplier remits to Hydro-Québec shall be drafted in
French.
I. DUE
DATES
Unless
otherwise stipulated in the contract, all due dates shall be calculated from the
date the supplier receives the notice of award.
In
computing any due date established under the contract:
-
|
The
day that marks the start date shall not be counted, but the due date
shall;
|
-
|
Saturdays,
Sundays and statutory holidays shall be counted, but if the last day is a
Saturday, Sunday or statutory holiday, the due date shall be postponed to
the next business day.
|
J. NOTICE
OF DEFAULT
If the
contract establishes a due date for the performance of an obligation, the
parties shall be put in default by the mere lapse of time.
3.
NOT
USED
4.
CONTROL
OF WORK
A. SCOPE
OF CONTRACT
In the
framework of this contract, the supplier shall perform all the activities
required for the design, manufacture and delivery of the goods covered by the
contract, except as expressly excluded in the Specific Clauses.
B. SUBCONTRACTING
The
supplier agrees that any subcontracts shall be subject to the provisions of this
contract.
5.
RIGHTS TO
USE OF GOODS
The
supplier agrees to obtain and assign to Hydro-Québec all rights required to
permit the use of the goods for the purposes for which they are intended and, as
the case may be, their maintenance, repair or reconditioning.
These
rights shall include copyright and rights contemplated by the laws respecting
industrial drawings, trade-marks, patents and integrated-circuit
topography.
6.
AUTHORITY
OF HYDRO-QUÉBEC REPRESENTATIVE
A. ADMINISTRATION
OF CONTRACT
Hydro-Québec’s
representative shall be responsible for administering the contract on
Hydro-Québec’s behalf and shall have the authority to do so.
B. INSPECTION,
CONTROL AND SUPERVISION OF WORK
At any
time, Hydro-Québec’s representative may inspect the supplier’s work and check
its quality. For such purposes, he shall have access to any place
where the goods are manufactured and to the materials required for the
performance of the contract.
The
trials, tests and checks required under the contract or prescribed by the laws
and regulations in force shall be carried out in the presence of Hydro-Québec’s
representative and the supplier shall be responsible for giving him sufficient
advance notice to be able to attend.
7.
EXECUTION
OF WORK
A. NOT
USED
B. NOT
USED
C. DRAWINGS
AND LISTS PROVIDED BY THE SUPPLIER
The
supplier shall submit to Hydro-Québec’s representative, for his verification,
the detailed or general drawings required to validate the manufacture,
operation, assembly and disassembly, start-up, utilization and maintenance of
the goods. The supplier shall also give Hydro-Québec the lists
relating to the drawings: e.g. lists of materials, connections, terminations,
settings, spare parts, special tools, etc.
The
supplier shall give Hydro-Québec’s representative the requisite number of
copies. The drawings and lists shall be submitted on a timely basis
so as not to delay the progress of the work, while allowing Hydro-Québec’s
representative twenty (20) business days from receipt of the drawings and lists
to review them.
Every
drawing or list or copies thereof remitted to Hydro-Québec shall remain the
property of Hydro-Québec, which may utilize them as it sees fit.
Drawings
shall be prepared in accordance with the requirements and recommendations of
sections 1 to 10 of standard B78.5-93 “Computer-Aided Design Drafting
(Buildings)” of the Canadian Standards Association (CSA/ACN). All
notations on the drawings and lists shall be in French and dimensions shall be
in the SI system.
When
Hydro-Québec’s representative verifies the supplier’s drawings or lists, it
means that Hydro-Québec’s representative has found that the proposed elements
and systems are consistent with the object of the contract. But it in no way
means that the supplier’s drawings or lists that were submitted or provided meet
the requirements of the contract in every respect.
Work
begun without the submission and verification of the drawings and lists as
aforesaid may be refused by Hydro-Québec’s representative. The costs
incurred shall be borne by the supplier.
D. TECHNICAL
NOTICES
To permit
the operation, maintenance and reconditioning of the goods by Hydro-Québec, the
supplier shall, in accordance with the stipulations in the Specific Clauses,
prepare technical notices describing in detail the construction and recommended
methods for the assembly, disassembly, maintenance and operation of the goods
and a list of all spare parts. The said notices shall include all
appropriate bulletins and the instructions prepared by the manufacturers of the
parts incorporated in the goods.
E. RATING
PLATES
The
rating plates on the goods shall be in French. Warning notices shall
be in French and English.
F. NOT
USED
G. DELAY
ATTRIBUTABLE TO HYDRO-QUÉBEC
If an
incident attributable to Hydro-Québec causes delay in the performance of the
contract, the supplier shall be entitled to an extension of the performance
period, on the express condition that it makes a written request therefor to
Hydro-Québec’s representative no later than fifteen (15) days after the incident
warranting such a request. The request shall specify the nature of the incident
and its impact on the work performance period.
Absent
such notice within the aforesaid period, the supplier waives the right to an
extension of the performance period.
H. CHANGES
TO CONTRACT
Hydro-Québec
may, until the end of the contract, make changes to the contract and demand
their performance by the supplier.
The
supplier shall not proceed with any changes before signing a contract amendment
specifying the nature of the change, the method of payment and the performance
period. However, in the event of an emergency or a disagreement over
the terms of the contract amendment, the supplier shall promptly proceed with
any change demanded by Hydro-Québec’s representative in writing.
Changes
shall not entail any extension of the contractual periods unless expressly
mentioned in the contract amendment. Any change to the size of the contract or
its terms of performance made or authorized by Hydro-Québec shall entitle the
supplier or Hydro-Québec to obtain a revision of the contract prices to account
for the increase or decrease (as the case may be) in costs due to such
change.
I. NOT
USED
J. NOT
USED
K. NOT
USED
L. OWNERSHIP
All of
the goods covered by the contract shall become the property of Hydro-Québec as
they are progressively fabricated. However, the supplier shall be
responsible for their custody and control and any liability arising therefrom
until they are received by Hydro-Québec.
M. NOT
USED
N. NOT
USED
O. PACKAGING
To
facilitate handling and protect the goods during shipping and storage, the goods
shall be packaged in accordance with Hydro-Québec’s standard SN-1.1 or such
other standard as may replace it.
The goods
shall be identified as required below to facilitate delivery, receiving and
storage. Each container shall bear the following minimum mandatory
information in easily legible form:
-
|
“Hydro-Québec”
followed by the order number;
|
-
|
Item
number of the order;
|
-
|
Hydro-Québec’s
article code, if any;
|
If the
container contains several packages, each package shall also bear the
above-mentioned information specific to its contents. Each container
shall have a hermetically sealed pocket in which the supplier shall deposit at
least four (4) copies of the list of articles.
P. SHIPPING
No
shipment shall be made without prior specific instructions from Hydro-Québec’s
representative as to the availability of the delivery location. No
shipment may be made more than two (2) months before the date required, unless
Hydro-Québec’s representative provides his written authorization.
At least
three (3) days before sending any shipment, full or partial, the supplier shall
give written notice to the addressee indicated on the waybill.
For any
shipments coming from outside Canada, the supplier shall remit to the carrier
along with the waybill:
-
|
A
duly completed “Canada Customs Invoice” specifying the
following:
|
-
|
purchaser’s
order number;
|
-
|
name
and address of the addressee (to whom the goods are being
shipped);
|
-
|
name
and address of the purchaser (to whom the goods are
sold);
|
-
|
detailed
description of the goods, quantity, unit price,
total;
|
-
|
total
amount of the invoice;
|
-
|
a
duly completed NAFTA (North American Free Trade Agreement) certificate of
origin, if the goods were manufactured in the United States and/or
Mexico.
|
8.
NOT
USED
9.
GOODS,
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. ORIGIN,
QUALITY AND IMPLEMENTATION OF MATERIALS
The
materials, their implementation and the execution of the work shall be
consistent with the requirements of the contract.
If the
quality of a material or labour is not specified, the material shall be new and
of the best quality and the labour shall be performed in accordance with
generally accepted standards.
Unless
otherwise stipulated in the contract, the supplier may use a material equivalent
to the one referred to in the contract by a trade-mark, provided the
substitution is previously authorized in writing by Hydro-Québec.
Hydro-Québec’s
representative will accept or refuse the equivalent material within a time frame
which will depend on the information to be obtained and the trials, tests and
checks necessary to evaluate the proposed material.
The
supplier shall submit the equivalent material for approval by Hydro-Québec’s
representative on a timely basis to avoid any delay in the performance of the
work.
B. NOT
USED
C.
GOODS,
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT MADE AVAILABLE TO THE SUPPLIER BY
HYDRO-QUÉBEC
The
supplier shall be responsible for the maintenance, safekeeping and control of
all goods, materials or equipment made available to it by Hydro-Québec and shall
use same solely for the purposes for which they were intended.
The
supplier must at all times be in a position to report to Hydro-Québec’s
representative on the use and condition of such goods, materials and
equipment.
10.
NOT
USED
11.
LIABILITY
OF THE SUPPLIER
The
supplier shall be liable to Hydro-Québec for the proper performance of the
contract.
It shall
also be liable for any damages resulting from such performance, save damages for
loss of profits or income, loss of use of the goods supplied under this contract
or of any related equipment, interest and other charges on borrowed money and
the costs of any interruption. However, the supplier’s liability to
Hydro-Québec shall be limited to $[XX] or another sum equivalent to the contract
price if same exceeds $[XX].
It shall
defend Hydro-Québec against any claims or lawsuits stemming from the contract
and the execution of the work and shall indemnify and hold it harmless with
respect to capital, interest and the indemnity stipulated in the Civil Code of
Quebec, costs of expert reports and costs of any other nature, any judgment
pronounced against it and, where applicable, shall obtain a discharge of any
legal hypothec related to the performance of the contract.
12.
CONTROLLED
PRODUCTS
In the
framework of the application of the
Hazardous Products Act
,
R.S.C. (1985), c. H-3, the supplier is responsible for determining whether the
goods or part thereof are controlled products.
Before
delivery, the supplier shall forward to Hydro-Québec’s representative a list of
the controlled products, in duplicate, and the relevant safety data sheets, in
French, for each such product.
The
supplier shall be liable for all costs incurred due to its failure to provide
the required information on a timely basis.
13.
ENVIRONMENTAL
PROTECTION
The
supplier shall comply with all laws and regulations applicable in Quebec
concerning the protection of the environment. It shall be responsible for
preventing pollution or any nuisance that could be caused by the products,
services and activities arising from this contract. In that regard it
shall, at its expense, take all necessary steps to protect the environment and
prevent any form of pollution or nuisance. In addition, it shall
ensure that it has properly trained personnel who can take action in the event
of an environmental emergency.
The
supplier shall notify Hydro-Québec’s representative as quickly as possible of
any environmental incident, non-compliance or emergency that arises in the
framework of the performance of the obligations under this
contract.
Furthermore,
it shall comply with the environmental provisions set out in the specific
clauses of this contract.
14.
PAYMENT
Payment
of the contract price shall be made thirty (30) days following receipt of the
equipment at the delivery point or receipt of the invoice, whichever is
later.
At any
time, Hydro-Québec may set-off any debt owed to it by the supplier against any
sums it may owe the supplier or any security delivered pursuant to the
contract.
15.
GUARANTEE
ON LABOUR AND MATERIALS
The
supplier shall guarantee to Hydro-Québec that all goods and materials it has
supplied will operate properly and conform to the stipulations of the contract,
which guarantee shall apply for a period of eighteen (18) months following
receipt of the equipment at the delivery point, unless additional guarantees and
different time frames are stipulated elsewhere in the contract. This
guarantee shall be in addition to the legal warranty.
During
the warranty period, upon request by Hydro-Québec, the supplier undertakes,
within the time frame determined by Hydro-Québec’s representative, to repair,
correct or replace all defective goods and any resulting deterioration or
degradation, at its own expense, including costs of removal, shipment,
replacement and reinstallation of the property required to access such goods,
except, however, costs of removal, shipment, replacement and reinstallation of
property other than the goods that are the subject of the contract.
In the
event of a disagreement between the supplier and Hydro-Québec as to which party
shall be responsible for the costs of repairs, modifications or replacement, the
supplier agrees to perform such repairs, modifications or replacement diligently
in accordance with the decisions of Hydro-Québec’s
representative. Failing an agreement between Hydro-Québec and the
supplier as to responsibility for costs of repair, Hydro-Québec acknowledges
that the fact that the supplier has performed the work required by
Hydro-Québec’s representative shall not extinguish the supplier’s right to bring
a legal action.
All goods
thus repaired, corrected or replaced by the supplier shall be under a new
guarantee of the same nature and for the same term as the original
guarantee.
Should
the supplier fail to repair, modify or replace the equipment at the request of
Hydro-Québec’s representative, Hydro-Québec shall be entitled to perform such
repairs, modifications or replacements or have them performed by a third party
at the supplier’s expense.
16.
NOT
USED
17.
NOT
USED
18.
DEFAULT –
TERMINATION
A. DEFAULT
BY SUPPLIER
If the
supplier fails to comply with the provisions of the contract or the instructions
of Hydro-Québec’s representative, the latter shall give it a notice of default
stipulating the time period for the supplier to comply with the requirements of
the contract.
If the
supplier fails to comply with the notice from Hydro-Québec’s representative
within the stipulated period or becomes insolvent, it shall be in default and
Hydro-Québec may exercise one or all of the remedies stipulated in the clauses
entitled “Withdrawal of Work from the Supplier” and “Contract
Termination”.
B. WITHDRAWAL
OF WORK FROM THE SUPPLIER
If the
supplier is in default under the contract, Hydro-Québec may withdraw the work
which is as yet uncompleted from the supplier, without thereby releasing it from
its contractual obligations, save the obligation to complete such
work.
The
supplier shall indemnify Hydro-Québec for all losses and damages resulting from
its default and the withdrawal of the work and shall also reimburse Hydro-Québec
for all costs and expenses Hydro-Québec has incurred further to such withdrawal
to arrange for the full completion of the work.
C. CONTRACT
TERMINATION
Hydro-Québec
shall at all times have the right to terminate the contract in whole or in part
upon written notice.
If
Hydro-Québec terminates the contract unilaterally without any default by the
supplier, the supplier shall be entitled to the value of the work performed and
the materials supplied as of the termination, less such amounts as it may owe
Hydro-Québec, as well as damages, if any.
If the
supplier is in default under the contract, Hydro-Québec may terminate the
contract in whole or in part. The supplier shall then be entitled to the value
of the work performed and the materials supplied as of the termination, less
such sums as it may owe Hydro-Québec. It shall not be entitled to any damages.
The supplier shall remain liable to Hydro-Québec for any loss or damages
resulting from its default.
D. NOT
USED
19.
NOT
USED
20.
RELEVANT
DOCUMENTS
A. ACCOUNTING
PRINCIPLES
The
supplier shall keep separate accounts for the cost of the work in accordance
with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles.
B. RETENTION
PERIOD
The
supplier shall retain all books and accounting records and the documents
pertaining to the contract for three (3) years after the end of the contract.
Upon request by Hydro-Québec, the retention period shall be
extended.
C. RIGHT
TO INSPECT
Upon
written request, the supplier shall make all books and accounting records and
documents pertaining to the contract available to
Hydro-Québec. Hydro-Québec may inspect same and make any
copies.
TRANSLATION
SPECIFIC
CONDITIONS
Table of
Contents
1.
TERM OF MASTER AGREEMENT
2.
CONTRACT REVIEW AND FOLLOW-UP
3.
APPROVAL STATUS
4.
NEW SUPPLIER
5.
QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, ISO 9001:2000
(F1)
6.
CERTIFICATE OF REGISTRATION
(F15)
7.
NOTICE OF PROCEDURE (F18)
8.
QUALITY RECORD (F21)
9.
HYDRO-QUÉBEC’S QUALITY PLAN REQUIREMENTS
(F61)
10.
DECISION TO UTILIZE (F11)
11.
POST-D.U. DELIVERY AUTHORIZATION
12.
DELIVERY PERIOD
13.
LATE DELIVERY
14.
COMPLIANCE WITH QUANTITIES
15.
DELIVERY PERFORMANCE
16.
PENALTY FOR LATE DELIVERY
17.
DELIVERY ON PALLETS
18.
DELIVERY BY TRUCK
19.
DELIVERY ADDRESS
20.
INDEXING CLAUSE
21.
ENERGY LOSS VALUES
22.
PENALTY ON SURPLUS EFFECTIVE AVERAGE
LOSSES
23.
QUEBEC CONTENT
24.
INVOICING OF TAXES
25.
GUARANTEE
26.
PAYMENT
27.
SUPPLY SECURITY
28.
CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION
29.
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
1. TERM
OF MASTER AGREEMENT
The
initial term of the master agreement shall be two (2) years commencing on April
1, 2006.
Hydro-Québec
reserves the right to extend the master agreement for a further period of two
(2) years, based on two (2) renewal options of twelve (12) months
each.
For the
extension, no less than three (3) months before the expiration of the master
agreement, Hydro-Québec shall send written notice to the supplier of its
intention to extend or not to extend the master agreement.
Within
five (5) business days of the date of Hydro-Québec’s notice, the supplier shall
send written notice to Hydro-Québec of its acceptance or refusal to extend the
master agreement.
It shall
be understood and agreed that the option to extend shall be under the same terms
and conditions as those prevailing until then under the master
agreement.
2. CONTRACT
REVIEW AND FOLLOW-UP
Hydro-Québec
shall call the supplier to a contract review meeting before production of the
first order is begun. All of the relevant representatives from
Hydro-Québec shall attend to ensure a mutual understanding of the requirements
stipulated in the master agreement.
Hydro-Québec’s
representatives shall be: the technical officer for the product, the
quality control officer, the materials-in-stock management officer and the
master agreement administrator.
Further
meetings may be called at the parties’ request.
3. APPROVAL
STATUS
If any of
the products covered by the master agreement are approved products, any change
to the production of the goods, such as the procurement of materials, the
manufacturing or assembly location, etc. shall require prior approval from
Hydro-Québec, which shall assess the impact of the change on the approval status
of the goods.
Hydro-Québec’s
technical officer shall determine the type testing required to extend the
approval status. The costs inherent in such tests shall be borne by
Hydro-Québec. However, if the test results do not meet the
requirements, the costs of retesting shall be borne by the
supplier.
The price
list (taxes extra) for the type testing shall be:
[XX]
4. NEW
SUPPLIER
Clause
deleted.
5. QUALITY
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, ISO 9001:2000 (F1)
The
quality management system of the product’s designer, manufacturer and installer
shall be duly ISO 9001:2000 registered.
If the
design or development activities form part of the contract, the exclusion of
section
7.3 “Design and
Development” </˃ of ISO 9001:2000 shall not be acceptable for the designer of
the product
.
At the
specific request of Hydro-Québec’s representative, the supplier shall send him
the quality manual, quality procedures and quality management system forms for
the product’s designer, manufacturer and installer.
Hydro-Québec
or its representative may visit the premises of the supplier and its
subcontractors at any time to verify that the contract requirements are being
met.
Any
proposal involving the use, alteration or repair of the product which is not
consistent with the contract requirements shall be submitted to Hydro-Québec’s
representative.
6. CERTIFICATE
OF REGISTRATION (F15)
The
supplier must hold an ISO certificate of registration issued by an accredited
registrar indicating that the manufacturer and designer of the product meet the
above-mentioned quality system standards.
Any
change to their quality system or certification shall be sent to Hydro-Québec’s
quality officer during the term of the contract.
7. NOTICE
OF PROCEDURE (F18)
Any
request made by the supplier for a quality control procedure shall be made in
writing and sent to Hydro-Québec’s representative. The request shall
be made in advance within a reasonable period of time, having regard to the
place where the procedure will be carried out. At least two business
days are requested for local procedures. That time frame may be
several weeks for a procedure carried out in a foreign country.
The
request shall specify the purpose, date and place of the procedure, the order
number, the item number in the order, the material to be controlled and, where
applicable, the serial number.
Hydro-Québec
shall cover its representative’s costs for such procedures. However, if the
control or testing results do not meet the requirements of the client and the
order, or if the procedure is delayed, the repeat or waiting costs shall be
covered by the supplier.
8. QUALITY
RECORD (F21)
The
quality records containing any documents or objective proof which can
demonstrate the conformity of the product to the contract requirements shall be
retained for at least three (3) years after delivery or three (3) years after
the guarantee expires, whichever is later.
The
records shall be available for consultation by Hydro-Québec or its
representative at all times during that period at the premises of the supplier
and the subcontractors.
9. HYDRO-QUÉBEC’S
QUALITY PLAN REQUIREMENTS (F61)
This
clause sets out the minimum requirements for the content of a quality plan and
how it must be submitted to Hydro-Québec and managed. A quality plan
shall be required for each specific product or family of products listed in the
order.
The
quality plan covers all of the development, monitoring and measurement
activities. In addition to the inspection and testing activities, formerly known
as the “Inspection and Testing Plan” (“ITP” or “PIE”), the review activities for
the requirements pertaining to the product, design and development, purchase,
product preservation, etc. shall be covered therein.
Where the
supplier is not also the designer, manufacturer or installer, it shall be
responsible for ensuring that its subcontractors provide their quality plan in
conformity with the requirements.
It shall
not be necessary to resubmit a quality plan if it covers a family of products
provided it has already been accepted by Hydro-Québec; and there has been no
change to the product’s material, form, function or manufacturing process.
However, acceptance of the quality plan shall be valid for no more than 3 years
from the date of acceptance.
Upon
request, the supplier shall provide Hydro-Québec with the manual, procedures,
instructions and forms referred to in the quality plans, and those relating to
the quality plans of the subcontractors.
1.0
|
GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS
1.1
Issue
Deadline
At
least four (4) weeks prior to the commencement of realization, the
supplier shall submit quality plans prepared in accordance with the
requirements to Hydro-Québec’s quality officer for
approval.
1.2
Revision
of Quality Plan
The
supplier shall keep the quality plans up to date throughout the term of
the contract or the order. Any revision made to a quality plan
relating to the contract requirements shall be submitted immediately to
Hydro-Québec’s quality officer for
approval.
|
2.0
|
QUALITY
PLAN PRESENTATION
The
quality plan shall include:
2.1
A
cover page with:
|
-
|
The
name of the supplier/manufacturer.
|
-
|
The
quality plan number.
|
-
|
The
revision date and number.
|
-
|
The
product description.
|
-
|
The
order number, master agreement number or lot number, if
any.
|
-
|
The
name and signature of the person responsible for approval by the
supplier.
|
|
2.2
A
table of contents listing the sections and their page numbers, if any, in
the quality plan.
2.3
A
process diagram (if required by Hydro-Québec’s quality officer); that is,
a graphic representation of the development, monitoring and measurement
activities, also including Hydro-Québec’s hold
points.
Note: An
example of a “CQ-Ps-07/IN01” quality plan is available from Hydro-Québec’s
quality officer upon
request.
|
3.0
|
ACTIVITIES
COVERED IN QUALITY PLAN
The
quality plan shall include the following activities:
(If
some activities do not apply, this must be explained in the quality
plan.)
|
3.1
|
Review
of the product requirements (contract
review).
|
3.2
|
Design
and development
The
design and development activities shall include, without limitation, the
following:
|
3.2.1
|
Design
and development planning (stages and responsibility for design and
development)
|
3.2.2
|
Design
and development inputs (Hydro-Québec order requirements, Hydro-Québec
specifications, standards)
|
3.2.3
|
Design
and development outputs (approval of drawings, data sheets, calculation
notes)
|
3.2.4
|
Design
and development review (internally and/or with the
client)
|
3.2.5
|
Verification
of design and development (conformity of drawings, calculation notes,
testing reports compared to inputs)
|
3.2.6
|
Validation
of design and development (installation tests, operating
instructions)
|
3.2.7
|
Control
of design and development modifications (quality notification, technical
modification request (“TMR” or
“DMT”))
|
3.3.1
|
Principal
suppliers and subcontractors
For
each principal product or service purchased or subcontracted, the quality
plan shall mention (or cite in a
schedule):
|
-
|
The
description of the principal products and services purchased and
subcontracted.
|
-
|
The
names and contact information for the suppliers and
subcontractors.
|
-
|
The
quality requirements sought (including the subcontractors’ quality
plans).
|
3.3.2
|
Purchasing
documents
The
supplier’s purchasing documents shall include all the requirements
stipulated in the contract documents. Hydro-Québec or its
representative may visit the premises of the supplier and its
subcontractors at any time to verify that the contract requirements are
being met.
|
3.4
|
Client’s
property (products supplied by the client, if
any).
|
3.5
|
All
relevant development, monitoring and measurement
operations. Including the hold points previously identified by
Hydro-Québec in its request for proposals documents and
specifications. Hydro-Québec’s representative may, when
reviewing the quality plan, ask for the inclusion of additional hold
points and specify the advance notice required for carrying out the
procedures.
|
3.6
|
The
tests, pre-delivery installation tests and testing programs (where
required, including the sequence, procedures and test circuit
diagrams).
|
3.7
|
The
identification and traceability (where applicable, an identification and
recording method to ensure the product can be
traced)
|
3.8
|
Preservation
of the product (packaging and handling: Hydro-Québec requirements SN-1.1
or other, if specified).
|
3.9
|
Record
control (review and closure of quality
record).
|
3.10
|
Issuance
of decision to utilize (DU). Hold
point.
|
4.0
|
CONTENT
OF QUALITY PLAN
|
4.1
|
Development,
monitoring and measurement activities. (Include or refer to the
activities of subcontractors, where applicable)
For
each development, monitoring and measurement activity, the quality plan
shall include the following
information:
|
-
|
The
activity and its reference number.
|
-
|
The
reference documents (procedures, drawings, data sheets, technical
documents reviewed by
Hydro-Québec).
|
-
|
The
characteristics to be controlled.
|
-
|
The
acceptance criteria.
|
-
|
The
monitoring and measurement
frequency.
|
-
|
The
title of the person in charge of the
activity.
|
-
|
The
expected quality records.
|
|
In
addition, the quality plan shall cover the
following:
|
4.2
|
The
special skills of the personnel (welders, inspectors) where
applicable.
|
4.3
|
The
validation of the production processes and service preparation processes,
if any. (Special processes: processes where the characteristics
of the product in the finished product cannot be fully
verified. For instance, welding, plating, heat treatment,
non-destructive tests).
|
4.4
|
Control
of the monitoring and measurement instruments (measuring and testing
equipment).
|
4.5
|
Control
of non-conforming products (non-conformity of supplier and Quality
Notification).
|
4.6
|
Mention
all requirements of the quality plan that do not
apply.
|
10. DECISION
TO UTILIZE (F11)
The
supplier shall obtain a decision to utilize from Hydro-Québec’s quality officer
before any product is delivered.
If you do
not know the quality officer’s name, please contact:
Pierre
Guyon
Head,
Electrical Apparatus
Phone: (514)
840-3000 ext. 4915
Fax: (514)
840-4320
11. POST-D.U.
DELIVERY AUTHORIZATION
Further
to the issuance of a D.U. (decision to utilize) the supplier may ship the
equipment directly if the receiving point is a store or a Hydro-Québec material
distribution centre (“MDC” or “CDM”). For any other delivery point,
the supplier must have authorization from the person who signed the order,
otherwise receipt may be refused and the equipment may be returned to the
shipper, at its expense.
12. DELIVERY
PERIOD
The
delivery period shall be between twelve (12) and fifteen (15) weeks from
issuance of the order, depending on the listings.
The
supplier may deliver transformers from the time the order is issued until the
end of the contractual delivery period (ongoing delivery).
Any
delivery which is late due to a non-conformity or which is the subject of a
“Quality Notification” shall be covered by the supplier.
13. LATE
DELIVERY
If the
supplier expects a delivery to be late, it shall immediately notify the person
who signed the order.
14. COMPLIANCE
WITH QUANTITIES
The
quantities delivered shall be identical to those indicated in the order. There
shall be no changes without the prior approval of the person who signed the
order.
15. DELIVERY
PERFORMANCE
Every
quarter, the supplier’s delivery performance shall be measured based on the
quantities per article code delivered on time. Any breach of
performance shall be subject to a penalty in accordance with section 16 “Penalty
for Late Delivery”, which may even include withdrawal of the article
code. In addition, the supplier’s performance may be used as a
criterion for awarding any future contracts. Within 15 days of
receipt of the delivery performance report, the supplier shall validate the
results transmitted and notify Hydro-Québec of any discrepancies.
Calculation
of actual delivery period:
Starting
point for delivery period calculation: the date the order is issued. This date
is recorded in Hydro-Québec’s SAP system and cannot be altered. The
order is sent to the supplier the same day by fax or e-mail. The
supplier is responsible for notifying the person who signed the order if there
is a delay.
End point
for delivery period calculation: the date of physical receipt of the equipment
recorded in the SAP system.
16. PENALTY
FOR LATE DELIVERY
If the
supplier fails to meet the later of the date of delivery to the F.O.B. point
determined on the order and the contractual delivery period, Hydro-Québec will
calculate a penalty as contractual damages without the necessity to provide
proof in an amount equal to [XX]%, but in no event exceeding [XX]%, of the price
(excluding shipping costs, GST, QST where applicable) to the F.O.B. point
indicated on the order for each undelivered unit for each week or partial week
delivery is late between the contractual date and the effective date of delivery
of the said unit to the F.O.B. point.
If the
supplier wishes to have the penalty waived because it was delayed for reasons
beyond its control, it shall submit a written request to the contract
administrator. Hydro-Québec shall notify the supplier in writing
within ten (10) days of its acceptance or refusal of the request.
Penalties
shall be compiled quarterly with the delivery performance report. Penalties
shall be paid to Hydro-Québec once a year.
17. DELIVERY
ON PALLETS
The
equipment shall be delivered on pallets open on four (4) sides, built and sized
for the equipment they will support. They shall be manufactured of
hardwood and the equipment shall be packaged in accordance with standards (use
of metal straps is prohibited) but not exceeding the exterior dimensions of the
pallet.
Shipments
that do not meet these criteria will be returned at the supplier’s
expense.
18. DELIVERY
BY TRUCK
Equipment
shall only be delivered on OPEN trucks.
19. DELIVERY
ADDRESS
Deliveries
shall be made to the following addresses:
CDM
St-Hyacinthe
7300
Avenue Choquette
St-Hyacinthe,
Quebec
J2S
8S7
CDM
Quebec
2600 Rue
Decelles
Quebec
City, Quebec
G2C
1R1
The exact
addresses shall appear on each order under contract.
20. INDEXING
CLAUSE
For
purposes of this contract, the basic unit price for each item shall be subject
to an upward or downward adjustment based on the following formula for orders in
each of the eight (8) quarters corresponding to the contract term commencing as
of April 1, 2006:
[XX]
Notes:
For
purposes of calculating the indexing factor, the months of November 2005,
October 2005 and December 2005 shall respectively be deemed as the month of
opening and the months preceding and following the opening of the
tenders.
If, when
the orders are issued, the indexes required to calculate the price have not been
published, the successful tenderer may issue an initial invoice based on the
prices in force in the previous period.
The
calculations shall be made as of the initial publication of the last index
required for each calculation; the revisions already made to the indexes for the
prior months shall be taken into account, but the subsequent revisions of the
indexes shall not be taken into account.
The
exchange rate used for a given month shall correspond to the monthly average of
the noon rates for US$ expressed in CA$.
Indexing
calculations shall be made to at least four decimal points.
21. ENERGY
LOSS VALUES
The
economic value of energy losses during the contract term shall be:
[XX]
22. PENALTY
ON SURPLUS EFFECTIVE AVERAGE LOSSES
Where,
for a given item, the average effective losses referred to above exceed the
specified losses, the amount of the penalty shall be calculated as
follows:
[XX]
23. QUEBEC
CONTENT
Validation of contractual
Quebec content
If an
award is made that includes contractual Quebec content, Hydro-Québec shall
proceed to validate same and it shall be determined by
Hydro-Québec. This shall include, in particular, an audit of the
manufacturing process used by the successful tenderer and its subcontractors,
the provenance of the materials and services and the successful tenderer’s
actual outlays. As the Quebec content aspects are gradually attained,
the successful tenderer shall be granted the percentages associated with these
aspects. For that purpose, Hydro-Québec may require interim
reports. At the end of the production phase, the successful tenderer
shall submit a final report on the Quebec content reached.
The
successful tenderer shall keep accounting records consistent with generally
accepted accounting principles for all such outlays invoiced. The
successful tenderer shall retain all supporting documentation regarding Quebec
content until final payment.
On
forty-eight (48) hours’ notice, the successful tenderer shall allow Hydro-Québec
access to all its accounting documentation relating to Quebec content and to
copy and take excerpts of same.
Penalty for failure to meet
contractual Quebec content
If the
successful tenderer fails to meet the contractual Quebec content percentage, a
penalty calculated on the contract price, excluding GST and QST, for the product
for which the contractual Quebec content has not been met shall be determined
based on the following formula:
[XX]
24. INVOICING
OF TAXES
On each
invoice, the goods and services tax (G.S.T.) and Quebec sales tax (Q.S.T.) at
the legal rates in force shall be indicated separately.
The
registration number for G.S.T. purposes and the registration number for Q.S.T.
purposes shall also appear on each invoice.
If the
successful tenderer fails to comply with these requirements, Hydro-Québec may
refuse the invoice and return it for correction or rectification.
25. GUARANTEE
26. PAYMENT
27. SUPPLY
SECURITY
Whenever
delivery is compromised in the short or medium term (raw materials supply
problem, strike, lockout, calamity, earthquake, etc.) the supplier shall forward
the contingency plan it plans to follow to the contract administrator within ten
(10) days of the occurrence of the problem.
To offset
any risk of a shortage and further to the sending of the contingency plan
explaining why the supplier can no longer accept orders, Hydro-Québec reserves
the right in such instance to obtain its supplies elsewhere during such period
as may be necessary pending resumption of normal deliveries by the
supplier.
The
supplier may not claim to have sustained a loss of profits or claim compensation
or an extension of its contract on the pretext that Hydro-Québec did not order a
minimum volume of its needs.
28. CONTRACT
ADMINISTRATION
Marc
Desautels
Advisor –
Contract Management
Supply
Agreements
Strategic
Goods
Procurement
Branch, 7th Floor
855
Ste-Catherine St. East,
Montreal,
Quebec H2L 4P5
Phone: (514)
840-3000 ext. 6765
Fax: (514)
840-3322
Email:
Desautels.Marc@hydro.qc.ca
29. CONTRACT
DOCUMENTS
This
contract is consistent with our request for proposals no. 11954845 dated October
24, 2005, your tender no. 6100098418 dated November 23, 2005, our correspondence
dated January 10 and 31, 2006 and March 9, 2006 and your correspondence dated
December 21, 2005, January 12, 2006, February 7 and 24, 2006 and March 1 and 23,
2006.
A
REQUEST FOR AMENDMENT – MASTER
AGREEMENT OR ORDER
Supply Agreement - Strategic Goods and
Information Technologies
SUPPLIER:
|
Pioneer
Transformers Ltd.
612
Chemin Bernard, P.O. Box 272
Granby
QC
J2G
8E5
|
DATE: 2008/03/04
|
Amendment
No.
1
|
Contract
No.
4600010831
|
Order
No.
|
Hydro-Québec
Official
Marc
Desautels
|
Tel:
514-840-3000 ext. 6765
Fax:
514-840-3322
|
A
– CURRENT AMENDMENT
Extension
of the master agreement, under the same business conditions, for a further
period of 24 months, namely from April 1, 2008 to March 31,
2010.
|
B-
SUPPLIER
[x]
[ ]
[ ]
|
We
agree to perform the requested amendment on the same terms and conditions
as the above-mentioned contract, it being agreed that this request does
not constitute a firm undertaking by Hydro-Québec and that the mere
authorization to proceed in “C”, approved by the Hydro-Québec contract
official, will allow the supplier to proceed.
Delivery
date:
(signed)
25-3-08
Signature
Date
We
refuse to perform the requested
change
Signature
Date
Not
applicable
|
C-
AUTHORIZATION TO PROCEED
You
are authorized to proceed with this change immediately
H.Q.
Official Signature Issue
date
|
c.c.
Supplier, Quality Assurance (CQ)
2
Exhibit
10.27
|
TRANSFORMATEURS
PIONEER
TRANSFORMERS
|
COMMITMENT LETTER
July 9, 2009
|
COMMITMENT
LETTER
NEEDS
|
|
|
|
SOURCES
|
|
|
|
Future
acquisitions (building & equipment)
|
|
$
|
1,750,000
|
|
Term
loan facility
|
|
$
|
1,750,000
|
|
Foreign
exchange contracts
|
|
$
|
500,000
|
|
Settlement
risk facility
|
|
$
|
500,000
|
|
Misc
business expenses
|
|
$
|
50,000
|
|
Corporate
MasterCard account
|
|
$
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
$
|
10,000,000
|
|
|
|
$
|
10,000,000
|
|
DEFINED
TERMS:
|
In
this Commitment Letter, certain terms used with the upper-case are
defined in Schedule
I hereto. Please refer to such Schedule I for the meaning of such terms.
All amounts herein are
in Canadian dollars
unless expressly stated otherwise.
|
|
|
BORROWER:
|
PIONEER
TRANSFORMERS LTD. (“Pioneer”) and/or BERNARD GRANBY REALTY INC.
(“Bernard”), henceforth collectively, the “Borrower”.
|
|
|
LENDER:
|
BANK
OF MONTREAL (henceforth, “BMO” or the “Bank”)
|
|
|
CREDIT
FACILITIES:
|
FACILITY A
:Revolving overdraft demand loan
not exceeding CDN$ 7,700,000 or the Equivalent Amount in
US$.
|
|
|
|
FACILITY B
:Non-revolving demand loan(s) up
to CDN$ 1,750,000.
|
|
|
|
FACILITY C
:MasterCard credit cards up to
CDN$ 50,000 or the Equivalent Amount in US$.
|
|
|
|
FACILITY D
:Treasury risk management
facility for foreign exchange forward contracts having an aggregate risk
content not exceeding CND$ 500,000.
|
|
|
LOAN
PURPOSES:
|
FACILITY A
: To finance ongoing
operations.
FACILITY B
: To finance future acquisitions
& working capital injection.
FACILITY C
: For business
expenses.
FACILITY D
: To hedge foreign exchange
risk.
|
|
|
AVAILABILITY:
|
The
Facilities will be available for drawdown for the specified Loan Purposes
upon satisfaction of Conditions Precedent. Availability will be by way
of:
|
BMO Bank of Montreal
|
TRANSFORMATEURS
PIONEER
TRANSFORMERS
|
COMMITMENT LETTER
July 9, 2009
|
|
FACILITY A (subject
to monthly Margin Requirement):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
▪
▪
|
By way of
direct advances in CDN$ or USD$ through overdraft in the accounts of the
Borrower set up for such purpose;
By way of issue of letters of credit (standby and documentary) and
letters of guarantee for a maximum term of 365 days, subject to renewal
and extension.
|
|
FACILITY B (available for drawdown for a period of 12 months):
|
|
|
▪
▪
|
By way of direct advances through demand note(s) at variable interest
and or;
By way of fixed rate term loans (1 to 5 year
terms).
|
|
FACIITY
C:
Available
through use of MasterCard cards issued from time to time by the Bank, at
its discretion, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the
MasterCard Card Agreement.
FACILITY D:
By way of foreign exchange forward contracts for a maximum term of
365 days for each agreement;
|
MARGIN
REQUIREMENT:
|
Notwithstanding
any other provision of this Commitment Letter, the amount at any time
outstanding under
Facility A
(including the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of
Credit and Letters of Guarantee) and of all other obligations of the
Borrower in respect of any Letter of Credit and Letter of Guarantee shall
not exceed the Borrowing Base. For the purposes hereof, “Borrowing Base”
shall mean the total of:
80%
of the Bank’s estimated worth of eligible accounts receivable (excluding
Excluded Receivables) of the Borrower owing by debtors located in Canada
and in the United States of America (advances supported by US receivables
shall be Limited to CDN$ 1,000,0(10); plus
The
lesser of (i) CDN$ 3500,000 and (ii) 50% of the Bank’s estimated worth of
eligible inventory, (excluding Excluded Inventory) of the Borrower.
Eligible inventory shall include
work in
progress
supported by booked orders to a maximum of CDN$ 1,000,000;
less
any
amount secured by a Lien ranking prior to the security for the benefit of
the Bank with respect to accounts receivable and/or inventory of the
Borrower, and all current and past due amounts owed to the various
governments by the Borrower, including, without limitation, Federal and
Provincial income taxes, deductions at source, G.S.T., P.S.T., Q.S.T. and
any other amount that could be considered as prior claim or as a deemed
trust or as a super priority in favour of the various governments or
governmental authorities or the payment of which would rank prior to the
payment of debts and liabilities of the Borrower or any other Obligor
under or pursuant to the Facilities or the Loan Documents; less Excluded
Receivables.
|
BMO Bank of Montreal
|
TRANSFORMATEURS
PIONEER
TRANSFORMERS
|
COMMITMENT LETTER
July 9, 2009
|
|
For
the purposes hereof, “Excluded Receivables” shall mean accounts receivable
which the Bank does not, according to its usual practice, consider as an
eligible receivable, including without limitation, accounts over which the
Bank does not have a fast ranking Lien, accounts receivable owing by
debtors located outside of Canada and the United States of America,
accounts receivable subject to set-off or compensation, accounts
receivable owing by an affiliate, a shareholder, a director, an officer or
an employee of the Borrower, accounts receivable which the Bank in good
faith determines to be not of good quality or collectible in the ordinary
course of business, accounts receivable subject to undue credit risk,
accounts in dispute and accounts receivable which remain unpaid for more
than 90 days from the date of invoice.
For
the purposes hereof, “Excluded Inventory” shall mean inventory which the
Bank, in accordance with its usual practice, does not consider as eligible
inventory, including without limitation, inventory over which the Bank
does not have a first ranking Lien, 30-day goods, inventory located
outside the premises of the Borrower or outside of Canada, in transit or
otherwise not in possession of the Borrower or the relevant Obligor, goods
on consignment, spare parts and production supplies. Value of inventory
shall be determined at the lesser of its cost and fair market
value.
FACILITY D:
Outstanding foreign exchange
forward contracts shall riot exceed a risk content of CND$
500,000.
|
|
|
|
PROGRESS
DRAWS:
|
Advances
for Facility B will be available by way of multiple draws for the
specified Loan Purposes upon satisfaction of Conditions Precedent and
shall not exceed:
65%
of land & building (existing + expansion) based on market value as
determined by a professional evaluation to be remitted to the Lender;
plus
50%
of equipment based on market value as determined by a professional
evaluation to be remitted to the Lender; plus
75%
of new equipment based on value of invoices before
taxes.
|
|
|
|
MATURITY
AND
INSTALMENTS:
|
|
|
FACILITY
A:Repayable on demand (revolving overdraft facility).
FACILITY
B:Interest only for a maximum of 12 months, after which advances will be
reimbursed as follows:
|
|
▪
|
Advances
based on land & buildings: Amortization not to exceed 12 years with
monthly capital payments plus interest, or fixed monthly payments
including capital & interest.
|
|
▪
|
Advances
based on existing and new equipment: Amortization not to exceed
5 years with monthly capital payments plus interest, or fixed monthly
payments including capital & interest.
|
|
|
|
|
|
BMO Bank of Montreal
|
TRANSFORMATEURS
PIONEER
TRANSFORMERS
|
COMMITMENT LETTER
July 9, 2009
|
|
FACILITY C
:Balance payable in full,
monthly.
|
PREPAYMENTS:
|
Direct
advances (including any overdraft) in CDN$ and in US$ bearing interest
based on the CDN Prime Rate and the US Base Rate respectively may be
prepaid at any time and from time to time without penalty, subject to any
applicable of prior notice periods to be determined by the
Bank.
Advances
at a fixed rate of interest may be prepaid at any time, subject to
penalties and to any application of prior notice periods to be determined
by the Bank.
Any
outstanding Letter of Credit or Letter of Guarantee may be cancelled upon
receipt by the Bank of the original thereof (and any amendment thereto)
and evidence satisfactory to the Bank that the beneficiary has consented
to such cancellation.
|
|
|
INTEREST
RATES:
|
FACILITY A
:CND Prime Rate and/or US Base
Rate plus 0.75%, payable monthly in arrears.
FACILITY B
:CND Prime Rate plus 1.00%,
payable monthly in arrears. A fixed rate option is available as per rates
at loan drawdown or at reservation date.
FACILITY C
:Subject to the interest rates
and fees set from time to time in accordance with the MasterCard Card
Agreement and related agreements.
|
|
|
FEES:
|
Overdraft
Facility fee of CND$ 950 payable monthly and subject to annual
review.
A
fixed monthly fee of CND$ 350 covering all Banking services, including
electronic cash management services and wholesale lockbox services);
Subject to annual review.
The
Borrower shall pay to the Bank a one time non-refundable Application Fee
of CDN$ 10,000 equivalent to 10 bps of credit facilities. Such fee shall
be payable at closing.
AB
legal and other direct out of pocket costs of the Bank incurred with
respect to due diligence and preparation of loan documents, arrangement
expenses and advertising shall be for the account of the Borrower. The
Borrower agrees to guarantee payment of all such legal fees and other
direct out of pocket costs upon and by virtue of acceptance hereof by the
Borrower.
|
BMO Bank of Montreal
|
TRANSFORMATEURS
PIONEER
TRANSFORMERS
|
COMMITMENT LETTER
July 9, 2009
|
SECURITY:
|
The following security to be provided by the Borrower shall, unless
otherwise indicated, support all present and future indebtedness and
liability of the Borrower to the Bank including without limitation
indebtedness and liability under guarantees and cash management products.
Security shall be registered on the Bank’s standard forms, supported by
resolutions and solicitor’s opinion, all acceptable to the Bank:
a)Revolving overdraft loan facility
agreement (Facility A).
b)Demand notes (Facility B).
c)Fixed rate term loan agreement(s) when
and if option is selected.
d)First ranking deed on hypothec on all
present and future movable and immovable property of the Borrower for the
amount of CDN$ 10,000,000.
e)Security pursuant to Section 427 of the
Bank Act on all present and future inventory of the Borrower.
f)First ranking collateral mortgage on the
land & buildings belonging to the Borrower for the amount of CDN$
10,000,000.
g)Satisfactory letter of opinion from
notary as to validity and enforceability of the security.
h)Cross guarantees between Pioneer
Transformers Ltd and Bernard Granby Realty Inc. with required resolutions
and legal opinions.
i)Bank to be named as loss payee on
business and fire insurance. Certified copy of policy to be provided.
Standard mortgage clause to be contained in the policy.
j)Environmental evaluation by a recognized
firm confirming satisfactory status of the property, and acceptable to the
Bank.
k)Required
documentation for foreign exchange forward contracts.
l)Bank’s
standard application and indemnity agreement for letters of credit,
letters of guarantee or documentary letter of credit.
m)MasterCard
Agreement and other related agreements for Facility C.
n)Commercial
Loan Insurance for principal shareholders & officers to be
offered.
|
BMO Bank of Montreal
|
TRANSFORMATEURS
PIONEER
TRANSFORMERS
|
COMMITMENT LETTER
July 9, 2009
|
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
TO DRAWDOWN:
|
Those customarily found in loan documentation for
credit facility of this nature including, without limitation, the
following:
|
|
|
a)Completion of all security documentation and all loan documentation
in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank’s legal counsel;
b)Receipt of all necessary material governmental, regulatory and
other third party approvals and compliance with all laws to specifically
include all appropriate environmental approvals and certificates, to the
satisfaction of the Bank’s legal counsel;
c)Receipt of professional evaluations for land, buildings, and
equipment belonging to the Borrower, to the satisfaction of the Bank (for
Facility B only);
d)Accuracy of representations and warranties;
e)Satisfactory legal opinions relating to all matters considered
relevant by the Bank, including due authorization, execution, delivery and
enforceability of the loan and security documentation by the
Borrower;
f)Release and mainlevée of all prior ranking Liens;
g)Nothing shall have occurred which would have a Material Adverse
Effect on the business, operations or properties of the Borrower, on the
rights and remedies of the Lender, or on the ability of the Borrower to
perform their obligations to the Lender;
h)No default or event of default exists at the time of, or after
giving effect to the closing and/or disbursement;
i)Due diligence review satisfactory to the Bank including but not
limited to review of the Borrower’s existing operations and financial
position, review of contracts, review of historical financial
information.
|
REPRESENTATIONS
&
WARRANTIES:
|
Usual,
including confirmation of corporate status and authority, non-violation of
law or existing agreements, no material litigation, satisfactory insurance
coverage, continued compliance with environmental regulations and other
such representations and warranties customarily contained in loan
agreements for similar financing.
|
NEGATIVE
COVENANTS:
|
Usual
negative covenants for transactions of this nature including but not
limited to the following and subject to exceptions and limitations to be
agreed:
·
Amalgamate,
merge or consolidate with any legal entity and cause its subsidiaries to
wind up, liquidate or dissolve its affairs;
·
Change
the nature of its core business;
·
Alter
its capital structure in a manner that would be materially adverse to the
Bank or undergo a change of control.
·
No
investments and/or advances to affiliated or related companies without the
Bank’s prior written consent.
|
BMO Bank of Montreal
|
TRANSFORMATEURS
PIONEER
TRANSFORMERS
|
COMMITMENT LETTER
July 9, 2009
|
FINANCIAL
COVENANTS:
|
The
following covenants will be tested annually (based on consolidated
financial statements of the Borrower):
·
Minimum
Debt Service Coverage Ratio of 1.25
·
Minimum
Current Ratio of 120
·
Maximum
Total Debt to Tangible Net Worth Ratio of 3.00 for the fiscal 2009 and
reduced to 230 starting in fiscal 2010 (to be tested
quarterly.)
|
REPORTING
REQUIREMENTS:
|
The
Borrower shall deliver to the Bank the following:
|
|
a)From Pioneer Transformers Ltd.: Signed, aged lists of
accounts receivable, accounts payable (including declaration of any deemed
touts) and inventory are to be provided by the 20th day of each month.
Inventory lists are to be provided on the Bank’s standard form.
b)From Pioneer Transformers Ltd.: Quarterly in-house financial
statements within 45 days of quarter end.
c)Annual audited financial statements of the Borrower
(non-consolidated + consolidated) within 120 days of fiscal year
end.
d)Annual forecasts to be provided at time of annual review including
income statement, balance sheet and cashflow.
e)Other documents as the Bank may reasonably require from time to
time.
|
EVENTS
OF
DEFAULT:
|
Those
customarily found in loan documentation for similar financing including
but not limited to failure to pay principal and interest when due;
representations and warranties materially incorrect; breach of covenants
and security undertakings; Material Adverse Change; failure to comply with
the terms of other financing agreements of the Borrower (with notice and
cure periods as applicable); cross-default to material obligations of the
Borrower, bankruptcy/insolvency of the Borrower, non-compliance with any
environmental regulation imposed by any government or its agency, change
of ownership - either directly or indirectly; merger with any other
corporation or person.
|
BANKING
SERVICES:
|
The
borrower agrees to maintain bank accounts only with the Bank of
Montreal.
|
GOVERNING
LAW:
|
The
laws of the Province of Québec and the laws of Canada applicable therein
shall apply subject to the right of the Bank to subject any security to
the laws of the jurisdiction which the Bank deems most
appropriate.
|
BMO Bank of Montreal
|
TRANSFORMATEURS
PIONEER
TRANSFORMERS
|
COMMITMENT LETTER
July 9, 2009
|
|
|
LANGUAGE
CLAUSE:
|
The
parties hereby confirm their express wish that this Commitment Letter and
all documents and agreements directly or indirectly related thereto,
including notices, be drawn up in the English language. Notwithstanding
such express wish, the parties agree that any of such documents,
agreements and notices or any part thereof may be drawn up in the French
language. Les parties reconnaissent leer volonté expresse que le present
Sommaire des termes et conditions ainsi que tons les documents et
conventions qui s’y rattachent directement ou indirectement, y compris les
avis, soient rédigés en langue anglaise. Nonobstant telle volonté
expresse, les parties conviennent que n importe quel desdits documents,
conventions et avis ou toute panic de ceux-ci puissent etre rédigés en
langue française.
|
ACCEPTANCE:
|
This
Commitment Letter is open for acceptance until close of business on August
7, 2009 after which date. it will automatically become null and void
unless accepted as provided for below or unless such delay has been
extended in writing by the Bank. This Commitment Letter may be accepted by
signing the attached copy in the space provided for herein and returning
it to the Bank.
|
BMO Bank of Montreal
|
TRANSFORMATEURS
PIONEER
TRANSFORMERS
|
COMMITMENT LETTER
July 9, 2009
|
ACCEPTANCE
We hereby
accept the foregoing terms and conditions.
This
3
day
of
August
2009.
PIONEER
TRANSFORMERS LTD
By:
/s/ Nathan J.
Mazurek
,
president
duly authorized
By:
/s/ Nathan J.
Mazurek
,
president
duly authorized
BMO Bank of Montreal
|
TRANSFORMATEURS
PIONEER
TRANSFORMERS
|
COMMITMENT LETTER
July 9, 2009
|
SCHEDULE
I
DEFINITIONS
“CDN$”
means lawful money of Canada.
“Current
Ratio” means the ratio of current assets to• current liabilities at such time,
all as shown on the financial statements in accordance with GAAP.
“Debt
Service Coverage Ratio” means total earnings before depreciation and interest
less unfinanced capital expenses divided by annual interest expenses, current
portion of long-term debt, dividends, purchase, redemption, defeasance,
retirement or other acquisition of any shares of any class of capital stock of
the Borrower.
“Equivalent
Amount” means, on any date, the amount in CDN$ or US$, as the case may be, which
would be obtained on the conversion of an amount in US$ or any other currency to
CDN$ or an amount in CDN$ or any other currency into US$, respectively, at the
Bank of Canada noon spot rate for the purchase of US$ or such other currency
with CDN$ or for the purchase of CDN$ or such other currency with US$,
respectively, as quoted or published or otherwise made available by the Bank of
Canada on such date.
“GAAP”
means generally accepted accounting principles in Canada in effect from time to
time, applied in a consistent manner from period to period.
“Indebtedness”
means the indebtedness of any Obligor and includes, without duplication (in each
case, whether such obligation is with full or limited recourse):
a)
|
any
obligation of such Obligor for borrowed money;
|
b)
|
any
obligation of such Obligor evidenced by a bond, debenture, note or other
similar instrument;
|
c)
|
any
obligation of such Obligor to pay the deferred purchase price of property
or services, except a trade account payable that arises in the ordinary
course of business;
|
d)
|
any
obligation of such Obligor as lessee under any capital
lease;
|
e)
|
any
obligation of such Obligor to reimburse any other person in respect of
amounts drawn or drawable under any letter of credit or other guarantee
or-under any bankers’ or trade acceptance issued or accepted by such other
person, whether contingent or non-contingent;
|
f)
|
all
obligations of such Obligor to purchase, redeem, retire, decrease or
otherwise make any payment in respect of any capital stock of or other
ownership or profit interest in such Obligor or any other person, valued,
in the case of redeemable preferred stock, at the greater of its voluntary
liquidation reference plus accrued and unpaid
dividends;
|
|
TRANSFORMATEURS
PIONEER
TRANSFORMERS
|
COMMITMENT LETTER
July 9, 2009
|
g)
|
any obligation of such Obligor to purchase securities or other
property that arises out of or in connection with the sale of the same or
substantially similar securities or property;
|
|
|
h)
|
any Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of such
Obligor;
|
|
|
i)
|
any Indebtedness of others guaranteed by such Obligor,
and
|
|
|
j)
|
all obligations and liabilities of such Obligor in respect of
“Specified Transactions” (as such term is defined in the 1992
Multicurrency — Cross Border Master Agreement published by the
International Swaps and Derivatives Association,
Inc.).
|
“Lien”
means a mortgage, hypothec, legal hypothec, prior claim, pledge, lien, charge or
encumbrance, whether fixed or floating, on, or any Security Interest in any
property, whether immovable or real, movable or immovable, or mixed, tangible or
intangible or a pledge for hypothecation thereof or trust or presumed or deemed
mist or any other mechanisms of right benefiting the holder thereof or any
conditional sale agreement or other title retention agreement or equipment trust
relating thereto or any lease relating to property which would be required to be
accounted for as a capital lease on the balance sheet.
“Loan
Documents” means, collectively, this Commitment Letter, the Credit Agreement,
the Security Documents and all other documents, instruments and agreements
executed and delivered by any Obligor in connection directly or indirectly with
this Commitment Letter, the Facilities or otherwise referred to or contemplated
under or by this Commitment Letter or any such documents, instruments or
agreements.
“Material
Adverse Event” means a material adverse change in or effect on, either
individually or in the aggregate, the business, assets, liabilities, financial
positions or operating results of the Obligors taken as a whole or which
adversely affects or could reasonably be expected to adversely affect the
ability of any Obligor to perform any of its obligations under or pursuant to
the Facilities and this Commitment Letter or the other Loan Documents in
accordance with their respective terms or the validity or enforceability of any
of the Loan Documents.
“Person”
means any individual, corporation, company, partnership, association, trust or
joint venture.
“P
ri
me Rate” means
the
varia
ble
annual rate of interest established by the Bank from time to time as the
reference rate of interest it will use at such time to determine interest rates
for loans in CDN$ to its Canadian commercial borrowers in Canada and designated
as its P
ri
me
Rate.
“Security
Documents” means the collective reference to all present and future documents,
agreements and instruments pursuant to which an Obligor grants a Security
Interest to or for the benefit of the Bank, alone or together with any other
person or persons, in any of its assets securing all or part of the obligations
of the Borrower under or pursuant to the Facilities and this Commitment Letter
or any other Loan
Documents.
“Security
Interest” means a hypothec, mortgage, pledge, fixed or floating charge,
assignment by way of security or any other security interest securing payment or
performance of an obligation.
BMO Bank of Montreal
|
TRANSFORMATEURS
PIONEER
TRANSFORMERS
|
COMMITMENT LETTER
July 9, 2009
|
“Subordinated
Debt” of a Person means indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money
(including principal and accrued interest), which is validly and effectively
subordinated and postponed in right of payment of principal, interest and
premium if any, to the payment in full of all amounts owing from time to lime
under or pursuant to any of the Facilities by way of an agreement in form and
substance satisfactory to the Lender and is unsecured on the property of such
Person, provided
(a)
that such indebtedness is treated as subordinated debt in accordance with
GAAP, (b) without limiting the foregoing, the Lender shall be satisfied with the
covenants and default clauses in the agreement pursuant to which such
indebtedness is created, and (c) the terms of the instrument evidencing such
indebtedness or under which such indebtedness is outstanding reflect the
provisions of this definition to the satisfaction of the
Lender.
“Tangible
Net Worth” of a Person means, as of any date, the sum of Shareholders’ Equity of
such Person and the Subordinated. Debt of such Person, less, without
duplication, any goodwill, organizational expenses, trademarks, trade names,
copyrights, patents, patent applications, licenses, deferred costs, deferred
charges, and any other assets that am properly classified as “intangible” less
amounts due by directors, officers and other Persons related to the Borrowers
and its Affiliates, all determined as of such date in accordance with GAAP and
to the satisfaction of BMO acting reasonably.
“Total
Debt” of a Person shall mean the total amount of liabilities of such Person,
plus the amount of all cheques in circulation less deferred taxes and
Subordinated Debt of such Person.
“Total
Debt to Tangible Net Worth Ratio” means the ratio of Total Debt to Tangible Net
Worth, in accordance with GAAP.
“US Base
Rate” means the variable annual rate of interest established by the Bank from
time to time as being the reference rate of interest it will use at such time in
Canada to determine rates of interest on US$ commercial loans to Canadian
residents in Canada and designated as
its
US Base
Rate.
“US$”
-
means
lawful money for the time being of the United States of America in same day
immediately available funds or, if such funds are not available, the form of
money of the United States of America which is customarily used in the
settlement of international banking transaction on that day.
Exhibit
16.1
Maddox Ungar
Silberstein, PLLC CPAs and Business Advisors
|
Phone (248) 203-0080
Fax
(248) 281-0940
30600
Telegraph Road, Suite 2175
Bingham
Farms, MI 48025-4586
www.maddoxungar.com
|
December
4, 2009
U.S.
Securities and Exchange Commission
100 F.
Street, NE
Washington,
DC 20549-7561
Re:
Pioneer Power Solutions, Inc.
Dear
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We have
read Item 4.01 on Form 8-K dated December 7, 2009 of Pioneer Power Solutions,
Inc. and are in agreement with the statements about our firm. We have
no basis to agree or disagree with other statements of the registrant contained
therein.
Yours
truly,
/s/ Maddox Ungar
Silberstein, PLLC
Maddox
Ungar Silberstein, PLLC
Exhibit
99.1
Pioneer
Transformers Ltd.
Consolidated
Financial Statements
December
31, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed
in U.S. Funds)
RSM
Richter LLP
Chartered
Accountants
Montreal
RSM
Richter LLP is an independent member firm of RSM International,
an
affiliation of independent accounting and consulting firms.
Pioneer
Transformers Ltd.
Consolidated
Financial Statements
December
31, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed
in U.S. Funds)
Contents
|
|
|
|
Report
of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
|
1
|
Consolidated
Balance Sheets
|
2
|
Consolidated
Statements of Shareholders' Equity
|
3
|
Consolidated
Statements of Earnings and Comprehensive Income
|
4
|
Consolidated
Statements of Cash Flows
|
5
|
Notes
to Financial Statements
|
6 -
26
|
|
RSM
Richter S.E.N.C.R.L./LLP
Comptables
agréés
Chartered
Accountants
2,
Place Alexis Nihon
Montréal
(Québec) H3Z 3C2
Téléphone
/ Telephone : 514-934-3400
Télécopieur
/ Facsimile : 514-934-3408
www.rsmrichter.com
|
Report
of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the
Shareholders and Board of Directors of
Pioneer
Transformers Ltd.
We have
audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Pioneer Transformers
Ltd. as at December 31, 2008 and 2007 and the related consolidated statements of
earnings and comprehensive income, shareholders' equity and cash flows for the
years ended December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007. These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audit.
We
conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company
accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require
that we plan and perform an audit to obtain reasonable assurance whether the
financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit
includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
In our
opinion, these financial statements present fairly, in all material respects,
the financial position of the Company as at December 31, 2008 and 2007 and the
results of its operations and its cash flows for the years ended
December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007 in accordance with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States.
Chartered
Accountants
Montreal,
Quebec
January
30, 2009, except for note 18 which is dated November 30, 2009
Pioneer
Transformers Ltd.
Consolidated
Balance Sheets
As
At December 31, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed
in U.S. Funds)
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
367,668
|
|
|
$
|
658,168
|
|
Accounts
receivable
|
|
|
4,837,256
|
|
|
|
6,184,767
|
|
Inventories
(note 5)
|
|
|
5,474,384
|
|
|
|
6,283,657
|
|
Prepaid
expenses and deposits
|
|
|
47,631
|
|
|
|
95,867
|
|
|
|
|
10,726,939
|
|
|
|
13,222,459
|
|
Property, Plant and Equipment
(note 6)
|
|
|
827,672
|
|
|
|
1,091,656
|
|
Deferred Income Tax
Assets
(note 11)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
51,952
|
|
Advances
to Companies Controlled by Shareholders
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
407,500
|
|
|
|
$
|
11,554,611
|
|
|
$
|
14,773,567
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bank
indebtedness (note 7)
|
|
|
4,116,452
|
|
|
|
4,221,681
|
|
Accounts
payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
3,880,345
|
|
|
|
5,328,839
|
|
Current
maturity of long-term debt (note 8)
|
|
|
148,168
|
|
|
|
166,717
|
|
Income
taxes payable
|
|
|
854,844
|
|
|
|
3,401,005
|
|
|
|
|
8,999,809
|
|
|
|
13,118,242
|
|
Pension
Deficit (note 13)
|
|
|
109,442
|
|
|
|
377,888
|
|
Deferred
Income Tax Liabilities (note 11)
|
|
|
68,473
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Long-Term
Debt (note 8)
|
|
|
111,519
|
|
|
|
316,773
|
|
Advances
From Ultimate Shareholders
|
|
|
150,000
|
|
|
|
150,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments
(note 9)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders'
Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital
Stock (note 10)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Authorized without
limit and without par value, 750,000 issued and
outstanding
|
|
|
590,133
|
|
|
|
590,133
|
|
Accumulated
Other Comprehensive Loss
|
|
|
(969,663
|
)
|
|
|
(586,225
|
)
|
Accumulated
Retained Earnings
|
|
|
2,494,898
|
|
|
|
806,756
|
|
|
|
|
2,115,368
|
|
|
|
810,664
|
|
|
|
$
|
11,554,611
|
|
|
$
|
14,773,567
|
|
See
accompanying notes
Approved
on Behalf of the Board
Pioneer
Transformers Ltd.
Consolidated
Statement of Shareholders' Equity
For
the Year Ended December 31, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed
in U.S. Funds)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital
Stock
|
|
|
Other
Comprehensive
|
|
|
Retained
Earnings
|
|
|
Total
Shareholders'
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Income
(Loss)
|
|
|
(Deficit)
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance
- December 31, 2006
|
|
|
750,000
|
|
|
$
|
590,133
|
|
|
$
|
(646,563
|
)
|
|
$
|
(280,124
|
)
|
|
$
|
(336,554
|
)
|
Foreign
currency translation adjustment
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
41,995
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
41,995
|
|
Pension
adjustment, net of taxes of ($8,380)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
18,343
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
18,343
|
|
Net
earnings
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
1,086,880
|
|
|
|
1,086,880
|
|
Balance
- December 31, 2007
|
|
|
750,000
|
|
|
|
590,133
|
|
|
|
(586,225
|
)
|
|
|
806,756
|
|
|
|
810,664
|
|
Foreign
currency translation adjustment
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(462,719
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(462,719
|
)
|
Pension
adjustment, net of taxes of ($34,673)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
79,281
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
79,281
|
|
Dividends
paid
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(449,817
|
)
|
|
|
(449,817
|
)
|
Net
earnings
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
2,137,959
|
|
|
|
2,137,959
|
|
Balance
- December 31, 2008
|
|
|
750,000
|
|
|
$
|
590,133
|
|
|
$
|
(969,663
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,494,898
|
|
|
$
|
2,115,368
|
|
Pioneer
Transformers Ltd.
Consolidated
Statements of Earnings and Comprehensive Income
For
the Year Ended December 31, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed
in U.S. Funds)
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
$
|
43,884,261
|
|
|
$
|
46,012,015
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of Goods Sold
(including depreciation of $117,566;
2007
- $52,455)
|
|
|
34,895,796
|
|
|
|
37,823,720
|
|
Gross
Margin
|
|
|
8,988,465
|
|
|
|
8,188,295
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling,
general and administrative
|
|
|
4,205,135
|
|
|
|
3,972,929
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
174,043
|
|
|
|
132,890
|
|
Foreign
exchange gain
|
|
|
(98,428
|
)
|
|
|
(857,228
|
)
|
|
|
|
4,280,750
|
|
|
|
3,248,591
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
Income
|
|
|
4,707,715
|
|
|
|
4,939,704
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
and factoring fees
|
|
|
(512,421
|
)
|
|
|
(653,824
|
)
|
Write-down
of advances to companies controlled by shareholders
|
|
|
(700,335
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
Earnings
Before Income Taxes
|
|
|
3,494,959
|
|
|
|
4,285,880
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income
Taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
income taxes
|
|
|
1,265,000
|
|
|
|
1,230,000
|
|
Prior
years' assessments
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
1,855,000
|
|
Deferred income
taxes
|
|
|
92,000
|
|
|
|
114,000
|
|
|
|
|
1,357,000
|
|
|
|
3,199,000
|
|
Net
Earnings
|
|
|
2,137,959
|
|
|
|
1,086,880
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
Comprehensive Income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign
currency translation adjustments
|
|
|
(462,719
|
)
|
|
|
41,995
|
|
Pension
adjustment, net of taxes $34,673 (2007 - $8,380)
|
|
|
79,281
|
|
|
|
18,343
|
|
Comprehensive
Income
|
|
$
|
1,754,521
|
|
|
$
|
1,147,218
|
|
Basic
Weighted Average Number of Shares Outstanding
|
|
|
750,000
|
|
|
|
750,000
|
|
Basic and Diluted Earnings Per
Common Share
(note 17)
|
|
$
|
2.85
|
|
|
$
|
1.45
|
|
See
accompanying notes
Pioneer
Transformers Ltd.
Consolidated
Statements of Cash Flows
For
the Year Ended December 31, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed
in U.S. Funds)
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Funds
Provided (Used) -
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
Activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
earnings
|
|
$
|
2,137,959
|
|
|
$
|
1,086,880
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
291,609
|
|
|
|
185,345
|
|
Deferred
income taxes
|
|
|
92,000
|
|
|
|
114,000
|
|
Accrued
pension
|
|
|
(112,173
|
)
|
|
|
(166,108
|
)
|
Write-down
of advances to companies controlled by shareholders
|
|
|
700,335
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
3,109,730
|
|
|
|
1,220,117
|
|
Changes
in non-cash operating elements of working capital
|
|
|
(2,857,833
|
)
|
|
|
1,780,260
|
|
|
|
|
251,897
|
|
|
|
3,000,377
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financing
Activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase
(decrease) in bank indebtedness
|
|
|
776,766
|
|
|
|
(1,398,249
|
)
|
Dividends
paid
|
|
|
(449,817
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
Repayment
of long-term debt
|
|
|
(152,736
|
)
|
|
|
(42,597
|
)
|
Advances
from (to) ultimate shareholders
|
|
|
31,867
|
|
|
|
(308,223
|
)
|
Advance
to company under common significant influence
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(279,330
|
)
|
|
|
|
206,080
|
|
|
|
(2,028,399
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investing
Activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additions
to property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
(222,213
|
)
|
|
|
(237,642
|
)
|
Advances
to companies controlled by shareholders
|
|
|
(427,407
|
)
|
|
|
(367,997
|
)
|
|
|
|
(649,620
|
)
|
|
|
(605,639
|
)
|
Increase
(Decrease) in Cash
|
|
|
(191,643
|
)
|
|
|
366,339
|
|
Effect
of Foreign Exchange on Cash
|
|
|
(98,857
|
)
|
|
|
69,841
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning
of Year
|
|
|
658,168
|
|
|
|
221,988
|
|
End
of Year
|
|
$
|
367,668
|
|
|
$
|
658,168
|
|
See
accompanying notes
Pioneer
Transformers Ltd.
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements
December
31, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed
in U.S. Funds)
1.
|
Organization
and Basis of Presentation
|
The
Company prepares its financial statements in accordance with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States. This basis of
accounting involves the application of accrual accounting and consequently,
revenues and gains are recognized when earned, and expenses and losses are
recognized when incurred.
The
consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its
subsidiary company. On consolidation, all inter-entity transactions
and balances have been eliminated.
The
financial statements are expressed in U.S. funds.
The
Company is a manufacturer of liquid-filled electrical transformers ranging in
various sizes and voltage selling primarily to utility companies in North
America.
3.
|
Summary
of Significant Accounting Policies
|
Use
of Estimates
The
preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles
generally accepted in the
United
Stated requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the
reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets
and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts
of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The financial
statements include estimates based on currently available information and
management's judgment as to outcome of future conditions and
circumstances. Significant estimates in these financial statements
include inventory provision, useful lives and impairment of long-lived assets
and cost of pension benefits. Changes in the status of certain facts
or circumstances could result in material changes to the estimates used in the
preparation of the financial statements and actual results could differ from the
estimates and assumptions.
Revenue
Recognition
Revenue
is recognized when (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (2)
delivery occurs, (3) the sales price is fixed or determinable and (4)
collectibility is reasonably assured. Revenue is recognized on the
sale of goods, when the significant risks and rewards of ownership have been
transferred to the buyer upon delivery, provided that the Company maintains
neither managerial involvement to the degree usually associated with ownership,
nor effective control over the goods sold.
Pioneer
Transformers Ltd.
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements
December
31, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed
in U.S. Funds)
3.
|
Summary
of Significant Accounting Policies
(Cont'd)
|
Financial
Instruments
The
Company estimates the fair value of its financial instruments based on current
interest rates, market value and pricing of financial instruments with
comparable terms. Unless otherwise indicated, the carrying value of
these financial instruments approximates their fair market value.
Accounts
Receivable
The
Company accounts for trade receivables at original invoice amount less an
estimate made for doubtful receivables based on a review of all outstanding
amounts on a monthly basis. Management determines the allowance for
doubtful accounts by regularly evaluating individual customer receivables and
considering a customer's financial condition, credit history and current
economic conditions. The Company writes off trade receivables when
they are deemed uncollectible. The Company records recoveries of
trade receivables previously written-off when they receive
them. Management considers an allowance for doubtful accounts of $Nil
is sufficient to cover any exposure to loss in its December 31, 2008 and
December 31, 2007 accounts receivable.
Property,
Plant and Equipment
Property,
plant and equipment are recorded at cost. Provisions for depreciation
are based on their estimated useful lives using the declining balance or
straight-line method as follows:
On the
declining balance method -
Building 4%
Furniture
and
fixtures 20%
On the
straight-line method -
Leasehold
improvements
over the term of the lease
Machinery
and
equipment 20%
Computer
hardware and
software
33.3%
Upon
retirement or disposal, the cost of the asset disposed of and the related
accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any gain or loss is
reflected in income. Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are
expensed as incurred.
Pioneer
Transformers Ltd.
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements
December
31, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed
in U.S. Funds)
3.
|
Summary
of Significant Accounting Policies
(Cont'd)
|
Impairment
of Long-Lived Assets
Long-lived
assets held and used by the Company are reviewed for possible impairment
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an
asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and
used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the assets to the
estimated undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the
asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment
to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the
asset exceeds the fair value thereof.
Foreign
Currency Translation
The
Company's reporting currency is the United States dollar. The
Canadian dollar is the functional currency of the Company's Canadian operations
which is translated to the United States dollar using the current rate
method. Under this method, accounts are translated as
follows:
Assets and liabilities - at exchange
rates in effect at the balance sheet date;
Revenue and expenses - at average
exchange rates prevailing during the year.
Gains and
losses arising from foreign currency translation are included in other
comprehensive income.
Income
Taxes
The
Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109, "Accounting
for Income Taxes". Deferred taxes are provided on the liability
method whereby deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary
differences, and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary
differences. Temporary differences are the differences between the
reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax
bases. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when,
in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or
all of the deferred tax assets will be realized. Deferred tax assets
and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on
the date of enactment.
Sales
Tax
A Company
should disclose the amount of those taxes that is recognized on a gross basis in
interim and annual financial statements for each period for which an income
statement is presented if those amounts are significant. While the
amounts are not material, the Company's policy is to present such taxes on a net
basis in the consolidated statements of earnings.
Pioneer
Transformers Ltd.
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements
December
31, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed
in U.S. Funds)
3.
|
Summary
of Significant Accounting Policies
(Cont'd)
|
Employee
Benefit Plan
The
Company sponsors a defined benefit plan as described in note 13. The
cost of pension benefits earned by employees is actuarially determined using the
accumulated benefit method and a discount rate, used to measure interest cost on
the accrued employee future benefit obligation, based on market interest rates
on high-quality debt instruments with maturities that match the timing and
benefits expected to be paid by the plan. Plan assets are valued
using current market values and the expected return on plan assets is based on
the fair value of the plan assets.
The costs
that relate to employees' current service are charged to income
annually.
The
transitional obligation created upon adoption of the SFAS 158 is amortized over
the average remaining service period of employees. For a given year,
unrecognized actuarial gains or losses are recognized into income if the
unamortized balance at the beginning of the year is more than 10% of the greater
of the plan asset or liability balance. Any unrecognized actuarial
gain or loss in excess of this threshold is recognized in income over the
remaining service period of the employees.
The
Company reflects the funded status of its defined pension plans as a net asset
or net liability in its balance sheet, with an offsetting amount in accumulated
other comprehensive income, and recognizes changes in that funded status in the
year in which the changes occur through comprehensive income.
Inventory
Valuation
Inventories
are priced at the lower of cost or market value. Cost is determined
on a first-in first-out (FIFO) basis. Raw materials and purchased
finished goods are valued at purchase cost. The cost of
work-in-process and manufactured finished goods comprises materials, direct
labour and attributable production overheads based on normal levels of
activity.
Periodical
reviews of the inventory are performed for excess inventory, obsolescence and
declines in market value below cost and allowances are recorded against the
inventory balance for any such declines. The Company writes down the
value of ending inventory for obsolete and unmarketable inventory equal to the
difference between the cost of inventory and the estimated market
value. These reviews require management to estimate future demand for
products and evaluate market conditions. Possible changes in these
estimates could result in a write-down of inventory. If actual market
conditions are less favorable than those projected, additional inventory
write-downs may be required. If actual market conditions are more
favorable than projected, inventory previously written down may be sold,
resulting in lower cost of sales and higher income from operations than expected
in that period.
Pioneer
Transformers Ltd.
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements
December
31, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed
in U.S. Funds)
3.
|
Summary
of Significant Accounting Policies
(Cont'd)
|
Recently
Accounting Pronouncements
In
December 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No.
141 (Revised 2007), “Business Combinations” (“SFAS 141R”). SFAS 141R will
significantly change the accounting for business combinations. Under
SFAS 141R, an acquiring entity will be required to recognize all the assets
acquired and liabilities assumed in a transaction at the acquisition-date fair
value with limited exceptions. SFAS 141R will change the accounting
treatment for certain specific acquisition related items including: (1)
expensing acquisition related costs as incurred; (2) valuing non-controlling
interests at fair value at the acquisition date; and (3) expensing restructuring
costs associated with an acquired business. SFAS 141R also includes a
substantial number of new disclosure requirements. SFAS 141R is to be
applied prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is
on or after January 1, 2009. We expect SFAS 141R will have an impact
on our accounting for future business combinations once adopted but the effect
is dependent upon the acquisitions that are made in the future.
In
December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, “Non-controlling Interests in
Consolidated Financial Statements” (“SFAS 160”). SFAS 160 establishes
new accounting and reporting standards for the non-controlling interest in a
subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. It clarifies
that a non-controlling interest in a subsidiary (minority interest) is an
ownership interest in the consolidated entity that should be reported as equity
in the Consolidated Financial Statements and separate from the parent company’s
equity. Among other requirements, this statement requires
consolidated net income to be reported at amounts that include the amounts
attributable to both the parent and the non-controlling interest. It
also requires disclosure, on the face of the Consolidated Statement of
Operations, of the amounts of consolidated net income attributable to the parent
and to the non-controlling interest. We expect SFAS 160 will have an
impact on our accounting for future business combinations once adopted but the
effect is dependent upon the acquisitions that are made in the
future.
In March
2008, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS Statement No. 161,
"Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities" ("SFAS
161"). This standard is intended to improve financial reporting about
derivative instruments and hedging activities by requiring enhanced disclosures
to enable investors to better understand their effects on an entity's financial
position, financial performance, and cash flows. It is effective for
financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after
November 15, 2008, with early application encouraged. The Company is
currently evaluating the impact that this statement will have on its disclosures
related to derivative instruments and hedging activities.
Pioneer
Transformers Ltd.
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements
December
31, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed
in U.S. Funds)
3.
|
Summary
of Significant Accounting Policies
(Cont'd)
|
Recently
Accounting Pronouncements (Cont'd)
The FASB
issued SFAS 162, “The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting
Principles”. The new standard is intended to improve financial
reporting by identifying a consistent framework, or hierarchy, for selecting
accounting principles to be used in preparing financial statements that are
presented in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles
(GAAP) for non-governmental entities. Statement 162 is effective 60
days following the Securities and Exchanges Commission's approval of the Public
Company Accounting Oversight Board Auditing amendments to AU Section 411, The
Meaning of Present Fairly in Conformity with Generally Accepted Accounting
Principles. The adoption of SFAS 162 will not have a material effect
on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.
The FASB
issued FSP APB-14-1, Accounting for Convertible Debt Instruments That May Be
Settled in Cash upon Conversion (Including Partial Cash
Settlement). FSP APB 14-1 clarifies that convertible debt instruments
that may be settled in cash upon conversion (including partial cash settlement)
are not addressed by paragraph 12 of APB Opinion No. 14, Accounting for
Convertible Debt and Debt Issued with Stock Purchase
Warrants. Additionally, this FSP specifies that issuers of such
instruments should separately account for the liability and equity components in
a manner that will reflect the entity's nonconvertible debt borrowing rate when
interest cost is recognized in subsequent periods. This FSP is
effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal
years. Early adoption is not permitted. The adoption of
FSP ABB-18-1 is not expected to have a material effect on the Company's
financial position or results of operations.
The FASB
issued FSP FAS 142-3, Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible
Assets. This FSP amends the factors that should be considered in
developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of
a recognized intangible asset under FASB Statement No. 142, Goodwill and Other
Intangible Assets. This FSP is effective for financial statements
issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods
within those fiscal years. The adoption of FSP FAS 142-3 is not
expected to have a material effect on the Company’s financial position or
results of operations.
The FASB
issued FSP EITF 03-6-1, Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based
Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities. This FSP states
that unvested share-based payment awards that contain non-forfeitable rights to
dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are participating
securities and shall be included in the computation of earnings per share
pursuant to the two-class method. The FSP is effective for financial
statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and
interim periods within those years. The adoption of FSP EITF 03-6-1
is not expected to have a material effect on the Company's financial position or
results of operations.
Pioneer
Transformers Ltd.
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements
December
31, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed
in U.S. Funds)
3.
|
Summary
of Significant Accounting Policies
(Cont'd)
|
Recently
Accounting Pronouncements (Cont'd)
EITF
07-5, Determining Whether an Instrument (or Embedded Feature) Is Indexed to an
Entity's Own Stock was ratified by the FASB. This EITF addresses the
determination of whether an instrument (or an embedded feature) is indexed to an
entity's own stock. This EITF is effective for financial statements
issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods
within those fiscal years. The adoption of EITF 07-5 is not expected
to have a material effect on the Company’s financial position or results of
operations.
EITF
08-3, Accounting by Lessees for Non-refundable Maintenance Deposits was ratified
by the FASB. This EITF prescribes the accounting for all
non-refundable maintenance deposits. This EITF is effective for
financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008,
and interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of EITF 08-3 is not
expected to have a material effect on the Company’s financial position or
results of operations.
The EITF
issued EITF 08-6, “Equity Method Investment Accounting
Considerations”. This EITF considers whether all of the provisions of
Statement 141(R) and Statement 160 should be applied when accounting for an
equity method investment. This EITF is effective on a prospective
basis in fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008 and
interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of EITF 08-6
is not expected to have a material effect on the Company's financial position or
results of operations.
The EITF
issued EITF 08-8, “Accounting for an Instrument (or an Embedded Feature) with a
Settlement Amount That Is Based on the Stock of an Entity's Consolidated
Subsidiary”. This Issue addresses the determination of whether a
financial instrument for which the payoff to the counterparty is based, in whole
or in part, on the stock of an entity's consolidated subsidiary, is indexed to
the reporting entity's own stock and therefore should not be precluded from
qualifying for the first part of the scope exception in paragraph 11(a) of
Statement 133 or being within the scope of Issue 00-19. This EITF is
effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008, and interim
periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of EITF 08-8 is not
expected to have a material effect on the Company's financial position or
results of operations.
The FASB
issued FSP FAS 132(R)-1, “Employers' Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit
Plan Assets”. This FSP provides guidance on an employer’s disclosures
about plan assets of a defined benefit pension or other postretirement
plan. This FSP also includes a technical amendment to Statement 132R
that requires a nonpublic entity to disclose net periodic benefit cost for each
annual period for which a statement of income is presented. This FSP
is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2008.
Pioneer
Transformers Ltd.
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements
December
31, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed
in U.S. Funds)
4.
|
Adoption
of New Accounting Standards
|
Fair
Value Measurements
SFAS No.
157 is effective for financial assets and liabilities in fiscal years beginning
after November 15, 2007, and for non-financial assets and liabilities in fiscal
years beginning after November 15, 2008. The Company adopted SFAS No.
157 for financial assets and liabilities in fiscal 2008 with no material impact
to the consolidated financial statements. The Company is currently
evaluating the potential impact of the application of SFAS No. 157 on the
non-financial assets and liabilities found on its consolidated financial
statements.
SFAS No.
157 applies to all assets and liabilities that are being measured and reported
on a fair value basis. SFAS No. 157 requires new
disclosure that establishes a framework for measuring fair value in GAAP, and
expands disclosure about fair value measurements. This statement
enables the reader of the financial statements to assess the inputs used to
develop those measurements by establishing a hierarchy for ranking the quality
and reliability of the information used to determine fair values. The
statement requires that assets and liabilities carried at fair value be
classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories:
Level
1: Quoted market prices in
active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level
2: Observable market based
inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data.
Level
3: Unobservable inputs that
are not corroborated by market data.
In
determining the appropriate levels, the Company performs a detailed analysis of
the assets and liabilities that are subject to SFAS No. 157. At each
reporting period, all assets and liabilities for which the fair value
measurement is based on significant unobservable inputs are classified as Level
3. There are no assets or liabilities measured at fair value as at
December 31, 2008.
Fair
Value of Financial Instruments
The fair
value represents management’s best estimates based on a range of methodologies
and assumptions. The advances to companies controlled by shareholders
and the advances from ultimate shareholders are presumed to have a fair value
measured by the cash proceeds exchanged at issuance in accordance with APB-21
“Interest on Receivables and Payables”.
Pioneer
Transformers Ltd.
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements
December
31, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed
in U.S. Funds)
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Raw
materials
|
|
$
|
2,713,644
|
|
|
$
|
2,646,557
|
|
Work-in-process
|
|
|
1,956,021
|
|
|
|
2,912,788
|
|
Finished
goods
|
|
|
804,719
|
|
|
|
724,312
|
|
|
|
$
|
5,474,384
|
|
|
$
|
6,283,657
|
|
Included
in raw materials are goods in transit of approximately $394,000 (2007 -
$562,000).
The
write-down of inventories to their net realizable value amounted to
approximately $217,000 (2007 - $255,000) and related to finished
goods. There were no reversals of write-down from previous
year.
6.
|
Property,
Plant and Equipment
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Land
|
|
$
|
6,158
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
6,158
|
|
|
$
|
7,566
|
|
Building
|
|
|
263,255
|
|
|
|
94,940
|
|
|
|
168,315
|
|
|
|
213,195
|
|
Machinery
and equipment
|
|
|
2,049,559
|
|
|
|
1,717,805
|
|
|
|
331,754
|
|
|
|
329,487
|
|
Furniture
and fixtures
|
|
|
103,953
|
|
|
|
95,998
|
|
|
|
7,955
|
|
|
|
8,331
|
|
Computer
hardware and software
|
|
|
462,026
|
|
|
|
150,986
|
|
|
|
311,040
|
|
|
|
529,641
|
|
Leasehold
improvements
|
|
|
32,906
|
|
|
|
30,456
|
|
|
|
2,450
|
|
|
|
3,436
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,917,857
|
|
|
$
|
2,090,185
|
|
|
$
|
827,672
|
|
|
$
|
1,091,656
|
|
Pioneer
Transformers Ltd.
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements
December
31, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed
in U.S. Funds)
The
Company's $5,747,000 credit facility is subject to review annually and consists
of a revolving loan bearing interest at prime plus 1.5% per annum. As
at December 31, 2008, the interest rates charged were 6% per annum on U.S. funds
and 5.5% per annum on Canadian funds.
In
February 1995, the Company entered into an agreement with its lender to sell its
accounts receivable. Substantially, all of the accounts receivable as
of December 31, 2008 were sold to the lender. To the extent that the
Company draws funds prior to the collection of the accounts receivable (the bank
indebtedness), the funds bear interest at prime plus 1.5% per
annum. The Company is contingently liable for credit risk,
merchandise disputes and other claims on accounts receivable sold to the lender
and, accordingly, accounts receivable are presented on the balance
sheet.
The
indebtedness is secured by a first ranking hypothec of $32,000,000, security
interest on all assets, unlimited personal guarantees by the ultimate
shareholders and a principal hypothec of $4,900,000 on immoveable property owned
by the Company's wholly-owned subsidiary.
The terms
of the banking agreement require the Company to comply with certain financial
covenants. The Company was in compliance with his financial
covenants.
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
Equipment
loans bearing interest at rates varying from 5.93% to 9.93%, repayable in
monthly instalments of $15,325 including interest, with a final payment on
December 10, 2010, secured by liens on specific equipment having
an
original cost of $491,000 and net carrying value
of
$287,000
|
|
$
|
259,687
|
|
|
$
|
483,490
|
|
Current
maturity
|
|
|
148,168
|
|
|
|
166,717
|
|
|
|
$
|
111,519
|
|
|
$
|
316,773
|
|
Interest
during the year amounted to approximately $28,000 (2007-
$9,000). Principal payments due in each of the next two years are
approximately as follows:
2009
|
|
$
|
148,000
|
|
2010
|
|
|
112,000
|
|
Pioneer
Transformers Ltd.
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements
December
31, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed
in U.S. Funds)
The
minimum annual rental payable under the leases for the Company's premises and
other operating leases expiring in 2011 are approximately as
follows:
2009
|
|
$
|
48,000
|
|
2010
|
|
|
33,000
|
|
2011
|
|
|
11,000
|
|
|
|
Authorized
without limit as to number and without par value -
|
|
Class
A redeemable (at an amount equal to the fair market value at the date of
issue), non-voting shares, with the right to a non-cumulative annual
dividend not to exceed 8%
|
|
Class
B redeemable (at $0.79 per share), voting shares, with the right to a
non-cumulative annual dividend of $0.06 per share
|
|
Class
C non-voting shares, with the right to dividends as determined by the
directors (but equal to any dividends declared on the common
shares)
|
|
common
shares
|
|
Issued
-
|
|
750,000 common
shares
|
$590,133
|
Pioneer
Transformers Ltd.
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements
December
31, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed
in U.S. Funds)
Deferred
income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the
carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial statement purposes and
the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant changes of the
Company's deferred tax liabilities and assets as of December 31, 2008 and 2007
are as follows:
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property,
plant and equipment
|
|
$
|
(102,627
|
)
|
|
$
|
(65,570
|
)
|
Pension
plan deficit
|
|
|
34,154
|
|
|
|
117,522
|
|
|
|
|
(68,473
|
)
|
|
|
51,952
|
|
Valuation
allowance
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Net
Deferred Tax Assets (Liabilities)
|
|
$
|
(68,473
|
)
|
|
$
|
51,952
|
|
The
reconciliation of the effective income tax rate, to the statutory rate for the
years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 is as follows:
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Statutory
income taxes
|
|
$
|
1,126,000
|
|
|
$
|
1,345,000
|
|
Write-down
of advances to companies controlled by shareholder
|
|
|
248,000
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Prior
years' assessments
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
1,855,000
|
|
Other
|
|
|
(17,000
|
)
|
|
|
(1,000
|
)
|
Effective
income taxes
|
|
$
|
1,357,000
|
|
|
$
|
3,199,000
|
|
In 2007,
the Company received notices of reassessments from the Federal and Provincial
governments amounting to approximately $2,030,000 including interest and
penalties of approximately $400,000. A portion of the reassessed
taxes, interest and penalties, approximately $860,000, relate to withholding
taxes and have been expensed in 2007. The remaining taxes, interest
and penalties relate to a transfer pricing adjustment and although they have
been expensed in 2007, the Company has filed a notice of objection against the
said reassessments. Management believes that the success of the
appeal on the transfer pricing adjustment is unknown.
Pioneer
Transformers Ltd.
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements
December
31, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed
in U.S. Funds)
11.
|
Income
Taxes (Cont'd)
|
Unrecognized
Tax Benefits
On
January 1, 2007, the Company adopted the provisions for FIN 48, which is an
interpretation of SFAS No. 109.
FIN 48
prescribes a recognition threshold that a tax position is required to meet
before being recognized in the financial statements and provides guidance on
de-recognition, measurement, classification, interest and penalties, accounting
in interim periods, disclosure and transition issues. FIN 48 contains
a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions
accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 109. The first step is to
evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of
available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position
will be sustained upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority, including
resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The
second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more
than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Prior to
January 1, 2007 and the implementation of FIN 48, the Company recorded tax
contingencies when the exposure item became probable and reasonably estimable,
in accordance with SFAS No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies. The
adoption of FIN 48 has not had a material effect on our financial position or
results of operations for the years 2007 and 2008.
The
Company does not expect its unrecognized tax benefits to change significantly
over the next twelve months.
Classification
of Interest and Penalties
Additionally,
FIN 48 requires the Company to accrue interest and related penalties, if
applicable, on all tax positions for which reserves have been established
consistent with jurisdictional tax laws.
The
Company’s policy to include interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax
benefits within the provision for income taxes did not change as a result of
adopting FIN 48.
Pioneer
Transformers Ltd.
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements
December
31, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed
in U.S. Funds)
11.
|
Income
Taxes (Cont'd)
|
Tax
Years and Examination
The
Company files tax returns in each jurisdiction in which it is registered to do
business. For each jurisdiction a statute of limitations period
exists. After a statute of limitations period expires, the respective
tax authorities may no longer assess additional income tax for the expired
period. Similarly, the Company is no longer eligible to file claims
for refund for any tax that it may have overpaid. The following table
summarizes the Company’s major tax jurisdictions and the tax years that remain
subject to examination by these jurisdictions as of December 31,
2008:
Tax
Jurisdictions
|
Tax
Years
|
|
|
Federal
- Canada
|
2004
and onward
|
Provincial
- Quebec
|
2004
and onward
|
Provincial
- Ontario
|
2004
and onward
|
12.
|
Statement
of Cash Flows Information
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts
receivable
|
|
$
|
224,142
|
|
|
$
|
339,316
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
(411,218
|
)
|
|
|
(868,993
|
)
|
Prepaid
expenses
|
|
|
34,691
|
|
|
|
(25,264
|
)
|
Income
taxes recoverable
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
65,210
|
|
Accounts
payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
(521,244
|
)
|
|
|
(869,475
|
)
|
Income
taxes payable
|
|
|
(2,184,204
|
)
|
|
|
3,139,466
|
|
Changes
in non-cash operating elements of working capital
|
|
$
|
(2,857,833
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,780,260
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional
Cash Flows Information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
paid
|
|
$
|
285,373
|
|
|
$
|
446,723
|
|
Income
taxes paid (recovered)
|
|
|
3,448,911
|
|
|
|
(118,760
|
)
|
Pioneer
Transformers Ltd.
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements
December
31, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed
in U.S. Funds)
The
Company sponsors a defined benefit pension plan in which a majority of its
employees are members. The employer contributes 100% to the
plan. The benefits, or the rate per year of credit service, are
established by the Company and updated at its discretion.
Cost
of Benefits
The
components of the expense we incurred under our pension plan are as
follows:
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
service cost, net of employee contributions
|
|
$
|
62,037
|
|
|
$
|
83,022
|
|
Interest
cost on accrued benefit obligation
|
|
|
129,885
|
|
|
|
131,746
|
|
Actual
loss (return) on plan assets
|
|
|
323,868
|
|
|
|
(59,316
|
)
|
Actuarial
gain on plan assets
|
|
|
(457,221
|
)
|
|
|
(89,277
|
)
|
Amortization
of transitional obligation
|
|
|
12,557
|
|
|
|
13,518
|
|
Amortization
of past service costs
|
|
|
5,716
|
|
|
|
6,154
|
|
Amortization
of net actuarial gain
|
|
|
16,493
|
|
|
|
18,360
|
|
Total
benefit cost
|
|
$
|
93,335
|
|
|
$
|
104,207
|
|
Benefit
Obligation
Our
obligation for the pension plan is valued annually as of the beginning of each
fiscal year. The projected benefit obligation represents the present
value of benefits ultimately payable to plan participants for both past and
future services expected to be provided by the plan participants.
Our
obligations pursuant to our pension plan are as follows:
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Projected
benefit obligation at beginning of year
|
|
$
|
2,523,858
|
|
|
$
|
2,462,322
|
|
Current
service cost
|
|
|
62,037
|
|
|
|
76,629
|
|
Interest
cost
|
|
|
129,885
|
|
|
|
121,601
|
|
Actuarial
loss
|
|
|
(536,407
|
)
|
|
|
(74,022
|
)
|
Benefits
paid
|
|
|
(89,776
|
)
|
|
|
(67,412
|
)
|
Foreign
exchange adjustment
|
|
|
(415,951
|
)
|
|
|
4,740
|
|
Projected
benefit obligation at end of year
|
|
$
|
1,673,646
|
|
|
$
|
2,523,858
|
|
Pioneer
Transformers Ltd.
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements
December
31, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed
in U.S. Funds)
13.
|
Pension
Plan (Cont'd)
|
A summary
of expected benefit payments related to our pension plan are as
follows:
|
|
Pension
Plan
|
|
Fiscal
year 2009
|
|
$
|
87,200
|
|
Fiscal
year 2010
|
|
|
100,900
|
|
Fiscal
year 2011
|
|
|
121,900
|
|
Fiscal
year 2012
|
|
|
137,100
|
|
Fiscal
year 2013
|
|
|
153,900
|
|
Fiscal
year 2014 - 2020
|
|
|
1,224,300
|
|
Other
changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive
income:
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization
of past service cost
|
|
$
|
5,716
|
|
|
$
|
5,680
|
|
Amortization
of net actuarial gain
|
|
|
16,494
|
|
|
|
16,946
|
|
Amortization
of transitional obligation
|
|
|
12,557
|
|
|
|
12,477
|
|
Net
actuarial loss (gain) adjustment
|
|
|
79,187
|
|
|
|
(8,380
|
)
|
Total
recognized in other comprehensive income
|
|
$
|
113,954
|
|
|
$
|
26,723
|
|
The
estimated net loss (gain) amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income
into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year amounts to
$16,495. The estimated prior service cost amortized from accumulated
other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal
year amounts to $5,715. The estimated transitional asset amortized
from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost over
the next fiscal year amounts to $12,555.
The
accumulated other comprehensive loss consists of the following amounts that have
not yet been recognized as components of net benefit cost:
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrecognized
prior service cost
|
|
$
|
95,420
|
|
|
$
|
101,136
|
|
Unrecognized
net actuarial loss
|
|
|
423,425
|
|
|
|
519,106
|
|
Unrecognized
transitional obligating
|
|
|
135,271
|
|
|
|
147,828
|
|
Deferred
income taxes
|
|
|
(196,292
|
)
|
|
|
(230,965
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
457,824
|
|
|
$
|
537,105
|
|
Pioneer
Transformers Ltd.
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements
December
31, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed
in U.S. Funds)
13.
|
Pension
Plan (Cont'd)
|
Plan
Assets
Assets
held by the pension plan are invested in accordance with the provisions of our
approved investment policy. The pension plan’s strategic asset allocation was
structured to reduce volatility through diversification and enhance return to
approximate the amounts and timing of the expected benefit
payments. The asset allocation for our pension plan at the end of
fiscal years 2008 and 2007 and the target allocation for fiscal year 2009, by
asset category are as follows:
|
|
Pension
Plan
|
|
|
|
Allocation
at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
Allocation
at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
2009
Target
Allocation
|
|
Equity
securities
|
|
|
55
|
%
|
|
|
55
|
%
|
|
|
55
|
%
|
Fixed
income securities
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
Real
estate
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Total
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
Changes
in the assets held by the pension plan in fiscal 2008 and 2007 are as
follows:
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair
value of plan asset at beginning of year
|
|
$
|
2,145,970
|
|
|
$
|
1,875,517
|
|
Actual
return on plan assets
|
|
|
(323,868
|
)
|
|
|
54,749
|
|
Employer
contributions
|
|
|
205,510
|
|
|
|
262,291
|
|
Benefits
paid
|
|
|
(89,776
|
)
|
|
|
(67,412
|
)
|
Foreign
exchange adjustment
|
|
|
(373,632
|
)
|
|
|
20,825
|
|
Fair
value of plan assets at end of year
|
|
$
|
1,564,204
|
|
|
$
|
2,145,970
|
|
Contributions
Our
policy is to fund the pension plan at or above the minimum required by
law. The Company made $205,000 (2007 - $262,000) of contributions to
its defined benefit pension plan during the year. The Company expects
to make contributions of less than $275,000 to the defined benefit pension plan
in fiscal 2009. Changes in the discount rate and actual investment
returns which continue to remain lower than the long-term expected return on
plan assets could result in the Company making additional
contributions.
Pioneer
Transformers Ltd.
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements
December
31, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed
in U.S. Funds)
13.
|
Pension
Plan (Cont'd)
|
Funded
Status
The
funded status of our pension plan is as follows:
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Projected
benefit obligation
|
|
$
|
1,673,646
|
|
|
$
|
2,523,858
|
|
Fair
value of plan assets
|
|
|
1,564,204
|
|
|
|
2,145,970
|
|
Accrued
obligation (long-term)
|
|
$
|
109,442
|
|
|
$
|
377,888
|
|
Assumptions
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assumptions
used in accounting for the pension plan -
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
average discount rate used to determine the
accrued
benefit obligations
|
|
|
7.25
|
%
|
|
|
5.50
|
%
|
Discount
rate used to determine the net pension expense
|
|
|
5.50
|
|
|
|
5.25
|
|
Expected
long-term rate of return on plan assets
|
|
|
6.50
|
|
|
|
7.50
|
|
To
determine the expected long-term rate of return on pension plan assets, the
Company considers the current and expected asset allocations, as well as
historical and expected returns on various categories of plan
assets. The Company applies the expected rate of return to a market
related value of the assets which reduces the underlying variability in assets
to which the Company applies that expected return. The Company
amortizes gains and losses as well as the effects of changes in actuarial
assumptions and plan provisions over a period no longer than the average future
service of employees.
Pioneer
Transformers Ltd.
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements
December
31, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed
in U.S. Funds)
13.
|
Pension
Plan (Cont'd)
|
Primary
actuarial assumptions are determined as follows:
·
|
The
expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is based on the Company’s
estimate of long-term returns for equities and fixed income securities
weighted by the allocation of assets in the plans. The rate is
impacted by changes in general market conditions, but because it
represents a long-term rate, it is not significantly impacted by
short-term market swings. Changes in the allocation of plan
assets would also impact this rate.
|
·
|
The
assumed discount rate is used to discount future benefit obligations back
to today’s dollars. The discount rate is reflective of yield
rates on U.S. long-term investment grade corporate bonds on and around the
December 31 valuation date. This rate is sensitive to changes
in interest rates. A decrease in the discount rate would
increase the Company’s obligation and
expense.
|
Sales to
one customer accounted for approximately 26% of sales in 2008 (33% in
2007). Outstanding accounts receivable sold to the lender for this
customer at December 31, 2008 accounted for 22% (25% in 2007) of total trade
receivables.
15.
|
Related
Party Transactions
|
The
following table summarizes the Company's related party transactions for the year
measured at the exchange amount, which is the amount of the consideration
established and agreed to by the related parties:
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Company
Under Common Significant Influence
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Administration
fee expense
|
|
$
|
124,000
|
|
|
$
|
73,000
|
|
Ultimate
Shareholder
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consulting
fee expense
|
|
|
150,000
|
|
|
|
68,000
|
|
Pioneer
Transformers Ltd.
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements
December
31, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed
in U.S. Funds)
15.
|
Related
Party Transactions (Cont'd)
|
The
advances from ultimate shareholders amounting to $150,000 (2007 - $150,000),
have no specific terms of repayment and bear interest at 12% per
annum. Interest incurred during the year amounted to approximately
$18,000 (2007 - $18,000). The advances are not to be repaid prior to
October 1, 2010.
The
advances to company controlled by shareholders were written off during the year
(2007 - $407,500), and bear no interest.
The above
related party transactions have been measured of the exchange amount, which is
the amount of the consideration established and agreed to by the related
parties.
16.
|
Segmented
Information
|
The
Company has one operating segment, being the sale of electrical
transformers. Revenues are attributable to countries based on the
location of the Company's customers.
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Canada
|
|
$
|
37,301,622
|
|
|
$
|
39,110,209
|
|
United
States
|
|
|
5,266,111
|
|
|
|
4,141,081
|
|
Others
|
|
|
1,316,528
|
|
|
|
2,760,725
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
43,884,261
|
|
|
$
|
46,012,015
|
|
17.
|
Basic
and Diluted Earnings Per Common
Share
|
Basic and
diluted earnings per common share is calculated based on the weighted average
number of shares outstanding during the year.
Pioneer
Transformers Ltd.
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements
December
31, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed
in U.S. Funds)
Subsequent
to year end, the Company obtained a new $ 8,825,000 credit facility which is
subject to review annually and consists of an operating demand line of credit, a
demand loan and foreign exchange contracts. Borrowings under the
credit facility are limited by certain margin requirements concerning accounts
receivable and inventories and bear interest at bank prime rate per
annum. The terms of the banking agreement require the Company to
comply with certain financial covenants. As security for the credit
facility, the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary have pledged properties in
the amount of $9,300,000 and have furnished cross guarantees to the lender. The
new credit facility will replace the credit facility described in note
7.
On
November 30, 2009, Sierra Concepts, Inc. changed its name to Pioneer Power
Solutions, Inc. and on the days following,
completed
the acquisition of 100% of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company
in a transaction that has been accounted for as a recapitalization of Pioneer
Transformers Ltd.
Immediately
prior to the share exchange, Pioneer Transformers Ltd. declared and paid a
dividend amounting to $2,000,000.
All of
the Company’s shares were exchanged for 22,800,000 newly issued shares of common
stock of Pioneer Power Solutions, Inc. and a five-year warrant to purchase up to
1,000,000 shares of common stock of Pioneer Power Solutions, Inc. at an exercise
price of $3.25 per share. In connection with the closing of the share
exchange, Pioneer Power Solutions, Inc. sold 5,000,000 shares of its common
stock at a purchase price of $1 per share in a private placement, resulting in
aggregate gross proceeds of $5,000,000. In addition, at the close of
the share exchange, Pioneer Power Solutions, Inc. sold five-year warrants to
purchase an aggregate of 1,000,000 shares of its common stock at an exercise
price of $2 per share to certain investors for aggregate gross proceeds of
$10,000. Following the closing of the share exchange and the private placement,
Pioneer Power Solutions, Inc. transferred all of its pre-share exchange assets
and liabilities to a wholly-owned subsidiary, Sierra Concepts Holdings, Inc.,
and immediately thereafter, transferred all of the outstanding common stock of
Sierra Concepts Holdings, Inc., in exchange for certain indemnifications,
waivers and releases, along with the cancellation of an aggregate of 7,200,000
shares of Pioneer Power Solutions, Inc.’s common stock.
-26-
Exhibit
99.2
Pioneer
Transformers Ltd.
Consolidated
Interim Financial Statements
September
30, 2009
Expressed
in U.S. Funds
RSM
Richter LLP
Chartered
Accountants
Montreal
RSM
Richter LLP is an independent member firm of RSM International,
an
affiliation of independent accounting and consulting firms.
Consolidated
Interim Financial Statements
September
30, 2009
Expressed
in U.S. Funds
Contents
|
|
|
Consolidated
Balance Sheet
|
1
|
|
Consolidated
Statement of Shareholders' Equity
|
2
|
|
Consolidated
Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income
|
3
|
|
Consolidated
Statement of Cash Flows
|
4
|
|
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements
|
5-12
|
|
Consolidated
Balance Sheet
As
at September 30, 2009
Expressed
in U.S. Funds
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
200,650
|
|
|
$
|
367,668
|
|
Accounts
receivable
|
|
|
6,850,016
|
|
|
|
4,837,256
|
|
Inventories
(note 4)
|
|
|
7,056,852
|
|
|
|
5,474,384
|
|
Prepaid
expenses and deposits
|
|
|
417,206
|
|
|
|
47,631
|
|
|
|
|
14,524,724
|
|
|
|
10,726,939
|
|
Property,
Plant and Equipment
|
|
|
802,313
|
|
|
|
827,672
|
|
|
|
$
|
15,327,037
|
|
|
$
|
11,554,611
|
|
Liabilities
Current
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bank
indebtedness
|
|
$
|
4,218,545
|
|
|
$
|
4,116,452
|
|
Accounts
payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
3,869,954
|
|
|
|
3,880,345
|
|
Current
maturity of long-term debt
|
|
|
135,806
|
|
|
|
148,168
|
|
Income
taxes payable
|
|
|
984,819
|
|
|
|
854,844
|
|
|
|
|
9,209,124
|
|
|
|
8,999,809
|
|
Pension Deficit
(note
5)
|
|
|
297,656
|
|
|
|
109,442
|
|
Deferred
Income Tax Liabilities
|
|
|
69,487
|
|
|
|
68,473
|
|
Long-Term
Debt
|
|
|
23,858
|
|
|
|
111,519
|
|
Advances
From Ultimate Shareholders
|
|
|
150,000
|
|
|
|
150,000
|
|
Shareholders'
Equity
Capital
Stock
-
Authorized
without limit and without par value, 750,000 shares issued and
outstanding
|
|
|
590,133
|
|
|
|
590,133
|
|
Accumulated
Other Comprehensive Loss
|
|
|
(559,828
|
)
|
|
|
(969,663
|
)
|
Accumulated
Retained Earnings
|
|
|
5,546,607
|
|
|
|
2,494,898
|
|
|
|
|
5,576,912
|
|
|
|
2,115,368
|
|
|
|
$
|
15,327,037
|
|
|
$
|
11,554,611
|
|
See
accompanying notes
Approved
on Behalf of the Board
__________________________
__________________________
Pioneer
Transformers Ltd.
Consolidated
Statement of Shareholders' Equity
For
the 9 month Period Ended September 30, 2009
Expressed
in U.S. Funds
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Retained Earnings
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Capital Stock
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders
'
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Income (Loss)
|
|
|
(Deficit)
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance
- December 31, 2008
|
|
|
750,000
|
|
|
$
|
590,133
|
|
|
$
|
(969,663
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,494,898
|
|
|
$
|
2,115,368
|
|
Foreign
currency translation adjustment
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
560,183
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
560,183
|
|
Pension
adjustment, net of taxes of $67,524
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(150,348
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(150,348
|
)
|
Dividends
paid
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(368,038
|
)
|
|
|
(368,038
|
)
|
Net
earnings
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
3,419,747
|
|
|
|
3,419,747
|
|
Balance
- September 30, 2008
|
|
|
750,000
|
|
|
$
|
590,133
|
|
|
$
|
(559,828
|
)
|
|
$
|
5,546,607
|
|
|
$
|
5,576,912
|
|
See
accompanying notes
Pioneer
Transformers Ltd.
Consolidated
Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income
Expressed
in U.S. Funds
(Unaudited)
|
|
Nine-Month
Period
Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Sales
|
|
$
|
30,398,312
|
|
|
$
|
35,525,663
|
|
Cost of Goods Sold
(including depreciation
2009
- $98,838; 2008 - $92,026)
|
|
|
22,063,240
|
|
|
|
28,240,811
|
|
Gross
Margin
|
|
|
8,335,072
|
|
|
|
7,284,852
|
|
Expenses
Selling,
general and administrative
|
|
|
2,714,972
|
|
|
|
3,357,757
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
122,228
|
|
|
|
136,260
|
|
Foreign
exchange
|
|
|
280,790
|
|
|
|
(37,136
|
)
|
|
|
|
3,117,990
|
|
|
|
3,456,881
|
|
Operating
Income
|
|
|
5,217,082
|
|
|
|
3,827,971
|
|
Interest
and factoring fees
|
|
|
282,335
|
|
|
|
410,164
|
|
Write-down
of advances to companies controlled by shareholders
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
700,335
|
|
Earnings
Before Income Taxes
|
|
|
4,934,747
|
|
|
|
2,717,472
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income
Taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
income taxes
|
|
|
1,455,169
|
|
|
|
991,580
|
|
Future
income taxes
|
|
|
59,831
|
|
|
|
(22,580
|
)
|
|
|
|
1,515,000
|
|
|
|
969,000
|
|
Net
Earnings
|
|
|
3,419,747
|
|
|
|
1,748,472
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
Comprehensive Income (Loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign
currency translation adjustment
|
|
|
560,183
|
|
|
|
(147,105
|
)
|
Pension
adjustment ,net of taxes $67,524
(2008 - $55,958)
|
|
|
(150,348
|
)
|
|
|
(126,249
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive
Income
|
|
$
|
3,829,582
|
|
|
$
|
1,475,118
|
|
Basic
Weighted Average Number of Shares Outstanding
|
|
|
750,000
|
|
|
|
750,000
|
|
Basic
and Diluted Earnings Per
Common
Share
|
|
$
|
4.56
|
|
|
$
|
2.33
|
|
See
accompanying notes
Consolidated
Statement of Cash Flows
Expressed
in U.S. Funds
(Unaudited)
|
|
Nine-Month
Period
Ended September 30,
|
|
Funds Provided (Used)
-
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Operating
Activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
earnings
|
|
$
|
3,419,747
|
|
|
$
|
1,748,472
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
221,066
|
|
|
|
228,286
|
|
Deferred
income taxes
|
|
|
59,831
|
|
|
|
(22,580
|
)
|
Accrued
pension
|
|
|
(59,404
|
)
|
|
|
(70,782
|
)
|
Write-down
of advances to companies controlled by shareholders
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
700,335
|
|
|
|
|
3,641,240
|
|
|
|
2,583,731
|
|
Changes
in non-cash operating elements of working capital
|
|
|
(2,811,143
|
)
|
|
|
(3,853,016
|
)
|
|
|
|
830,097
|
|
|
|
(1,269,285
|
)
|
Financing
Activities
Increase
(decrease) in bank indebtedness
|
|
|
(424,839
|
)
|
|
|
1,924,896
|
|
Dividends
paid
|
|
|
(368,038
|
)
|
|
|
(353,419
|
)
|
Repayment
of long-term debt
|
|
|
(124,232
|
)
|
|
|
(132,111
|
)
|
Advances
from ultimate shareholders
|
|
|
(18,885
|
)
|
|
|
10,735
|
|
|
|
|
(935,994
|
)
|
|
|
1,450,101
|
|
Investing
Activities
Additions
to property and equipment
|
|
|
(93,653
|
)
|
|
|
(144,218
|
)
|
Advances
to an ultimate shareholder
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(342,294
|
)
|
|
|
|
(93,653
|
)
|
|
|
(486,512
|
)
|
Decrease
in Cash
|
|
|
(199,550
|
)
|
|
|
(305,696
|
)
|
Effect
of Foreign Exchange on Cash Balance
|
|
|
32,532
|
|
|
|
(31,950
|
)
|
Cash
Beginning
of Period
|
|
|
367,668
|
|
|
|
658,168
|
|
End
of Period
|
|
$
|
200,650
|
|
|
$
|
320,522
|
|
See
accompanying notes
Pioneer Transformers
Ltd.
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements
September
30, 2009
Expressed
in U.S. Funds
(Unaudited)
1.
|
Organization
and Basis of Presentation
The
accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements have been
prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for
interim financial information. Accordingly, they do not include
all of the information and footnotes required by generally accepted
accounting principles for complete consolidated financial
statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments
considered necessary for a fair presentation have been
included. All such adjustments are of a normal and recurring
nature.
These
financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited
financial statements at December 31, 2008. Operating
results for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 are not necessarily
indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending
December 31, 2009. The Company prepares its financial
statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in
the United States. This basis of accounting involves the
application of accrual accounting and consequently, revenues and gains are
recognized when earned, and expenses and losses are recognized when
incurred.
Management
has performed an evaluation of the Company’s activities through the date
and time these financial statements were issued on November 30,
2009 and concluded that except for the events disclosed in note 9, there
are no additional significant events requiring recognition or
disclosure.
The
consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and
its subsidiary company. On consolidation, all inter-entity
transactions and balances have been
eliminated.
|
2.
|
Recently
Issued Accounting Pronouncements
In
June 2009, the FASB issued FAS 166, "Accounting for Transfers of Financial
Assets an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140", which amends the
derecognition guidance in FASB Statement No. 140 and eliminates the
exemption from consolidation for qualifying special-purpose
entities. This statement is effective for financial asset
transfers occurring after the beginning of an entity's first fiscal year
that begins after November 15, 2009. The adoption of FASB
Statement No. 140 is not expected to have a material effect on the
Company’s financial position or results of operations.
In
June 2009, the FASB issued FAS 167, "Amendments to FASB
Interpretation No. 46(R)", which amends the consolidation guidance
applicable to variable interest entities. The amendments will
significantly affect the overall consolidation analysis under FASB
Interpretation No. 46(R). This statement is effective as
of the beginning of the first fiscal year that begins after
November 15, 2009. The adoption FAS 167 is not
expected to have a material effect on the Company’s financial position or
results of operations.
|
Pioneer Transformers Ltd.
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements
September
30, 2009
Expressed
in U.S. Funds
(Unaudited)
2.
|
Recently
Issued Accounting Pronouncements (Cont’d)
In
August 2009, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-05 “Fair
Value Measurements and Disclosures” (“ASU 2009-05”). The
amendment is to subtopic 820-10, Fair Value Measurements and
Disclosures-Overall, for the fair value measurement of
liabilities. The purpose of this amendment is to reduce
ambiguity in financial reporting when measuring fair value of
liabilities. The guidance in the update is effective for the
first interim reporting period beginning after issuance, which would be
the reporting period ending
December 31,
2009 for the Company. The Company is currently evaluating the
impact of this Statement on its (consolidated) financial
statements
In
September 2009, the FASB issued Update No. 2009-12, “Fair Value
Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820)
—Investments
in Certain Entities that Calculate Net Asset Value per share (or Its
Equivalent)” (ASU 2009-12).
ASU
2009-12 provides amendments to ASC 820-10 “Fair Value Measurements and
Disclosures—Overall” for the fair value measurement of investments in
certain entities. In addition, ASU 2009-12 requires disclosures
by major category of investment about the attributes of investments within
the scope of the amendments in the update.
ASU
2009-12 is effective for interim and annual periods ending after
December 15, 2009. The adoption of ASU 2009-12 is not
expected to have a material effect on the Company’s financial position or
results of operations.
In
October 2009, the FASB issued Update No. 2009-13, “Revenue
Recognition (Topic 605)—Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements a
consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force” (ASU
2009-13). ASU 2009-13 provides amendments to the criteria in
ASC 605-25 for separating consideration in multiple-deliverable
arrangements. As a result of those amendments,
multiple-deliverable arrangements will be separated in more circumstances
than under existing U.S. GAAP. ASU 2009-13: 1) establishes a selling price
hierarchy for determining the selling price of a deliverable, 2)
eliminates the residual method of allocation and requires that arrangement
consideration be allocated at the inception of the arrangement to all
deliverables using the relative selling price method, 3) requires that a
vendor determine its best estimate of selling price in a manner that is
consistent with that used to determine the price to sell the deliverable
on a standalone basis, 4) significantly expands the disclosures related to
a vendor’s multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements. ASU
2009-13 is effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into
or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15,
2010. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of
adopting ASU 2009-13.
|
Pioneer Transformers
Ltd.
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements
September
30, 2009
Expressed
in U.S. Funds
(Unaudited)
3.
|
Adoption
of New Accounting Standards
Fair
Value Measurements
SFAS
No.157, as codified in FASB ASC 820 “Fair Value Measurement and
Disclosures”, is effective for financial assets and liabilities in fiscal
years beginning after November 15, 2007, and for non-financial assets and
liabilities in fiscal years beginning after November 15,
2008. The Company adopted ASC 820 for financial assets and
liabilities in the first quarter of fiscal 2008 with no material impact to
the consolidated financial statements. The Company adopted ASC
820 for non-financial assets and liabilities in the first quarter of
fiscal 2009 with no material impact to the consolidated financial
statements.
ASC
820 applies to all assets and liabilities that are being measured and
reported on a fair value basis. ASC 820 requires new disclosure
that establishes a framework for measuring fair value in GAAP, and expands
disclosure about fair value measurements. This statement
enables the reader of the financial statements to assess the inputs used
to develop those measurements by establishing a hierarchy for ranking the
quality and reliability of the information used to determine fair
values. The statement requires that assets and liabilities
carried at fair value be classified and disclosed in one of the following
three categories:
Level
1: Quoted
market prices in active markets for identical assets or
liabilities.
Level
2: Observable
market based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market
data.
Level
3: Unobservable
inputs that are not corroborated by market data.
In
determining the appropriate levels, the Company performs a detailed
analysis of the assets and liabilities that are subject to ASC
820. At each reporting period, all assets and liabilities for
which the fair value measurement is based on significant unobservable
inputs are classified as Level 3. There are no assets or liabilities
measured at fair value as at September 30, 2009.
Fair
Value of Financial Instruments
The
fair value represents management’s best estimates based on a range of
methodologies and assumptions. The advances to companies
controlled by shareholders and the advances from ultimate shareholders are
presumed to have a fair value measured by the cash proceeds exchanged at
issuance in accordance with APB-21 “Interest on Receivables and
Payables”.
Interim
Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments
In
April 2009, the FASB issued FSP No. FAS 107-1 and APB 28-1, “Interim
Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments” now codified in
FASB ASC 825. This FSP, amends FASB Statement No. 107, “Disclosures about
Fair Value of Financial Instruments”, to require disclosures about the
fair value of financial instruments in interim as well as in annual
financial statements. This FSP also amends APB Opinion No. 28,
“Interim Financial Reporting”, to require those disclosures in summarized
financial information at interim reporting periods. Since this FSP at most
requires additional disclosures, its adoption did not have a material
impact on its consolidated financial
statements.
|
Pioneer Transformers
Ltd.
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements
September
30, 2009
Expressed
in U.S. Funds
(Unaudited)
3.
|
Adoption
of New Accounting Standards (Cont’d)
Subsequent
Events
FASB
Codification
On
July 1, 2009, the FASB released the final version of its new
Accounting Standards Codification (the “Codification”) as the single
authoritative source for U.S. generally accepted accounting principle
(“GAAP”).
The
Codification replaces all previous U.S. GAAP accounting standards as
described in SFAS 168, The FASB Accounting Standards Codification and the
Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles FAS
168.
The
Codification replaces all previous U.S. GAAP accounting standards. While
not intended to change U.S. GAAP, the Codification significantly changes
the way in which the accounting literature is organized. It is
structured by accounting topic to help accountants and auditors more
quickly identify the guidance that applies to a specific accounting
issue. The Company has applied the Codification for the first
time for its interim financial statements for the nine months ending
September 30, 2009. The adoption of the Codification will not
have an effect on the Company’s financial position and results of
operations. However, because the Codification completely
replaces existing standards, it will affect the way U.S. GAAP is
referenced by FactSet in its consolidated financial statements and
accounting policies.
|
|
|
Nine-Month Period
Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Raw materials
|
|
$
|
2,101,927
|
|
|
$
|
2,411,380
|
|
Work-in-process
|
|
|
3,096,962
|
|
|
|
2,827,098
|
|
Finished goods
|
|
|
1,857,963
|
|
|
|
1,193,510
|
|
|
|
$
|
7,056,852
|
|
|
$
|
6,431,988
|
|
Pioneer
Transformers Ltd.
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements
September
30, 2009
Expressed
in U.S. Funds
(Unaudited)
5.
|
Pension
Plan
The
Company sponsors a defined benefit pension plan in which a majority of its
employees are members. The employer contributes 100% to the
plan. The benefits, or the rate per year of credit service, are
established by the Company and updated at its discretion.
The
Company adopted the provisions of ASC 715, Employers’ Disclosures about
Postretirement Benefit
Plan
Assets
,
on January 1, 2009. This standard requires more
detailed disclosures about the Company’s plan assets, including investment
strategies, major categories of plan assets, concentrations of risk within
plan assets, and valuation techniques used to measure the fair value of
plan assets. Additional disclosures are required beginning with
the year ended 2009 consolidated financial statements. There
was no impact to the Company’s interim consolidated financial
statements.
Cost
of Benefits:
The
components of the expense we incurred under our pension plan are as
follows:
|
|
|
Nine-Month
Period
Ended
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Current
service cost, net of employee contributions
|
|
$
|
25,642
|
|
|
$
|
48,791
|
|
Interest
cost on accrued benefit obligation
|
|
|
93,422
|
|
|
|
101,902
|
|
Expected
return on plan assets
|
|
|
(79,918
|
)
|
|
|
(103,670
|
)
|
Amortization
of transitional asset
|
|
|
8,633
|
|
|
|
4,516
|
|
Amortization
of past service costs
|
|
|
3,932
|
|
|
|
12,959
|
|
Amortization
of net actuarial loss
|
|
|
9,744
|
|
|
|
9,915
|
|
Total
benefit cost
|
|
$
|
61,455
|
|
|
$
|
74,413
|
|
|
Contributions
The Company made $120,859 of contributions to its defined benefit
pension plan in the nine month period ended September 30, 2009 and
$145,196 for the period ended September 30, 2008. Changes in
the discount rate and actual investment returns which continue to remain
lower than the long-term expected return on plan assets could result in
the Company making additional
contributions.
|
Pioneer
Transformers Ltd.
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements
September
30, 2009
Expressed
in U.S. Funds
(Unaudited)
6.
|
Statement of Cash
Flow Information
|
|
|
Nine-Month Period
Ended September 30
,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
$
|
(1,232,982
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,927,782
|
)
|
Inventories
|
|
|
(758,979
|
)
|
|
|
(604,673
|
)
|
Prepaid expenses
|
|
|
(332,225
|
)
|
|
|
34,905
|
|
Income taxes recoverable
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
(498,052
|
)
|
|
|
591,191
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
11,095
|
|
|
|
(1,946,657
|
)
|
Changes in non-cash operating elements of working capital
|
|
$
|
(2,811,143
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,853,016
|
)
|
Additional Cash Flows
Information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest paid
|
|
$
|
165,432
|
|
|
$
|
233,508
|
|
Income taxes paid
|
|
|
2,343,832
|
|
|
|
2,937,564
|
|
7.
|
Related
Party Transactions
The
following table summarizes the Company's related party transactions for
the period measured at the exchange amount which is the amount of the
consideration established and agreed to by the related
parties:
|
|
|
Nine-Month
Period
Ended
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Company
Under Common Significant Influence
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Administration
fee expense
|
|
$
|
113,000
|
|
|
$
|
93,000
|
|
Ultimate
Shareholder
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consulting
fee expense
|
|
|
187,500
|
|
|
|
113,000
|
|
|
The advances from ultimate shareholders amounting to $150,000 (2008
- $150,000), have no specific terms of repayment and bear interest at 12%
per annum. Interest incurred during the year amounted to
approximately $13,500 (2008 - $13,500). The advances are not to
be repaid prior to October 1,
2010.
|
Pioneer Transformers
Ltd.
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements
September
30, 2009
Expressed
in U.S. Funds
(Unaudited)
8.
|
Segmented
Information
The
Company has one operating segment, being the sale of electrical
transformers. Revenues are attributable to countries based on
the location of the Company's customers. Except for revenues
derived from United States, it is impracticable to disclose revenues
derived from each individual country.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine-Month
Period
Ended
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Canada
|
|
$
|
29,048,766
|
|
|
$
|
30,196,814
|
|
United
States
|
|
|
857,575
|
|
|
|
4,263,079
|
|
Others
|
|
|
491,971
|
|
|
|
1,065,770
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
30,398,312
|
|
|
$
|
35,525,663
|
|
9.
|
Subsequent
Events
Subsequent
to September 30, 2009, the Company obtained a new $ 8,825,000 credit
facility which is subject to review annually and consists of an operating
demand line of credit, a demand loan and foreign exchange
contracts. Borrowings under the credit facility are limited by
certain margin requirements concerning accounts receivable and inventories
and bear interest at bank prime rate per annum. The terms of
the banking agreement require the Company to comply with certain financial
covenants. As security for the credit facility the Company and
its wholly owned subsidiary have pledged properties in the amount of
$9,300,000 and have furnished cross guarantees to the lender.
On
November 30, 2009, Sierra Concepts, Inc. changed its name to Pioneer Power
Solutions, Inc. and on the days following,
completed
the acquisition of 100% of the outstanding shares of common stock of the
Company in a transaction that has been accounted for as a recapitalization
of Pioneer Transformers Ltd.
Immediately
prior to the share exchange, Pioneer Transformers Ltd. declared and paid a
dividend amounting to $2,000,000.
All
of the Company’s shares were exchanged for 22,800,000 newly issued shares
of common stock of Pioneer Power Solutions, Inc. and a five-year warrant
to purchase up to 1,000,000 shares of common stock of Pioneer Power
Solutions, Inc. at an exercise price of $3.25 per share. In
connection with the closing of the share exchange, Pioneer Power
Solutions, Inc. sold 5,000,000 shares of its common stock at a purchase
price of $1 per share in a private placement, resulting in aggregate gross
proceeds of $5,000,000. In addition, at the close of the share
exchange, Pioneer Power Solutions, Inc. sold five-year warrants to
purchase an aggregate of 1,000,000 shares of its common stock at an
exercise price of $2 per share to certain investors for aggregate gross
proceeds of $10,000.
|
Pioneer Transformers
Ltd.
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements
September
30, 2009
Expressed
in U.S. Funds
(Unaudited)
9.
|
Subsequent
Events (Cont'd)
Following
the closing of the share exchange and the private placement, Pioneer Power
Solutions, Inc. transferred all of its pre-share exchange assets and
liabilities to a wholly owned subsidiary, Sierra Concepts Holdings, Inc.,
and immediately thereafter, transferred all of the outstanding common
stock of Sierra Concepts Holdings, Inc., in exchange for certain
indemnifications, waivers and releases, along with the cancellation of an
aggregate of 7,200,000 shares of Pioneer Power Solutions, Inc.’s common
stock.
|
- 12 -
Exhibit
99.3
Pioneer
Power Solutions, Inc.
Pro
Forma Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
(Expressed
in U.S. Funds)
Pioneer
Power Solutions, Inc.
Pro
Forma Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
(Expressed
in U.S. Funds)
Contents
Pro
Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet
|
1
|
|
|
Pro
Forma Consolidated Statement of Earnings for the Nine-Month Period Ended
September 30, 2009
|
2
|
|
|
Pro
Forma Consolidated Statement of Earnings for the Year Ended December 31,
2008
|
3
|
|
|
Notes
to Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements
|
4-5
|
Pioneer Power Solutions,
Inc.
Pro
Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet
As
At September 30, 2009
(Unaudited)
(Expressed
in U.S. Funds)
|
|
Pioneer
Transformers
Ltd.
|
|
|
Pioneer
Power
Solutions, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro
Forma
Adjustments
|
|
|
Pro
Forma
Consolidated
Balance
Sheet
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
|
200,650
|
|
|
$
|
14,519
|
|
|
|
e
|
)
|
|
$
|
(14,519
|
)
|
|
|
200,650
|
|
Accounts
receivable
|
|
|
6,850,016
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
6,850,016
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
7,056,852
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
7,056,852
|
|
Prepaid
expenses
|
|
|
417,206
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
417,206
|
|
|
|
|
14,524,724
|
|
|
|
14,519
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(14,519
|
)
|
|
|
14,524,724
|
|
Property
and Equipment
|
|
|
802,313
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
802,313
|
|
|
|
$
|
15,327,037
|
|
|
$
|
14,519
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(14,519
|
)
|
|
$
|
15,327,037
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bank
indebtedness
|
|
|
4,218,545
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
|
a
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,000,000
|
|
|
|
1,428,545
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
c
|
)
|
|
|
210,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
d
|
)
|
|
|
(5,000,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts
payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
3,869,954
|
|
|
|
50,624
|
|
|
|
e
|
)
|
|
|
(50,624
|
)
|
|
|
3,869,954
|
|
Current
maturity of long-term debt
|
|
|
135,806
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
135,806
|
|
Income
taxes payable
|
|
|
984,819
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
984,819
|
|
|
|
|
9,209,124
|
|
|
|
50,624
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,840,624
|
)
|
|
|
6,419,124
|
|
Pension
Deficit
|
|
|
297,656
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
297,656
|
|
Deferred
Income Tax Liabilities
|
|
|
69,487
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
69,487
|
|
Long-Term
Debt
|
|
|
23,858
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
23,858
|
|
Advances From Ultimate
Shareholders
|
|
|
150,000
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
150,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders'
Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital
Stock
|
|
|
590,133
|
|
|
|
8,400
|
|
|
|
b
|
)
|
|
|
(567,333
|
)
|
|
|
29,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
c
|
)
|
|
|
5,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
e
|
)
|
|
|
(7,200
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Additional
Paid in capital
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
9,600
|
|
|
|
b
|
)
|
|
|
567,333
|
|
|
|
5,351,133
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
c
|
)
|
|
|
(210,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
d
|
)
|
|
|
4,995,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
e
|
)
|
|
|
(10,800
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Other
Comprehensive Loss
|
|
|
(559,828
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(559,828
|
)
|
Retained
Earnings
|
|
|
5,546,607
|
|
|
|
(54,105
|
)
|
|
|
a
|
)
|
|
|
(2,000,000
|
)
|
|
|
3,546,607
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
e
|
)
|
|
|
54,105
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,576,912
|
|
|
|
(36,105
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,826,105
|
|
|
|
8,366,912
|
|
|
|
|
15,327,037
|
|
|
$
|
14,519
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(14,519
|
)
|
|
|
15,327,037
|
|
See
accompanying notes
Pioneer Power Solutions,
Inc.
Pro
Forma Consolidated Statement of Earnings
For
the Nine-Month Period Ended September 30, 2009
(Unaudited)
(Expressed
in U.S. Funds)
|
|
Pioneer
Transformers
Ltd.
|
|
|
Pioneer
Power
Solutions, Inc.
|
|
|
Pro
Forma
Adjustments
|
|
|
Pro
Forma
Consolidated
Statement
of Earnings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
Sales
|
|
$
|
30,398,312
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
30,398,312
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of Goods Sold
(including depreciation of $98,838)
|
|
|
22,063,240
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
22,063,240
|
|
Gross
Margin
|
|
|
8,335,072
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
8,335,072
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling, general
and administrative
|
|
|
2,714,972
|
|
|
|
47,855
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
2,762,827
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
122,228
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
122,228
|
|
Foreign
exchange
|
|
|
280,790
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
280,790
|
|
|
|
|
3,117,990
|
|
|
|
47,855
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
3,165,845
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
Income
|
|
|
5,217,082
|
|
|
|
(47,855
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
5,169,227
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
and factoring fees
|
|
|
282,335
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
282,335
|
|
Earnings
Before Income Taxes
|
|
|
4,934,747
|
|
|
|
(47,855
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
4,886,892
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income
Taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current income
taxes
|
|
|
1,455,169
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
1,455,169
|
|
Deferred income
taxes
|
|
|
59,831
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
59,831
|
|
|
|
|
1,515,000
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
1,515,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
Earnings
|
|
$
|
3,419,747
|
|
|
$
|
(47,855
|
)
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
3,371,892
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
Average Number of
Shares Outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29,000,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
and Diluted Earnings Per Common Share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See
accompanying notes
Pioneer
Power Solutions, Inc.
Pro
Forma Consolidated Statement of Earnings
For
the Year Ended December 31, 2008
(Unaudited)
(Expressed
in U.S. Funds)
|
|
Pioneer
Transformers
Ltd.
|
|
|
Pioneer
Power
Solutions, Inc.
|
|
|
Pro
Forma
Adjustments
|
|
|
Pro
Forma
Consolidated
Statement
of Earnings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
$
|
43,884,261
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
43,884,261
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of Goods Sold
(including depreciation of $117,566)
|
|
|
34,895,796
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
34,895,796
|
|
Gross
Margin
|
|
|
8,988,465
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
8,988,465
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling, general
and administrative
|
|
|
4,205,135
|
|
|
|
6,250
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
4,211,385
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
174,043
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
174,043
|
|
Foreign
exchange
|
|
|
(98,428
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(98,428
|
)
|
|
|
|
4,280,750
|
|
|
|
6,250
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
4,287,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
Income
|
|
|
4,707,715
|
|
|
|
-6,250
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
4,701,405
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest and
factoring fees
|
|
|
512,421
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
512,421
|
|
Write-down of
advances to companies controlled by shareholders
|
|
|
700,335
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
700,335
|
|
Earnings
(Loss) Before Income Taxes
|
|
|
3,494,959
|
|
|
|
(6,250
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
3,488,709
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income
Taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current income
taxes
|
|
|
1,265,000
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
1,265,000
|
|
Future income
taxes
|
|
|
92,000
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
92,000
|
|
|
|
|
1,357,000
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
1,357,000
|
|
Net
Earnings
|
|
$
|
2,137,959
|
|
|
$
|
(6,250
|
)
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
2,131,709
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
Average Number of Shares Outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29,000,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
and Diluted Earnings Per Common Share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.07
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See
accompanying notes
Pioneer
Power Solutions, Inc.
Notes
to Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements
For
the Nine-Month Period Ended September 30, 2009 and For the Year Ended December
31, 2008
(Unaudited)
(Expressed
in U.S. Funds)
Effective
November 30, 2009, Sierra Concepts, Inc. changed its name to Pioneer Power
Solutions, Inc. and on December 2, 2009 completed the acquisition of 100% of the
outstanding shares of common stock of Pioneer Transformers Ltd. in a transaction
that has been accounted for as a recapitalization of Pioneer Transformers
Ltd.
All of
Pioneer Transformers Ltd.’s shares are exchanged for 22,800,000 newly issued
shares of common stock of Pioneer Power Solutions, Inc. and a five-year warrant
to purchase up to 1,000,000 shares of common stock of Pioneer Power Solutions,
Inc. at an exercise price of $3.25 per share. In connection with the
closing of the share exchange, Pioneer Power Solutions, Inc. sold 5,000,000
shares of its common stock at a purchase price of $1 per share in a private
placement, resulting in aggregate gross proceeds of $5,000,000. In
addition, at the close of the share exchange, Pioneer Power Solutions, Inc. sold
five-year warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,000,000 shares of its common
stock at an exercise price of $2 per share to certain investors for aggregate
gross proceeds of $10,000. Following the closing of the share
exchange and the private placement, Pioneer Power Solutions, Inc. transferred
all of its pre-share exchange assets and liabilities to a wholly owned
subsidiary, Sierra Concepts Holdings, Inc., and immediately thereafter,
transferred all of the outstanding common stock of Sierra Concepts Holdings,
Inc., in exchange for certain indemnifications, waivers and releases, along with
the cancellation of an aggregate of 7,200,000 shares of Pioneer Power Solutions,
Inc.’s common stock.
In the
pro forma unaudited consolidated financial statements, pro forma adjustments are
made to reflect the financial position and results of operations of Pioneer
Transformers Ltd. as the independent public operating entity.
The pro
forma unaudited consolidated financial information may not be indicative of the
financial position and results of operations that would have occurred if the
recapitalization had been in effect on the date indicated or of the financial
position and operating results which may be obtained in the future.
The pro
forma unaudited consolidated balance sheet of Pioneer Power Solutions, Inc. as
at September 30, 2009 and the related pro forma unaudited consolidated statement
of earnings for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2009 and for the year
ended December 31, 2008 have been derived from the unaudited interim and the
year-end audited consolidated financial statements of Pioneer Transformers Ltd.
as at September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, and from the year-end audited
and unaudited interim financial statements of Pioneer Power Solutions, Inc. as
at September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008 with the assumptions and
adjustments outlined in note 2.
The
Pioneer Power Solutions, Inc.’s audited financial statements have been audited
by Maddox Ungar Silberstein, PLLC, while Pioneer Transformers Ltd.’s audited
consolidated financial statements have been audited by RSM Richter,
LLP.
Pioneer
Power Solutions, Inc.
Notes
to Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements
For
the Nine-Month Period Ended September 30, 2009 and For the Year Ended December
31, 2008
(Unaudited)
(Expressed
in U.S. Funds)
2.
|
Pro
Forma Assumptions and Adjustments
|
The
accompanying pro forma unaudited consolidated financial statements of Pioneer
Power Solutions, Inc. have been prepared to reflect the following assumptions
and adjustments:
a)
|
Prior
to the share exchange, Pioneer Transformers Ltd. declares and pays a
dividend amounting to $2,000,000.
|
b)
|
All
of Pioneer Transformers Ltd.’s shares are exchanged for 22,800,000 shares
of common stock of Pioneer Power Solutions, Inc. and a five-year warrant
to purchase up to 1,000,000 shares of common stock of Pioneer Power
Solutions, Inc. at an exercise price of $3.25 per share. The
five year warrant has a fair value of $167,500 which was determined using
the Black-Scholes option pricing
model.
|
c)
|
Pioneer
Power Solutions, Inc. issues a five-year warrant to purchase an aggregate
of 1,000,000 shares of its common stock at an exercise price of $2 per
share in exchange for aggregate gross proceeds of $10,000 and consulting
services received. The five-year warrant has a fair value of
$275,600 which was determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing
model. In addition, Pioneer Power Solutions Inc. incurs professional fees
amounting to $220,000, for total transaction fees of $485,600 relating to
the share exchange transaction.
|
|
d)
|
Pioneer
Power Solutions, Inc. issues 5,000,000 shares of its common stock at a
purchase price of $1 per share in a private placement, resulting in
aggregate gross proceeds of $5,000,000. The proceeds are used
to pay down bank indebtedness. The interest expense has not
been adjusted since the ultimate usage of funds is not factually
supportable.
|
|
e)
|
Pioneer
Power Solutions, Inc. transfers all of its pre-share exchange assets and
liabilities to a newly incorporated wholly owned subsidiary, and
immediately thereafter, transfers all of the outstanding common stock of
the subsidiary to a person who was a stockholder of Pioneer Power
Solutions, Inc. prior to the share exchange, in exchange for certain
indemnifications, waivers and releases, along with the cancellation of an
aggregate of 7,200,000 shares of Pioneer Power Solutions, Inc.’s common
stock leaving 1,200,000 shares of common stock outstanding held by persons
who were stockholders of the Company prior to the share
exchange.
|